Pokemon Reborn Full Walkthrough

Hi there. This is my first attempt to write a walkthrough for Pokemon Reborn. The early
game section, especially before Julia is a mess since it didn’t occur to me to write one. It
actually started as a simple list of things to do at each stage of the game. I divided it using the
Gym Leaders as the threshold for each chapter. Then the idea to write my own walkthrough
came to me. What follows in this guide is a walkthrough, with added insights and information
that I have collected throughout the game. To that end, I am indebted to the following people
for helping me in the writing process:

 First and foremost, to Amethyst Liddell, the creator of this game

 To the entire Reborn dev team, for making this the journey of a lifetime
 To Vinnie aka NineIcyTails. His YouTube vids got me through to E18, and his videos
form the basis of a lot of the puzzles, including the aerial view maps of the
Tourmaline Desert and the basement of the Mirage Tower
 To Reborn forum user FairFamily, for the guide on the Conkeldurr tile puzzle
 To Reborn forum user Thiazzi, for his algorithm on doing the Magic Squares puzzle
 To Reborn forum user nguyengiangoc for the Pokemon Item, Field Effect Location,
TM Location, the Wandering Spirits guide and various other mini – guides.
 To Torre, for the important battles guide, including the boss battle movesets
 To zervixen#9099 for the E19 Relationship Variables Guide
 To Reddit user Auraguardian211 for a description of the Magnetic Lure
 To Reddit user CacklettasMinion for a description of how to get the Rage Powder for
the Salandit quest
 To Reddit user Neglectful_Stranger for a perfect description of the Magma – and –
Ice Chamber puzzle in Victory Road.
 To other Reddit users who helped but refused any credit. You know who you are.

Readers are hereby invited to read and comment on anything in here. Bear in mind that this is
the second draft, so as wordy as it is, it’s still incomplete. In particular, the incomplete parts
are:
a) Better strategy guides for the leaders and the Elite Four
b) The Conkeldurr tile puzzle (I recommend that you check FairFamily’s original post
on the Reborn forum for this).
c) The Magic Square Puzzle Guide (I recommend reading Thiazzi’s original post on the
Reborn forum for this).
I’m gearing for a particular ending in mind, so I did not have time to explore the variations
between paths. I’m also a Magma member in all my runs. That’s my personal preference I
guess. I’m also aiming to get as high a relationship point with the characters as I possibly can.
With that said, I have taken great care to use all the correct pronouns for all the characters.
Please notify me if there are serious mistakes, either in the events or the language. English is
not my first language.
You can reach me at the following e – mail address: benji.st1991@gmail.com
 Game Start – Julia
Status
Activate passwords:
Some favourites:
 pinata
 easyhms
 hardcap
 nopoisondam
 agiftfromace
 litemode
 moneybags
 stopitems
 unrealtime

Of course, YMMV on which passwords are your favourites. To each their

own, right?
Julia asks whether we’re here to join the Reborn League, say ‘Yes’
 +1 Julia
Hidden item:
 Normal Gem near the top rock in front of Grandview Station.
Talk to an NPC on the way to Grand Hall to receive a free Potion. Must be
done before getting Starter Pokemon. She’s right across from the Grand Hall
Go to the Grand Hall, meet Victoria. Choose your starter. Soft – reset for
preferred ability. I picked Litten with Intimidate. Named him Guardian.
Fight Cain.
 +1 Cain if you win
 Don’t use speed up afterwards. You might accidentally refuse to heal
between the gauntlet. Heh.
Fight Victoria.
 +1 Victoria if you win.
Receive the Pokedex, Pokegear, and Running Shoes from Ame.
If you activated ‘agiftfromace’, collect your mints from the left side of the
Grand Hall.
Trigger the ‘Stolen Mystery Pokemon’ sidequest by talking to the Fisherman
by the door.
Trigger the ‘Disobedient Pokemon’ sidequest by talking to the girl with the
Pokemon right outside the Grand Hall.
Trigger the ‘Teddiursa Chase’ sidequest at the beginning of Lower Peridot
Ward if it’s during the day. Talk to the Teddiursa.

It will run from you three more times after the initial encounter above. There
are eight possible places all around the Peridot Ward, Lower Peridot Ward
and under the Opal Bridge. You can catch it on your fourth encounter.
There is a Pokesnax inside the house to the left of the Union Street and 3 rd
Street sign.
Trigger the ‘Traumatized Pokemon’ sidequest by paying the guy $150. You
have to talk to him three times, paying $50 each time. He will move out of
the way. PokeSnax can be obtained in a house with an old man nearby. You
need to have PokeSnax for the Pokemon to respond. Obtained a Minccino
with Technician. Nicknamed him Avocado.
The last trainer at the end of Opal Bridge will give you an EXP. Candy XS
after you won against him.
Trigger the ‘Bullied Pokemon’ sidequest on the northeast corner of Opal
Bridge. Obtained a Zigzagoon.
Talk to guy purple – haired guy who healed people from the train crash on
the southwest side of the Lower Peridot Ward.

After the Mosswater Industrial Raid but before Julia: Talk to him again.
This will trigger the ‘Stolen Medication’ sidequest. Chase the thief into the
alleyway where the ‘Bloomin’ rat’ guy is (the alleyway with the Datachip).
Fight the thief and return the stolen Medicine. The purple – haired guy will
thank you and introduce himself as Corey. You will also receive 5 EXP.
Candies S.
Get Datachip from North Peridot Alley
Get Rose Incense after fighting Doxy near garden at Spitrail Street
Get a Potion inside the house left of the Blacksteam Street and 1st Street sign
Go inside the first house at Spitrail Street. Talk to the girl to trigger ‘Sick
Kricketot’ event.
 +1 Shelly if we keep Kricketot
Talk to Fisherman below Mr. Seacrest’s house to get the Old Rod
Talk and battle Mr. Seacrest to gain entry to his garden.
 Catch a Sunkern here (for future trading purposes)
 Catch a male Burmy here, form irrelevant (for future trading
purposes). It evolves into Mothim at Level 20.
Talk to an old man in the house next to the girl with the Kricketot. He lost a
Gift Box for his grandson. Find the Gift Box at the northeast corner of Neo
Power Plant Gym and give it to him to get a Delibird.
In one of the houses near the crowd, there is a Fisherman who will fight you.
When you win, you will gain access to a pool near his house where you can
fish for Pokemon. There is a Sea Incense next to the pool.
You can catch a Blitzle outside the Neo Power Plant Gym at night when
during a thunderstorm. It will be near the satellite dishes.
You can catch either a Panpour or a Pansear during a thunderstorm at night.
It will be under the Opal Bridge, taking shelter near the boxes.
You can catch a Tynamo in Lower Peridot Alley during a thunderstorm at
night. It will be found latching onto an antenna at the back of the alley.
Anytime during a clear day, talk to the two men behind the Peridot Pokemon
center. Then go inside the house with a dumpster behind it. You can catch a
Whismur in the house if you have Pokesnax in your bag. This cannot be
done after you fight Julia.
Behind the house with a Whismur is a dumpster. If you have Pokesnax in
your bag, you can catch a Gulpin here.
If you have an Oran Berry, there is a house with a child and a Skitty inside it
opposite the train tracks. The Skitty is sick, and the girl wants to cure it. Talk
to her grandmother and she will persuade the girl to give you the Skitty.
In a house near the train tracks leading upward to the entrance to Tourmaline
Desert, a guy named Greg will trade you a Munna in return for a Bibarel.
The Munna’s name is Shimmer.
In a fountain near the train tracks leading upward to the entrance to
Tourmaline Desert, during a thunderstorm, you can interact with the fountain
to find a Surskit. Battle it to catch it.
There is a hidden Ability Capsule near the barrel outside Mosswater
Industrial.
On any time during a clear day, a Budew can be found playing on the wall
separating Lapis and Peridot. To attract its attention, you need to interact
with it while having a Rose Incense in your bag.
Continuing the ‘Stolen Mystery Pokemon Sidequest’, enter the house directly
in front of the entrance to Tourmaline Desert. It’s the thief… and his
fisherman accomplice. Battle both of them after paying them $500.
The Name Rater’s house is across the train tracks to the left of Peridot
Pokemon Center.
Trigger the ‘Daycare Conspiracy’ by talking to the scared lady with the
Igglybuff in the house in front of the fountain. Go to the empty house near
the entrance to the North Peridot alleyway to meet two Meteor grunts. They
will disappear and reappear at the scared lady’s house. Meet them there and
battle them. The lady will then offer you custody of the Igglybuff. Do not
raise or evolve this Igglybuff. She will want it back eventually.
At any time when it’s clear or windy, you can find the Pokesnax salesman to
the left of the entrance to Jasper Ward. 1 Pokesnax costs $650.
Continuing the ‘Disobedient Pokemon’ sidequest, the house to the left of the
Pokesnax salesman is where she lives with her brother. Talk to the brother to
get a Common Candy.
The northeast house behind the Peridot Pokemart has a Protein inside of it.
Keep it for a guy at Apophyll Academy.
The house two doors left from the Peridot Pokemart has a Common Candy in
it.
In the apartment complex two doors to the right from the house above, a
Joltik or Grubbin will suck the electrical power out of it, rendering it dark
 from power outage. Solve the problem by catching it on the right wall. This
event happens only at night.
Have first battle with Fern outside the Blacksteam Factory. After you win,
the Reborn City Official Inspector and his Torkoal will come and explain the
situation.

Mosswater Industrial
No. Status
From here, we have two choices. We can go straight to Mosswater
Industrial:

Meet up with Fern immediately outside of Mosswater Factory after battling

him without going to the gym:
+1 Fern

Go to the gym after battling Fern and meeting up with Julia outside of
Mosswater Factory:
+1 Julia

These choices are mutually exclusive.

Password:
Elevator: 3179
Storage Room: 4862

Items:
Exp. Candy S
Paralyze Heal
Explosives
Some relationship variable choices while in the factory:

Talk to Fern while partnered in Mosswater Factory:

+1 Fern

Leave Mosswater Factory while Fern is partnered with you:

-1 Fern

Choose the floor you are already on in the elevator in Mosswater:

-1 Fern

Let Florinia unlock the final door in Mosswater:

+1 Florinia, -1 Julia

Give Julia the explosives for the final door in Mosswater:

 +1 Julia, -1 Florinia

Battling Julia
No. Status
After the Mosswater Industrial incident, a cutscene will take place and
Florinia will ask whether we observe the field effects in the factory:
 +1 Florinia
She will give us the Field Notes app along with data for Electric Terrain
inside.
Talk to a Techie outside Blacksteam Factory to obtain data for Factory
Field
Fight Julia at Neo Power Plant Gym. The gym puzzle is easy. Just fight
each of the four trainers. After each fight, interact with the Voltorb, let
them follow you and it will explode, causing a hole to appear at the sealed
metal gates. When you win, you will receive the Volt Badge and TM 57:
Charge Beam. All Pokemon up to Level 25 will obey you. You can also
use Cut outside battle.

Strategy:
This is your first gym battle here in Reborn. If you think this is difficult,
you have no idea how the other seventeen will go. Fighting inside her Gym
means Electric Terrain is always active, so all her Pokemon’s already
STAB – boosted moves will increase by 1.5 times more. Don’t bother
putting her Pokemon to sleep either. Electric Terrain prevents sleep.

She leads off with her Minun, which has Encore to ruin your setup
sweepers, Nuzzle to paralyze you while dealing chip damage, Charge Beam
which becomes dangerous the more stat boosts it gets and Quick Attack for
priority.

Depending on whether you set up a layer of Toxic Spikes or not, her next
Pokemon will be a Pom – Pom Oricorio. Being part Flying makes her
immune to Spikes or Toxic Spikes, and also Ground – type attacks, her one
weakness. It is fast, and can help her teammates by setting up Tailwind.
She can also set up with Work Up, which makes her STAB – boosted Air
Cutter hit harder.

Her Voltorb is speedy, and if it gets under low health without dying, it will
use Explosion to take you down with them. Explosion gains Electric typing
 in Electric Terrain.
Her Alolan Geodude has Galvanize and Self - Destruct, which, when
coupled with the Terrain, gives it 450 power.

Don’t bother getting defensive either. Her Voltorb and Electrode has Sonic
Boom, which does fixed damage. Both of them also has Aftermath which
damages your Pokemon if it faints from a physical attack.

Trubbish works wonders here. Set up a layer or two of Toxic Spikes which
will badly poison her Pokemon on switch – in. This doesn’t work against
Oricorio Pom – Pom, who’s part Flying type. Moxie Mightyena works
wonders here, too. After two or three Attack boosts, you can one – shot all
her Pokemon, provided Aftermath doesn’t kill you too.

Julia – Florinia
No. Status
After the battle with Julia, step out of the gym and get into a cutscene with
Victoria
Talk to a salesman in the Grand Hall Mart Area to receive the Field Notes
for the Rainbow Field.
There is a homeless hiker in front of Grandview Station looking for a place
to rent. Talk to him. Go back to the house with the Whismur earlier. You
will find that the house owner is now there looking for a tenant. Talk to the
owner, then go back to the hiker. The hiker will go to the house
immediately. Go back there and he will give you an Onix for your troubles.
If the day is sunny, an ice – cream vendor can be found right outside the
Grand Hall. Buy a vanilla ice – cream from her for the ‘Vanillite Event’.
Go into the Obsidia Central Saloon and groom one of your Pokemon for
$1500. This will trigger the ‘Meeting Serra’ event.

Meet Serra in Central Obsidia Salon after getting a Pokemon groomed:

+1 Serra

Talk to the woman on the right and she will ask you to show her a
Pokemon having a high happiness value in your party. If you have one, she
will give you the Soothe Bell.

To the left of this woman is the Friendship Rater of this game.

Talk to blond salesman wearing a scarf inside the Devon Corp. building
and he will give you a Premier Ball
Inside the Sweet Kiss Candy Shop, you will find a child standing in front of
 the ice – cream vending machine. Talk to him to trigger the Vanillite Event.
Give him the ice – cream you bought earlier and he will move away from
the vending machine. Interact with the machine to buy a Vanilla Ice –
Cream and a Vanillite will drop down instead.

Also inside the shop, you can play a tile puzzle at the northwest counter.
Solving the puzzle will get you a Swirlix.
Inside the Obsidia Ward Pokemon Center you will meet a girl who is
traumatized because her boyfriend fell through a fissure in the ground when
vines started appearing throughout the city. Check back on her later.
To the left of the Obsidia Ward Pokemon Center, a girl named Weatherly
will trade you her Castform for a Furret. The Castform will be named
Meteo.
Behind that house there is another house with a stair leading down to the
Underground Railnet. Check back later for the Litleo Event.
The house to the right of the Pokemon Center is the Obsidia Daycare. Talk
to the old man and woman multiple times, alternating between them. It
turns out that they are not the Daycare couple at all, but a pair of Meteor
grunts. Beat them in a battle to continue the Daycare Conspiracy.
From here, continue going right until you reach Obsidia Park. Meet
Victoria and Florinia there. Florinia will explain the situation and request
our help in finding Amaria. Amaria will also give us the TMX 01, Cut.
Go south and enter the South Obsidia Ward.
Enter the house to the right of the Jubilife Street and 10 th Street sign and
talk to the man with the Lillipup to trigger the ‘Lillipup Chase’ Sidequest.
Go further south and then east to enter the Obsidia Slums. Before entering,
check the left box for a Green Shard

Obsidia Slums
No. Status
Inside the slums, go up the stairs, battling all the trainers along the way. At
the elevator, we will meet Victoria. We have two choices here. We can
fight her to gain access to go forward, or we can trigger the door to open by
going to the cabinet on the left side of the room, thus bypassing the fight
entirely.

Beat Victoria in Obsidia Slums (can be bypassed by pressing the switch in

the fridge nearby):
+1 Victoria
Go down the escalator to pick up a few items. You can move between the
escalator to go to another part of the slums. The gate inside is locked for
now. We will open it with the Dull Key later.
 Note: There are Pidoves running around the entire place. Catch at least two
here if you can. Both will be important for a sidequest later on. Raise one
until it evolves into an Unfezant. However, if you’re planning to keep one
for yourself, I suggest you should catch three: two for sidequests, one for
yourself.
From before we meet Victoria near the locked gate, we will start the
Scrafty Gang sidequest. Complete the Obsidia Slums journey to end the
sidequest.
Going through the Obsidia Slums, we will meet a Mankey in an elevator.
The Mankey will leave and we can access the elevator. Go down to B1F to
meet a youngster. This Youngster will be the third part of the ‘Stolen
Mystery Pokemon’ sidequest. Battle him and move on.
Go to the western side of the room and you will see a box blocking an
elevator. The box will be startled and unblock the elevator, allowing us to
move on. Use the elevator to go to 1F. We will end up behind a youngster
who was blocking our way earlier. There is also a Net Ball nearby. Talk to
the youngster and he will unblock the way, allowing us easier access to the
elevator.

Use the elevator to go up to 2F. You will come out from the left side of 2F
which was blocked by a stone earlier. You will get TM60: Quash
Go back down to B1F. Enter the northern entrance now (the one with the
HUGE Yureyu sign splayed across it). Follow the path till you meet
Scraggy. You will battle the Scrafty gang. Finish the battle and follow the
path around. Go up the escalator and you will and go up slightly. On the
right will be a depression in the wall. Go right to the wall and you will enter
a room with another jumping puzzle. Go to the eastern end of the room and
you will find a Pokemon Egg. Go out of there, back to the escalator and
talk to the guy standing there. He will unlock the gate, allowing us easier
access to the back entrance next time. Go to the southern back entrance of
the Slums to end up in front of the Wasteland Gates. Just before the exit,
there will be a Spoink hiding under the pipes on the stairs. Interact with it
and it will run away. Go south to enter Coral Ward.

Coral Ward – Finding Amaria

No. Status
In the Coral Ward, enter the first apartment complex on the left. You will
meet a blind girl named Danielle. Talk to her, and she will give you a quiz.

How many headbutt trees are around the Grand Hall?: 4

How many satellite dishes in Obsidia Ward?: 7
How many banners and ribbons in Neo Power Plant Gym?: 31
 Answer these correctly and she will give us the Field Note data for Misty
Terrain.
Find Amaria at the end of the northernmost pier. After a cutscene involving
a stranded Popplio, Cain will arrive. Cain will rescue the Popplio and it will
join his team. The Popplio will ask Cain to battle us with it. Win the battle
and Amaria will give us TMX01: Cut. She will mention a Meteor agent
named Borealis. Go back to the Slums from the Wasteland entrance. There
is a jumping puzzle on the left where you can find a Moon Stone at the end
of it. Go to the sealed gate at the back to trigger a cutscene involving
Corey. He was Reborn’s former Poison type leader. He is also the back –
alley doctor for the people in the slums. After the cutscene is over, there is
a Zinc in the room where Corey was before.
Get out of the slums again and this time, go north. Turn left to see a
building with yellow stars. This is the Glamazonia Salon. Talk to the child
wandering in front of the crack. She’s looking for her mother. Go inside the
building and talk to the proprietor. She will rage over declining sales,
blame it on the Central Obsidia Salon and ask your help to scout the price
for her behalf. Leave these for later.
Talk to Amaria, Victoria and Florinia. Cut the tree to begin the Obsidia
Park PULSE Hunt

Obsidia Park PULSE Hunt

No. Status
Talk to Amaria, Victoria and Florinia. Cut the tree to begin the Obsidia
Park PULSE Hunt.
Go left to find a hidden Oran Berry

Keep walking left along the building to find a Poke Ball

Hidden Chesto Berry here near the lamp.
Hidden Leppa Berry on the right – hand side above the vine.

Hidden Pecha Berry here.

Hidden Green Shard here. There;s also a hidden EXP Candy S on the
hidden rock between the trees on the right below.
 Get the Warehouse Key inside the house, along with TM 54: False Swipe.
Walk to the end of the path to get an X Sp. Def.

Get a hidden Antidote before the Light Shard here.

All the items mentioned here, with the exception of TM54 and the
Warehouse Key, will not be accessible after the PULSE Hunt. Since we do
not have access to the Itemfinder yet, it is pertinent to mention it here.
Battle Zel and defeat the PULSE Tangrowth. A cutscene will happen. The
park will return to normal.

Various Sidequests
No. Status
After the PULSE Hunt is over, we can now access the Obsidia
Department Store. Talk to the saleswoman of the right to receive a
Membership Card. Various items are sold on the different floors. The
number of floors accessible to you depend on the number of Department
Stickers you have. Upon the above interaction, your card will already have
Department Store Sticker: Porygon attached to it. This allows us to
access the first and second floor.
On windy days, you can catch a Hoppip along the street leading to the
entrance to the Obsidia Slums.
Enter the Obsidia Alleyway. The entrance is south of the entrance to the
ward itself. It was blocked off by a tree during the Obsidia PULSE Hunt
earlier. Battle all the trainers there. At the back area is a Litleo eating away.
Talk to it and it will run off, triggering the Litleo event.
We now have access to both Coral and Onyx Wards. This enables us to
complete the ‘Lillipup Chase’ sidequest. You need to find Lillipup at least
once after the event is triggered. After that, the owner will chase it to the
Move Relearner’s house in the Onyx Ward. Talk to the owner get the
Lillipup.

Don’t forget to talk to the Move Relearner. She lost the key to her own
house. This will trigger the ‘Lost Housekey’ Sidequest.
On rainy days, go in front of Grandview Station to encounter a Numel.
Make sure to have Pokesnax in your bag.
On rainy days, go to one of the southern piers of Coral Ward to encounter a
Lotad. Make sure you have Pokesnax in your bag.
Since we also have the Warehouse Key from earlier, go to the row of
warehouses that are on the southern side of the Coral Ward. Since we
talked to the Spoink earlier in the slums, the first warehouse we encounter
will contain the Spoink in one of the boxes. We will also obtain an Oval
Charm in the warehouse.
The second warehouse on the southern side of Coral Pier, which will open
with the Warehouse Key, will contain a Meteor grunt. Talk to him to
continue the ‘Daycare Conspiracy’ sidequest. Once he disappears, go to the
northeast wall of the warehouse. There will be a Happiny hidden under the
pipes there. Talk to it and it will join you.
The sole warehouse on the northeastern side of Coral Ward can also be
opened with the Warehouse Key. Unlock it to save the real Daycare
Couple. We will now have access to the Daycare Center.
A Hiker named Marx in the house next to the Coral Ward Pokemon Center
will trade you his Nosepass for a Watchog. The Nosepass will be named
LaPointe.
In the Obsidia Alleyway at night, you can find an Electrike getting
cornered by two Mightyenas. Battle the two Level 25 Mightyenas and the
Electrike will choose to follow you out of gratitude.
At any time after the Litleo or Electrike event, you can go to Obsidia
Alleyway to interact with a stack of boxes on the northwest corner. Make
sure you interact with the boxes with some Pokesnax in your bag. Either a
Plusle or Minun will randomly come out through the wall and follow you
 after eating the Pokesnax. In order to get both, leave the alleyway after
every interaction to refresh the event.
There is a hidden Cotton Candy on the rock between the nameless
building and the Silph Co. headquarters.
There is a hidden Red Shard on the rock overlooking the large fissure on
the ground in front of Silph Co. headquarters.

Onyx Trainer School – Battling Florinia

No. Status
Once you have saved the Daycare Couple, you can talk to a woman in the
Onyx Arcade to receive an Egg. This egg allows you to have a decent water
type.
Battle all the trainers, starting from the left side of the OTS.
Your way in from the right entrance will be blocked by two gossiping
students. You will be asked to use the left entrance instead. Going in the
left entrance, Fern will trash – talk you and not allow you to enter from
there. His goons will seal the gate and you will then have to use the right
entrance… again.
Read the books on the shelves if you want to.
Battle all the trainers on the first floor, starting from the right. Go up the
stairs to the second floor. Fight all the trainers there. Once you reach the
left side of the second floor. Go down the stairs.
Interact with the computer screen to open the gate. It won’t work, but a red
– haired man will come along and help you. He’s Hardy, Reborn’s Rock –
type leader. He’ll ask you a question:

 When Hardy asks if you’re the challenger half the school is talking
about:
Yes = +1 Hardy

Once the gate is opened go up and right. You will end up at the front
entrance that you entered earlier, but this time on the left – hand side.
Interact with the computer again to open the gate, allowing us easier access
to the OTS Pokemon Center. Talk to the woman to get a Telluric Seed.
Go back to the entrance you came in earlier and go back up the stairs. Talk
to the youngster standing next to the flowerpot. Make sure to approach him
from the right side. He will be startled, breaking the flowerpot, and a
cutscene happens where the door across from him will open. Enter the door
and go up the stairs. You can get the field notes for the Desert Field on the
table.

The doors to the north and to the west are the earliest move tutors in the
game. Move tutors in this game apparently charge a one – time fee. Once
you pay them once, you can use their services over and over again.
Get out of the room above and go to the room on the left. There is a Quick
Claw in front of the TV screen. This room is the dorm room of the four
sorority – sister gym leader. You can read the diaries on the shelves for
some lore.
Go to the next room on the left. There are some Protective Pads on the
floor of the room, along with a youngster standing in front of a flickering
computer. Check with him later to start the ‘Porygon Event’.
In the last room on the left, you can talk to the Hotshot to get a Coin Case.
With this, we can finally go to the Onyx Arcade to collect coins and play
games.
Go back down the stairs and battle the trainers on the courts there, going to
the left. While we’re at it, answer the questions on the screens as well. This
is the gym puzzle. You need to complete it to enter the gym.
 At what level does Starmie learn Rapid Spin?: 1
 What number is Huntail in the National Dex: 367
 True
 What is Corsola’s Base Stat Total?: 410
 True
 At what level does a Cubchoo evolve?: 37
 How many Pokemon can learn Lava Plume by levelling – up?: 15
 True
Finish up the Onyx gauntlet and enter the room to the far left. At the
entrance to the gym, Fern will be waiting. Beat him and proceed to
Florinia. On winning, Florinia will award you with the Canopy Badge and
TM95: Nature Power. She is notable for being the only gym leader to give
a TM which is not the same type as her specialty, since Nature Power is a
Normal type move. All Pokemon up to Level 35 will obey you.

Strategy:
Florinia is the mistress of damage – over time. She will gradually ground
you with residual damage whilst her Pokemon heals. Her lead is a
Maractus, who has Spikes, which it will set up as soon as possible, Nature
Power, which turns into Sand Tomb in the Desert Field to ruin your Fire
types, and Pin Missile, which increases in power there by 1.5. It also has
Needle Arm, which can flinch you if you’re slower than it.

She also has Prankster Leech Seed and Protect Cottonee, which gives it
priority. It also has Nature Power and Poison Powder. Taunt works best
with this thing, especially if you have a Dark type.

Her Ferroseed is next. With Iron Barbs as an ability, contact moves are
 discouraged against it. It holds a Telluric Seed, which boosts its already
stellar Def. and Sp. Def, as well as its Speed, at the cost of applying Sand
Tomb to itself for a few turns. It can recoup this lost with its Leech Seed
and compound to your damage by setting up Sandstorn, which lasts 8 turns
in this field.

Her Cacnea has Sand Veil, making it hard to hit even with no Sandstorm
active since its activated by the field itself. It also has Sand Attack to annoy
you further, since Sand Attack lowers Accuracy by two stages in the Desert
Field.

Her Breloom is her sweeper. It has Mach Punch to give it priority, Spore to
turn you into a sleeping duck and the always annoying Leech Seed. It has
Mega Drain too, to help heal itself. Do not poison this thing since its
ability, Poison Heal lets it heal over time when poisoned.

Cradily is her star. Besides being illegally underlevelled, it is very

defensive. It has Stockpile to increase its defensive stats further, a STAB –
boosted Smack Down to murder your Fire types, Recover to recover its
health when its down, and Sandstorm to gradually grind you. Being part
Rock, its Sp. Def. will be multiplied by 1.5 in the Sandstorm, and Suction
Cups ability means you cannot force it out.

The best Pokemon to deal with her is Kricketune, especially if it has

Technician. The Kricketot you got in Peridot earlier evolves early to learn
Fury Cutter, which increases in base power every turn you use it, provided
you don’t miss. I evolved my Kricketot at Level 16 instead of 10 so that it
learns Bug Bite before evolving. Bug Bite has a power of 135 when
boosted by STAB and Technician.

Florinia – Corey
No. Status
Right after our battle, Amaria will enter and report on the Borealis
situation, as well as giving us updates on the Jasper Ward. Florinia will
request our assistance and give us the PULSE Dex app, which stores data
on all known PULSE Pokemon. It comes with the data for PULSE 05C:
Tangrowth, already inside it.
Talk to the girl near the OTS Pokemon Center. She will ask us to divulge
our secret to winning against Florinia. When we say ‘Yes’, she will give us
TM 100: Confide.
Continuing the Glamazonia proprietor sidequest, if we use Central Obsidia
Saloon’s services a second time (the first time is to trigger the Serra
meeting), return to the Glamazonia building and talk to the owner again. It
 turns out that the Central Obsidia Saloon charges a lower price for their
services. The owner will thank you and allow you to take any one of the
three Glameows running around in the store.
Go to the Onyx Arcade. Stand next to the employee by the entrance and
face right to get 20 Coins. Behind the Arcade Star sitting on the couch are
45 Coins. In the tree between the couches are 235 Coins. To the left of the
couch the Hotshot is sitting on are 30 Coins. On the ground 3 spots left and
1 spot up from the tree left of the entrance are 5 Coins. On the ground two
spots up from the Hotshot couch and three spots up from the Arcade Star
couch are 10 Coins. On the ground near the 3 rd southern slot machine
chairs are 10 Coins. Talk to the Punk nearby to get 130 Coins. Talk to the
guitarist on the slot machine for 200 Coins. On the floor behind him are 55
Coins.
The Onyx Arcade prize counter sells three TMs for coins:
 TM 45: Attract – 1000 Coins
 TM 90: Substitute – 7000 Coins
 TM 42: Façade – 4000 Coins

They also sell Pokemon for coins here:

 Snover – 600 Coins
 Slugma – 1000 Coins
 Mantyke – 1800 Coins
 Nidoran M – 3500 Coins
 Shinx – 5000 Coins

Note: If you’re interested in a Shinx, my suggestion is to save enough coins

to buy two. Raise one for your team if you like it, and raise the second one
just to get a Luxray. Somewhere further down the line is a sidequest where
you will permanently give the Luxray to someone else for a (entirely
optional) sidequest. This is the only way to get a Shinx in the game. You
can catch a Luxray towards the end of the main – game later on though.
Are you willing to wait that long?

Hunting for Hidden Items

No. Status
Go to the Obsidia slums from the South Obsidia entrance. Turn left after
going up the stairs. Walk further inwards to find a child and a blond –
haired man. The man runs an orphanage in Reborn City. He will persuade
the child to follow him since it’s unsafe for him to stay in the slums. The
boy will give you the Itemfinder. There is an EXP Candy where the boy
is standing earlier. Permanently missable. Only available after Florinia and
before visiting the Orphanage for the first time in Lapis Ward. If you miss
 this event, you will find the Itemfinder much later at Route 1 Nature Center
before the eighth gym.
Begin by exploring Obsidia Slums themselves. Accidentally found a
Makuhita while exploring for items at Obsidia Slums B1F. It’s accessible
by going to the gap left of the elevator. This elevator was the one blocked
by one of the Scrafty Gang members earlier, so I could maybe get this
Makuhita earlier.
Next hunt for hidden items in the Obsidia and South Obsidia Wards,
including the Obsidia Park and the Obsidia Alleyway.
Afterwards go to the Onyx Ward to continue the hunt for hidden items.
Then, go to Coral Ward to find all the hidden items there.
Next on the list is the Grand Hall and Opal Bridge.
After that, wander around the Lower Peridot Ward for hidden items. Don’t
forget the two Peridot Alleyways and Mr. Seacrest’s Garden.
Next, go to the Opal Ward and under the Opal Bridge.
Once that’s done, go further up to the last accessible ward for now, the
Peridot Ward itself.

Pokemon Hunt Sidequest

No. Status
Go to the house in Onyx Ward, to the left of the Onyx Arcade. Talk to the
Hotshot standing next to the sealed gate. He is one of Fern’s lackeys. He
will apologize for his behaviour earlier and grant you access to the
building’s rooftops.

Go up to the rooftop. You will find TM63: Embargo. On a clear day, you
can find a Pichu there. Make sure you have Pokesnax in your bag. Talk to
it, battle it to catch it.
On a sunny day, you can go to Obsidia Park to see a Petilil chilling in the
sun. Make sure you have Pokesnax in your bag. It will follow you after you
interact with it.
To finish up the ‘Disobedient Pokemon’ Sidequest, talk to the girl whose
brother gave you the Common Candy earlier at the northwest corner of
Peridot Ward. She will give you her Stufful upon seeing that you have
badges.

Exploring Jasper Ward

No. Status
We can now enter Jasper Ward. Upon entering, we’ll see Corey and a
young pink – haired girl coming out of the big blue building, which is
Reborn City’s Police Station. After a cut scene, we’ll be introduced to
Heather, Corey’s daughter.
Slightly to the left of the station, on a clear night, we’ll see a police officer
with a Growlithe next to him. He’ll battle you. If it’s during the day, he
won’t battle you.
Also, if you go to the far right, you will see a Meteor grunt. Battle her.
Enter the Police Station and talk to the old man on the fron desk. He is
Reborn City’s Police Chief. A cutscene will happen, and thus begins one of
the most important sidequests in the game: The ‘Missing Police Officers’
sidequest.

We have to find five missing police officers scattered throughout both the
Jasper and Beryl Wards. Whether you find all five determines the path the
ending will be on and the continuation of the ‘Stolen Mystery Pokemon’
sidequest. Two will be in Jasper and three will be in Beryl.

Find all five to ensure that you are on track to the Good Ending at least.
There are a lot of other benefits of finding them too. This is the first of
many important events in this game which has an overarching effect that
ripples across the entire game.
Enter the house apartment building to the left of the Police Station and
battle the trainer there. Exit through the northern entrance to see the Jasper
Ward Pokemon Center.
Outside the Pokemon Center, there is a tree slightly to the right of the exit
earlier which can be Cut down. The ‘Emolga Event’ takes place here. I
discovered it while it was sleeping during the day when it was clear. When
I woke it up, it attacked me. I’m unsure of what the exact requirements are.
According to some, it can be seen flying around the tree during windy days.
In the apartment complex to the right of the Pokemon Center is a man who
is panicking since he lost his Mareep. Talk to him to trigger the ‘Mareep
Event’.
Just to prepare for the future, catch one of the wild Carnivines here if
you’re lucky enough to meet one.
To continue with the story, enter the building south of the Pokemon Center,
but this time head to the left and follow the path in the building, battling the
Street Rat along the way.

Exit the building left. You will reach outside. Cut the tree down and enter
left to the next building. The entrance might be difficult to see, but you can
see a shadow where the entrance is.
Continue left to fight the Meteor grunt. Go south once we win, and we’ll
see Heather, who will sneak out of the building. Follow her to the exit, and
she will ask us to join her to beat the bad guys.
 When Heather asks if you are going to beat up bad guys:
Yes = +1 Heather
No = -1 Heather
Follow her to the left and we’ll enter the Malchous Forest Park.

Malchous Forest Park PULSE Hunt

No. Status
Whilst you’re here, you might want to catch the following Pokemon to
prepare for the future.
a) Two Pansages, one male and one female. The female is
significantly rarer than the male ones though (7 male to 1 female).
Be patient. Catch more than two if you want to keep one for
yourself because you will have to give a male – female pair
eventually much, much later.
b) Two Fomantis(es), one male and one female. They have a fairer
gender ratio than the Pansages above (1 male to 1 female).
Similarly, you will end up giving them away later on, so catch more
if you want to keep one yourself.

For the Fomantis at least, you might want to train them at least until they
evolve to Lurantis at Level 34 during the day.
The first missing police officer can be found by going through the northeast
exit of the Malchous Forest (not the same way you entered the forest). You
will come out on the left side of the Jasper Ward Pokemon Center, which
was inaccessible earlier due to the presence of vines. There are two
buildings here.

Enter the first building you see on the left. You will need to Cut down a
tree blocking your way first. The police officer will be cornered by a
Meteor Grunt. Defeat the grunt to save the police officer. Talk to the officer
afterwards and he will return to the police station. Make note of the second
building for the ‘Department Store Sticker’ sidequest later.
Go back into the forest park the same way you came out. This time, go left
and take the stairs upwards when you can. You will see a Meteor grunt.
Battle the grunt. Keep walking left until you see a Cuttable tree. Cut the
tree and the vines lower down right next to it will retract.
Go down one flight of steps and walk left. There is a Meteor grunt waiting
to ambush us coming from the south. Battle the grunt. After the battle,
follow the path around until you see a staircase to your right. DO NOT
climb down the staircase yet. Instead take a left. There is an invisible path
there that will lead you to some hidden items and an abandoned Pokemon
Egg.

Location of invisible path to the Egg.

Battle the two grunts below in a double battle. Continue going down the
stairs and talk to Heather.
She will ask us to climb the tower and jump to the roof of the old Jasper
Ward gym. There will be a hole there that we can jump down from. Before
doing anything, pick up the two hidden items here first.
Remember the guy who gave us the Premier Ball back in Devon Corp? It
turns out he was a Meteor Admin named Taka. After a cutscene, we will be
asked to battle him. One of his Pokemon is the PULSE Tangrowth.
Once we win, the park will rumble. Heather will ask us to ride with her to
safety. Once outside, a cutscene happens and Corey will ask us to never
speak to him or his daughter ever again. Pick up all the items, hidden or
visible, around the Jasper Ward gym.

Before leaving the area, make sure to Cut the tree near the southwest
column. We cannot cut it earlier due to a stone blocking our path. Do this
and the vines will retract. Go around again to the staircase with the secret
path to the left, go down the same staircase, and this time take the path
 between the trees south. Follow the path to the end to get the PULSE Dex
info for PULSE 05B: Tangrowth. Gee thanks.

Finishing Up Jasper Ward

No. Status
Now that the vines have receded, we can do a few more things. Remember
the second building, the one next to where we found the first missing police
officer? Go back there this time and take the elevator to 5F. Talk to the girl,
who was surprised to see us there. She will mention moving to a friend’s
place in Peridot Ward. She also asks us to visit her at the earliest
convenience.
To the far right of the Police Station where we battle the Meteor grunt
earlier, we can go north and then east to a house. If we enter this house, we
will see a panicking Mareep. Talk to it to calm it down, and make sure you
have Pokesnax in your bag. It will follow you after you feed it.
If we go further up, we will see the entrance to Beryl Ward on our north.
Before we enter that, turn west and go between the gaps of the two houses.
Earlier, there was a cut tree and some vines blocking our way here. Get the
Paralyze Heal and save the second missing police officer.
When you enter the house to the right of the Jasper Ward Pokemon Center,
the panicking man will no longer be there. Instead, you can go in the
elevator to pick up the Field Notes for the Forest Field.

Entering Beryl Ward and Rhodocrine Jungle

No. Status
Upon entering Beryl Ward, turn left and follow the path. The first house
with a door has an X Attack. Cut the tree on the left and enter Rhodocrine
Jungle.
We have two choices. We can go north from here and fall down a trapdoor
constructed by Nuzleaf. You can recognize the area by the Pokeball baiting
us across the trap. We will then be locked in a cage. A cutscene will happen
with Fern.

If you had been thrown in a cage and Fern is asking you to beg to be freed:
“Yes” once = +1 Fern
“Yes” a second time = +1 Fern
“Yes” a third time = +1 Fern
“Yes” a fourth time = +2 Fern
“No” at any point = -1 Fern

If we say no, Fern will leave us there and we will be released from the trap
by a stray Chatot after waiting a few minutes. It turns out that Cain is also
trapped inside a Nuzleaf cage. Free him.
If you had been thrown in a cage, when you free Cain:
+1 Cain

We will then come across a spike trap which requires three people to
simultaneously pull on three levers in order to disarm the trap. Heather will
come help us and Cain.
If you had been thrown in a cage, when Heather comes to help you with the
levers:
-1 Heather

However, there is one way to avoid this. Instead of going north to the
trapdoor. Go west where you will see three grunts sitting around a
campfire. Sneak your way up the stairs to their north. Be careful not to get
too close or to step on any wild grass. The sound will trigger the three
grunts and the path will revert to the above scenario.

Once you sneak past them up the stairs, keep going north until you meet
Fern. Talk to him. There is a house nearby where you can rest your
Pokemon.
If you had not been captured, when you speak to Fern:
+1 Fern
Go south from the resting house and cross the wooden bridge to the west.
Once on the other side a Meteor grunt will challenge us from the north.
Further west from the Meteor grunt is an apartment building with a Light
Shard in front of it. Enter the house, and there will be a gentleman named
Irving there looking for a Sunkern. He will trade his Pokemon (randomized,
I received a Furfrou named Octa). While this is not noteworthy in itself, the
Pokemon will hold an EXP. Share. This item will allow any Pokemon that
holds it to share in the EXP gain of any battling Pokemon even though it
itself does not join the battle.
From the gentleman’s house, go down the steps and take the path west. The
path will split eventually, with a set of steps going down to the south (you
can see a Ranger nearby) or up north. Take the northern path first. Pick up
all the items along the way. Take note of the building across the bank from
the end.

Return to the split and go down the southern path, then go west and battle
the ranger. After battling the ranger, the path will split again, either to the
south down the steps or across the wooden bridge to the west.

Go down the southern steps first, all the way to the end. Pick up all the
hidden items there plus a Great Ball at the end.
 Return to the Ranger and go west across the wooden bridge. Once across,
follow the part north till the end to get an EXP Candy M. Return all the
way to Fern afterwards.

From Fern, go back to where the three Meteor grunts were sitting earlier.
Don’t forget to grab the hidden Guard Spec. from the abandoned building.
Go back to Fern.

From Fern again, go down four flights of steps to the south. After the fourth
flight, there will be a path heading westwards. You can recognize it by a
root that sticks out as if covering the entire path. Battle the gentleman there.

From the gentleman, the path will split. To the northwest are a set of steps.
To the northeast is a Meteor grunt. Battle the Meteor grunt for convenience,
but take the northwest steps instead. From there are some hidden items and
another Meteor grunt. Battle him.

After the grunt, proceed west, but stop before the steps. Over here is
actually the building that we saw from across the bank earlier. Follow the
path and go around the trees until you see the wall of the building, denoting
a hidden entrance. Enter the building from the entrance. Inside is TM77:
Psych Up.
Go up the western steps now, and carry on westwards. You will see a
deactivated spike trap, which was what you, Cain, and Heather will
deactivate together had you chosen to fall through the trap at the entrance
of the forest earlier. The path will split. If you go up the steps, you will end
up to the cage where you would have been placed in. If you took the other
path without the steps, you would go to the cage where Cain would have
been imprisoned in. There are some hidden items here.
There is a path to the northeast side of the deactivated three – levered spike
trap there. It will lead to a deactivated single – levered spike trap. BE
CAREFUL here. There is a pit trap with a Pokeball across it. Go south
around a tree and you will get the readout for PULSE 05A: Tangrowth
Next, go back to the grunt that you fought before the building containing
TM 77. Here, the path will split. Go north into the cave on the face of the
bank. Congratulations, we have now reached the Underroot.

Exploring the Underroot

No. Status
From the entrance, go down two flights of steps to the south until you reach
the waterfall. You can actually walk behind the waterfall to the left. Do so,
going westwards until you see a flight of steps leading upwards to the
north. Climb up those steps and you will find the third missing police
officer. Set him free by interacting with the lever and interact with him. He
will return to the Police Station.
Next, go all the way south down the flights of steps, picking up all the
hidden items along the way. When the path splits into one going west and
another going south, take the western one first. You will reach a watering
hole with a Seviper drinking there. Interact with it with some Pokesnax in
your bag. It will attack you and you can catch it.
You might notice some rocks here that are ‘glowing with energy inside’
and seems to sturdy to be breakable. Make note of this for later.
Go back to the right side of the waterfall. When the path splits to the east or
south, take the one going east first. There are a few hidden items there.
Then return back to the split, and this time take the path down the steps
south.
The path will also split here, with one path going through the roots
eastward and another going down the steps to the south. Take the path
eastwards first, picking up all the items there, including an Ice Heal. There
is an exit nearby. Do not go out the exit yet. Instead return to the split and
take the path down the steps to the south.
As you go down the southern path, remember to pick up all the items there,
including a Hyper Potion at the end of the eastern path of the split. The
western path of the split will take you to the river bank. You can go down
to the river if you follow the path carefully. You will see a Light Shard
nearby. Go back up north to the waterfall, and this time, go to the left side
of the waterfall.
Go south when you can, down the flights of steps until the end. Turn left
and you will see an exit. The exit leads to three paths. Take the middle path
up the steps and walk north to the end. At any time, you will encounter a
Stantler who will majestically leap down the cliff. Interact with it to battle
it. Catch it.
The eastern path from the exit leads to a house with a woman inside. She is
a nature lover, who is surprised to see a Trainer like us in that area.
The last path to take is the abandoned building itself. Enter the building
through the right side. You can see the shadow denoting the entrance on the
ground. There is a Meteor grunt inside. Fight them. The fourth missing
police officer can be found at the northwestern corner of the abandoned
building. Talk to him and he will go back to the station.
Remember the exit near the Ice Heal earlier that you weren’t asked to take
yet? It’s on the right side of the waterfall. Take the exit. Walk east, then
north outside the Rhodocrine Jungle. We have reached the Beryl Library.
 The Beryl Library
No. Status
Collect the hidden items there on your way to the entrance, then go inside
the Library itself.
Walk up the Library to the open room on the left. Inside you’ll meet a man
wearing a strange hat. The man will ask us whether we know of
‘Dreamsickness’. After a few cryptic words, he will disappear, reminding
us that we’ll meet him again.

Meet Radomus in Beryl Library:

+1 Radomus

Get out of the room, and climb the left staircase, walk south until you see a
tree. Walk east of the tree until you are on top of a bookshelf. The
bookshelf itself can be traversed on. Take the left path. At the end of it, you
can find TM20: Safeguard.
Go back to the staircase. This time walk north and east around the second
floor until you reach the right side of the floor. There is another bookshelf
that you can walk on. Walk to the end of the bookshelf to get the Field
Notes for Corrosive Field.
Walk down the right staircase that you pass by earlier. Enter the right room
and get the Ill – Fated Doll there. There is a Growlithe in the room looking
down a fissure. Talk to the Growlithe, who will step back. Peer down the
fissure to see the fifth and final missing police officer… who is dead. The
Growlithe will run to the police station. With this, we have found all five
missing police officers, ending the sidequest. Go back into the Underroot
the same way we came out. And climb the all the way north through the
same entrance we first came into the Underroot. We’ll recognize the exit
when we see the Meteor grunt there.

Find all the officers so they ambush Corey after Rhodochrine:

+1 Heather, +1 Anna, +1 Shade

Rhodocrine Jungle PULSE Hunt

No. Status
There is a grunt near the gentleman that we battled earlier. Go east of the
grunt and climb up the steps. We can find a Cuttable tree that will make
one of the vines retract. The retracting vines will trigger a cutscene
involving a green – haired woman, Borealis, and a man they called
Commander.
 Go back to the Beryl Library, and cut the tree on the left side of the
entrance. This will allow us access to the entrance of the building to the left
of the library. The entrance is marked by a shadow on the ground.
Enter the building, battle the female grunt and come out from the other side
of the building. Enter Rhodocrine Jungle again through the entrance here.
Go north and talk to Amaria.
Talk to Amaria in Rhodochrine Jungle:
+1 Amaria
Go up the stairs and Cut the shaking tree. With both vines out of the way,
the road is now clear for us to begin our advance. Go back to Fern. Go
straight ahead and we will trigger a cutscene. The cutscene will lead to a
battle with Ace, a wild – card of a character. Their Pokemon will include
the PULSE Tangrowth.
Once the battle is over, another cutscene happens where Borealis is
revealed to be Corey. This will only happen if we find all five missing
police officers. Once cornered, Corey will escape using a smoke bomb.

Pokemon and Item Hunt Sidequest: Post – 3rd PULSE Tangrowth

No. Status
At any time after the PULSE hunt, go back to the Ranger on the western
side of Rhodocrine Jungle. Go south down three flights of steps from him.
You will see a clearing at the end of a cliff here. It actually conceals a pit
trap. Fall down the pit trap, and you will land in a cage at the Underroot. If
you activated the ‘aevianmissy’ password, in this cage you will actually
meet a Pokeball. If you talk to the Pokeball, you will get into a battle with a
Level 20 Aevian form of Misdreavus. This Misdreavus is a Ghost/Grass
type hailing from another fanmade game, Pokemon Rejuvenation. Its
original home was the Aevium region. I actually got mine after fighting the
5th gym leader but you can actually get it now (credit to Reddit user
hangryanteater for confirming this).

This part of the Underroot was previously inaccessible since it was blocked
by a vine. However, by falling down this pit, we can actually access the Cut
tree that will make the vine retract. Cut the tree, and that part of the
Underroot will now be connected to the entire Underroot. There is an exit
nearby to the east of the cage, southeast of the exit with three paths where
we discovered the Stantler and missing police officer. Go out of the
Underroot through the exit and you will come out to another part of
Rhodocrine Jungle. Go east and all the way north up the steps. On the last
flight of steps you will see a pole. A cutscene will happen and a Taillow
will perch on the pole. Interact with it to catch it.
On a sunny day, go east of the same Ranger as above across a wooden
bridge. Go north all the way to the end and you will see a Tropius basking
 in the sun.
Southeast of the PULSE Machine is a path that you can take between the
trees. It was inaccessible due to the events that happened here earlier. There
is a Great Ball here.
Go back to the Beryl Library, and go into the western room. There is a
Twisted Spoon here. This was the same room where we met the man with
the strange hat earlier. The item was inaccessible because of a vine
blocking us earlier.

Exploring Beryl Ward

No. Status
Now that the vines have receded, we can do a few more things. The rest of
the Beryl Ward is now accessible to us, including the Pokemart and the
Pokemon Center. Heal up, restock on your items, and pick up all the hidden
items along the way. The building northwest of the Pokemart has two Street
Rats in them. Go up to the rooftop using the elevator on a sunny day. You
will see a Helioptile recharging itself in the sun. Talk to it and give it some
Pokesnax. It will follow you afterwards.
Go north to the Beryl Ward Gym afterwards. Before we enter the gym, take
a left and follow the path west and south to Beryl Cemetery. Take note of
the pumpkins growing here. Pick up any hidden items. We can also read the
various gravestones here, with names such as ‘Monty Belrose’, ‘Caroline
Belrose’, ‘Elizabeth Connal’ and ‘Zina Vanhanen’.
Enter the Beryl Ward Gym afterwards.

Battling Corey
No. Status
In the gym, talk to the Police Chief. The situation got worse. The police
chased Corey all the way to the gym, but he disappeared. The police
officers are now controlled by a mind – altering gas released in the gym.
Talk to the Police Chief to get the Field Note for Corrosive Mist Field.
Fight all the mind – controlled police officers first. Once done, we can
concentrate on the gym puzzle. There are six reactors in the gym. The
objective is to turn all of it blue. To do that, interact with them in this order.
(1) First front reactor from the left
(2) Second front reactor from the left

Once done, a secret door will open at the northeastern corner of the gym,
behind the reactors.
Enter the door and talk to Corey. He will blame us for ruining his life, and
asks us to defeat him properly in battle. He will await us in the arena in the
northern part of the gym. If we find all the missing police officers, he will
battle us as Borealis.

Strategy:
Borealis fights on the Corrosive Mist field, whereas Corey fights on the
Corrosive field. The Corrosive Mist field is harder to deal with. It poisons
all incoming Pokemon at the end of the first turn (unless it’s Steel or Poison
– type), and has other effects as well.

He leads with Skrelp, who has Smokescreen to annoy you and lower your
accuracy while you take Poison damage, and Venom Drench to murder
your set – up sweepers. It also holds a Focus Sash, guaranteeing it at least
one turn to attack you. Its Bubble also gains a Poison typing in the field,
which, when coupled with its ability Adaptability and the Field, has a base
power of 240.
His Mareanie is next. It has Merciless, which, when combined with the
field, guarantees all its attacks will critical hit, even when your Pokemon
isn’t Poisoned. Poison types have always been defensive, and Mareanie is
very much so, especially early game. It also has Venoshock, which
normally has 60 base power. Coupled with the Terrain, which doubles its
base power regardless of whether the target is poisoned or not, its ability
and STAB, it will have a base power of 360.

After that, he has a Nidorina. Being more defensive than its male
counterpart, it will be difficult to take down. Coupled with Venom Drench
and taking advantage of Hustle, which increases its Attack stat by 1.5, it
will whittle down your less defensive Pokemon. Its moves are all physical
to take advantage of this, with Double Kick to destroy your Steel types and
break Sturdy. The downside is Hustle also lowers its accuracy to 0.8 times
its normal.

Next on the list is Skuntank, which from its name, you know it to be
defensive. It will primarily try to take down your sweeper by using
Flamethrower, which is boosted by the combusting toxic mist to 1.5 times
its normal power. It also has Pursuit for those who try to flee. Its Dark –
typing also quickly shuts down Psychic types.

Corey also has a Croagunk. It has Sucker Punch for Psychic types, not to
mention priority. It has Drain Punch for STAB – boosted damage and
recovery. Mud Bomb is for your Electric and Poison types and Venoshock
for STAB.

Corey’s star Pokemon is his beloved Crobat. One of the fastest non –
legendary Pokemon ever, it will almost always attack first if you don’t have
priority. Its Nasty Plot raises its mediocre Sp. Att. to obscene levels, and
 Venoshock and Air Cutter are both STABs, with Air Cutter having a high
crit – chance.

The strategy here is to fight fire with fire. What works for his Poison types
also work with yours. Prankster Meowstic helps, especially if you have
Light Screen. Venoshock is a special type move remember? Croagunk has
Sucker Punch, so be careful. Skuntank is part Dark, making it immune to
Prankster. Swalot also helps with being immune to the field, while doing
increasing damage with Acid Spray. Forretress, which evolves from Pineco
and is part Steel type, is immune to his field and moves.
Beat Borealis, and we will get…nothing. He is a former Gym leader.
Instead, he will go on a motive rant about how ‘Corey Molinar’ and
‘Borealis’ cannot coexist anymore, and one of them must die. Heather
heard everything and confronted him. Then she ran off, seemingly for
good. Before she left, Borealis entrusted us to take care of Heather and also
asks Heather to keep her mother’s Ruby Ring safe. Corey then asks us to do
him a favour and come to Beryl Bridge with him.
An Absol will greet us when we leave the gym. This is actually the same
Absol as the intro. Knowing Absol as ‘The Disaster Pokemon’, whose
presence warns us of incoming calamity (like the train explosion in the
intro), this can’t be good.
At the bridge, we see Corey set all his Pokemon free. The Crobat
reluctantly flees last of all, only leaving when Corey insulted him. Corey
once again entrusts us with Heather and the Ruby Ring. He jumps down
Beryl Bridge soon afterwards, with his last words being to long for his wife
Elena.
The screen fades to black, and the silence is broken by the jerk Fern calling
Corey a moron. After insulting Corey, an explosion can be heard in the
distance. Fern says it came from the North Obsidia Ward.

Corey – Shelly: Beryl Sidequests

No. Status
Go back to the Beryl Ward Gym. Go inside the secret room earlier. Go
inside the room Corey was in earlier. There is an item waiting for us there.
It was Corey’s Silver Ring. Take it.
With the Silver Ring in hand, there is something we can do first. Return to
the Underroot. At the edge of the pond near the Light Shard earlier, we can
see a familiar Skrelp here. Talk to it, and it will join you out of obedience
to the Ring’s original owner.
On a windy day, we can go east of Beryl Bridge to the Abandoned Power
Plant. Here, we can see a young child cornered by Drifloon. Apparently,
the Drifloon carried him all the way up here. Talk to the Drifloon to catch
it. Talk to the child again. He apparently lives in Lapis Ward. He will walk
on home… alone.
Go back to Beryl Library. Now we can actually see there is a Librarian
here, a sentient Gothitelle. Talk to it, and it will request your help to clean
up the Library. Pick up every piece of trash that you see. The Gothitelle can
actually tell you the extent of cleanliness of the Library when you talk to it
(her?) again. Once clean, she will give you a Soul Candle. You can talk to
the Gothita in the middle of the top floor and she will enthusiastically want
to follow you. The mother will permit it, and she’s yours.

Help clean up Beryl Library:

+1 Adrienn

Go down to the Jasper Ward. Take a peek at the place where we found the
second missing police officer earlier, entrapped by the vines. Well,
whaddya know? The child spirited away by the Drifloon earlier is once
again cornered, this time by the Scolipede Gang. Save the child by battling
them. Be careful here. The Scolipede is way above the level cap, and its
speed will increase each turn due to Speed Boost. The child will thank us
again, and walk on home, for real this time… probably.
Go to the Police Station at Jasper Ward. Talk to the Chief. Out of
appreciation for finding all five missing police officers, he will give us a
Growlithe, the same Growlithe belonging to the dead police officer.

Talk to the police officer behind the desk to the right. He will mention that
his Growlithe is stolen by a Meteor grunt. Since we already took the spare
Growlithe, he kinda resents us for it.

The officer across from the one above will tell you there’s a way to help his
friend get over it. We can breed an Egg from the Growlithe we receive and
give it to him, so that he can give it to his friend. This is why the Growlithe
we received as a gift will always be female. Pokemon breeding mechanics
dictates that the egg will always follow the mother. Thus begins the
‘Mystery Egg’ sidequest.
From Jasper, go south to Peridot. Outside the staircase leading from Jasper
to Peridot, go east into the first house you see. Talk to the girl sitting by the
table. It turns out that the girl we met on the 5 th floor of the Jasper Ward
building is her friend. Now that her friend is safe and sound, she will repay
us with a Department Store Sticker: Tangela. This allows us to access
the third floor of the Obsidia Department Store.

Talk to the girl in the same house, the girl we found. Talk to her twice, and
she will give us TM88: Sleep Talk.
Let’s take care of the ‘Mystery Egg’ sidequest first. Go to the Daycare
 Center at Obsidia Ward. Leave the Growlithe with a Pokemon in a
compatible Egg group with the Daycare Lady. Walk around. If all goes
well and the Daycare man outside says “The two seem to get along”, you’ll
have an Egg in no time. You’ll know an Egg is ready when the Daycare
Man faces west outside. Go back to Jasper Police Station and give the egg
to the police officer, who will give us a Mystery Egg in return. The
‘Mystery Egg’ sidequest is complete.

Make your way up Opal Bridge to the north.

Exploring North Obsidia Ward

No. Status
Enter and we’ll see a crowd around the area where the explosion occurred.
If it isn’t Fern. Talk to him.

Talk to Fern in front of the Grand Stairway when he complains about the
officers:
+1 Fern

Go east from where you meet Fern to enter the North Obsidia ward proper.
Make your way around the crowd of onlookers and pick up any hidden
items that you see. There’s a Synthetic Seed south of Castelia and 8th
Street.
A Street Rat will challenge us as we go eastwards. Battle him and the path
will split to the south down 9th Street or north up the steps. Go south and
you will meet a building with a red awning over it. This is The Spyce
Restaurant. Go in.
Check the trash can for TM56: Fling. Talk to the Hiker sitting by the table
to get a Full Incense.
Get out of Spyce and back to the crowd. Continue going west, but before
we reach the staircase going up, go down a bit to see two houses on the
southern wall of the staircase. The first house is the Move Deleter’s house.
The second house belonged to someone named Sandy and her roommate.
Pick up any hidden items here.
Go up the western staircase overlooking the waterfall, pick up the Cotton
Candy there. Go through the Checkpoint and down into Lapis Ward.
 Exploring Lapis Ward
No. Status
The first house down to the south in Lapis Ward is the Lapis Luxury Bike
Shop. Keep it in mind for later.
Fight the lady trainer there and head straight to the Lapis Ward Pokemon
Center on the northeast part of the area.
Inside the Pokemon Center, to the right, is an old man who will tell us the
story of a Reborn League Challenger named Savage, and his connection to
another Gym Leader named Shade. If only you say yes, of course.
Outside the Pokemon Center, go north outside 4 th Street. Ignore the
bisexual hair – coloured girl in front of the conspicuously tall building first.
Fight the Hotshot there. Keep going north up 4 th Street and you’ll see a guy
facing east in front of a house. Battle him. Enter the house afterwards to see
a guy walking towards the wall. Talk to him, here him rant, and he will
give you TM21: Frustration. Turn right and battle the trainer outside the
Pokemart. Enter the Pokemart.

Talk to the person in the hooded robe to get TM 07: Hail.

Enter the building to the right of the Pokemart. Apparently, this is where
the wandering child lives with his mother. Talk to the mother, and she will
give you the Department Store Sticker: Drifloon as a sign of gratitude.
This allows us to access the fourth floor of the Obsidia Department Store.
Go back to the Pokemon Center to heal up. Now talk to the multi –
coloured hair girl in front of the tall building. She will mutter something
about vengeance and scurry off. Then go up north to 3 rd Street to see a
place with green roof. This is the Sweet Scent Flower Shop. Go inside.
Go up and talk to a lady by the shelves. She will give us a Wailmer Pail.

A green – haired girl wandering around will ask if you’ve seen a Budew
anywhere. She’s the owner of the Budew we caught so long ago. She will
ask us to keep her and take care of her.

At the counter to the north we can play a tile puzzle. Complete the puzzle
to get a Spritzee. Get out of the shop when you’re done.
Go north and east along Dahlia Street. Pick up all the Hidden Items along
the way. The third building has someone in it that can teach the starter
Pokemons the Pledge moves. His payment will be in Shards.
Go east to see a purple – haired girl and a red – haired guy talking.

Corey’s Suicide – The Aftermath

No. Status
Remember when Corey jumped down Beryl Bridge? His body ended up on
the Lapis Ward below. Talk to both of them (the guy and the girl) to
 continue the story.
After a cutscene involving the red – haired guy Cal, and the purple – haired
girl Shelly (remember the Kricketot girl? That’s her.), two Meteor agents
named Aster and Eclipse, a mysterious entity named Shade and Cain, we
have two choices: follow Cain to the crowded Grand Stairway area or take
a detour with the ‘Gang Sidequest’.

The Gang Sidequest

No. Status
In this game, we can choose to join either the Magma or Aqua Gang. The
storyline is similar. The rewards gained by joining each team will be
different. The passionate Magma gang has its headquarters in North
Obsidia Alleyway, accessible by going north up the steps near the Castelia
and 9th Street. The rational Aqua Gang has its headquarters in the Lapis
Alleyway, east of Crocus and 5th Street. I’ve always liked the Magma Gang
better, so off we go to the North Obsidia Alleyway.
Talk to the bouncers guarding the entryway twice to battle them. This is the
initiation fight. After you win, walk west and pick up TM46: Thief. Note
that this and TM41: Torment is reversed. If you join the Aqua Gang, you
can get TM 41 first. You can get the other TM in a later sidequest involving
the opposite gang. Talk to the guy at the end. This is the Magma Gang
leader, Maxwell. He will welcome you to the gang. Our first mission
together will take place soon. Meet the gang in the empty shack around 4 th
and Hydrangea, the same house where we got TM21 earlier.
Once we reach the shack, we can talk to Maxwell. The mission is to stop
the Aqua gang from robbing a house in Lapis Ward… by stealing from the
Aqua Gang themselves. The house in question belongs to a Ms.
Craudburry, who by all means is a horrid old lady by reputation. Her house
is between the Lapis Luxury Bike Shop and the Pokemon Center. Go there
and enter the house.
Go to the back room and fight two Aqua Gang members. Once done, we
can take the two Pokeballs on the table. It will contain a Water Stone and a
Buizel. After that, the skirmish will be over and the house will be empty.
Maxwell will ask us to meet back at the North Obsidia base. Do so now.
Maxwell will meet us back at base and tell us to keep the Pokemon we
found. That ends the ‘Gang Sidequest’ for now. Till next time. For glory,
baby! Go back to the Grand Stairway to proceed with the story.

Descending Below the Grand Stairway

No. Status
Now go see Cain, who was waiting for us near the Grand Stairway. Talk to
him, and he’ll distract the officer guarding the Stairway by… flirting with
him. Once the coast is clear, go up. It turns out that Team Meteor blew a
hole in the Stairway, which explains the explosion heard earlier. Get the
Rock Gem hidden there and descend the ladder downwards. Go down the
hole again.

Talk to the officer four times while Cain is distracting him:

-1 Cain

While exploring the Grand Stairway, you might meet a few Pokemon.
Catch them to prepare for a few things in the future:
(1) Catch a Dunsparce or two down here. You’ll need to trade it to
someone in the future. If you want to keep one for yourself, make
sure you catch two.
(2) Catch a Chingling down here. If you’re unfamiliar, it’s the pre –
evolutionary form of Chimecho and it evolves into Chimecho at
night with high Friendship.
There are three pathways you can take. Check the left and right pathways
for hidden items. The ways there are blocked by rocks. Since we don’t have
Rock Smash yet, we have no choice but to take the central pathway south
down another hole.
Go south and east to get a Dire Hit. Return to the pathway again and this
time head south. There are multiple rock ledges to climb down here. Steer
yourself down to the second path from the left, go west then north up the
left set of steps. Climb up three sets of steps and turn left. There’s a gap
nearby where you can see a yellow Pokeball. Grab it to get TM69: Rock
Polish
Now go back up the staircase northwards where you’ll see a Fighter. Talk
to him to get 3 EXP. Candy M.
Go back down to where the staircases split between left and right. Take the
right set of staircases this time, turn right and jump down the southern
ledge back to the top of the ledges.
This time steer yourself to the second path from the right. Don’t forget to
take the hidden Focus Sash on the rock to the right. This will take you on
top of a cliff. Go south and west until you see a hole. Climb down the hole.
You will reach Grand Stairway B3F, where a long descending staircase
awaits. Go down it to see a glowing structure, and when you turn left, you
will meet… the Commander of Team Meteor himself.

After waxing poetic about the city and introducing to us the four – coloured
symbols which form the theme of this game, he will allow us to rescue
Victoria and walk away unscathed.
 The four symbols are:
 Ruby, the seal of pain
 Sapphire, the seal of love
 Emerald, the seal of faith
 Amethyst, the seal of the beyond.
After he leaves, continue walking westwards where we will see Victoria
held by two Meteor grunts, Aster and Eclipse. Heads up, the Light Shard
earlier is to prepare us for this battle. We will fight with Victoria in a
double battle with Aster and Eclipse.
After we won, Victoria will offer to go with us back to the surface. Take
her up on her offer to instantly end up back at the Grand Stairway. She will
wait for us at the central platform of the stairway. Talk to her and she will
offer to battle us. Take her up on her offer again.

When Victoria asks you to fight her:

No = -1 Victoria
After we won against Victoria, Fern will interrupt our conversation. After
exchanging insults and getting rejected, he will battle us. Victoria will heal
us beforehand.
After we win the fight against Fern, they will exchange insults again. Fern
will run off, riling Victoria up. After calming down, Victoria will give us
TMX07: Rock Smash out of gratitude. She will leave for Lapis Ward to
check on Shelly.

Detour to Reborn Nightclub

No. Status
If it’s at night, there’s something else we can do first. See the man standing
to the side of the Stairway over in North Obsidia? Go and see him. Instead
of going to the alleyway, walk west past the entire row of buildings to the
Reborn Nightclub.

Talk to him. He will introduce himself as DJ Arclight. If you watch the TV

often, you’ll already hear about him. He is the one running the Interviews
section, giving us tips on the next Gym Leader we’re about to battle.

Meet Arclight outside the nightclub at night after the Grand Stairway:
+1 Arc
Go inside the Club to get TM17: Protect

Helping Shelly
No. Status
 Get out of the club and go to the Lapis Ward Gym. As soon as we approach
the door, Cal will storm out looking for a fight. We oblige.
After we win, Victoria will come storming asking what the commotion is
about. She will then explain to Cal about meeting Fern, who manipulated
Shelly into a wreck and winning against her unfairly. We will be invited
inside the gym. Talk to Cal and go upstairs.
After a lengthy cutscene involving Cain (who was fresh out of his
encounter with the policeman), Victoria and Shelly, including some
vomiting, we will be tasked with finding a doctor, who Cal helpfully
mentions is nearby.

Introduction to the Orphanage

No. Status
Remember the building where we saw the vengeful girl peeking into
earlier? It turns out that it’s Dr. Connal’s Orphanage and Psychiatric
Treatment Center. Try to enter the building. A girl will burst out of the
building and mention that she was just leaving. Go in again.
We will be greeted with a peppy girl with pigtails, who will ask why we’re
glowing. A boy will correct her, saying nobody’s glowing. We’ll then be
introduced to the whole gang. The peppy girl is Anna, the boy correcting
her is her twin Noel, who is a gym leader, and there is a girl there with
invisible burn scars, whose name is Charlotte. Anna has a Jirachi doll
named Nostra while Noel has a Cleffa doll named Nomos. The girl we met
bursting out the door earlier was Laura, Charlotte’s sister and a member of
Reborn’s Elite Four.

We will explain the situation, and Anna will warn us against bringing
Shelly there. Just then, the Dr. came. He will ask Orderly John to battle us
to test our skill.

After we won, the Dr. will regretfully inform that we cannot challenge any
Gym Leaders there yet. Anna will persuade us to leave, arousing the Dr.’s
suspicion. We are then told to explain our situation. The Dr. cannot come
presently but he promises to stop by the Gym later.

Anna will force us out the door, and tells us to tell Shelly to help Heather in
the meantime. Go back to the gym.

Battling Shelly
No. Status
Go upstairs and a cutscene happens. We will give Shelly our message from
Anna, and she decides to focus on helping Heather. In the meantime, she
also invites us to challenge her in the gym. She then disappears. Before
challenging Shelly, talk to Victoria.

When Shelly asks for you to challenge her and you speak to Victoria:
+1 Cal
Shelly’s puzzle involve computer screens and bookcases. Push them in the
right order to arrange the bookcases to form a bridge from her room to her
arena. A man will stand guard at the door in case you screw up and wishes
to reset the entire puzzle. Once the bookcase bridge is done, cross it. Before
challenging Shelly, go south and get the Leaf Stone hidden in her
bedroom.
After we win against Shelly, we will receive the Cocoon Badge. It allows
us to use Rock Smash outside of battle, and Pokemon up to Level 40 will
obey us in battle. We will also receive TM76: Struggle Bug.

Strategy:
This little bookworm is no slouch. While the Bug type is laughably used in
mainstream games, it’s used well here, and it shows. Shelly has a reputation
for being the ‘wake – up call’ boss for many players in the game. She is the
first boss to use Double Battles format, and takes full advantage of the fact
that her team synergizes well with one another, as well as crushing new
players who are not used to Double Battles.

She leads off with her Prankster Illumise and Intimidate Masquerain.
Intimidate lowers Att. of all opposing Pokemon by one stage, and Illumise
is holding a Damp Rock and knows Rain Dance. You know where this is
going right? Her Illumise will set up an 8 – turn rain, causing all Fire type
damage to be halved. Her Masquerain will murder your Rock, Ground and
Fire types with a rain – boosted Bubble Beam or Energy Ball. The
Masquerain is also holding a Silver Powder, which, when boosted by
STAB and the Forest Field, will give Struggle Bug a base power of 135, as
well as lowering your Sp. Att. stat by one stage per use. It also hits both
opposing Pokemon. The Illumise is more annoying than anything, with
priority Confuse Ray, but it also has Dazzling Gleam, which is an 80 base
power Fairy type move that hit both opponents at once. Very powerful at
this stage of the game.

Her next Pokemon is a Yanmega, which is one of the fastest Bug Pokemon
in the game. Its ability, Speed Boost increases its already high speed by one
stage at the end of each turn. It has Struggle Bug and Air Cutter for STAB,
and Giga Drain for pesky Rock types, as well as Ancient Power for flying
 types.

She also has an Araquanid, a Bug/ Water type Pokemon with Sp. Def.
Being part Water type, it receives normal damage from Fire type moves. Its
own Water type Bubble Beam is boosted 2 times thanks to its Water
Bubble ability. It also acts as a secondary rain setter, having Rain Dance
and holding a Damp Rock in the event that Illumise fails to set up rain.

Her sweeper is Anorith. It holds a Telluric Seed which activates in the

Forest Field to give it a Spiky Shield, ensuring it at least a single turn to
attack. It also damages any contact – move user trying to attack it the next
turn. Its ability is what makes it dangerous. If rain is set up, Swift Swim
doubles its Speed, ensuring it will attack first. It will then use Rock Slide,
which is STAB – boosted, hits both opponents and can flinch you if RNG is
not on your side. Both the Masquerain and Araquanid earlier has Icy Wind,
which, while weak, will lower the speed of both opposing Pokemon.

Her ace is Volbeat. This firefly, while laughably weak, will not be so for
long. It has a Bold nature, increasing its Def. and all its attacks are special,
meaning the Att. drop is meaningless. It has Dazzling Gleam and Struggle
Bug as attack moves, as well as its signature skill: Tail Glow. Tail Glow
doubles its Sp. Att. per use, making it dangerous if allowed to set up. Last,
to make it harder to kill, it also has Moonlight, which heals up to 50% of its
maximum HP per use. Its Prankster ability also means its Moonlight and
Tail Glow will have priority.

To fight her, DO NOT let her set up rain. Fake Out the Illumise on the first
turn to flinch it, and focus down on it to kill it. Meowstic has Fake Out and
Prankster, but it also is a Psychic type, making it very vulnerable to
Struggle Bug. Persian has both Fake Out and Power Gem, which will be
useful in this fight. Lead with a special attacker to negate Intimidate. Burn
her field down with a Fire type attack. The Growlithe we got earlier is good
since it has Flame Burst. Burning Field also prevents Anorith from setting
up its Telluric Seed. Meteo the Castform is another choice. Since the level
cap is 35, it will have learnt Weather Ball and Sunny Day by then. When
Illumise sets up Rain Dance, counter with Sunny Day to change it into a
Rainbow Field. Since Sun is set up last, Weather Ball will be Fire – type,
which, coupled with Castform’s ability and the Terrain, will give it a
whopping base power of 225.

Shelly – Shade: A Kidnapping

No. Status
Cross the bookcase bridge once the battle is done. Victoria will
 congratulate us on our victory. Dr. Sigmund Connal arrives then to check
on Shelly. Sigmund will wheedle and psychoanalyze Cal, pushing his
biggest berserk button: his older brother Blake.

All this causes Cal to lash out and hit Shelly by mistake, making an already
bad situation worse. Cal will storm out in anger and the Dr. will ask both us
and Victoria to leave. Outside the gym, Cal is overcome with remorse.
Victoria persuades him to return with her to Apophyll Academy, across
Azurine Lake, to help him learn how to control his anger. Both of them will
leave us.
Cain, who has been waiting outside this whole time, will congratulate us on
our victory. He wants to challenge Shelly, but agrees to wait to give her
more time to recuperate. Cain will heal our Pokemon, and asks us to talk to
him when we’re ready because he wants to battle us. Talk to Cain and win
the battle against him.
After we win, we will see Heather land on the roof of the Lapis Gym.
Heather will talk to us. Cain will state his concern for her and Sigmund will
suddenly burst onto the scene, offering Heather to stay at his orphanage.
Heather refused, feeling capable enough to take care of herself. Sigmund
pushes the issue further, devolving into using threats to get her to comply.
Cain tries to stop Sigmund when he manhandles Heather. To no avail, as
Heather was dragged away by Sigmund. Shelly comes out of the gym,
hearing Heather’s voice. Cain explains the situation to Shelly, and then asks
us if we’ll go save Heather. We will, but first, let’s go hunting.

When Cain asks if you’ll go to save Heather:

Yes = +1 Cain
No = -1 Cain

Hunting for Pokemon: Post – Shelly

No. Status
With access to Lapis Ward, we now have access to (almost) all five of
Reborn City’s secret alleyways. Remember when we met a Street Rat in
North Peridot alleyway by Blacksteam and 2nd much earlier and he talks of
a ‘bloomin’ rat?’ Now we can hunt for it too. A Zangoose will appear
randomly in one of five of Reborn City’s alleyways. I found it on a windy
night in the alleyway above. The Wiki states that it must be on a weekday. I
found mine on a Wednesday night. According to the guide we can start this
as early as after getting the Canopy Badge, but we do not have access to all
the alleyways then.
The five alleyways where Zangoose will probably appear are:
a) North Peridot alley by Castelia and 2nd Street
b) North Peridot alley by Spitrail Street
c) South Obsidia alley
d) Magma Gang hideout
e) Aqua Gang hideout
Now that we can use Rock Smash, there are a few other things we can do
first. Head back to the Obsidia Slums from the entrance in South Obsidia.
Go up the stairs, go west and south until you meet the two escalators. Take
the good one downstairs. Go south a bit, then east into the alcove in the
wall. It is actually a pathway leading to another part of the Slums.

Once you enter this new part, keep walking east down the stairs and you
will meet a Street Rat. There is a door there blocked by two Rock
Smashable rocks there. Smash it and come out to the Underground Railnet.

On the wall opposite where you came out of, there is a dark spot on it. It
almost looks human. Those spots (there are many others) are Smashable
too. Enter the hole formed afterwards. It leads to a pathway leading west
and north. Follow it and pick up all the hidden items along the way.

At the far northern end is a wall with another Rock Smashable spot. Smash
it and enter the hole formed there. You will come out on the other side of
the Railnet, and there will be a beam blocking your way to the right. There
is a switch on your side of the wall, so press it. The beam will not be gone
since you need to press the switch on the other side of the wall too. Walk
west after pressing the switch to enter another part of the Railnet.

The screen will suddenly become tunnel – vision like. It’s dark in here,
ain’t it? Walk west, following the rails until you see a Smashable rock
there. Walk through the gap, going east a bit past two rocks. You will see a
guy facing the wall. Remember the traumatized lady whose boyfriend fell
through a fissure in Obsidia Ward way back when? This is him! Talk to
him. He will scurry to safety afterwards.

After the event, walk west until you see a metal beam. Follow the beam
north until you see a Smashable spot on the wall. Do it, and enter the hole.
Inside is an Ability Capsule. Get out of there afterwards. The stairs going
up to the west are inaccessible, so walk slightly to the southwest and you
will find a long flight of stairs going downwards. Descend the steps,
picking up all the delicious hidden items there, including a Purple Shard.
Take note of the cute Arons chilling on the metal trusses overhead.

Go south and west down the next flight of stairs. To the north you can see a
metal pole with two gaps. Pick the right gap first and walk north until you
see a Rock Smashable spot on the wall. Smash it and walk through the hole
to get TMX09: Flash. Finally! We can’t use it yet though, not until after
we get our fourth badge. Feel your way through the semi – darkness. Pick
up any hidden items that you might have missed. Then, go to the left side of
the pole. There is a hidden item in front of the train wreckage and another
Smashable spot on the wall there. Do it and step in to get the Field Notes
for the Cave Field. Very appropriate.

One last thing to do here is to go back to the pole. You can use Headbutt on
it to catch Aron. That’s all there is that can be done here for now. Go back
out all the way to South Obsidia Ward.
Go to the Obsidia Pokemon Center and talk to the woman, whose boyfriend
made it back to her safe and sound… Aww… Talk to the guy and he will
give you the Department Store Sticker: Aron. This allows us to access
the fifth floor of the Obsidia Department Store.
Now that our level cap is 40, there’s something else we can do: continue
the ‘Litleo Event’. Go to the house northwest of the Obsidia Pokemon
Center. The Litleo will appear there. Talk to it and it will run down the
steps to the left. Follow it. Once there, a cutscene happens, and a Level 35
Klinklang will descend from the ceiling, scaring the Litleo. Beat it and the
Litleo will join you. This is actually another section of the Railnet. Take the
hidden Escape Rope on the rock to the left. We can do this earlier, but
back then, our level cap was a bit too low. If you are underlevelled, the
fight is still winnable with cheesing.
Go to the Obsidia Department Store and go up to the fourth floor. The right
counter sells Power Items to make EV training much easier. You can also
buy TM48: Round here for $9000.
During the night, we can stop by the Beryl Cemetery. Remember the Soul
Candle that we obtained from Gothitelle in the Beryl Library earlier? If we
have it in our bag, we can interact with any pumpkin scattered around the
cemetery. The pumpkin will begin to glow and we can catch a Pumpkaboo
here. Don’t worry about the Soul Candle. It’s single use, but we can get
more later.
Return to the Grand Stairway, there’s an important item we can get now
that we can use Rock Smash. There is a crowd of people gathering around
the Stairway standing in a circle formation. Talk to the crowd there to find
out that we can now buy Link Stones at a price of $10000. Using Link
Stones on a Pokemon which normally evolves by trade will cause it to
evolve.

With this, you can evolve a Swirlix into a Slurpuff if you use a Link Stone
on it while it is holding a Whipped Dream, which can be bought from the
Sweet Kiss Candy Shop. You can also evolve a Spritzee into an Aromatisse
if you use a Link Stone on it while it is holding a Sachet, which can be
bought from the Sweet Scent Flower Shop.
Go down the ladder at the Grand Stairway, down to B1F. Remember when
the paths to the left and right was blocked by rocks earlier? With Rock
Smash, we can clear a path now. Take the right path first and Smash the
rock blocking our way. Enter the cave to the north.

Take the hidden PP Up to the left and walk north until you see the Hiker.
Talk to the Hiker. After a demonstration, he will give us a Mining Kit.
Using this, we can finally mine for items inside all those rocks glowing
with energy. The items found from mining rocks are valuable (ranging
from expensive items such as Revive and rare items such as evolution
stones) and determined by random choice. There are a few mining rocks
that we can try our luck on inside that cave.

You can save before mining a rock so that you can continue mining for
items that you like. Once mined, the rock will leave a stub where it once
was. Keep the stubs in mind for later.

Some noteworthy items:

a) Amplifield Rock, causes terrain moves to last longer. It works just
like the Terrain Extender, but isn’t single – use.
b) Light Clay, increases the duration of screens
c) Odd Keystone, necessary to catch Spiritomb later

My advice is to save – scum until you find all these three items. Other
items I’m lucky enough to find.
a) Sun Stone
b) Heart Scale
c) Icy Rock, which causes Hail to last longer

Next, get out of the cave and take the left path this time. To the west of the
left path, there is a Rock Smash rock blocking our way up the stairs. This
time we can break it and go down the hole there. We will find a hidden Red
Shard and a not – so – hidden Amplifield Rock.
Return to the middle path with four optional ledges, where we rescued
Victoria earlier. This time take the rightmost path down the ledge. Take the
hidden Guard Spec there and go down the hole.

Take the two hidden items there. See the cave to the north a bit? Enter it.
The moment you enter, you will be greeted with a message, “The crystals
glitter with fissures”. In this game, you can get messages like these. What
you should do is get into a battle with wild Pokemon in the area and use a
specific move. After the battle ends, the area will actually change as a result
 of you using the move.

Get into a battle and use moves like Bulldoze, Magnitude, or Earthquake.
Once done, you can actually see the message, “The crystals shattered!” The
cave will change to an ordinary Cave Field. See the green Pokeball on the
cliff at the side? There are now stairs leading to it. Reach it to get the field
note for Crystal Cavern field, which was what we were fighting in earlier.

Get out of there. Go north and climb up the stairs. There are a few
noteworthy things here. You can get an EXP. Candy M and a Magical
Seed. Also you can see a Pokemon blocked off by two Rock Smash Rocks.
This Pokemon can either be a Level 28 Solrock or a Lunatone. It is also
the only one of its kind in the game, so make sure you catch it. Regardless
of who you found here, the other one can be found sometime later. Once
done, climb the steps to the north to end up at the beginning. That’s all that
can be done here for now. Get out of there.
With the Mining Kit in hand, we can get another Pokemon. Make sure you
have at least one Data Chip on you. We’re going to do the ‘Porygon Event’.
Remember there was a room in the Onyx Trainer School where we got the
Protective Pads earlier? Return to the room and speak to the youngster in
front of the flickering PC. Talk to him, and knowing the existence of
mining rocks under the North Obsidia Ward, he will leave the room.
Interact with the PC, the Data Chip gets inserted, and we will battle a Level
28 Porygon. Catch it.
It's time to go back to the Orphanage in Lapis Ward. We have a girl to
rescue.

Raiding the Orphanage, Rescuing a Girl

No. Status
We might pass them on our way to the sidequests earlier, but talk to Shelly
and Cain who are waiting outside the Orphanage. They will ask us to try
opening the door, since it wouldn’t budge for them. Once we opened the
door, Anna will greet us. We will explain the reason for our sudden visit: a
prison break. We will gain the cooperation of Anna, Noel and Charlotte.
Charlotte tried creating a diversion, but we were spotted. We will have a
Double Battle with the orderlies. Our partner depends on:

At the start of the orphanage, whoever you fight with:

Shelly (if you have equal or greater points with Shelly than Cain) = +1
Shelly
Cain (if you have greater points with Cain than Shelly) = +1 Cain
I was partnered with Cain for the double battle above. However,
afterwards, Cain decided to block one of the entryways with his Nidoking.
So, we will be partnered with Shelly throughout the orphanage, which will
all be Doubles.

Leave the orphanage while partnered with Shelly:

-1 Cain, -1 Shelly, -1 Charlotte, -1 Noel, -1 Heather

Talk to Shelly in the orphanage:

+1 Shelly

There is a hallway in front that isn’t blocked by Cain. Don’t go in there yet.

Go into the hallway before Anna tells you to, which Shelly is nervous to go
in:
-1 Shelly

Instead, go up the stairs to the left. We need to rescue Noel first, who was
taken by the orderlies.
Battle the orderlies at the top of the staircase. Walk to the end of the
hallway to fight another pair of orderlies. Talk to the orphans along the
way. After we won, one of the orderlies will seal the gate to the stairs,
preventing us from going upwards. Go back down and speak to Anna.

Anna will tell us of another way to open the gate, which is in the hallway
above. Go in there now.
Go straight ahead into the Dr.’s office and battle the two orderlies. Go
around them and you can read the book on the table.
Get out of his office and walk to the left. Talk to the intercom if you want
to, then go back west and south down the hallway. Turn left to the control
room and battle the orderlies there.
After you win, walk north to get the Data Chip there and interact with the
panel. This will disengage the Commons Lock. Get out of there and go
back up the stairs to the locked gate earlier. It’s now open.
Walk across the room west to see a child locked in a cage. Talk to him if
you want. Go up the stairs to see Noel locked in a cage. Talk to Noel.

Ignore Noel in the cage:

-1 Noel
Go up the flight of steps to battle Orderly John and Charity. John
remembers us. After the fight, interact with the panel. We seemingly have
two choices, but only one is actually viable: Unlock Patient Quarters. To
unlock the ECT Chamber would require identification. Grab the hidden
Great Ball in the dresser to the left room.
Go back to Anna. Grab the Paralyze Heal on the way down. A cutscene
happens and the door Cain was blocking earlier is now unblocked. Go in
the door on the right. Without talking to Charlotte, set her free.

Speak to Charlotte twice while she’s in the cage:

-2 Charlotte
After setting Charlotte free, interact with the panel to release the orphan
inside. Battle the two orderlies to the south. After that, Charlotte will
threaten the other two orderlies. They will open the locked gate, allowing
Charlotte to access her, Anna’s, Noel’s, and Heather’s Pokemons. Get the
Odd Incense and make your way back up to the ECT Chamber. Arrange
your Pokemon her, preferably with a Ground – type lead.
A cutscene happens, and Charlotte will burn Sigmund’s face with her
cigarettes. Sigmund informs us the authorities have been contacted, and
will be here shortly. Every one makes a beeline to escape. Once almost
everyone is out, Sigmund ambushes us and Anna with his Pokemon.

Strategy:
This is our first battle with the good doctor. The rumor mill has it that he
was an Electric – type gym leader in the old Reborn online league. He leads
with his signature Pokemon, Electivire. Slower Ground types need to be
wary here, since it has Ice Punch. Heavy Rock types need to be wary of
Low Kick.

His next Pokemon is the fat Musharna, who will set up Psychic Terrain. It’s
also holding an Amplifield Rock, ensuring that the terrain will last eight
turns instead of the usual five. Priority moves will fail in Psychic Terrain,
so Sucker Punch wouldn’t work. Its ability, Telepathy, also doubles in its
Speed in Psychic Terrain. It also has Moonlight for recovery.

He also has an Alolan Raichu, known for being very fast. His Rotom is
normal form, with good defensive stats. His last Pokemon is a Hypno, who
also has Psychic Terrain. It seems that the doctor loves playing defensively,
and likes to spread status wherever possible. Any good Ground type having
a Dark – type move will shut him down real quick. I have a Trapinch from
the Egg given to me by the police officer. It evolved to Vibrava during this
time, allowing me to sweep through his Pokemon with a STAB Earthquake
and Crunch.
After we won, Anna gives a ‘The Reason You Suck’ speech to Sigmund
and runs out the door. As we turn to leave, Sigmund gives us a parting
threat. The man with the eyepatch will mysteriously appear behind
Sigmund afterwards, and proposes that they work together.

The Locked Gate to the Railnet

No. Status
Anna will thank us and offer to walk together with us to the Opal Bridge.
Take her up on her offer. We will begin at the entrance of the Railnet. Start
by walking west to the Smashable Rock. When the path splits, take the
northern path. The southern path is blocked by Strength boulders. We’ll
meet the gang there, standing in front of a locked gate. Talk to everyone
there. Talk to Charlotte last.

She will explain that the gate leads to the locked Yureyu Corp. building
basement. But the panel used to open the gate won’t work. Shelly then
explains that instead of being connected to the Neo Reborn Power Plant
grid, the Yureyu Corp. is connected to the Abandoned Power Plant across
Beryl Bridge. Anna interjects saying Shade lives there, and if someone
were to go up there and ask him…it…them… to open up the gate, he will
be nice enough to oblige. Guess who gets the job? That’s right! Us!
Go all the way to Beryl Ward, cross the Beryl Bridge, to the Abandoned
Power Plant.

A Detour to the Citrine Mountain

No. Status
Don’t enter the Abandoned Power Plant yet though. There’s something else
we can do. See the Smashable rock to the south? Smash it, and enter the
first of Reborn’s mountains: The Citrine Mountain.
First, go all the way east to the wall. Get the Ability Capsule on the rock
there. Inspect the wall. See the crack? Talk to it, and if we have an Ice Heal
in the bag, we can use it on the wall to free an Amaura trapped inside.
Follow Vinnie’s walkthrough from here. On the final platform of the
western side we can get the Field Note for the Short – Circuit Field. How
convenient, since our next gym battle takes place at such a field.
We can find a Pokemon on the final platform down on the central side of
this place. It’s Corey’s Croagunk, who is facing the wall. Talk to it, and it
will follow you out of obedience to Corey’s Silver Ring.
There is one sidequest worthy of note here: The Pokemon Savage quest. At
the end of the second platform, you will meet a path. Go east along the
path, and then north to enter this cave. You might have seen it when you
encountered Corey’s Croagunk above. This cave contains a Smoochum
being cornered by a Beartic. There are some items here. You can choose to
take the items and leave, provided that you did not talk to Smoochum here.
If you choose to talk to Smoochum here, you will get into battle with a
 Level 65 Beartic. Like the Klinklang battle earlier, this Pokemon will be
way above our level cap for the time being. However, this fight is winnable
with the right strategy.

My strategy involves using a Hariyama to Fake Out the Beartic, making it

flinch the first turn. Since Fake Out is a priority move, it will gain extra
damage on the field, as well as increasing the Speed of my Hariyama by
one stage. Then I used Belly Drum to maximize my Attack stat. The
Beartic will use Hail, which means I am safe. Due to my increased Speed
earlier, I will attack first. I beat it using Force Palm. This took me three
tries however. The Beartic has the Snow Cloak ability, which increases its
Evasion during Hail. I kept missing my Force Palm. The Beartic also has
Blizzard, which has perfect accuracy in Hail, as well as gaining extra power
in the field. Once you win, Smoochum will follow you. Take the items and
leave the cave.

When you leave the cave, a blue – haired man will be surprised to see you
there. He will commend you for defeating the Beartic and saving the
Smoochum.

Save Smoochum in Citrine:

+2 Blake

The relationship point above can only be gained if you saved the
Smoochum before you fight Shade. Otherwise, Blake wouldn’t appear to
commend you. That’s why I chose to fight the Beartic now.

Battling Shade
No. Status
Leave Citrine Mountain for now and enter the Abandoned Power Plant.
Pitch darkness greets you as you enter. The lights flicker every now and
then, allowing you to see a bit. An entity hovers in front of you, and if you
continue north, you’ll run into a wall. You have a choice to make: Go left
or right. Take the left path first. In this room, there are two paths, both
leading north. Take the shorter one first, which is the first path to the north
as you enter the room. Feel your way through the darkness, aided by the
occasional flicker of light and make your way north until you reach a green
panel. Interact with it and you will see a teal – haired girl jumping off a
high place as a red – haired woman chases her from behind. Go back north
until you reach a wall. Go west a bit to take the second, longer path to the
north. Walk north up this longer path and turn east when you reach the end.
You will see another green panel. Interact with it. Here you will see a
magenta – haired woman getting slashed by a Garchomp. Go back, west,
south and east until you see the hovering entity again. This time, take the
right path.
The right path is basically similar to the left one, with two paths branching
northwards. The path nearest to you will show you Corey’s suicide off
Beryl Bridge. The second further panel northwards is slightly more
interesting. It provides a foreshadowing of sorts of the green – haired
woman (apparently the same woman involved in the PULSE Tangrowth
incident in Rhodocrine Jungle) shattering into a million glowing pieces.
Once all four panels are activated, we can return to the middle path in the
main room where the gates leading to the center of Gym (?) is now
unlocked. Talk to Shade to begin the battle with them. With some levitation
and an eerie smirk, they will accept.
Strategy:
They will start off with the incredibly fast Gengar named Corey (they’re
just messing with us at this point, right? Right?). It has incredibly high Sp.
Att. and Speed, but low physical Defense. My Meowstic destroyed it with a
first – turn Psyshock. The Gengar knows Shadow Ball, a STAB – boosted
Sp. Def. lowering move, the infamous Hypnosis and Dream Eater combo
which made it a fearsome threat in Gen 1, and Thunderbolt which takes
advantage of the Short – Circuit Field that we’re fighting him in.

His next Pokemon is a Doublade, the first evolution of Honedge, the Gen 6
pseudo – legendary. It holds a Synthetic Seed, which boosts its Sp. Def. by
one stage and applies Magnet Rise to it on switch – in. Ground – type
moves will fail against it. Gyro Ball is STAB – boosted, has extra Electric –
typing in the field and will murder any Pokemon faster than it. My
Incineroar has Intimidate, which comes in handy when it uses Brick Break.

His next Pokemon is a Dhelmise, the weird Grass/Ghost anchor from Gen.
7. Don’t use any Fairy – types against it. It has Anchor Shot and the ability
Steelworker, which basically gives it a third STAB attack. Its Giga Drain is
for Ground types, which, even when STAB – boosted, is still weak since it
runs from its lower Sp. Att. It also has Shadow Claw, which has a high crit
ratio and Brick Break for your Dark types.

His fourth Pokemon is a Banette. This thing is more annoying than

anything, with its ability Cursed Body. It has a chance to disable any move
used against it. It also holds a Synthetic Seed, with the same effect as
Honedge above. It also has Dazzling Gleam for your Dark – types and
Destiny Bond for a last – ditch attempt to take you down with it.

His fifth Pokemon is a Rotom – Ghost. This Pokemon has the ability
Levitate, which makes all Ground – type moves fail against it. It also has
Discharge, which is not only STAB – boosted, but has a 30% chance of
 paralyzing you with every usage, and makes the field alternate between the
Factory Field and the Short – Circuit Field a few times during the match.

His ace Pokemon is Mimikyu, the Ghost/ Fairy Pokemon from Gen 7. Its
part – Fairy typing means Dark – type moves only work normally against
it. The thing to note here is its ability, Disguise. This ability makes it so that
any attacking moves used against it on its first turn does no damage. This
ensures that it will always have one free turn to set up, which it takes
advantage of by using Swords Dance. I used my Hariyama to Knock Off its
Sitrus Berry, taking away its recovery and busting its Disguise. After
Hariyama dies from a STAB – boosted Play Rough, I switched to my
Incineroar, lowering its attack by one stage. I used Darkest Lariat to do
about 75% damage while it wastes one turn doing a Swords Dance. I
survived a +3 Play Rough due to being part Fire – type, causing it to do
only normal damage. I finished the battle with another Darkest Lariat.

The victory against Shade will get us the Omen Badge and TM65:
Shadow Claw. The badge enables us to finally use the Flash TMX outside
of battle. All Pokemon up to Level 45 will also obey us.
After we win, the electrical power will return to the place, causing the place
to be permanently lit. Shade will ask us to turn to the large screen behind
them, and we can see what happens to the gang we left behind in the
Railnet. Shade causes the locked door to unlock, opening the gate. The
gang then gets ambushed by the man wearing the eyepatch, whose name
was Sirius, a team Meteor high – ranking officer. After the gang was seized
(again), Cain escaped by summoning his Nidoking and commanding it to
use Fissure, causing part of the Railnet to cave in. Once Cain escapes, an
argument happens with Sirius and the green – haired woman, who is now
promoted to agent in the wake of Borealis’ death. Sirius becomes unnerved
by her quick rise through the ranks, and the woman leaves after a parting
threat to Sirius. It seems that Systems Manager Ace has also been demoted,
with someone else taking his spot.

Exploring with Flash and Rock Smash

No. Status
With Flash and Rock Smash both enabled, exploring caves just became
easier. There’s one such place in Beryl Ward, near the cliff leading to Beryl
Cemetery. At the entrance you can see some short steps leading up north.
Smash the two rocks blocking your way and make your way west into the
cave.
Once inside, use Flash to light your way. Follow the path around, picking
 up all the hidden items along the way until you reach a hole going down.
Go down the hole.
Follow the path down the steps to the south and you will see a familiar
Nidorina trapped in a Nuzleaf cage walking towards the wall. Keep
walking west and you will see a Rock Incense and an open Nuzleaf cage
with a lever inside it. Pull the lever. The Nidorina cage will open. Talk to it,
and will follow you out of respect to the Silver Ring you own. There is a
Link Stone hidden on the rock next to where she was. Continue walking
west until you see a hole going down. Go down it.
Walk south out of the cave, picking up all the hidden items, and you will
reach another part of Rhodocrine Jungle. Walk along the path to the end. If
the day is windy, you might see an event here at the totem pole, the ‘Shiftry
Gang’ event. You will know that the event will happen when you see a
bunch of Nuzleafs while walking to the pole. A Shiftry will stand facing the
pole (praying to it maybe?). When you talk to it, it and the entire gang will
challenge you to a battle. You will fight five level 30 Nuzleafs and one
Level 50 Shiftry. The Nuzleafs aren’t much of a threat to you at this point
but the Shiftry is. Be careful when using any Fighting types against it since
it knows the move Hurricane. My Hariyama was lucky since Hurricane
misses and Force Palm paralyzes it, causing Hariyama to attack first. After
you win, the Shiftry will disappear and you can take any one or all the
Nuzleafs scattered around the place.

There is a Big Mushroom hidden on a rock to the right. We can also find
TM05: Roar in front of the totem pole. If the day is anything but windy,
something else can happen here. If you have an Ill – Fated Doll in your
bag (such as the one found in the Beryl Library near the dead police
officer), it will glow when you interact with the pole, and you will
encounter a Golett. You can battle and catch it. According to the guide,
you can return here once a day to catch three other Pokemon, a Natu (if you
come here without an Ill – Fated Doll), an Elgyem and a Baltoy (if you
have an Ill – Fated Doll). It seems that this event is cyclical, meaning if I
get an Golett today, I will get an Elgyem tomorrow, and so on.

Shade to Kiki: Children in Peril

No. Status
When we try to leave Jasper Ward to Peridot, Cain will burst in from the
staircase, asking us to go into the Jasper Ward Police Station. Follow him
in. Amaria can be found inside, busy hammering away at the PC. Cain was
actually looking for us this whole time.
 Cain received a Datachip from Anna before the Orphanage gang was seized
at the Railnet. He ran into Amaria, who tried to read data off the chip, but
with no luck. She requested help from someone who should be there soon.

It turns out that that someone was Ace, the Team Meteor Systems Manager.
They insisted that they were in Team Meteor. Cain blew his lid off at their
arrival, causing Amaria to intervene and state that they were the one who
saved her life in the Rhodocrine Jungle. After we escaped with Borealis, it
turns out that Amaria battled the green – haired woman, Lin… and lost. Lin
threatened to kill Amaria unless she surrendered her bracelets. Ace
protected Amaria, using their higher rank against Lin to prevent Lin from
further harming Amaria. Lin acquiesced, not without threatening Ace in
return.

Ace was fired in the aftermath of the incident. They helped Amaria escape,
with both halves of the Sapphire Bracelets still belonging to Amaria. They
mentioned that they were replaced by a woman who goes by ‘T’.

Once Ace decrypted the data from Anna’s chip, we found out about the
existence of three other PULSEs: one at Apophyll Beach, another at
Byxbysion Wasteland, and one in the Peridot Ward. Cain is worried about
the kids, but Ace assured him that they are safe from any harm thanks to
Dr. Connal, who forbade them from being harmed under his care. For now,
Amaria thinks priority should be given to the PULSE machine in Peridot,
whose information has it is installed in Blacksteam Factory. We promised
to reconvene there ASAP.

Post – Shade Sidequests

No. Status
Before we raid Blacksteam Factory, there are a few sidequests we can take
care of first. We can finally continue with the Glamazonia proprietor
sidequest. Go to the Central Obsidia Salon, but this time make sure you
brought the Glameow you received from the Glamazonia Salon in your
party. Talk to the Posh Girl by the table, who will rate your Pokemon’s
happiness for you. Ask her to rate the Glameow’s happiness.

She will do a double – take and ask you whether this Glameow is from the
other salon. She will challenge you to a battle. She has a Level 45
Tsareena. We can actually do this sidequest as soon as we got the
Glameow, but our level cap back then was 20. This fight is winnable with
cheese, of course, but it would be a waste of EXP.

When you win, she will give you Level 5 Bounsweet, the pre –
 evolutionary form of Tsareena.
If it is night time and the weather is clear, we can go hunt for another
Pokemon. Go to the Beryl Ward and go up to the rooftop where we found
the Helioptile earlier.

When we step outside the door, we will see… Corey jumping off the
building. Go back to Peridot Ward and go to the group of houses behind the
Pokemart. We will see Corey there. He will be startled to see us and run off
again.

Next, go to the house in North Obsidia Ward, located between the

Nightclub and the Magma Gang Hideout. Enter it to see Corey there. There
should be a Telluric Seed nearby. Talk to Corey to find out that it’s
actually a level 30 Zorua. Talk to it to battle it and catch it. This can be
done as early as the Zangoose hunt, but they cannot be done concurrently.
With all the sidequests done, let’s meet the group at Blacksteam Factory in
Peridot Ward.

Raiding the Blacksteam Factory

No. Status
Go there to see Amaria and Cain waiting for us. Talk to Cain.
When you speak to Cain outside of Blacksteam Factory and he asks if you
can trust Ace:
Yes = +1 Ace, +1 Amaria, -1 Cain
No = +1 Cain, -1 Ace

I picked Yes.
Talk to Ace next to the west end. They will ask what your favourite nature
is. They will give you the corresponding Mint except for the neutral
natures.

When you speak to Ace outside of Blacksteam Factory and they give you a
mint:
+1 Ace
Talk to Amaria next. When you’re ready, Ace will somehow teleport us to
the rooftop of the Blacksteam Factory. Ace will then disappear to take care
of Cain and Amaria will go in.

Go north and west and we will get into a Double Battle with two grunts and
Amaria will be our partner. She has a level 70 Lapras, so we can basically
act as support. After the battle, we can get an Antidote by the barrels to the
southwest. One of the grunts will run downstairs for backup. Follow
Amaria downstairs.
A cutscene happens where Amaria gets surrounded by Meteor grunts. She
will create a diversion with her Lapras, Deliverance, allowing us to run past
the grunts to the south. She asks us whether we trust her.
When Amaria asks if you trust her in Blacksteam Facotry:
Yes = +1 Amaria
No = -1 Amaria
Ace will greet us. After a verbose conversation, they will ask whether we
believe they are a triple agent or not:

When Ace asks in Blacksteam Factory if you believe they might be a triple
agent:
Yes = +1 Ace
No = -1 Ace

Being the wild card that they are, it turns out that they dispatched Cain,
who is safe for the moment. After a few reveals, they will lead us to a
trapdoor. We will land in a room full of locked Pokemon in cages. This is
the continuation of the ‘Daycare Conspiracy’ much, much earlier.
This room is a puzzle. Quite tedious, but with rewards. There is a grunt
standing guard outside. Our job is to bust out of the room by using the help
of all the locked Pokemon inside.

Speak to the following Pokemon in this order to get out of here:

1. Loudred
2. Abra
3. Cyndaquil
4. Loudred
5. Jigglypuff
6. Cyndaquil
7. Loudred
8. Abra
9. Cyndaquil
10. Abra
11. Vanillite
12. Loudred
13. Jigglypuff
14. Vanillite
15. Loudred
16. Abra
17. Vanillite
18. Abra
19. Roggenrola
20. Loudred
21. Jigglypuff
22. Roggenrola
The end result will be a hole in the cell wall.

If you rescued the Daycare Couple from the Coral Ward warehouse, then a
Ditto will be in the top left cage. There is a cut-off time to rescue them. I'm
not sure when it is, but I was not able to get Ditto to appear after breaking
out of here and saving them. You will be able to buy Ditto later in 7th
Street, if it’s not here now.

If you have Ditto, there's 2 more things you can do with all these Pokemon.
Speak with the following Pokemon to get a Rare Candy:

1) Loudred
2) Abra
3) Vanillite
4) Abra
5) Lickitung
6) Lickitung

Speak to them in this order to obtain Ditto:

1) Abra
2) Lickitung
3) Abra
4) Makuhita
5) Makuhita
6) Ditto

Once all this is done, you can do one last thing before leaving the cell: Talk
to Exploud, then to Jigglypuff. This will ensure the guard outside the door
falls asleep, allowing you to escape safely. Get the hidden Dire Hit in front
of the guard. Go south of the place, then west, and enter the half – closed
door there.
The room you end up in is dark, so use Flash to light your way. Go south
and all the way west to the end to get a readout: PULSE 04: Muk. We’ll be
battling it soon.

From the readout, go west until you see a path forked out, one going north
and the other going south. Take the northern path first. Go west all the way
to the end, just keep following the path. We will get two items: EXP
Candy L and a Magnet Powder. Go back to the fork again, and this time
take the path south. Follow it all the way to the end to get TM49: Echoed
Voice. Go back to the fork again, and backtrack your way out of the dark
room.
Once out of the room, take the path east, then north and up the stairs. Go
south, then east. There’s a room here with a Techie inside. Battle him and
get the Super Potion afterwards. Get out of the room and battle the grunt to
the east. Go east again and enter the room to the north. Get the hidden
Purple Shard next to the unethical Techie. Then battle the grunt
afterwards. Interact with the panel after you win. This will open the front
gate of the Blacksteam Factory, allowing you to go in and out of the
building to heal up. After you’re done, go back in and make your way
south.
Go west, get the hidden Super Repel and battle the Meteor Dame. Go all
the way west and interact with the panel. This will open the first factory
atrium lock. Use the Light Shard if you want. Go back to the Meteor Dame
and go up the stairs next to her.
We’ll end up back in the room with the trapdoor. Battle the Meteor Knight
and go west. Use the Light Shard if you want and get the hidden Revive on
the table. Go east to the last room. Interact with the machine with green
buttons to get an EXP. Candy L.
Go back to the trapdoor and go north. Don’t worry, it won’t trigger. Go
west and battle the Techie. Go north into the room in front of him to get a
hidden Thunder Stone. Get out of there and go all the way east. Battle the
Meteor Dame. Once done, go to the room on her north and interact with the
green panel. This will unlock the second atrium lock. Return to the atrium
(the place with the Light Shard earlier).
Enter the atrium. A cutscene happens where we’ll meet the Commander of
Team Meteor again. He will comment on our pattern of disrespect for him.
We will be permitted to see the abomination that is the PULSE Muk. Zel
will refer to the Commander as Solaris. Solaris will summon a Garchomp,
and after a few words, will try to kill us. Fortunately, a Kingdra will
suddenly appear to block the Garchomp. Amaria came to our rescue! The
Kingdra will use Ice Beam to freeze the Garchomp. Solaris will propose a
trade to Amaria: the Sapphire Bracelets she owns for both our lives. Amaria
refuses, on account of the bracelets given to her by the love of her life,
Tania. She will engage Solaris in a battle while we will fight Zel. Zel will
wield the PULSE Muk as one of their Pokemon.

Strategy:
ZEL uses three Eevee – lutions, which we will quickly find out to be their
signature: Glaceon, Espeon, and Umbreon. The Umbreon is by far the most
annoying, with Confuse Ray and high defensive stats. Once all three are
down, ZEL will summon the PULSE Muk.

The highlight of this fight is the PULSE Muk. It has Leftovers, which
means it will steadily recover HP each turn. It also has sky high Sp. Def.,
which means special attacks will bounce off it. Its main claim to fame is its
Protean ability, which makes its type change to the type of the move that it
uses that turn. It knows Discharge, Muddy Water, Mud Bomb and Sludge
 Wave. This means not only can it have STAB for each of its four moves,
but its type and therefore, weaknesses will change each turn. You will also
fight it in the Factory Field, which alternates to the Short – Circuit field if it
uses Discharge.

My Meowstic comes in clutch here. It has Psyshock, which deals damage

based on the Defense stat of the target, but is calculated based on the Sp.
Att. stat of the attacker. Two hits and it’s down.
Once we won, Solaris will command his Tyranitar to use Superpower on
Amaria, launching her across the room and knocking her out cold. Team
Meteor will retreat afterwards. Talk to the unconscious Amaria, who will
awaken. The injury will hurt her more than we thought. Due to her injury,
she will be unable to stop the two other PULSEs. She is very concerned
about the one in Apophyll Beach, since there is a school there. She will ask
us to go there, not only to stop the machine but to get the Strength machine.
The sensei of the Academy, Kiki is said to possess it. With the machine, we
can go and save the children. She will give us the Harbor Key, allowing us
access to her boat. It’s anchored in a warehouse in Coral Ward.

Ace and Solaris’ words on the new systems admin will bother her, causing
her to suspect her girlfriend, the aforementioned Tania. She shrugs it off,
and returns to her home in the Aventurine region to rest.

Gang Shenanigans – Part Two

No. Status
It’s time for us to return to our gang sidequests. Go to the North Obsidia
Ward and go to the path leading south, near the sign for Castelia and 8 th.
Talk to the gang member we see there. He will tell us of a rare Pokemon he
bought off some kid in Obsidia, and how it was stolen by an Aqua member.
Looks like this is the next part of our ‘Stolen Mystery Pokemon’ sidequest
as well. He will also give us a Metronome and tells us to go look for the
Aqua member.
Go to Lapis Ward. We can find the Aqua member hiding behind a house
near the dumpsters, near the sign for Dahlia and 5 th. Talk to him to battle
him. After the battle, he will tell us that he sold the Pokemon to some
vendor at 7th Street. There’s nothing else we can do for the time being.
While we’re still in Lapis Ward, there is something else we can do. Go to
Ms. Craudburry’s house. You will see a Growlithe waiting outside the
door. Once inside, we can see her talking to a police officer. Talk to her,
and she will tell the officer that we were the one who stole her Pokemon.
Of course, as an honorary member of the Reborn City Police Department
who helped rescue all the police officers in Rhodocrine Jungle, we would
never do that. The police defended us, and Ms. Craudburry will lose her
 temper. The officer will question his life choices.

We can leave the house, but before we can leave, the officer will come out
of the house to apologize for the insanity that we just witnessed and give us
a Bike Voucher to thank us for saving him earlier. It turns out his brother
owns the Lapis Luxury Bike Shop and gave his daughter the Bike Voucher
as a gift. She didn’t survive the PULSE attack in Beryl.

Go to the Bike Shop afterwards to get a Bicycle of our own.

A Walk at the Apophyll Beach

No. Status
Next, go to the Coral Ward. Remember the pier where we met Amaria and
the stranded Popplio earlier? The warehouse closest to that pier can be
unlocked with the Harbor Key. Unlock the warehouse and use the boat to
go to Apophyll Beach.
So many hidden items at the beach! Go west until you see a meandering
path between the rocks. Follow the path all the way to the end to get a
Wave Incense.
From the item, backtrack to the beach to find a Fisherman. Battle him and
keep walking north. You will see a few Nature Girls with some Pyukumuku
by the beach. The girl near the Pyukumuku will tell you of her theory abaut
the High King of the Pyukumuku. One will battle you, and so will the
Battle Girl by the rock. Don’t enter the Academy yet. Keep walking north,
picking up all the hidden items. Battle the Fisherman. There are
Pyukumuku scattered all around the beach. Talk to them and you can battle
and catch them.
After battling the Fisherman, we can finally see the archway to the
Academy. Don’t go there yet. Instead go west to the left side of the
Academy. There are some trainers here to fight and hidden items to pick
up. If you go west, you will see a meandering path to the south which leads
to Pyrous Mountain, the second of Reborn’s mountains. Don’t go there yet.
Instead, go north. See those three Smashable rocks there? You can catch a
Binacle there. Battle the Psychic here.
Keep going north along the beach, through the narrowing shoreline. If it is
raining, you can find a Corsola taking shelter here from the poisoned lake.
Give it Pokesnax and it will follow you. At the end of the beach, you can
find a cave at the face of the rock. Enter it and you will reach Apophyll
Cave.
 Exploring Apophyll Cave
No. Status
If you go to the north, you’ll find three paths. The west path leads to a
mining rock. The central path leads to a stair leading down, and the east
path leads to a mining rock and a stair leading down. Go down the center
path, then go left. There is a hidden Heat Rock there. At the end, you will
see a mining rock and a rock with a hidden item at the end of it. Even if you
mine the rock, you still wouldn’t be able to get the hidden item since the
stub left by the mining rock will render it impossible for you to reach the
rock. Mine the rock anyway and take note of this spot for the future.
Note: Catch a Stunfisk if you happen to meet any here. If you plan to use
one yourself, catch two. You will need it for a trade somewhere down the
road later.
To the right is a staircase leading down. Go around the platform and you
will see a Smashable rock. Smash the rock. Now you have two choices: Go
down the right or left depression first. We’ll pick the right depression first.
Take the Oval Charm tucked away there. There’s actually nothing
noteworthy down the depression to the left except a mining rock. However,
there is a path leading northwards up there. Go north and fight the Battle
Girl there. She has a Pyukumuku and a Shuckle who both knows Toxic, so
shut her down fast. The Pyukumuku also knows Recover and is holding
Leftovers. The path splits at this point to the right or left. If you go to the
right, you can see a mining rock and a rock with a hidden Blue Shard at
the end.
Go take the right path now. There is a wooden ladder nearby leading
upwards. Ignore that for now. Instead take the stairs upward to the north.
Walk around the cliff until you reach the eastern part, with two sets of stairs
leading upwards to the east. Up there is a Hiker named Centennial who will
trade you his Shieldon named Aspis for a Ledian. Walk south past him
afterwards to find a Dragon Memory at the end near the rock. The various
Memories in the game are items for Silvally, who we will not be able to
get until after the 7th badge at least. This is the earliest Memory obtainable
in the game.
Go up the wooden ladder earlier and we will reach the second floor of
Apophyll Cave. So many hidden items here! Go north and you will see a
split in the path. Take the right one and you can find a EXP. Candy L at
the clearing there. Take the left path afterwards and you will find the
Water Stone and a Zoom Lens in the clearing there.
With that, we are done with Apophyll Cave. Get out of there and go north
past the archway and into the Apophyll Academy itself.

Studying at the Apophyll Academy

No. Status
 The first room you encounter upon entering is the Pokemon Center of the
Academy. Heal up there. The hiker standing on the chair is actually the
Pokemart salesman there. Go north and enter the courtyard of the academy.
There are two Black Belts, a Nature Girl and a Battle Girl that you can fight
here. Why not? Go north to the back of the academy afterwards to continue
the story. You will see a girl standing guard in front of the room to the
north. Talk to her. She tells us that Kiki is out teaching a class at the
moment at the southern grounds of the academy. Go there now.
You can battle a Black Belt, a Battle Girl and a Hiker here. Go further
south to see a myriad of people sitting in a circle formation with a magenta
– haired woman at the twelve ‘o’ clock position. This must be Kiki, the
Sensei of the Apophyll Academy. Talk to her and she will ask you:

Tell Kiki you’re a new student:

+1 Cal, +1 Victoria

Kiki will deliver a lecture on the void. Listen to it. Once the lecture is over,
the crowd will disperse and Kiki will address us. We will explain the
PULSE situation to her, mute protagonist that we are. She will say that we
can discuss it later, for now our enrolment is important. She will ask us to
meet her at her room.
Go do that, and we will be introduced to her apprentice… Victoria. She will
be presently surprised to see us enrolling there. With Victoria explaining
how she met us already, Kiki will finally believe the truth about the threat
to the academy. In order to get the Strength machine, we need to graduate
from the academy first. Victoria, who is concerned about the children, tries
to persuade Kiki to lend us the machine out of emergency. Kiki remains
steadfast, but does allow us to apply for early graduation, on one condition:
Either defeat Victoria or Cal in a Pokemon battle. Cal, we are told, is on a
meditative retreat atop Pyrous Mountain.
We will do that, in due time, of course. But first, some sidequests.

Sidequests at the Apophyll Academy

No. Status
Go to the central courtyard of the academy. Ignore Victoria for the time
being. From the Pokemon Center, enter the first room on the right. You’ll
see an old couple. Talk to the old man to find out that he is the Hidden
Power sage, and can tell what the Hidden Power type for each of your
Pokemon will be. The old lady will give you the ‘unrealtime’ password.
The second room to the right contains a Hiker who will give you Pure
Incense.
 The third room to the right has a Dudebro who will give you the field notes
for Ashen Beach. Remember the Protein we got from Peridot all that time
ago? Give it to him.
Now let’s take care of the rooms to the left. The first room from the
Pokemon Center will contain a woman who is bored out of her mind. She
will ask you to get her a TV. Go out of there to the Pokemon Center. Go up
the stairs to the left. Up here, you will see a TV. Talk to it to try and steal it.
The Nature Girl sitting in front of the TV will stop you and battle you.

After you win, she will ask the reason you’re stealing the TV. It turns out
that the girl who asked us to steal the TV in the first place is her roommate.
In a feat of camaraderie, she decides to let you (for her own benefit, of
course). Steal the TV and return to the room. Talk to the girl again. In her
disbelief, she will be grateful anyway and give you the Department Store
Sticker: Meditite. We will be able to access the sixth floor of the Obsidia
Department Store now.
The second room to the right has a girl who has nothing for us (for now)
while the third room is empty, save for a Black Belt inside. Take it. It will
be useful much further down the road. Go back to where you stole the TV,
and this time, go through the doorway northwest of the room. You will end
up on the rooftop, where you will meet a girl. She asks us to ‘reach zen and
we will be rewarded’.

Go back inside the room, and talk to:

(a) The fighter by the bookshelf. Listen to him talk about ‘Balance of
the Mind and Body’.
(b) The Battle Girl by the bookshelf. Listen to her talk about ‘The
Value of Loss and the Danger of Victory’.
(c) Go out the doorway to the northeast, go all the way to the end and
enter the room there. Talk to the Battle Girl facing the bookshelves
to the south on ‘How to Meditate’.
(d) There is a Battle Girl facing the bookshelves to the north. Talk to
her on ‘A Brief Review of Energy’.

Once you listened to these four lectures, return to the girl earlier. She will
give us a Meditite.

Get the event Meditite at Apophyll Academy:

+1 Victoria

Battling Victoria, Climbing Pyrous Mountain, and Battling Cal

No. Status
With all the sidequests at Apophyll Academy finished, we can now battle
Victoria at the central courtyard. Note that the battle against Victoria is
optional. You can go to Pyrous Mountain, battle Cal, and come down to
continue the storyline. However, doing so will let you miss out on those
sweet, sweet relationship points with Victoria. Besides, the battle with Cal
will still take place even after you’ve beaten Victoria. I will battle her for
the sake of completion.

Fight Victoria at Apophyll Academy:

+1 Victoria

After the battle, Victoria will tell Kiki that we are ready for graduation as
promised. I did not go see Kiki afterwards, so I didn’t know what would
change if I did. I actually left straight for Pyrous Mountain, whose path
begins west from Apophyll. Turn south and follow the path.
You will know you’re on the right path when you see a Hiker overlooking
the cliff to the west. Take the hidden Purple Shard behind the rock.
Follow the path as it turns west and you will reach the entrance to Pyrous
Mountain. Take the hidden EXP. Candy L on the rock in front of the
entrance.
Go all the way east, then north down the hole. Then go south and west to
another hole. You will end up on a cliff surrounded by magma. At the
northern end of the cliff is a stalagmite that has a cracked portion glowing
orange. Pyrous Mountain is a huge puzzle of these things. The mountain
itself has magma pooling everywhere, closing off huge portions of the
mountain. The objective is to crack the right stalagmites so that the magma
above can be drained below, thus creating a path that makes it safe for us to
travel through. Take the hidden Red Shard on the rock first. Then smash
the stalagmite.
Go back up out of the hole. This time go east until you see another glowing
stalagmite. Smash it.
Go back up out of the hole in the northwest. See the path leading north? Go
down it. This part used to be a pool of magma before we drained it. Go all
the way north, up the steps, till you see a ladder. Go up the ladder.
Follow the path east, then north up another ladder. Go north to see a large
pool of magma collected there. Since we can’t go anywhere else, follow the
path west and jump the ledge to the south. Follow the path west down
another hole.
Follow the path south until it splits. Go pick the left path of the fork, where
you can see three stalagmites. Smash the glowing middle stalagmite.
This time, go back and choose the right path of the fork down the hole. Go
south and jump the ledge to end up back at the entrance to Pyrous
Mountain. Go west and follow the path north to see another cluster of three
stalagmites. Smash the glowing right stalagmite.
 Go back all the way to the right and down the hole. Go south to the fork.
Pick the right branch. You’ll see a single glowing stalagmite. Smash it.
Go back out using the ladder you came in with. Go all the way north until
you see the ladder. Climb it. Again.
Follow the path north until you see another ladder. Climb it. Again.
This floor is the floor with pooled magma earlier. If you did it right, you’ll
see that all the magma has been drained from this floor and we can move
all the way north. There is a Strength boulder nearby which we can’t do
anything about yet. Climb the ladder all the way to the north.
You’ll end up in a small chamber with one exit to the south. There is a
hidden X Defend on the single rock in the chamber. Get out using the exit.
You will (almost) reach the top of Pyrous Mountain. Follow the path
counterclockwise to reach the top. Once at the top, follow the path
clockwise. You’ll see a Light Shard on your way there.
You’ll find Cal overlooking the northern edge of the mountaintop. Speak to
him. He’s repentant of his actions towards Shelly. He said that Victoria was
right. The academy was exactly what he needed to frame his actions into
perspective. He’s still angry with Sigmund and his brother, but he managed
to get it under control now. His trainer title changed to reflect this shift in
perspective: From Volcanic Cal in Lapis Gym to Igneous Cal here. We
explain that we need to battle him, and he accepts, quite reluctantly.

Fight Cal on Pyrous Mountain:

+2 Cal

After the battle, he will comment on his loss of motivation. He will then
ask about Shelly. We will tell him she has been captured. He decides to
stay atop the mountain to finish his meditation. However, he does offer to
let his Charizard send us down the mountain. Take him up on his offer. Go
back to the academy and heal up. Then go see Kiki in her room.

Battling Kiki
No. Status
Kiki will be informed of our victory against both Victoria and Cal. Just as
she was about to challenge us, she was suddenly overcome by illness. Once
she regains her composure, she explains that the graduation exam will
consist of a six – on – six single Pokemon battle administered by the head
of the academy. Victoria tries to dissuade her from doing so, to no avail.
She leaves the room and awaits us in the courtyard.
Victoria stays in the room with us, clearly guilt weighing down on her
conscience. She then asks us:

When Victoria asks if you can keep a secret:

No = -1 Victoria

Victoria then divulges the fact that Kiki is secretly dying. Kiki is also
training Victoria to take over the academy as her successor. With one last
lament, Victoria leaves the room. Go to the central courtyard, talk to Kiki
to begin the battle with her.
Strategy:
Kiki was Reborn’s former Fighting – type leader, and her team reflects her
status. If you think that you can just Psychic your way across her entire
team, you thought wrong. You will fight her on the Ashen Beach field, and
like any good Gym – leader she takes full advantage of this.

Her lead is Machamp, the monster from Gen 1. It holds Leftovers, allowing
it to recover HP gradually in battle. Meditate increases its already obscene
Attack stat by two stages in the field, basically acting as Swords Dance.
Don’t bother increasing your Evasion or lowering its Accuracy against it as
its ability, No Guard, negates this. It has Rock Slide for your Flying – types
and Payback for your Psychic – types. Strength’s base power is boosted on
the field. Its main weakness is its low Sp. Def.

Next, she has a Lucario. This wolf combines the best of both worlds, with a
high Sp. Att. stat and high Speed. Its nature is Timid, which further
increases its Speed while negating the Attack drop by having all Special
Attacks in its moveset. It has its (once) signature move Aura Sphere, which
hits like a truck, with boosts from STAB and the field. It also has Hidden
Power Dark for your Psychic – types, and Psychic, which hits almost
everything else with 90 base power. Calm Mind boosts its Sp. Att. and Sp.
Def. by two stages in the field, combining the effects of Amnesia and Nasty
Plot in one turn.

Her third Pokemon is a Gallade. He holds a Telluric Seed, which activates

in the field to boost its critical – hit ratio. If you have a Psychic – type, be
careful with Night Slash. It also has Rock Slide and Strength like
Machamp. Fairy is one of its three weakness, along with Flying and Ghost.
Beware of Poison Jab. Its STAB – boosted Psycho Cut also has a high crit
ratio.

Her next Pokemon is the poisonous frog Toxicroak. It has Dry Skin, which
causes it to heal gradually in the rain. This frog is four times weak to
Psychic, but it also has Sucker Punch. If you plan to have your Psychic –
types set up when fighting it, know that it has Meditate. I used my
Meowstic to Fake it Out first, but since it was raining when I fought her, he
healed himself afterwards. I then set up a Reflect, failing its Sucker Punch.
With Reflect set – up and holding the Light Clay, I took the next Sucker
Punch like a champ and gunned it down with Psyshock.

Her fifth Pokemon is Hitmonlee. It has terrible Defense. However, it holds

a Normal Gem and Fake Out, giving it a STAB – boosted 90 base power
priority move that flinches you. I actually fought him alternating with
Toxicroak (i.e. Toxicroak → Gallade → Hitmonlee). This allowed me to
actually switch Meowstic out while someone else fought Gallade. I
switched the cat back in for Hitmonlee. Since my Speed is higher than it, I
Faked it Out, failing its Fake Out. It also has Knock Off, which would have
killed my Meowstic had it attacked first.

Her ace in the hole is Medicham. This thing has Pure Power, which doubles
its Attack stat in battle and Meditate, which further doubles it each time
upon use. Do not let it set up. It has Ice Punch for your Flying – types,
Strength for neutral damage and Drain Punch for STAB – boosted
recovery.

Simple Swoobat can help a lot in this field, provided it can set up and can
take a Sucker Punch. Be careful about using any special Flying – type
moves (Air Slash, Air Cutter) since it will lower the Accuracy of all active
Pokemon by one stage, Swoobat doubly so. Having a Light Clay Meowstic
works wonders since it can set up an 8 – turn Reflect. For Hitmonlee,
Protect yourselves on the first turn it switches in, or Fake it Out first. Since
Fake Out itself has a priority of +7, be faster than it in the latter scenario.
Psychic – type moves may be less effective than we thought here since half
her Pokemon takes normal damage from it. Gallade in particular is a
difficulty for me, due to its Sp. Def. stats.

Now for a commercial break. Kudos to the dev team for the epic music. I
didn’t mind losing to Kiki twice if it means I can hear the music over and
over. For those wondering, it’s called ‘Inner Peace’ (how appropriate) by
DaforLynx.

Beat Kiki:
First try = +1 Victoria
Subsequent try = -2 Victoria

After our victory, Kiki commends our focus and hard work. As she was
about to confer our graduation award, she collapses in the courtyard.
Victoria carries her back to her room. Kiki then breaks down as she is faced
 by the reality of her own mortality. Victoria then persuades Kiki to come
clean to everyone regarding her illness. Kiki concedes, and proceeds to
drop a truth bomb in our direction: The Strength machine was stolen
earlier. She doesn’t have it anymore. Victoria is so incensed at this latest
revelation from her mother figure that she leaves the room. Kiki then
wishes to be left alone, filled with remorse.
Outside Kiki’s room, Victoria apologizes to us on the academy’s behalf.
Just then, Kiki’s friend Lettie informs us of the presence of suspicious
people in black suits going to Pyrous Mountain. You thought the next
destination was Pyrous Mountain? Nah! We actually have to leave
Apophyll Beach, take the boat and sail to Azurine Island. Victoria stays
behind to run the academy while Kiki is convalescing.

Kiki to Aya: Exploring Azurine Island

No. Status
Upon reaching the island, notice a few things. Firstly, those leaves (Lotus?
Yam? Lilypads? Dead Lotads?) actually form paths that we can step on,
which we will be doing often while exploring this place (those poor, poor
Lotads). Secondly, keep your eyes peeled for hidden items. They’re
everywhere. Thirdly, see the Pokeball sitting by itself near the rock? Pick it
up for a Potion. However, not all of the Pokeballs here are items, though.
Most of them only turn out to be Foongus. I love these things, btw,
especially the wall that is Amoonguss. This guide will hopefully cover all
the Pokeballs that you should pick up.
By the way, if it’s during the day, you should catch a Shelmet here. There’s
a trade opportunity later on.
Follow the lotus path north and pick up the hidden Hyper Potion. Follow
the lotus path west all the way to the north. Pick up the hidden Red Shard
there.
Cut the tree to your south down (or not) and follow the path around to get
TM83: Infestation.
Backtrack to the lotus path where you picked up the Red Shard earlier,
cross it back to the previous plain you were on. If you noticed, there was a
Cuttable tree to your south. Cut it down and go south. Ignore the Pokeball
to your southwest. Instead go east past the trees and get the hidden Ice
Gem there. There is another Cut tree to your west. Cut it down.
Take the path to the north. Take the hidden Resist Wing on the rock and
jump down the ledge to your south. There is a hidden Purple Shard behind
the tree here. Take the path to your east next. Take a stop to the path
slightly to the north. You can actually walk between the two trees here.
You can’t go into the clearing yet since you’ll be blocked by a bush. Take
the hidden Green Shard here.
Follow that path all the way north until you see a rock with a hidden Tiny
 Mushroom at the end. Go west to see two Cut trees. Cut the southern tree
to end up at a clearing with a huge puddle on it. Take the hidden Red
Shard on the eastern edge of the puddle and the hidden Synthetic Seed on
the bush to the south. Go back to the puddle. This time, walk east. There is
actually a path here between the cluster of trees. Take the lotus path and
follow it all the way north, effectively walking around the island. You will
reach a small island with a Pokeball and a rock on it. Interact with the
Pokeball to find a Foongus. Catch it, defeat it, or just run from it. The ball
will disappear and you can get a hidden Thunder Stone on the rock.
Follow the lotus back to the cluster of trees on the island with the puddle
earlier. To the southwest, there is a Foongusball next to a bush. Interact
with it to clear your way to the path. Follow the lotus path south. At the end
there is a small tile of land with a hidden Shiny Stone on it. Now you can
finally evolve your Roselia or Cinccino.
Backtrack your way to the clearing with the puddle. Go back to the path
between the cluster of trees to the east. Instead of taking the path north
around the island, take the path east to the next island. Ignore the Pokeball.
Walk south instead and jump down the ledge.
Take the lotus path near the bush west and around. Cut the tree. Take the
hidden Swift Wing on the bush there. Go west on the lotus path and take it
all the way to the north. There is a green Pokeball waiting for you with the
Field Note for the Swamp Field.
From the field note, go back south, but not all the way. To your west, the
lotus path will actually lead to a crescent – shaped path made by the trees.
See the Light Shard there? Whatever you do, do not approach it first.
Instead, go to the lower edge of the crescent and take the path there south.
The path will split: one to the west and another to the southwest. Take the
east path and get the hidden Tiny Mushroom on the bush. Take the
southwestern path next. You will see a rock with a hidden Great Ball there.
South of the rock there is a lotus path leading southwest to a Pokeball
containing Miracle Seed. Backtrack to the rock with the hidden Great Ball.
This clearing is the one with the Light Shard earlier. Take it if you need
healing and take the hidden item in the puddle there. Get ready, two
important battles are coming up.

Saving Cain
No. Status
Go west from the Light Shard, across the lotus path. You will be cornered
by our favourite Team Meteor Duo, Aster and Eclipse. They will challenge
you with a full team of six Pokemon, three for each this time. This battle is
made significantly more difficult by the Speed lowering effects of the
Swamp Field.
After the battle, Aster will accidentally let slip the existence of a secret
passageway on a secret lab somewhere on the island, to Eclipse’s chagrin.
Aster sympathizes with Kiki’s predicament, and tells us vaguely where the
lab is: Back left.
Once they disappear, explore the clearing for a hidden Potion, hidden Tiny
Mushroom and Ether. Go up the stairs on the southwest end of the
clearing, leading north. Get the hidden Escape Rope on the bush there. Cut
the tree and get the hidden Tiny Mushroom there. Those are all the items
there for now. DO NOT continue north. You will jump down a ledge that
will take you to the beginning of Azurine Island.
Go back to the clearing where you fought the duo. Go east. Just before you
reach the clearing with the Light Shard, notice that the lotus path splits into
two: the eastern path takes takes you to the Light Shard and the
southeastern path leads to another part of the same island, but behind the
trees. Take the southeastern path.
Behind the trees another path splits down or left. Take the path down to a
Pokeball containing a Dusk Stone. Go back and take the path going left
now. Once again, you will be on the island where you fought the duo, but
behind the row of trees to its south now. Follow the zigzagging path to the
bush at the end for a hidden Dusk Ball.
From there, backtrack your way to the puddle where you fought the duo
earlier. Go to the southwestern edge of the clearing and get the hidden
Purple Shard on the bush there. The Pokeball there contains a Magical
Seed. From the items, go east until you see a lotus path which ends with
two trees.
The northern of the two trees is a Headbutt tree while the other is a Cut
tree. Cut the relevant tree and get the hidden Tiny Mushroom on the bush
there. To the south is another lotus path which loops to the island on the
right. Take it. There is a rock with a hidden Green Shard there,
On this island is the secret lab mentioned by Aster and Eclipse earlier.
There is a building surrounded by headbutt trees. Save and enter. This place
is actually the Observation Facility. Take the PULSE Readout just sitting
there on the table to the right: PULSE 06: Camerupt.
Interact with the machine second from the left to trigger the opening of the
secret passage. Step through it. There will be a PC and a healing machine to
your right. Do what you gotta do.
Go north to see a caged – up Cain along with Taka and a few Meteor
grunts. Cain would tell us their plan: Install a PULSE Camerupt atop
Pyrous Mountain, Reborn region’s last active volcano, wipe out Apophyll
Academy to send a message to the rest of the region. Taka will challenge
us.

After we won, Taka and the Meteor grunts will retreat. Taka expects to see
 us atop Pyrous Mountain. We will unlock Cain from the cage. Just before
leaving, Cain will grab an Emerald Brooch left behind on the table. Cain
will ask us to leave together with him using the boat. Take him up on the
offer. Keep the Observation Facility in mind for the future.

The Defense of Apophyll Beach

No. Status
We will reach Apophyl Beach with Cain. Cain will leave for the academy
to inform Victoria. We can go straight to Pyrous Mountain.
A funny cutscene will happen there involving Cain, Victoria, and an
obstinate Meteor grunt. Upon entering, we will get into a Double Battle
with two Meteor Grunts and Victoria as our partner. Cain will break
through to go up the mountain to give Cal a hand on the mountaintop.
From here onwards, all our battles on the mountain will be Doubles and
Victoria will tail us. This isn’t too bad. Victoria knows how to hold up the
fight on her own. Our Pokemon will also be healed at the end of each fight.

You can encounter wild Pokemon while partnered with her. However, you
can’t catch wild Pokemon if there are still two on the field. One of the wild
Pokemon needs to faint first before you can throw a Pokeball to catch the
remaining one.
Go to the right and take the path going north down the steps. Weave your
way through to meet a Meteor Grunt in a Double Battle. Go up the ladder
to the north afterwards.
Follow the path north again to meet a Meteor Grunt duo. Go up the ladder
to the north afterwards.
Go north down the steps, across the plain, up the steps and up the ladder.
You will reach the chamber with the single stone. Save up, reorder your
team, since a major fight is coming ahead.

The moment we step out of the chamber, an Absol makes itself known on
the cliff to the west. It then jumps down and disappears. Dark portents
ahead. Climb to the mountaintop with Victoria.

On the way there, Victoria will stop us with snippets of her blossoming
feelings for Cal. Carry on.
The second major event in the game involves the impossible fight with
Solaris atop Pyrous Mountain. The ramifications of this fight are as large as
the Missing Police Officer sidequest. The good news: Solaris has only one
Pokemon. The bad news: the Pokemon is a Level 75 Garchomp.
This legendary land shark – dragon hybrid was so broken when it came out
in Gen 4 that Smogon banned it in the Uber tier. Imagine that. In fact, this
fight became synonymous with the game itself when it was first released,
due to the sheer absurdity of the fight. Your level cap is only 45 at this
point. This fight was designed for us to intentionally lose, and the story
continues regardless of whether we won or not. However, great rewards
await those who manage to win this fight. It’s the second condition to get
the Good Ending of the game.

There have been many strategies to beat the Garchomp, most of which
involves some amount of cheese or another:
a. For those who join Team Aqua, you can get a wild Murkrow in the
Aqua Hideout at night when it’s windy. This wild Murkrow will
know either the Egg move Perish Song or Brave Bird. Just save
scum until you get the one with Perish Song. Using Perish Song,
coupled with the ability Prankster (if you have Insomnia or Super
Luck, you can just use an Ability Capsule to change it), you will
attack first. You just need to wait three turns afterwards for the
Garchomp to faint.
b. Amoonguss with Toxic. Amoonguss is one of the best physical
walls in the game, natch. Solaris has three Full Restores in his
arsenal, so this might be complicated a bit. If you have a Pokemon
with Heal Block or Embargo, please use it in conjunction with this
strategy.
c. For Aqua Gang members, once you complete the raid on Ms.
Craudburry’s house, Archer will give you a Carvanha that might
know Destiny Bond as its Egg Move. Evolve it into a Sharpedo,
make sure it has the ability Speed Boost, and use it.
d. Any Pokemon with high Defense and knows the move Counter.
You can catch a Slakoth. Raise it into a Vigoroth and it will learn
Counter at Level 33. It will evolve into a Slaking at Level 36, way
below your level cap.

Full disclosure: I won this with strategy b, because I’m a Magma Gang
member. Once we win (Yes, we can win against Solaris), a few things will
happen. Solaris will disregard our victory, saying that it is futile to
continue. Cain will angrily question his dismissiveness. Kiki then enters the
scene. Solaris humours him by explaining that even though we won, Solaris
could’ve easily reclaimed victory by using an item or two on his
Garchomp.

Beat Solaris on Pyrous Mountain:

+1 Cain, +1 Victoria, +1 Cal, +1 Shade, +1 Anna, +3 Taka
Kiki makes her presence known, and Cain and Victoria clear a path for her.
Victoria implores to Kiki, saying she should be resting. Kiki stands her
ground amid her illness, summons her ace Medicham. After having a
philosophical argument on the nature of weakness with Solaris, she orders
Medicham to destroy the PULSE Camerupt.

Solaris commands an agent named Canis to stop the Medicham. Cal

commands his Magmortar to catch the Medicham mid – High Jump Kick.
Victoria asks what is Canis, and Solaris will reveal the existence of the
Meteor Agent Canis Minor, Cal Whitaker himself. With his betrayal
revealed, Solaris commands Cal to dispose of the Medicham, in the lava.

Cal weakly apologizes to Kiki. Garchomp then executes Kiki on Solaris’

orders. Thus Kiki falls to the Mentor Occupational Hazard, ensuring the
second of four events seen in the Abandoned Power Plant come to pass. Cal
shouts in disbelief. Solaris reasoned that Kiki would’ve died in the ensuing
eruption anyway. He then insults Canis’ weakness. Canis concedes that he
is weak, and accepting one’s weakness is a strength in itself, something
Kiki helped him realize. Cal then orders Magmortar to destroy the PULSE
Camerupt machine.

With the destruction of the machine, the operation to destroy the beach
grinds to a halt. Taka and Solaris retreats to let us enjoy our pyrrhic victory.
Cal quickly jumps to Kiki’s side and apologizes to Victoria, saying this
wasn’t part of his plan. Victoria lashes out angrily at Cal over the death of
her mother figure. Cal runs away in shame afterwards, and the scene shifts
to the late Kiki’s room in the academy.

Victoria laments on Kiki’s loss, and the events that led to it. She blames her
incompetence, but mostly Team Meteor. She then reminds them of the last
known PULSE in Byxbysion Wasteland, Cain’s hometown. Cain hesitates,
and Victoria reminds him that he couldn’t do nothing while his family is in
danger, regardless of his feelings for them. Cain leaves, hurt from
Victoria’s accusations.

Victoria then turns to us. As the successor to the Academy, she will now
have to carry the burden of the academy’s leadership on her shoulders, thus
ending our journey alongside her. She thanks us for everything we’ve done,
and tells us the location to the Wasteland, near South Obsidia Ward. She’s
counting on us to save the Wasteland on everyone’s behalf. Leave the
Academy back to Reborn City afterwards.
Once we reach Coral Ward, take the north entrance to South Obsidia Ward.
 We will see Cain standing in front of the entrance to the Bysbyxion
Wasteland next to an old man. Talk to Cain, who acknowledges that while
Victoria might be correct in him hesitating, he will still save his family and
hometown. Cain will open the Wasteland Gate, signified by the gate
changing colours to the four – colour motif scattered throughout the game,
and go inside the wasteland.

Exploring the Byxbysion Wasteland

No. Status
Take the hidden Blue Shard to the south on entering the wasteland. Go
east. So many hidden items! There is a hidden Potion, Blue Shard, and
Green Shard scattered near the two stalagmites near the two gravestones. A
hidden Telluric Seed near the purple bush to the right of the decrepit
building to the north. There is a hidden Poison Gem near the gate past the
roof structure that you can climb up and down. Wild Pokemon can jump
out from the purple trees that grow in the Wasteland. Be careful. Jump
down the ledge to the south.
There is a hidden Full Heal to the south past the archway. Further south
there is a hidden Red Shard on the box next to the train cart. Slide down the
steel beam to the south.
There is a Green Shard hidden on the rock to the south. To the right of the
train cart is a hidden Escape Rope. Take note of the gravestone in front of
the building, we will need it for a sidequest later. For now, enter the
building to the north. Climb all four flights of steps out of the building.
The first stalagmite you see has a hidden Green Shard next to it. Jump
down the ledge to the northwest, near the lamp post. You can recognize it
since the ground here is wavy. Go left, then south to take the hidden Genius
Wing on the rock. There is a barrel right next to a bed nearby that has a
hidden Ability Capsule on it. Go north and Smash the rock next to the train
cart.
Go east. Near the lone tree in front of the building is a hidden Carbos. Go
northwest next. See the building with the entrance on it? Don’t go in there
first. Instead go around the building to its left. There is a hidden Ultra Ball
on the barrel there. Go inside the entrance to the north now.
This is actually the inside of the Wasteland Wall. There are two paths. The
right path has a Smashable rock and a Strength boulder. Since we do not
have Strength yet, we can go forward here. Go to the left path, up the stairs
and south to the entrance. This will lead us to the side of a mountain.
Follow the path to the left and you will see a barrel. There’s a hidden
Cotton Candy here. The gate next to the barrel is locked for the time being,
and won’t be accessible at least until after the 13th Badge. Go back out to
the Wasteland Wall entrance. Jump down the southwestern ledge to end up
at the beginning of the Wasteland again. Go all the way back to the
building with the winding four flights of steps earlier.
Once you’re out of there through the entrance at the top, slide down the
steel beam on the right, near the short stalagmite. Go east a bit, then south
to a rock near the trees. There is a hidden Purple Shard there. Near the two
vines are a hidden Pokeball. On the rock next to the well is a hidden X
Defend. On one of thee barrels near the steel beam is a hidden X Speed.
Jump down the ledge to the southwest. You will recognize it since there is a
reactor nearby.
On the rock is a hidden Blue Shard. If you look closely, there is a green
Pokeball hidden behind the rock. It’s the field notes for the Wasteland
Field. On the rock next to the stalagmite is a hidden Peppermint. Jump
down the ledge to the west. You’ll end up in front of the building with four
flights of steps again. Make your way back to the well just now.
Go east of the well and you will see an abandoned train wreckage. Near the
purple bush to the north is a hidden EXP. Candy L. Go further north and
you will see two buildings: one with steps leading upwards and another
with an entrance. Go east of the building with the entrance. There is a
stalagmite with a hidden Hyper Potion near it. Go inside the building with
an entrance first. Make your way out to the entrance north. Make your way
around to the broken pedestal. There is a hidden Black Sludge here. To the
north is another entrance to the Wasteland Wall. Both the left and right
paths inside are blocked for now, so don’t enter first. Instead make your
way to the abandoned train wreckage first.
Go south and pass the abandoned train tracks, to the right side of the train.
There is a barrel in front of the three reactors to the north. Inspect the area
behind it for a hidden Green Shard. Go east until you see a red mound in
front of a tree. Hidden on the mound is a Poison Barb. Make your way
there.
See the Light Shard nearby? It means there’s a boss battle soon. The sofa
next to the building has a hidden Purple Shard. The barrel in front of the
crates near the Light Shard has a hidden item on it. Go west from the barrel,
past the reactor to the south, and you’ll see a familiar (and long missing)
figure, Ace. Cut the tree near the Light Shard to use it and then talk to Ace.
You’ll fight the Ace of Diamonds. Ace drops a bit of interesting
information in their purple prose. It seems that the PULSE in Byxbysion
Wasteland isn’t planned by Team Meteor. They have no knowledge of it.
Ace was sent there to see whether the PULSE can be considered a threat or
not. According to their assessment, it wasn’t. It seems that the data given
by Corey in Anna’s chip consists of information done through his own
digging, and not from Meteor’s vault.
 Delphox lead, Zoroark Illusion.

After we win, Ace will explain that the mysterious PULSE Pokemon of the
Wasteland is entirely optional, and the people who live in the wasteland are
not threats to Team Meteor. They will then disappear with a bang. Interact
with the panel Ace was standing in front of earlier.
Go east, then south of the panel to see two buildings. One has an open
entrance, and the other has a door, which is locked for now. Go inside the
one with the open entrance first. In this building, there is an old man. Talk
to him to hear the history of Reborn’s Byxbysion Ward. Go out of the door
to the north, then south to reach the rooftop of the building. Slide down the
steel beam to the right.
You will see a structure comprised of steel girders here and a Pokeball to
the far right. Cleverly make your way under the girders, passing in front of
the satellite dish to get to the Pokeball. It contains Lax Incense. This means
your incense collection is complete! Yay for small victories. Slide down the
steel beam southeast to the right.
To the south is a purple bush with a hidden Potion. Go west from the bush
and jump down the southern ledge. There is a hidden Green Shard near the
bush behind the vine to the east. Climb the roof – like structure. There is a
hidden Heart Scale on the purple bush to its north. Go west and you’ll see a
Cut tree near a reactor. There is a hidden Calcium there. Jump down the
ledge to the south and you’ll see the building with the old man again. Make
your way to the girders again, and slide down the steel beam southeast. Go
east, then north up the steps. Keep walking and you’ll eventually see Cain.
Don’t talk to him yet. Instead, pick up all the hidden items there first. On
the rock behind the well southwest of Cain is a hidden Ground Gem. North
of there, near the pot next to the lamp post is a hidden Ether. On the bush
southeast of Cain is a hidden Purple Shard. On the bush in front of the
stalagmites near the reactor is a hidden Ice Heal. Talk to Cain afterwards.
Cain will flee the scene once he finds out that the PULSE in the Wasteland
was inactive from the start. He had been dreading going back there in the
first place. Hearing the news from us gave him the out he had been looking
for. Enter the house north of where Cain had been standing earlier.

Battling Aya
No. Status
This place is the Wasteland Hideout, Cain’s house and Reborn’s Poison
gym. Upon entering, we will be greeted by a neurotic lady. She’s Lana,
Cain’s mother. Aya, Reborn’s Poison – type Gym Leader is her daughter
(and Cain’s sister). She will inform Aya of our arrival. Lana says that Aya
is still battling another challenger.
Talk to the intercom to see a funny event. Go north and talk to Tez, Cain’s
father just because. Enter the gym to the west of the house.
We enter to meet Aya getting defeated by the challenger, the asshat Fern.
After insulting Aya a few times, another person comes to the house wanting
to see Aya, to her exasperation. In comes Hardy, with the express purpose
of welcoming Aya as a member of the League. After some introductions
and insults between Hardy and Fern, she leaves to go heal her Pokemon.
Fern then challenges us to a battle.

Beat Fern first try:

+1 Aya, +1 Hardy
Aya comes back in afterwards and takes her place at the right of the arena.
Talk to her to begin the battle. Fern becomes a (unwelcome) spectator
while Hardy referees.

Strategy:
She is the second Gym Leader in the region to use the Double Battles
format. Her field is advantageous to her in more ways than one, since it will
greatly reduce the base power of almost all the good Ground – type moves
(Earthquake, Bulldoze, and Magnitude) while empowering almost all her
Poison – type STAB moves.

Her two leads are the legendary wall Toxapex and Nidoqueen, the more
defensive Nido – counterpart. With its mediocre attacking stats, it’s
obvious that Toxapex is designed to be the support to Nidoqueen’s
sweeper. The Toxapex has Icy Wind to lower both your Pokemon’s Speed
and Recover to increase its longevity in the battle. It also has Sludge Wave,
which hits both opposing Pokemon and its own partner and Toxic Spikes.
Now a thing about entry hazards in this field. They do not function as entry
hazards normally do. Instead, they will be swallowed by the Wasteland
Field at the end of turn and will deal different effects and damages to
Pokemon on all sides of the field. Read the Field Note for info on this. My
advice, leave the Toxapex alone. Focus down on its partner instead.

The Nidoqueen has Crunch for your Psychic types and Stealth Rock for
your Bug – types, which I learned the hard way after reading how entry
hazards work on this field. It also has the trademark Sludge Wave and the
STAB Stomping Tantrum, which isn’t affected on this field. Its defensive
capabilities mean that it will take two hits to take it down.

Her next Pokemon is dependent on yours. If you have a Steel – type, which
makes it immune to her Poison – type moves, her Salazzle will come out.
This lizard is one of the most feared Fire – type sweepers out there, with its
unique typing, high Speed and high Special Attack. It holds a Focus Sash,
so don’t think a single Ground – type move is enough to wipe it out, even
with the quadruple weakness. It has Nasty Plot to further boost its Special
Atk. to obscene levels and Heat Wave, which hits both opposing Pokemon.

If you have a Psychic type, be prepared to meet her Drapion. It’s Skuntank,
but better (IMHO). It has part Dark typing, which makes it immune to
Psychic – type attacks. It has Fire Fang for your Steel – types and Aqua
Tail for your Ground – types. It’s Defense stat is high, so whittle it down
with special attacks. This might be easier said than done since it has a
Careful nature.

If you have a Ground – type, be prepared to meet her Venusaur. It has

Stomping Tantrum for your Fire – types. It also has Nature Power, which
changes into Gunk Shot on this field, giving it STAB in the process. It’s
most dangerous move is the STAB Power Whip, which has 180 power. It
has lower accuracy than most moves though.

Finally, her ace is a Dragalge, the weird sea – kelp dragon seahorse hybrid.
Its Fairy weakness is negated by its Poison typing, It’s slow, but defensive.
The most dangerous thing about it is its Adaptability ability, which gives its
STAB moves double damage instead of the usual 1.5 times. It has Shadow
Ball for Psychic types and Hydro Pump for Ground types.

A Durant works great for this gym. The Bug/Steel ant is not only immune
to poison status but isn’t affected too much by scaling damage from Stealth
Rock. It also knows Dig, which is not affected by the field. Fighting fire
with fire also helps here. You have Corey’s Nidorina with you. Let it learn
Earth Power and use a Moon Stone you found earlier to evolve it to a
Nidoqueen of your own. This makes it perfect for Drapion. Durant should
be careful with Salazzle though. Remember: don’t shoot her medic, the
Toxapex. Leave it for last.

After we won, Fern leaves and Aya becomes dejected from two losses in a
row. Hardy takes on the role of the knight in shining armour, consoling her.
She said she never wanted to be a Gym Leader. This responsibility was
placed on her since her younger brother resigned. Hardy persuades Aya to
finally give us our fifth badge, the Blight Badge. With it, all Pokemon up
to Level 50 will now listen to us. Finally! All those wasted EXPs! With it,
we’ve also earned the right to use the Strength machine out of battle. With
the machine still nowhere in sight, this is at least a welcome change. Our
TM reward for beating Aya is TM34: Sludge Wave. Hardy looks forward
to battling us at Agate City someday.
 Beat Aya first try:
+1 Hardy, +1 Fern

Aya to Serra: Getting the Damn Machine

No. Status
Leave the Wasteland for now. As we were about to approach the main exit
back into Reborn City, we catch a glimpse of Cain. I hope you bothered to
heal, since a battle with him is coming up. Before he challenges us, he will
ask a question:

If you had spoken to Cain in front of the Wasteland Hideout before beating
Aya, when he asks if you under what he means:
Yes = +1 Cain

Cain disappears after we win, promising to meet us at the Railnet to

continue the Orphanage Gang Rescue Mission, which was what we had
originally set out to do before the whole Apophyll saga. Leave the
Wasteland through the main entrance now.
The first person to greet us upon our return is none other than Canis Minor
himself. After telling us that he sabotaged the PULSE machine on its
installation, and asking whether we believed him, he will finally give us
TMX04: Strength! Finally! He must disappear for now, for his betrayal of
both sides has left him with nothing but enemies. He thinks we might meet
again someday.

When Cal asks if you believe him:

Yes = +1 Cal
No = -1 Cal

(Re) Visiting a Few Places with Strength

No. Status
With Strength in hand, and the badge to use it, we can finally do a few
more sidequests. First, make a beeline for Beryl Ward, and head to the
Cemetery. Once there, go down the long flight of stairs to the south. Who
else would be here but Victoria herself? This is where Kiki was buried.
Talk to her.

Visit Victoria at Beryl Graveyard:

+2 Victoria
 Next, cross the Beryl Bridge and go to Citrine Mountain by the Rock
Smashable entrance. From the entrance, go down, right, down, right, and
push the boulder down. Then go back to the entrance and go left all the way
back to the boulder and ice sliding area. There is a hidden Shoal Salt on the
rock to the right. Go north up the stairs and collect the hidden Red Shard
there. Follow the path as dictated by the steps to a single lone platform with
a yellow Pokeball. It contains TM94: Secret Power. Leave the place for
now.

Getting the Starters: The Beginning of the Starter Sidequest

No. Status
Our next place of exploration is Apophyll Beach. Go there like…yesterday.
Once there, go up to Pyrous Mountain 3F. Remember the spot where we
met the Strength boulder that we couldn’t do anything about earlier? Well,
we can now. Go there. Stand to the south of the boulder:
(1) Push it down once
(2) From its left side, push the boulder right thrice
(3) From its south, push the boulder north util the rock at the end
(4) From the right, push the boulder to the left thrice
(5) From its south, push the boulder to the north until falls down the
hole.
Jump down the hole following the boulder. You will see a Tepig ramming
the boulder. Talk to it and it will run off. Looks like we’re going pig –
chasing. Go down the hole to your southwest.

Jump down the ledge to your south and you will end up near the entrance.
Go right and make your way down the hole. From here, take the path going
south at the split. See the glowing stalagmite? Smash it. Go back out of
there to the room previously, and this time go east at the split. We’ve never
been here before, have we?

Go down the two flights of steps and the path will split. Go down the hole
first. Down here, you will get a Flame Orb, a mining rock and the Field
Note for the Super – heated Field. To get out of there, just take the ladder
to the north. Jump down the two ledges to the south and walk down the two
flights of steps. This time at the split, take the steps leading southeast.
There’s another Strength boulder here. From the north, push it down once.
Go through the path you just created to see the pig along with a yellow
Pokeball containing TM37: Sandstorm.

Take the southern path at the split previously and go down the hole here. I
don’t know if this is a static encounter, but I met a Level 40 Heatmor here,
along with some mining rocks and a hidden Charcoal next to it. Go back
up all the way to 1F near the entrance. I don’t know if this next one is also a
static encounter but if you go to the three stalagmite clusters all the way
west and north, you can break the middle of the three stalagmites to get a
Level 35 Magcargo.

Go up all the way to the mountaintop where the whole slew of events
happened. You will see the little Tepig standing on the northern edge of the
mountaintop. Talk to it and it will battle you. It is important for you to
catch this. Other than choosing it as your starter, it’s also the only Tepig in
the game.
Our next stop is the Azurine Island Observation Facility. To recap, it’s the
place on Azurine Island where we battled Taka to rescue Cain. Remember
when I told you to catch a Chingling under the Grand Stairway? Make sure
it has evolved into a Chimecho by now. If not, using the Soothe Bell and
walking around will help you.

Bring Chimecho to that place. Go inside and you will see a Street Rat. Talk
to him to find out he’s not all there. He’ll want to see a Chimecho. Oblige
him. He’ll mention that only a Chimecho can help heal him, whereas the
Pokemon he caught didn’t help, so he locked it in the basement. Go inside
the basement to the same cage Cain was locked in earlier to find a
Chikorita. It will follow you out of gratitude for releasing it from the cage.
Next on the list is a doozy: Go back to Byxbysion Wasteland, but only
when it’s raining. Make your way to Cain’s house. From there, go east to
see three reactors. Interact with the rightmost one to change it from blue to
red. Next, go south down the steps until you can see a ledge. Turn west and
Smash the rock there. Go west past the rock and jump the ledge. Go west
past the roof – like structure and you will see a reactor next to a chair.
Interact with it to change it to red. Go north all the way, weave your way
through the obstacles and you will end up at the abandoned train wreckage.
On the northeast corner of the wreck are a group of three reactors. Interact
with the middle one to turn them red. next, go to the left side of the tracks,
southwest of the well. See the ledges to the west? Jump down one of them
and interact with the reactor there. You will end up at the building with four
flights of steps. On the outside is a gravestone with the name ‘Kiki Mikael
Argall’ on it. Strange. Reading the gravestone will trigger the ‘Kiki
Sidequest’.

Once you go up the third flight of steps, you’ll see a Techie. Talk to him
thrice and he will mention the existence of a Squirtle somewhere around
the Wasteland. This will trigger the ‘Squirtle Event’. Go out through the
top. Jump down the ledge. Make your way to the Smashable rock. Smash it.
Make your way east, then south past the row of trees. There is a hidden
Green Shard nearby and a cluster of three reactors. Talk to the one located
behind and turn it red.

Make your way back to the abandoned train wreckage. Go all the way
south. There are two houses here. The one on the right is an old man who
will tell you the history of Byxbysion Ward. The house on the left used to
be locked. Now it will be open. Go into the house and down the stairs to the
right. You will enter the Byxbysion Tunnels. Make your way all the way
west until you see an entrance behind a stalagmite. Follow the path
northwest and up the long flight of stairs. Go all the way west and you will
see a light shining through the exit to the south. Get out of there. Slide
down the steel beam to the east, get the Synthetic Seed on the small rock in
front of the larger one. Slide down the other steel beam. Slide down the last
steel beam to end up at a platform with a hiker. He will give you the
‘nodamageroll’ password.

To the west is a ledge you can jump down from. Get the hidden Red Shard
from the red mound there. Go inside the cave to the northwest now. Go all
the way east to see an entrance to the north. Go east again until you see a
looong flight of staircases down to the south. Follow the path to the exit of
the cave. Jump down the ledge to the east and go north. There is a hidden
Sticky Barb on the stone next to the crate there. Go inside the cave to the
north.

Welcome to another portion of the Wasteland, the Byxbysion Grotto!

Walk around to see two reactors here, one to the left and another to the
right. There is actually an entrance hidden right behind the left reactor
which you can access by going north when standing behind it, hidden from
view. Go there and follow the path up the stairs to the north. Go west then
out the exit south. Go west to see two barrels. The left has a hidden Focus
Sash on it.

Go west from the barrels to hit a purple bush. The path splits at the bush:
one going north and the other going west. Go west first and take the exit to
the south. You will be standing on the edge of a cliff between two steel
beams. There’s a steel beam to your left going down. Take it. At the
clearing there will be a vine and a stalagmite. At the southern corner is a
hidden Moon Stone on a rock. See the cave entrance to the north? Go
ahead and take it. You will see a wooden ladder going up. Take it and go
out of the cave to realize you’re right back where you started earlier, but at
the top of the two steel beams instead of between them. Slide back down to
the Moon Stone and take the same entrance again. Go inside and take the
same ladder back up, but this time go down the same ladder.

You will end up in a new place, named the Hidden Tunnel, with a mining
 rock and a Strength boulder to your south. Flash will be activated here.
From the north, push the Strength boulder south thrice. Take the new path
west down the steps. On this platform, there’s a mining rock to the north, a
ledge you can jump down from at the south and another ledge to the west
hidden by a stalagmite. Take the western ledge instead. You’ll end up at a
crossroads with a Strength boulder in the middle. Push the Strength boulder
west into the crook, then go north, west and south to exit the Tunnel.

Once out, jump down the ledge to the south. There’s a sign in front of a
purple tree here. Read it. The Pokeball to the west has an EXP. Candy L.
If it’s raining, there will be something blue hidden in the well, a Squirtle!
We’ll get it later. For now, let’s hunt for items first. South of the well is a
yellow Pokeball with TM12: Taunt. On the right side of the train, on the
purple bush in front of the satellite dish is a hidden Ability Capsule. The
other purple bush there hides a Nugget. Let’s go catch a Level 30 Squirtle.
Talk to it, battle it to catch it. It’s the only one in the game aside from the
Starter’s table.

Once done leave the place using the steps to the north near the satellite dish
to get on the same platform you came out of the tunnel of. Go back to the
Strength boulder and push it all the way to the south.
If you noticed a theme here, you’re right. We have just started the ‘Starter’s
Egg Sidequest’. The aim for now is to catch all twenty – one starters from
Gen 1 to Gen 7. The sidequest itself wouldn’t kick into gear towards the
end of the main – game, before our 17 th badge. The gender of the starters
we encounter doesn’t matter. I’ll explain why later.

Sidequests at the Wasteland: Part One

No. Status
Continuing from the end of the Strength boulder above, go east then north
into the tunnels. Go east and south down the steps. You’re essentially
backtracking your way. Once you reach to the room with the reactor, go out
through the exit to smell the fresh Wasteland air once more. To the east is a
hidden Full Heal on a crate near the steps. Take the steps up. Take the
visible Poison Barb by following the right path. There’s nothing to the left,
so go up the steps north and jump down the ledge west. Recognize this
area? It’s the main area of the Wasteland, near the two buildings, including
the one with the old man telling you the Byxbysion Ward’s history later.
Make your way to the building with four flights of steps and see the Techie
you talked to earlier. Make sure you have Squirtle you just caught in your
bag. If you do, he’ll ask to see the Squirtle and will give you a Data Chip
in return.
Go up to the top of the building and out through the back. Jump down the
 ledge near the stalagmite, smash the rock, and keep going north to enter the
Wasteland Wall. Remember the Smashable rock and the Strength boulder
we couldn’t do anything about earlier? Now we can! This is the
continuation of the ‘Kiki Sidequest’, which was triggered concurrently with
the ‘Squirtle Sidequest’ earlier.

Push the Strength boulder all the way west down a hole. Follow it soon
afterwards. Push the boulder all the way west until you meet an entrance.
Enter the door. Save. In the room is a single gravestone. Interact with it. A
very vengeful apparition of Kiki will appear. She will challenge you to
battle with a Level 65 Medicham, who is on fire.

Win against her, only for her to reveal itself as a very mischievous
Misdreavus. It will follow you for defeating it. If you go back to the
gravestone afterwards, Kiki’s name actually disappeared. Get out of there.
The Strength boulder will actually change positions. Push it all the way
right to get out of the Wasteland Wall.

(Actually) Saving the Orphanage Gang: The Raid of Yureyu HQ

No. Status
Now is the perfect time to continue with the main story. There are other
sidequests to be done at the Wasteland, so we haven’t seen the last of this
place. We’ll return here after we get our next badge. Promise. Go back to
the Underground Railnet under Opal Bridge for now. There might be some
new items here after the fiasco we witnessed from Shade’s screen way back
when. At the north – south split, take the southern path. There is a hidden
Purple Shard there. Go east, Smash the rock, push the Strength boulder
eastwards, and Smash another rock.

Go east and notice an item under the girder at the corner. It’s the Dull Key,
which is the trigger for the ‘Dull Key Sidequest’. There is a hidden Fire
Gem near the train cart. If you go east, there is a bar blocking the entrance
there. Press the switch to unlock the bar. Go back to the train cart and go
north. There is a stone hiding a Red Shard there. There is a Smashable
rock there. Smash it and push the Strength boulder all the way west just
because you can. You can see the entrance with the red Y emblazoned on it
to the north. Take the hidden Red Shard on the stone next to the entrance.
Enter the door.
You will reach another part of the Railnet. Walk north a bit and Cain will
burst in. Following the rail tracks only leads to a dead end, according to
Cain. He will then go up the stairs. Get the hidden Great Ball on the rock
by the stairs and a hidden Dragon Gem on the rock by the girder to the
northeast. Then follow Cain up the stairs. Get the hidden EXP. Candy M
on the…thing you see on the floor. Then get out of there through the door
on the south.
You will end up in Obsidia Ward. This part of Obsidia is inaccessible from
the main Obsidia Ward because of the fissures running across the entire
ward. Now we can access it. Yay! There is a hidden Link Stone on the
rock behind the house you just came out of. Go west and enter Yureyu HQ
afterwards.
Cain will team up with us throughout the entire raid, so all the normal rules
apply. Our team will be healed after every battle and all the Grunt battles
will be doubles.

Talk to Cain while he’s partnered at Yureyu:

+1 Cain

Leave Yureyu while partnered with Cain:

-1 Cain

Go up the stairs to the north. Then go south, east and north up to another
floor. Straight ahead is your first battle. Prepare accordingly.
After we win, go south and east at the split. There’s nothing but a sealed
gate to the west. There’s another battle up north. After the battle, go north
to interact with a green panel that will unlock the gate to the west. Go there
now. Go up the steps to the north.
Follow the path west, then south and east. You’ll see two grunts holding
Shelly hostage. One of them threatens to kill her if we attack them, so we’ll
have to go onwards and follow the path for now. Cain promises to come
back for her later. Go up the stairs north.
Follow the path east, south and west to see Charlotte, who befriended the
Meteor grunts holding her hostage. Their names are Simon and Tara,
according to her. After an awkward conversation, Simon and Tara will
challenge us, even though we’ve beaten them before.
After we win, Charlotte wonders where Shelly is, considering she was on
the floor below. We explained the situation to her, after which Charlotte
nonchalantly goes downstairs. Follow her downstairs to where Shelly was
being held.

Using reverse psychology, Charlotte manages to open the 5F gate for us

while also saving Shelly, leaving us to battle the two Meteor grunts. The
girls will go upstairs afterwards. After the battle, go back upstairs and to the
west and north, up to the next floor. We’ll see Shelly standing in the
corridor. She’ll tell us that Anna and Noel are locked in cages.
Go south to see Charlotte confronting two Meteor grunts. They will tell us
the real story behind Yureyu’s downfall. It was actually the former power
plant of the entire region. Team Meteor infiltrated it and shut it down from
the inside. The downfall of Yureyu caused a domino effect which led to the
deterioration of Reborn as a whole. They tried to repeat history by shutting
down the new power plant (Julia’s gym), but since we prevented it, they’re
thirsty for revenge. Shoot them down.
After the battle, Noel told us that Anna is held upstairs, along with Heather.
Noel also mentions that Team Meteor took a family heirloom left to them
by their father, an Amethyst Pendant. Go up the stairs north.
You will see Sigmund, his Electivire, and Heather here. A cutscene
happens, and you have a choice to make.

When Sigmund asks if you will fight him:

Yes = +1 Heather, -1 Sigmund
No = +1 Sigmund, -1 Heather, -1 Cain

Although the logical decision seems to be ‘Yes’, to stay on track to the

Good Ending, you actually have to pick ‘No’. As you can see, this choice
will cause you some relationship points. This is the third major event
which will determine the course of the game. You need to refuse to fight
Sigmund at Yureyu HQ.

After refusing to fight Sigmund, he will turn a blind eye while we go

upstairs. He also promises not to hurt Heather, only to detain her.
Afterwards, he even promises to let Heather escape with us. His
arrangement with Team Meteor is strictly business after all. Go up the stairs
to the left.
We will enter a brightly – lit room to see Sirius and Anna. After insulting
the Doctor, Sirius will comment on his luck of finding the Amethyst
Pendant as well as the Ruby Ring. Anna will interject, saying the pendant
to be a gift from her father. Sirius notices the resemblance, saying to Anna
that not only did he knew her father, but that he was also a fool as well.

Cain loses his patience with Sirius, and Sirius challenges us to a battle.
After we win, the coward threatens to hurt Anna. Cain then proposes a
trade: the Emerald Brooch in his possession for Anna. Sirius agrees. Anna
warns us that we need to leave the place ASAP, on Nostra’s warning. After
we leaves, Sirius monologues and gloats on his victory of possessing three
of the four Keystones, the motifs permeating this game. He then realizes
something is off. The Emerald Brooch turns out to be a fake. Not only is it
a fake, but it’s actually verdignite, the same green crystal explosives we
handed to Julia back in the Mosswater Industrial Raid from way back
when. With a bang, Yureyu HQ explodes.
 The Railnet Railtrack Puzzle
No. Status
The whole orphanage gang safely makes it out and takes shelter in the
Railnet. Heather became a mute from all the trauma she has experienced.
Cain comments on the locked Railnet door. Charlotte opens the door with a
key she pickpocketed from a Meteor grunt. The plan is still back on: to
escape to the Belrose family house in Chrysolia. Time is of the absolute
necessity as Anna, I’m sorry, Nostra, has fallen ill. Follow the gang through
the door for now.
There’s a rock to the east with a hidden Awakening on it. Walk all the way
east and you’ll notice a few things: there are dark, breakable spots on the
wall and there are levers all along the track which changes the direction the
rail is on. Keep going east to find a hidden Revive near a Smashable wall.
When you hit a wall, go south. Go south all the way and you’ll meet the
gang grouped near a pile of debris blocking the Railnet to the east. Get the
hidden Red – Hots on the stone near Anna. Talk to Cain, Heather, Noel,
Anna, Charlotte, and lastly Shelly. Shelly will accidentally suggest to the
group that they can plough through the debris by using one of the
abandoned trains there. Charlotte then suggests we need to find such a train
first.
Most of the gang then disperses. We can kill two birds with one stone, so
let’s do that. We will also use the levers scattered around the place to
connect the disjointed rails to one another. Start with the lever east of Cain.
Connect it to the north.
Follow the train tracks north. Connect the tracks there south. Go all the way
north. Break the dark wall here. Enter it to find a House Key. This allows
us to continue the ‘Lost Housekey Sidequest’ from way back when. Get out
of the wall and follow the track west. Ignore the first lever, instead going
further west to the second lever.
With the second lever, connect the tracks south. Follow it to reach a
crossway. Go west first and pick up the hidden Resist Wing next to the
rock. Keep going west to see a beam blocking the way and a switch on the
wall. Press the switch and the beam will be unlocked. This will allow us to
directly connect the Railnet to the Obsidia Slums, making going back to
Reborn much, much easier. The first switch has already been pressed back
when we were hunting for Arons after battling Shelly.
Go back to the crossroads and go east. Smash the wall here. Go in to get an
Iron Ball. Get out of there back to the crossroads. Go south to be at the
center of another crossroads.
Go west and pick the hidden Protein here. Go all the way east to bump into
a few rocks. Weave your way to the foremost rock on the rail for a hidden
Swift Wing. Go back to the crossroads and use the lever to connect the
tracks north.
Keep going south at the next crossroads. Use the lever to connect the rail
eastwards. Follow the rail east to another crossroad. Go north for a hidden
Purple Shard. Between the west and south track is a hidden Blue Shard.
On the stone to the east is a hidden Cheri Berry. Keep going east and use
the lever to connect the rail southwards.
Go south to see a Smashable wall. Smash it, go inside and get TM44: Rest.
Get out follow the track west, and pick up the hidden Blue Shard there. Go
west at another crossroad. Connect the track westward by using the lever
there.
Follow the track west to another crossroad. This time connect the track
southwards using the lever. Don’t follow the track yet. Instead go west and
get the hidden Pokesnax there. Follow the path north and you will see a
Smashable wall. Smash the wall and enter to get a Corrupted Poke Ball.
Go back to the crossroad with the connected rail to the south. Go
southwards. Use the lever to connect the track southwards. Go east first to
get a hidden Super Repel on a rock. Go back south, getting the hidden
Pokesnax on a rock nearby and at the end you will see an abandoned train.
Behind the train to the west is a hidden Blue Shard. Go inside the train
through a stair on its side.
Once inside the train, Anna will alert all the others. The others will be
there. Charlotte will task us with connecting the train tracks to the debris,
which we have already done on the way here. Anna and Noel will stand by
the railside. Talk to Noel to see if all the tracks are already connected. Once
connected, Anna and Noel will be inside the train. Join them.
Inside the Railnet train, talk to Shelly.

After connecting all the tracks and talking to Shelly on the train when she
asks if she was useful:
Yes = +1 Shelly
No = -1 Shelly

Talk to Charlotte. She will start the train. With a hop, skip, jump, and a
bang, we will come to a crashing stop. Step outside to see the beginning of
Chrysolia Region. Heather will fly away atop her Salamence. Charlotte
will lead Noel, Anna, and Shelly to her house. Cain will chase Heather.

Before we can explore the place, we have to go back in the Railnet. Go

back to the place where the train was earlier. This time go south. The rock
to the south has a hidden Common Candy. Keep going south, and path
will split. The western path is the one that actually leads to Obsidia Slums.
The eastern path has a rock with a hidden Common Candy and a Light
Ball. Notice a grey Pokeball across the fissure to the east? It will be a
loooooong time before we can get it. We have to go back to the Reborn
 region first. Go out the nearby exit to Obsidia Slums.

The Two Keys Sidequest

No. Status
We found two keys earlier: the House Key and the Dull Key. Let’s take
care of the two sidequests involving them first. Go through the Obsidia
Slums, Smashing the rock blocking your way, out west into the slums
proper. Go up through the elevator, go south, west, and north. You’ll
recognize this as the place where you (optionally) battled Victoria earlier.
Take the elevator to your west down. Walk between the elevator gap and
through the door to the north.

You’ll see a gate that we note was locked from way back when. Now that
you have the Dull Key, it can be opened. Open it and take the hidden
Calcium on the crate left of the door. Go through the door to enter the
Slums Playground.

You’ll see the Scrafty gang members huddled together in a corner to your
left. Walk slightly forward and you will witness a Poke – napping. It seems
that a power struggle is happening between the Pangoros and the Scrafties.
Once they disappear, get the Super Repel on the other side of the gate by
climbing the roof – like structure. Climb the stairs to the west to get a
hidden EXP. Candy L on the thing in the corner. Go through the door on
the northwest corner of the room.

Enter the room to see a jumping puzzle. Get the hidden Purple Shard on
the rock in the corner first. From the rock, go north and jump up twice, left
once, up twice, right once, and up twice to the opposite end of the room.
Walk north a bit to see a crate by the left corner with a hidden Full Heal.
Walk further north and be challenged by a Level 45 Pangoro. It will
disappear on defeat and Scraggy will point to a device on the gate. Press it.

Go make your way to the crate with the Full Heal, walk south then west
down the steps. You will end up on a different section of the jumping
puzzle, which somehow doesn’t require jumping. Weave your way to the
rock in the middle, which hides a Protein. Backtrack your way to the
beginning of the jumping puzzle.

From there, go right to the second jumping tile from the right. Jump all the
way north, then east twice. Loop your way around to the north to the end of
the puzzle. Once there, there is a rock at the corner which hides a Red
Shard. Walk all the way north to be challenged by another Level 45
Pangoro.
 Once you win, a second Scraggy will point to a device on the wall. Activate
it to open the central gate. From there, go south, west, then south to a set of
steps leading down west to a Sun Stone in a Pokeball. Make your way back
to the beginning of the jumping puzzle.

In a case of Reborn giving red herrings, don’t start jumping from the center
of the puzzle. Instead, make your way to the left, go to the place where you
got the hidden Protein above and instead weave your way from the rock to
the right side of the room, looping your way to the central staircase. Climb
the staircase and through the recently unlocked gate to be challenged by a
Level 50 Pokemon Don. This isn’t your first rodeo, so you know what to
do.

After its defeat, you will be surrounded by three Pangoros. A cutscene will
happen involving the Scrafty, who will return to defend his gang. It swiftly
deals with the two Pangoros cornering you and delivers the finishing blow
to the Don Pangoro with a High Jump Kick, and it disappears. The Scrafty
thanks you and just as he was about to leave with the third Scraggy, the
Scraggy decides to stay behind and join you. The gang will then disappear.
There are four items here: a hidden Full Restore on the eastern rock, a
hidden EXP. Candy XL on the northern rock, a Brave Mint and an EXP.
Candy L. Leave the Playground and the Slums entirely through the South
Obsidia entrance, the sidequest is over.
Make your way to Onyx Ward next. Meet the Move Relearner lady who
lost her house key here ages ago. Return her House Key to her and she will
give you a Heart Scale out of gratitude. True to her name, with the price of
a Heart Scale, she can re – teach any move that your Pokemon might have
forgotten.

One of the gamemods in Waynolt’s Modpack allows you to teach your

Pokemon any Egg Moves it can learn, even when it didn’t come from an
Egg or has never learned it before. Use it to your advantage. Don’t have
enough Heart Scales? Don’t worry, a method for getting Heart Scales is
coming soon. Make your way back to Chrysolia Region now.

Exploring Chrysolia, The Tanzan Mountain

No. Status
From the Railnet entrance, there’s a hidden Purple Shard on the rock to
your south. Go north to the tree to get a hidden Full Heal. On the rock
before the cave entrance to your north is a hidden Elemental Seed. Go east
of the rock to get a Normal Gem hidden on the bush.
Enter the Tanzan Mountain to your north. As you walk through the entire
 region, you will hear a rumbling coming from under the ground. There’s a
hidden X Speed on the rock to the right. Climb up the steps north. At the
point where the path splits north and west, there is a hidden Pokesnax. To
the west is a nook where you will meet the counterpart of the Pokemon you
met under the Grand Stairway earlier. If you meet Lunatone there, you will
see a Solrock here and vice versa. Catch it. It’s the only one in the game.
Make sure you have Pokesnax.
To the north is the orphanage gang. Go there. Charlotte comments that
there have been signs of construction going on there. A rumble happens,
frightening Shelly. The gang will then disappear. On the east is a nook with
a hidden Hyper Potion. Go back to the middle and climb two flights of
steps. You will end up at a wide space with many paths. There is a hidden
Blue Shard there.
Take the eastern path first. There is a hidden Revive on the rock there.
Slightly to the east is a hidden Blue Shard. Take the path north to see a
locked metal gate. Return to the main area and take the western path this
time. There is a hidden Ground Gem to the left of the stone there. On the
rock near the girder on the western wall is a hidden Steel Gem. Return to
the main area and continue north up the steps.
The path splits again here. You can see Charlotte right ahead. Don’t go to
her first. To the left is a nook with a mining rock. To the right is a path that
leads all the way north to three mining rocks and a hidden Purple Shard
and a EXP. Candy XL. On Charlotte’s right is actually two other paths
leading north. The first from the right leads to another mining stone, while
the second leads to a stone with an Ultra Ball hidden there. The stone next
to Charlotte has a hidden Escape Rope. Talk to Charlotte now. The path
that she is standing next to leads to her family home. She then disappears,
and we follow her through.

The Tanzan Cove

No. Status
This place is certainly a breather compared to last few places we’ve been.
Walk north to see a lake surrounded by flower bushes. You can catch
Oricorio here I think. To the left is a stone with a hidden Escape Rope.
Going counterclockwise around the lake: to the right is a bush with a
hidden Green Shard, there is a hidden Guard Spec. near the edge of the
lake, a Blue Shard after that. After that you should see Charlotte nearby.
There is a hidden Peppermint near the flower ring, at three ‘o’ clock. Talk
to Charlotte afterwards.
After the conversation, you should be close to the family home: the Belrose
Manse. There is a hidden Heart Scale on the flowers nearby, a hidden
Pokesnax on the bush and a hidden Rose Incense in the pot of flowers in
front of the house. One last thing, a hidden Elemental Seed on the left of
 two bushes south of the house, in front of the lake. Enter the house now.
Inside, a cutscene happens and we’ll be introduced to Laura, Charlotte’s
sister. She brings Noel and Anna upstairs. While she does that, Charlotte
gives us a history of the house. Shelly asks what happens to the Belrose
parents, and Charlotte handwaves the question. Laura comes back to tell us
to get some Herbal Extract for Anna’s fever from the Spinel Town
Pokemart. Talk to Shelly first, then follow Laura to the healing spot in the
house.

Go to Belrose Manse before entering Voclain Estate:

+1 Noel, +1 Laura

Talk to Shelly in Belrose Manse, when she says what Anna said made her
happy:
+1 Shelly
After healing, get straight out of the house, make your way through the
Tanzan Mountain and back to the entrance of Chrysolia region near the
railnet.

The Chrysolia Forest

No. Status
From the train, go east to enter Chrysolia Forest. Don’t let this idyllic
forest fool you. There is a puzzle here of sorts. Going through the forest
might look easy, but there are many dead ends. They’re mostly caused by
objects randomly disappearing and reappearing elsewhere in the forest,
caused by some kind of teleportation anomaly. Trees can appear and
reappear from one moment to the next.
Go east through the gap in the trees first. Follow the path east, north and
west. You’ll meet a Ranger who will challenge you. Upon beating her,
continue west to see a stray wooden rail disappear in front of your own
eyes. Go south to end up at the entrance again.
Go west as if you’re about to leave. The tree blocking your way south will
disappear. Follow the path south now. Observe that the west path we took
just now has been blocked by a tree. Go east and fight the Casanova here.
After the fight, follow the path all the way north to find the Ranger we
battled earlier. Go north past her straight into a tree, which will disappear.
This is the entrance to the Chrysolia Springs. Go in there. As you can see,
there’s not much we can do here now without Surf, but we can grab two
items: a hidden Link Stone and a Mystic Water. Get out of there now and
go see the Ranger. Go east past her, then south to another disappearing
railway. Follow the path in a loop here to the west near the Casanova.
Before going west to the Casanova, notice a lone tree that stands near the
stray disjointed rail track? Approach it, and it will disappear.
 Go south down the newly created path to find an entire train abandoned
there. On the left is a stone with a hidden Synthetic Seed. On the right
between the trees is a stone with a hidden Heart Scale. Go south a bit and
cross to the left side of the train to find a bush hiding a EXP. Candy L.
You can actually go inside the foremost of the train carts if you want. Go in
there now. You will see an abandoned Egg on the left side of the cart, either
a Maractus or a Cacnea. There is an open book on the southern right side
of the cart. Read it. It will trigger the ‘Lost Railcave’ sidequest. I don’t
think it’s necessary to trigger the sidequest, but it is an interesting subplot
all the same. Get out of there after you’ve read the inventory – cum –
apocalyptic log written by the train’s captain.
There is actually a hidden path there between the trees, whose entrance is
marked by yellow flowers. Go east there and you’ll end up in another
meadow. You will find a Mild Mint and a Hasty Mint here. If you talk to
the Techie, he will give you the Field Notes for the Grassy Terrain.
Get out of the meadow, go east, back north and then west to the Casanova.
Go west past him, then south. This time a path has opened up between the
Casanova and the Ranger. Follow the path east to see a small hill nearby,
and a Posh you can battle.
After the battle, follow the path east, then south and around to the west.
Then go north and east again in loop back to the Posh. Strangely, the tree to
the north, next to the small hill has now disappeared. Go north now.
There is actually a path hidden between the trees here, near the bush. Go
east here and you will eventually meet a Lady with a Typhlosion. There is a
bush hiding an Ability Capsule to our north. Go back to the lady and go
south into a meadow. The meadow has a hidden Elemental Seed, a Quiet
Mint, an EXP. Candy L. and the field notes for the Burning Field, how
ironic. We should already have experienced it when fighting the
Typhlosion just now.
Get out of the meadow. Go west back to the forest proper, then north, west
and south, looping back to the Posh. The tree near the small hill disappears,
creating a new path. Follow the path north to finally enter Spinel Town.

This is Spinel Town: Starting The Missing Furniture Sidequest

No. Status
This town with the whimsical music is the location of our next Gym.
Before that, there’s a tonne of things we can do first. Go north to the house
in front of you upon entering. The tree blocking the entrance will disappear.
Don’t go in there yet. Instead go inside the last house in the line of houses.
Inside is a woman with Kadabra. It might be a good idea to screenshot this
room. Step forward to watch almost all the furniture in her house
disappears into thin air.
Talk to her once that happens, and she will request your help to bring all
her furniture back into the house. We don’t need to actually carry the
furniture in our bag. Her Kadabra will help us teleport the furniture back to
the house. We just need to interact with it.
Get out of there. Go into the house with the disappearing tree earlier.
There’s a bed inside. Touch it and it disappears. You can also find a Good
Rod inside! We can finally fish for decent water types now!
Go northeast into town and you will see a fountain. The fountain disappears
after you touch it, only to be replaced by a crate. Directly north is the town
Pokemart, where we can get the Herbal Extract for Anna. Approach it…
only for it to disappear. A woman will mention that the disappearing
objects around town will show up not too far from the town itself.
From where to Pokemart was, go inside the building to its right. Interact
with the table here.
South of the building is a TV on top of another building. Interact with it.
The building next to the building with the table has a Posh who promises to
give you something if you manage to pet all eight Eevee – lutions. Our own
Pokemon doesn’t count, so you can’t raise your own and pet them. They
will be scattered throughout this entire game. This is the trigger for the
‘Petting Eevee – lutions sidequest’.

Speak to the Nerd named James on the sofa twice. He’s also a Bug Maniac
like Bennett. Didn’t I tell you to catch a Shelmet earlier in Azurine Island?
You can either trade him a Shelmet to get a Karrablast in return, which will
evolve it into an Escavalier in the process. You can also trade him a
Karrablast to get a Shelmet in return, which will evolve it into an Accelgor.
Apparently, this can be done more than once. When I traded my Shelmet
with him, I got a Karrablast who evolved into an Escavalier named
Bugsington.
Next to that building is a bookcase. Interact with it. Go east to see three
buildings arranged diagonally. Approach the central building and it will
disappear. The top diagonal building has a chair in front of it. Interact with
it.
 Behind that building is the Spinel Museum. The best time to go here for the
first time is the night time. They charge a rather exorbitant entry fee of
$500, so you might want to cut down on the frequency of going in and out
here for now.
Northeast of there is the town Pokemon Center. If it is a clear day, to the
left of the Pokemon Center you can find a woman enjoying the day out,
sitting on a bench. Talk to her and then go south directly afterwards. She
will disappear! Don’t worry, we’ll find her soon enough.
Some of the missing furniture are in the museum, so let’s take a detour
there first.

The Spinel Museum

No. Status
If it’s at night, enter the museum and pay the ridiculous fee. Go to the
southern portion of the museum. You can read the captions on the exhibits
here. Kudos to the dev team for making this place seem immersive. Details
like these are what made the game great, IMHO.

You can find a hidden Luxury Ball in the trash can here. Go west from the
trash can and you can find two Meteor grunts viewing an exhibit. Talk to
them. They’ll dare us to meet them in Tanzan Mountain. We’ll take them
up on it later, don’t worry. Talk to the old gentleman standing to the left of
the grunts earlier. He must be the curator of the museum.

There’s a Smeargle who can write human language standing at the art
gallery northwest. It will play a role much, much, much later in the game.
An old man standing near the fossil exhibits will tell you about an ancient
city built where Reborn was before. So much foreshadowing here. There’s
a funny conversation near the Aurorus exhibit. Lastly, a gallery of pictures
to the north will give nods to the mainstream games from Gen 1 to Gen 7,
including the sister fanmade games of Rejuvenation and Desolation.

Once you’re done viewing the exhibits, go up the stairs at the southwest
corner, near the curator.
Upstairs in the southeast corner is a Techie standing near a machine. He’s
the Fossil Reviver in the game. Give him any fossil that you may have
found while mining. Give them to him. My peeve about this is that you
actually have to leave the museum for him to do his work, re – enter
afterwards, and then he will revive your Pokemon. You have to pay $500 to
get a new Pokemon each time. I revived my Skull Fossil to get a Cranidos.
Go out of there through the south exit. You will reach a balcony with some
flowerpots. Go south again and enter the building. In this building you will
find the girl’s missing dresser and a grey Pokeball, an Eevium – Z, your
 first Z – Crystal in the game! This crystal allows Eevee to use Extreme
Evoboost if it knows Last Resort. You can’t use it yet though, not without
another item. There’s an ice – cream vending machine here. Buy a Vanilla
ice cream from it, and a Vanillite will drop down from it.
To finish up the missing furniture sidequest, go to the huge house east of
town.

The Voclain Estate

No. Status
There is one of the girl’s missing chair just outside the house, hidden
behind the tree on the left.
Try to go inside the house, only to find that the town Pokemart has
teleported to its balcony. A guy with spiky hair and glasses will burst out as
you try to enter, looking for a ‘Luna’. He was also trying to find the source
of a loud noise, the kind of which a Pokemart tends to make as it lands on
someone’s balcony.

The guy will inform his mother of the ruckus, and a woman with striking
hair will go out of the house (like mother, like son I suppose). She will
introduce herself to us as Serra, Spinel Town’s gym leader. Follow her
inside now.
Talk to the spiky – haired guy in the glasses first.

When you enter Voclain Estate and talk to Bennett, when he asks if you
knew Cascoon have perfect memories:
Yes = +1 Bennett

Speaking to Bennett a second time in the first room in Volcain Estate, when
he introduces himself:
+1 Bennett

Talk to Serra on the couch, and she will explain to you who Luna is. Luna
is her adopted daughter, who randomly appeared on the estate doorstep one
day and adopted her as her mother. That wasn’t a typo. Bennett, Serra’s
actual son, interjects at various points to emphasize how creepy he is… I
mean, how beautiful Luna is.

It seems that Luna left as quickly as she appeared. Serra, being her mother,
finds this concerning. It’s not like her actual parents are there to pick her
up. Just then, the estate doorbell rings. A white – haired man in a robe
appears, spewing demonic spells… I mean, speaking Latin. He appears to
be looking for his daughter, the aforementioned Luna. Speak of the devil
 indeed.

Serra mentions that he just missed her. El, Luna’s father is disappointed to
miss her after having travelled so far. He then requests Serra’s permission
to rest there, which she grants. She notes this to be entertaining because of
our challenge, which El will have the pleasure of watching with Bennett.
Serra leaves to prepare for our challenge. The Gym is located north, but
don’t go there first.
Go up the steps on the left. Go to the room south of you. This messy room
must be Bennett’s. The girl’s missing bookcase is to your right on entering.
This should be the last of the girl’s missing item. On the table is a Bug
Memory, the second obtainable Memory in the game. By the chair is a
Weakness Policy. Get out of there afterwards. Go to the room to the north.
This must be Serra’s room. There is a yellow Pokeball there: TM85:
Dream Eater. The central north door is locked. Go to the rightmost
northern door. This must be Luna’s old room. There is a Silk Scarf by the
bookcase. Exit the room to go to the southern room on the right. On the
table are the field notes for your next Gym fight, the Mirror Arena. Go
down the stairs and exit the house.
Go back to the girl who has been missing her items. Talk to her and she
will give you the item EXP. All. This item works like the EXP. Share in
Gen 7. Once turned on, it will give equal amounts of EXP. to all Pokemon
not in battle. Turning it on also activates the hardcap, so if your Pokemon
reaches the level cap, it won’t gain any more EXP. You can now disable
the ‘hardcap’ password if you activated it earlier.
Now we can challenge Serra. Go back to the Voclain Estate. Enter the room
to the north.

Battling Serra
No. Status
This gym is a study in symmetry, literally. Battle the two Poshes, and each
of them will give you a hint. Both halves of this room are mirror images of
each other, but not literally. To progress forward, you need to break the
wall to the north at one particular spot corresponding to the place where
there is no reflection symmetry in the room (where symmetry literally
breaks). Hitting the wrong mirror on the wall will actually damage all the
Pokemon in your party.

For each of the three mirror puzzle rooms:

 First try/mirror is correct = +1 Serra
2-5 incorrect mirrors broken = -1 Serra
6+ incorrect mirrors broken = -2 Serra

The spot in the room is to the right of the dresser on the right half of the
room. The chair has no reflection symmetry.

Go forth to the next room and battle the poshes there. They’re also all Serra
stans apparently. The point to hit here is north of the flowerpot on the left
half of the room. The flowerpot has no reflection symmetry. Save before
entering.
Enter this room and Bennett will challenge you with El as a witness. Beat
him and his butterflies.

Beat Bennett at Voclain Estate:

First try = +1 Elias, -1 Bennett
Subsequent try = +1 Bennett, -1 Elias

The point to break here is north of the dresser on the right half of the room.
The buttons on the dresser have no reflection symmetry. Go inside the
room to battle Serra herself.
Talk to her when you’re ready. There’s a Light Shard in the southwest
corner of the room. Before the battle starts, El and Bennett will arrive at the
viewing room on the left eager to witness our battle.

Strategy:
Welcome to the most RNG – reliant field in the game. Ice is a weak typing
defensively, so I don’t blame Serra for battling in this arena.
Break Serra’s arena in the gym battle:
-1 Serra

Once we win, El will invite Bennett to leave the room to talk for a moment.
Serra will reward us with the Rime Badge. With it, all Pokemon up to
Level 55 will obey us. She will also give us TM70: Aurora Veil, which
combos nicely with the Hail we received earlier. With another rumble in
the house, Serra leaves.

Serra to Noel: Post – Serra Sidequests

No. Status
Outside the house, El and Bennett are having a private conversation on
Luna’s whereabouts. El knows that Bennett knows more than he’s revealed
to his mother. Bennett acquiesces, with some words from El about
introducing Bennett to the Elite Four. Playing on other people’s ambitions,
are we? Subtle.

Bennett thinks Luna might have gone to Vanhanen Castle. Ooohh. Where
might that be? The Pokemart disappears from the balcony of the house,
explaining the rumbling earlier. El inquires to Bennett as to whether Luna
still wears the Emerald Brooch on her person when she left, to which
Bennett affirms.

El tells Bennett to set off with him to find Luna at once. Although hesitant
at first, Bennet leaves without saying goodbye to his mother, although he
promises to return home when possible.
Inside, Serra will comment on the disappearing Pokemart, just like her
disappearing adopted daughter, and her disappeared son, further confirming
to us that she has abandonment issues. Talk to her on the couch afterwards.

Talk to Serra on the couch:

+1 Serra
Leave the house afterwards. Get out of Spinel Town. At one point, didn’t I
tell you to catch a male Burmy? Make sure it has evolved into a Mothim by
now. From the town entrance, follow the path south, west, then south again
to find a house with a Hiker named Monthelm inside. He will trade you a
Bruxish named Mimix for a Mothim.
From the Hiker’s house, go east, south then west around the small hill until
there’s a split. Go south at the split to see the fountain that disappeared at
Spinel Town earlier. Interact with it and you can catch a Remoraid.
Go east from the fountain and you’ll see a Headbutt tree. Below the tree is
a lone tree which seems to stand guard at an entrance to somewhere.
Approach it and it will disappear. Go east, follow the path here and you
will find the Lost Railcave.
This is the continuation of the ‘Lost Railcave’ started earlier in the
abandoned train south of the forest. Each chamber of the cave has four
exits. Three of the exits will have rails pointing to them. To proceed, follow
the exit with no rails pointing to them. Specifically, from the entrance, go:
(1) North
(2) East
(3) East
(4) North
(5) West
(6) North
(7) East
(8) South
 (9) East
(10) North

At the end, you should find two Pokeballs in a room. They contain an Ill –
Fated Doll and an Eevee. The OT of the Eevee is Captain Florence. There
is a book inside, another diary by the captain. Read it and weep. Go south
out of the room and south again to be magically transported out of the cave.

There is another thing we can do here. Go back in the cave and from the
entrance, go:
(1) West, you’ll see the rails will form a crossroad.
(2) West
(3) North
(4) West
(5) North
(6) East
(7) North
(8) West
(9) South
(10) West

At the end you’ll find a room with two mining rocks, a hidden Ability
Capsule, TM32: Double Team and the field notes for Psychic Terrain.
Get out of the room and go south to go back outside.
Get out of the forest and return to Reborn City for now. To do the next two
sidequests, you will need an Odd Keystone. That’s right, we’re catching
Spiritomb! Make your way to the Byxbysion Wasteland, preferably through
the Obsidia Slums shortcut.

Sidequests at the Wasteland: Part Two

No. Status
From the entrance, go make your way to the Byxbysion Grotto. To recap,
this is the part of the Wasteland first accessed during the Squirtle Event
earlier. To be clear, it’s the place with the reactor that has a hidden entrance
behind it. Do not go through the hidden entrance. Instead, interact with
the two reactors in the room: the one hiding the entrance and another to the
right. Turn their colours from blue to red. Once done, the bookcase to the
north of the room will move out of the way, revealing a secret entrance.
Enter it.

You will enter a room with a tree. There are four paths you can take, all of
them leading north. Start from the leftmost path north. The stone at the end
hides a Sun Stone. The second path from the left has an entrance at the
 end. Enter it to see a room with some mining rocks and an odd – shaped
pyramidal rock structure. Interact with the structure and you will be given
the choice to use your Odd Keystone. If you say yes, the structure will
begin to hum and the Keystone will vanish. A Level 40 Spiritomb will
attack you. You can repeat this encounter if you have more than one Odd
Keystone.

The third path from the left has another entrance. Enter it to find a room
with a single item: TM66: Payback. The fourth path leads to a barrel with
nothing on it. The fifth and the last path to take has an entrance at the end.
Save your game and enter.

Inside you will finally meet Mr. Bigglesworth, a walking, talking, trash
heap of a Garbodor who just wants a hug. You will get into a battle with a
Pokemon Horde, mostly comprising of lower level Trubbish. Mr.
Bigglesworth is the real threat here. He is a Level 65 PULSE Garbodor,
with the Gooey ability, meaning any contact moves from your Pokemon
will cause it to lower its Speed by one stage. Additionally, Gooey will
poison your Pokemon on contact in the Wasteland field. Its defensive stats
are nonexistent, and its only noteworthy stat is its humongous HP, which is
compounded by the Black Sludge it’s holding. Besides that, it can also
recover HP with Drain Punch, increase its defenses with Stockpile, and
screw with your HP difference by using Pain Split.

Once defeated, it will disappear and you can explore the room. There is a
PULSE – readout lying there: PULSE 00: Garbodor. The yellow Pokeball
has TM09: Venoshock, which is accessible since there is actually a gap in
front of the yellow Pokeball. There are a few mining rocks here. One
noteworthy one is a Pokeball behind a mining rock. It’s inaccessible for
now, but keep this one in mind for later. The best thing to do now is to
mine the rock itself. Once done, leave the Wasteland entirely and go back
to the Chrysolia region using the Railnet entrance.

Curing the Sick People

No. Status
Go north into Tanzan Mountain. Well, well, well. If it isn’t Spinel Town’s
Pokemart. Look where it landed at. Enter the Pokemart. It won’t get
teleported this time, so don’t worry. Outside the Pokemart is a ranger who
will give you the password ‘stablweather’. Inside is a giddy child, your
usual Pokemart salesman at the counter, and unusually, an old lady. Talk to
the old lady. She will sell three herbal healing items, including the Herbal
Extract we wanted for Anna! Please buy two Herbal Extracts from her.
Leave the Pokemart and enter Tanzan Mountain for real this time.
Keep walking north up the steps. After five flights or so, you will see two
Meteor grunts. In fact, they’re the same Meteor grunts that challenged us in
Spinel Museum before our gym challenge. Talk to them to show them
who’s boss. Once defeated, they will run off, and you can continue north to
Tanzan Cove.
Once at Tanzan Cove, there is something you can do first. You can now use
your Good Rod to fish for Luvdiscs in the lake. They have a chance of
holding Heart Scales on them. You can also use a Pokemon with Covet or
Thief to steal it off them. Either way, catch a Luvdisc here. You’ll need it
for a trade in the future. Also, please catch a Basculin here if you can. Any
of the regional (red or blue forms) will be fine. It will come in handy for a
trade much, much later in the future.
Get to Belrose Manse. Go up to the second floor where everyone is
awaiting your return in Anna’s room. Talk to Charlotte.

Already have the Herbal Extract on your first visit to Belrose Manse:
+1 Charlotte

Then Noel.
Don’t have an Herbal Extract if you speak to Noel before giving one to
Anna:
-1 Noel

Finally, talk to Anna to give her the medicine. She will give Nostra the
extract, confusing everyone in the room. She will suddenly get better, and
suggests that it’s time for either Charlotte or Noel to battle us. Charlotte
will pass since apparently we’re not there yet, so Noel will have to
acquiesce. Everyone, including the newly – revived Anna will be waiting
outside the house for you. Go heal up. Arrange your party.
What comes next is a long sequence of unstoppable events that will
accelerate the storyline. So I suggest we keep them hanging outside for the
time being. There are two things we can do first.
Go back to Chrysolia Forest. Go straight north from the entrance to see a
familiar lady. It seems that in her sudden teleportation incident, she has
injured her legs. Give her the spare Herbal Extract that we bought just now.
Out of gratitude, she will give us the Department Store Sticker: Chansey.
With it, we can now access the seventh floor of the Obsidia Department
Store. The reason I wanted to give Anna the Herbal Extract first is this:

Give an Herbal Extract to the lady teleported into Chrysolia Forest before
giving one to Anna:
-1 Noel
Make your way to Spinel Town and go into Spinel Museum. Remember the
curator of the museum? Talk to him. He’ll be pleased that we’ve dealt with
 the two Meteor grunts just now that he will give us a choice of two fossils,
namely the Cover Fossil, which can be revived into a Tirtouga or the Plume
Fossil, which can be revived into Archen. Pick your favourite and get out of
there. Return to Belrose Manse afterwards.

The Defense of Belrose Manse

No. Status
Talk to Shelly first before anything.

Talk to Shelly before the battle with Noel, when she says she wants a
rematch:
+1 Shelly

Save before you talk to Noel. Rearrange your party so that your lead has a
Dark – type move. Then talk. Psych!! Did you really think the time gap
between two Gym Leaders will be so small?

Just as we’re ready to battle, someone named Saphira will burst onto the
scene. Well, whhadya know? She’s familiar, since we’ve seen her before,
the girl whose hair colour is the same as the bisexual flag whom we met
outside the orphanage, and she came riding a freaking Dragonite. You
know, the monster from Gen 1? Apparently, she’s Charlotte and Laura’s
eldest sister. The plot thickens.

Saphira will express surprise at everyone who escapes there. Charlotte then
fills her in, saying that us and Shelly were the once who assisted in their
escape from Sigmund twice. It turns out the third time’s the charm, since
Sigmund is coming there, bringing the whole Team Meteor as company.
Saphira tells us the only thing we can do, and charges us with defending the
house.

When Saphira asks if you understand that nothing is touching her family:
No = -1 Saphira

Saphira leaves to take care of the Meteors coming by the lake, and all of us
will rush inside. Charlotte calls us the ‘wrecking ball’ and asks us to bash
some Meteor faces in:

When Charlotte asks if you’re going to beat Meteor faces in:

Yes = +1 Charlotte

She charges us with defending the living room as she brings the children to
hide. They all do so, leaving us in charge of the living room. Sigmund
comes in and challenges us to a battle while two orderlies search upstairs.
Pay attention to what happens after the battle. Once we win, Sirius comes
in cursing Saphira for all the casualties his team suffered in the lake. In a
rare stroke of genius, Sigmund proposes he and Sirius split up, since we
can’t stop them both (Heh!). The choice of who you will stop is the fourth
major event that determines the route the game is on and eventually, the
ending of this game.

To stay on track to the Good Ending of the game, you actually need to
choose to stop the Doctor here.

Choose to stop the Doctor, if you had not fought him at Yureyu:
-2 Sigmund

Do so. Saphira walks in. After encircling Sigmund like a predator encircles
a prey, Saphira commands her Dragonite to use Hyper Beam on the good
doctor, complete with sound effects. There is now a hole on the side of the
house, next to the front door, and Sigmund is nowhere to be seen.

Sirius then ambushes Saphira with his Seviper, landing a Poison Jab on her
and knocking her unconscious. Since Sirius is adamant that he will not
leave there empty – handed, he abducts Saphira. As a parting shot, he
expects to see us on his home turf soon. After the long sequence of events,
we’re finally allowed to save the game.

Saphira abducted (Don’t Fight Sigmund at Yureyu, then choose Doctor at

Belrose Manse):
+1 Saphira, +1 Shelly, +1 Charlotte, +1 Noel, +1 Anna, +1 Shade, -1 Laura

Go to the kitchen to check up on Charlotte and Shelly. Afterwards, try and

go upstairs, only to have Laura burst into the room. She will inquire about
the hole in the wall.

Walk through the hole in the wall in Belrose Manse, if Saphira was
abducted:
-1 Laura

She will then find out that Saphira is abducted. Charlotte comes in and
comments on the stupid move (abducting a woman that has a dragon).
Charlotte then gears up to save Saphira. Laura overrules her, and offers to
 go instead. Apparently, Team Meteor has just installed some machinery in
Tanzan Mountain, meaning they must have had a base there. She also
requests our assistance. Go help her.

Raiding the Tanzan Meteor Base

No. Status
From the Tanzan Cove exit, go south through the path and go down one
flight of steps. Take the eastern path from there, then north up a flight of
steps. You will meet Laura waiting for you here outside the locked gate
earlier. Talk to her and she will inadvertently trigger the opening of the
metal gate. She will leave through the door up north. Follow after her.
As soon as you enter the door, pick up the hidden Green Shard in front of
you. Follow the path west, then south, picking up the hidden Pecha Berry
just pass the metal pipe. Go east, picking up the hidden Blue Shard near
the girder. Continue east to see two Meteor Grunts knocked out cold in
front of an entrance. Go inside through it.
You are now officially inside the Tanzan Meteor Base. See the diamond –
shaped mechanism in front of you? It’s a puzzle. When you step on it. It
will carry you in the direction the arrow points away from. Step on it to end
up on the left. Go west and battle the grunt here.
After the battle, enter the room next to him on the north. You will be in a
room with colourful tiles. Step forward to the white tile. You will notice
that the tiles now change positions. Step back to the original tile in the
south and get out of the room.
You will find that you are now on the right side of the base. Those tiles
didn’t change positions actually. They teleported you to the corresponding
tile colour in the room on the opposite side. Step down and challenge the
grunt to a battle. With both grunts taken care of, we can concentrate on the
puzzle. See the two metal gates on the northern corner of the diamond
puzzle? The panel to unlock them is at the end of each room of the tile
puzzle.
To start, you need to step on the left side of the room. Go back in from the
grunt just now and jump on the left white panel. From the beginning left
tile of the left room:
a) Jump on the left white panel
b) Go to the cyan panel on the right
c) Go down to the copper green panel
d) Go up to the grey panel in the corner
 e) Go up and left to the non – teleporting tile and interact with the
panel

One gate down, one to go. To get out of there, go:

a) Down to the silver panel
b) Down to the violet panel
c) Right to the silver panel
d) Down to the brass panel
e) Down to the cyan panel
f) Right to the white panel
g) Down to the beginning tile
You will end up on the left side of the room. This time, go in. From the
beginning right tile of the left room:
a) Jump up to the white panel
b) Down to the beginning panel
c) Up to the white panel
d) Right to the green panel
e) Down to the yellow panel
f) Up to the grey panel
g) Go up and right on the non – teleporting tile and interact with the
panel.

Now both gates are open. To get out of the room from the panel is easy:
Just keep going down eight times. You will end up to the right of a white
tile. Step left and then down to a non – teleporting tile.

You will be on the left side of the room when you go out. Make your way
to the right side of the room with the white panels. From there, go west to
the diamond puzzle. It will push you to the north. Go up the stairs.
There’s a Light Shard to your right. Go north to the diamond, and it will
push you west. Go fight the grunt to your west. Go to the door on their
south, just behind him. Battle the Meteor Dame by walking south. After
winning, take the Pokeball to her south. It contains the PULSE read – out
for PULSE 07: Abra. Get out of there and go all the way west.
Once you enter the door, you’ll see two Meteor grunts knocked out by
Sleep Powder. Laura is nearby, looking at a cell with busted doors. It seems
that Saphira has escaped. Talk to Laura. She will leave to find Saphira.
There is a Light Shard in the cell to the left. Take it or leave it. Get out of
the room and this time go east until you see stairs leading north. Go up it.
In this room, go north and challenge the Meteor grunt there. Go west to see
a diamond. Follow it to end up south. Go down the stairs to another
diamond. Follow it to end up west. Challenge the Meteor Knight to your
west. After you win, go out to the south. In this room is a teleport panel.
Step on it. You will end up in the same room as the PULSE readout earlier.
Go out of the door.
Go up the stairs to your north again. Go north and east to the diamond,
which has now turned green from our efforts earlier. Use it to go up north.
Don’t go left to the blue teleporter. Instead go right to the pink teleporter.
You will land on the right side of the diamond, previously inaccessible.
Challenge the Meteor grunt to your south. After you win, go south.
You will end up on the right side of the room with the mechanical device,
also previously inaccessible. Battle the Meteor grunt to your left. The room
next to him is empty. Instead of going there, go to the door east. Inside you
will meet Saphira. Ignore her for now. Instead make your way east and
south of the room. There you will find a Revive. Then talk to Saphira. She
thinks it would have been better to leave her alone since she can take care
of herself. While she was trying to open the Central Atrium gate, two
Meteor Aces come in. She asks us to battle them to buy her time to open
the gate.
After we win, she finally did open the gate. She will heal our team after a
surprisingly difficult battle, then she will leave. Follow her out of the room.
Go east to the diamond. It will push you north.
Go upstairs to the north. It seems there are battles to be fought on both
sides of the room here. Let’s go left first. Challenge the Meteor Knight
there. After we win, go left and challenge the Techie standing in front of
the panel.
After you win, he will move. Interact with the panel to unlock the gate. Go
down south afterwards and interact with the panel here. It will unlock the
lower level gate, which makes it easier for us to access the place.
Talk to the Grunt here. This is important. This here is Simon, of the duo
Simon and Tara. It turns out Tara died in Saphira’s onslaught on Tanzan
Cove. He will not fight us, but he swears revenge on Saphira. He’ll mention
something about losing someone twice. This will trigger the ‘Simon and
Tara Sidequest’ later down the road. You need to talk to him now. This is
the only window you’ll have.
Leave Simon in his grief and go to the right side of the room. Challenge the
Meteor Knight here. Go west then south to challenge the Techie in front of
the screen here. Defeat him and he’ll move out of the way. Now that both
screens have been interacted with, the door to the north will open. Go
through it.
Once inside, a confrontation will happen between Saphira and Sigmund.
Laura will be there. ZEL will be there too, busy tinkering with PULSE
Abra. Sigmund will appear to have a hallucination of someone named
Lizzy, as noted by Laura. Sirius will enter the room, inquiring for the
Doctor. He will express his surprise at meeting us, but decides there are
other pressing concerns right now.
 Sirius informs ZEL of Lin being there shortly to monitor their progress.
Saphira perks up curiously at Lin’s name, wondering why does it sound
familiar. zeL expresses fear at this news, since the Abra is still untamed.
Laura intervenes, asking what they’re doing to the Abra. zEl mentions
about entering a sealed place using Abra’s amplified teleportation powers.
Laura correctly surmises that the Abra was the cause of the weird
teleportation anomalies occurring in Spinel Town, to which zEl affirms.

Saphira intervenes at this point, still wanting to bust up some Meteor heads.
Sirius, who is so not scared of Lin offers to use us as test subjects. He
commands ZEL, who teleports Saphira, Laura and us to… somewhere.

The Cause of the Rumbling

No. Status
We will wake up in a dark place with green…stuff all over the floor. It
seems to be a cave of some sort. Make your way west from there and out
the door north.
Walk north a bit to find Laura lying unconscious here. Talk to her to wake
her up.

Talk to Laura in Tanzan Depths, if Saphira was abducted:

+2 Laura

She would tell us a story about a malicious girl named Lin. She was about
Anna’s age, and sadistic and likes to torment Laura and other people at the
Orphanage. After telling us the story, she will leave. There is a functioning
healing machine to the west. Heal up, we’ll need it. Go further west then
north out the door.
Go north to see Laura up the steps. Approach her and talk to her. She
mentions that the earthquakes here are similar to the ones happening at
Chrysolia. Since they’re getting stronger, we must be near the epicentre.
Follow Laura north to an exit. Follow the path north. For those who
activated the ‘dratiniearly’ password, now’s your one and only chance to
get an early Dratini. Thanks to YouTube user Dred for getting me here.
From the entrance, count three stones to your left. Go north slightly to see a
stone on your right (pictured). The Dratini should be found on the left wall
on a completely random tile. Trust the Reborn devs to pull off something
like this.

After that unexpected surprise, continue north to see Laura standing at the
edge of a gorge. Saphira’s voice is heard under the chasm below. It’s too
narrow for her to fly up. She’ll climb up instead. Laura then leaves. Follow
her south.
A new path has mysteriously opened up east. Follow the track there. We
will see Laura at the edge of another gorge. Talk to her. Laura wonders
how the new path came to be. Saphira shouts from below. Laura then
leaves west. Follow her.
A new path that splits north – south has mysteriously opened up. Laura is
found to the south. There is nothing but another gorge up north. Talk to
Laura. Saphira, from down below will mention that it smells putrid down
there, like chemicals. Laura makes the connection between that and the
green stuff we saw on the floor before. The construction of a new Meteor
base actually produces these chemicals as energy by-product. Team Meteor
carelessly disposes it to the place, which Laura correctly concludes as the
Tanzan Depths, causing the by-product to seep below the ground,
agitating the Pokemon that lives under the ground, causing it to move in
agitation out of retaliation. She then leaves north.
Laura screams somewhere up there, which was heard by Saphira below.
Saphira asks us to find her. Go north from here. Take the first path east.
You will see Laura unconscious in the distance. Save your game and
reorder your party. Approach her and you will hear Saphira from below.
She will ask us to watch over Laura, and warns us that something huge is
coming our way.
An absolutely humongous Steelix will appear, which was a very logical
source of all the rumbling in the region. It will be accompanied by very
epic music, which you will eventually learn to be Saphira’s unofficial
theme. It will challenge us to a battle as Pokemon Gargantuan, a Level 75
Steelix.
 Strategy:
Once defeated, it will try to cower back into the chasm, only for Saphira to
literally ride on its back and bring us, Laura included, out of the depths,
accompanied by the same epic music (For those wondering, it’s the
appropriately named Majesty in the jukebox).

Beat Steelix:
First try = +3 Saphira, +1 Laura
Subsequent try = +2 Saphira

We will somehow reconvene inside Tanzan Mountains again, near the

entrance to the Meteor Base, which is now conspicuously unguarded. There
is an entrance there now leading to the Tanzan Depths, should we wish to
go back to that place (we will, a few times in fact).

Saphira will escort Laura back home to the Manse. It looks like it’s our job
to stop Team Meteor and the PULSE Abra. There will be no more frequent
random rumblings now. Just randomly teleporting objects.

Stopping PULSE Abra

No. Status
Since there’s nothing to it now, make you way north into the Tanzan
Meteor Base. Follow the diamond west. Go into the teleporting panel room.
Step on the white panel up. Step down the normal tile and go out to find
yourself on the right side of the room. Run west to the diamond and let it
push you north. Go up the stairs.
Take the diamond to the west. If you followed the guide, you will find that
the lower gate here is opened. Go up to it and go all the way to the north
doorway at the center of the room. Enter the room.
Witness stupidity in action. Zel tries (and fails) to convince Abra to listen
to it while Sigmund gives a running commentary from the sidelines. Zel
expresses their surprise at us making our way back, offending the PULSE
Abra by calling it useless. Sigmund proposes that this project should just be
terminated before Lin arrives, to which Zel agrees. However, they can’t
seem to get close enough to it to deactivate it, causing Zel to call it stupid.
This causes the Abra to teleport them further away.

Knowing that we would wish to save the people of Spinel Town from
further troubles by the Abra’s power, they request we eliminate it. Never
send an idiot to do a scientist’s job, I guess. Gear up, a PULSE battle is
coming… now.
 Strategy:
With the PULSE Abra finally defeated, Zel explains that all teleported
objects will remain at their present location. However, some objects that
have already been imbued with psychic energy will continue to be able to
teleport. However, no new teleporting objects will be created, allowing
Chrysolia to finally gain some semblance of peace.
Sirius comes in, announcing Lin’s arrival. Sirius is surprised at us being
back, and Zel explains that we ‘helped’ them to ‘subdue’ the PULSE Abra.
Sirius is content to let us be the fall guy in the situation. So brave. Lin
comes in, accompanied by a remix of Champion’s Cynthia theme from Gen
4.

She demands a progress report, and Sirius pushed us under the bus. Lin
ignores that, instead being interested with the creature named Sigmund. He
introduces himself and inquires whether they have met before. Lin replies
in the negative.

Sirius then praises Sigmund, saying that his assistance has been fruitful in
oobtaining two of the four Keys. There has been a lead on the Amethyst
Pendant, but no lead on the Emerald Brooch so far. This devolved into an
argument where Sirius accused Lin of setting him up to fail by sending him
the fake exploding Emerald Brooch. Before it can get worse, a rumbling
happens and a grunt comes in to report of a woman riding a giant Steelix
hurtling in their direction. Lin asks us whether we would know anything
about this, before promising to deal with it herself. A cutscene happens
outside with some epic music. Lin somehow manages to defeat the Steelix
while riding atop her Hydreigon, the three – headed pseudo – legendary
Pokemon from Gen 5.
While all this is happening, Sirius lets us go. Save after that terrible ordeal,
and get out of there. Retrace your steps across the two diamonds and
teleportation panels. Get out of Tanzan Mountain and go back to the
Manse.

Battling Noel
No. Status
Once you reached Belrose Manse, take a breath. It’s been a literal rough
ride. Go inside the house to see the Orphanage Gang there. Talk to Laura,
Charlotte, and Shelly. Leave Anna for last.

Everyone is worried about Saphira, who fell off the giant Steelix earlier.
Noel straight up went and said that she probably died, to Anna’s
 disapproval. Charlotte agrees with Anna (I mean, this is her sister we’re
talking about here).

Shelly once again breaches the topic of the Belrose parents. Charlotte
implies that they’ve passed away, and evades the topic again, shifting the
conversation to the woman with the Hydreigon instead. Anna, surprisingly,
said she didn’t see any woman there. Charlotte asks whether we wouldn’t
know her name, to which we gave her a disgusting one, apparently: Lin.

Anna then shifts the topic to her Amethyst Pendant, to which we replied
that Team Meteor is using as a key. Shelly, ever the intelligent, then
remembers the story of an ancient city built around a meteor crash site. A
temple was built to house the meteor, sealing it with four keys, the
aforementioned four in fact. Then the group makes the connection: the
ancient city became Reborn while the four keys became jewellery:
Heather’s Ruby Ring and Anna’s Amethyst Pendant being two of them.
Charlotte then reminds Laura of the Sapphire Bracelets their parents gave
her on her birthday. Laura said she lost them in the fire. Anna once again
surmises that’s where Charlotte got her invisible burn scars from.

Laura finally decides to drop a truth bomb, to which Charlotte leaves the
house: the Belrose parents died in a fire when they were young, the same
fire that causes Laura to lose the Sapphire Bracelets in the first place. Laura
gives chase to Charlotte afterwards. Anna decides to alleviate the
awkwardness by proposing we continue our battle with Noel earlier.
Noel, the Normal type Gym Leader.

Strategy:
Try not to change the terrain here.

Beat Noel:
Beat Noel with Burning Field = -2 Laura
Beat Noel with Corrosive Field = -1 Laura

After our victory, Noel will award us with the Standard Badge. The badge
will ensure us the obedience of all Pokemon up to Level 60. Our TM
reward is TM10: Hidden Power.

Noel to Radomus: Finding the Sister’s Keeper

No. Status
Laura comes back to the scene after our battle, having been absent from
chasing Charlotte earlier. Anna updates her on our victory. Laura then
continues her left – off story as an explanation for Charlotte’s behaviour.

An accident involving Charlotte occurred when they were younger and still
living with their parents. Charlotte loves to sneak out at night with her
Vulpix, just to play around the garden. Apparently her Vulpix started a fire
one night, which spreads across the entire garden and the house. Saphira
saved Laura’s life just in time, but the Belrose parents didn’t make it out in
time. I just remembered their names: Monty and Caroline, the same names
we read on the Beryl Cemetery gravestones so long ago.

Despite all this, Laura makes it clear that she does love Charlotte. She
breaks down and Anna consoles her, bringing her back inside for her to
rest. Go inside the house and speak to Laura:

After Noel’s battle, speak to Laura:

+1 Laura
While in the room, inspect the left of the two bookcases on the left side.
You will find a Family Picture. This is an important item in a sidequest
further down the road. Talk to Noel next. He will request your presence in
the other room. Follow him there. He will be vehement in his belief that
Saphira is dead, and the rest of the gang is just denying it at this point. He
believes that her body can be found in Tanzan Mountain.

Just then, an explosion can be heard coming from Tanzan Mountain,

shocking everyone. Noel takes this as a sign that we should hurry to Tanzan
Mountain.
Run back there, go south and go down one flight of steps. At the split, do
not go to the eastern path. Going there will lead you to the Tanzan
Depths, where we met the giant Steelix earlier, and the Tanzan Meteor
Base, whose entrance has now been sealed by falling rubble. Instead go to
the western path. Go north up the steps. Remember the locked metal gate
earlier? There’s a hole on it now. Go through the hole and follow the path.
Pick up the hidden Potion at the bend going left there. There is also a
hidden Green Shard on a rock somewhere there. Just before the entrance
up north is a hidden Hyper Potion.
Go through the entrance. On the rock in front of you is a hidden X. Sp. Att.
Keep going north and with a literal bang, Saphira bursts out from the right
wall of the mountain. She commends us on our efforts: giant Steelix and
PULSE Abra. After she fell from the Steelix, she snuck back into the
Tanzan Meteor base and terminated it. She will then give us two presents:
the Ruby Ring and the Amethyst Pendant.
 She will entrust us to keep these two keys safe while she and everyone else
relocates to the Carnelia Region up north, specifically to the Labradorra
and Calcenon cities. She trusts us enough to defend the two keys if Team
Meteor ever comes after us. With a last advice to be careful and a promise
to meet again, she leaves. By the way, keep in mind the entrance that
Saphira burst out of.

Stocking Up at the City

No. Status
Return to Reborn City for now. We need to prepare first before embarking
on a journey into the literal woods.
If the day is sunny, go in front of the Grand Hall to buy nine ice – creams
of any flavour. Vanilla is the cheapest, so buy those. Buy more if you need
it, but you will have to give nine ice – creams away later.
Next, go to the Sweet Scent Flower Shop in Lapis Ward. Go there and buy
at least two Floral Charms. You can buy more. I always buy at least 5
here.
After that, make a quick stop to the Beryl Cemetery. Go all the way west
and descend the steps. On your right, you’ll see a figure dressed all in
black. It’s actually Simon. This is the continuation of the ‘Simon and Tara
Sidequest’. Talk to him. He will once again swear revenge on Saphira, but
realizes that revenge is futile, since Tara will still be gone no matter what.
He couldn’t get her body out of the lake, so the grave is empty. Her
tombstone doesn’t even have a last name.

Simon laments losing the woman he loved: twice over. It turns out his wife,
Lyssa is buried in the same cemetery, in a grave opposite Tara’s. He joined
Team Meteor out of a promise that they can bring her back to life. While
partnered with Tara, he grew to love her instead.

He then asks us a question. Do we think he can see them again in the new
world Sirius promised? Not to be cruel, but I answered ‘No’. He concedes,
and admits that joining the team was him running away from his guilt.
Simon resolves to resign, and changes his attire to a normal man. He says
he will be in his home in west Peridot Ward if we ever need him.

Leave the sidequest for now. We’ll get back to it later.

While we’re here, there’s at least one other thing we can do. Go to
Apophyll Academy by using the boat at Coral Ward. Remember I told you
to catch a Luvdisc a few sections ago in Tanzan Cove? Bring it along in
your party.
 At the entrance to the Academy, just before the Pokemon Center is actually
a corridor that you can traverse. Walk along the right side of the corridor all
the way to the end. There is a Battle Girl named Lizzy who will trade you
her Darumaka named Wish in return for a Luvdisc. Leave the Academy
and the beach for now, return to Reborn City. Make your way to Tanzan
Mountain again.

Excursions in Route 1
No. Status
Go to the place where Saphira burst out through a hole in the wall. If we go
through the hole now, there really is nothing we can do. There’s nothing
there except a flickering green crystal. Get out of there. On the northwest
corner there is a rock that hides an Ice Heal. Go north, up two flights of
steps, and pick up a hidden Red Shard here. Keep going north until you
see an entrance. Just before the entrance is a rock that hides a Revive. Go
out to the entrance to reach the South Aventurine Woods.
These woods will be our next haunt for the next hour at least. Go north and
you will see an area with taller grass than usual. It’s so tall that it will
almost cover your entire sprite. You’ll also see a tree with yellow smear
visible on it. There are many trees like that as we travel into the woods, so
keep your eyes peeled.
To the left of the smeared tree is a hidden Green Shard. Go left to see a log
blocking your way west. Don’t worry, we’ll fix this eventually. Go north
through the tall grass. At the end of it is a hidden Purple Shard.
To your right are three noteworthy things: a small ledge, a smeared tree and
a spider web. The ledge will block your way east and the web will block
your way south. So you would have to continue through the tall grass to
your north. Pass the tall grass is a ledge you can’t jump to the north, a
smeared tree and a spider web, so the only way you can go is to the west,
through the tall grass. Go north and go out through the exit.
You will enter Route 1 of the game. Save your game here. Rearrange your
party so your lead has a Fairy, Ice, or Dragon – type move. Go west and
you’ll see a trash – heap with green hair: Fern. He’ll challenge you.
.
After sweeping the trash heap away, he’ll be helpful for once in his life and
mentions to us the next gym is in Vanhanen Castle. It must be nearby then.
go north to see a Light Shard if you need to heal up. There is a hidden
Nugget on the bush across the Light Shard. Keep this place in mind,
though. I’ll refer to it many times in this guide.
 Route 1 Tauros – Bouffalant Puzzle (Part One)
No. Status
Weave your way north into the route and you will see a pair of Tauros and
Bouffalant, facing east and west.There are many of these pairs scattered
across the entire route. Each of them has their functions.

Talking to a Bouffalant will:

a. Get you into a battle with it.
b. Once defeated or caught, the Tauros it was fighting will allow you
to ride it.
c. You can press the A button to dismount.
d. The Tauros can be ridden across ledges, regardless of direction
e. You CANNOT ride a Tauros through tall grass.

Talking to a Tauros will:

a. Get you into battle with it.
b. Once defeated or caught, the Bouffalant it was fighting will charge
in the direction it was facing.
c. Any obstacle (logs) in the way will be struck out of the way. This is
notified by a message, “The Bouffalant crashed into something”.
d. If no message appears, then there is no obstacle in that direction.
For this particular pair, talk to the Tauros. Once defeated, the Bouffalant
will charge east, crashing into something. Check it out. Go east, and you’ll
see a large log. It must’ve been blocking something earlier, so now it’s out
of the way.
Move east past the log. You’ll see a Hotshot standing next to a Flareon.
Challenge him. He did invite you to pet his Flareon earlier. Go take him up
on his offer. Talk to the Flareon. This is the first Eevee – lution that you
will get to pet in the game for the ‘Petting Eevee – lutions’ Sidequest.
Northwest of them is a hidden Green Shard.
Note: At this point in the guide, all the things involving the forest
(excluding the Route 1 Nature Center below) are optional material. You
can just ride a Tauros all the way east and then south to continue with the
story. However, missing out on these few sections will miss you out on
some cool items.
Go east to get a hidden Electric Gem just before the ledge. South of the
Hotshot is a Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing east – west. For this one, talk
to the Bouffalant. Ride the Tauros east afterwards across the ledge. Keep
going east past the Tauros – Bouffalant pair in front of you to pick up a
hidden Ether.
Weave your way through the tall grass to end up north, where you’ll see a
Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing north – south. Challenge the Tauros here.
Yes, you can get into a battle even while atop a Tauros. Once done, the
Bouffalant will crash into something up north. See the Hiker there?
Challenge him next.
Go into the forest north of the Hiker and you’ll enter the North Aventurine
Woods. Keep going north and you’ll see a broken log and a hidden Dire
Hit on a flower. Follow the path west. When it splits, keep going north.
There is a bush nearby hiding a Big Mushroom. You’ll eventually reach tall
grass. Since Tauros can’t go through here, dismount. Make your way
through the tall grass north, then east. Go north and you’ll see a house!
There is an empty plot of soil there where you can plant your Berries. The
bush to the left of the house has a hidden Green Shard. Go behind the
house, go east and you will see a Headbutt tree and a grey Pokeball behind
it. Go below the tree and you can get the Pikanium – Z there. This allows
Pikachu to use the move Catastropika if it knows Volt Tackle, and is the
second Z – Crystal you can get in the game.
Now loop back around and go inside the house. Be greeted by the cutest
sight in this game: a house full of Pikachu. The glowing Pikachu in the
room will teach any Pikachu that you may have the move Volt Tackle. Go
upstairs.

Standing in front of the PC here is a person with a ridiculously long name:

Sir Elyvilon Nyunyunyu Esq., better known as Nyu. They are the PC
Administrator of Reborn region! They will heal your Pokemon, and you
can change any Pokemon you have in the PC next to them. If you notice,
from now onwards, the ‘Someone’s PC’ option is now changed to ‘Nyu’s
PC’.

Remember when I told you to get nine ice – creams from the vendor
earlier? You can give it to them one at a time. In return, they will give you
three bottles of Honey. Give them nine to get 27 bottles of Honey. We will
need it to explore this area. Note that you can buy Honey directly from
Lapis Ward’s Sweet Scent Flower Shop, but this trade is cheaper. Once
done, leave Nyu’s house and go back to Route 1 near the Hiker.
One thing to notice, the Tauros – Bouffalant pair is now back to its original
place. Going to Nyu’s house to heal will actually reset all the pairs, without
resetting any broken logs. Challenge the Bouffalant here.
Ride the Tauros west past the ledge, past the Hotshot, and past the broken
log through the trail of grass there. Go up past the pair while still going
west, and jump the ledge. Get the hidden Blue Shard on the bush here, then
go east past the ledge. Go south, then west again. Jump the ledge to the
west until you see two Tauros – Bouffalant pairs. Get the hidden Red Shard
nearby. Go north into the forest.
Follow the path north, then west. Get the hidden Pokeball there. Follow the
path south back to Route 1. Next to the bush on the right is a hidden
Elemental Seed. Make your way south, weaving your way, until you see a
 bush in front of a tree. The bush hides a X Sp. Atk. Go east and jump a
ledge. On the small square of green up north is a hidden Purple Shard.
Keep going north and challenge the Youngster by the tree. Be warned that
he has a Level 60 Luxray.
Go back south from the Youngster and over the ledge west. Keep going
west from there, through the trail of grass and you’ll reach a place with two
pairs of Tauros – Bouffalant and a Miltank between them. Talk to the
Miltank and some funny dialogue might appear. If you have an Oran Berry,
you can give it to the Miltank to get a Moomoo Milk. This is a repeatable
event. For the Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing north – south, challenge the
Tauros. The Bouffalant will crash into something down south. Go west
after that to meet tall grass. Dismount from the Tauros. Go through the tall
grass, up north is a hidden Great Ball.
Further north is a Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing east – west. Challenge
the Tauros here. The bush near the disappeared log has a hidden Carbos.
Keep going west past the ledge, and you will see the Route 1 Nature
Centre.

Route 1 Nature Centre

No. Status
The Techie here will challenge you to a battle. The bush in front of him
hides a Grass Gem. Go inside the Nature Centre. Inside, a Techie
wandering about the bookshelves will give you 8 Honeys if you talk to him.
Go upstairs to the second floor.
A Hotshot standing by the window pane will give you the ‘allfieldapp’
password. There’s a healing machine and a PC here, which will also reset
all Tauros – Bouffalant pairs. A Techie sitting on the sofa in the southeast
will mention that he lost his glasses somewhere in the woods. Keep that in
mind.
Go upstairs to the third floor. Up here you can find a Wide Lens on the
table. The man sitting by the table will talk about a Pokemon which evolves
when you don’t want it to. He’s actually talking about Inkay, which evolves
into a Malamar starting at Level 30. You can trigger its evolution in this
game by pressing the B button after it gains a level. For other Pokemon, it
will stop the evolution process, but not so with Inkay. In mainstream
games, you actually have to invert your console upside down to get the
squid to evolve. If you did not get the Itemfinder in the Obsidia Slums
earlier, talk to the Techie on the sofa here to get yours now. Go outside
through the door on the south.
Remember when I told you to catch a Dunsparce back under the Grand
Stairway? Out here on the roof is a Techie named Anderson who will trade
 you a Tyrogue named Junior for it. This is the only Tyrogue in the game.
Leave the Centre afterwards.

Route 1 Tauros – Bouffalant Puzzle (Part Two)

No. Status
From the Centre, go south, then east. You’ll find a hidden Blue Shard on a
flower next to a bush near a ledge. Jump down the ledge south, and you’ll
see a Miltank between two ledges. On the bush is a hidden Dragon Gem.
Jump down the ledge south.
Go through the tall grass, then east to see a Tauros – Bouffalant pair.
Challenge the Tauros here. The Bouffalant will crash into a log. Challenge
the Techie near the tree, who is surprisingly strong. Afterwards, get the
hidden Magical Seed on the flower and the Lax Mint. Go east from the
Techie and jump the ledge to the south.
Battle the Hiker here. To his southwest is a bush hiding an Ice Heal. Go
west afterwards, then south to get a hidden Pokesnax. Jump the ledge to the
south. You will see a Ranger down south. Challenge her. Down from her,
near the bush is a hidden Purple Shard. Go east of the Ranger. There is a
bush hiding a Red Shard below the Tauros – Bouffalant pair. Go south
from there. just before the road ends in a huge structure, there is a hidden
Pokeball on the bush. There’s nothing else of note here. So challenge any
Bouffalant and ride the Tauros north back outside the Nature Centre. Do
not dismount from the Tauros afterwards.

Route 1 Tauros – Bouffalant Puzzle (Part Three)

No. Status
This time, we’ll start here:

Go east from there across a ledge. From this point on our objective is to go
through Route 1 to the east in its entirety to challenge all the remaining
trainers and to clear out all the logs that might be blocking our path. This
will help when exploring the woods afterwards.
Once past the ledge, go down south. You will see a tall grass with a small
zig – zagging path on it. There is a hidden Green Shard there. Once
you’ve obtained that, go to north from there until you see a Tauros –
Bouffalant pair facing east – west. Go east past them. Go south past the log,
until you meet the two Tauros – Bouffalant pairs and a Miltank, then go
east through the trail of grass. Keep going east across the ledge until you
meet tall grass. The Youngster with the Luxray should be to your north.
Dismount here.
Keep walking east through the tall grass. You should see two pairs of
Tauros – Bouffalant here, with the Tauros facing opposite directions.

For both pairs, challenge the Tauros. Both Bouffalants will crash into
something, one to north and the other to the south. They’re actually
crashing into logs in the woods, clearing the way for us for later. You will
find yourself stuck with nowhere to go afterwards since only those two
pairs are available here.

Go north from there, and enter the northern woods. There’s a Paralyze Heal
on the bush next to me.

Notice the dancing red and yellow flowers next to the log? They will
provide the third and final way to reset the Tauros – Bouffalant pairs. They
are specifically designed to help players if they’re stuck with nowhere to
go. Step on them, and they will teleport you outside the last exit you took,
as well as resetting all Tauros – Bouffalant pairs. If you bought the Floral
Charms earlier, you will be given the choice to use it. If you only bought
one, DO NOT USE ANY YET.
I found a wild Karrablast here while wandering around at night. You can
trade it to James the Bug Maniac in Spinel Town to get a Shelmet in return,
which will evolve into Accelgor afterwards. I received a Shelmet named
Bugsleigh while doing this.
With the reset pairs outside, challenge any one Bouffalant. Ride the Tauros
east across the ledge afterwards. Go east, north, and east again past the
broken log. Go east and past the Hotshot with the Flareon. South of the
Hotshot is a Tauros – Bouffalant pair and a Ranger to the southwest
standing by a tree. Challenge the Ranger. Ranger Steve with a Krookodile
and a Mantine? Hmm, a tribute to the late great Steve Irwin maybe? To his
southwest, near a tree is an EXP. Candy L.
From the Ranger, go east and south to find a hidden Green Shard between
two trees. Jump east past the ledge there. Go east a bit, weaving your way
until you see a Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing north – south. Challenge the
Tauros, and the Bouffalant will crash into something down south. Make
your way east. Down south is a bush to the north of a tree with a hidden
Tiny Mushroom. Go back north and east between the tall grass afterwards.
See the Hotshot to the north? Challenge him. On the bush near the ledge
north of the Hotshot is a hidden Great Ball. Go back to the Hotshot. Go to
his south. Then jump the ledge to your east. You should still be on your
Tauros at this point. Go through the trail of grass there and you will meet a
Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing east – west. Near them is a hidden Great
Ball. Go north, weaving your way and you’ll see a bush hiding a Super
Potion. Jump the ledge east afterwards.
Go east to see a bush hiding a PP Up and a Hiker. Challenge him. Go south
and east past a Hiker to see a Ranger. Battle him. Go back west afterwards,
and south to a path between two trees and a flower. There’s a hidden
Telluric Seed near the flower. West and south of there near the tall grass is
a hidden Chewing Gum. Go north and east of there to find a hidden Red
Shard near the tall grass. Go back to the Hiker.
Go east and north near the hiker to a bush. Next to the bush is a hidden
Heart Scale. Keep going east of there until you see a Tauros – Bouffalant
pair. Challenge the Tauros here. The Bouffalant will crash something to the
north afterwards. Jump the ledge to your east. There’s a bush nearby with a
hidden Purple Shard. Go east to the trees here to find a hidden Pokeball. Go
south past the flowers, then west to get some hidden Pokesnax. Jump the
ledge east afterwards. There’s a hidden Dire Hit there. Jump the ledge back
west afterwards.
Go north past the flowers again, and this time, go jump the ledge east.
You’ll see a Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing east – west. Jump the ledge
east again. Near the tall grass here is a hidden Pokeball at the right angle.
East is another Ranger near a tree. Challenge them. The bush to her south
has a hidden Zinc. Even further south is a hidden Red Shard next to the
flowers. Go back to the Ranger and east past her. On a small green tile is a
hidden Purple Shard. South from there is a sign. Read it. It’s trash. South of
the sign is a bush with a hidden Synthetic Seed. If you keep going south
here, you’ll reach Vanhanen Labyrinth and you can continue with the
story. To stick with the puzzle, go back north and east till you see a Hiker.
Challenge him. Near the Hiker is a hidden item.
Near this tree at the south end of Route 1 is a sneakily hidden Strength
boulder.

From the west, push the boulder east. You can then access the Protector
here.

With the Tauros, go back west. Jump the ledge west past the Ranger. Go
west past another ledge near the Tauros – Bouffalant pair. Go south past the
flowers, and another ledge to the west. Go west past the tall grass here to
meet a Tauros – Bouffalant pair completely surrounded by tall grass. Take
the hidden Super Repel here. Challenge the Tauros here. The Bouffalant
will crash into something down south. With this, we can safely explore
both the North and South Aventurine Woods. Go west out of there.
Go west until you can’t anymore. Then go north until you see the Hiker. Go
north of the Hiker straight into the forest. Follow the path north, west, and
pick up the hidden Red Shard. Then go out of there south. Something
 unusual will happen if you go back in here. You will meet a red – haired
woman with a white streak talking to a Meteor grunt. She will ask you
whether you just witnessed the event. Say Yes:

If you run into Titania in North Aventurine Woods, when she asks if you
saw her talking to a Meteor grunt:
Yes = -1 Titania
No = -2 Titania

This is a ‘damned if you do, damned if you don’t situation’ apparently, so

pick the lesser of two losses. It’s better to not trigger the event I think.
Go down south to the Bouffalant – Tauros pair and jump down the ledge
west. Go north here past the Hotshot, west to the Tauros – Bouffalant pair
facing north – south and north into the forest. You will notice this is the
path to Nyu’s house! Go there and rest up. We’ll start our actual
exploration using this point as reference.

Exploring the South Aventurine Woods: The Pinsir – Heracross Puzzle

No. Status
From Nyu’s house, get out of there bsck to Route 1. You’ll meet the Hiker
and the Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing north – south. Challenge the
Bouffalant here and ride the Tauros west past the ledge. Keep going west
past the Hotshot and the Flareon and the log. Go west again past the Tauros
– Bouffalant pair facing east – west. Before the ledge west, go south. This
is the spot that has the Light Shard after you fought Fern earlier. Go west
across this ledge. You will see two Tauros – Bouffalant pairs facing north –
south. Go west past both of them and enter the entrance to the forest north.
This was where the Titania event happened. Follow the path and go out
through the other exit.
Once out of there, go south past the small trail until you reach two trees, a
bush, and a flower. Go west here past the ledge. Do this correctly and you
will reach a Miltank between two pairs of Tauros – Bouffalants,
Go west past them, but do not jump the ledge. Instead go south to see a
bush in front of a tree. The bush hides a Blue Shard. There is an entrance
into the forest south. Enter it with your Tauros.
Once in there, you will see a path leading south, follow it. Be careful not to
step on any dancing red – white flowers here. North of the red – white
flowers is a hidden Clever Wing.
You will see two logs, blocking your way, one to your south and the other
on your west. Jump the ledge to your east and go south to the tall grass.
Dismount here. Go east through the tall grass, then all the way north. The
first tree you meet afterwards is actually a Honey Tree, the same smeared
tree that we met on the way from Tanzan Mountains earlier. You can
interact with it to smear some Honey on it. Do so now. Once you do, a pair
of Pinsir – Heracross will appear to begin fighting in front of the tree.

Talking to the Pinsir here will:

a) Cause you to get into a battle with it.
b) Once defeated, the Heracross left behind will abscond and destroy
the spider webs nearby, if there are any.

Talking to the Heracross here will:

a) Cause you to get into a battle with it.
b) Once defeated, the Pinsir left behind will abscond and destroy any
log splinters nearby, if there are any.

Note that you CANNOT catch any of the Pinsir or Heracross here.
Throwing a Pokeball at them during battle will only cause them to deflect
it. For this tree, challenge the Pinsir here.
Once defeated, the Heracross will flee and destroy the spider web to the
northwest. Jump the ledge west, go north and out of the forest. Go west
through the small trail to find the two Tauros – Bouffalant pairs and the
Miltank again. Challenge the nearest Bouffalant here. Take the Tauros back
east and south into the exit you came out of just now. Jump the ledge to
your east. There should be a spider web to your south. There’s a hidden
Max Repel nearby.
Go east until you hit tall grass. Dismount here. Go east and south through
the tall grass, then west. Don’t go too far west, there is a ledge. There’s
another Honey Tree for your use here. Challenge the Pinsir afterwards. The
Heracross will destroy the spider web to the northwest afterwards. Jump
down the ledge west and go north. Go west past the ledge and south again
out of the forest.

After this you should already get a feel of the objective, which is to destroy
any logs or spiderwebs in the forest. The end result is one continuous east –
west path through the forest, allowing easy access later. Back in Route 1,
go west again. There should be one remaining Tauros – Bouffalant pair
near the Miltank. Talk to the Bouffalant. Take the Tauros back to the same
exit afterwards.
Back in the forest, take the Tauros east past the ledge without the flower.
Go all the way south and jump east past the ledge. Then jump south past
another ledge. Dismount here.
Walk north through the tall grass. There will be a Honey Tree to your left.
Use it and challenge the Heracross afterwards. The Pinsir will destroy the
log to the west. Go west through the newly – created path, then north. At
the honey tree, jump the ledge west. Step on the flower, but don’t use your
Floral Charms yet. You will end up near the exit with the two Tauros –
Bouffalant pairs and the Miltank, with it having been reset. Challenge the
Bouffalant and take the Tauros to the forest entrance again.
This time, go south to the ledge with the flower, jump east past the ledge,
then south all the way, then east past the honey tree. You will meet two
ledges here, one to the south and another to the east. Jump the southern
ledge to get a hidden Magical Seed, a Link Stone and two Sitrus Berries.
These are the first Berries that you actually see growing on trees in this
game, I think. Jump the ledge north and go past the eastern ledge this time.
Dismount here.
I just found out that if you saved whilst atop a Tauros and restarted the
game, your sprite at the game start screen will actually show you atop a
Tauros. Good job devs! Back to the game. After dismounting, go east past
the tall grass, then south. Go west through the tall grass here, then north
until you reach a Honey Tree. There’s a hidden Revive at the start of the
tall grass. Use it and fight the Heracross. Once the Pinsir destroys the log,
jump the ledge west and north out of the forest.
You’ll come out at Route 1 near the two Tauros – Bouffalant pairs facing
north – south, each facing opposite directions. Challenge any Bouffalant
and take a Tauros back into the forest. Go south all the way. You will find a
ledge to your east, with a Honey Tree and a spider web. There’s a hidden
Purple Shard to the east. Use the Tree and fight the Pinsir (not like you
have a choice since you can’t move anywhere. Once done, don’t go through
the new path. Instead backtrack west and south out of the forest. Ride the
Tauros across the ledge east. You should be near the Light Shard area. Go
south out into the forest here. This should be the area we first met coming
in from Tanzan Mountain.
Jump the ledge to your southeast. Go east and you should see a Honey Tree
and a spider web. Use it and fight the Pinsir here. Once the web is broken,
go north past it. There’s a flower with a hidden Escape Rope here. Go back
to the tree and to the tall grass west of it. Dismount here. Go south into the
tall grass, then east to a Honey Tree.

Use the Tree here and battle the Pinsir. The Heracross will break the webs
south. Use the Tree again, but this time battle the Heracross. The Pinsir will
jump the eastern ledge and break the logs there.
Since we can’t jump the ledge like Pinsir did, go south instead. DO NOT
JUMP THE SOUTHERN LEDGE HERE. Instead go east and south
through the tall grass. Go east, then north afterwards to another Honey
Tree. Use it and fight the Heracross here. Once the Pinsir breaks the log,
jump the ledge west. Then jump the southern ledge, the one I told you not
to earlier. Use the Honey Tree here and battle the Heracross afterwards.
The Pinsir will break the log to the west. South from here is actually the
Tanzan Mountain entrance. Go north through the tall grass on your left.
Keep going north until you see a ledge ahead. Do not jump the ledge. Turn
right to see a Honey Tree and north to see the flower with the hidden
Escape Rope earlier. From the flower, go west past the tall grass. On the
bush is a hidden Purple Shard. Go south past the log and east. There is
hidden Potion near the Headbutt tree here.
Go west past the Headbutt tree. You should see a red – white flower to your
east. THIS IS THE TIME YOU SHOULD USE ONE FLORAL
CHARM. Step on the flower, use the Floral Charm to battle a Level 20
Flabebe. This is the only way to get a Flabebe in the game. This is
repeatable as long as you have a Floral Charm. Not having one or refusing
to use one will… you know the rest. Go east all the way across the path
after the battle. At the end is a bush with a hidden Oddishweed. This
unique item is important for a ‘Starter Sidequest’ later on.
Go back out the same way you got in. Use your remaining Floral Charm to
avoid getting teleported. At the tall grass, go south to a Honey Tree. Use it
to fight a Heracross here. The Pinsir will break the logs to the south
afterwards. Go north through the tall grass, all the way. Go west past the
Headbutt tree. Jump down the ledge north and go out of the forest back to
Route 1.
Challenge the Bouffalant there and take the Tauros east past the
southernmost ledge. There should be a Hotshot nearby as a clue. Go east
through the trail and jump another ledge east. Keep going east until you
meet an area completely surrounded by tall grass. Dismount here. There
should be a Tauros – Bouffalant pair in the middle of the surrounded area.
Challenge the Bouffalant and take the Tauros into the forest south. Go west
until you meet tall grass. Dismount here. Go south through the tall grass
and pick up the hidden Revive at the end. Make your way to the Honey
Tree by looping clockwise from there. Be careful not to step on the flowers
here. If you go west, there is actually a web to the south.
Use the tree to battle both Pinsir and Heracross, once per application of
Honey. Once both obstacles are gone, step on the flower to be teleported
out. Get out of the surrounded area going northeast to the Tauros –
Bouffalant pair. Challenge the Bouffalant here and take the Tauros west
past a ledge. Keep going west until you see a Hiker. Go southwest from
him into the forest. Follow the path, picking up a hidden Water Gem there,
to come out and see a single Tauros – Bouffalant pair facing north – south.
Go west of the pair over the ledge to see a single Tauros – Bouffalant pair
facing east – west. To their north should be the Hotshot with the Flareon.
Go west past the broken log and a Tauros – Bouffalant pair. Jump one last
ledge and go south.

If you did this correctly, you should be back to the two Tauros – Bouffalant
pairs facing opposite directions. Go south into the forest here.
In the forest, go all the way to the back south until you see a ledge to your
east. Jump the ledge. Follow the path south of the Honey Tree past the
broken log and another Honey Tree. Jump the ledge north until you see
another Honey Tree. With the Tauros, you should now be able to access the
ledge to your east. You will find two Custap Berries, a hidden Telluric
Seed on the flower and TM51: Steel Wing. Jump back the ledge to the
west. Loop around the trees counter clockwise until you see a ledge to your
north and a red – white flower. Jump the ledge north. Follow the path west,
picking up the hidden Purple Shard on the bush at the end, then south. Past
the flower is a hidden Star Piece.
The path will split here. Take the path west first. You will find three items:
a hidden Repel on the flower, a hidden Link Stone on the bush, and Tech
Glasses. Return to the split and take the east path this time. There’s a
hidden Fire Gem before the flower. You will see a ledge up north and tall
grass to the east. Take the ledge. Take the path north, east, then south. Be
careful since there are three red – white flowers along this road. Jump the
ledge south. Weave your way to the ledge in the east and jump across.
On the bush next to the flower is a hidden PP Up. Follow the path until you
meet tall grass. Dismount here. Go north through the tall grass. Go north to
see a meadow with an interesting sight: a Pinsir and Heracross locked in
combat. If you talk to the Heracross, it will battle you and the Pinsir will
follow you willingly afterwards. If you talk to the Pinsir, it will battle you
 and the Heracross will follow you willingly afterwards.

In other words, you can only have one of them follow you willingly. Talk
to the one you don’t want to follow you.

There’s a hidden Silver Powder on the bush, a hidden Magical Seed on

the flower, a Razor Claw, and TM40: Aerial Ace. And we are done with
the South Aventurine Woods! Next on the agenda is the North Aventurine
Woods.

Exploring the North Aventurine Woods: The Pinsir – Heracross Puzzle (Part Two)
No. Status
Go south from the meadow. Jump west over the ledge. Jump the ledge
north and go through the tall grass. Go east and north out of the woods into
Route 1 again.
You will see a Tauros – Bouffalant pair surrounded by tall grass. Ignore
them. Instead there should be another Tauros – Bouffalant pair near the
ledge. Challenge the Bouffalant and ride the Tauros up north.
Go north up here, taking the hidden Paralyze Heal along the way. Go to the
tall grass east. Dismount here. At the end is a Honey Tree you can use.
Battle the Heracross. The Pinsir will smash the log down south. Jump the
ledge west and step on the red – white flower. Outside, challenge the
Bouffalant and ride the Tauros again all the way north this time. Jump the
ledge to the north to get a Sharp Beak and a hidden Synthetic Seed.
Dismount to get a Tiny Mushroom on a bush here. Did you see the grey
Pokeball across the lake? We can’t get it without Surf. For now, jump the
ledge south and step on the flower.
Go back in the same entrance north. This time go west at the Headbutt tree.
Go north through the tall grass, then west until you see a Honey Tree. Use
it and challenge the Heracross. The Pinsir will break the western log.
Backtrack your way to the exit for now. Challenge the same Bouffalant
again, and ride the Tauros west past the Hiker and the ledge. Keep going
west past the ledge to see a Tauros – Bouffalant pair down south. Go west
of them through the small trail near the flower and jump the ledge west. Go
north past the Hotshot and you should see this:
Go north into the woods past the Hiker. Go east into the woods and you
will see a Honey Tree, a web, and a log. Use the Honey Tree and battle the
Pinsir. There’s a hidden Burn Heal near the flower, just past the web
earlier. Go north past the grass, east until you see a ledge and a Honey
Tree. Jump the ledge north. To the left between the trees is a hidden Red
Shard. Go further north to see a meadow. It contains an EXP. Candy XL.,
a hidden Great Ball on a bush, a Calm Mint, a Careful Mint, and 2 Lum
Berries.
Go back to the Honey Tree with the log. Go west and north from there to
see a broken log. Follow the path west. Go north and the path will split: the
path north goes to some tall grass. Take the western path instead. At the
end, you’ll see a Honey Tree and a web. Use the Honey Tree and battle the
Pinsir here. The Heracross will take down the web afterwards. Go north
past the web. At the end is a red – white flower and a ledge leading west.
Jump across the ledge. Dismount at the tall grass.
Go south through the tall grass. Follow the path east to see a Honey tree, a
web and a log. There is a hidden Mental Herb near the flower. Use the
Honey Tree to battle both Pinsir and Heracross. This ensures that both the
web and the log are removed. To the left where the log was, you can find
TM86: Grass Knot. To the right, where the web once was, you can find a
Leaf Stone.
Go back north to the tall grass. Go west and then south to a trail between
two fields of tall grass. Walk south, not forgetting the hidden Potion there.
After taking the Potion, walk west through the tall grass. There is another
Honey Tree there with a web in front of it. Use the tree and battle the Pinsir
here. This should be the last Honey Tree in the entire area. We’re almost
done! The Heracross will clear the web for us afterwards. You can’t jump
the ledge to the south, so go back to where you got the hidden Potion
earlier. Go south from there. At the end, cross the ledge to the left, and
walk south out of the forest. You should be at the place where there are two
Tauros – Bouffalant pairs facing north – south in opposite directions.
Challenge another Bouffalant here, and bring the Tauros to your exit just
now.
 Go north here and jump the ledge to your east near the red – white flowers.
Then go north and jump the next ledge there. Follow the path west, south
and jump the ledge south of the Honey Tree. There is a hidden Oran Berry
nearby.
Dismount near the tall grass. Follow the path west and north. There is a
bush with a hidden Elemental Seed there. Continue north into the cave.

A Detour to the Celestinine Mountain

No. Status
This is Reborn’s fourth mountain that we meet after Citrine, Pyrous, and
Tanzan. Don’t worry, as we are now, we can’t explore the whole mountain
yet. This short trip is just to get a few items.
Go in to see a mining rock. If you’ve been following this guide, this will be
the first rock you see in a while. West of the rock is a hidden Repel. Go up
the steps and collect the hidden Ether on the rock there. Up the steps north
is the first time you will see an ice – sliding puzzle.

Like it’s mainstream counterpart, a sliding puzzle is a puzzle that slides you
in a chosen direction and doesn’t stop you until you encounter an obstacle
in front, such as a wall or a frictionized floor. To solve this puzzle:
a) Start from the right side of the stairs and slide north.
b) Slide west
c) Slide south
d) Slide east. You will hit a rock.
e) Slide south
f) Slide east

You will reach a platform that you can walk on. On this platform is actually
the Ice Rock in the game. If you have an Eevee wanting to evolve into a
Glaceon or a Crabrawler wanting to evolve into a Crabominable, bring
them here, level them up, and they will evolve
Start here next.
Slide:
a) East
b) North
c) West

Then you can fetch the Field Notes for the Icy Field. From there, slide:
a) West
b) South
c) East to a rock
d) South to a rock
e) West
f) South
g) East
h) North
i) West to a rock
j) South
k) West
l) North
m) West to the stairs

Go down the stairs and go north. Follow the path until you see a long flight
of stairs to your right. Climb up it to get TM23: Smack Down. Go back
down the steps and continue north. There is a hidden Potion and an Ice
Stone. The stairs leading south cannot be explored further since we do not
have Surf. Go back to the ice – sliding puzzle just now. Starting from the
lower tile, slide:
a) East
b) South
c) West
d) South down the steps

Leave Celestinine Mountain for now back into the North Aventurine
Woods. Go south, east and north past the tall grass. Jump the ledge to the
north. Go west past the tall grass and south all the way, west across the
ledge, and finally, south out of the woods.
 There and Back Again
No. Status
Just walk all the way west to the Nature Center. There’s something we have
to take care of first.
Heal up at the second floor and talk to the Techie on the sofa here (He’s at
the southeast corner). Remember the Tech Glasses we found in the woods
earlier? They’re his! As a sign of his gratitude, he will give us the
Department Store Sticker: Heracross. Now the eighth floor of the
Obsidia Department Store will be accessible to us.
Walk out of the Nature Center. Challenge the nearest Bouffalant there.
Take the Tauros east past the ledge, north and east past the broken log. Go
south and east past a small trail and east past another ledge. Dismount here
in front of the Youngster since the tall grass will block the Tauros. Walk
east and you will end up at the two pairs of Tauros – Bouffalant again.
Challenge a Bouffalant again, and take a Tauros. Go east past a ledge. Then
go north and east again to see a broken log and the Hotshot with his
Flareon. Go east past him and east past another ledge. Dismount here to
walk through the tall grass. Just keep walking east of Eden, jumping the
ledge there. At the end is a final Tauros – Bouffalant pair. Challenge the
Bouffalant one last time, and take the Tauros east of there past three more
ledges and south, all the way to the place where our story continues.

Exploring the Vanhanen Labyrinth

No. Status
Out of the pan and into the small fire, this literal labyrinth is smaller than
the woods, and much, much more navigable. The Tauros will run off as you
enter the Vanhanen Labyrinth.
Go south through the archway, then right to collect the hidden Blue Shard
here. Go back to the entrance. This time, go west all the way, then south to
collect the hidden Ice Gem. Go back north, then east until you meet a path
south nearby. Take it past an archway, then go west and south again. The
labyrinth splits here. Take the path west, then north to get a hidden EXP.
Candy XL. Go south from there and take the next path west and north
again. You will now get the Field Notes for the Chess Board Arena, one
of the best Field – Effects in the game and the location of our next gym
battle.
You can catch wild Stantlers here apparently.
From the Field Note, go south and east to get a hidden Red Shard. Follow
the path east and north to get a hidden Nugget. From there, retrace your
steps back to the entrance. This time, we’re going to take a right into the
labyrinth.
Keep following the path and you will see a tree here. It’s the only tree in
the entire labyrinth. Keep it in mind. Keep walking south and you’ll see
this.

Only two hidden items are accessible from this spot. The one southeast is a
Dusk Ball, the west one is a Timer Ball. From the Timer Ball, you can go
down to the southeastern corner of the labyrinth for a Magical Seed. From
the Magical Seed go north – ish for a Tiny Mushroom.

To the west there is a Purple Shard.

The item we couldn’t access just now is a Health Wing.

The last item in the labyrinth, located all the way north along the western
wall of the labyrinth is a Quick Ball.

The exit of the labyrinth leading to the castle is located here, north of the
archway on the left.

There is a Purple Shard on the rock to the left of the door. Enter the
Vanhanen Castle now.
 The Chessmaster, The Pretty Girl and The Pretty Boy
No. Status
The familiar gym music greets you as you enter Vanhanen Castle. The
first person to greet you is a blonde girl dressed in black and white. She
beckons you to follow her north. There’s a healing machine to the right of
the room. Go heal up first if your team needs it. Then follow her north.
Make sure you have Ground – type lead.
In the next room, you will see the blonde girl and an Umbreon. Go interact
with the Umbreon, whose name is Cheshire. She will be the second Eevee –
lution that you can pet in this game. Unlike the Flareon earlier, she is only
available to be pet within a small window of time. Pet her now or lose the
sidequest. Talk to the blonde afterwards.

Pet Umbreon/Cheshire:
+1 Luna

A man in a strange hat will walk out alongside a Gardevoir. He will seem
startled by our presence. The man will introduce himself as Radomus, and
the blonde as Luna, his daughter. The Gardevoir herself is none other than
the eponymous Gossip Gardevoir.

Thanks to her, it seems that Radomus is well – informed about who we are.
He knows our purpose there: to challenge him. Asking for a moment of
privacy from Luna and Gardevoir, he will proceed to explain that Luna is
his adopted daughter.

He will ask us of El, Luna’s birth father. Although they are not related by
blood, it seems that Radomus does love her, enough to protect her from El
at the smallest sign of abuse. Luna comes in then, informing the arrival of
another guest: our favourite double – entendre maker, Cain.

He has also come for another Gym battle. He updates us on Heather, who
has been adopted by a guy named Blake in Ametrine City. Radomus then
says two challengers cannot simultaneously challenge one Gym. Cain
proposes us battle him to see who gets to challenge Radomus first.
After we won, something strange is afoot. Gardevoir seems to have gone
missing. Luna delivers a message from a light – robed guy on a hostage
situation: El will trade Luna for Gardevoir. Radomus seems to take this in
stride, spewing chess metaphors everywhere. He seems determined to beat
El at his own game. Both Cain and Luna implore Radomus to act, but he
seems determined to do nothing. Losing his patience, Cain walks out of the
room to rescue Gardevoir, followed by Luna.
 Seeing Luna in distress, Radomus decides to act. By literally putting his
thinking cap on and waiting outside this room. Pet the Umbreon again here,
just in case. Then, talk to Luna.

After Gardevoir has been taken, speak to Luna:

+1 Luna
Heal your Pokemon outside using the machine. Talk to Cain and Radomus.
Cain comments sarcastically on Radomus’ change of heart. Radomus
replies that he doesn’t feel like this is necessary, but since Luna demands it,
he will acquiesce. Walk out of the castle and out of the labyrinth.
Walk all the way west to the Route 1 Nature Center… again. Things will be
much easier this time around though. Thanks to our hard work in clearing
out the South Aventurine Woods, any ledge to the west that we cannot go
through (only one I think) can be bypassed through a path in the South
Aventurine Woods.
At the Nature Center, go down all the way south, past all the ledges. Also,
thanks to our effort earlier, all the items here should be cleared and all the
trainers battled. Go south to enter the Grand Gate.

The Grand Gate and The Grand… Somewhere

No. Status
The first person to greet us there is El himself, who will be startled to see
us. He then decides to just run away to the west. Talk to the Street Rat
there. Follow El west afterwards. In this room is a gold gear, which is
stationary. Just as we’re about to approach the gear, Cain shouts from
behind. He and Radomus walks in, wondering where did El went. Radomus
takes the only logical conclusion: Press forward. It seems that we can
squeeze through the gear. Let’s hope it doesn’t start rotating or anything
right? We have to go first it seems. It seems easy enough for Cain and us,
but a bit harder for Radomus. He must be jacked or something.
After some double – entendre, Radomus manages to squeeze himself in.
Apparently, he pushes himself so hard that it manages to push Cain over
the edge, where he seems to have dropped down below. Radomus will
stand at the edge. I hope you’re ready because you won’t be able to leave
here anytime soon after you enter. There is a difficult battle ahead almost as
difficult as Solaris’ Garchomp. Make sure you have a strategy ready. If
you’re ready, speak to Radomus.
Both of you will jump down below. This new area seems familiar right?
That’s because it’s connected to the Grand Stairway.

Now for another commercial break. The music here is something else. It’s a
remix of the Mt. Coronet theme from Gen 4. Its name in the jukebox is
‘Crystal’, I think.

Talk to Radomus, who went slightly south at the top of some steps.There’s
no sign of Cain anywhere, so he took it to be him looking for an exit
already. He will then disappear. Go down the steps. After eight flights
down, there should be a hidden Stardust on the rock to the left. Continue
down afterwards. About six flights down there should be a hole. Go down
the hole.
This area is the one directly under the Grand Stairway. Go down the steps
south to get a hidden Burn Heal on the rock. Follow the path south down
some steps to get a hidden Repel on a rock at the end. Turn east at the rock
and follow the path down the steps south. Turn left after that to get a hidden
Big Pearl at the corner. You should see a stalagmite to your left, the one
that you passed by before. From there, go follow the path east. Hidden on
some sapphires on the floor is a Full Heal.

There’s a hidden Super Repel here.

At the end should be steps leading north into a cave. Follow it and go in
there.
This next area is literally called Grand…Somewhere. The first thing you
should see on entering are three stalagmites and a mining rock. There’s a
hidden Purple Shard between two stalagmites. Walk east, following the
path. There is a hidden Purple Shard on the rock to the right of the
stalagmite, and another hidden Purple Shard on the rock alone at the corner.
South of the rock is another exit. Go there and enter it.
Now we’re back under the Grand Stairway. There’s nowhere else to go
here but down south. Go down three flights of steps to get a hidden EXP.
Candy L on the rock. Go down the hole there to the south afterwards.
Now we’re back at Grand… Somewhere. The music literally stops in the
area. Literally frozen. Go down the steps. After four flights of steps, go past
the stairs to the rock at the corner to get a hidden Stardust.
 Go down all the steps on the cliff faces there and you will eventually reach
a pathway at the base of the cliff. You can go north to continue, but first,
backtrack to the south to get a hidden Stardust (pictured below. Sorry, I
already picked it up).

Then go north through another doorway. There’s a hidden Star Piece just
before the doorway and a hidden Star Piece on the wall to the right. Now
walk through the door. Boy, there’s an awful lot of Starstuff down here,
isn’t there?
Step forward to see the coolest cutscene in the whole game.

Meeting God in the City of the Stars

No. Status
The room, which was frozen and gray earlier, suddenly seems to gain
colour as you enter it. The music even restarts here. Once the room regains
its colour, we walk in to see Radomus catching up to Cain. As the music
restarts, we are introduced to another new character, a pastel – blue haired
person. Another much familiar one is beside them: Gossip Gardevoir
herself.
Gardevoir does a complete 180 from the last time we saw her, apparently
telling this person (who Gardevoir called Adrienn) what a horrible trainer
Radomus is. Apparently, El reached Adrienn first and concocted some cock
– and – bull story about how he escaped from the people who brainwashed
his daughter. Adrienn, the gullible person that they are will believe him,
backed by the suspicious Gardevoir.

Gardevoir continues being a melodramatic damsel in distress, saying how

she has always hated Radomus. The thing then says we stole something
from her, and had the audacity to steal the Amethyst Pendant from us. The
bitch downright leaves afterwards, with Adrienn in tow. The act from her
somehow even got to Cain, who harbors suspicion that Radomus
brainwashed Luna too. After that, everyone leaves north.
Welcome to the Citae Arc – d ‘Astrae. Now, my Latin is a bit rusty, with
it being a dead language and all, but it translates to ‘the swift arc of the
stars’, with citae and astrae both being feminine forms of their respective
terms.

Before following them, there are items to collect. Go out of the canopied
path to the left side of the chamber. There is a hidden Star Piece. North of
the huge column, on a patch of grass is a hidden Star Piece. Walk north to
the left side of the tower to see mining rocks. There is a hidden Star Piece
next to the tower and a hidden Shiny Stone next to the mining rock.
Go to the right side of the chamber now. At the base of the column is a
hidden Star Piece. On the right side of the tower is a hidden Star Piece. At
the northeastern corner near a mining rock is a hidden Shoal Shell. With
everything done, go north to the central tower now, through the ornate
door.
Go here to see the main cast assembled, and El. Walk through the cast and
a cutscene begins. El leaves after preaching a sermon /s, through the second
door from the right through the north. Gardevoir could give some bad
actresses a run for her money. Adrienn has some interesting bits to share.
Within a short amount of time, they witnessed a few things, including a
little girl climbing up a wall there. Adrienn then leaves through the same
door, which seals itself afterwards. There are four doors on the northern
wall, with sapphire, emerald, amethyst, and ruby etched across them.

El must have opened the Amethyst door using the pendant. Since we have
the ring, use it on the rightmost ruby door.
Enter the door and step on the ruby pad north. You will be teleported to
another room in the Ruby Tower. This room contains a statue of the
Chimchar line, and is a version of the liar and the truth – teller puzzle.
Interact with each statue, which has inscriptions on them. Based on that,
you will have to determine who is the liar (Dark) or the truth – teller
(Light).

Chimchar:
Monferno tells the truth, but Infernape lies

Monferno:
Both Chimchar and Infernape lies

Infernape:
Chimchar lies and Monferno lies

Assuming Chimchar to be true, then Chimchar is a liar according to

Monferno, which means that Chimchar lies. This is a contradiction.

Assuming Chimchar is a liar, this implies that Monferno lies, and again
implies that Chimchar tells the truth which is a contradiction.

Assuming that Infernape is a truth – teller, it implies that Chimchar is a liar.

Monferno actually lies and Infernape tells the truth. This statement is
possible. It also implies that (from Monferno) Chimchar lies (which might
be true) but Monferno doesn’t lie.

The correct answer is:

Chimchar – Dark
Monferno – Dark
Infernape – Light

Once done, the ruby pad to the north will activate. Step on it into another
room in the Aerie. Walk to the southeast corner to step on the amethyst
pad. There seems to be a similar puzzle here in the Amethyst Tower,
involving the Cleffa line. The pad to the south has already been activated so
step on it. There’s a small chamber with an EXP. Candy XL here. Step
back on the pad, then go north to the previous pad. Back in the room with
four pads, take the door up north. Cain and Radomus will magically join us
there. Up ahead is Adrienn, who seems to act on guard duty. They will
request the Ruby Ring from us.

When Adrienn asks if you’ll give xem the Ruby Ring:

Yes = +1 Adrienn, -1 Cain
No = +1 Cain, -1 Adrienn

Since I like Cain better, I said No. Adrienn concedes the we might not be
lying. They also notice that the four objects hold power, evident by them
wandering down there for an hour but unable to open any of the doors
without them. Adrienn is left wondering who is the actual liar here.
Radomus decides to finally show Adrienn the handwritten ransom note by
El earlier, further blurring the lines of truth and darkness. With their faith in
El’s veracity shaken, they finally decide to follow us through the Ruby door
this time. Talk to Adrienn first, especially if you MC identifies as non –
binary.

Speak to Adrienn when they mention their pronouns, if the player is NB:
+1 Adrienn

Step to the ruby pad north and be transported to a room in the Ruby Tower
again, this time with a puzzle involving the Tyrogue line.

Tyrogue:
Hitmonchan lies. Hitmontop lies.

Hitmonchan:
Hitmonlee lies. Hitmontop tells the truth.

Hitmonlee:
Tyrogue is truthful. Hitmontop lies

Hitmontop:
Hitmonlee lies. Tyrogue is truthful.

So, a slightly more complicated liar – truth teller puzzle involving four
parties. Assume that Tyrogue’s first statement is correct. This would mean
that Hitmonlee is telling the truth or Hitmontop is lying (the opposite of
Hitmonchan’s statements). Since Hitmontop lying contradicts our
assumption, Hitmonlee must be truthful. Hitmonlee says that Tyrogue is
truthful, which concurs with our assumption. Hitmontop is a liar (according
to Hitmonlee), so either Hitmonlee is telling the truth (which agrees with
our conclusion) or Tyrogue is a liar (which runs counter to our assumption).
So Hitmontop is the liar here.

Answer:
Tyrogue – Light
Hitmonchan – Dark
Hitmonlee – Light
Hitmontop - Dark
Step on the ruby pad to see a room with a Light Shard. Take it if you want,
since there’s a boss battle coming soon.
Step through the door on the south to enter the Citae Arc d’Astrae Aerie.
An ‘aerie’ is a place, usually high above the ground where you can observe
all the things below. Just how large is this place anyway? Save and walk
down the path here. Approach El and talk to him.

What happens next is the fifth major event which will decide the ending of
the game: Choosing between El or Radomus. Regardless of who you
choose, the boss fight will still happen, with different permissible
outcomes. If you choose to side with Radomus, you will have to fight El’s
Ditto, who, while infused by the celestial energy permeating the place, will
transform into a Level 75 Arceus,

In order to stay on track to the ‘Good Ending’, you need to choose to side
with Radomus. Doing so, you have to win the boss fight at all costs, or the
story won’t continue. If you chose to side with Elias, you can still lose the
fight and continue the story.

Some important information dropped by El in the scene include Radomus

being a deceiver (pretty hypocritical of him to say while using a Ditto with
the Impostor ability), Team Meteor’s grand plan, which is to unlock the
inner sanctum of the Aerie using all four Keystones to release Arceus, who
seems to have been enshrined inside. They plan to use its power to recreate
the world anew, it seems. Isn’t that the definition of heresy: to recreate God
in your own image?

Side with Elias and fight Dittoceus:

If you lose = +3 Elias, +1 Adrienn, -3 Gardevoir, -2 Luna, -2 Radomus
If you win = +1 Cain, +2 Elias, +2 Adrienn, -2 Gardevoir, -2 Luna, -2
Radomus

Side with Radomus:

+2 Radomus, +2 Luna, +3 Gardevoir, +1 Anna, +1 Shade, +1 Cain, -1
Adrienn, -2 Elias

Strategy:
I’m gonna enjoy vanquishing this unholy blob.
After that battle El stupidly says that the Ditto is merely mimicking the
image, and not the power of Arceus. This still leaves the question: Where is
the real Gardevoir then? With a simple command, Radomus summons the
real Gardevoir to teleport there. It seems that Radomus is only employing
her as a wounded gazelle. She can escape any time, but Radomus is simply
content to let El underestimate her (the Gardevoir). I believe in chess this is
called the Poisoned Pawn maneuver, where the capture of your piece
 results in the opponent losing a disadvantage.

With a well – placed Hypnosis, the Gardevoir knocks El out. After an

explanation to the befuddled Adrienn, Gardevoir offers to teleport us all out
of the place. Accept her offer to end up at the Grand Gate, near the gold
gear. It seems to have started turning again. Squeeze through the gear and
go right.

Adrienn’s Story: Falling in the Fairy Ring

No. Status
Everyone will gather at the area near the Street Rat. Adrienn, to everyone’s
surprise, steps out to the Grand Stairway south. It seems that the Grand
Gate hasn’t been opened in years. With the turning of the gear, it seems that
the gate is opened again.
Adrienn seems to be at a loss outside the gate. They did not recognize the
city in front of them. The Reborn City they knew was beautiful, with lush
gardens and blue waters in the Azurine Lake. Radomus has a theory, but
before he can say what it is, Adrienn suddenly remembers about their Gym
and rushes off. With this new revelation, Cain is shocked. Gardevoir, the
know – it – all, confirms that they were the Coral Ward’s gym leader.
Everyone will leave for Coral Ward. Follow them.
Everyone will be gathered at the Coral Ward gym, where Adrienn is still in
disbelief. Talk to Adrienn afterwards. It turns out there’s a history lesson
here. This Gym has long been considered a relic of Reborn’s past. It was
designated as a monument to avoid its destruction by the city. However,
Adrienn was adamant that they just left their gym that very morning. Then,
Radomus the logician can only make one conclusion: Adrienn had been
frozen in time.

Adrienn was apparently checking the Grand Gate one day when they saw a
light coming up from a crack underneath. When they went to check it out,
they literally fell through the cracks. According to Radomus, the Gate has
been inoperational for at least 10 years, meaning Adrienn has been frozen
for at least that long. The reason (as suspected by Radomus) that Radomus
and El wasn’t affected by the strange time – stopping powers of the Citae
Astrae is because they (or rather, we) have two of the four keys with us.

The presence of the Key is also enough to cause time to flow again in the
place, freeing Adrienn. Adrienn considers this explanation plausible and
 seems to accept it. They then swear to fix the whole city, a little bit at a
time. They leave afterwards to see Ame at the Grand Hall, who, as the
Reborn League manager, is the closest thing the city has to a
councilwoman.
With the case closed, we can continue where we left off: the Gym battle
with Radomus. Cain offers to take us there together with him. Accept it,
please. You will end up in front of the door to Vanhanen Castle.

Battling Radomus
No Statu
. s
Upon seeing Gardevoir’s return, Luna is positively joyful. Radomus is now
wearing a Gallade hat. Gardevoir and Luna exchanged some words of
endearment. Radomus then introduces a new old character, Elias, the estate’s
newest butler. It seems that Hypnosis shouldn’t be used so freely on human
beings. Elias seems to have settled nicely into his role as a servant (not like he
wasn’t a servant before). Luna, horrified by this, leaves the room, chased by
Gardevoir.

Radomus asks Elias to hand over the Amethyst Pendant, to which he

acquiesces. Radomus implores that Cain and us entrust him with the pendant a
little while longer. We also find that Radomus loves knocking on the fourth
wall. While Cain is then left wondering whether our decision to choose
Radomus is the right one, Radomus leaves and welcomes us to the Gym
Challenge in the next room. Challenge accepted. Once you’re ready, walk into
the room north.
Notice here that the Umbreon is gone, which means you can’t pet her
anymore. Walk north again.
You will find that the gym puzzle is a literal chess board. Giant Pokemon –
based chess pieces litter the room. The objective here is to place the black
chess pieces so that the King will be placed in check. All the white pieces in
the room are locked in their positions and the number of moves you have is
infinite.

If you’re unfamiliar with the rules of chess, you can go to the left room to
check. Let’s go in there now. There is a green panel to your north that will
actually analyze the Pokemon in your party and tell you what Pieces they will
be in the Chess Arena. Remember, each Pokemon in the Chess Arena is
assigned a role (Pawn, Bishop, Knight, Rook, King and Queen) depending on
their positioning in the party and/ or their stats. You should analyze your party
first to get a strategy going. I love this field so much. Walk all the way west to
see Elias in the room. You can get the Psychic Memory laying next to him.
This is the third memory obtainable in the game. Elias here is able to teach to
you the basic movements of each piece in the game. Also, you will be given
the choice to ask him about himself. Do so.

Ask Elias about himself:

+1 Elias
Once done, get out of the room. The first room should look like this.

Once you’re done, go through the door on the north and Radomus will check
your solution. If you’re correct, then all the pieces will disappear and a
Psychic gym trainer will stand at where the king once was. Challenge them
and win to proceed to the next room.
This is the solution to the second room.

The piece to my left is the bishop. On a real chess board, bishops move
diagonally, as it did here. To move it in the game, you have to press the A
button to lock it first, then press the movement buttons to move it in the
direction that you want it to go to, relative to where you are. For example, if
you’re standing to its south and you want to move it northeast, you need to
press A to lock it, then press the up button to move it northeast.

Once we’re done, move to the door north. Cain will check our solution. Battle
the Psychic gym trainer replacing the king and go through the door.

The solution to the third room involves a concept of chess called promotion. In
chess, once a pawn reaches the opposite end of a board, you can change its
rank to any other piece. In this case, the pawn to my right should be pushed all
the way north and promoted to a Knight.
Here is the same pawn after promotion. Below is the solution to the third
room.

For the fourth and last puzzle, you need to deal with the white knight on the
right side and the pawn. The pawn needs to be promoted into a bishop while
the white knight needs to be moved between the black pieces on the north side
of the board first. Be careful since one wrong move can make the pieces stuck,
with nowhere to go. The left white knight only needs to be moved two squares
north afterwards. Here's the solution to the final room.
Note that the two white bishops are in line with one another to my right and
the white knight on the right side is on the north side of the board between the
black rook and the black knight. Once done, go north to the door and
Gardevoir will check our solution. Battle the Psychic gym trainer afterwards.

Go north to battle Radomus. For your hard work in solving the gym puzzle:
Solve the first chess puzzle first try:
+1 Radomus
Go into the final room to see that Radomus, Luna, Cain, and Gardevoir all
await your presence. Elias will referee the game, and makes a remark for
Black to make the first move. The battle will begin.

Strategy:
The name of the game is Trick Room. After we win, we will be awarded with
the Millennium Badge. With it, all Pokemon up to Level 65 will obey without
question. We will also get TM92: Trick Room as our reward.
 Radomus to Luna: Chaos at the Castle
No. Status
After the battle, darkness enshrouds the castle. It seems that the power has
been cut off. Elias, on the other hand, has strangely disappeared. Luna, it
appears is our next Gym Leader. She is the Dark – type Gym Leader,
totally the opposite of her adopted father. Her battle, as she said will take
place in the valley of the shadow of death: the beautiful Iolia Valley (You’ll
see what I mean when we get there. It has killer music, and a great puzzle).
For now though, Luna must leave. She must have sensed something is
wrong. Radomus and Gardevoir does the same, and lastly Cain (after some
flirting, of course). Walk all the way south out of all the puzzle rooms.
Elias will beckon us to follow him. He will also commend our victory.
Once in the room with the healing machine, we will be ambushed by Team
Meteor grunts. It seems Gardevoir’s Hypnosis only works for a few hours
(unlike in battle, 3 turns sleep tops). Elias is back to his sanctimonious self,
and is in cahoots with Team Meteor to capture the castle.

Note: your Hypnosis wears off quickly, yet your daughter, who you
claimed to be brainwashed, still loves and chooses Radomus over you. Gee,
I wonder why? Cain comes to our rescue with his Nidoking. He also
informs us that Luna has been taken by Team Meteor. He will hold off
Elias while we go save Luna. Once we leave, a few more revelations have
come to light. Elias isn’t just some Team Meteor lackey, he’s also one of
the Elite Four. That explains his promises to Bennett all those times ago.
Luckily, there’s a healing shard nearby. Grab it and go back into Vanhanen
Labyrinth… only to find Meteor Grunts swarming over it like ants on
sugar. Just as we’re about to fight our first grunt, he will approach us…
only to reveal himself as Radomus. How does he get Team Meteor’s
costumes anyway? He will drag you to a portion of the labyrinth, and he
will reveal that it has a ramp. This ramp allows you to travel on top of the
labyrinth, like literally the top of the hedges there. Cool huh? Anyway,
Radomus informs us that he will have to make himself scarce for the
moment. He admits that his gambit with Elias did not have the payoff he
was expecting.

He knows they have captured Luna, and he knows they have brought her to
7th Street. It’s literally not on the map, so don’t go looking for it. Instead, he
implies that we should ask the gang leader of our gang, since they’re more
familiar with the shady parts of Reborn City. He will also ask us to trust
him to keep the Amethyst Pendant for now, and drops another titbit on the
origins of the four keys: They were apparently sold by a traveling merchant
some time ago. For now, let’s get out of the labyrinth using the ramp.
Walk east on top of the hedge and follow the path south. Turn east on top
 of the archway. Follow the path north, and turn east when you can. Follow
the path south afterwards. Then go east until you hit the edge. Go north and
east over the archway. Follow the path north all the way to the edge, then
west on the first turn you see. You should go west all the way past the
archway. Go south and west over another archway. Take one last turn north
to see another ramp leading down near the exit of the labyrinth. Get out of
there.

Gang Shenanigans – Part Three

No. Status
Walk north to Route 1 near the Hiker overlooking Iolia Valley to be greeted
with an interesting sight: a wild Tauros bucking in circles. If you manage to
stand in its path and interact with it, it will teleport you all the way west to
the ledge south of Route 1 Nature Center. Be warned, however, that it will
run away from you, its circles will shift directions and change sizes while
doing so. Trap it next to a tree if possible. It will only move in straight lines
then.
Walk down south through the Grand Gate and out into the Grand Stairway
of Reborn City. Since we’re a Magma member, turn right to the Magma
Gang HQ near the Reborn Nightclub in North Obsidia Ward. Talk to
Maxwell at the west end of the HQ.

His next plan will be his most driven one yet: Taking over the Aqua Gang
and driving them out once and for all. He’ll ask you to meet them at the
Aqua Gang HQ over in the Lapis Ward alleyway. Go there now.
Once we’re at the Aqua Gang HQ, pick a fight with the bouncers guarding
the HQ entrance. After the battle, Maxwell and the rest of our teammates
will appear behind the bouncers, right in the HQ themselves. It seems that
we were just acting as bait while the rest of the gang sneaks into the HQ.
While the rest of the gang is locked into battle with all the other Aqua Gang
members, we should go to the northern end of the HQ to battle the gang
leader: Aqua Mastermind Archie. Before fighting him, take the TM to your
right next to the trash can. It’s TM41: Torment.

After we win, Archie will acknowledge that we are Team Magma’s ace. He
will command the Aqua Gang to retreat. Maxwell will be happy and will
ask us to meet him back at base. Now that we can access the Aqua Gang
HQ, there are two things we can do.

If you have the Super Rod, you can fish in the pool here to get a Carvanha.
Go catch one right now. You will need it for a sidequest later on. My
 advice is if you’re planning to use one yourself, catch another one since the
first one will have to be given away. Another thing we can do here can only
be done on a windy night. If it is windy, there will be a Murkrow perching
on a ledge here. A noteworthy thing about this Murkrow is that it will know
either one of two moves: Perish Song or Brave Bird. My strong
recommendation will be for you to save before you catch it and hope that it
has Perish Song once you catch it. Also hope that it has the ability
Prankster. If not, just catch the Murkrow and use the Move Relearner to
teach it Perish Song and an Ability Capsule to change its ability to
Prankster. I’ll tell you why later. For now, go and meet Maxwell back in
the HQ.
Back at the HQ, talk to Maxwell and he will give us a Houndour as a (very
late) initiation gift, marking our permanent membership into the gang. Talk
to him again and he will say that we can ask him if we need anything. Talk
to him one last time to finally ask him about 7 th Street. He’ll reply that 7th
Street won’t be found wandering around the city since the streets are
numbered from 1st to 8th, skipping over the 7th. That’s because 7th Street is
Reborn’s black market. The entrance, according to Maxwell, is south of 4 th
and Hydrangea in Lapis Ward. Go there now.

Exploring Reborn’s Black Market

No. Status
The apartment building that we’re supposed to enter has a Hotshot standing
in front of it. Inside this building is a green – haired woman. You might
have entered this building earlier, but she will say that this is for tenants
only. Now, though, she will grant you entry. Walk north into the elevator
and you’ll meet Kriz, a Magma Gang member and the elevator man. Talk
to him to bring the elevator to 7th Street.
Walk out of the elevator and the door right into 7th Street. The f irst thing
you should see is a Street Rat outside the door. Get the hidden Green Shard
in front of the barrels. A guy walking up and down, high off his head will
challenge you to a battle. Get the hidden Red Shard near him later.
From him, go east, then north. There should be an Aqua Gang member here
hiding past the girders. He should be the elevator man for the Aqua Gang’s
entrance to the black market. He will challenge you to a battle if you’re in
the Magma Gang.
Go north to see the path splitting. Let’s go north first. To the east here you
will see two Move Tutors in the game (It’s been a long time since we last
saw one, isn’t it?). Keep going north and you will see a magenta – haired
man. He’s the Ability Capsule salesman. He will sell you one in exchange
for a random number of coloured shards each time. Get the hidden Blue
Shard in front of the barrel next to him.
To the west of the salesman, at the corner is a stone hiding a Common
Candy. North of there is a Street Rat who will challenge you to a battle.
North of the Street Rat is a pot hiding a Purple Shard. Go back all the way
south to the guy who was so high earlier he was pacing up and down the
street. See the bunch of people in the fence behind him? There’s a guy here
looking for ‘Rare Candy’, complete with quotation marks. There’s a
salesman here selling a variety of items, including Soul Candle, and Stick.
Buy one Stick here. It will be useful for a sidequest much, much later in the
game.
The Magma Gang member across the street from us is Break. He only sells
one item here, and a very useful one indeed: Blast Powder. You know how
all mining rocks we’ve come so far can only be mined once and it will
leave a stub behind afterwards? With Blast Powder, we can actually use it
to mine the same rock again to get more items, and once we’re done, there
will be no more rock left behind. This means that the place where the rock
once was can be walked on. Buy at least 10 here.
Walk east from Break to see a group of Pokemon stored in cages. These
were the same Pokemon locked in with you at Blacksteam Factory all those
times ago! We can finally continue the ‘Daycare Conspiracy Sidequest’
here. Speak to the salesman wearing white. With all the Shards we
collected from our journey thus far, it is very possible that we can buy all of
them at once. Do so now. Between two of the cages is a hidden Purple
Shard.
Once you’re done talk to the hustler next to the salesman. He will sell you a
stolen mystery Pokemon. You guessed it, we can also continue our ‘Stolen
Mystery Pokemon’ sidequest here! Buy it from him, only for a guy in red to
jump down on top of a building to steal it. You might have seen him had
you passed by the area earlier. He’s Corin – Rouge, the (self – proclaimed)
dashing rogue. He will steal the Pokemon from you and escape. The hustler
will say that it sucks to be us, and stresses his no – refund policy. He will
also hint that you won’t see Corin again as long as the city and the police
force are in disarray.
Leave the cages afterwards and as you walk away, DJ Arclight will run into
you. He’s been staking out the place for a while since he’s long suspected
that the Pokemon sold there are stolen. He will ask us to buy all the
Pokemon, knowing that we’ll take care of them well. Since we already did
so, he will give us a Lucky Egg.

Buy all the 7th Street stolen mons:

+1 Arc

Note: For the stolen Pokemon bought from 7th Street, they are effectively
yours, except for a few. The Cyndaquil is actually part of our ‘Starter
Sidequest’, so it’s ours for real, the fourth starter that we can get for the
sidequest. However, the Loudred, Jigglypuff, Vanillite, Makuhita and
 Roggenrola will be returned to their original owners much, much later in
the game, so avoid evolving them, using them, or getting too attached to
them. If you didn’t get the Whismur (the only one in the game in fact)
before fighting Julia all that time ago, you can breed the Loudred to get a
Whismur egg.
One last thing to do here. After talking to DJ Arclight, go north into the
street there. A cutscene will happen involving Ms. Craudburry, the same
old woman whose house we terrorized all that time ago with our gang. She
will shriek on the poor choice of stolen Pokemon available in the place.

She will be surprised to see us there, but not really. After insulting us, she
will leave. Maxwell will come and see us after witnessing the event. As
payback for insulting us, and to teach the old woman a lesson in the power
dynamics of 7th Street, he will propose a plan: Go to the old woman’s house
to teach her a lesson.

We will do that right after this. For now, just walk north along the street to
find a hidden Blue Shard on a rock, a hidden Calcium to the left and a
hidden Red Shard near the two barrels. Near this barrel is another salesman
that will sell you rare items, including Data Chips (yay!) and Ill – Fated
Dolls. Also, here you can buy TM64: Explosion. Go back out of 7th Street
into Lapis Ward for now.

Post – Radomus Sidequests

No. Status
Go to Ms. Craudburry’s house. Maxwell will be waiting near it, giving the
floor to you. Go inside, prepare your team, and talk to her. She will
challenge you to a battle. She will have a Victreebel, Slaking, Amoonguss,
Qwilfish, and Crabominable. Only the Slaking is noteworthy, since it is at
Level 63. The rest are known for being bulky (Amoonguss and Qwilfish)
and are sweepers (Victreebel and Crabominable). Once you’re done, she
will shriek like a harpy and curse like a sailor. Maxwell comes in and
threatens Ms. Craudburry. Since she blatantly commits illegal activities,
such as buying knowingly – stolen Pokemon she will only implicate
herself. As such, Maxwell ‘persuades’ her to never come to 7 th Street to
throw her weight there ever again. Get out of the house and talk to
Maxwell, who will give you TM11: Sunny Day.
The second sidequest will involve Blast Powder, so make sure you get
some. Go to Apophyll Cave, all the way north of Apophyll Academy.

Go here inside inside the cave to see this stub:

Use Blast Powder to mine the rock next north of you. With the stub gone,
you can interact with the stone to get a hidden Max Revive. Get out of
there, take the boat back to Coral Ward and go to Byxbysion Wasteland.

Make way to the chamber with Mr. Bigglesworth, the PULSE Garbodor
earlier. The entrance is pictured below.

From the entrance, go north and through the entrance near the bookcase.
The room with the Garbodor should be the last room on the right.
The picture above shows a stub that you can blast open with Blast Powder.
Do it to get to the Dawn Stone behind the rock. Leave the Wasteland and
go back to 7th Street in Lapis Ward.
Go east of Break, the Blast Powder – selling gang member and walk east of
him. There is a building on your right. Inside there is the Pokemon
Psychologist. He will change the Nature of your Pokemon to any nature of
your choice for the price of two Heart Scales. If you don’t remember what
the exact natures of Pokemon are, there’s a green book on the table behind
him that will help you remember. Go out of there to see a Street Rat, who
will challenge you. After that, walk east into a sauna/ watering hole.
The sauna/ watering hole is pictured below.

See the hidden item located between the two Street Rats north? In order to
get it, you will have to lure the Street Rat that is NOT to your north out of
the way. The Street Rat directly to your north isn’t even a Trainer, so he
will not move at all. To that end, you will have to challenge the Hotshot on
the right first. Stand directly in front of him, else he won’t see you. Once
 done, walk in front of the guy in blue and west a bit, then the Street Rat will
see you and approach you.

Go get the now accessible hidden EXP. Candy XL. The box to your north
is a hidden Red Shard and the hidden item to the east is a pair of Black
Glasses.

Now, the guy in blue has been silent throughout all this. He’s actually Aqua
Mastermind Archie. Still stinging from his last defeat, he said he wasn’t
there to reform the gang, but to personally challenge us. He will have a full
Rain – team of five Pokemon, with Pelipper as lead with Drizzle. He also
has a Blastoise, Seaking, Relicanth, and his ace Sharpedo.

Once we win, he will be…relieved. He accepts his defeat gracefully and

will give you TM18: Rain Dance in return. He will go off to kill himself…
and be reborn as a new man. Perhaps we will meet him again someday in
the distant future. For now, exit the sauna and we’ll finally do what we
came here to do: find Luna.

Looking for Luna

No Statu
. s
If you’re in the Magma gang, you can talk to two gang members, Nihil (to
your east) and Darm (to your north). Both of them are pictured below.
They will keep mentioning a suspicious guy who went into one of the
watering holes.
Go to the Ability Capsule salesman, and go east from there to be challenged
by an Aqua Gang member. Go inside the building to the right of the salesman.
In here, there is a healing machine that you can use. Get out of there once
you’re done. A cutscene happens where you’ll see Bennett to your east, going
east somewhere. There is a hidden Green Shard outside the door. The eastern
wall of the building has two more Move Tutors. Walk north to be challenged
by a Street Rat. There are two hidden items nearby: a Pecha Berry and an X.
Sp. Atk. Walk east into the sauna/ watering hole.
 This is what you’ll see in the watering hole. Go pick a fight with the Street Rat
on the left. The one on the right is looking for his next fix. The hidden item
there is a Blue Shard. Battle the Punk Girl there looking for a ‘Rare Candy’.
Talk to Bennett afterwards.
He will be surprised to see us there, and tells us he was asked to go there to get
some supplies. He must return quickly for Luna’s sake. Knowing that we’re
there to help Luna as well, he tells us that the entrance to the secret chamber
holding Luna is down there as well. He will leave the door open for us. How
nice.
Before we go to the place where Bennett told us to go, there is one last thing
we can do. Be warned that this is quite disturbing and can actually be done
after we get our next badge as well.

Pushing the Boundaries of Ethics: The Type: Null Sidequest

No. Status
To start this sidequest, make sure you have three Pokemon:
(a) Carvanha
(b) Unfezant, the final evolutionary form of Pidove
(c) Luxray, the final evolutionary form of Shinx

The level doesn’t matter, just as long as you have one. If you have been
following this walkthrough, you should have all three by now. If not, you
can catch a Carvanha in the pool behind the Aqua Gang HQ in Lapis Ward
with the Good Rod, a Pidove can be found in Obsidia Slums, and a Shinx
can be exchanged in the Onyx Arcade for 5000 coins.
The Pidove evolves into Tranquill at Level 21 and Unfezant at Level 32.
The gender is irrelevant. The Shinx evolves into a Luxio at Level 15 and a
Luxray at Level 30.
Once you have all three, leave it in the PC first. Go to the move tutors to
the east of the Ability Capsule salesman. Next to the female move tutor,
there is a red awning. Underneath the red awning, at the corner is actually a
door that leads to a secret laboratory. You can actually see a shadow here
denoting a door. Go west to enter this lab.
In this lab, you can see two Techies and an Orderly. If you talk to the
Techie on the right, he will mention about this project being started from
the data obtained by the Aether Foundation. Talk to the female orderly
looking into a huge cage afterwards. After calling you street trash, she will
challenge you to a battle. After we won, Nadira the orderly will say that the
creature inside the cage is beautiful, and she won’t let anyone steal it. Say
‘No’ when she asks us whether we knew what she meant. She’ll believe
that we are just an innocent passerby. She will ask us to help her get some
organic components in order to bring her baby to life.

You know where this is going, don’t you? The first component she’ll
request is a Carvanha. There is a machine with green lights on the north
wall of the room. Interact with it to get a Synthetic Seed. Get your
Carvanha from the PC and give them to her. Next, she’ll ask for an
Unfezant of either gender. Give it to her and she will ask for one last
component, a Luxray. If you notice, the second time you go there to deliver
the Unfezant, one Techie will be missing while the remaining Techie will
comment on how wrong all of this is. As you give Nadira the Luxray,
notice the other Techie is now missing as well. Nadira will somehow greet
you like a wife, saying “Welcome home.” Creepy. Give her the Luxray and
walk out of there. This time, when you come back, make sure you have
your whole party with you. Make sure you leave 7 th Street into Lapis Ward,
then come back to 7th Street.
When you come back, the whole place will be in complete disarray. Nadira
will be standing at the cage door, looking in. Interact with her. She will say
she missed us and brings us inside the cage to meet the growling creature
inside. Nadira even creepily calls it ‘our baby’ and says that we’ll make a
wonderful parent. Suddenly, a roar is heard as blood spatters outside the
cage doors. It seems that the creature inside the cage still retains the
memories of the atrocities committed to its original counterparts. With her
dying breath, Nadira says that she only wanted a baby of her own, seeing
that she could never have children. She requests us to take care of the Type:
Null, who will attack us afterwards. Battle and catch the Level 50 Type:
Null.
After catching it, we will leave the cage automatically. Get out of the lab.
 The Starter Sidequest: Part Two
No. Status
After that event, when we’re not sure whether we’re the hero or the villain
of this game anymore, go east from the lab and north to enter a building. If
you checked this building before you talked to Bennett in the watering
hole/sauna, you’ll find it to be locked. Enter the door into Beryl Wall.
Go north and right at the split and you’ll see a mining rock with a hidden
item behind it. Mine the rock twice, the second time with the Blast Powder
and get the item, which is a ‘Rare Candy’, complete with quotes.

Go back out onto 7th Street, only to have a Street Rat steal it off you. You
can find the thief near the guy selling Soul Candles. Talk to him and he will
challenge you to a battle. Once you win, he will give you back the Rare
Candy’. Go back to the watering hole/ sauna that you met Bennett in, and
talk to the Street Rat there.

He will give you a Piplup in return for your ‘Rare Candy’. This is the fifth
starter that we can get on this quest.
Go back to Beryl Wall where we found the ‘Rare Candy’ earlier. This time,
go left instead. There is a hidden Purple Shard along the path west. Keep
waling along the path, go up and down the stairs. There is a hidden
Chewing Gum there. You will see a doorway to the south. Enter the door,
save and keep walking south and you will enter the Subseven Sanctum.
 Rescuing Luna from Subseven Sanctum
No Statu
. s
Walk south all the way to Bennett to see that he actually led us into a trap.
Arceus cultists will surround us, along with Elias. We will be captured and
locked inside a jail cell located somewhere deep inside the sanctum. In the jail
cell, read the green book on the floor next to us, entitled “Rebirth and the New
World Order”. This will alert the guy in the cell next to us, Randall, of our
presence. He’s actually a Street Rat who came to the sanctum to be willingly
caught by the cultists. According to him, they give him food and shelter, and
provide him with books to read, although most were drivel, according to him.
He could also escape here anytime actually. He just chose not to. Why? It
turns out that his Pokemon, a Klefki, managed to pick up the master key of the
Subseven Sanctum. With that, Randall asks his Klefki to set us free.

Randall is also kind enough to give us advice. The floor above is filled with
cultists. It would be better to just sneak past them rather than battling them all.
If we ever get caught and placed back in the cell, Randall and Klefki will have
our back.
That right there is the objective of our next puzzle. Go up the stairs to the
north. Your reflexes will be tested in the next puzzle. From the stairs, go east
and north at the second path north (pictured below).

Follow the path north, then go east. Wait there. You’ll see a cultist spinning
around. Remember, you must not let any cultist see you. Go east and enter a
room there (pictured below).
In the room west are the field notes for the Holy Field, which is where the
battles here will take place in. There is also a Spell Tag in the room. There are
six books lying around the room. Read them for some lore:
a. Light’s End – a book about six coloured pillars: green, red, purple,
yellow, blue and white.
b. Arceus’ Call – a book about the creation of a new world
c. Remnants of the New World – A book about the creation of this world
and a place called Reborn
d. In Worship of the Lord – about worshipping Arceus
e. The Lord’s Blessing – about Arceus’ power
f. Charge of the Faithful – about the duty of each believer of Arceus
Get out of the room. Watch out for the spinner and go north past them.
Go west into the path there (pictured below).
Go south into the path with the spinner cultist here.

Hide behind another cultist as they walk south and turn west. They will
actually miss you. As they walk out of the west path walks north again,
quickly go west into the path that they left behind. Save if you are in doubt.
Any mistake and you will have to repeat the puzzle again. See the picture
below to know where to hide.
Hide here (pictured below).

Go south and west down the path that you are hiding in. Hide in the spot
pictured below.

The cultist to the left is also a spinner. Go south down the path, the west, and
north. Hide here (pictured below).
The spinner there is infuriating. They only turn west and north, which explains
why we can avoid them earlier. Avoid their sight and hurry north.
The room to the west is locked. Go east into the path above you instead.

What comes next is one of the two most precarious spots in the puzzle.
The cultist on the right is harmless, but there is a cultist to the north that spins
back and front. The worst thing is you can only see them by their cape. Save
here. As soon as their back is turned, quickly go north and west into the path
there (pictured below).

After that, loop your way to the north and wait there. Save at the wall there
(pictured below). As soon as the cultist shows her back, make your way north
and east.
If you’re successful, you should end up here.

Continue walking east afterwards, then north up the stairs to end the puzzle.
The moment you end the puzzle and walk the stairs up north, the cultist
sentries will actually be called out of the room, emptying the entire chamber.
There’s nothing else noteworthy to be done here, so leave the room up the
stairs you were leaving with just now.
The next room you should end up in will have a line of coloured bricks on the
wall: green, purple, red, and blue. It should have a central locked gate and
cultists lining up the room that you can battle. This place is where the Holy
Field is in effect. Read up on it to know any weird effects taking place.
Go left first along the green – lined wall. Fight the acolyte there. Go into the
diagonal on the right and fight the acolyte there. Enter the following codes for
each statue as you encounter them:
a) Northeast (Red): 2303
b) Northwest (Blue): 1605
c) Southeast (Purple): 0204
 d) Southwest (Green): 3827

After inputting one of the codes. You can actually see the central gate light up
into the corresponding colour. This lets you know that the code is correct.
There are two Light Shards which can be used for healing in the chambers.
There’s one each on the left and right sides of the room. My advice is to save
one until after you’ve input the final code.

The next area after green is blue, the northwest area. Fight the acolyte there.
Input the code afterwards. After that, travel along the north, blue – lined wall.
Go east all the way until you see the red – lined wall. Fight the acolyte here
and enter the northeast, red corner. Fight the acolyte here and input the code.

Go down into the purple southeast corner. Fight the acolyte there and input the
code. Upon inputting the last code, the door should disappear. Get out of the
corner and go down to fight another acolyte.

After this final acolyte, go heal at a Light Shard. A boss battle is coming next.
Save just before we pass through the central door. By the way, the Light Shard
is not on the pedestal, but next to the pedestal.

Make sure your lead knows a Dark or Bug - type move.

Ace the harlequin will challenge you before you can reach the central atrium.
They made a return since the episode of Byxbysion Wasteland. They
commended our victory on Radomus, and remarks on the necessity of
changing sides when necessary. They will challenge us as the Ace of Hearts
this time around.

After we win, they will remark on how they might have outlived their
usefulness, both inside and outside the battlefield. Their position in the Team
is precarious with the presence of an agent named ‘T’, whose technological
prowess is said to be better than theirs. They will ask us a question: Which is
more important for a family:

When Ace asks what matters in a family:

Blood = +1 Elias, -1 Ace
Loyalty = +1 Ace, -1 Elias
Ace will drag us to the central atrium, where Luna is tied down to the
sacrificial alter. Father of the Year, ladies and gentleman. We are instructed to
only observe the ceremony. Elias then summons Bennett, who is holding Cain
hostage. He will hurt Cain if we move even a single muscle out of line.

Ace defends Cain here, to his surprise. Elias then comments about how easily
the loyalties of young people change, then berates Luna for her lack of
 appreciation in his efforts to raise her. Luna might reject her legacy now, as
both he and Solaris once did, but she will eventually learn to accept it, even if
he must force her to.

Luna fights back, saying her faith in herself is greater than that of scripture or
tradition. Elias then moves to begin the ceremony by shaving Luna’s head, to
which Luna begs him to stop. Bennett begins to speak out of discomfort,
making Elias insult him. Just as Elias is about to be adamant in shaving
Luna’s hair, a mysterious figure speaks out and stops him. It’s Radomus, to
the rescue.

Gardevoir appears and teleports the three acolytes out of the room. The fourth
acolyte is Radomus himself. Gardevoir moves to save Cain from Bennett,
insulting Bennett’s affections for Luna in return. You and Cain move to
unrestrain Luna, while Radomus handles Elias. Elias then practically disowns
Luna, ripping the Emerald Brooch that she wears from her neck. Gardevoir
then Teleports everyone out of the Sanctum while Ace stays behind to hold
Elias back.
Outside the Sanctum, Luna thanks everyone for coming to her rescue.
Radomus thinks that chatting on the enemy doorstep is a bad idea, to which
everyone agrees. He wouldn’t be returning to the castle also, either, since it
will be unsafe. Gardevoir and Radomus then teleports out of there.

As Luna turns to leave, she asks why do hearts beat faster in darkness. After
some double – entendre from Cain. She then asks us a question:

When Luna asks if you are afraid of the dark:

Yes = -1 Luna
No = +1 Luna if the player had previously chosen Radomus

She then gives us a red Crystal Key, which is needed to travel within Iolia
Valley. She says the entrance to the valley is located behind the single tree in
Vanhanen Labyrinth. We know the one. It’s at the northeastern corner of the
labyrinth. Cain then invites us to travel to the end of Route 1 with him. Accept
his offer.

Into the Shadow of Death: Exploring Iolia Valley

No. Status
Go inside the labyrinth and to the north side of the aforementioned tree.
Walk right into it (How can an entrance fit in there? A rabbit hole maybe?).
You will actually descend a ladder into a cave. Walk to the end of this cave
to see… a dead end. Don’t worry. See the red crystal nearby? Since you
have the red Crystal Key, you can interact with it. Do this to see the
northern wall change into a red colour. Use Rock Smash here and it will
form an entrance.
Go into the door you just created. You will end up in a dark cave. Follow
the path to the exit east. Ladies, gents, and NBs, welcome to (IMHO), the
most beautiful place in the game. Enjoy the music, too. It’s appropriately
called ‘Dark Crystal’ in the jukebox.
Walk straight south and pick up the hidden Awakening. Go further south
and pick up the hidden Blue Shard near the rock here. Interact with another
Red Crystal here and use Rock Smash on the red wall afterwards. Enter the
cave.
Enter the dark cave and go south to the end. Exit through the cave door
there. walk south and pick up the hidden Purple Shard there. At the end is
another red crystal. Interact with it and Smash the wall afterwards. Enter
the cave. Walk south through the cave to come out of the other end into a
meadow. In this clearing, you can find a hidden Green Shard on a rock, a
mining rock and a green Crystal Key. A nifty thing happens if you check
the Crystal Key in the Key Items of your bag. There was only one key, and
now there were two in the picture.
Go back inside the cave, all the way north, and out of the cave. Go north
inside the cave and out again through the other end. You’re basically
backtracking your way back to almost the main entrance to the valley. Once
you’re almost to the entrance, turn east and south down the next level of the
valley instead. Don’t forget the hidden Ultra Ball on the bush there also.
Go down south only to have your way blocked by a bush. Interact with the
glowing green crystal and the bush will turn into a green crystal that you
can Smash. You will also obtain a Green Shard this way. Walk south to see
another red crystal. You know what to do. Just as we are about to enter the
cave, Bennett the stalker comes into the valley. Ew. He came to the valley
to apologize to her.. and something. He will then disappear. Ignore him and
go into the cave. Walk south along the dark cave. You might see a crystal
here. Ignore it since we don’t have the purple Crystal Key for now. Just
keep going south out of the cave. Follow the path all the way south. Don’t
forget the hidden Red Shard here. You will see an item at the end: a blue
Crystal Key. Go back to the cave and cross it to the end, and come out of
the cave.
By the way, if you haven’t completed the ‘Type: Null Sidequest’ yet, you
can catch a wild Tranquill in this valley at any time.
Go back north, smashing the regenerated green crystal along the way.
You’ll be back near the entrance. This time, go to the lowest ledge, along
the river running through the valley. Walk south and interact with the single
blue crystal there. This will make a blue bridge appear. Cross it east to the
opposite side of the river.
DO NOT GO SOUTH HERE. Instead go north and go to the ledge above
the lowest one. Interact with the green crystal on the north wall. Smash the
green crystal. Go all the way south there instead. You’ll see a red crystal.
You know what to do. Enter the cave there to see another purple crystal to
ignore. Walk south instead into the end and out of the cave.
Once you’re out, continue south and pick up the hidden Purple Shard on the
rock along the way. Walk south again to see a Blue Shard hidden on the
rock. At the very end is a green crystal that you can interact with. Do so
and if you’re wondering what happened, look left. The green crystal below
was just a bush just now.
Backtrack your way north out of the cave, all the way to the entrance part.
Now you can go south to the lowest level of the valley on the right side.
Pick up the hidden Burn Heal along the way. Interact with the green crystal
and Smash the newly – formed one along the way. Collect the hidden
Green Shard on the bush to your left and keep walking. Interact with the
blue crystal at the end and cross the bridge to the west side of the valley.
Interact with the green crystal there and Smash the new green crystal. At
the corner there is a blue crystal. Interact with it to form a bridge. Cross the
bridge back to the eastern side.
This green crystal was the one you turned just now by interacting with the
green crystal on the ledge right above it. Smash it and keep walking south.
There’s a Magical Seed hidden on the flower left of you. You know what to
do with the red crystal by now. Walk into the cave east all the way to the
end. The creepy Bennett will also follow us all the way here. He’ll ask us a
question.

When Bennett asks if you’ll let him do what he needs to do:

Yes = +1 Bennett
No = -1 Bennett

I said ‘Yes’, if only because I want the relationship points. Get the purple
Crystal Key at the eastern end of the cave. Activate the purple crystal
afterwards. Purple crystals will actually teleport you to another section of
the valley. Walk south all the way out of this cave. Walk south all the way
to the end. You will now actually be on the side of the valley on top of the
waterfall. Activate the blue crystal and cross the bridge to the west.
Walk north and pick up the hidden X. Sp. Atk. there. Activate the red
crystal and smash the wall of the cave. Inside this chamber is a lone purple
crystal. Activate it. When you walk out, it might seem like nothing has
changed. Walk across the blue bridge to the south, and you’ll end up on the
east side of the valley again.
Walk all the way north and pick up the hidden Red – Hots on the rock. One
thing to clue you in that something did change when you activated the
purple crystal is the presence of hidden items that you didn’t meet on the
way in earlier. Go north into the cave and out through the opposite end.
Smash the green rock and cross the blue bridge to the west end of the
valley.
Go north and smash the green crystal again, and cross the blue bridge back
to the east side. Go north all the way here, smashing the green crystal, all
the way to the end. DO NOT CROSS THE BLUE BRIDGE HERE.
Instead, go to the next level of the ledge. Smash the green crystal and enter
the cave at the end. In the cave, there is a purple crystal somewhere to the
right of the cave. Activate it and follow the new path around to its exit in
the east.
In this valley is a green crystal. Activate it and smash the green crystal
blocking you. Pick up the hidden Red Shard there. Interact with the red
crystal to the north and smash the wall. In this cave, you will receive a
message, ‘The crystals’ light flicker dimly’. If you have a Pokemon with
the move Dark Pulse in your team, you can get into a battle here and switch
the cave into a Dark Crystal Cavern. You can then catch a Sableye here.
This is the only place in the game where you can catch one. In this cave is
also the Dark Memory, the fourth obtainable memory in the game and the
Field Note for the Dark Crystal Cavern, the field effect for our next gym
battle. Get out of the cave afterwards.
Go back into the cave and this time, take the western exit. There actually is
a western exit just now. Smash the green crystal to your north and take the
blue bridge to the western side of the valley. Take the middle ledge now
and smash the green crystal there. Enter the cave at the end. Inside this cave
is a purple crystal that you can activate. Do so, but this time, go out the
same way you came in. Smash the green crystal up north and go to the end.
Take the topmost ledge this time and walk all the way south to the end.
Enter the cave and exit the opposite end. Keep walking south out here and
take the hidden Rawst Berry on the flower. Walk to the end to see a green
crystal. Interact with it and smash the two crystals there. You will see a
mining rock at the end and a Dusk Stone.
Walk back into the cave and out again through the opposite end. This time
go back to the middle ledge and activate the purple crystal inside the cave
at the end again. Walk back out the same way you came in again. Take the
topmost ledge again and walk back to the south end. Enter the cave here
again. Walk all the way south out of the cave again. This time there is a
new path south leading into a cave at the end. Go through the cave.
If all goes according to plan, you will come out through another portion of
the valley and the first thing that you will see is a Light Shard. Take it if
your team needs to heal. There is a boss fight coming up ahead. At the
south end there is a hidden Aspear Berry and a red crystal. Interact with it,
and save your game. Step inside the cave.
 Battling Luna
No. Status
Luna will welcome us as we step inside, and Bennett will barge his way in.
Rude. Luna will be shocked by Bennett’s (unwelcome and unwanted, not to
mention unneeded) presence. He apologizes to Luna, who replies there isn’t
any need to. Excuse me, we have business to attend to. He tries to explain
himself (weakly, I might add) to which Luna explains (again) that he
doesn’t need to. He sputters out a love confession and proposes to Luna, to
her horror (and our silent disgust). Luna then runs away further into the
cavern. Beat the creep’s ass afterwards.

Beat Bennett first try:

+1 Luna, -2 Bennett

Once beaten, the creep will leave, beating himself up in the process and
promising things will be different the next time we see him. We can heal up
at the Light Shard and a purple teleporter diamond will magically appear
behind the intercom. We can step on there to teleport ourselves out to the
entrance of the valley later. For now though, we can go north and activate
the purple crystal, which will take us to Luna’s arena.
Talk to Luna to begin the battle.

Strategy:
Upon our victory, we will be awarded with the Eclipse Badge. With it, all
Pokemon up to Level 70 will obey us without question. We will also get the
TM reward of TM97: Dark Pulse. She will give us a hint about where to
go next: Agate City, where Cain was headed earlier. Take note of the wall
behind Luna. There are Rock Climb spots there. Leave Luna’s arena with
the purple crystal.

Luna to Samson: Post – Luna Sidequests

No. Status
There are TONS of stuff we can do before we could even think about going
to Agate City. Let’s take a break from the main story. We’ve possessed
nine badges, so that means we’re smack halfway through the main story
already. Since we’re already in Iolia Valley and with the TM for Dark
Pulse in our possession, let’s catch us a Sableye. Make sure one of your
Pokemon knows Dark Pulse.

Leave through the MAIN ENTRANCE of Luna’s Gym, NOT through the
teleporter. Follow the path back into the cave and out through the other end.
Follow the next cave out to the north. The next path will lead you to the
entrance of Iolia Valley, so instead go down to the middle path and go
south there. Smash the green crystal blocking your way and enter the cave.
In the middle of this cave is a purple crystal you can activate. Do so and go
out the same way you came in.

Go back out and north back to the beginning of the path. Take the lowest
ledge this time and cross the blue bridge to the east. On the eastern side,
take the second ledge south. Smash the green crystal on your way in. At the
cave at the end, go straight to the east exit, ignoring the path southwest.
You will reach the valley where the Sableye cave was earlier. Smash the
crystal and enter the cave north. Get into a battle here and use Dark Pulse in
battle. If successful, you will see this in the overworld after the battle.

The cave will turn into this:

Then you can encounter Sableye in the wild here. Be warned that exiting
the cave and re – entering will warp the cave back to its original state. If
you’re done, exit the valley you’re in through the cave, going back west
over the blue bridge. From there, you can go out through the north
entrance.
The next sidequest will involve going to 7 th Street. Go there by the Tauros
shortcut back to Reborn City. If you’re there in the morning, you’ll meet a
lady (pictured below) wandering the streets northwest from the entrance.
Talk to her, and she will tell you of her ill husband, who can only be cured
by Oddishweed. Didn’t we get some earlier from the South Aventurine
Woods? Give them to her and she will give you a Chespin egg. This is the
sixth starter that we can get for our ‘Starter Sidequest’.

The next Pokemon will involve the use of a Soul Candle. Make sure you
have one in your bag. Go to the Subseven Sanctum where Luna was almost
sacrificed earlier. Interact with the sacrificial altar from the south side. The
altar will glow and you will battle a Level 30 Litwick. Catch it if you want.
This is repeatable as long as you have a Soul Candle. Leave the sanctum
once you’re done.
The building north of the guy pacing up and down crazily in 7 th Street is the
location of our next sidequest. This is the HQ of the Helix Fossil Cult. Yes,
an entire cult devoted to a fossil. Enter here only if you have a Helix Fossil,
which can be obtained through mining. Also, make sure you deposit any
Dome Fossils that you have in your PC. If not, you will be branded as a
heretic. Seriously, it’s hard to type all this with a straight face.

Talk to the cultist in here. They will welcome you as a brother and ask you
to give them a Farfetch’d. In return, they will let you choose between a Sail
Fossil, which can be revived into Amaura, or a Jaw Fossil, which can be
revived into a Tyrunt. Remember, the Fossil Reviver is on the second floor
of Spinel Museum. I chose the Jaw Fossil since I already have an Amaura.
The next side quest will be at the Underroot in Rhodocrine Jungle. Since
we have all four Crystal Keys from Iolia Valley, we can do further
exploration in the place. The easiest way to get there is from Jasper Ward
entrance into Beryl Ward. Walk all the way west from there until you reach
the entrance of Rhodocrine Jungle. In the jungle, walk west until you see
steps to the north. Go north up two flights of steps and you will reach a pit.
Fall down the pit to get to the Underroot.

You will fall down in an open cage, with some steps to your south and a
mining rock. Go down the steps and follow the path, with a flight of steps
going up and another going down. You will eventually come to a split, with
some steps leading north and one leading south. Go north, there should be a
box to the right of the stairs to clue in that you’re going in the right
direction. Go up three flights of steps to the north. Go east, weaving your
way through the roots. You will see a green crystal. Interact with it and
smash the green crystal formed to your north. You can now go through the
path to cut the tree. This will make the vine retract. Go east past the
retracted vine and south down to the green crystal. Interact with it and look
behind the tree north for a hidden Smashable crystal. Cut the tree
afterwards and the vine will retract.

Go all the way east past the vine and Cut another tree. It will make the vine
retract. Go north past the vine and interact with the green crystal. The bush
on the right side of the tree located on the ledge above you will turn into a
Smashable crystal. Backtrack your way west past the trees and roots, and
climb the stairs to ledge up north. Go east here and smash the green crystal
earlier. Cut the tree afterwards and the vine will retract.

Go back down to the ledge below, to the place where the vine retracted to
get this:

The two items there are the Meadow Plate and an Axew Egg. The plate is
an especially significant item. The Meadow Plate is the first of the
seventeen Plates that you can find in the game. They have two functions: to
boost the power of any move associated with their respective types by 20%
if held by a Pokemon, and also if held by an Arceus (which we will
encounter way, way, way into the future), it will change the type of the
Arceus and the type of its signature move Judgment. Go back to the top
ledge again, and this time go all the way east. You will see a Smashable
green crystal and a grey Pokeball to your south, and the exit out of the
Underroot to your north. The Pokeball contains an Ampharosite, your first
Mega Stone! Get out through the entrance to the north. The nearest exit out
of there will lead you to the Beryl Library. From there, another exit through
an abandoned building will lead you into the jungle again. Go north and
then west in the jungle, and you will come out of there into Beryl Ward
proper.
The location of our next two sidequests is in Tanzan Mountain. Go there by
using the Railnet entrance to the Chrysolia region. From the entrance, go
north up four flights of steps, east, then north to enter a cave. In this cave,
follow the winding path. You should see this:

The cave whose entrance was sealed by the rubble was the Tanzan Meteor
Base. Go into the cave on the right instead and enter the Tanzan Depths.
This, if you don’t remember was the same cave where you and Laura met
the giant Steelix earlier. Follow the path all the way down the steps to the
end. Stop to pick up a hidden Green Shard, Burn Heal, another Green
Shard, a Potion, and a Clever Wing along the way. Enter the cave at the end
of this path south.

Once you’re out of the cave, go all the way east to a gorge at the end. You
can get a Metal Coat here. From the Metal Coat, go back west to the
entrance we came through just now. There is a path north of the entrance
(pictured below).
Go north to the path, and make the first turn west. Go west until the end to
see a cave. This cave requires Flash to be seen properly. Inside the cave are
many mining rocks, and a Thick Club can be found at the southeastern
corner of the cave, after the fourth flight of steps.

Get out of there once you’re done mining. Outside the cave is another path
that leads north. Go all the way to the end and you will see a gorge with a
metal pipe across it, connecting it to another gorge (pictured below).

Cross the metal pipe and go into the cave. Inside this cave is a mining rock,
a Rock Climb spot and an Up – Grade, which can be used to evolve
Porygon to Porygon2 via a Link Stone. Go back out of the cave and cross
the beam back to the other side. If you’re curious, you can travel all the
way south from here to end up back at the system of caves where you first
landed with Laura after the PULSE Abra teleported you. If you want to get
out, from the beam, go south, east, south, and west into the cave. Follow
the cave and you will end up back at Tanzan Mountain where you first
came in.
Our next sidequest is also in here. Get back to the main central area of
Tanzan Mountain. This time, go west all the way through the metal gate
with a hole in it. Follow this path north until you see a cave on the right
side of the wall. This was the cave Saphira burst out of earlier. Go in there
now.

There is a glowing green crystal there. Interact with it and the wall to the
north will turn green. Smash the wall to form a set of steps leading east.
Follow it and jump the ledge. Follow the zig – zagging path south – ish
somewhat. Be careful here or you might jump down another ledge and end
up having to repeat this whole jumping puzzle. You will end up on the cliff
here if done correctly.

Follow the path along the rock bank west, south then east. Go jump down a
ledge to the north a bit (pictured below).

Go south afterwards and out of the cave. This area is called Chrysolia
Pass, which connects the Chrysolia region to the Byxbysion Wasteland.
Take the hidden Hyper Potion on the rock to your right. Follow the path
west and south, picking up the hidden Normal Gem on a rock to the right.
Follow the path around until you see a cave. Enter the cave.

In this cave is a Strength boulder puzzle. Push the northernmost of the two
rocks all the way east. Go south out of the cave afterwards. We’ll actually
end up in Byxbysion Cave. Another Strength puzzle here. Push the first
boulder once to the east, go down south and push the next one east as well.
To get the item, push the final boulder north twice to get an Escape Rope.
Go south into the next cave. This next Strength puzzle is complicated, with
a simple objective. At the west, south and east ends of the puzzle are three
reactors. We need to change all three of their colours from blue to red. To
preserve my sanity, I will do it in list form, so bear with me.

West reactor:
a) Start from the second gap from the left
b) Push the boulder west
c) Go into the gap, push the boulder east
d) Go into the gap, push the boulders west and east
e) There will be two gaps to your south. Go into the left gap
f) Push the boulder south. Go west and push the boulder south
g) Push the final boulder west to the wall. Activate the reactor

South reactor:
Start here:
 a) Push the boulder east
b) Go into the gap. Push the boulder east.
c) Go into the gap. Push the boulder west.
d) Go into the gap. Push the boulders east and west.
e) Go into the gap. Push the boulder south.
f) Go right. Push the boulder south.
g) Go down and right. Push the final boulder east. Activate the reactor.

East reactor:
a) Backtrack your way to the beginning of the puzzle. Use the path
you created. Don’t push any boulders on the way.
b) Begin on the third gap from the right. It’s the only one accessible
near the tree.
c) Push the boulders east and west.
d) There are two gaps south of you. Go into the right gap.
e) Push the boulders east and west.
f) Go into the right gap again. Push the boulders east and west.
g) Go into the gap. Push the next boulders south and west.
h) Go right. Push the boulder south.
i) Go right and push the last boulder east. Activate the reactor.
Once you activated all three, go back to the beginning. The tree will
magically disappear, revealing the entrance to another cave. Go outside.
You will be on top of the Wasteland Wall bordering Chrysolia to the north
and Byxbysion to the south. Go down the hole to your northeast.

Down here, go east and jump down the hole on the floor. On this floor,
push the boulder east all the way into the hole, then follow it afterwards.
Push the boulder all the way east until it is next to another boulder. Go up
the ladder afterwards (Go north when you collide with the ladder). Go east
and up another ladder. Go west and push the boulder down the hole. Follow
after it.

Go east and jump down another hole. Your way east will be blocked by a
stone, so go down another hole to the west. You’ll be back at the beginning,
where the floor is purple. Go east down another hole. Your way west will
be blocked by a stone so go east down another hole.

Go east up the ladder near two Strength boulders pushed together. Go east
and push another Strength boulder down the hole. Follow it afterwards.
Push the boulder east until you are blocked by a stone. Go up the ladder
afterwards. Go up the next ladder too. Go up the ladder west. You will be at
the top of the Wasteland Wall again, but this time somewhere in the middle
of it. Go west here first until the end to get the field notes for the Inverse
Field.

Go east afterwards to the ladder, and you will automatically go down it. Go
back up, and this time go all the way east. There will be a single blue
reactor there. Go behind it and walk north, and you will end up in a new
room. There will be two items there: the Yureyu Key, important for our
final sidequest after this, and a Toxic Orb, a perfect item for your Poison
Heal Pokemon.

Save your game and interact with the reactor. After a few beeps, the reactor
will explode and a Level 50 Dhelmise will come out and challenge you.
It’s the only Dhelmise in the game. Once you’re done, leave the room and
go back down the ladder in the middle. Follow all the ladders down until
you reach the boulder. Push the boulder west down the hole and follow
after it. You’ll end up at the place where the floor is purple again between
two ladders. Simply go up the ladder to end up at the west edge of the wall
again. Go south into the room with the Strength puzzle again. Go out of the
other door. Go west and push the boulder north once. Go west and push the
boulder north again. Then go out the exit west. In the next room, push the
lower boulder west twice and go out the exit west back in Chrysolia Pass.
Follow the path back into Tanzan Depths and go north all the way. Jump all
the ledges down west and walk out of there back into Tanzan Mountain.
Our final sidequest before leaving for Agate City involves the Yureyu Key
we got earlier. Make your way to the Abandoned Power Plant east of Beryl
Bridge. Go inside the brightly – lit power plant. From the central room, go
to the right wing of the power plant first. Go east and take the second path
north, the one which is longer. Follow it all the way to the back and interact
with the western wall. The room which was locked earlier will be opened
with the Yureyu Key. Go inside to collect two items: a visible Magnet and
a less – than visible Ghostium – Z obscured by the pipe along the north
wall. The Ghostium – Z changes any Ghost – type damaging move into
Never – Ending Nightmare. This is the first Z – type crystal that you can
get in this game.

Get out of there and make your way back to the central room. This time go
to the left wing of the power plant. Go west and take the second path north,
the longer one. Follow the path all the way to the back and interact with the
eastern wall. The same thing happens as above. In this room are six
Pokeballs scattered along the walls, all of which are Level 85 Electrodes.
You can catch one or all of them, but since you don’t have the appropriate
badge yet, they won’t listen to you if you use them in battle. My advice,
capture one, battle the other five (which you will have to do, one way or
another after this). Do so now. Be warned though, not only are the
Electrodes fast, but all of them have the move Explosion, which hurts.

Note: This is also the room in the game that you would want to level up the
following Pokemon in order for them to evolve:
 Charjabug into Vikavolt
  Nosepass into Probopass
 Magneton into Magnezone

Battle all the Electrodes first. As soon as you finished battling the last
Electrode, the whole power plant will lose power again. This time, interact
with the green panel on the computer to the north. It will show you two
scenes: of Corey and a pink – haired woman and Sigmund with a blonde
woman. A Level 65 Rotom will appear on screen and challenge you to a
battle. It’s the only Rotom in the game, so do your best to catch it.

The Sleeping City: Going to Agate City

No. Status
With the end of the last sidequest, it marks the end of the first half of the
main game. The only thing we can do now is to perform the following
checks before meeting up with Cain at Agate City Checkpoint north of
Vanhanen Labyrinth:
a) Do all the sidequests so far.
b) Get all the Field Notes available so far.
c) Get all available TMs so far.
d) Get all the Pokemon we want so far, including reviving all Fossil
Pokemon we want so far.
e) Get all Z – Crystals and Mega Stone available so far.

The reason we would want to do this now is once we step through a certain
gate in the Agate City Checkpoint, we won’t be able to return to Reborn
City for a long time. The blocked access is due to the law of narrative
causality in full effect. You don’t have to worry about basic healing items
and Pokeballs, since you can buy them later. However, items such as
Berries and more importantly, certain Pokemon will be temporarily barred
from you, until after you get your 13 th Badge. Think long and hard before
you go to the Checkpoint, alright? Here’s some other sage advice I gleaned
from the members of our forum and subreddit:
(a) Mine for Shards. Seriously, the next leg of the game requires a
sizeable amount of them.
(b) Mine for Heart Scales. The Luvdiscs in the lake at Tanzan Cove
commonly holds them in the wild.
(c) Train up more than six Pokemon. When you’re playing this game,
this is pretty much a given. However, the Grand Hall trainers are
easier to train your Pokemon with compared to what is in Agate
City and beyond.
Once you’re done, go to the eastern end of Route 1 using the Tauros
shortcut, and go all the way north. Pick up the hidden hidden Ghost Gem
on the way. Step up the stairs and into the Agate City Checkpoint. Inside
 you’ll see Cain standing in front of the entry gate and two guards literally
sleeping where they stand. Talk to Cain. Remember: THIS IS THE
POINT OF NO RETURN in the game. Say Yes when Cain asks if you’re
ready, and he’ll summon Nidoking to break the gate. Follow Cain north
afterwards into Agate City.
The first thing Cain will remark on is how eerily quiet the city is. It’s
almost a ghost city. We can actually catch a glimpse of a Meteor grunt on
the eastern bridge, just out of frame. Cain will wander off on his own up the
steps north and to his shock, he will find his sister, Aya there. We will
follow Cain to see Aya lying on the ground, next to Hardy. Cain will
wonder why his sister is sleeping in the middle of the street, and the next
thing we know, Cain will also be overcome by sleepiness. A rumble is
heard in the distance. The music changes, and a woman with rainbow hair
comes literally roaring in with a HUGE mallet. Cain evades her thump just
in time.

This colourful new character then ‘seduces’ Cain with leetspeak, to his
horror and chagrin. In a moment of self – awareness, Cain hopes he’s not
that terrible a flirt. The woman stows away the mallet in hammerspace, to
Cain’s confusion. She introduces herself as Terra and roars that we need to
get out of there ASAP. She then proceeds to literally hammer Aya and
Hardy out of Agate City. She will then lead us (on foot, thankfully) to
Agate Circus.
A Day at the (Agate) Circus
No. Status
Cain then (rightfully) concludes she’s one of the Circus entertainers but
also (wrongfully) concludes that she’s a clown. She’s the lion tamer
(appropriate). She then leaves as quickly as she came, while Cain worries
about Aya. Cain then suggests we split up to look for her, leaving us in
control of ourselves again.
So, welcome to our new home base for the next few badges. If you try to
step out of the entrance east, you will find that it is blocked by guards,
effectively locking us in. Let’s explore the place for now.
Go north between two tents to get a hidden Blue Shard. A bit more north
past the tents is a hidden Oran Berry. There will be a Worker standing by
the rail. He’s actually guarding the Ferris Wheel, which is closed for
renovations (for now). Go west to see a clown. This clown will challenge
you daily based on teams decided randomly through a raffle system. For
those using the ‘pinata’ password, you won’t fight him, but he will give you
EXP. Candies and a random coloured shard daily. He will also heal your
Pokemon afterwards. He's basically the circus version of the Grand Hall
trainers. There’s a hidden Red Shard behind him on the rock. South of him
is a hidden Blue Shard.
The tent he’s standing next to has a clown that will tell you the history of
the Circus’ founding. The main system of currency for the circus is Shards.
The current Ringmaster’s father built the circus in a valley of crystals. The
seller to his right will sell you Power Items for EV training.
Go back near the entrance and walk to the south for now. There’s a clown
in the first stall on the right that sells Cotton Candy, a Revive – like item. If
you don’t have one in your bag already, buy one here for a sidequest,
coming soon. The seller on the left will sell various items such as Ultra
Balls, Escape Ropes, and most notably, Eviolites and Hyper Potions.
Stock up. The seller south of the clown is the Pledge Move Tutor. Move
south a bit and a Clown will challenge you to a battle. There’s a hidden
Purple Shard on the rock near the Pledge Move tutor.
The seller at the southwestern corner is the Move Relearner. Now moving
on to the south stalls. The clown under the green stall will sell you EV –
reducing berries at $500 each. The seller next to him will let you play a tile
puzzle (haven’t seen these in a while) for the price of 1 Green Shard per
try.
The solution is actually a picture of a Carracosta (pictured below).

He will give us the Cover Fossil if we managed to solve it. Quite fittingly,
the Cover Fossil can be revived into a Tirtouga, the pre – evolutionary form
of Carracosta. There’s just one problem: there is no one here that can revive
any fossils.
Next to this seller is a hidden Green Shard near the boxes. North of the
stalls is a small corner called the Rest Area. There’s a hidden Green Shard
near the Donphan there. The green stall inside there sells status – healing
and EXP. Candies. There’s also a Healing Machine here, and a PC for your
use. The Clown near the vending machine will challenge you to a battle.
The vending machine sells Lemonade, Soda Pop, and Fresh Water.
Let’s go back south. There’s a gentleman sitting with the child there. The
child seems to want a Poke Doll. We’ll get her some later. To the left of
the both of them is a Punk who sells Ability Capsules. The Clown next to
her sells Air Balloons. Buy at least one here if you don’t have any in your
Bag already. The Clown standing in front of the tent north will challenge
you to a battle.
Further to the west is a girl with an overly long title. She can change the
type of any Pokemon’s Hidden Power to any of your choosing for the price
of 1 Heart Scale. The last clown is the Nickname Changer of the Circus.
He’s redundant, don’t you think? Anyway, let’s check the west side stalls
now. We can’t go through the gateway on the left yet since there is a line of
people there right now.
From the gateway, the first stall west is another tile puzzle, which we can
attempt to solve for the price of 1 Red Shard. The solution is a picture of an
Archeops (pictured below).

He will give us the Plume Fossil if we managed to solve it. Also fittingly,
the Plume Fossil can be revived into an Archen, the pre – evolutionary
form of Archeops.
Once done, continue north to get a hidden Escape Rope. North of the tile
puzzle stall is a gentleman lamenting the fact that he cannot return home to
Agate City. In fact, there are many such people scattered across the Circus.
North of the gentleman is a hidden Blue Shard. Further north is a hidden
Ultra Potion near a tent. The two remaining stalls to the north are the Move
Tutors. Finally, we get some decent choices here such as Iron Tail, Focus
Punch, Stomping Tantrum and the like.
You can see a crowd of people clamouring around the Circus
Amphitheatre to the north. Talk to every member of the crowd, who
seems to be mostly composed of Agate citizens. Lastly, talk to the woman
with the tall hat. She is Ringmaster Alistasia, the current Ringmaster of
the circus and the daughter of its founder. She’s reassuring the audience
members, who just saw Aya landing in the circus and Hardy sailing
overhead. We then inform her Terra is responsible, prompting her to give a
facepalm. She then says that she asked someone named Samson to carry
Aya, who is safe, out to the Big Top. She says that Samson always hangs
out at the High Striker. We’ll go there later. For now, go east to be
challenged by a Clown standing in front of a tent. Keep going east. To the
north is the location of our next Gym Battle, the Big Top. Go south of the
Big Top to be challenged by another Clown.
Go south of the Clown to see the ice – cream vendor. Left of the vendor is
the Pokesnax salesman. Next to him is a Clown that will challenge you. To
the left of him is a hidden Full Heal. The stall directly across from us is
guarded by a woman and a clown. This is also a tile puzzle. The solution is
a Conkeldurr, the final evolution form of Timburr, which you will get as
the prize for solving this tile puzzle. The price is 1 Purple Shard per
attempt.

This is a 4 × 4 tile, and is unique since the pieces are already in the right
order, but in the wrong orientation. Rotating one tile however, will also
rotate all the tiles connected to it, either above it, below it, to its left, or to
its right. There is a literal guide to solving this puzzle online in the Reborn
forum, so I’ll just outline a general strategy here:
a) Fix the top row first.
b) Fix the middle row second.
c) Fix the third row.
d) For the final row, how to fix it depends on three separate cases:
i. All four tiles are in the wrong orientation
ii. The border tiles are wrong
iii. The corner tiles are wrong

Last but not least, we can finally go to the High Striker to see the
mysterious Samson, who is the Circus Strongman (an allusion to the
ancient Israelite judge maybe) and also the Fighting – type Gym Leader
(how appropriate), which makes him in a sense Kiki’s successor in the
League. Talk to him.
 He will promote the game to you, and give a demonstration of his strength.
He will knock the bell clear off the stand. We will ask him about Aya, and
he will reply that she is safe, and is apparently at Big Top. He asks us to
meet him there. Talk to him who is at the back of the line of people waiting
to get into Big Top. With a shout, he will split the line in two, clearing a
path for you to go in.

When Samson clears the line into the tent, if the player is female:
+1 Samson

The Agate Ace Triumvirate and the Prodigal Son

No. Status
The moment you walk in, you will be greeted by a purple navy haired
woman, who wears a feather on her hair. She will assume we are a
latecomer. Samson then comes in to explain the situation to her. She’s very
alliterative. She’s also the aerial dancer (acrobat and trapeze artist) of the
circus.

Ciel will then lead us to Aya, at the back area of Big Top. Follow her there,
it’s actually east of the entrance. Inside this room, there is a big computer
screen on the north, a healing machine and a PC. Talk to the sleeping Aya.
The Ringmaster then brings Cain in tow. Cain tries to wake up his sister,
and thankfully she does. After some very awkward catching up, Aya will
ask where Hardy is.

It turns out that Aya was at Agate with Hardy since he promised to show
her his Gym. The moment they got there, something made them sleepy.
Cain then explains how we found them like that. Cain then explains to the
Ringmaster that Terra was the one that saved us from suffering the same
fate. The Ringmaster admits that while Terra is chaotic, she’s still one of
the Circus’ main attractions, being one of its three Gym Leaders.
Collectively, Samson, Terra, and Ciel are called the Agate Ace
Triumvirate. Samson is the Fighting – type Gym Leader, Terra is the
Ground – type Gym Leader, and Ciel is the Flying – type Gym Leader.

Aya expresses disappointment that Hardy wasn’t there, and proposes we go

find him. The Ringmaster thinks he must have fell on Route 2. Cain
mentions that Aya must like Hardy a lot, to which she denies in typical
‘tsundere’ fashion. However, Ciel and Samson are both adamant that she
should stay at the circus to recuperate from her run – in with Terra. Cain
suggests that we should be the one to go look for Hardy, since he’s staying
behind to catch up with Aya.

The Ringmaster then relays to us some intel. A birdie from inside Team
Meteor herself told her the terrorist organization is indeed responsible for
the sleeping spell affecting Agate City. The intel came from someone with
who speaks in an elaborate, almost purple manner. Apparently, the agent
responsible for this issue has the codename ‘Titawin’, or ‘T’ for short. Her
last info for us is this: Another Gym Leader also lived near Route 2, near
the waterfall. Who else if not Amaria Fiore, who we last saw at the
Blacksteam Factory. The Ringmaster asks us to check in with her to
compare intel. She then gives us a Powder Vial, an important item for the
upcoming puzzle.

Once the info – dump is done, talk to Cain, Ciel, and Samson in turn for
some relationship points. Cain will apologize to Aya for leaving, while Ciel
talks about Terra, who is surprisingly good with computers, being able to
detect some kind of broadcasting signal over Agate City. She needs some
time to detect its source, after which Samson proposes that they go there to
knock some Meteors. Talking to Samson leads to a pissing contest between
you and him, where he compares the number of badges you have. He seems
to have underestimated us. Note: if you have trouble reaching Aya to talk to
her, leave the room and re – enter. Everyone will change positions by then.

Talk to Aya after obtaining the Powder Vial, when Aya and Cain are
talking about Hardy:
+1 Aya

Talk to Cain after obtaining the Powder Vial, when Cain and Aya are
talking about him leaving:
+1 Aya

Talk to Samson after obtaining the Powder Vial, when he asks how many
badges you have:
+2 Ciel, -1 Samson

Talk to Ciel after obtaining the Powder Vial, when she hopes Agate will
wake soon:
+2 Samson, -1 Ciel

Leave Big Top afterwards.

 Sidequests at the Circus
No. Status
Let’s walk around the circus some more. First, let’s go to the High Striker
game, where we met Samson earlier. The Clown to the right will explain to
you how the game works. For $350 per try, you can try to ring the bell. You
can get:
a) WEAK
b) OK
c) ‘NICE’, where you get your money back
d) ‘POWERFUL’, where you get a Pokedoll
e) The bell off the pole, where you can actually win TM87: Swagger.

There is a trick to this game. I put a Meditite with Pure Power as the lead
Pokemon in my party and got the bell off three consecutive times. The man
actually gave me TM87 the first time, but only a Pokedoll the last two
times. If you get a POWERFUL result (which is not possible with Meditite
as lead), you can get an actual real – life Clefairy. Use this thing and the
Eviolite you just bought and you’ll get a defensive monster. Any
subsequent POWERFUL result afterwards will only get you a Pokedoll.

Win the TM, get the Clefairy, and get at least two Pokedolls here.
Go east into the Agate City Checkpoint (the one blocked off by guards) and
go up the stairs. Remember when I asked you to catch a Stunfisk way back
in Apophyll Academy? Bring it with you in your party. In here is a guy
who will take your Shoal Salts and Shoal Shells to turn it into a Shell Bell.
There’s a Clown named Naini in here who has a riddle. Basically, he’s
asking for an Electric – type Pokemon who is immune to Electric – type
moves itself, but it does so without any Ability. Only Stunfisk fits the bill
with its Electric/ Ground typing. Give one to him and he will give you a
Kantonian Vulpix named Guardian.
Remember the child who wanted a Pokedoll earlier? The one near the
gentleman? Give one Pokedoll to her, and in return, the gentleman (her
grandfather) will give you the Field Note for the Big Top Arena. Read up
on this for our next battle.
Next to the Name Changer, near the gateway leading out of the Circus to
the southwest, is a hidden Fighting Gem. It was inaccessible earlier due to
people lining up at the gateway. Enter the gateway, which is actually the
Agate Circus Checkpoint. In here there is a child who will tell you
increasingly tall tales about his mother and asks you for three things: a
Cotton Candy, an Air Balloon, and a Pokedoll. Didn’t I ask you to get those
things earlier? Give them to him. He was about to ask you for an ice –
cream when his mother, who he claims to have died, comes in. The little
 liar looks like someone just set his pants on fire. The mother, mortified by
her child’s scams on you, will give you the Department Store Sticker:
Clefairy as an apology. This will allow us access to the ninth floor of the
Obsidia Department Store.
Go into the elevator northwest and take it to Route 2. Talk to everyone
here, and they will give you hints on the upcoming puzzle.
Step out through the exit west into Route 2.

Exploring Route 2: The Northern Crustle Puzzle

No. Status
Go north and up the stairs here. Go down the steps west to get a hidden
Telluric Seed. We can’t go further here but notice a rectangular hole in the
ground to your north? That’s the objective of the next two puzzles. I took
the liberty of dividing the puzzle into two parts: the northern and southern
parts. The northern puzzle is optional, in that it doesn’t help you progress
the story but it does get you some pretty cool items.
Route 2 consists of some stone platforms that you can jump on. However,
some stones are inherently unstable. Stepping on them is accompanied by
the camera literally shaking. You won’t fall down, but any powder that you
have stored in your Powder Vial will be gone.

Which brings us to the next objective of the puzzle. On the ground level of
Route 2 are dens where the Pokemon Crustle lives. Interact with a den, and
one will come out. They’re adorable, really. You can also find two types of
plants on the ground here, in clusters. Red flowers will give you Rage
Powder, while green plants give you Sleep Powder if you interact with
them. Once Crustle come out of its cave, you have to put it to sleep with
Sleep Powder. Once it falls asleep, you can push the Crustle into
rectangular holes in the ground where it will stay. The platform on its back
will function as stepping stones that you can step on to jump to the next
part of the Route. Also, your Powder Vial can only hold one type of
powder at a time. The Rage Powder is used if you want to wake a Crustle
up. This will cause it to attack you. Basically, use Rage Powder if you
screw up while pushing the Crustle into the holes.
Go back to the Battle Girl outside the checkpoint and go west from her onto
the start of the jumping stones. Jump west and then south to end up on a
ledge that you can walk on. Go west along this ledge until you see a
jumping platform to your north. Jump north twice. See the platform with a
narrow base? This is an example of the unstable platform that I mentioned
above.
Go west from the unstable platform, then north. Jump west twice, go north
once, jump west twice more, then north onto the ground of the ledge above.
Weave your way north, past the green flowers until you see the den to your
north. Make your way east, then south till you see some red flowers. Since
the purpose of this puzzle is to place the Crustles in the holes once and for
all, I’m going to let you catch a wild Crustle first for completion. Interact
with the red flowers to get Rage Powder, then make your way to the den
and interact with it. A Crustle will come out. Talk to it, and it will attack
you. Catch the Crustle now if you want.
After that your Powder Vial will be empty. Note that if you fill up your vial
with the wrong powder, just interact with the other flower to fill it up with
the correct powder. Go to the green flowers next and fill it up with Sleep
Powder and go to the den again. Do the same thing, but this time the
Crustle will fall asleep.
Once it’s asleep, push it:
a) Thrice east
b) Once north
c) Four times east
d) Twice north
e) Thrice east
f) Thrice south
g) Make your way counterclockwise around to the west side of the
Crustle
h) Push twice east
i) Once north
j) Once east
k) Once north
l) East all the way into the hole
Fill your vial with Sleep Powder again. Weave your way to the
southeastern corner of the puzzle and you’ll meet steps that you can walk
on to be on the jumping platform. Go west two squares and south once to
be on a walkable ledge. Go west along this ledge to another jumping
platform. Go south one square and west three squares. Go west one square
and north, and then west. On the rock here is a hidden Link Stone.
Backtrack to ledge just now and be on the jumping platform to the east just
now (pictured below).
From here, go:
a) north one square
b) west two squares
c) north two squares
d) west one square
e) north one square
f) west three squares
g) north one square
h) west one square
i) south one square
j) east one square
k) north three squares (Be careful with this one, jump one more square
and you’ll lose your Powder)
l) West one square
m) North to the ground level of the next ledge

Interact with the den and make the Crustle sleep. Push it:
a) West all the way to the wall
b) North until you’re blocked
c) East once
d) North until you’re blocked
e) East once
f) North into the hole

Backtrack all the way to the previous stairs and get more Sleep Powder
from the green flower (Yep, all the way back. Sorry!). Once obtained, go
back to the den in the upper ledge just now (be careful not to lose your
Powder on the way) and this time, go up the steps on the platform itself,
near the den.
Jump one square north and one square east onto the cliff. There is a hidden
Ability Capsule here. From there:
a) Jump west three squares
b) North one square
c) West onto a ledge
d) Walk north along the ledge
e) Jump east two squares
f) Go north one square
g) East two squares to on top of a white cliff.

Weave your way east to the den. Make the Crustle sleep. From the east,
a) Push the Crustle twice to the west.
b) Go up the steps
c) Go west one square
d) Go south one square. You should end up as in the picture below.

Make your way south and jump down the ledge. Jump south down another
ledge. You should be at the start of another jumping puzzle.
a) Jump south two squares
b) East two squares
c) North to the ledge

Walk up the stairs to the jumping puzzle.

a) Go north one square
b) West two squares
c) North one square
d) West one square to the ledge. Walk north along this ledge.
e) Go east two squares to the jumping puzzle
f) North one square
g) Then east back to the start in the picture above.
h) Make your way east to the north side of the Crustle

You should end up here (pictured below).

Push the Crustle one square south. Go back west and go up these stairs
(pictured below).

From there, go east one square and south one square across the single
jumping stone to the other end of it (pictured below).
Go east and jump north to the platform. Don’t start from the edge nearest
the platform, though. Start from the middle part (pictured below).

Go west down the steps and you should be facing the Crustle directly to
your east. Push the Crustle:
a) East three times
b) South down the ledge. Don’t worry, it won’t wake up.

Go back up the steps to the ledge pictured above. Jump down both the
ledges to the south to the start of the jumping puzzle. From there:
a) Go south two squares
b) West one square
c) South three squares
d) West one square
e) North one square
 f) East one square
g) South one square
h) East three squares
i) South one square
j) East one square
k) South two squares
l) East five squares, passing the steps along the way
m) North three squares
n) East one square
o) South one square
p) East one square to the platform with the Hiker

Battle the Hiker here. Take the hidden Full Heal near him. Go north from
the Hiker to get a hidden Guard Spec.
Go south down the ledge. You’ll be back at the beginning of the route near
the Battle Girl. Go up the steps north of her and all the way north. Go down
the steps west and north across the Crustle we pushed in earlier. Go up the
steps north and get the hidden Ultra Potion. Go north and you will see a
Hiker. There’s a hidden Green Shard south of the hiker. Battle the Hiker
afterwards.
Go back down the steps south and go west. You will see the Crustle we
pushed down earlier. From its west side:
a. Push the Crustle east twice
b. Go to its north, and push the Crustle south once
c. Push it east twice
d. Push it north until you can’t anymore
e. Push it west once
f. Push it north all the way into the hole
Now the northern Crustle puzzle is complete. Go back up the steps to the
Hiker, go west across the Crustle. You will get TM58: Sky Drop here. Go
west of the TM to get a hidden Super Potion. Go west across the Crustle
and you will see a tunnel called Ametrine Tunnel, that leads to Calcenon
City. We won’t explore it yet, but there are two hidden items just outside it:
a Purple Shard and an Ether.
Go east all the way to the hiker, jumping two Crustles along the way. Go up
the steps east and go back to the Battle Girl. To start the southern Crustle
puzzle, you need to jump all the way back to the first Hiker we fought here
(pictured below).
 Exploring Route 2: The Southern Crustle Puzzle
No. Status
Unlike the northern puzzle, this puzzle is necessary for the story to progress
forward. There will be one optional thing to do later, just to get a Pokemon.
Skip it if you can live without the Pokemon.
From the place in the picture. Go south and west up the steps. DO NOT
OVERDO IT since you might accidentally jump the ledge south. Battle the
Clown here. Go west past him afterwards and down the steps south.
You will be at the ground level of a jumping puzzle. Weave your way
through there to the steps at the southeast corner. Go up them and go south
down the steps here. There’s a jumping puzzle directly south of you
(pictured below).
To start:
a) Go south once
b) East twice
c) South once
d) East once
e) South all the way to the Pokeball at the end to get a EXP. Candy
XL
Go back to the same ledge afterwards. To the west of this ledge is a hidden
Ultra Ball. Start the jumping puzzle here.
a) Go north two squares
b) Go west to the ledge. There’s a hidden Pokesnax here.
c) Go south along the ledge
d) Jump west one square
e) Jump south one square, then go west and south
f) Jump east one square
g) Jump south one square
h) Jump east one square
i) Jump all the way south until you’re between two huge rocks
j) Jump east one square
k) Go south two squares
l) Go west two squares
m) Jump south one square
n) Jump all the way east on top of a plain.

Go north to battle a Ranger. Afterwards, go north up the stairs to get a

hidden Red Shard. North of you is a Clown with a Level 85 Goomy.
Northeast of the Clown is a hidden Telluric Seed.
Keep following this path east and you will end up at the stairs leading south
again. At the west jumping puzzle, repeat steps a) to k). You should end up
as in the picture below.
After that:
a) Go west one square
b) Go south one square
c) Go east one square
d) Go south one square
e) Go east three squares
f) Go south one square
g) Go east one square
h) Make a loop (south, west, north, east)
i) You should be at the platform with stairs.

Go down the stairs and north to some green flowers. Get Sleep Powder
here. The den we’re looking for is north of the flowers. Go south to a gap
between the stones, west and all the way north to access the den. Make the
Crustle come out and make it fall asleep. From its east side:
a) Push it west twice
b) South once
c) East twice
d) South five times
e) East thrice
f) South once
g) East thrice into the hole
From the Crustle, go south, west, south, and east until you reach a Pokeball
(pictured below).
It contains a Blue Shard.
There’s one more important item here. Go back to the platform with the
stairs as seen in the picture above. South of it is actually a jumping puzzle
(pictured below).

To start:
a) Go south twice
b) Go west twice onto the unstable platform
c) Go south twice
d) Go east twice onto the plain
On the plain, there is a green Pokeball with the Field Note for the Rocky
Field.
After that, make your way back to the platform with the steps and use the
jumping puzzle to backtrack all the way to the Ranger. South of the ranger
are some steps leading to the ground of another jumping puzzle. Make your
way to the south. You should end up here (pictured below).
Starting from the platform:
a) Go east once
b) North once
c) West once
d) North to the end
e) West once
f) North once
g) West to the ledge

Walk all the way west along the ledge until you see green flowers. Collect
some Sleep Powder from there. Go south down the stairs afterwards.
There’s a hidden Fire Stone on the left rock, a hidden Big Mushroom to
the right, and a hidden Swift Wing to the rock south of the tree, near the
edge of the cliff.

Go back up the stairs and go east. there's a rock with a hidden Paralyze
Heal here. Follow the path south to see a den. Interact with the Crustle here
and make it sleep. From its east side:
a) Push it all the way west
b) Push it south down the cliff. It won’t wake up.
c) Go back to the rock with the Swift Wing earlier.
d) From the Crustle’s east, push it for times west
e) Twice south
f) Twice east
g) South down the cliff and into the hole

Once done, backtrack your way to the stairs with the platform earlier.
From there:
a) Go east
b) Go north
c) Go east
 d) Go north twice
e) Go west
f) Go north thrice. There should be an unstable platform to your north.
g) Go east twice onto the ledge with flowers

Go get some Sleep Powder. Interact with the Crustle in the den. Once it
sleeps:
a) From its east, push it west twice
b) South five times to the green flowers
c) East once
d) South to the end and down the cliff

There’s a hidden Red Shard on the rock to the right.

This leaves us with one last Crustle to push. Backtrack to the platform with
the stairs. Go down the stairs and walk all the way north to the green
flowers. Collect some Sleep Powder here. There’s a hidden Red Shard on
the stone to the right. The den of the Crustle is somewhere to the eastern
face of the cliff. You might recognize it since this was where we got the
Field Notes earlier. Talk to the Crustle from its west and make it sleep.
Afterwards:
a) Push it west twice
b) South thrice
c) West twice
d) South once
e) West twice
f) South four times until blocked by a platform
g) West once
h) South until blocked by a platform
i) East once
j) South to the end until it falls over the cliff

After that, take the platform with the stairs and jump:
a) East once
b) North once
c) East once
d) North twice
e) West once
f) North five times, past the unstable platform
g) East once
h) North twice
i) East once
j) North once
k) East twice
 l) South to the plain

There is a rock with a hidden Ground Gem here. Go down the stairs to the
south and battle the Hiker here. Go south past him afterwards and west.
Jump across the Crustle to see the one we pushed down the cliff earlier.
Push it:
a) West twice
b) South once
c) East once
d) South all the way down another cliff

Note: As tempting as it may seem, DO NOT ATTEMPT to push the

Crustle down to the west directly. It won’t fall down the cliff into the hole.

After rhat, jump across the Crustle east and go south down the stairs. Go
west to the Crustle we pushed earlier. Now, push it:
a) West five times
b) North five times
c) East once
d) South into the hole

There is a hidden Super Repel west of the large rock that we passed by
while pushing the Crustle earlier. We are officially done with the puzzle!
Go back to the steps with the Hiker and go all the way west using all the
Crustles that we put into the holes earlier. Go south just before the third
Crustle (the one in front of a cave entrance) to get a hidden Flying Gem.
Now jump across the Crustle and go west to enter a new area.

Red and Blue: The Fiore Mansion

No. Status
At the Celestinine Cascade, the path will split to the north or south. Take
the steps down to the south first.
See all those hidden items? Clockwise from the rock at twelve ‘o’ clock are
a Burn Heal, a Potion, a Carbos, and a Great Ball.
Afterwards, go back up the stairs and go north. There’s an X Defend hidden
on the rock here at the base of the stairs. There’s a hidden Iron up the first
flight of steps. There’s a hidden Pokesnax on the rock east of the second
flight of steps. There’s a hidden X Sp. Def. in the middle of the plain after
the fourth flight of steps. After five flights of steps, there is a hidden Revive
on the rock to the east and a hidden Escape Rope to the west. There’s a sign
there: Amy and Tania’s house. Just before the building, there is a hidden
Stardust on the right of the gym sign.
Go north and enter Fiore Mansion, home of the woman who survived a hit
from a freaking Tyranitar. Go northwest down the stairs and north to see
Amaria herself sitting on the couch. Talk to her. She will welcome us
wholesomely to her home. We will inform her of the intel from Agate
Circus, to which she replies that she hasn’t been active recently since she is
recovering from… see above. She will be especially interested in Titawin
the Meteor agent, and how similar it sounded to Titania, the love of her life.
Speak of the devil, and she will appear. A red – haired woman with a white
streak will come down the stairs north: Titania herself. If you did not
trigger the meeting with her in the North Aventurine Woods, this will be
the first time she talks in the game. Note: When writing this walkthrough, I
manage to not trigger the first meeting with Titania.

Titania will remark about the messy state of the house, while discreetly
removing some items. Amaria will introduce us to each other, and also
mentioned how they stumbled across Hardy (or really, the other way
around) earlier. He’s Titania’s younger brother. We also mentioned that we
went there to see Hardy. Amaria will try to bring us to see him, when
Titania stopped her from doing so as she needs to recuperate. Titania will
stand on the balcony to the west. Go up the stairs there.
Upstairs, we’ll see Hardy lying on the couch. Talk to him. Titania will
appear and warn us to not drag Amaria into the Team Meteor problem,
since she struggles with depression and self – harm already. If you did
trigger the first meeting with her, she will add an extra warning: to not tell
Amaria that we met her in the woods already.

If the player had met Titania on Route 1, when she asks if you will pretend
you never saw her there:
Yes = +1 Titania
No = -1 Titania

She will then wake Hardy up using Wake – Up Slap, repeatedly. Of course,
on waking up, Hardy will ask about Aya, to which we replied she is at the
Agate Circus. Hardy will leave downstairs afterwards. Before we leave
though, go out the exit to Titania’s south. Outside here on the couch
northeast is the Field Note for the Water Surface field. Go back inside and
down the stairs. A cutscene will happen where Gossip Gardevoir will
inform us of breaking news on the TV: Labradorra City has fallen to Team
Meteor. However, the city’s Gym Leader, Saphira is actively resisting
them. However, the city itself has been blocked by a large force – field
created by a PULSE Mr. Mime. There is another PULSE in the city itself,
and two more in the surrounding area for a total of four PULSEs.

Hardy will suggest we go up to Calcenon and Labradorra to help with the

resistance, to which Amaria agrees. Titania will veto this decision, adamant
to not get Amaria involved. Hardy leaves, huffing at Titania’s aloofness.
Amaria wonders whether it’s right to give Team Meteor carte blanche to do
whatever they want. The discussion then turns to the object of Team
Meteor’s desire: Amaria’s Sapphire Bracelets. Amaria asks Titania about
where she found them. It turns out that Titania found them hidden in a pile
of ashes while hiking around Chrysolia region years ago.

Amaria then suggests that since Titania doesn’t want her to go, we can go
in her stead instead. Wonderful. Titania mentions that we do need the
machine Surf to go to Calcenon City, which can be accessed through
Ametrine Mountain. We’re in luck, since they have the Surf machine at the
Mansion. We’re also out of luck since we do not have the required Badge
to use Surf, Samson’s badge.

In a case of three strikes, it turns out that they received a promotional mail
from the Circus, along with a Battle Pass – Strike. The Agate Circus has
three Gym Leaders, but they cannot be battled without the appropriate
Battle Pass. Now, with this pass we can go and challenge Samson. After we
beat him, we can come back to the mansion where Titania promises to give
 us the Surf machine. Leave the Mansion afterwards.

Battling Samson
No. Status
Go down all the steps from the mansion, east across all the Crustles and
back to the Hiker. From him, go north up the steps and east up another set
of steps. Go north along the cliff here and jump across the Crustle to
another cliff. Go north along this cliff and get a hidden Revive on a rock.

Keep going north and up the steps. To the west is a hidden X. Sp. Atk.,
which you can get by interacting with the cliff its on from the northern side.
You will eventually reach a locked gate (pictured below).

To unlock it, interact with the green portion on the right side of the gate.
Go out of the gate, and west back into the Agate Circus Checkpoint. Take
the elevator down to the Circus and prepare for two battles after this. At the
Circus, there is one noteworthy addition. The stall directly across the
Archeops tile puzzle was unoccupied before. Now, however, there is a
knock – off Samson there who is actually a Move Tutor for the three
Elemental Punches and Dual Chop. Once you’re ready for battle, step into
the Big Top.
The moment you step into the Big Top, Ringmaster Alistasia herself will
challenge you. She can somehow sense we have a Battle Pass already, and
would like to test our strength herself. All her Pokemon have the same
theme: circus performers. They have moves that work well in the Big Top
Arena, so be careful. After we win, she will leave to tell Samson to go and
prepare (while also suspiciously denying about taking bets with Ciel
against Samson).
Go into the back room of the Big Top and heal up. Talk to all these people:
 Talk to Aya after beating Alistasia, when the group is talking about Terra:
+1 Terra

Talk to Cain after beating Alistasia, when the group is talking about music:
+1 Aya

Talk to Hardy after beating Alistasia:

+1 Aya

Talk to Terra after beating Alistasia:

+1 Terra

Talk to Ciel after beating Alistasia:

+1 Terra

Talk to Samson last of all. Then we will begin the battle.

Strategy:
For our victory, we will be awarded the Strike Badge, which means we
have ten league badges under our belt now. With it, we can use the
Machine Surf outside of battle. Our TM reward is TM31: Brick Break.

Beat Samson:
First try = +2 Ciel
Subsequent try = -1 Ciel

Samson to Charlotte: Getting Another Damn Machine

No. Status
Once the battle concludes, we will be back in the back room. Ciel will be
impressed with us if we beat Samson on the first try. The Ringmaster will
leave to close the show. After some profanity, Terra will finally inform us
of her breakthrough. She has been tweaking with the computer to find the
source of the broadcasting signal that was putting Agate City to sleep.

She finally found out.. something about what Ciel was wearing, and also
the signal was coming from somewhere in Ametrine City. Since it requires
Surf to go all the way up there, guess who’s job it is to go up there? Yep,
law of narrative causality, baby! Cain will also go to Ametrine City through
another route. Aya and Hardy will also go there together, and promises to
meet us at Calcenon City after we go to Ametrine City. Terra then leaves,
giant mallet swinging all the way, but not without annoying Aya first.
We’ve fulfilled our end of the bargain, so let’s go back to Fiore Mansion to
make sure Titania fulfill hers. Go to Route 2. Go out through the gate south.
Use the Crustles to get to Fiore Mansion much, much faster than all the
jumping puzzles. We didn’t do all that work for nothing.
Save after you reach Fiore Mansion, but before you enter. Talk to Titania,
and she will leave to fetch you the promised machine. Amaria, who was out
for a walk, returned and was glad to see you there. She will inform you of
her intel: She still doesn’t know who (else) Titawin might be, and the usual
path leading to Ametrine City is blocked off somehow, preventing people
from entering.

She will then tell us of her increasing suspicion that Titania is Titawin, and
stumbles upon Titania’s diary on the table. Titania comes back just then
and gives us the machine for TMX03: Surf. Titania then asks whether we
and Amaria are reading through her journal. I choose to not lie, since we
did read it a bit. Strangely, this doesn’t affect any relationship points we
have with her.

Tania will say that we should respect her privacy, since her diary is
personal. Amaria then asks her who she is writing about. Titania hesitates,
then says those are character notes for a story she’s writing. Amaria seems
to believe her and asks an armor – piercing question: Does the name
Titawin mean anything to Titania?

Titania replies in the negative, after which Amaria implies that she is lying.
This spirals into an argument which ends with Amaria leaving. We will be
dragged to the Cascade, where Titania and Amaria can be seen at the small
land in the middle of the cascade. Amaria will push the Titawin issue to
Titania, who denies knowing what that is. Looking at us for back – up,
Amaria will ask us:

When Amaria asks you if Titania is in the wrong:

Yes = +2 Amaria, -2 Titania
No = +2 Titania, -2 Amaria

Damned if you do, damned if you don’t. Since Amaria was being paranoid
without evidence, I answered No. Amaria is past the point of feeling
betrayed now. She practically gave Titania a “The Reason You Suck”
speech about lying to her for years. Amaria then resolves to set Titania free
from her self – imposed prison of being in a relationship with her. She then
jumps down the waterfall, presumably to her death. Remember Shade’s
gym? This is the third event that we saw on the screen being fulfilled.
Titania follows soon afterwards, but wants us to figure out a way to get her
(or both of them) up the waterfall, since she doesn’t have a way to do so
 herself.

Personal note: Out of all the subplots in this wonderful game, the Titania –
Amaria relationship drama has got to be my least favourite. I get that the
game is morally grey from time to time, but yeah. I disliked it. Apologies to
the dev team.

Post – Samson Sidequests

No. Status
Now that the unpleasant ordeal is over, we can SURF!. Start by surfing
west to the land that both women were on just now. The small rock has a
hidden Water Gem on it. Surf again to the west side of the cascade. Go
south here to the mouth of the waterfall. There is a rock hiding a Pokesnax.
There’s a hidden Potion there near the big rock. Go further west to see a
rock with Calcium hidden on it. A bit west of that is a hidden Genius Wing.
Walk west some more to see some jumping platforms there. Yep, we’re
gonna do that in a minute. Thankfully, no cruelty to Crustles are necessary
this time around. There’s a hidden Dire Hit nearby. Walk further west to
get a hidden Pokesnax. Further west is a hidden Pokeball near a jumping
platform and a large stone. At the west corner is a rock hiding a Blue
Shard.
The last hidden item is a Rock Gem (pictured below).

From the Gem, make your way to the stairs leading north in the picture. Go
up it to see a weird sight. A stall ran by a Clown, a Politoed and a Torkoal.
For now though, go east here to start another jumping puzzle (pictured
below).
From the picture, jump:
a) East four squares
b) South two squares
c) West two squares
d) South one square
e) East three squares
f) Make a loop here (north once, west once, south four squares)
g) Make another loop here (west once, north once, east four squares)
h) North to the platform with the stairs

Walk east all the way here till the end to get a Reaper Cloth. Backtrack
your way to the beginning of the puzzle and go west this time to the clown.
Southeast of the clown, near the rock in the picture above is a hidden Green
Shard. Talk to the clown afterwards and he will challenge you. He has a
surprisingly strong team of five fighting in a Rainbow field, so watch your
back. After we win, he will give us a… Full Heal. Talk to him three times
again afterwards, answering ‘Yes’, ‘Yes’, and ‘No’. He will get annoyed
and will eventually tell you that the grey Pokeball behind his stall is just a
floormat, and not a Mega Stone. He will offer a somewhat half – hearted
apology and give us TM39: Rock Tomb.
West of the stall is a hidden Awakening. South of the awakening is the start
of another jumping puzzle (pictured below).
 From there, jump:
a) South once
b) West twice
c) North once
d) West once
e) North twice to the stairs

The Pokeball there is an Ultra Potion. Backtrack your way to the Clown,
and this time go north. Just before the stairs is a hidden Ultra Potion. Go up
the stairs. There is a hidden Elixir on the rock. Go west, and north of the
rock is a hidden Red Shard. Fight the Clown there facing the north wall. Go
up the stairs afterwards.

East of the stairs is a rock hiding an Aspear Berry. Go up another flight of

steps to see a cave. There are two hidden items here: a Red Shard northwest
and an Ice Heal southeast.

A Detour to the Circus

No. Status
Before we go into the cave, turn back and go back all the way to the Circus.
I’m sorry but I wish there was a better way to do this. Go back all the way
to the Crustles to the Circus. At the Circus, sitting at a table south of the
cages is a blue – haired guy (pictured below). He’s the same guy who
commended us for saving the Smoochum in Citrine Mountain all that time
ago. Talk to him for some sweet, sweet relationship points.

After obtaining Surf, talk to Blake at the circus:

+1 Blake
 If you’re ever thinking of going back to Fiore Mansion to read the rest of
Titania’s diary on your own, please don’t. Just go back to where we were,
in front of the cave before we left just now.

After obtaining Surf, talk to Titania’s journal on the table in Fiore:

-1 Titania

Citrine, Celestinine, Ametrine: Three in One

No. Status
Enter the cave to end up on the first floor of Citrine Mountain. Walk north
first to see some steps leading north. Go up it to see two hidden items, one
on the ground (a Shoal Salt) and the other on the rock (a Green Shard).
There’s a mining rock here. Go east to see a ladder and a hidden Shoal Salt.
Go up the ladder afterwards. You’ll be at Citrine Mountain 2F. Go east for
a hidden Zinc. Go up the stairs north and go west to see a hidden Ultra Ball
on the rock at the end. You can go east after that and Surf on the water
here, but without Waterfall, we can’t go further. Instead, go back
downstairs to Citrine Mountain 1F to the cave entrance. Walk north and
west to see two hidden items: both of which are Shoal Salts. Walk west to
see three more hidden items (pictured below).

They are (clockwise from twelve ‘o’ clock) a Normal Gem, a Shoal Salt,
and an Ultra Potion. Ignore the stairs south for now. Go to the southwest
corner instead. Here is a hidden item blocked off by two mining rocks. You
can mine both rocks for items, but in order to get the hidden item, you need
to use Blast Powder on one of the mining rocks. Do so and get a Heart
Scale.
Go down the stairs and go southwest afterwards. There are two hidden
items here: a Shoal Salt and a Revive. At the southwest end, just before the
steps leading south to the Strength boulder and ice sliding puzzle is a
hidden Shoal Salt.
Go back northeast after the item, then east to the river. Go into the water,
then surf north and east. Go up the steps on the land here. On the northeast
corner of the land is a hidden Super Potion. Go down the steps east
afterwards. On the northwest corner is a Mining Rock and a hidden Full
Heal.
Go down the steps south to an ice – sliding puzzle. Start from the rightmost
side of the stairs.
a) Slide south
b) Slide east
c) Slide north
d) Slide east
e) Slide north

Finally, slide east down the steps. Surf into the water here. If you go north,
there is a waterfall that we can’t do anything about. If you go south all the
way, you will eventually come out at the Celestinine Cascade, the place
where the whole shebang went down with Titania and Amaria. If you go
southeast, there is also nothing you can do here since there is also a
waterfall there.

Note: You can use a Good Rod here to catch a Qwilfish. Please catch one.
If you want to use one yourself, catch two. After this, we can trade a
Qwilfish to someone.

The only way to go then, is east. Get on land here and climb up the stairs
north. The rock east after the stairs has a hidden Ultra Ball. Afterwards, go
west. Then go north up the stairs and climb the ladder.
This is the second floor of Celestinine Mountain. From the stairs north,
there will be an ice – sliding puzzle. Slide:
a) North
b) West
c) South
d) West
e) North
 f) West
g) South
h) West to the stairs

Go west all the way and up three flights of stairs here. Surf on the water.
There’s nothing to the west but a dive spot, which we can’t do anything
about now. Go all the way north instead and you will enter the second floor
of Ametrine Mountain. This is where all three mountains converge
apparently, forming a mountain range. Go east following the path. To the
south is a waterfall, so we can’t go there, while the way north is blocked by
rocks and ice. The only way to go then, are east and west. Going east will
take you out of the mountain and back into Route 2, part of the northern
Crustle puzzle we did before battling Samson.

Go west on land here and walk up the steps leading north. There is a sliding
ice puzzle here. Start from the second tile from the south. Slide:
a) West
b) North
c) West
d) South
e) West
f) North to see a group of familiar people in front of you.

Talk to Aya. Apparently, the trio of Aya, Hardy, and Cain are stuck on their
way to Ametrine. Like literally, they’re blocked of by a huge polygonal ice
structure that even Hardy’s Gigalith can’t break. You know, that hulking,
living rock. It obviously wasn’t a natural structure to begin with. Another
issue here is that since the way to Ametrine City is blocked, food and other
important supplies cannot travel in and out of the city. That, coupled with
the fact that the city itself is located on a perpetually snowy mountain,
means the people there are slowly starving to death.

They had to look for help and the nearest city from this mountain range is
Calcenon City. Off they (and us) go.
Once the cutscene is over, go up the stairs north and down the steps east.
Just slide east across the ice. If you’re wondering about the steps leading
north, there’s nothing there except a lake with a Dive spot. Go east across
the water. There’s a Waterfall to the north and there are some impassable
rocks to the south. Just walk east out of the cave to enter a new area.
 Route 3 and the LCCC: Assault and Betrayal
No. Status
A new route, and the first numbered route with no complicated puzzles.
Another example of killer music. ‘Peaks’ I think, is its name in the
Jukebox. Really sets the tone of what’s to come.
Go east here. There’s a hidden Potion to the south. You’ll find the trio
standing in front of some stone steps which the sign reads, “To Calcenon
City” in the north.
Just as Cain is about to climb the steps, an explosion occurs and destroys it.
The explosion seems to have come from a laser beam. The shot barely
missed Cain, prompting Aya to become supremely concerned. Hardy
remarks that the beam came from Labradorra City. Saphira then makes her
grand re – entry on her Dragonite.

She then reports to us a few things. Team Meteor is taking control of

Labradorra City with the help of a few PULSE machines. That blast came
from a PULSE Clawitzer, the shrimp with the arm cannon. Saphira needs to
get back to the city ASAP, but gives us helpful information. To get into
Calcenon City, we need to use the (further) eastern entrance instead. Let’s
go east then. The others seem to have a habit of leaving us behind.

There’s a hidden Green Shard just before the steps east. Go south first
down the steps to get a hidden Ultra Potion. Down there, you can see the
Hiker from Route 2.
Another explosion can be heard ahead, and Hardy’s and Aya’s shouts, too.
You will see Aya on the ledge above, while Cain and Hardy seems to have
received the full brunt of the explosion below.

Before you talk to Aya, please know that this place is considered as a point
of no return. Once you talk to her, you will be paired with her along the
entirety of Route 3, just like you were paired with Cain in Yureyu and
Shelly in the Orphanage. All wild Pokemon you encountered will be
Double Battles, and your Pokemon will all be healed afterwards. So make
sure you don’t backtrack to the mountain for whatever reason.

Go to Ametrine Mountain while Aya is with you:

-1 Aya, -1 Hardy

Also don’t lose any battle while you’re with Aya.

Lose while Aya is with you:
-1 Aya, -1 Hardy
Talk to Aya throughout the entire journey.
When Aya is partnered with you, for each of her four unique dialogues:
+1 (total +4)

Hardy and Cain thankfully survived the blast with a slight concussion.
They will go together, to Aya’s horror and jealousy, while we are asked by
Hardy to accompany Aya. Since going straight east isn’t an option, go into
the cave north instead. Go down the steps east. There’s a hidden Hyper
Potion on the rock to the north. Use the mining rock if you want. Go down
the steps east. Go south to a hidden Red Shard on a rock. This might seem
like a dead end, but there is actually a ledge that you can cross to get down
to the next level (picture below).

The item on the rock there is a hidden Repel and north of the ledge in the
picture is another hidden Repel on a rock.
There are some steps north which lead to a mining rock. If you go further
up, there is another set of steps leading to another mining rock. If mining
rocks do not interest you, keep going east instead. There’s a rock with a
hidden Antidote there. Do note that you can catch a Magneton here. Since
you’re in a Double Battle, you need to faint its partner first before you
catch it. Go down the steps east. There is a hidden Ground Gem on the rock
near the mining rock here. Go south down the two steps and out of the
cave.
You’ll be in the middle of the broken bridge where Hardy and Cain were
just now. Backtrack west a bit up a ledge to get a hidden Max Elixir. Climb
the steep part east afterwards to be greeted by the sound of an explosion
ahead.
Get a hidden Resist Wing south of the big rock and go east down another
steep broken bridge. This bridge was just broken before we reached it. In
the middle, go down the steps south. Go west to a rock hiding an EXP
Candy XL and go to the cave east. Go up the steps north and east. On this
level is a big rock that hides some Pokesnax. As we climb the steps north,
Aya seems to have spotted some shady characters to the east.
Go east to see two Meteor agents. Oh boy, long time no see. On the stone
next to the southern agent is a hidden Potion. Walk in front of the agents to
challenge them afterwards. After we win, go east up two flights of steps. go
north afterwards to see an entrance. There’s a rock hiding a Tiny
Mushroom and the barrel to the west has a hidden Max Potion. Go into the
entrance afterwards.
This is the Labradorra – Calcenon Control Center, or LCCC for short.
Inside here, there is a green panel. Interact with it and the gate to your east
will be nulocked. Since the fissures on the ground render the place
impassable to the north, go through the door to your south instead.
Follow this path south and west down the steps. Follow the path and down
the stairs south to see two more Meteor agents. There’s a hidden Repeat
Ball on the rock to your south, perfect for catching Pokemon you’ve caught
before. Challenge the two agents afterwards. Go west past them afterwards
and get the hidden Great Ball just before the stairs to the south. There’s
actually a hidden item on the rock behind the Meteor agent. Since he’s
there, we can’t get it. We’ll come back later when we’re on our own again.
Go down the stairs south and out the door afterwards.
Follow this path, going up the steps east, north and east afterwards.
Challenge the two Meteor agents afterwards. After the battle, go east to get
a hidden Super Repel on the large rock. Go north and west to the corner to
get a hidden Poke Ball there. Go back to the two Meteor agents and out the
door to the south.
You’ll come out back to Route 3, on the right side of the broken bridge
now. Climb the steep ramp to your east. You’ll end up on a plain, just
before another (thankfully intact) bridge. Get the hidden X Defend just at
the start of the bridge. Cross the bridge, and you will stop. The once
familiar sound of an Absol is heard, and lo and behold, it appears on the
ledge to your north. Uh – oh, this isn’t going to end well.
Past the bridge are two Meteor agents. Challenge them. Go east past them
and down the steep part of another broken bridge. You can’t go east down
the ledge here, but you can walk along the grassy ledge to the north.
Afterwards, you can’t cross continue east across the bridge, but there is a
ramp going down west to the center of the bridge. Follow it west and get
the hidden Green Shard on a white rock.
There’s a small jumping puzzle to the south (pictured below).
Jump south, east, north, and east to the platform with the stairs. Go east
afterwards and into the cave here.
Go north up the steps and get the hidden Blast Powder on the rock there.
It’s useful. Go east up the steps and follow the path to a hidden Ultra Potion
on the rock. Go up the stairs to the north afterwards. The rock to the east
has a hidden Blue Shard on it. Go west and north up the stairs and back into
the LCCC.
There’s somehow a PC and a healing machine here, not that you need it
with Aya tailing you. It also means there’s a major battle ahead. Interact
with the green panel and the gate to your west will unlock. This time, the
fissures will allow you to go north through the door. Save and go through
it.
There’s an extended cutscene here. Aya will mention that we have actually
veered off – track, even though we’ve done nothing but walk east since the
beginning. You will then walk forward to be greeted by Eclipse, part of the
duo Aster and Eclipse. Really long time no see. This seems to be the main
control room of the LCCC. Both of them will challenge you afterwards.
This, I think, will be your first 12 – on – 12 Double Battle, meaning both
Aster and Eclipse will have 6 Pokemon each, instead of the previous 3
each.
After the difficult battle, Eclipse will reveal that her heart wasn’t in it. Aster
chides her for her nonchalance. It turns out that Calcenon City is Eclipse’s
hometown. As in, the city that is, as of right now, being bombed by the
PULSE Clawitzer.

Her reluctance to lay siege to the place is because her father is there. She
decides to resign from Team Meteor right then and there, to Aster’s
disbelief. She will even turn the PULSE Clawitzer off for us. Apparently,
she thought we were there to specifically stop the PULSE, causing
awkwardness on our part. Look lady, we’re just trying to get to Calcenon
aite? Not stop the PULSE.
When Aya explained to her that we were just lost, Eclipse skipped a beat
before revealing that she was the one who wanted to stop the PULSE. See
the reason above. She feels that this isn’t the reason she joined Team
Meteor in the first place. What good is a new world if your loved ones
aren’t in it?

Aster, on the other hand, tried his hardest to convince Eclipse to not quit.
She countered by saying he never had a family, being an orphan who grew
up on the streets. Cringing from the awkwardness, Aya asks whether we
should just let them fight it out. Eclipse then dropped another info. Team
Meteor just weren’t always about wanton cruelty and destruction. Their
original plan, according to Solaris, was to cleanse the city.

Eclipse was just about to reveal to us yet another truth bomb when Sirius
makes his entrance. His Chandelure comes out and burns Eclipse’s soul. It
seems that there is ‘No Resignations Allowed’ policy in Team Meteor’s
employment contract. Sirius decided that Eclipse has finally outlived her
usefulness after all. Aster staggers to Eclipse (just her body, since her
soul… you know) in shock.

Sirius was just about to do the same to us when Aya pushed us out of the
way. Well, having Aya is next best thing and he decides to take her
hostage. Sirius then commands Aster (who refuses to leave Eclipse) to
destroy the exit, leaving us alone once again.

When Aya is kidnapped:

-2 Aya
We can actually backtrack to the cave before to get the hidden item blocked
by the Meteor agent earlier. it’s accessible in the cave west of the only
unbroken bridge in the route. It’s a Fire Gem.

Go back to where we fought Aster and Eclipse earlier. From there, go

southwest to another corridor. There are actually three paths here. The
middle one is the one that you just came out of. The one that I’m talking of
is the left path. Enter it and you will end up in this room (pictured below).
That yellow Pokeball contains TM43: Flame Charge. Don’t worry, we’ll
get something stronger soon. Get out of the room, go north and east to
another corridor in the LCCC (pictured to the right below). Going all the
way south will just lead you to the exit earlier.

Go out of the corridor south to another cave. Go east up the steps and
follow the path to a rock with a hidden Great Ball there. Go up another
flight of steps to get a hidden Aspear Berry on a rock. Go up the last flight
of steps to the east and south out of the cave.
You’ll come out to Route 3 again. Go up the steep ramp to your east.
There’s a white rock hiding a Purple Shard here. Go east and you’ll see
some steps. Don’t go up there yet. Go south and east to the group of trees
there to get a hidden Magical Seed.
Now go up the stairs. Notice how trees are getting more frequent in the
area? There’s a hidden Blast Powder somewhere near a tree there. Go up to
the last steps to the east to enter a new area.
 Exploring Route 4
No. Status
The beginning of this route is signalled by falling snow. Appropriately
enough, it’s a snowing forest. Go all the way east to get the hidden Heart
Scale between two trees. Then walk up the two flights of steps north.
There’s a Hiker ahead of you. Challenge him.
After battling the Hiker, go east. You will spot a hidden Pokesnax within
the row of trees there. Go back to the Hiker and go north. A white rock here
will hide a Super Potion.
There are actually two paths up north, one to the hiker’s left and one to his
right. Going to the left makes it easier for you to reach Calcenon City, but
you’ll miss out on some items along the way. Pick the right path to the
north first, up some steps.
The path here splits again into two: one going northeast along the trees and
the other going northwest. Choose the northwest path first. Hidden between
some trees to your right is a Purple Shard. Follow the path lined with trees.
In front of a tree with no leaves is a hidden Synthetic Seed. Keep following
the path north and eventually you’ll meet some stairs going up to the north.
Return to the split and choose the northeast path this time.
The most unusual thing that you can see here is a patch of grass hiding a
Heart Scale and an abandoned firepit that glints. Interact with it to read a
message saying “Perhaps a spark would draw it out?” So get into a battle
with wild Pokemon nearby and use any one of these moves: Eruption, Fire
Pledge, Flame Burst, Heat Wave, Incinerate, Inferno Overdrive, Lava
Plume, Mind Blown, or Searing Shot. Once you do that, a Pokeball will
appear in the fire pit (pictured below):

It's a Fire Memory, the fifth memory obtainable in game. If you go south
afterwards, picking the path left of the tree above, you will find a hidden
Red Shard. Afterwards, go back south to the northeast – northwest split.
This time we’re choosing the northeast path again to the hiker, but we’re
going to take the steps north (pictured below).

Go up the stairs and go northeast. There is a barren tree there with a hidden
Telluric Seed. Go back to the steps and take the path north this time. If you
keep going north all the way, you will meet a waterfall. There’s a jumping
puzzle there, but since we don’t have Waterfall yet, there’s not much we
can do here. The path splits again here, either to the east or west. Go east
first up the stairs. There is a rock with a hidden Telluric Seed here.
Challenge the Ranger near you afterwards. To her south, next to a barren
tree is a hidden X Attack. Further south at the end is a Rock Climb path
leading up. Remember this place. It’s very important later on.
Go back to the waterfall afterwards and continue west, you’ll meet some
steps. Don’t go up it yet. Instead, go south to meet a Nature Girl. Battle her.
Further northeast of the Nature Girl is a hidden Pokesnax surrounded by
four trees. If you go south from her, you’ll see some steps leading down
south and an Ace Trainer. Challenge him. Going further south and along
the path down some steps will make you realize you’re going in circles,
since this is the path that we didn’t take. The Hiker’s left, remember?
Go back north all the way to the Nature Girl and take the steps to her west.
Battle the Hotshot here. To his north is a rock with a hidden Potion. The
route is officially done. Go west into the Calcenon City Checkpoint. If
you’re wondering why this route is so simple and straightforward, it isn’t.
We just did not have Waterfall and Rock Climb yet.
Hardy will wait for us at the checkpoint. Talk to him… without Aya. Cain
went off to see some friends of his up there. Upon hearing that Aya got
captured by Team Meteor, Hardy stormed out of the checkpoint to the west.
Go follow him and enter the city proper.
 Calcenon City: Flaring Tempers and the Firebug’s Gambit
No. Status
Welcome to Calcenon City, named after chalcedony (maybe?) a beautiful
blue mineral. The layout of the city is a bit unusual. Two streams of light
(magma?) seem to run straight through it. It neighbours Labradorra City to
the west.
Go heal up at the Pokemon Center which is along the purple stream to the
south. Inside the Pokemon Center is a woman named Emmy who would
trade you a Munchlax named Mr. Bumbles. The frustrated guy running
towards the wall in there will give you the ‘noitems’ password.
Get out of the Pokemon Center and go east and north to the red stream
afterwards. Go east along the stream until you see a red barrier. Try to hit it
and you’ll literally bounce off. This must be the barrier blocking off
Labradorra City that is created by the PULSE Mr. Mime. Go inside the
house just before the barrier. We’re about to become the harbinger of bad
news.
Inside this house is a gentleman sitting on a couch. He’s waiting for his
daughter’s return, apparently. She left to join an organization who promised
to help her find a cure for an incurable disease that he has.

Then it hits you. This is Eclipse’s father. We told him that she passed away
already. He calls you a liar. Caitlyn isn’t dead yet. He then throws you out
of the house while he deals with your news. Go south from Caitlyn’s house
to see Saphira and Hardy. Eclipse might be dead, but I don’t think Caitlyn
is.
Talk to Saphira to tell her why the PULSE Clawitzer has stopped attacking.
Eclipse did something good and paid for it, didn’t she? Talk to Hardy
afterwards. Hardy blew his lid and began punching the barrier, shouting for
the Meteors to come out.

The slimy thing known as Fern comes out, taunting Hardy for the futility of
his actions. It seems he is a slimy turncoat to boot, having joined the
Meteors now. All because he wants to be on top. After taunting hardy some
more, Fern leaves. Saphira remarks on his ‘pleasant’ attitude. Hardy is
determined to save Aya himself, the rock – headed man that he is.
Go back to Caitlyn’s house and go east to the next building. This is
Calcenon City Gym, the venue of our next battle. Go in there. Another
cutscene occurs, this time involving Laura and Charlotte. It seems that
Laura is upset about something. She then leaves the Gym when she notices
your presence, crying on her way out.

Laura was fired from her Elite Four position today, as notified by Ame the
league manager herself. Evidently, she has also been replaced. Charlotte is
extremely suspicious about the whole situation and intends to get to the
bottom of it. She then leaves the Gym.
Follow her out and go back to Saphira and Hardy near the barrier. Talk to
Saphira. Sirius will drag Aya down the stairs of Labradorra on the left side
of the barrier. He proposes a trade: Aya’s life for the Ruby Ring. Saphira
does not negotiate with terrorists, to Hardy’s consternation.

Hardy says we should give Sirius the ring (of course), while Saphira says
we shouldn’t, since Aya’s life will be forfeit no matter what. Charlotte then
comes onto the scene. Hardy points out Saphira’s hypocrisy, saying she
wouldn’t be so inflexible if it was Laura or Charlotte on the other side of
the barrier. Saphira said she would stand her ground in both cases too, to
Hardy’s confusion.

Charlotte seems hurt by Saphira’s statement, and asks us whether we would

sacrifice her for the ring.

When Charlotte asks if you would trade her for the Ruby Ring:
Yes = -1 Hardy, +2 Charlotte, +1 Saphira if point total is above 0
(otherwise -1 Saphira)
No = +1 Hardy, -2 Charlotte

I answered ‘Yes’. Hardy will get over it. Charlotte then steals the Ruby
Ring from us and ran off, saying she’ll meet us at the LCCC. Sirius, seeing
his leverage just disappearing in front of his eyes, will drag Aya away,
ending the negotiation, promising to send someone to the LCCC. Hardy
vents his anger on Saphira.

Saphira calmly explains to Hardy that what Charlotte did has just saved
Aya’s life, if at least prolongs it a little more. Team Meteor now believes
we have nothing else of value to offer them, and will continue to use Aya to
bargain if we do have something valuable to give them. Saphira asks us to
go confirm this ourselves. Go to Calcenon City Checkpoint.

Charlotte will be waiting for us there. She explains her gambit to us,
basically what Saphira expected to happen. As long as we don’t negotiate
with Team Meteor, they won’t be able to reach their goals, since we have
what they need. She says she will keep the ring for now, but offers us
something else in return: the right to battle her at the Calcenon City Gym,
where her mother Caroline was the former Gym Leader. She then leaves for
her gym, but not before saying that she couldn’t find Laura.
 Battling Charlotte
No. Status
There are two ways the next events can go. You can go and battle Charlotte
at the Gym (my personal choice), or you can go to the house east of the
barrier behind the fountain along the purple stream. If you battle Charlotte
first, you can’t tell Hardy about Charlotte’s gambit.

Tell Hardy about Charlotte’s gambit:

+1 Hardy

If you decide to go to the house first, you can get the relationship point
above but you can’t get this next relationship point.

Beat Charlotte before getting the Dive HM:

+1 Noel, +1 Shelly

This is because the moment you go into the house, you will receive the
Dive machine, but without the badge. The choice is yours. I’d rather make
two kids happy.
Go to the barrier again to see Saphira. It turns out he’s talking to our
favourite psycho – therapist, Sigmund. Talk to Saphira to trigger flying
threats everywhere.

See Saphira and Sigmund talking at the barrier:

-1 Sigmund

I despise the man.

To the gym we go! This gym is a massive throwback to Wallace’s cracked
ice gym puzzle in Gen 3 (Ruby, Sapphire, and Emerald). There are three
levels of increasing difficulty. The objective is to step on all the tiles only
once and be on the final tile to progress to the next level. If you’ve stepped
on a tile you’ve stepped on previously or stepped on a tile already marked
bright orange, you have to restart the entire puzzle.

First puzzle:
7 8 19 18
6 9 10 17 16
5 11 12 15
4 3 2 13 14
1

Battle the Elder on the ledge there afterwards.

Second puzzle:
36 37 38 39 40 14 13 12
35 34 21 20 15 16 11
33 26 25 22 19 18 17 10
31 32 27 24 23 4 5 6 9
30 29 28 2 3 7 8
1

Battle the Ace Trainer there afterwards.

Third puzzle:

66 67 68 69 75 28 27 26 23 22
65 70 71 74 29 25 24 21
64 63 62 61 72 73 30 31 32 20
58 59 60 42 41 40 33 34 19
56 57 45 44 43 39 38 35 18
55 54 46 5 6 7 37 36 17
52 53 48 47 4 8 11 12 13 16
51 50 49 3 2 9 10 14 15
1

Battle the last Ace Trainer here.

There is one last optional puzzle here (picture below).

If you manage to sketch out the following pattern before you fought
Charlotte, you will open up Caroline’s (the Belrose mom) secret room in
the Gym that will be important for a sidequest much later. This gym puzzle,
 although complicated, is made easier by the fact that you can step on tiles
that you have stepped on before. So, just be careful and follow the pattern
exactly. It will also get you this:

Open the secret Calcenon gym door while Charlotte is present:

+1 Charlotte

You’ll know you have succeeded if you hear a click sound, followed by
Charlotte remarking what the hell did we just do. Now let’s go battle her.

Strategy:
She hits hard, and she hits fast. Upon victory, we will receive our 11 th
official badge, the Cinder Badge. All Pokemon up to Level 75 will obey us
without question. It also enables the TMX machine Dive to be used outside
of battle. Our TM reward is of course TM35: Flamethrower.

Charlotte to Terra: Post – Charlotte Sidequests

No. Status
Go heal up after that hellish battle. Then go to the house behind the
fountain, located along the purple street of Calcenon City. The moment we
step in, we’ll be greeted by Anna! The rest of the Orphanage Gang is there
too. Noel, Cain, Shelly, and Hardy.

Cain seems untroubled by Aya being held captive by Team Meteor, even
after we were the one who relayed the news to her. Anna, on the other
hand, doesn’t seem to believe Cain’s nonchalance. Shelly then asks Cain
about Heather. He said she’s fine, being adopted by someone named Blake
in Ametrine City. Shelly does a double – take. Blake is Cal’s older brother,
who, judging from stories by Cal, is not a good person.

Shelly is suddenly raring up to go to Ametrine City to see Heather, being

worried for her. Cain then tells them the path to Ametrine City is blocked
by a huge iceberg, making entry impossible. Since entry through or above it
proved impossible or useless, then Anna suggests the only possible
alternative: Go under it, by using Dive as Noel helpfully adds. Anna will
give us TMX06: Dive!

Since we battled Charlotte already, we can use it.

Beat Charlotte before getting the Dive HM:
+1 Noel, +1 Shelly
You can talk to Hardy afterwards to tell him about Charlotte’s gambit, but
I’m not sure we can get the relationship point with him or not.
Tell Hardy about Charlotte’s gambit:
+1 Hardy
Go south directly from the house where everyone is gathered. This is the
southern Calcenon City Checkpoint, which connects directly to Route 3.
Talk to the guard here to find out that the blast from PULSE Clawitzer has
destroyed the stairs and bridges outside (we know, we were there when it
happened).

However, if they had some funds (about $40 000), they can fix the
stairway, but not the bridge. Give them to him. With all the items we have,
it’s possible by now. He will profusely thank you. A cutscene happens
where we will hear construction sounds, and the stairway will be fixed. We
can now go south directly to the beginning of Route 3.
After the second flight of steps down, we can travel east along the ledge
here to see a small but long flight of steps leading to a cave up north. Go up
it and enter the cave. In here, there are three Pokeballs containing an
Electirizer, Magmarizer, and a Ghost Memory. This is the sixth memory
obtainable in the game.
The two items there besides the memory are evolution items for Electabuzz
and Magmar respectively. There’s something we need to do with it first.
Return to Calcenon City again. Go inside the house to the right of the gym.
Inside, you’ll see a man and an Elekid. Team Meteor’s siege on his
hometown destroyed his house generators. So, he’s using the Elekid as a
temporary power supply until he can find a replacement Electirizer. Guess
what? We’re gonna give ours to him. In return, we get to have the Elekid
that he used. Don’t worry about getting an Electirizer as replacement. We’ll
be able to buy one later.

Next, go to the house to the right of Calcenon Pokemon Center. This is

actually a kindergarten. Team Meteor’s siege knocked out the building’s
heater, causing the teacher to warm up the classroom by using a Magby
that’s by her side. She needs a Magmarizer to fix it. Give her ours and she
will give us the Magby in return. Just like the Electirizer, we’ll be able to
buy one ourselves later.
Go out of the southern checkpoint again, all the way down the steps this
time and go east a bit and south. You’ll see some steps leading down to the
cliff which overlooks Route 2 below (picture below).
Interact with that contraption and a ladder will actually extend from Route
2 to Route 3, allowing us easy access between the two routes.
This next sidequest really is optional, and can be done much, much more
easily later. The reward is a Mega – Stone and a Pokemon, Salandit. Make
sure you also have some Pokesnax in your bag. If you don’t need to have a
Salazzle or can wait until after the second – last badge to get the Mega –
Stone, feel free to skip this sidequest. If not, carry on reading.

Travel down the extendable ladder and into Route 2. Go all the way north
using the Crustles. Get some Rage Powder here (picture below).

Once done, go all the way back north to Route 3 by going up the ladder. Go
all the way west into Ametrine Mountain. Inside the mountain, make your
way to large iceberg all the way west and go south. Our goal is to get to the
Celestinine Cascade entrance, near Fiore Mansion. On the sliding puzzle,
go:
a) South
b) East
c) South
d) East
e) North
f) East

Go east afterwards down the steps leading south. Go all the way east and
Surf in the water south. Go west, and south, then east to a long flight of
steps leading down. Go down two more flights of steps to be at the start of
a sliding puzzle. From the top tile of the stairs, slide:
a) East
b) South
c) West
d) North
e) East
f) South
g) East
h) North
i) East
j) South

Go down the stairs here and into the hole. Go down the two flights of steps
leading south and Surf in the water. Go all the way west, and then south to
come out at the Celestinine Cascade. Go east on the land here until you
meet a Crustle buried in front of a hole (pictured below).

Now, if you were to wake it up with the Rage Powder we collected earlier,
we will need to replace it with another Crustle. This means we have to do
this part of the puzzle all over again. If you were to do it after we get the
second – to – last badge, we can Rock Climb the trail east of the cliff here.
The choice is yours. I choose to do it now, get all the items and catch a
female Salandit. I will also replace the Crustle later on using the same way
that I wrote earlier in the “Southern Crustle Puzzle” section.

Interact with the Crustle to wake it up. It will be startled and run into the
hole. Go inside the Salandit Cave (pictured below).

The item there is an Elemental Seed, a hidden EXP. Candy XL, and an
Aerodactylite. This is the second Mega Stone accessible in the game. This
is fortunate because we’re about to get that Pokemon soon (although we
can’t revive it yet). Interact with the hole there and a Salandit will come
out. This event is repeatable, as long as you have Pokesnax. Salandit is a
bizarre species, in that only the female can evolve into the glass cannon
Salazzle. However, the gender ratio is overwhelmingly skewed against the
female, with 88.1 % male to only 11.9% female. I did not confirm this, but
having a lead male Pokemon with the Cute Charm ability (a male Minccino
maybe?) increases the probability of the Salandit encounter to 66.7 % . I got
lucky since my first encounter is female. Just save scum maybe?

To replace the Crustle, you will actually need to backtrack to the

Celestinine Cascade and Surf back to the northern part of Route 2. The first
thing that you should see after coming out of the cave is a Crustle leading
east to a Hiker, and a ladder going up to Route 3. This is because there is no
shortcut to the north part of Route 2 anymore since the Crustle ran off
earlier. Use the jumping puzzle and do not forget to collect some Sleep
Powder from green flowers along the way. Also, remember not to step on
any unstable platforms, or your Powder Vial will spill.
 Searching for Titanic: Ascending Ametrine Mountain
No. Status
Regardless of whether you went looking for Salandit or not, once you’re
done, we can move on to the source of the huge iceberg blocking the way
to Ametrine City. Go into Ametrine Mountain through the Route 3
entrance.
Go and surf west on the land there. Go up the steps and slide west across
the sliding puzzle. Go up the stairs and go south. Walk south down those
steps past the iceberg for the time being, since we’re going to explore
Ametrine Mountain with Dive.

At the ice – sliding puzzle, slide south, east, north, east, south east onto
walkable land. Go east and down the steps south. Go east and Surf on the
water there. Surf south, west, south until you enter Celestinine Mountain
2F. Go west here until you meet a Dive spot. Anytime you see a spot that
has a darker shade of blue compared to the rest of the water surrounding it,
that’s an indicator of a Dive spot. Interact while on top of it (press A) to
begin diving. You’ll end up in a place pictured below.

To surface back above water, you need to look for spots where light it
shining down from above. Surf south and east along the trench all the way,
until you meet land where you can see some patches of seaweed(?). You
can roam in these patches of seaweed just like patches of grass on land.
You can even meet Pokemon here. At the very end of the patch of seaweed,
near the southeastern corner, you can find the Field Note for the Snowy
Mountain Field. Read up on this. A major boss battle will take place here
soon.
From the Field Note, surf back west. The path will actually split here to the
west or north. If we go west, we’ll end up back at the place where we
dived under earlier. Go north instead. This path has two splits also, both
going east. Enter the first path that you meet to the east.

You will eventually see a land with patches of seaweed. The northern
corner of this patch has a Water Stone on it.

From the Water Stone, surf west and north to the second path going east.
Follow the path as it loops around to a surfacing spot. Surface here to see a
waterfall to your north. Surf east until you see a small strip of land. Along
this strip is the PULSE Dex info for PULSE 02: Avalugg. That explains a
lot, and also why this section is titled as such.

Go back west to the Dive spot and go back under. Follow the loop back
around and go north, then west to surface back in Celestinine Mountain 2F.
Go east from there and land on the strip of land with the long stairs going
down east. Go down the stairs. Keep going east to see an ice sliding puzzle.

From the top of the two tiles, slide:

a) East
b) North
c) East
d) South
e) West
f) South
g) West
h) North
i) East
j) South
k) East
l) North
m) East
n) South to the stairs

Go down the hole afterwards to end up at Celestinine Mountain 1F.

Go south down the two flights of steps here. Go south down the stairs to the
southeast. Surf on the water to the west until you meet steps leading to an
ice puzzle. From the steps, slide:
a) West
b) North
c) West
d) South
e) West
f) North
g) East
h) North to the stairs

From the stairs, go directly to your right. From this tile, slide:
a) South
b) East
c) North
d) West
e) South to the stairs.

From the stairs, go down and surf. There will be a Dive spot here. Dive
under. Go north, picking up the hidden Resist Wing at the empty spot
between the two seaweeds. Keep going north. At the wall is a rock hiding a
Red Shard. Surface at the patch of light nearby afterwards.

Surf south here onto some land. You’ll be at Celestinine Mountain 1F, but
on the higher ledge to the west of the ice sliding puzzle we did earlier.
There’s a hidden Pokesnax to the south, an EXP. Candy XL, and at the
corner at the end of the path is TM82: Dragon Tail.
Backtrack all the way to the ice – sliding puzzle we previously did above.
Make your way to the steps leading east downstairs. From the right side,
just slide north, east, north, then east down the two steps. Surf east in the
water and walk up the steps north. Follow the path up another set of steps
north and climb up the ladder to Celestinine Mountain 2F. You will see an
ice – sliding puzzle to the north. Slide north, west, south, west, north, west,
south and west up the steps. We’re actually making our way to the large
iceberg blocking the way to Ametrine City. There’s a major battle
happening near the area soon.

Go up all three flights of steps leading west. Surf on the water and go up
north until you reach Ametrine Mountain north. Go all the way east and
then north, Get off to dry land and walk north up the steps. Go west to see
another sliding puzzle. Slide west, north, west, south, west and north to the
iceberg (finally!).

Go north all the way past the iceberg to the steps leading east downwards.
Slide east across the puzzle. Loop south until you’re standing on the left
side of the white rock (picture below).

Slide north here, and go west and north up the stairs. There should be a
pool with a Dive spot here. Go down under it.
Surf west along this narrow passageway until you find a surfacing spot. Go
up here. Surf all the way south and east here. There’s a Diving spot here
and land to the north. However, that part is also still blocked off by the
iceberg. Go under the Diving spot instead. There should be an entrance
underwater to your north. Go through it (pictured below).

On the other side is a surfacing spot. Surface there to see…the PULSE

Avalugg to your north (picture below).

If you read the PULSE – Dex entry for this thing, you kinda get the feeling
that it’s actually suffering. The machine is glued to its body, preventing it
from moving at all. Let’s just put it out of its misery. Before you fight it,
the game text even specifically tells you that it’s crying out in pain and asks
would you like to terminate its misery. Do so.
Strategy:
Perish Song Prankster Murkrow.
After the battle, the entire iceberg structure disappears, leaving a huge
empty plain in its wake. Shelly will suddenly be there, surprised to see us.
We will tell her that the blockage is caused by the PULSE Avalugg, which
leads her to wonder why Team Meteor would place the Avalugg at such an
open space instead of multiple choke points to Ametrine City around the
mountain. It seems that Shelly is there to go see Heather at Ametrine City.
She even asks Charlotte to lend her the Ruby Ring. Shelly hasn’t seen
Heather since the day we escaped the Railnet to Chrysolia region, when
Heather ran off atop her Salamence. With a final goodbye, Shelly goes off
to Ametrine City, which she helpfully tells us is a few stories up.
Take the Light Shard northwest of the machine and go up the steps to the
north there. Go up the ladder to Ametrine Mountain 3F afterwards. Go up
the two flights of stairs north and go east to a sliding puzzle. Just slide east
to ordinary land and pick up the hidden X Attack here. Go up the stairs to
your north.

There’s a sliding puzzle here. Start as shown in the picture below:

The hidden item there is a Blue Shard. Slide:

a) East
b) Go north one step and go west to hit a rock.
c) North
d) West
e) South
f) East
g) North near a ladder

Go up the ladder to Ametrine Mountain 4F.

Go north to get a hidden Ice Gem. Start the sliding puzzle nearby according
to the picture below:
 Slide:
a) West
b) South
c) East
d) North
e) East
f) South
g) East
h) North
i) East to a door.

Go out of the door to a new area.

The Snowing City on a Hill: Ametrine City

No. Status
Welcome to Ametrine City. The city located on the highest peak of the
Reborn Region. Get the hidden Purple Shard to your east the moment you
get out of the mountain. Walk south to get a hidden Resist Wing. Follow
the path as it curves west to get a hidden X Attack. Go north to see a stone
hiding an Ether. Go back to the path afterwards and follow it. The path will
eventually split to the west or to the east. Go east first and follow the path
circling the mountainside.

At the end is a hidden Pokesnax (pictured below).

We can go north through the snowy patches of grass there. There is a stone
hiding a Blue Shard there. That’s all that can be found there. Go back to the
split and take the path west now.
Your first clue that you have reached Ametrine City is that there is a sign
reading “Welcome to Ametrine City” next to a house. South from the stone
is an ice rubble with a hidden Purple Shard. Keep going west to see more
houses. There is a hidden Potion along the way. You will see some steps
leading downward to the west. Shelly can be found standing there. Just
before the steps is a hidden Zinc.
Ignore Shelly for the time being. Instead go to the house in front of her,
where you can see an elder standing next to it. Inside this house is an old
man sitting on a couch and a computer. Interact with the PC, whose OS
seems to have crashed. You will get Field Note for the Glitch Field. Get
used to this, because we will have at least two important battles here.

Talk to the old man afterwards, who will wax poetic on the harsh snowy
environment of his town and mentions a Pokemon who might be ill – suited
to it, but is somehow out there living in the town. Hmm.
Get out of the house and talk to Shelly. She mentions that she will ask
around town for a place that looks suspicious. She will then ask us to split
up to do the same. With that, she is gone.
Go west down the steps to explore the rest of the town. If you talk to the
townspeople here, they will mention that they have been living off of their
emergency supplies, which have mysteriously been stolen, and the public
food store. There is a large building with two entrances there, both of which
are locked for now. Go further west to an empty house with a lot of
machinery in it. Talk to the PC there if you have a Rotom in your party.
This is the house you can go to where Rotom can change into its various
forms!
Get out of the house and walk west and north up the steps. Between the two
buildings is a hidden Ether. The large building on the left is locked so go
west to see a building with an open entrance. Finally! Enter the building.
Just before you enter the building, did you notice the Lucario on the
rooftop?
This building seems to be a shelter for kids or some sort. The only other
floor accessible is the second floor. Go up there. In this room is a sorely
mistaken child who thinks Pidove evolves into Staraptor. In fact, they’re so
adamant about it that they are willing to ask you for one. I did ask you to
catch a Pidove so long ago remember? Give it to them, and they will give
you an Old Amber in return. This fossil can be revived to be an
Aerodactyl.
Leave the place and go out of the building. Follow the path outside
northwest. Just as we were about to make the turn, the Lucario we saw
earlier will growl at us… and run off across the rooftop to the east. It seems
that a girl lost her necklace there and is still trying to find it. She will
prevent us from going further northwest. Return to the house with an old
man inside it just now. Talk to him again.

He will commend us for being able to somehow spot the Lucario. It was
abandoned by its Trainer here years ago. It resents all humans as a result,
but the old man is sure that its den is somewhere around the icy mountains
here.
We’ll get back to the sidequest later. Leave the old man’s house and go
west, but this time, at the large building with locked doors go to the house
to the south instead (picture below).

The hidden item there is a Stardust. The house there is empty, so just go
southwest down the slope. Pick up the hidden Big Pearl there. The first
thing you will see as the ground becomes level again is an ice – skating rink
full of children.
Talk to the adult woman standing on the eastern side of the rink. She will
mention that the city is undergoing a famine, but its effects are still
endurable due to the presence of a guardian angel in the city. She will not
be able to disclose the identity of this angel though, too bad. The old man
standing at the southeastern corner will also allude to this mysterious angel.
An old woman standing further away to the west of the rink will tell you
that this angel is a girl. Finally, at the northwestern corner of the rink is a
child with his face to the north. Talk to him, and he will tell you of the
(supposedly haunted) house to the north of him, up there on the ledge
which has an interesting story. Two girls were living there some years ago
when they died under mysterious circumstances.
Go back to the old woman near the rink. To her east, there’s actually an
entrance into the rink. You guessed it. Ice puzzle time! Slide:
a) East to the lady
b) South to the child. Talk to them.
c) West to another child. Talk to them.
d) South
e) West
f) North
g) East
h) South

Once done, you will end up on a grassy patch. Walk east here and down the
steps south. Follow the path down another flight of steps south. The
Pokeball there contains TM95: Snarl.
Get out of the rink by sliding north, then east. Once done, run all the way
east past the rink and pick up the hidden Repel there before going up the
steps north. Go east and up the steps north. The Pokemon Center for the
city is there. South of the Pokemon Center is a hidden Chewing Gum. Go
heal up at the Pokemon Center. Inside is a youngster who also mentions a
mysterious girl.
There’s a house to the left of the Pokemon Center. A battle is coming up, so
be prepared. Inside this house is a Techie sitting in front of a PC. It seems
that his PC has been infected with a virus, and he’s not strong enough to
eliminate it. Talk to him again when you’re ready. Welcome to the first of
Pokemon Reborn’s gauntlet – style battle. If you’re embroiled in one, it
means that you will have to complete a series of battles with two or more
trainers, each of which has a full (or almost full) team of Pokemon, with no
healing in between. This means that if your Pokemon faints, is statused, or
runs out of PP, it will stay that way until the whole gauntlet is over.
Oftentimes, the gauntlet is necessary to be overcome to progress the story.
This one isn’t, but you get a handsome reward at the end of it.
Talk to the PC when you’re ready. This fight takes place inside the PC,
which means all battles will take place in the Glitch Field. If you’re
familiar with Gen 1 mechanics, use it to your advantage. If you’re not,
good luck. The first battle is against two Pokemon, the second also against
two Pokemon, the third against three Pokemon. I love my Cinccino. It took
care of the first two gauntlets on its own. Once done, the virus clears and
the Techie will reward you with the Department Store Sticker: Porygon
– Z. With this, we can now access the tenth floor of the Obsidia
Department Store.
With that done, heal up at the Pokemon Center if you’re injured by the
gauntlet. Go west past the ice – skating rink afterwards and pick up the
hidden Green Shard. Further west is an ice rubble with a hidden Full Heal.
Go up the stairs to the north afterwards. The path splits here to the haunted
house to the east and another path northwest. Go northwest first. Before
going northwest, pick up the hidden X Sp. Atk on the rock to your north.
On the northwest path, there is a hidden Tiny Mushroom before the steps.
Go up the steps to the Pokemart. Stock up here if you need anything. The
rock next to the Pokemart has a hidden Antidote.
Note: I can’t confirm this, but if you didn’t talk to the lady, old man, old
woman, and child at the skating rink earlier, this next sequence of events
might not be triggered.

If you’re done, take the west path at the split and go east to get a hidden
Red Shard at the rock. Then enter the house. Shelly will suddenly be behind
us. The house has two beds and a PULSE machine in it. Very suspicious.
We will inspect the house on our own, and Shelly will find something on
the floor. It’s a Battle Pass – Gravity, which will allow us to battle Terra.

She then mentions we should check the books in the house, which has a
diary. She will innocently mention how people will never get in trouble for
reading other people’s diaries (ahem!). The owner is a girl named Lumina
Seijaya.

It seems that her mother was sick, so they moved to Ametrine for her to
recover. Her mother died some time later. She mentioned that her father
died a long time ago, leaving her and her sister Evelynn orphans. Again, it
turns out that the disease that killed their mother is genetic, and now
Lumina has it as well.

Evelynn, who is healthy, has been doing her best to research a cure for
Lumina, but she feels like a burden to her sister. Eve has been building a
machine that could amplify the healing powers of Pokemon (Does this
remind you of anything?). Some time later, a man dressed in all – black
showed up at the house demanding the machine for his organization. Eve
refused but the man used Lumi as a hostage. The last entry of the diary
describes an accident occurring there. Eve was testing the machine on a
Magneton. During testing, the Magneton evolved into Magnezone, fusing
its three bodies into one. The highly unstable situation created an explosion
that fused the minds of the three witnesses in one body.

That, ladies, gents, and enbies, is the origin story of Meteor agent ZEL, or
the body with Zero, Evelynn and Lumina’s minds in it. Shelly remarks
what an interesting story that is. Just then, a blue – haired guy walks in.
After recognizing and rudely dismissing Shelly, he tells her it’s none of our
business to be there, and leaves the house afterwards.

Shelly, being the genius that she is, makes the connection between the
mysterious guardian angel and Heather. They’re the same person. After all,
she has a Salamence. She can fly over the blockade to get food below the
mountain. Leave the house afterwards, following Shelly.
She can be found talking to the child afterwards, the one who told us about
Eve and Lumi’s house. They will finally reveal the reason for all the
secrecy involving the identity of the angel: the angel’s guardian doesn’t like
it when she helps the townspeople. Shelly then asks the child to reveal the
identity of the guardian, since he’s not bound by secrecy to protect his
identity. It’s Blake, of course. Cal’s brother, Blake Whitaker. The blue –
haired man we’ve been mysteriously seeing everywhere this whole time.
He was also the town’s former Gym Leader.

The child then balks at Shelly’s idea of asking Blake directly where
Heather is. Shelly then says that she won’t reveal the angel’s identity to
Blake, but just to ask where she is. The child says that Blake’s house is
locked for the time being, but that he can leave the door open for us to
enter. The child and Shelly will disappear.

Fire and Ice, Cain and Abel

Go back to the top of the slope where the large building with two locked
entrances were. True enough, one of the doors is now open. Step inside.
Take the elevator to the only floor available, the top floor. We’ll find Shelly
with Blake there, who’s busy playing video games.

After ignoring Shelly, Blake will cut to the chase. He knows we’re there to
seek and rescue Heather, and we know he’s a Team Meteor agent. He will
propose a trade: Heather for the Ruby Ring. He will throw something else
in the mix to sweeten the deal: the HM machine for Waterfall, which we
have been looking for since the whole Titania – Amaria fiasco.

This is the sixth major event that will occur to determine which ending we
will get in the game. To get the ‘Good Ending’, we will have to refuse to
give Blake the Ruby Ring, repeatedly.

When Blake asks for the Ruby Ring:

Say no once = -1 Shelly
Say no a second time = -1 Heather
Say no a third time = +1 Anna, +1 Shade, +2 Cal, -1 Shelly, -2 Blake
Say yes at any point = +2 Blake, -2 Cal

As you can see, our choice will cost us somewhat. Well, we have to
sacrifice something to gain something. After that somewhat enraging ordeal
with the slime ball, we still have a lot to lose by the way. Not only did the
Blake steal the Ruby Ring from Shelly, we did not get the machine, and
Blake of course refuses to tell us where Heather is.

It turns out that Blake’s codename is Canis Major, and his orders were to
let the Ametrine citizens starve, which Heather prevented by being the
angel of the city. He had her locked up somewhere for good.

Blake doesn’t even buy into Team Meteor’s ideals. He’s just doing this to
ensure his own freedom and safety in the New World if it ever came to
fruition. He mentions something about the total freedom to be anyone and
do anything he wants. In this conversation, Blake also insults Cal in the
same breath, to which Shelly defends his kinder, if misguided younger
brother. He then leaves. Here we are, one Keystone short, and no machine
or Heather in sight.

What should we do then? Shelly suggests we go outside to ask someone.

Wow. Let’s do what she says. Take the elevator to the ground floor and
leave the building.
Shelly will somehow be out here before us (maybe Illumise has Teleport).
Just then, a blue – haired man walks by and seems to recognize Shelly. He
calls out to her. Shelly was somehow surprised Blake is still here, to which
Cal re – introduces himself to her. Which makes her panic even more.

Hi there. Long time no see. Thanks for the Strength machine. He finally
apologizes to Shelly for his outburst at her Gym all those time ago. Shelly
then asks him a question: Why is he blue – haired? Turns out it’s his natural
hair colour.

Like the prodigal son before him, he tried to be everything Blake is not: red
– haired, Fire – type Gym Leader, all of it. He realizes that he only became
the man he was by defining his identity around his brother. He is now
trying (the operative word) to find himself, without being in Blake’s
shadow anymore. So, he is now our ally. Shelly wastes no time in pointing
out how much of a contrived coincidence for us to meet him like this. It’s
almost as if Fate itself is moving all the pieces in a certain direction. She
tells him of Heather being locked up, and he adds another bomb into the
mix: Blake is calling Team Meteor for backup. Shelly tells him of the
stolen Ruby Ring, which Blake must be trying to give to Team Meteor. Oh
boy.

Cal proposes a strategy: Find Heather and set her free. She and her
Salamence can destroy the air unit. The three of us will find Blake on the
ground. He has a pretty good idea where Heather is. Ametrine City is his
hometown too, remember? There should be a hidden passage hidden
somewhere in Blake’s room. Investigate it to find the password, since
Blake must have changed it since Cal left.
When we’re left alone again, go back up to Blake’s room. Talk to Shelly to
begin the search.

Rescuing the Guardian Angel

Reminder: Do not look under the bed. There are books there that Shelly
shouldn’t see.

Look under Blake’s bed while seeking a password:

-1 Blake

To look for the password:

a) Interact with the game console. This will get you the Program Disc.
b) Check the trash can next to the TV. You will find the head of a key.
c) Go to the southwest corner of the house and interact with the
dresser next to the bed. You will find the handle of a key. This
makes a complete key.
d) Interact with the cabinet at the northwestern corner of the room.
You will unlock it with the key to get the power cable inside.
e) Interact with the computer tower (not the monitor) in the southwest
corner of the house. You will then plug the power cable to turn the
computer on.
 f) Interact with it again to input the Program Disc into it.
g) Go to the southeast corner. There’s a green book on the table.
Interact with it. The “GREEN” refers to the plants in the house. The
password has 7 digits. The last four digits are given by the number
hidden in the plants located at the four ordinal directions, in that
order.
Southwest: 6
Northeast: 1
Southeast: 3
Northwest: 4

h) The bookshelf near Blake’s bed will give you the first number: 5.
i) The black book lying next to the bed will give you the third number:
8
The completed password is: 5083164

By the way, check the sofa near the northwest plant to get 3 (Game Corner)
coins and the couch near the bed to get 2 coins.

Input the password in the PC monitor afterwards. Shelly, who was glued to
the bookcase northwest, will reveal that the entrance is open.
Shelly will disappear through the door, which opens to Ametrine Mountain
5F. Follow the path and climb up all the steps there, to the ladder that will
take us to Ametrine Mountain 6F. At the left corner of the big rock is a
hidden Iron. Walk out the southern entrance to Ametrine City. Follow the
snowy path all the way east until we see Shelly standing outside a shack.
Get the hidden Flying Gem on the rock first. Talk to her afterwards. Shelly
will shout for Heather, since the shack is locked. The scene switches to
Heather’s POV. She has been cursing everyone for leaving her: Corey,
Elena, and Blake. She says she hates being alone. Just then, she hears
Shelly’s voice outside the door. Shelly says we are there to rescue her, and
also asks whether Heather can break down the door. She says she couldn’t
of course. Shelly answers that she wasn’t talking to the human Heather, but
her Yanmega, who was named after Heather. Heather the Yanmega then
busts the door open with Ancient Power, freeing the human Heather.

Heather apologizes to Shelly, who readily accepts. After some words on

forgiveness, Heather is ready to pay Blake back for starving Ametrine City.
She and Heather will leave on her Salamence, while also telling us to help
Cal at the mountain.
Once we’re left alone, go inside the shack. There’s a machine in the room
with switches that you can press when you interact with it. Do so to get the
Flying Memory. This is the seventh memory obtainable in the game.
Leave the mountain the way we came and leave the building. Remember
the girl who blocked our way northwest earlier because she lost her
necklace? Yeah, go there now. If your party is not well, go heal up first.

Crisis at the Summit

Once you reached the place where you saw the Lucario earlier, save. Walk
northwest to see a confrontation between Cal and Blake. Blake will leave
after dismissing Cal’s character development. Two Meteor agents will
suddenly descend upon Cal from the sky, engaging us in a Double Battle
with Cal as the partner while Blake disappears to the mountaintop.
Walk up the steps east. In the middle to the next flight of steps is a hidden
Red Shard. Follow the path east. Keep your eyes peeled to the south. There
is a rock with a hidden Dire Hit there.

Near the hidden Dire Hit is a path to the west (pictured below):

Go west, following this path to the end. You will find a Full Restore.
Go east out of the path and follow the path up the mountain. Just before the
steps is an ice rubble with a hidden Repel. Go east to see Cal in another
confrontation with Blake. It ends pretty much the same as the first one, with
Blake running off and us partnering with Cal to fight a Double Battle with
Meteor agents. Heather descends to greet us on her Salamence after the
fight. It turns out there are a lot more air units than Heather was prepared
for. So Cal flew atop his Charizard and went to help Heather out. She
promised that Shelly will help us further above.
Go east up the stairs, where we will find some hidden Red – Hots on a
stone. Keep following the path around and we’ll get a hidden Swift Wing,
and finally catch up to Shelly. She says she will go with us to chase Blake.
Of course, two Meteor agents will descend upon us at this point, and we
will fight a Double Battle with Shelly as our partner.
After the fight, go up the steps west and we will see Shelly battling a
Meteor agent. Another Meteor agent will descend afterwards, causing us to
be caught in yet another Double Battle. She named a Leavanny after us.
Sweet. After that battle, the path will actually split. The more obvious path
will continue the story, but the less obvious path is the one going east and
around (pictured below).

Follow this path around to all the way west to get a hidden Ice Gem and
TM79: Frost Breath. Ah, the poor man’s Ice Beam. Well, it’s better than
nothing.
Go back to the place in the picture above, but this time, take the path west.
Get the hidden Telluric Seed on the rock here, and an Ice Heal nearby.
Walk down the ledges afterwards to see Shelly’s confrontation with Blake.
Get the hidden Repel on the ice rubble to the left and the hidden Max Repel
on the rock to the right. Approach Shelly afterwards, and she will be our
partner for the next Double Battle with two Meteor grunts while Blake
escapes again. Coward.
Walk north into the cave following Shelly afterwards. This cave is actually
Ametrine Mountain 7F. Save first. Walk north to hear Aster call our name
from behind. He wants us to challenge him since he has something we
want: the Waterfall machine. We oblige. After we win, Aster keeps his
promise and gives us TMX05: Waterfall. Notice that his team has
Eclipse’s Lycanroc? He would have given it to us willingly in Eclipse’s
honor, believing she would do the same. He asks us to pretend that we took
it from him by force instead. He wanted to change the world and thought he
could start by beating us, even combining his team with Eclipse’s believing
it would give him the strength to do so. Now that he failed, he decides to
thrust the responsibility to us instead. He’s abandoning Team Meteor, but
promises to see us again. We will.
Heal from the battle with the Light Shard ahead. Trust me, we’ll need it.
Get the hidden PP Up from the rubble on the left. Climb up the long steps
north and up the ladder to Ametrine Mountain 8F. Walk south and out of
the cave afterwards. On the icy rock just before the exit is a hidden Ultra
Potion. Follow the path west and get the hidden Common Candy there.
Follow the path east past the stairs to the rock at the end to get a hidden
Shoal Shell. Save your game. Walk up the final two flights of steps to see
that Shelly has been soundly defeated by Blake. After insulting Shelly, he
will challenge us.
After we win, Blake will dismiss our victory since Team Meteor’s main
support is already here. A helicopter descends into view. Shelly naively
believes Blake will give us the ring since we won, and since she asks nicely
(Really Shelly? Really?). Just as Blake is about to make his getaway, Blake
and Heather comes to our rescue on their respective mounts. Cal will steal
the Ruby Ring from Blake and return it to Heather, assaulting Blake from
his Charizard while doing so.

Shelly then reminds us something we forgot long ago: The sleeping signal
hitting Agate purportedly came from on top of Ametrine Mountain. Now
that we’re here, there’s no broadcaster in sight. Blake might be rude, but
he’s honest. He doesn’t know what we mean by that and whoever gave us
that info was leading us on a wild – goose chase (Thanks Terra).

Once Blake escapes, Cal decides not to give chase since he’s more of a
nuisance than anything. Heather thanks us for everything we’ve done for
her, and says she’s not done yet. Her first priority is to feed the starving
people of Ametrine City, which Shelly volunteers to help with. Both of
them will leave down the mountain afterwards, leaving us with Cal.

Cal doesn’t think Blake is lying. Cal will ask us who gave us the info on
Ametrine being the sleeping signal’s place of origin. Terra, or Titawin, as
Cal knew her, joined Team Meteor after he left. So Titania was right. She
wasn’t Titawin.

Apparently, Lin has been pushing for Terra to replace Ace as the lead
programmer and systems administrator for a while now.

When Cal mentions Terra and Lin’s connection, if Saphira had been
kidnapped:
+1 Terra

He doesn’t understand Lin and Terra’s connection though, if there are any.
Cal will ask us to confront Terra on her misinformation gambit (we will),
and offers us a ride down the mountain. Accept it.

Refuse Cal’s ride down Ametrine after fighting Blake:

-1 Cal

Post – Ametrine Incident Sidequests

We’re not done with the snowing city yet. Once we’re back on solid
ground, there are a few things we can do. There was a house in front of
Blake’s living quarters that was empty earlier. The one just before the path
slopes diagonally downwards. This was the girl who lost her necklace
earlier. Didn’t I tell you to get at least 5 Floral Charms? She would ask if
you have one for her to make a new necklace. In return she will give you
the Banettite, a Mega Stone for the ghost puppet Pokemon. This is the
third Mega Stone you can get in the game. afterwards, make your way to
the Ametrine Pokemart. Talk to the Nerd here and he will give you a
Magmarizer.
The next sidequest involves the earlier Lucario incident. What you need to
go is go east, almost out of Ametrine City into the cluster of trees pictured
below. There is a path east here as you can see. Walk along this path to the
end.

There you can see the Lucario, who will growl menacingly at you and
disappear. It is protecting an Egg! Go back to the old man in the city and
talk to him again.

He will tell you that she (the Lucario is female) might be looking for
someone to take care of the Egg. That explains why she would wander
around the city despite despising humans. Even she realizes that a cold
place like Ametrine City is not a good place to raise a baby. Next, you need
to go up to Ametrine Mountain.

Go to the place pictured above, but not in the cave, where you fought Aster
earlier. Instead take the path west and around along the path. At the end
you will see a rock. There is actually a path around the rock going further
west. Follow this path around and you will eventually reach a cave. Save
your game before you reach the entrance. Make sure your party is alright
for a battle. The moment you reach the entrance, the Level 85 Lucario will
come outside and challenge you to a battle. Once you win, it will bow
slightly before you. Go inside the cave. It will contain a Fairy Memory,
the eighth obtainable memory in the game and the Lucario’s Egg. Take
good care of it.
Go back to the cave where we fought Aster earlier. Climb all the way to
where we fought Blake earlier to get a hidden Great Ball. That’s it for this
snowing city on a hill. For now, get out of the city and go back to
Calcenon.

Tying up Some Things at Calcenon

Go back to Ametrine Mountain 4F (the cave to the east of Ametrine City
where we came in from). From the top tile, slide west, south, and east out
of the cave. At Ametrine Mountain 3F, just slide south and you will jump
across a ledge. Go down the steps south and go west. Slide west across the
ice here. Go west afterwards. Somehow I missed this earlier, but there is a
hidden Green Shard on the rock past the stairs going south. Go south down
the stairs afterwards and down the hole.
At Ametrine Mountain 2F, go south to see the remnants of Avalugg’s
PULSE Machine. Blake, as we recalled, said he wasn’t responsible for this
thing. Go all the way east past the machine, north up the stairs, east past the
ice puzzle, and surf east until you’re out of the mountain into Route 3.
There is another item that we forget to pick up in the LCCC though. Go
east past the stairs leading north to Calcenon City and go down the steep
part of the broken bridge. Enter the first cave you see.

In this cave go to the two steps east and south across the not – so – visible
ledge. There was a picture of it in this guide when we were with Aya here
earlier. Go east from there and go up the steps north. Go west and go up the
steps there north. There is actually a path here to the east (pictured below).

Follow that path to the end to see a door. In this door is a room that is full
of machine. Interact with the machine in front of you and press its switch to
obtain a Metal Coat. If you didn’t realize it, this is the same room where
we got the TM for Flame Charge earlier, but that was when we accessed it
from the front door. I’m not sure whether this room is accessible when we
were with Aya or not.
Once you’re done, leave the cave and go up the stairs in Route 3 which
leads to the Calcenon City southern checkpoint (i.e. the stairs we paid for
earlier when it was destroyed by the PULSE Clawitzer). Once at Calcenon
City, go to Caitlyn’s house. The moment we step in, we’ll see Aster and
Caitlyn’s father having a conversation. It seems Aster brought her body
back to her house, where she can rest. He asks her father to keep her
healthy on life support in case she can wake back up. With a last goodbye
to us, Aster leaves.

Caitlyn’s father apologizes to us for his harshness when we were here last
time. He gives us permission to visit her, so go to her room in the only open
door there at the northeast corner of the house. There’s a Shiny Charm in
this room, so take it. It increases the odds of you encountering a Shiny
Pokemon if your lead Pokemon holds the item to around 1 Shiny in every
33 Pokemon. This will only happen if you did not give Blake the Ruby
Ring earlier. Leave the house afterwards.
Next, talk to Hardy, who is pacing up and down the purple stream like a cat
on fire.

After the events of Ametrine, talk to Hardy in Calcenon:

+1 Hardy

Next, talk to Cain standing outside the house nearby.

After the events of Ametrine, talk to Cain in Calcenon:

+1 Cain

Back to the Circus

Go back to Ametrine Mountain and to the PULSE machine. Go south past
it to the ice puzzle. Slide south, east, north, east, south, and east. Go down
the stairs and go east. Surf across the water east and out of the mountain
into Route 2. Cross all the Crustles you need to go back to the Circus.
At the Circus grounds, go to the northeastern corner to the Ferris Wheel
entrance. We can’t go ride it yet, but talk to the worker. He will give us a
Fighting Memory, the ninth memory obtainable in the game.
Prepare your team well. After you’re ready, go into the back room in Big
Top. Talk to Samson since he’s the only one in the room. It seems like he’s
ready for some news about Agate City. Ciel comes in afterwards,
prompting Samson to remark about her thong. After some hilarious
dialogue, we finally delivered the news that we received from Cal: Terra is
Agent Titawin. Ciel finds this unbelievable, while Samson thinks it’s
actually possible

Terra, who has been pulling off disappearing acts frequently now, comes in
with all her… rawrness. Samson went straight for it and told Terra about
the possibility of her being a Meteor agent. Terra inches closer to the giant
PC, while Ciel still denies it. Samson and us corners Terra at the PC, and
she of course admits she’s Titawin, proudly in fact.

Ciel asks why she would join Team Meteor. Terra responds by giving
Batman’s backstory as her own, complete with the music changing to a sad
one and a spotlight to boot. By the way, the music sounds like a remix of
Lin’s theme, further underlying their connection.

Samson calls her out on her bullshit, and she drops all pretenses of lying
and disappears into the PC. How? Even Samson and Ciel can’t answer that.
We’re in luck though. It seems the PC is willing to accept a ‘Player 2’.
Samson asks us to go, since we have the most knowledge on the situation
and is strong enough to fight Terra. Samson will be standing in front of the
PC. Talk to him to enter the PC once you’re ready.

Enter into the Matrix: Terra’s Glitch World

Welcome (back) to Gen 1, folks! If you’re as old as I am, this will be
nostalgic. This place is in fact the Pokemon League of Gen 1, the external
hall I mean. All battles here will be in the Glitch Field. It even has the Gen
1 music and is black and white, except your character. Talk to the guy
there, who will ask if you have the Volt Badge. You will of course, have it.
Pass through the door north.
You will come out to the Kantonian Route 23. Talk to the guy north of you
and he will ask if you have the Canopy Badge. He will allow you to pass
afterwards. Follow the path north to meet a guy who will ask if you have
the Cocoon Badge. He will allow you to pass afterwards. Further north is a
guy who will ask if you have the Omen Badge.

Before he can allow you to pass, Terra roars down from above and smashes
the guy with her mallet, wrecking the structure of the area into a glitchy
pixel thing. We evaded it just in time, to her disappointment. Terra then
escapes, but now without further wrecking the entire entrance with various
pixels. The only way through is to go through the pixels and enter the one
that looks like a ladder in a hole (pictured below).
Enter the hole to go to end up inside Kanto’s Mount Moon.
You can actually catch wild Pokemon here, including wild Clefairy. Note
that this Glitch World is a once – through thing. All the items and Pokemon
in here must be picked up or caught now, since the Glitch World will be
inaccessible after this episode is done. From the hole, go west and south to
see a Trainer standing next to a sign. Read the “W3lc0Me t0 Mt.b00ty”
sign once you’re done.

Read the “Mt. b00ty” sign in Mt. Moon:

+1 Terra

Go back to the hole afterwards but don’t go up it. Go take the southern path
now. The path will split into two. Take the left path, take the Potion there
and battle the Trainer afterwards. Go east past him and take the Rare
Candy. Battle the Trainer north afterwards.

Go back to the Trainer near the Mt. Booty sign and go west past her. You
will see a Trainer to your north, but go south first to get an Escape Rope.
Battle the Trainer afterwards. Go north past the trainer to get a Potion.
Once done, go to the sign again and go south out of Mt. Moon.
The next place is the Opal Ward. Talk to the woman in front of you and she
will ask if you have the Blight Badge. She will let you pass afterwards. Go
east of the Grand Hall, then north to battle a Techie. Go down the stairs of
the Grand Hall afterwards. There’s a little boy standing between the stairs
of the Grand Hall. He’s timmy. Talk to timmy.

Talk to Timmy in Glitch Opal Ward:

+1 Terra

Talk to the guy with the glasses here about smoking Oddishweed everyday
(pictured below):

Hear about smoking oddishweed in Glitch Opal Ward:

+1 Terra

Go west to enter a wrecked pixel scene, complete with a guy stuck between
pixels. On top of that guy are some stairs. Go down them to enter Kanto’s
Rocket Hideout.
Go south and west from the stairs and battle the Rocket grunt. We’re going
through the maze next. Start here:

a) Go west.
b) Go north one tile and west to the arrow panel pointing north.
c) Go west, north, east and south around the panel. You will see three
panels pointing west that are parallel to each other. Go north and
east instead to get a Super Potion (pictured below).
d) Make your way here next (picture below). Go east on the panel.

e) Go east from where you land, and south in between two panels
pointing south. Take the right panel south.
f) Take the west panel. Go east and south to see two panels on top of
each other pointing west. Take the bottom panel.
g) You will land somewhere west of the maze. Talk to the guy
wandering around here. This is Red, the protagonist of the Gen 1
games.

Talk to Red in Glitch Rocket Hideout:

+1 Terra
 h) Go east past Red afterwards. There should be two sets of panels
pointing north. Take the right panel. From where you land, go south
one tile, and then west to a Pokeball. This is actually a Light Shard.
i) From there, go north to a panel pointing west. Walk north and east
to a panel pointing east. Walk east and south to go back in between
the two panels pointing south earlier.
j) Take the right one. Take the west panel afterwards. From here, go
east, south and west. Pick the top panel this time.
k) Afterwards, go east one tile and south to the tile pointing east.

Once you’re out of the maze, ignore the stairs leading up. Go north past it
and east to a carpeted entrance. Go south into the entrance there.
The moment you enter, a guy will ask whether you have the Rime Badge.
He will let you enter Kanto’s Lavender Town. Go west from there to the
Pokemon Center. You’ll see a guy wandering around. Talk to him about
M3G4T3RR4.

Hear about M3G4T3RR4 in Glitch Lavender Town:

+1 Terra

Go south afterwards. Near the border there is a gravestone for Catelyn

“Eclipse” Fisher. Interact with it.

See the Eclipse gravestone in Glitch Lavender Town:

+1 Terra

Go to the house with the sign that literally says ‘here’ on its left. Try to
enter it and the guy will ask you if you have the Standard Badge or not.
This is the Glitch World version of the Byxbysion Wasteland. From the
house you just came out of, go west, north, and west to see an old
computer. Interact with it.

Talk to the computer in Glitch Byxbysion that says nothing happened:

+1 Terra

From the computer, go east, north, and west past the train tracks. Follow
the path and veer southwest a bit until you see a ledge near some reactors
(pictured below). Jump west over the ledge.
Jump west across another ledge. Go north into the entrance there. If this
was the real Byxbysion Ward, this building would be the one with four
flights of steps.
This area is a replica of the Sinnoh region’s Pokemon Mansion. From the
stairs, go all the way into the easternmost room to get an Iron. Go back to
the room the stairs are in. At the southwestern corner of the room, you can
see a Pokemon Statue. Talk to it and it will ask if you have the Millennium
Badge or not.

After you pressed the switch, go to the southeastern corner of the mansion,
which is now opened. Battle the scientist here and he will ask if you have
the Eclipse Badge.

Go past him afterwards and into a room at the southeastern corner with
some stairs inside. Climb down the stairs into the same room, but at the
southwestern corner which was blocked off earlier. The western wall of this
room has two items: a hidden Max Potion and a Dubious Disc. With this,
you can evolve your Porygon all the way to Porygon – Z. The guy standing
near the table will challenge you. Talk to the book on the table afterwards.

Talk to the diary in Glitch Pokemon Mansion:

+1 Terra

The book mentions about someone thanking baby Arceus for letting her
play with everyone. They will one day set the baby Arceus free. Go back to
the scientist asking you about the Eclipse Badge just now and go south
from him.
You will come out of the Glitch Citae Arc – d’Astrae Aerie. Walk south
and a giggling voice will ask if you have the Strike Badge or not. It will let
you through.
The next area might seem unfamiliar. It’s actually the (SPOILER ALERT)
Reborn Region’s Victory Road. Go north all the way up the steps here.
This next area is Kanto’s Cerulean Cave. Go north and east, then south
down the steps. Go east next and north up onto the platform to get a Max
Repel. Go down from the platform and all the way west now. Follow the
path as it turns south and north up the stairs to a platform. Grab the item on
the far side of the platform, a Light Shard. A boss battle is coming next, so
be prepared. If you’ve played Gen 1 games, you’ll know who it is.

Surf south on the water and follow the flow of water north. Climb up the
platform and follow along to the north until it winds south. Surf on the
water here and go up the platform. Save your game and talk to the creature
there: a Level 75 Mewtwo. Unlike Gen 1 games, you can’t catch it. Just
defeat it. After defeating it, Mewtwo will let out a cry of anguish, and you
will be teleported to the Glitch Indigo Plateau. If you try to turn back here,
you will be told by a message that there’s no turning back. Follow the path
around to a door leading north. Interact with it and it will ask if you have a
Cinder Badge. Get the Light Shard here to heal after that Mewtwo boss
fight. Step through the door to the north.

Battling Terra
Terra will be waiting for you in the Champion Room. Get ready. If you
ever feel the need to go back out into the real world, you can actually do so.
Just walk out of this room and walk straight south. You will eventually end
up at the room in Big Top again. If you ever decide to go back into the
Glitch World, don’t worry. You won’t have to go through everything again.
You’ll directly go to Indigo Plateau.
Talk to her to begin the battle.

Strategy:
Upon our victory, she will award us with our twelfth Reborn League badge,
the Gravity Badge. This badge allows the use of Waterfall outside of
battle. Our TM reward is TM78: Bullshit. The poor man’s Earthquake. Oh
well. Also, I hope you did collect all those Terra relationship points
because:

When you beat Terra:

-4 Terra
After confessing her love to us and offering her couches, (umm…) she will
run off through a door north. The door will refuse to open for us so just go
south out of the Glitch World.

From Terra to Ciel: Waterfalling around the Three Mountains

Ciel will congratulate us on our victory against Terra, which Samson and
her watched through the screen. Samson doesn’t know where Terra went
off to, but now that we’re out, Samson can safely execute his idea: turning
the PC off and on again. Ciel will wonder whether Terra will be able to
survive, which Samson handwaves by saying at least she won’t cause
trouble for Team Meteor again. Samson also promises to check for her
presence from time to time, and will let her out once Team Meteor is gone
for good. Ciel says to leave Terra to her and Samson, while we can go
ahead and scale that waterfall. We will, but not the Celestinine Cascade.
We’re going to explore Ametrine, Celestinine, and Citrine Mountains
today. Note that this section is optional, but you will really miss out on a
lot of good items, not to mention a lot of Pokemon.
Make your way to the Citrine Mountain 1F through the entrance on the
western side of the Celestinine Cascade. You know, the one with Clown
Bindra and his Politoed and Torkoal. Go inside and make your way east
and south down the steps and surf on the river there. Surf south and
descend the short waterfall. On a small patch of land to the right is an icy
rock with a hidden Green Shard. Go to the left side to see a mining rock, a
hidden Shoal Salt, and stairs going north. Go up the stairs and push the
boulder west. Slide back east afterwards, make your way back to the river
and ascend the waterfall. Get off Surf on the western side of the river and
walk west and south to some steps leading south. This was blocked by the
boulder earlier, but thanks to our efforts down the waterfall just now, you
can just slide south across the ice.
Recognize who that is? It’s Corey’s Skuntank! Interact with it to catch it.
Unlike its brethren though, it will challenge you to a battle. Make sure
you’re ready. Once the battle is over, pick up the Silver Card behind it. I
forgot about the hidden item there and I had to actually descend the
waterfall to get it. It’s a hidden Pokesnax.
Once you’re done with the Silver Card, slide back north up the puzzle. Go
up the stairs to the north, go up the stairs west and another set of stairs
north to reach Citrine Mountain 2F by going up the wooden ladder. Go up
the two steps leading north and Surf in the water. Surf north and ascend the
waterfall. Get off the water onto a small patch of land on the west. Go up
the steps north. There’s a rock on the northeastern corner that hides a
Common Candy.

Go up the steps north afterwards. To the east you’ll find a Prism Scale, an
item which allows Feebas to evolve into Milotic. Haven’t met a Feebas yet?
Don’t worry, we will soon.
Get back on the water the way we came and surf east. Ascend another short
waterfall. Go north and ascend a long waterfall to Citrine Mountain 3F. Get
off the water on the land east. Walk east to get 3 EXP. Candy XLs. Go
north up the steps. There’s a hidden Great Ball to your north. Walk west to
get a hidden Guard Spec. on an icy rock. To your north is a sad sight really.
That’s Corey’s Mareanie! Talk to it, and it will snap out of its catatonia and
follow you obediently when it notices your Silver Ring. To keep a tally,
we’ve caught five of Corey’s Pokemon so far: Croagunk, Nidorina, Skrelp,
Skuntank, and Mareanie.

Mine the rock if you want. Go up the steps leading north. The hidden item
there is a Shoal Salt. The item at the southeast corner is an Amplifield
Rock. Go up one more level to the north. There are three items here: a
Grass Memory, the tenth memory obtainable in the game, a hidden Super
Repel on a rock, and TM74: Gyro Ball.
Make your way down all the waterfalls, the steps and the hole back to
Citrine Mountain 1F. Go back to the river on the eastern side of the
mountain. Surf north this time. Surf east to get to Celestinine Mountain 1F.
Go up and down the steps east onto a sliding puzzle. From the rightmost
tile, slide:
a) South
b) East
c) North
d) East
e) North to the steps

Go down the steps and surf east until you see a path that goes southeast.
Descend the waterfall there to reach Celestinine Mountain B1F. Follow the
river east and get off at the southern bank. Go down the stairs leading
south. Surf on the water west. You will see a small patch of land at the
northwestern corner. Get off there and follow the zig – zagging diagonal
path to the end to get a hidden PP Up. Get back on the water and surf south.
Descend the waterfall to Celestinine Mountain B2F.

Surf south and get off at a small patch of land to the southeastern corner.
There is a hidden Potion here. Ascend the waterfall back to Celestinine
Mountain B1F. Surf north and go up the steps to the edge of another river.
Surf on the river to the north. Go up the steps and surf on the water to the
north. Surf north here as well until you get to some steps leading up north.
There is a hidden Repel here. Go up the steps north and you will reach a
pool with a large Dive spot. Dive under.

Go around the wall of the place clockwise. You will get a hidden Ultra
Ball, a hidden Clever Wing, a hidden Iron, and an EXP. Candy XL. South
past the Iron just now is a surfacing spot. Surface there. You should end up
at Celestinine Mountain B1F. There are some steps to the south going
down. There’s an ice puzzle there. Slide:
a) South
b) East
c) North
d) West onto a rock
e) South onto a rock
f) West onto a rock
g) North
h) East onto a rock
i) South onto a rock
j) East
k) North
l) West onto a rock
m) North

Here you can find TM47: Low Sweep. To go back to the stairs near the
dive spot, slide:
a) South
b) West
c) North
d) East
e) South
f) West
g) North

Dive under and surface at the spot we previously dived under. It should be
at the northeastern corner of the circular area there. Go back down the stairs
onto the water. Surf west and ascend the waterfall.
You should be back at Celestinine Mountain 1F. Surf north to a waterfall
and ascend it. You should be at Ametrine Mountain 1F. Get off on a strip of
land to the east. There is a hidden Full Heal on the rock there. You should
also see an interesting sight on the cliff above. A Sneasel is doing
something to a ice rock. For now though, go to the west and get off on the
land there. There is an ice puzzle. Start here:

Slide:
a) West
b) South
c) West
d) South
e) East
f) North
g) West

Go up the stairs north. Go east to the end to get a hidden Red Shard. Return
west and climb up the two sets of stairs north. Follow the path to a Strength
boulder. Push the boulder west to clear a path for you later. Go back to the
ice puzzle. Slide:
a) South
b) East

Go into the water and surf to the waterfall north. Ascend it.
You have two choices here: east or west. Go east first onto the land there.
There’s a hidden Purple Shard there before the stairs. Go down the stairs
and get the hidden Escape Rope. Keep going down three more flights of
steps. You’ll eventually see a Pokemon hacking away at the ice. Talk to it,
and… it will ignore you. Interact with the ice it’s hacking and Smash it.
Then the Level 50 Sneasel will challenge you. Catch it. There’s an EXP.
Candy L on the only rock there.
Go back to the river and this time, surf to the west side of the river. Get off
the land there. There are two hidden items there: a Peppermint on the ice
rock and a Great Ball in the corner. Go down two flights of steps to the
south. On a rock to the east is a hidden Paralyze Heal. Go down the stairs
south and slide across the ice puzzle. There’s a hidden Purple Shard to the
east. There is a pool with a Dive Spot to the south. Surf there and Dive
under.
Down here, go east and get the hidden Blue Shard on a rock on the northern
wall. Keep going east to meet what looks like a dead end. Actually there is
an entrance along the southern wall that you can surf into. The darkness
might make it hard to look for at first.

Enter the depression there. Follow the path in the new area. There’s a
hidden Antidote on the empty seafloor between two patches of seaweed.
Follow the path north and get the hidden Red Shard on the stone there.
Surface on the light patch afterwards.
You should now be at Ametrine Mountain B1F. Surf north of the river and
get off onto the land there. There should be an ice rock with a hidden Full
Heal near the water. Go east and get the hidden Health Wing. The waterfall
that forms the background of this place seems to be further behind the
background does it? Keep going east and up the stairs to the north. There is
an ice puzzle here. Starting from the right tile on the stairs, slide:
a) North
b) East
c) West
d) North
e) East
f) North
g) East to the stairs on the right side.
Surf on the water there and go south. You might have to move down one
tile to interact with the water, though. On the left just before the waterfall is
a hidden Water Gem. Descend the waterfall there afterwards.
You will reach Ametrine Mountain B2F. Surf south here to the end and get
off onto some steps to the west. Go up the steps and another ice puzzle
awaits you. Slide:
a) West
b) South
c) East
d) North
e) East
f) South
g) West
h) North to the stairs

Go up the steps and go east to get a hidden Stardust. Go up two more

flights of steps north to see another ice puzzle. From the right tile, slide:
a) North
b) West to a rock
c) North
d) East
e) South to a rock
f) West
g) North
h) West up the stairs

Go up the stairs. Surf on the water here. Descend the waterfall to the south
first. Did you see something to the west before descending? Down there,
there is and icy rock with a hidden Full Restore. After that, ascend the
waterfall and Dive under the spot there.

Surf south in the middle here and you will see a rock that hides an X. Sp.
Def. near the seaweed. Surf south to the end and you will see a secret
entrance like the one pictured above. Go in it.

In this new area, get the hidden Purple Shard on the rock on the right.
Follow the path around. There’s a hidden Dark Gem on the rock near the
southern wall. At the end of the path is a surfacing spot. Surface there. This
area has many mini waterfalls. Descend two of them and get on the small
land east for a hidden Pearl. Descend another waterfall and follow the path
east. At the end, there are some items on the land there. They are a Razor
Fang, a hidden Red Shard on a rock, and TM01: Work Up.
Go back to the top of the waterfall and Dive under there. Backtrack all the
way to the entrance and north on the surfacing spot. Surface there.
Go back south down the steps and at the ice puzzle, slide:
a) East
b) South
c) East
d) South to the steps

Go south down the three flights of steps. At the next ice puzzle from the
leftmost tile, slide:
a) South
b) West
c) North
d) East

Go north to the background waterfall. To the east is an ice rubble with a

hidden Green Shard. Go west up the stairs. To the north is a hidden Pretty
Wing. Surf west on the water there and ascend five mini – waterfalls to the
top. Wait a while, and you’ll see a Totodile! Hey, it rhymes. This Totodile
is the seventh starter that we can catch for our ‘Starter Sidequest’. Kudos to
the dev team for this. It’s so innovative. So it jumps up and dives down in
this pool right? The trick is you have to interact with it while it’s in the
middle of a jump, not while it’s standing on the cliff. Press A while it’s
jumping. I’m not sure whether we need Pokesnax or not for this to even
happen, but I have a lot of Pokesnax simply because I found a lot while
travelling around.
Once done, descend all the waterfalls and go back down the stairs west. At
the ice puzzle, slide:
a) East
b) South
c) East
d) North
e) East
f) North to the steps

Ascend the waterfall back to Ametrine Mountain B1F.Surf north to some

steps west leading to an ice puzzle. On the stairs, make sure you’re on the
bottom of the two tiles. Slide west to the stairs. That’s it. On the southern
side of the lake, there is a hidden Pokeball. Surf on the water west to a Dive
spot. Dive under.
Go east to get a hidden Green Shard. Follow the path southeast to get a
hidden Genius Wing. Surf east the north to the wall. On a rock near the
eastern wall is a hidden Red Shard. Go all the way north to get a Deep Sea
Tooth. Go back to where you found the Genius Wing earlier. There should
be a hidden entrance near the southern wall there.
This new area is huge. Go along the western wall anti – clockwise first to
get a EXP. Candy XL. Keep following the wall anti – clockwise. There
will be a stone here hiding a Super Potion. South of here is another hidden
entrance. Don’t go in there yet. Instead go past it, still going anti –
clockwise. When you’re traveling along the eastern wall, you can see a
rock hiding a Water Stone in the middle. Keep going anti – clockwise until
you see a grey Pokeball on top of a small patch of land along the eastern
wall. It’s a Snorlium – Z, the Z – Crystal which changes Snorlax’s Giga
Impact into Pulverizing Pancake. Lastly, you will end up near the entrance
you came in earlier. You can get a hidden Green Shard on a rock near the
entrance.

This place is also quite special. If you go here on a Friday, either during the
morning or daytime, you can find a Lapras swimming merrily here. Talk
to it to challenge it. Catch it if you can.

Go to the rock where you got the Super Potion earlier and go south into the
hidden entrance near it. Follow the path south in this new area to get a
hidden Green Shard. Follow the path west over the gorge to get a hidden
Link Stone. At the very end of the path, we can find the Mega Stone
Abomasite, for Abomasnow. This is the fourth Mega Stone available in the
game. Let me tell you something else. We have quite a few Z – Crystals
and Mega Stones already under our belt, but without the appropriate Key
Item, we can’t use it yet. The good news is: the next time we found another
Z – Crystal or Mega Stone, we can definitely use it.
Backtrack out of there to the place where we found the Snorlium – Z
earlier. Go out of the entrance there. From the entrance, go northwest and
surface there. Go east on the land. Go east to the steps to the ice – sliding
puzzle. Slide:
a) East to the steps.
 b) Move up one tile, then slide west.
c) South
d) East
e) South
f) West

Go south down the steps. Walk west and surf on the water. Surf north to a
Dive spot. Dive under. Follow the path there and go out through the
entrance north. In the next area, follow the path as it goes diagonally
southwest. Surface there. You’ll be back at a small pool with some steps to
your north leading to a Strength boulder. Push the boulder north all the
way. Go up the two flights of steps north afterwards. Surf on the water to
the east. In the middle, there should be a waterfall to the north. We’ll end
up at Ametrine Mountain 2F again.
Surf west and south to enter Celestinine Mountain 2F. Surf west here to see
a Dive spot. Dive under. We’ve been here before, when we first got Dive.
From the spot, go east, then north all the way. Go east again and follow the
path as it loops around to a surfacing spot. Surface there. Surf east and
north to a waterfall. Ascend the waterfall. Welcome to Celestinine
Mountain 3F. There is a complex ice – sliding and Strength puzzle which
awaits us. Go east on the patch of land closes to the waterfall. Start there.

Slide:
a) North
b) Go clockwise along the semicircular path and push the boulder
south.
c) Don’t go south with the boulder. Instead loop back around anti –
clockwise and slide south to the starting point.
d) Slide east this time and push the boulder into the gap. Slide back
 west.
e) Go west, north and east to start in the middle of the two platforms in
the picture above.
f) Slide east
g) Follow this path clockwise and slide north
h) Push the boulder north into the gap and slide south. Follow the path
anti – clockwise and slide back west.
i) Go west out of the puzzle and all the way north to the ledge there.
Slide east there. Keep sliding east until you can walk normally
again.
j) In front of you should be a rock. Near the rock is a hidden Aspear
Berry.
k) Follow the path north, then west. Push the boulder into the gap.
l) Go back east and south all the way around the maze clockwise.
m) Slide north into the ice puzzle all the way until the end.

Surf on the water there and go up the stairs west first. Follow the path.
There is an EXP. Candy L there. Just before the ledge is a rock with a
Nugget. Do not go over the ledge. Go back to the stairs and in the water.
Ascend the waterfall to your north.
This is Celestinine Mountain 4F. There are many cool items here. From
right to left, we have:
a) A Water Memory, the eleventh memory obtainable in the game
b) An EXP. Candy XL
c) A hidden Green Shard
d) Right in the middle, TM03: Psyshock
e) A Timid Mint
f) A hidden Flying Gem
g) A Dragon Scale

There’s something else that’s special about this place. It’s the only place in
the game where you can fish for a Feebas. Use a Good Rod. They’re not
rare, a 20% chance encounter I think. Good luck. If you don’t plan on
coming back here, catch one now. If you’re done, leave the place by
descending the waterfall. Go up the steps west. Follow the path and jump
down the ledge south. Surf on the water west and descend the southern
waterfall. Dive under the spot west.
Follow the path around anticlockwise and surf down south. Surface at the
spot west and we’ll be back to the main area. From there, go north to enter
Ametrine Mountain 2F. Surf east and north. Get off onto the land west and
go up the steps west. This place should be familiar since this place is where
we fought PULSE Avalugg.

Go through the ice puzzle to the west. Go up the steps north and down the
steps east. Slide east across the ice puzzle and surf on the water there.
Ascend the waterfall north to enter Ametrine Mountain 3F. This is the last
waterfall we’re going to explore, so hang on. The rock north of you has a
hidden Green Shard. Surf all the way west and get on the land there to find
a Never Melt Ice on an icy rock. Surf back in the water to another ice
puzzle up the steps north. Just slide north across it to the steps. Climb the
steps north and west to the final ice puzzle. There is a hidden Potion there
before the ice puzzle.

This ice puzzle is tricky since if you start at the wrong place, you could go
over a ledge to the south where you’ll have to start over, ascending all the
waterfalls along the way. Start here:

From there, slide:

a) South
b) East
c) North

Go north into the water and get the hidden Super Potion of the ice rock to
the left. Ascend the waterfall to the north. Surf all the way north, and then
go west to get an Escape Rope.
We are officially done with the whole place! Finally! Use the Escape Rope
to get out of the mountains. Note that we’ll return here once we have Rock
Climb.

Search and Rescue: Raiding the Water Treatment Center

Go back to Agate Circus and stock up on whatever items you might need.
My advice if you want some good relationship points: Go store all your
status – healing candies (Peppermint, Pop – Rocks, Red – Hots, etc.) in the
PC, along with things like Cotton Candies and Ice Creams. Instead, go and
buy a Blue – Moon Ice Cream from the vendor at the circus.

Now we’ll move the events of the story along. Go to the Celestinine
Cascade, at the place where Amaria and Titania had the confrontation and
jumped down. Surf to the water to your north and descend the waterfall.
Turn off your speed – up to see some funny events.
The first person to greet you down there is Titania, who asks if we know
how effing long she has been stuck down there. Talk to Titania. She will
welcome us to the place. Amaria, as Titania tells us, has been taken by a
group of Team Meteors by the time we arrived. She dealt with the first
group of Meteors who went to greet her, by slaughtering them with her
Aegislash. You know, the haunted sword with a shield attached to it. She
mentions that she was locked out, and asks us whether we have a key to
this place, since we have a habit of picking up random things that are not
ours (Gee thanks. Here I am getting involved in the mess that you and
Amaria created). Another group of Meteors came soon. We see exactly
how she wields the Aegislash with a mixture of awe and horror.

The strange thing is, these mooks were just messengers. They informed us
that the site has a new Commander who just arrived, and has allowed us
access into the place. Titania comments on the coincidence of us arriving at
the same time as this new Commander, and chooses to ignore the
implication. Follow her south into the Water Treatment Center, where
we see Titania slaughtering another mook.
Welcome to our next puzzle. Titania suggests that we work together
throughout this mission, however grudgingly. This is because having been
left down there for a long period of time has left her famished and she only
carried one Pokemon with her when she jumped (three guesses which one,
and the first two don’t count). She will ask us to jump across the water
using literal trash bags in order to lower the water level, allowing her (and
us) to traverse the Center more effectively.

This room, by the way, is the North Obsidia Water Grid. Each room in
the center is responsible for treating water from a specific ward of Reborn
City. Jump west across the trash bags and interact with the machine to
lower the water level. Titania will leave us to go on ahead. What we can do
now is walk on the lower level (Yuck). Walk down the steps west and go
south, east, and north to the steps east, where Titania was just now. Go
down the steps east and go south all the way. Then go east to the end.
You’ll see a girder there, but there is also an item there: the Field Note for
the Murkwater Surface Field.
Go back west and all the way north from there. Go west a bit and you’ll see
some steps leading south. Go up those steps and go west to the door there.
This is the Central Obsidia Water Grid. Go east there and talk to Titania.
She will jump south on the trash bags to the control machine. Follow after
her and talk to her. Titania will be seriously weak from hunger and fatigue,
not to mention emotional exhaustion. Talk to her again to give her food. If
you did what I asked you to do, you’ll end up giving her the Blue – Moon
Ice Cream. She will refuse you thrice. So say no every time she asks you.
She will eventually take the ice cream and thank you. A very rare
occurrence in her life I think.

Feed Titania at the Water Treatment Center when she first needs a break:
+1 Titania

I think you’ll get more relationship points for the Blue Moon Ice Cream.
Feeding Titania here will also affect something else later.
Jump across the trash bags west. Interact with the panel there to unlock the
gate to your north. Jump across the bags east again. This time interact with
the control machine to lower the water level. Go down the steps to your
north. See those trash bags to your west? Make your way there and push
both trash bags east four times. Go up the steps to the control machine and
raise the water level again. Thanks to our work earlier, the trash bags to the
north can be jumped across to get to the other side. Do so. Go east and
interact with the green panel to unlock another gate. If you go east a bit,
you might notice a room to the north called the “G.U.M. Room”. It’s
locked for now, but a bit later we will be able to get its key. For now
though, go all the way east here to enter another water grid.
Titania will tail us and remark on our lack of options. She will jump across
a platform there and across the trash bags to a platform north. Just then, the
water level is suddenly lowered, by none other than Meteor Agent Taka
himself, son of Solaris, and wearer of scarves. He did this on purpose to
strand us. Titania asks whether he is the new commander the Meteors spoke
off, to which he is ambivalent about. Titania asks why he let us in here in
the first place. It’s as if he’s helping us. Taka avoids her question and runs
off, leaving Titania frustrated. Titania will then ask our help to set her free,
grudgingly of course.

Go south here and west down the steps. Go east, north and push the trash
bag to your west twice to the east, and twice to the north. From there, make
your way west, north and west to the steps, made slightly difficult to see
since it’s between two platforms. Go up it, and jump four platforms to the
east to the control machine. As you can see, there’s a Meteor cultist there.
Challenge them. This place is the Onyx Water Grid, btw. Once done, raise
the water level. Titania will jump across the trash bag we pushed earlier to
the east side and interact with the panel there to unlock the shutter to our
south. Lower the water level again and go south and east down the steps.
Go up the steps south and south to the next water grid.
This is the Coral Water Grid. Go all the way south to see two Meteor
cultists. If you fed Titania earlier, she will be your partner for the Double
Battle here. After the battle, Titania will slaughter one mook. Titania will
threaten Taka for kidnapping Amaria, and she will refer to us as her
colleague. Ok, we can live with that. Taka counters by saying that neither
he nor the cultists here are harming anyone. Titania will jump across some
trash bags to the north, and Taka takes this opportunity to lower the water
level, thus stranding her again. Taka did drop us a hint though: Amaria is in
the Center Control Room.

From the Double Battle spot, run north and west to some steps. Go up
another set of steps and challenge the Meteor there. Titania killed her sister
it seems. Once done, go back down the steps east. At this lower level, go
south, east and south until you see a trashbag. Push it twice to the west, five
times north, and thrice east. Go back to the control machine near the
Meteor and raise the water level. Titania will jump north and west onto
another platform. Lower the water level again. Go back to the trashbag and
push it west twice, once north, and east all the way in front of Titania.
Raise the water level again. Titania will jump across the trash bag and
unlock the shutter to our south. She will take a rest first due to fatigue.

Lower the water level and go south down the steps. Go west up the steps
nearby and west to the next water grid.
We’ll be back in the Central Obsidia Water Grid. Interact with the panel to
our north and we can now access the two – way gate to the west. The arrow
on it earlier was orange, and has now turned green. Go west past the gate
and all the way west. Jump across the two trash bags north. Lower the
water level. Go down the steps south. Go east between the trashbags and
south up the steps. Go east through the two – way gate and south down the
steps. Go west and you will see two unaligned trash bags, one close to you
and another further from you. Push the bag closer to you twice to the north.
Go to the further one and push it twice to the south. Make your way back to
the control machine and raise the water level. Go south across the trash
bags and west across the two newly – aligned trash bags. Go north and
interact with the panel to unlock the gate to your north. Go north a bit and
jump back across the trash bags east. Lower the water level again. Go down
and up the steps west. Go south and down the steps west. Go south and up
the steps west to the next water grid.
This is the Opal Water Grid. Go north and west to have Titania join us
again. This is also where the central turbine is located, which makes it a
prime location for terrorists trying to shut the whole place down. According
to her, Team Meteor members have been reporting to the Grand Hall false
reports of proper maintenance. She will tell us to go west, while she takes
the north exit.

Go west, south and west to another water grid. This is the Peridot Water
Grid. Interact with the panel there to activate the one – way gate to our
north. Go back west to Opal Water Grid and take the northern entrance that
Titania took just now.

This is the North Obsidia Water Grid again. Go east, north, and down the
steps west to two aligned trash bags. From the north, push the left bag south
thrice, seven times west, and thrice north. The other trash bag should be
pushed four times south, nine times west, and four times north. If done
correctly, the two trash bags should align. Go up the steps east and raise the
water level. Jump across the trash bags west and go west.

You’ll end up in Peridot Water Grid again, but behind the one-way gate.
Go north and jump the three trash bags west. On this platform are two
items: a Quick Ball and the PULSE – Dex info for PULSE 03: Swalot. Go
north and unlock the System Storage.
Jump east across the three trash bags again. Go north and east to see a
doorway to the north. Upon entering this room, you will receive a message
saying “One of the machines is buzzing loudly”. There are two Pokeballs in
rhe room. The one nearest to the panel, which does not respond contains a
Cell Battery. The other one, on the northeastern corner of the room is an
Electirizer. If you leave and re – enter the room, the Pokeball appears
again. This time, it’s actually an Electrode. You need to interact with the
Electrode and battle it. In battle, let it use Discharge. When the field
changes from Short – Circuit to Factory Field, faint the Electrode. If it uses
Discharge again, the field will change back to the Short – Circuit Field. Do
not let it do this. If you accidentally faint the Electrode during the Short –
Circuit phase, simply leave the room and re – enter. There will be another
Electrode there.

This is needed for the panel to respond. Once you did it, the room will light
up and a message will say “The machines restarted”. Interact with the
machine now and say Yes if it asks you to get a Fennekin! This is the
eighth starter that we can get for our “Starter Sidequest”. Say Yes a second
time to read the message attached.

Read the note from obtaining the Water Treatment Center Fennekin:
+1 Ace
Get out of there once you’re done. Go east to the next water grid. This is
the North Obsidia Water Grid, where we first entered but from the eastern
side. Now go east and out the doorway north. Go all the way north out here
to get a Hyper Potion. Go back in the Center and jump east until you see a
slaughtered mook past the one – way gate. Go south and west to enter the
Opal Water Grid. Go west, south and west from there to the Peridot Water
Grid. Go west all the way and north to the control machine and lower the
water level. Once done, backtrack to North Obsidia Water Grid, where the
mook was slaughtered. Go west across the trash bags and lower the water
level here. Once again, from the north, push the left bag south thrice, seven
times west, and thrice north. The other trash bag should be pushed four
times south, nine times west, and four times north. The bags somehow reset
their positions when we leave the room.

Jump west across the trash bags and west into the Peridot Water Grid. Go
north and west all the way and enter the second doorway you passed by.
This is the Lapis Water Grid. Go west and north to engage a cultist in
battle. Go east past him afterwards across the trash bags to the control
machine. Lower the water level here. Go down and up the steps east and
challenge the cultist there. Go back west to the control machine and go
down the steps south. You should see the trash bags arranged in this
formation.

From the spot where I’m hiding in the picture, go west and follow the path
to a Smoke Ball. This item must be obtained before you complete the
puzzle. It won’t be accessible afterwards. Go back to the bag formation.
Start with the southern one first. Push the nearest one to you one tile west
and one tile north. Push the other bag four tiles west and two tiles north. Go
do the northern bags next. Push the left bag twice west and thrice south.
Push the other bag four times west and once south. If done correctly, the
bags should look like this.
Go raise the water level next. From there, jump south, go east on a trash
bag, jump south all the way, go west and around the platform and jump east
to the platform with the panel. This will unlock the shutter to the east. Jump
west now and go around the platform. Go north all the way across the trash
bags and the platform to lower the water level. Go east to the Meteor cultist
we fought earlier and south to a table with a Pokeball on it. Get the Beryl
Grid Key there. Go south and west to the Peridot Water Grid.

Go east until you reach the steps and go west down it. Keep going west
until you meet steps going up west. Go south and west into Jasper Water
Grid.

Go north and jump all the platforms west until we meet Titania again. She
is at a dead end, and Taka appears to lower the water level again. Titania,
who is rapidly losing her already – thin patience at this point, tells Taka to
drop the act and confesses his true allegiance. Taka deftly evades giving a
straight answer, angering Titania even more. Taka says it isn’t that simple
for him, while Titania says it is. Titania knows that Taka is, at least,
desperate to leave Team Meteor, and tells him not to be a coward and just
do it. Taka says he is burdened by his family legacy. Taka knows Titania
wouldn’t understand his burden, so he leaves, saying that the key to this
room is in the other room. He also hints that we should clear out all the
rooms, saying Team Meteor would hate this. He’s basically an ally at this
point, isn’t he? It’s just that his moral compass is a revolving door at this
point. Taka then leaves, causing Titania to really lose it and start hacking
the nearest machine with Aegislash. Titania thanks us for resolving her
situation with Amaria (except the jumping down the waterfall part), and is
now sick of seeing someone else living a lie.

Go down the steps west, and go north and walk up the steps there. Go west
and engage yourself in a Double Battle. If you fed Titania earlier, she will
be your partner here as well. After the battle, she will not kill the mooks.
Instead, she sets them free to live out their lives but not as a Meteor cultist.
Titania will wait for you to enter the room to the north.
This is the Beryl Water Grid. Go all the way east and north. Titania will
follow shortly after. We will be standing between two one – way gates
there, both pointing west. Titania will go through the left one, trapping
herself on the other side afterwards at the control machine section when the
arrow turns orange. She will remark on her similar trapped fate afterwards.
Our job now is to move the trash bags as usual. Titania will lower and raise
the water level automatically if we do our job right.

Go back south, west near the entrance and north to a platform. The water
level will rise, and you can jump west onto a platform. Go north and the
water level will fall, allowing us to take the stairs down east. You should
see two trash bags here that you can stand in between. Go there and push
the northern bag north once, west four times, and twice south. The other
bag should be pushed north thrice and west once.

Go back up the stairs west. Go south and jump the platform east. The water
level will rise again and you can jump the bag north to the platform east.
Jump the second bag north and follow the platform north. The water level
will fall again and we can go down the stairs east. From there, go north
west and south to see two more bags.
Push the one closest you in the picture north thrice. Push the other one
south four times. After you’re done, go up the easternmost step in the
picture (the one at the northeast corner). Jump the platform west and the
water level will rise. Jump across the trash bag west. Go south of the
platform and jump the other trash bag west to the next platform. Go south
along this platform to the Jasper Water Grid. Go all the way south and all
the way east into the Peridot Water Grid. Keep going east until you see a
panel. Interact with it to unlock the shutter to your north. Go all the way
east afterwards to the Opal Water Grid. We’ve been here before, but from
the northern side. Interact with the panel there to unlock the shutter north of
you, and interact with the control machine to lower the water level. Behold,
PULSE Swalot.
Heal up with the Light Shard nearby and read up on its Dex entry. It has
humongous bulk. Its ability is Water Absorb, which heals it in the
Murkwater Surface Field, due to its Water/ Poison typing. It’s also holding
Leftovers and knows Recover. DO NOT STALL THIS THING. You will
be out – stalled. Your best bet is to change the terrain. Snow Warning
Vanilluxe with Freeze Dry and Blizzard is your best bet here I think. Even
better would be the true – and – tried Perish Song Prankster Murkrow.
Fight it when you’re ready and put it out of its misery.

Once you’re done, you will see a message about “System Restored: Water
Treatment Now Operational”. Go back to the control machine and raise the
water level here. A miracle happens and the water is a brilliant blue! This
means the water here can now be surfed on. Don’t surf just yet. Go north
into the North Obsidia Water Grid. Keep going north until you see a
slaughtered mook. Jump the trash bags west near the slaughtered mook and
lower and raise the water level here. Surf east to get on the platform, and
surf east through the small gap. Go north and east and get on the platform
here. Go north into the Central Obsidia Water Grid. Go east and south
down the first pathway you see. Go east down and up the stairs to the
control machine. Raise the water level here. Go east of the platform there
and surf to the east on the water. Go south a bit and east through a small
gap here to the platform. Go east all the way to get TM67: Smart Strike.

Surf back to the platform with the machine. Go to the right of the machine
and surf north here. Go east past the locked room into the Onyx Water
Grid. Go south and east down the steps. Go east and north all the way.
Then go west up the stairs. Jump all the platforms east until you get to the
control machine. There should be a cultist nearby. Go to the left of the
machine and surf there to the west. Get off the platform to the north and go
east all the way to get TM93: Wild Charge.

From the TM, go back to the platform with the control machine and the
mook. Go south and east and surf south there to the next platform. Go south
into Coral Water Grid. Go west down and up the stairs to the control
machine. Raise the water level here. Go south and surf south to another
platform there. Go west into Central Obsidia Water Grid. Go west through
the two – way gate and surf north onto the platform with the control
machine. Go west and surf onto the platform there. Walk north and west
into the North Obsidia Water Grid.

Surf back to the slaughtered mook and surf west to the control machine.
Keep surfing west to a platform to the next water grid, the Peridot Water
Grid. Go north here and down the steps west. Go west and north up the
steps. Go south and down the steps east. At this lower level, follow the path
north, east, south between the pipes and west to a corner. There is a hidden
Black Sludge here. Backtrack your way up the steps, and keep
backtracking to the entrance leading to the North Obsidia Water Grid.

Go south there and through the one – way gate west. Go south, west and
north to the control machine. Raise the water level here. Surf west under
the metal pipe and get off on the platform there. Go all the way north and
surf west onto the platform there. Go north into the Lapis Water Grid. Go
north past the mook and go west down and up the steps. Raise the water
level there.

Surf west to the mook and south, back into the Peridot Water Grid. Surf
west here onto the platform. Go south almost all the way, then west into the
Jasper Water Grid. Go west down the steps and on the lower level, follow
the path south all the way west, past the steps. Go north all the way to get a
hidden Full Heal. Go back south and east up north up the steps we just
passed by. Go north to the control machine and raise the water level here.
Go back to the steps south just now and surf around to the eastern side of
the platform. There is an item there that you can see but cannot get because
of the crack in the ground. This item can be accessed from the eastern side:
a Scope Lens. Surf back to the west side and go west and north into the
final water grid, the Beryl Water Grid. In this room go east all the way, and
north. Titania will do the work of lowering and raising the water level.
That really is the last of all the water grids. Go back south and west and
surf north and east onto the platform near Titania. Go north across the
platform and surf east on the water. Surf east a bit and north and all the way
west. You will see a line of two-way gates on your north. Titania
mentioned that these gates will activate only if all the rooms have clean
water. Which is what we have been doing since after fighting the PULSE
Swalot. Get on the platform and start going east through all the gates.

Once you’re past the last gate, go south and west. Interact with the panel
there to set Titania free. She will comment that the entire city will have
clean water already. Then she will leave and go to the room north. There is
a Light Shard there. Take it if you need to heal. A major battle is coming up
next.
Inside the Control Office, you will see Titania threatening Taka at
Aegislash – point and Amaria lying on the table. Taka will return the
Sapphire Bracelets to Titania and mentioned that he even treated Amaria’s
wounds. Taka mentioned that his backup will be coming soon, to which
Titania responds by saying she’s taking responsibility for that. She then
lifts Amaria off the table.

As a sign of our gratitude for treating Amaria, allowing us to rescue her and
letting us leave with the Sapphire Bracelets, Taka asks one favor from us.
We need to beat him in battle. This, everyone, is the seventh major event
which will determine the ending of the game. To get the ‘Good’ ending,
you need to refuse to fight Taka in battle here. Do so, but it will cost us,
maybe more than we know.

When Taka asks you to fight him:

Fight = +2 Taka, +1 Ace. -1 Titania
Don’t Fight = +1 Anna, +1 Shade, -1 Ace, -2 Taka

Once refused, Ace will step in with their usual self. They will challenge us
to get the Sapphire Bracelets in Taka’s stead. They will be the Ace of
Spades here. After the battle, they will realize that Taka is lying. We did
not have the bracelets. They will ask Taka what is happening. Taka will
finally admit through his teeth that the bracelets were taken by Titania, the
Steel leader (no surprise there). Ace, being the analyst that they are, notices
the discrepancies in Taka’s story. His team of Pokemon has no signs of
injuries for one. They started to put two – and – two together: Taka has
been our silent ally. Ace then turns off all communications into and out of
the room, allowing us to leave, quickly, they add, since the backup is
coming soon.

While we are gone, a scene transpires whereby Ace and Taka had a heart –
to – heart conversation. They correctly guessed that Taka doesn’t want to
be a Meteor anymore, but is too scared of Lin to quit. He’s also fearful of
leaving his legacy, and his father behind. Ace, being the good friend,
mentions that he should live the way he wants, and not as an extension of
his father. Lin, on the other hand, shouldn’t even matter. She has been
slowly poisoning Team Meteor with her ‘New World’ ideology for quite
some time now, whereas Team Meteor’s original aim is to safeguard the
ancient magic buried beneath the Reborn region.

Ace will suggest that they tell Solaris what Lin is up to, to which Taka
counters that his father doesn’t listen to him. Ace then takes it on their
shoulder to inform Solaris and expel Lin from the team.
We will be just outside the door when this transpires. It’s time to make our
way out. Go south all the way to the one – way gate and pass it to the west.
Go south between the two gates and west out of the room into the Jasper
Water Grid. Go south, east and surf on the water north. Go east all the way
here, surfing and jumping across the platforms. Then go south and east into
the Peridot Water grid. Go north a bit and surf east and jump on the
platform there. Run east across the platform to the Opal Water Grid. Go all
the way east here and when you see a door north, run into it to the North
Obsidia Water Grid. Go north and see the slaughtered mook for the last
time and run to the door north and out of the Water Treatment Center. Just
as we were about to leave, Shade appears! Long time no see. He reminds us
to not forget about the four events which we witnessed in his Gym so long
ago. Only one hasn’t come to pass yet. He also drops a hint: out of four,
‘only two will be taken’. Hmm. They will disappear, and we’re free to
leave.

Titania awaits us atop Deliverance, Amaria’s Lapras. She thanks us (in her
own way) for our help. Ascend the waterfall north.
 The Fiore Mansion Gauntlet
What comes next is the legendary Fiore Mansion Gauntlet. Really, this
battle became almost synonymous with the game itself when it first came
out. This battle was what Rebornians refer to as ‘the Gauntlet’. Hardcore
players took it upon themselves to make this challenge more difficult by
setting conditions upon themselves. I’ve seen two Pokemon only
challenges, and of course the Monotype runs.

Go rest up at the circus. Change your team into the best composition you
can think of. Bring your absolute A – game. Unlike the gauntlet for the
Department Sticker, this gauntlet is necessary to progress the game. Go to
Celestinine Cascade and make your way to the Fiore Mansion. Just as you
were climbing up the staircases there, you will be greeted by Florinia and
Julia! Really long time no see ladies. Julia wastes no time in smashing the
fourth wall into smithereens by lampshading it’s been fourteen episodes
since she last saw us. The first Gym really was that long ago.

Julia must be having the time of her life erasing the fourth wall by
mentioning the fate of other Gym leaders (hiding in caves and getting
chased by evil doctors). Florinia then mentions Ame has been overseeing
our progress from way back in the city (Thanks Ame!) and has instructed
Florinia to give us TMX02: Fly! Julia helpfully mentions we need to
commit animal cruelty before we’re allowed to use the badge and asks us to
visit Reborn City as soon as we are able. Adrienn has been rallying the
Rebornians to reconstruct the entire city and together they have made a
wonderful place of it. Just then, the sound of a helicopter can be heard
flying overhead.

Florinia mentions for Julia to stop talking and to see the helicopter
overhead, filled with Meteor mooks. Julia rushes off to the mansion to
defend it, followed by Florinia. She helpfully mentions we should prepare
before entering it, which we did. Step inside and be prepared for the fight
of your life.
As soon as we enter, the helicopter hovers over the mansion roof, dropping
off Blake and Fern. Solaris is already there. Their objective: Recover the
Sapphire Bracelets, by any means necessary. Sirius reminds the trash to
prove himself in this mission, to which Fern says he doesn’t need to prove
anything. One slice of humble pie, coming right up.

The widening cracks of the Team is more apparent in this scene, as Solaris
advocates for the purification of the old world, and Sirius is preparing for
the creation of a new one.
Inside the house, a strategy meeting is taking place. Amaria is
incapacitated, and Julia suggests explosions. Titania shoots it down, no
property damage. She suggests instead we take defensive positions at house
exit and entry points. Florinia points out that Meteor would create
additional entrances instead. Titania remarks on a noodle incident between
her and Florinia which causes her to be the robotic woman she is today.
Florinia evades the remark and instead asks everyone to establish a line of
defense on the upper floors. Us and her will be the first line of defense,
Julia will be the rear guard, and Titania will be with Amaria to personally
guard her, since she will be the main target.

Solaris comes in, not surprised to see our defense. He proposes a trade: the
Bracelets for our lives. We reject it of course, prompting the beginning of
the first battle in the gauntlet against Meteor Aces Diana and Kenan.

Blake and Fern comes in, where they tried to pull off the “I have your
brother” gambit against Florinia. To their (especially Fern’s) surprise, it
didn’t take. Fern breaks character (not much of one to begin with anyway)
and calls Florinia out on her coldness, even against her own brother.

After their defeat, Blake and Fern will blame each other, of course. Blake
seals Julia in the kitchen by commanding his Walrein to fire an ice wall to
block the doorway. Fern is really losing it and starts tearing into Florinia
for callously endangering his life, even if it all was just an act. His primary
motivation to join the Team is simple: he wants to be on top, and he thinks
he will be able to do that in the New World Lin promised. Fern ends his
tirade against Florinia by disowning her, and accusing her of living up to
the robot that people accuse her of being. This clearly struck a nerve with
Florinia, as her sentences seem to have more pauses in them. Fern retreats
with his tail between his legs afterwards, promising to meet up with the
Team later. He gives explicit permission to them to kill his sister. Solaris or
course, wastes no time taking advantage of this and instructs Sirius to put
Florinia out of commission. His Seviper comes out and bites Florinia.
Solaris vows to take care of us himself.

Just then Julia busts out of the wall Blake sealed her in. She pushes Blake
down the balcony, apparently high on coffee. Seeing Florinia injured, she
summons her Electrode to fight alongside us. Orderly John (wow, not seen
since the Orphanage) offers to assist Solaris. After our victory, Solaris
admits how formidable we are as a line of defense. He actually did come to
respect our skill, even if he thinks our effort in opposing him is futile.
Titania then makes her appearance.

Solaris admits there’s only one thing left to do. Cutting the Gordian knot as
they say. He orders Sirius to do something about it, with which he orders
Chandelure to burn down the house. Sirius drily remarks that history is
repeating itself, since this is not the first house he burned down to get the
Sapphire Bracelets. Always quick on her feet, Titania has something up her
sleeve that the Belroses didn’t have, a mansion with a built – in Water
Gym. She then summons an Excadrill, busting the house down the middle
with a Fissure. The house floods instantaneously. Team Meteor retreats for
now, seeing all their options flushed by that insane amount of water. Even
though Solaris is loath to admit this, he will have to get Lin involved.

Now that Meteor has left, Julia checks on Florinia. Titania, ever the
understanding friend, snarks about how Florinia tends to be more greatly
affected than she needs to be. Julia defends Florinia, saying Titania
betrayed Florinia’s trust first. Titania says it’s becoming a running theme in
her life, this betrayal. Amaria then appears, waking up from the noise. She
then drops another bomb: she doesn’t remember us. Uh – oh. Titania,
fearing the worst, asks her does she remember who she is. Amaria laughs
and answers her: the love of my life.

Tania then asks again, what is the last thing she remembers. Amy answers
that she was supposed to come down to Obsidia today to help Rini deal
with the wildly – growing plants. Florinia answers that Amaria might have
a case of amnesia. Frustrated, Titania storms out. Amaria becomes tired
with headache and retires to her room. Florinia then leaves for Calcenon
City, thankfully doing well. Team Meteor has successfully taken
Labradorra City. She thinks that Fern will be there, and that he will require
some ‘correction’. Julia decides to stay to make sure Amy’s okay. She asks
us to check on Tania instead.

All your Pokemon will be healed automatically once the invasion is over.
Jump across the bookcase and the table to your south, and east to the
balcony. Walk out the door to see Tania. Talk to her. She will mention the
horror of having Amy trying to kill herself after she found out about the lie
that is their relationship, but she is glad to be rid of that burden. Now
everything comes crashing back to square one. She promises to figure
something out, leaving for her gym in the desert. She’s taking the bracelets
with her, and promises Team Meteor will regret it if they come for her. She
then flies away on her Skarmory.
 Battling Ciel
Now, there is only one thing left to do. Battle the final member of the Agate
Ace Triumvirate, Ciel Featherstone herself. Make our way back to the
circus by going through all the Crustles again.
Once there, talk to Samson at the back room of Big Top. He will say there
is still no sign of Terra, even after relentless searching. Ciel then comes in
to greet us. After some banter and a ton of ship – tease between Ciel and
Samson, Ringmaster Alistasia comes in to ask how the search for Terra was
coming along, to which Samson replies in the negative. Alistasia remarks
that’s bad news actually, but workplace injuries have dropped since Terra is
no longer there. She then finally remembers to greet us.

Of course, a woman of her business acumen wouldn’t let you off the hook
so easily. No Battle Pass, no battle. Ciel will discreetly approach us to hand
us the Battle Pass – Suspension. Alistasia saw all this went down, but
wisely kept her mouth shut. Hey, the show must go on right? There’s no
business like show business after all. Alistasia will leave to make the
necessary preparations. Talk to Ciel once we’re ready, and boy aren’t we?
After the gauntlet we just had.

Strategy:
For our victory, we will be awarded with the Suspension Badge, our
fourteenth official Reborn League badge. All Pokemon up to Level 80 will
obey us without question, and we will also be able to use Fly outside of
battle. No more looooooong walks. We will also get TM62: Acrobatics, of
course. Alistasia will congratulate us both in the back room of Big Top
afterwards. She warns Ciel not to give out her passes so ‘discreetly’ in the
future, and that she will give us an exception to the rule since the Circus is
short on performances now with Terra gone. She then leaves to do the
closing ceremony. Samson and Ciel banters again, comparing each other’s
performances on their respective battles with us. Samson then leaves,
wanting to blow off some steam.

Left alone with Ciel, she mentions that there was another performer there
with the three of them before, her cousin. They had high expectations on
what it means to work at the Circus, and left when it wasn’t up to their
standard. Ciel and them apparently had a falling – out, and now with Terra
gone, she feels lonely. She thinks maybe it’s time she reconnects with her
estranged cousin. She wishes us luck wherever we go, and leaves.
The moment we leave the room, a cutscene happens elsewhere. Ace is seen
trying to relay a message to Solaris. With prose more purple than Grimace,
they wanted Solaris to consider removing Lin, as she has been actively
working against Solaris, undermining him from behind, while threatening
Taka in the process. They sign off the letter with their real name, Nashira.
Just after they sent the message, the power to wherever Ace sends the
message from gets cut off, and a threatening message appears on the large
screens of the computer, “GAME OVER”. An explosion is heard, and the
scene ends.

One Last Puzzle at the Circus

I know we can’t wait to fly all over Reborn, but there is still one last thing
we can do at the Circus. Over at the ice – cream vendor, a new stall has just
opened up. Talk to the woman to start a tile puzzle for three Green Shards.
This is an example of a 15 – puzzle. The tiles are in the right orientation, so
no rotation is necessary. There are 15 tiles available to you, since one of the
tiles will be a blank tile which you can slide the other tiles into. Doing this
will shift the position of the blank tile. There are various strategies
available online on how to solve this puzzle. Once all the 15 tiles are
arranged correctly, the last tile will automatically be completed for you,
forming the solution below.

The prize that you get is a Turtwig. This makes this grass turtle the ninth
starter that we can get for our ‘Starter Sidequest’. In a way, this puzzle isn’t
optional. We have to do it to get Turtwig, and it’s the only way to get
Turtwig in the game besides choosing it at the Starter table at the beginning
of the game.
 From Ciel to Adrienn: The City, Reborn
Take one last look at the Circus. This place has been our home base after
the ninth badge. Then fly back to the city we’ve left behind for so long. Fly
straight to the Grand Hall. A lot has changed, hasn’t it? Imagine the feeling
we get when this episode was released for the first time. It just drives in the
point how far we have gotten in the game.

From the moment you land, there was a feeling of renewal in the air. Even
the background music changed. It’s now transposed to a major key, as
opposed to the minor key as it was before.
Go inside the Grand Hall. Talk to everyone there. If you talk to Ame, who
can be seen right there on the front desk, please reply ‘No’ if she asks you a
question. You can hear the opinions of every citizen there on this reborn
city, ranging from positive to negative. The gentleman by the sofa offers a
surprisingly nuanced view. The Street Rat there will give you the view of
the poor people of Reborn. Talk to two people behind the front desk
standing next to each other. There are at least three more plans for future
restoration projects. However, for now the main focus is on the
reconstruction of the Beryl Wall. Leave the place for now. There are so
many things to do before our next Gym battle. Like, really. If you said
‘Yes’ to Ame, you will be locked out of one important sidequest. This is
the sidequest that we will do first, one that’s been a long time coming in
fact.

The Mega – Z Ring Quest

Yes. You read that right. We’re finally going to get the Mega – Z Ring,
which will allow us to finally use all those Mega Stones and Z – Crystals
that we have diligently collected since the North Aventurine Woods.
Pick up the hidden Elemental Seed on the flower to your right outside the
Grand Hall first. If you go down the stairs, you can read some writings
inscribed on memorial stones to the left and right of the stairs. They are the
people who helped make Reborn the place we know and love today. Thank
you.
Go in front of the Grand Hall to see a couple sitting on bench here if it’s
any weather but rainy. Behind them on the bush is a hidden Dawn Stone.
Walk up to the right side of the Opal Bridge first. Walk around the Opal
Bridge to listen to the stories of everyone you’ve met before, including the
Youngster who tried to drown the Pachirisu the first time we’re here. Just
before the bridge splits north to the Grand Stairway, there is a Gentleman
sitting on the bench here. Hidden on the bench to his right is a Hyper
Potion. The girl on the western corner who is looking at the view will think
about how the city has come so far since its early days. She will then leave,
thinking it’s time she played a part in helping the city grow as well.
On the bush south of the tree on this western side of the bridge is a hidden
Repel. Behind the Hotshot we’ve fought before is a patch of grass hiding a
Mental Herb. Once you’re done going round the bridge, make your way
north to the Grand Stairway. Go east and north to the Reborn Nightclub and
go inside.
Talk to DJ Arclight. Long time no see, friend! He will remind you of the
stolen Pokemon that we bought from 7th Street. Yes, the Mega – Ring Quest
overlaps with the ‘Daycare Conspiracy’ sidequest we did so long ago. It
turns out Arc has been tracking down all of the original owners of the
Pokemon but managed to find only five of them. So it’s up to us to reunite
the five Pokemon with their five owners. We’ll do this one at a time. Talk
to him again to get the list of the five owners. They are:

1. Lillin from Jasper Ward – Loudred

2. Felicia from Apophyll Academy – Makuhita
3. Mr. McKrezzy from Lapis Ward – Roggenrola
4. Santiago from Peridot Ward – Jigglypuff
5. Eustace from Lapis Ward – Vanillite

You’ve bought all five of them from 7 th Street before. They are also helpful
in busting us out of the prison during our Blacksteam Factory Raid with
Amy. Now we’re going to return the favor. This quest will also enable us to
visit these places and see the new things there.
Fly to Peridot Ward first. Using Fly to go to a city will get you to the
Pokemon Center of the city. If you haven’t activated the ‘freeremotepc’
password, this would be the perfect time to do so. Go west from the
Pokemon Center and north along the rails. Go north past Spitrail Street and
into Peridot Ward proper. You will see some chairs and tables to your west.
There is a hidden Carbos on the lower table and a hidden Ice Heal on the
upper table. Across the rail is a new place. This used to be the place where
we first stopped Team Meteor, the Mosswater Industrial Factory. Now it’s
called Mosswater Market. There is a hidden Escape Rope inside the pot
behind the yellow stall on the right. This guy will sell you EV Tuners,
items which let you swap EV points between any 2 stats. The pot in the
northeastern corner hides a Pokeball. The only other stall with vendors here
so far is two Move Tutor brothers, Max and Myles. They can teach your
Pokemon some cool moves, including Stealth Rock, Drain Punch and
Throat Chop. A guy wandering around there will tell you that other stores
will be set up in the future, so keep that in mind for later. Near the yellow
stall on the left side is a hidden Guard Spec. Follow the rail north a bit
more. We’re going to Lower Peridot Alleyway, which is west and north of
the rail a bit past the Blacksteam and 2nd Street sign.
Inside the alleyway, you can see three bald men having a discussion to your
north. Talk to the man with his back turned to you. Meet Santiago, who lost
his Jigglypuff. With very colorful language, he will pull us to the side of
the dumpster so that we can talk more privately. Follow him and talk to him
again.

He loves Jigglypuff, but he’s afraid other people will make fun of him…
because you know, real men don’t wear pink, so the stereotype goes. He
will ask us to give the Jigglypuff to someone else first, since he’s in the
middle of something now. He will pick it up later. We will have to come
back here after we drop off the Jigglypuff to tell him the drop – off location
though. He will then challenge us to a battle so that he can tell the other
guys he got into a scuffle with us. His team consists of an Azumarill,
Sylveon, and Lopunny. Real men can and do wear pink after all.
Our next stop is Jasper Ward. Fly there and make sure to have Jigglypuff
and Loudred in your party. Check the OT of each Pokemon in their
respective summaries. They should be ‘Santiago’ and ‘Lillin’ respectively.
Inside the large Pokemon Center is also a funny event. Before the
reconstruction of the city, there is a man here that was traumatized by the
plant attacks in the ward. Now, that same man is having a therapy session
with a doctor inside. From the Pokemon Center, go west and south down
Yellow Street. There is a patch of grass with a hidden Cheri Berry. Go
south, then west. Enter the first apartment complex you see there. Inside
this house is a girl sitting on a sofa along the east wall. She’s Lillin. Talk to
her.

She will be surprised that we have Loudred after all this time… and she
doesn’t want it back. It’s loud, and it causes her lack of sleep at night. Talk
to her again, and she will grudgingly take it back. Give it to her. Talk to her
again. She will say that she will need a Jigglypuff to cancel out the noise
made by the Loudred. Well, well. It turns out we do have one right here.
Give it to her for safekeeping. She will then extort us, the ungrateful
woman. She will refuse to give the Jigglypuff back to Santiago if we don’t
do something to help her with her noise problem. She mentions high –
quality earplugs. Get out of there for now.
Fly to Apophyll Academy. The music here changed to a killer. New music
for a new era. There are hidden items everywhere. From the entrance, there
is a hidden Protein to your right on the stone. There is a hidden Shoal Shell
next to a large rock on the left. Go past the archway to get it. Go inside the
academy now.
Go to the central courtyard where we fought Kiki before. Go to the middle
room on the left. Inside here is a girl walking towards the wall, Felicia.
Talk to her, and she will say that she can’t hear anything through her
headphones. She will turn the music off and asks if you need something.

It seems Arc told her of our arrival, since she will be stoked about getting
her Pokemon back. It turns out that it’s not about the Pokemon. It’s about
the beautiful specimen of a man, Arc himself. She will ask you to get his
autograph for her. Oblige her. Fly back to the Nightclub, which it turns out
you can do directly. Talk to Arc in the club, and he will give you the DJ
Arc Autograph. Fly back to Apophyll Academy after. Talk to Felicia, and
she will literally jump with joy. Talk to her again, but this time with her
Makuhita in your party. It seems that she’s so excited about the autograph
that she forgot about her Pokemon. Give it to her. After that, talk to her a
third time to ask her to give her headphones to you. She will part with
them, on one condition: Get an autograph from Master McKrezzy himself.
What a coincidence! He’s our next stop.
Fly to Lapis Ward next. Go west and north until the street sign of 4 th and
Hydrangea. Across the Pokemart is a garden with a hidden X Attack on the
right table and a hidden Peppermint on the left table. To get the
Peppermint, you might have to wait for the person there to get out of your
way though.

The house to the left of the Pokemart is Eustace’s house. His mother, the
green – haired lady are scared out of her wits since she thinks he’s been
kidnapped! She thought Eustace has been spending time with her brother,
the famous musician Master McKrezzy, who is in vacation in Spinel Town.
But it turns out he’s not there. Instead, she received a ransom note from
bald – headed men. She asks for your help to track those bald men and save
Eustace.
Fly to Spinel Town next. You can finally revive all the Fossils you want
here There are two buildings in front of Spinel Museum. Go inside the left
one. Inside this house, you can see a black – haired guy standing in front of
the counter. Meet Master McKrezzy. Make sure his Roggenrola is in your
party, and talk to him.

He will say that he refuses to give autographs off the clock, since he’s there
for a vacation. Talk to him again to give him his Roggenrola. Talk to him
again for him to finally give you a McKrezzy Autograph. Make sure you
have a full party of Pokemon on you, and talk to McKrezzy again. He will
suggest we battle since the attendant he’s waiting for is taking so long to
get there, so he has time to kill. Oblige him. After we win, he will give us
TM15: Hyper Beam. Go back to Apophyll Academy.

When you flashed Felicia the autograph, she will snatch it right out of your
hands and give you the Headphones.
Go back to see Lillin in Jasper Ward. Talk to her to give her the
Headphones. Lillin will say she is just joking about it, but she will take the
Headphones anyway since it’s here. She would never steal someone else’s
Pokemon after having hers stolen. She tells us to tell Santiago to pick up his
Jigglypuff anytime he wants. Go back to North Peridot alleyway and talk to
Santiago. Talk to him again: there’s a boy missing and we need to find him.

Our suspicions were right. He and his gang had kidnapped Eustace after all.
He doesn’t agree with harming kids, but this situation is too complicated
for him to explain. We have to see for ourselves to believe it. He said that
Eustace is held at the rooftop of a building in Onyx Ward. You know, the
one where we found Pichu all that time ago. Go there now.
When we fly to Onyx Ward, we’ll land in front of the OTS. Go west and
talk to the students there. They’ll talk about us. It seems that our reputation
precedes us, eh? On the rock to the left of the Gym sign is a hidden Red
Shard. Talk to the girl on the far west (our fan) to get a Full Restore. Go
north and east afterwards. Remember the Lillipup guy? He’s still there. To
the right of the Move Relearner’s house are two dumpsters. The left
dumpster hides an X Defend while the right dumpster hides a Burn Heal.
The building to the right of the dumpster is where we’ll find Eustace. Go up
the elevator to the rooftop. Save before you step out of the elevator. There’s
a gauntlet of two battles headed your way soon, and unlike the Mansion
gauntlet, you will receive no healing between fights. Any fainted Pokemon
will remain fainted until after the gauntlet is over.

Upon stepping out, you will be engaged in a Double Battle by two baldies.
A tip for this battle though. The opposing lead Pokemons are an Alolan
Muk and a Weezing. My advice is: faint the Muk first. If you faint the
Weezing first, it will pass its Levitate ability to Muk because of its Power
of Alchemy ability. This will ensure the Muk has no weaknesses.

After we won, Eustace himself will challenge us. It turns out, he

masterminded his own kidnapping. He seems to think he got the world all
figured out, since people just take what they want anyway. He ransomed
his own life to get money from his uncle McKrezzy, who’s loaded. After
we won, he will fire the bald thugs and go home. Fly to Lapis Ward now.
Bring Eustace’s Vanillite with you in your party. If you talk to his mother,
you’ll find out that he confessed everything to her, and all his previous
schemes as well. Go upstairs and talk to Eustace himself. He will rant about
how we have a hero complex, but wasn’t there to help him when his
Pokemon was stolen. Talk to him again and he will ask you for a Level 160
Electrode. Give him his Vanillite back. He will be floored by you, and
promises to try to be a good person.
That really is the last of it. Go back to the Nightclub to see Arc. Talk to him
to get a Mega – Z Ring. Yessss.. Finally! He will leave to the back room of
the club now. He’ll tell us to stay real.

Complete the Mega Ring quest:

+2 Arc

Revisiting the Obsidia and South Obsidia Wards

The next item on the agenda is to revisit the Obsidia Ward. Fly to the
Pokemon Center there. Go to the Daycare Center on the right. Inside, next
to the Daycare Lady is a Worker. Talk to the Worker and he will ask you to
fund the Incubator for the Daycare at a cost of $100 000. If you’re like me,
using the ‘moneybags’ password and whatnot, you should have more than
enough by now. Like the bridge in Calcenon City, you will get the machine
straight away. It has two functions:
a) Wait for egg – This allows you to get an Egg the moment you place
two compatible Pokemon in the Daycare.
b) Hatch Egg – This allows you to hatch an egg without waiting or
walking around carrying an Egg in your party

I suggest we do it now, since this will be beneficial when we kick the

‘Starter Sidequest’ into full – gear later.
Afterwards, go south from there and to the first building on the right. This
is the Critical Capture shop. They have increased their range of products
after the city’s renovation. They now sell almost all the variety of available
Pokeballs. There is a Techie in there. Talk to him. Do you remember the
Corrupted Pokeball that we obtained from the Railnet and the Magnet
Powder we obtained from the Blacksteam Factory raid before? We’re
gonna need it now. Talk to him again. Save before you talk to him this
time. Say yes if he asks you whether you want to fix it. Again, he will say
that it’s too late to fix the Pokeball. Whatever is inside will be corrupted
beyond repair by now. Talk to him one last time, and the Techie will see
that you have Magnet Powder. Using the Magnet Powder, he will restore
the Pokeball and get you a Ralts! My favourite Psychic – type. I always
have a Gardevoir on my team.
From there, go east to see the Sweet Kiss Candy Shop. There is a hidden
HP Up on the rock to the left of the shop. Go east past the shop to see the
newly – revamped Obsidia Park. It’s actually beautiful now, complete with
a fountain and everything. On the right side of the walkway are some tables
with hidden items on them. The lower table has some Pop Rocks and the
upper table has an Elemental Seed on it. On the left side of the walkway is
a stone up north that has a hidden Green Shard on it.
North of the Obsidia Park is the Obsidia Department Store. With all the
stickers in our collection, we can now access at least the 10 th Floor. Go to
the 9th Floor and get yourself a TM22: Solar Beam for $15 000. Get out of
there afterwards.
Go back in front of Sweet Kiss Candy Shop and go south into South
Obsidia Ward. Go east down Jubilife Street to see a dumpster across the
building. There’s a hidden PP Up there. Go south from the dumpster to see
the Obsidia Slums. There is a hidden Blue Shard on the bush just outside
the door of the slums. That’s all there is in both Wards.

Mr Seacrest’s Mulch Sidequest

Fly to the Peridot Ward Pokemon Center. Go east and north to see a garden
with a fountain in it. There is an old man there, Mr. Seacrest. Remember
him? He used to have a garden where we can catch a lot of Bug – types
before we fought Julia. If you’ve been talking to the people in the city, you
will know that he actually decided to open his garden to the public and
released the Pokemon inside there to the wild.

There is a table nearby that has a hidden Super Repel. The bench there has
a hidden Ultra Potion. Talk to Mr. Seacrest. It turns out that the worker near
him lost four bags of mulch throughout the entire city. He will ask us to
find all four bags and return them to him.
The first bag is just nearby. Across the Peridot Gym there is a row of
houses. You can actually check the dumpster in front of the Neo Power
Plant to get two hidden items: an X Defend and a Blue Shard. Go between
them and go south to a stone. Interact with it to get the Damp Mulch.
While we’re here, let’s do something first. Go west to the long stretch of
rail, and where the rail splits, go east until you’re all the way under the
Opal Bridge. Go south onto the pier here and surf south. Go east and you
will come out on the water under the bridge near Obsidia Ward. Follow the
path east and south under the bridge all the way. Go east and follow the line
of rocks blocking you. The game will indicate you’re somewhere in the
South Obsidia Ward. Get off the water and at the end a White Flute will be
waiting for you.

Backtrack to Opal Bridge and to where the rail splits in Peridot Ward
earlier, and this time go all the way north, almost to the desert entrance. To
the left you should see another garden with a fountain on it. This was the
fountain where we found Surskit so long ago. On the south side of the
fountain is a stone hiding a Purple Shard.

To the north of the fountain is the house of the woman who gave us the
Igglybuff so long ago. If you have it with you, you can give it back to her.
In return, she will give you the Luck Incense and a Pixie Plate, the second
Plate obtainable in-game.
The location of the next mulch is in South Obsidia Ward. Go to the
Glamazonia Salon, where the woman once gave us a free Glameow as
gratitude for us performing corporate espionage for her. To the right of a
building is a small wooded area. A bush next to a stone under a tree there
will contain the Growth Mulch.
The next mulch is found in Lapis Ward. Go all the way north and east. Just
before the Lapis Gym, there is a resting area nearby with a table and a
bench south of the 5th and Dahlia street sign. The bush next to it has a
hidden EXP. Candy L. The table at the resting area has the Stable Mulch
hidden on it. You might need to stand under a tree to get it, making your
character hidden under the tree.

Of particular note in this ward is also the Sweet Scent Flower Shop, where
we got the Spritzee and the Wailmer Pail earlier. They now sell all varieties
of Nectars, allowing you to easily change the form of your Oricorio, and all
four varieties of Seeds for your battling needs. The table outside the shop
has a hidden Great Ball and the dumpster on the far north of the shop has a
hidden Purple Shard.

By the way, you can make a stop at the old Aqua Gang hideout while
you’re here. It’s located all the way west from the Lapis Pokemon Center
and has been converted into a beautiful Berry Farm. Plant your rarer
Berries here and water them daily.
The last mulch is at the Beryl Ward. Fly there. Go to Beryl Ward Pokemart
first. Go south from it on the left side. There is a Street Rat here that will
give you the Magnetic Lure. The way this item works is as follows. If
your lead Pokemon holds this item, the first wild non – static Pokemon that
you will encounter on entering an area will always be the one that isn’t
registered in your Pokedex yet. This makes it useful in catching wild
Pokemon with a low encounter rate. It also allows you to always run away
from wild Pokemon in battle.

Go back to the Pokemon Center and from there, go south and west along
Stoker Road. Go north up Crystal Street. It might surprise you but
sometimes you won’t be able to move even though there is nothing
blocking your way. If you’ve played mainstream games, you know what’s
causing this. This is actually part of another sidequest that we can only do
after battling Adrienn. Up Crystal Street is a garden with a fountain in it.
There should be an elderly couple sitting on the bench there. There is a
bush on the south side of the fountain hiding a Blue Shard. Go north past
the couple to see a table and some chairs. There are three hidden items
here: a Magical Seed on the table, a Gooey Mulch on the chair and a Red
Shard on the rock near the Kingsbury and Crystal street sign.
With all four mulches collected, go see Mr. Seacrest again. Talk to him and
he will give you the Venusaurite, our fifth Mega Stone and an Insect
Plate, the third Plate obtainable in-game. Talk to the amnesiac worker near
him to get a Decidium – Z, which changes Decidueye’s Spirit Shackle to
the Z – Move Sinister Arrow Raid.

Simon and Tara: The Conclusion

The last time we met Meteor agent Simon, he retired from terrorism and
was basically chilling in his house in Peridot Ward. Fly to Peridot Ward.
From the Pokemon Center, go west and north into Peridot Ward. Go west
just after you passed the Mosswater Market. This is Blacksteam Street. On
a dumpster to the south is a hidden Blast Powder. The house to the north is
Simon’s. Go inside and talk to him.

He will mention something about not even knowing Tara’s full name. All
that was left of her is at the bottom of the lake in Tanzan Cove. Fly to
Belrose Manse.
From the mansion, go west and south along the edge of the lake. As you
walk along the edge of the lake, there will be a fisherman fishing in the
lake. It turns out he was the same fisherman who gave us the Old Rod from
way back when. He has been traveling around the region in search of great
fishing spots. He finally found it. It even has a cabin nearby. Surf in the
water west and dive under. Go all the way west down here to the wall. If
you’re like me, the first thing you’ll meet is a stone hiding an X Sp. Atk.
There is a dead body to your north whose ID tag is missing. East of the
body is a hidden Great Ball on a stone. Go north to get the Field Note for
the Flower Garden Field. Keep going along the western wall to the north.
There is a stone there hiding an Escape Rope. Near the Escape Rope is a
Metronome. Go east along the wall for a Potion. Going east will lead you to
a dead body. Interact with it to see that their name is Winter Green. They
are also holding a Hyper Potion. Going east again will get you a hidden
Potion on a bare patch of grassless land. Now surf south along the wall to
get a Grass Gem. There’s another dead body here. Their name is Minta
Alkaev. Going south will get you a hidden Burn Heal. Now surf west.
There is a hidden Chesto Berry somewhere in the gorge there. On the
southern wall is a hidden Big Nugget. From there, surf to the middle of the
gorge. There is a small plateau there with a rock hiding a Red Shard. There
is a dead body nearby whose name is Michaela Hermann. She appears to
have a Spooky Plate on her, the fourth Plate obtainable in-game. Go north
of her to get a Hidden Repel on a rock. There seems to be no sign of Tara
anywhere. Which leaves only one conclusion: her body is the one with the
missing ID tag. The first body we found in fact. Surface afterwards and talk
to the fisherman again.
We will apparently tell him we were looking for dead bodies down the
lake. He thought we were just there to fish. He witnessed a Whiscash
pulling some kind of object down there earlier. He made the connection and
said that the thing the Whiscash had was the thing we were searching for
down the lake. To help us, he will give us a spare Super Rod! In return, we
let him live. Really, he thought we killed all those people down there.

Next, make sure your party has an empty slot. Use the Super Rod to catch a
Whiscash from the lake. Show the Whiscash to the fisherman and he will
take it to examine its insides (harmlessly) for the missing evidence. He will
set the Whiscash free afterwards, so you don’t have to worry about getting
extra Whiscash. You have to do this three times actually. After the third
Whiscash is caught, he will find an ID Tag in it. There is something else
we can do here. Get back on the water and surf all the way west. You will
see land there. If you surf on the southern part of the land, you will see a
rock hiding an Elemental Seed. Surf and get off the land in the middle.
There is a cave there and to the north is a bush with a hidden Calcium. Go
into the cave afterwards.

There is a rock with a hidden Blue Shard near you. Go up the stairs north to
get a Pearl near the edge of the gorge. Since we don’t have Rock Climb,
there’s not much we can do here right now. However, in this cave you can
catch a Drilbur and its evolutionary form Excadrill.
Go back to Simon’s house afterwards. Talk to him, and you will hand him
the ID Tag. It turns out that her name is Tara Copperman. In a twist of fate
no one saw coming, Simon’s last name is also Copperman. He seems
unnerved by this coincidence. He will thank us for everything that we have
done for him, as an enemy, and especially as a friend. He will give us
TM06: Toxic in return.

Note: This whole quest wouldn’t even exist if we did not talk to Simon in
the Tanzan Meteor Base way back then. You will still be able to get TM06,
but only after the main – game is complete.
He will then disappear from his house, ending the quest. This game really
does humanize those grunts and mooks doesn’t it? We’ll see him again.
Don’t worry.

Special Delivery: Spyce Item Fetch Quest

Fly to the Reborn Nightclub. Just around the corner is the North Obsidia
Alleyway, our old Magma Gang hideout. Go inside to see the place
changed. It’s not as deep as it used to be. There are rows of stones
everywhere, making the back part inaccessible. However, you can get three
items here: a hidden Max Elixir on the box south, a hidden Dusk Ball near
the dumpster and a Magical Seed next to the boxes. Go down the stairs
south and keep walking south to see The Spyce Restaurant. Go inside.
Talk to the Chef walking about behind the counter to the east. It turns out
that the restaurant’s usual delivery boy is sick that day. So he will ask us to
collect a few items, and he promises to give us something in return. Talk to
the other chef there to know what the list of items are. The twelve items
are:
a) Honey
b) Tiny Mushroom
c) Balm Mushroom
d) Slowpoke Tail
e) White Herb
f) Stick
g) Sweet Heart
h) Moomoo Milk
i) Energy Root
j) Custap Berry
k) Whipped Dream
l) Shoal Salt
Let’s get the Sweet Heart first. Go to OTS in the Onyx Ward. Make your
way all the way west to Florinia’s arena. There’s a girl standing in front of
the Gym door. Talk to her. She is tasked by Florinia to prevent people from
entering since Florinia is away. She was actually going to confess her
feelings to someone before being given the task. She will ask your help
instead. She will give you a note and a Sweet Heart, and ask you to see her
crush on the third floor.

Go all the way east and up the stairs on the southern side of the room. Go
into the first door you see to the north. Go north inside and up the stairs
west. The girl’s crush will be sitting on the sofa to the west. Talk to them to
relay the message. She rejected the girl’s confession, since she implies that
she’s straight. Go back down to see the girl.

The girl will be heartbroken. Talk to her again. Talk to her one more time,
and she will give you Incinium – Z. It was actually for her crush’s
favourite Pokemon, but now it’s ours. The Sweet Heart is also ours to keep.
The Honey (if you don’t have any) can be bought from Sweet Scent Flower
Shop in Lapis Ward.
To get the White Herb, fly to Obsidia Ward. To the left of the Obsidia
Department Store is a building with a sign. Enter the building. This is
Madame Meganium’s Magic Medicine Market. You can buy all manner of
herbal medicines in this shop including a White Herb. It’s also run by an
actual Meganium, the Pokemon.

You can also by the Energy Root here.

To get a Moomoo Milk, buy an Oran Berry from the Obsidia Department
Store and give it to any of the Miltanks along Route 1. They will give you a
Moomoo Milk in return.
The Custap Berry can be obtained at the 10 th Floor of the Obsidia
Department Store.
The Whipped Dream can be bought from the Sweet Kiss Candy Shop.
Shoal Salts can be found as hidden items in Citrine Mountain
Tiny Mushrooms are hidden items found on Azurine Island
The Stick can be bought from the vendor behind the fence on 7 th Street. If
you’ve been following this guide, you would have bought a Stick a long
time ago.
To get the Slowpoke Tail, fly to Coral Ward. Go west to the piers. At the
bottom – most pier., there will be a Fisherman facing north. Talk to him
and he will sell it to you for $500 000. Just say Yes to him anyway. Once
he finds out you’re working for ‘The Spyce’, he will change his tune and
give it to you free of charge.
To get the Balm Mushroom, fly to Jasper Ward. Go south from the
Pokemon Center, and all the way west to enter the Malchous Forest Park.
From the entrance go northwest all the way until you see some steps
leading north. There are actually two steps leading north. Go past the first
(wider) one and take the second (narrower) one instead. Climb all the way
to the top of three flights of steps and take the path all the way west. At the
end is a Pokeball with the Balm Mushroom in it.

There is one noteworthy addition here. Remember the old Jasper Gym
where we fought one of the PULSE Tangrowths before? It’s not there
anymore. Instead, it’s replaced by a Berry Farm.
The item on the bush at the northwestern corner is a Synthetic Seed.
Once you have all twelve items, go back to Spyce. Give them to the chef
who listed the delivery items for you. Once done, talk to the head Chef. He
will give you 2 Leftovers for your trouble.

Stopping by at Calcenon City

Let’s drop by to see our friends in Calcenon City first. Go back to
Charlotte’s gym. If you did the optional puzzle earlier, there will be a secret
door open behind where Charlotte was standing earlier. Charlotte will be
gone by now so we can go in the secret entrance. There will be a
Charizardite X waiting for us in the back of the room all the way north.
This Mega Stone will be the sixth one accessible in the game. The
computer there can’t be activated for the time being.
Talk to Cain, who is wandering around in front of the Pokemart. He will
inform you that Anna and Noel have gone missing. Hardy and he have been
looking high and low for them both.

Talk to Cain in Calcenon:

+1 Cain

Go see Hardy next. He will be east of Calcenon City, in Route 4. Look for
him at the waterfall and talk to him.

Talk to Hardy on Route 4:

+1 Hardy
 A Short Detour to the Woods
Fly to Route 1 Nature Center. Go east and fight the Bouffalant. Grab the
Tauros and ride it east until you can get this view.

There are two Tauros – Bouffalant pairs facing north – south. One should
be out in the open while the other should be trapped within an area
surrounded by tall grass and trees. Go north here into the North Aventurine
Woods. Inside the woods. Go north all the way and jump across the ledge
north. you should be in an area with a lake and spider webs. Get off your
Tauros here.

Surf your way across the lake from its eastern side and take the
Sharpedonite waiting for you in the corner there. This is our seventh Mega
Stone.
Fly back to Route 1 Nature Center. Challenge the Bouffalant. Grab the
Tauros and go east until you see two Tauros – Bouffalant pairs facing north
– south. From there, go north into the Aventurine Woods. Go north and
jump the ledge to the east. Go all the way north and jump the ledge north.
Ride north, then west and south. Jump the ledge south. When you meet tall
grass, dismount the Tauros. Walk west through the tall grass and north.
You’ll see a cave. Go inside.

You’ll be at Celestinine Mountain B2F. We’ve been here before, but

without Surf, Dive, or Waterfall. Go up the steps north to the ice puzzle.
Slide:
a) North
b) West
c) South
d) East
e) South
f) West
g) South
h) East
i) North
j) West
k) South
l) West
m) North
n) West to the steps

Go west down the steps here. Follow the path north all the way and west to
the steps leading south. Surf the water here all the way south and you’ll
meet some land. Get the Shoal Shell here and a hidden Revive on the rock.
Surf back on the water and go east. There’s a Dive spot here. Dive under.

Surf northwest to the nearest sea floor. There’s a rock hiding a Blue Shard
here. Surf north from the rock and you will eventually see a rock hiding a
Rare Candy to the east. Surf north again to the seawall and you will see a
Pokeball with 5 EXP. Candy XLs. Surf anticlockwise along the wall. You
will see a rock hiding a Steel Gem west of our dive spot earlier. Keep
surfing around the seawall and you’ll see another rock hiding a Blue Shard.
Surf again along the seawall. You’ll see a rock to your northeast on the
seafloor hiding an Ether. Finally, at about 2 ‘o’ clock, you will see a rock
with a hidden entrance to your south. Go inside this hidden entrance.
Surface at the lighted spot south of you. You will end up at an ice puzzle.
Start here

Slide:
a) North
b) West
c) South
d) West and collect the Big Nugget there.
e) East
f) North
g) East
h) South
i) East and collect the Deep Sea Scale there.

That’s all there is to the place. Use an Escape Rope to get out of the
mountain and into the woods.
 The Absolutely Absurd Sidequest: Hunting for Beldum
Fly to the Wasteland Hideout (Cain’s house) and go in. Something weird is
going on with the healing machine here, and it’s driving Cain’s mother up
the wall. Talk to the machine and make sure you have a Data Chip in your
bag. The machine will be unresponsive, and the game will prompt you to
insert a Data Chip in it. It will be fine… until a Starly appears to come out
of it. Heal your Pokemon here. This step is important enough for me to
bold it. Keep all your Pokemon in the PC afterwards except one. The
Pokemon left in your party must be strong enough to fight a Bouffalant in
Route 1. Your goal is to get a Tauros from Route 1. However, you will also
need to black out of battle with wild Pokemon from Route 1 while still
riding on the Tauros. If this doesn’t sound absurd to you, then I don’t
know what is. My Pokemon of choice is my Incineroar, who knows Flare
Blitz. It can take down a Bouffalant, allowing me to get a Tauros. In the
next few battles, it will knock itself out from recoil damage. Other self –
damaging techniques include holding the Sticky Barb, Flame Orb, or Toxic
Orb.

If done successfully, you will black out after fainting, lose money and end
up back inside Cain’s house while still riding a Tauros. Cain’s mom will
lose it, and there’s even more Pokemon at her house now, including a
Haxorus and a Donphan. Get your team out of the PC now. You cannot go
back inside Cain’s house once you step out, since the Tauros will run off.
Spray a Max Repel. If you have any wild encounters in the Wasteland
while on top of a Tauros, it will also run off, ruining the entire quest
(except Rock Smash encounters).

Go out of Cain’s house and ride south down the steps. You should be here
once you jumped the ledge south.
Jump east across the ledge and go down the steps south. Go east and down
another set of steps south. Go west and you can see the entrance to the
Byxbysion Grotto on the cliff wall to the north. Inside the cave, go behind
the reactor to the west. There should be an entrance hidden behind it to the
north. Follow the path there and up the steps north. Go west and out of the
cave there. Go west and jump up the ledge north. Go north and push the
strength boulder west into the crook. Go north, west and out of the cave.
You will end up at the same place where you found the Squirtle bathing in
the well so long ago. From the exit, jump the two ledges to your east. You
will see a cave entrance to your north. Go in it.

Go up the ladder while still on your Tauros. Jump up the ledge to your
north. Keep going north here while reading the signs. They are “Did you
just ride a bull up a f****** ladder?”, “That doesn’t even make any
f****** sense”, “Please just stop”, and “No, really”. This sidequest is so
absurd that the game calls you out on it. There’s a Big Nugget there. Save
your game and interact with the broken reactor there. The sheer level of
bullshit that we put up with so far will cause it to glitch, including the
music which will change multiple times. A Level 1 Beldum will engage
you in battle. Catch it. It’s the only Beldum in the game. Go back out of
there afterwards. Set the Tauros free and go back to Cain’s house just to
check on his mother.

Revisiting Coral Ward

Fly to Coral Ward next. From the Pokemon Center, go west to the Gym.
There’s a hidden Fairy Gem between the Gym and the statue. This is the
location of our next battle, FYI. Go west to see a table and some chairs.
There’s a hidden Magical Seed on the southern table, and a hidden Max
Repel on the northern table. Go west and there will be a small path east
between the trees. On the bush is a hidden Green Shard.
Go to the blind girl, Danielle’s house next. Her house is at the northeastern
corner of the ward, to the left of the entrance to Obsidia Ward. Quiz time!:
a) How many individual train cars are there in Byxbysion Wasteland:
15
b) How many buildings in total are in Ametrine City: 30
c) How many Pikachu’s are inside Nyu’s house?: 23
d) How many satellite dishes are there in Spinel Town?: 0
e) How many bookshelves are there in Apophyll Academy?: 42
f) How many trees are there in all of Chrysolia Forest?: Any number

Once done, she will give you the Field Note for the Fairy Tale Field,
which you can guess is the location of our next Gym battle. Read up on it.
The field is tough.
Get out of there and go to the northernmost pier to the west. Talk to the
fisherman there and he will tell you that the northern Coral Lighthouse is
locked. There must be a secret entrance somewhere for us to get in. There
is actually. Surf north on Azurine Lake (We can surf on the lake now!) and
go behind the tower near the fisherman. Make sure you’re hidden by the
tower. Press A. There’s actually a dive spot here. Dive behind the tower.
Go north first. There’s a hidden Moon Ball here to your right. Up north is a
hidden Elixir on the left fork. Surf south and into the entrance there.

In the small room, surface here. This is actually the southern Coral
Lighthouse. Go climb the long ladder up north. There are three items here:
a Big Nugget, a Jolly Mint, and a Coral Key. Go back down the ladder
and surf back on the dive spot. The entrance to the left is rusted shut, so
don’t bother. Dive under and come back out to Coral Ward. Surf north to
the lighthouse. Use the Coral Key to open the door. Battle the Fisherman
facing west here first. Go inside the lighthouse and surf on the pool. Dive
under.

You will see a Huntail and a Gorebyss terrorizing a poor Popplio. Engage
them in a Double Battle and defeat them. Once defeated, they will run off.
The Popplio will join you out of gratitude, making it your tenth starter for
your ‘Starter Sidequest’. Get the King’s Rock hidden there and TM68:
Giga Impact. Surf back west and out of the lighthouse.

Surfing Across Azurine Lake (Part One)

From the lighthouse, surf south. Battle the female swimmer here. Go north
of here and battle the male swimmer here. Keep surfing west afterwards
until you see a female swimmer to the south and an island to your north.
There is a hidden Purple Shard on the island. Go south and battle the
swimmer afterwards. Go back to the beach afterwards and get off along its
eastern shore. Walk along it to the end to get a Fist Plate, the fifth Plate
obtainable in-game, and a hidden Hyper Potion.
Get back on the water, following the line of rocks to your south.
Eventually, there will be a split in the path. Take the southern path first.
Follow the western line of rocks here this time. Eventually the line of rocks
will be to your north. Follow it and you will eventually see a cave in the
middle of the lake. Surf into the entrance.

This is actually the first Azurine Cave. There is actually another later one
that we will go to. The difference is this one doesn’t have a shoreline, the
other one does. Once inside, you can get four items:
a) A Focus Sash hidden on a rock on the beach
b) A Great Ball hidden on the northern corner of the beach
c) An EXP. Candy XL
d) The Field Note for the Underwater Field, where we fought the
Huntail and Gorebyss earlier.

Get out of there and surf south all the way to Apophyll Academy. There is
a HUGE sidequest coming up in Azurine Lake, so we’re not actually done
with it yet.

Revisiting Apophyll Beach and Apophyll Academy

If, like me, you land behind Apophyll Academy, you can pick up a hidden
Health Wing on the shoreline here. There is a hidden Shoal Shell west of
the Health Wing. Go west to find a hidden Star Piece on a large rock. There
is a hidden Rock Gem on the rock in the corner of the mountain there.
Go around the academy to its eastern side. There should be a rock with a
hidden Ultra Potion just before the path goes east to the academy entrance.
There is a hidden Shoal Shell there. On the rock north of the Shoal Shell is
a hidden Calcium. Northeast of the rock is a hidden Shoal Shell as well. Go
south to the mountain wall to find another Shoal Shell. Go southeast
following the shoreline to get another Shoal Shell. Go further southeast to
almost the end of the shoreline to get another Shoal Shell. Backtrack to the
northwest along the shoreline now. On the rock past a Fisherman is another
hidden Shoal Shell. In the academy itself, at the central courtyard is a rock
hiding a Purple Shard.
After that, go up Pyrous Mountain, all the way to the top where the fight
with Solaris went down. With a Super Rod, you can actually fish in the lava
here to get a Charmander. Some lucky souls actually meet a Charizard
here. In fact, you can get the entire evolutionary line here. Fish one up, and
the Charmander will be the eleventh starter that you can get for your
‘Starter Sidequest’. The rock at the eastern corner here hides a EXP. Candy
L.

Surfing Across Azurine Lake (Part Two)

Make your way down the mountain. Go back to the academy and go all the
way south along the shoreline. You should see the Apophyll Cave to your
left, where we got the Dragon Memory way back when.

Surf north here. There is a small gap between the rock and the mountain
there that you can slip through. Get off on the beach west and walk along
the shoreline north. Once you reach the end, surf north again through the
gap and get on the beach here. Go north and the music will change to the
Peridot Ward music. At the very end of the shoreline, a King’s Rock will
be waiting for you.
Go back south and surf on the water. Before the next shoreline south, surf
through the gap between the rock here.

Surf east along the line of rocks to the north. You will find a beach with a
single rock that’s hiding a Sky Plate, the sixth Plate obtainable in-game.
Surf on the water following the line of rocks south. Eventually you will
come to an island with a rocky plateau on it with a single rock hiding an
Ether.

Surf south and west from the island above. You will meet an island with a
Ranger on it. Be careful when challenging the Ranger. They have a very
powerful team of Pelipper, Lanturn, Golduck and Vaporeon. Go around the
island behind her. You can get a hidden Red Shard here. When you go
behind the island, at the end is an X Sp. Atk.
Surf east and north from the hidden item and dive here.
This is actually one of the locations for our next sidequest, but we won’t
start it yet. Dive under here and surf east to a small patch of light. Surface
there and you’ll end up being within the circle of rocks to the east in the
picture above. Surf clockwise in the circle and you’ll eventually find a
cave. Make sure one of your Pokemon knows Blizzard.

The hidden item there is a Level Ball. Go inside and you will receive a
message: “A chill settles in the air”. Get into a battle and use Blizzard in
battle. Once the battle is over, the terrain overworld will change.
Once the terrain is frozen, slide to the right. On the beach, you will find a
hidden Genius Wing. One noteworthy thing here, you will find a platform
where The High King of the Pyukumuku resides! True to its name, it is
guarded by two retainer Pyukumukus. You don’t have to fight the retainers,
but to get the TM next to it, you have to fight the High King, a Level 100
Pyukumuku. You can’t catch it, so don’t even try. It is the king of stalling,
with moves such as Recover, Mirror Coat, Counter, and Block. It’s also
holding Leftovers for extra annoyance. Use Toxic on it first turn to
guarantee victory. Once you win, take the TM59: Brutal Swing.
To get to the waterfall, start here:

Slide:
a) East
b) North

Surf on the water and ascend the waterfall. Slide:

a) North
b) West
 c) South onto the land

Walk along the edge of the cliff on the left to get an EXP. Candy XL.
Next, go here.

Slide east to the right side of the waterfall. On the rock there is a hidden
Hyper Potion. Slide back to the left afterwards.

Start sliding from here. Slide north to the next waterfall. Ascend it. Slide
right, down and right to the right side of the next waterfall. Go to the end to
get an Icicle Plate, the seventh Plate obtainable in-game. Slide left, up, and
left. Surf into the water and descend the waterfall. Next, start here.
Slide north to the rock, and then west into the cave. Slide west onto the
sandy part. The rock to the north has a hidden Level Ball. The rock to the
south has a hidden EXP. Candy L. On top of the platform is an Audinite,
the Mega Stone for Audino and the eighth Mega Stone accessible to us. To
get the other item, start here.

Slide:
a) East
b) South
c) West
d) North and surf on the water
e) Go west in the water and slide to the item.

The item is an Aloraichium – Z. Use an Escape Rope to leave the place.

 The Sunken Neighborhoods Quest (Kingsbury)
Outside the cave, make an anticlockwise turn back to the dive spot. Dive
under. We are going exploring down here for quite some time. If you’ve
noticed, Azurine Lake has a lot of large dive spots scattered around it. They
were actually remnants of sunken neighborhoods, akin to a mini – Atlantis.
Due to the size of this quest, I would like to divide it into four separate
sections, both for my sanity and yours. The terms in the brackets actually
refer to the names of the sunken neighborhoods.
From the dive spot, go west, and all the way south to the seawall.

From there, you can surface. Do so. Surf west and south to a small square
dive spot. Dive under. Down there you can get an Altarianite, the Mega
Stone for Altaria and the ninth Mega Stone we can access. We just keep
getting these now huh?

Surface back and go back to the large dive spot just now. From the seawall,
go into the house in the picture. The door is unlocked. In here are three
hidden items: a Red Shard, a Purple Shard, and a Diamond Ring. The
visible item there is a Relic Copper. Leave the house afterwards.
Surf north past the plain of seaweed until you get to this house.

It’s also unlocked. The hidden item that you see there is an Awakening.
Inside this house are three hidden items: a Blue Shard, a Purple Shard,
and a K5 Key. Leave the house afterwards.
Go west all the way. There is a rock with a hidden Ether on the seawall to
your south. Go north next. One of the houses there, Kingsbury 25, is
locked. Go to the house behind it.

Inside this house are three hidden items: a Pokesnax, a Red – Hots, and a
K22 Key. The visible item is a Relic Silver.
Go behind that house. Follow the seawall as it goes northwest to another
house.
This house is unlocked. The hidden item there is an Ultra Ball. Go inside
the house. You will find two hidden items: a Blue Shard and a Salt –
Water Taffy. The visible item there is a Splash Plate, the eighth Plate
obtainable in-game.
Leave that house and surf all the way north, and then west. This is
Kingsbury 5.

Inside the house is a Max Revive.

Leave the house and surf all the way north, then all the way west to the
houses on the left side. Surf south to the second house next to the seawall.
This is Kingsbury 22. Go inside. There are two hidden items: a Blue Shard
and a K2 Key. The visible item there is a Relic Copper.
Leave the house afterwards. From there, surf south. There is a hidden
Pokeball on the rock along the western seawall. Surf south from there to
this house.

The door is unlocked. Go inside to get a Glitter Ball. Any Pokemon caught
using this ball will turn Shiny. Leave the house afterwards and go to the
house north of it. This is Kingsbury 2. Go inside to get one item: a F10
Key. This is the end of Kingsbury for now. Surface after you’re done and
fly to Apophyll Academy.
 The Sunken Neighborhoods Quest (Fairview)
Go east of Apophyll Academy and surf in the water. There should be a
smashable Rock and a large rock to your northwest on the beach. Surf west
to be challenged by a Swimmer. After the battle, go north past the swimmer
until you see a gap in the rocks that leads to a beach. This beach stretches
southeast and is actually quite long. Get the hidden Shoal Shell at the very
tip. Go southeast along the beach to get a Sun Stone. On the rock further
along is an Ultra Ball. At the end, is a gap between the rocks in the water.
Surf there. Start diving from here.

Surf west down there to see a hidden Purple Shard to your north. From
there, keep surfing north to see a stone hiding a Blue Shard on the seawall
to your east.
Surf north from the stone to this house, Fairview 10.
Inside this house is a Beedrillite, the Mega Stone for Beedrill and the tenth
Mega Stone accessible to us. Leave the house.
Surf west from there to the Ultra Potion. Go inside the house to your
north.

Inside here is a Relic Copper and an F34 Key.

From the house, surf west and north. Surf south and go inside the second
house you meet.
The door is unlocked so go inside. Inside this house is a hidden Salt –
Water Taffy, a hidden F14 Key, and a Relic Silver. Leave the house
afterwards.
Go west a bit, then surf south. Then go west again to the seawall. The
house here is Fairview 34. The hidden item on the rock next to it is an
Awakening.

There are three items inside: a Water Gem, an F1 Key, and a Relic
Copper. Leave the house afterwards.
Surf north to a locked house, Fairview 19. Then go west and follow the
path to reach our next house, Fairview 14. Inside this house is a Relic Gold
and a hidden S9 Key. Leave the house afterwards.
From there, surf all the way north to a house in front of the seawall.
 The hidden item there is a Pokeball. The house is Fairview 1. There is an
item inside: a Blue Flute. That’s it for Fairview. Go outside the house and
surface there.
On the surface, go west to a beach. There is a hidden Shoal Shell and a
hidden Paralyze Heal there, on the rock.

The Sunken Neighborhoods Quest (Sunrise)

Next, fly to Coral Ward and go west to the pier. From the northernmost pier, surf
west past the swimmers. Keep going west until you see this swimmer.

Southwest past her you can see this gap.

Surf to the dive spot there and dive under it. There is a stone nearby hiding a
Green Shard.
From the stone, surf south and west along the seawall. You will see a stone hiding
a Big Pearl.

Go all the way south to the seawall. You will see this house.
It will be unlocked. There are five items inside: a hidden Ultra Potion, a hidden
Purple Shard, a Relic Vase, 2 EXP Candies XL, and a Primarium – Z, the Z –
Crystal which changes Primarina’s Sparkling Aria into Oceanic Operetta. Surface
back at the same dive spot we went under just now.
Surf north out of the gap between the rocks and go west. Keep going west past the
line of rocks to see this beach.

The hidden item on the beach is a Carbos. Unfortunately, you can’t get the other
hidden item yet. From the Carbos, surf south and follow the line of rocks to this
beach.
The two hidden items there are an Elixir and an X Speed. At the left edge of the
island is a small dive spot, visible in the picture. Dive under there. The first stone
you see there has a hidden Super Repel. Follow the spiraling path and get the
TM16: Light Screen. Go back to the dive spot and surface there. Go to the right
edge of the island and surf east there. There is a huge dive spot there. Welcome to
Sunrise.

Dive under as shown in the picture. The first stone you see will have a hidden
Green Shard on it. Go east and south.
The hidden item behind the house is a Blue Shard. The door is unlocked. Inside
the house are three items: a Green Shard, a Relic Copper, and an S12 Key.
Leave the house afterwards.
Go north past the house in front of it, west, and south. As you pass over a gorge,
there should be a hidden Big Pearl on it. From the Big Pearl, go west and south to
this house.

The hidden item there is a Purple Shard. The house is unlocked. Go inside. There
are three items in here: a Paralyze Heal, a Relic Silver, and a K33 Key. Looks
like we have to go back to Kingsbury later. Once done, resurface and surf west.
You’ll eventually reach this beach.
The hidden item there is a Shoal Shell. The not – so – hidden one is a Water
Stone. Surf through the small gap to the north and go west (It’s visible in the
picture).
There will be a large dive spot there. Dive under here.

Once down there, surf all the way east to the seawall. You will see this house.
It is a bit obscured by the darkness. The hidden item on the rock is a Green
Shard. the locked house is Sunrise 12. Enter it to find a Green Shard, a Relic
Copper and an S4 Key. Leave the house afterwards.
Surf west and then north to this house.

The hidden item there is an X Speed. The house is Sunrise 9. Open it and go
inside. There is a hidden Purple Shard inside, and a Glalitite, the Mega Stone for
Glalie and the eleventh Mega Stone accessible to us. Leave the house afterwards.
Go further west until you are in between two houses, one to the north and the
other to the south.
The hidden item there is a Red Shard. Go to the southern house. That house is
Sunrise 4. Unlock the door and go inside. There is an Escape Rope and a TM98:
Power – Up Punch.

Finishing The Sunken Neighborhoods Quest (Kingsbury)

Leave the house and surface there. Fly back to Apophyll Academy and make your
way to Kingsbury again. If you forget, go north from the academy past Apophyll
Cave. Go north between the gaps to the next shoreline. Go north along that
shoreline until the music changes. At the end, surf east between the gaps until you
see a huge Dive spot.

Dive under there.

Go south until you see this road sign.
Go east from the road sign. The first house that you see there is Kingsbury 33.
Enter the house. There are four things of note here. The two hidden items are a
Purple Shard and a Common Candy. The Pokeball contains a Relic Copper.
You might notice a glint coming from a drawer in the northwest. Interact with the
drawer to find a crying Pokemon that seems to be sick. Use an Antidote on it. The
Mudkip will then willingly join you. It is the twelfth starter that you can get for
the ‘Starter Sidequest’.
Thus ends the Sunken Neighborhoods Sidequest. All the other buildings that
remain locked and you couldn’t find a key to are red herrings, as far as I know. I
might be mistaken about this. For now, you can surface and fly to Jasper Ward for
our next sidequest.

Helping Out an Old Friend: The ‘R’ Key Sidequest

One of the mysterious items we found during the last sidequest is the Diamond
Ring. We’re gonna use it in this sidequest. From the Jasper Ward Pokemon
Center, go west to the second building with a door. Go inside. You will see a
blonde – haired woman. Talk to her. It turns out she had a tiff with her fiancee
and threw the ring in the lake. However, they managed to work out their
disagreement. In a tragedy of impulsiveness, she regretted her act.

In another impulsive act, she basically decided to perform insider trading and sell
of some classified information to pay off for another custom – made engagement
ring identical to the one she lost. Since we found her ring, she decided not to go
through with her felony and gives us the Classified Information instead.
With this new item, fly to Peridot Ward. From the Pokemon Center, go west and
north along the railway. Go north past Spitrail Street and go into the building left
of the North Peridot Alleyway. Arrange your team to be ready for a battle,
preferably with a Psychic – type lead.
Go inside and you will be accused by a police officer of invading private space.
His mysterious colleague in a suit will helpfully point out that the door was
unlocked in the first place. They will start body – searching you without your
consent, and will find the Classified Information on you. It was apparently stolen.
They will attempt to arrest us with a battle.

After the battle, the officer who challenged us, Seer, will be reprimanded by his
superior, codename Looker. They’re with the Interpol. This Looker should be the
same Looker in the Gen 5 games I think. I prefer his Japanese name, Handsome
(really). As an apology and a trade for the information, Seer will give us a Pink
Pearl instead. Seer and Looker will leave afterwards, and we can get the Mind
Plate in here, the ninth Plate obtainable in-game.
With this new item, fly to Coral Ward. Make your way to the harbor. The same
harbor where Amaria housed her boat earlier. We definitely can’t use the boat
anymore, with her amnesia and everything, but there is someone else in here.
There should be a girl and her Spoink. Talk to the girl. It seems that the Spoink
lost the Pink Pearl which was on its head. So the girl, in her desperation, decided
to give the Spoink a crystal ball instead. Since we found the Pink Pearl, we will
give it back to the Spoink and in return, we will receive the Crystal Ball.
Fly back to Jasper Ward. Go south from the Pokemon Center. You can find a
hidden Rawst Berry here. Keep going south, then go east past the Police Station.
Brings back memories doesn’t it? Go all the way to the end, then follow the
walkway north. You should see a two – storey house with two people standing on
its roof. Get ready for a Double Battle. Attempt to go east to enter the house, and
the two people on the roof will jump down and challenge you. It turns out that
whoever lives in the house lost something that they will give a ‘great fortune’ for
whoever found it. The battlers were hoping to steal the item from the person who
found it by battling whoever dropped by the house to return it. Go east inside the
house. Go into the room to your north. In this room, you can find a Yellow Flute
and the Field Notes for the Starlight Arena.

Get out of the room and up the stairs to your east. Talk to the woman and you will
give her the Crystal Ball. She already knows we’re about to do that. In return, she
will give us the ‘R’ Key. Don’t speed up on her. She offers clues to our origin and
destiny in the game, and our future, really. Her name is Miss Direction, the
Miracle Eye medium, and she appears to be a Psychic of some kind. Say ‘Yes’ if
you want to get clues on our future. I won’t quote her verbatim, but the future she
tells us is this (spoiler – ish alert, stop reading here if you want to keep the
mystery a bit):

“In a future where we do not exist, this ward (Jasper Ward) is attacked by the
PULSE Tangrowth. A boy with a beaded tooth necklace (Fern) will offer to stop
the attack. He succeeds, apparently. He will earn friends on his journey: a man
with spiked bracelets (DJ Arclight), another with azure hair (most probably Cal),
a girl with a sleeping star (Anna, who else) and a taciturn woman in a red and
black suit (to be informed later, this isn’t a full spoiler). Together, they will fight
the PULSE Tangrowths (tainted roots), PULSE Muk and Swalot (purging the
poisoned lake), and PULSE Camerupt (chasing fire from mountain peaks). The
city will experience an explosion from below (cracked city streets) and DJ
Arclight will perish (splinter in the fissure below). Titania will do something
extreme (shining armor, Steel – type leader), azure hair is redyed red (probably
referring to Cal getting killed, or turning back to his old self and betrays the
team). His brother will battle him (an enemy of his own blood) and somehow
Fern will end up dying in the process (beaded hope breaks apart upon the streets).
Anna makes a wish on Jirachi (sleeping star invokes a wish), the taciturn woman
disappears afterwards, and that future follows shortly after.

After that ominous prophecy, fly to Peridot Ward, and go to the Blacksteam
Factory, just west of the Peridot Pokemart.
Make sure your lead Pokemon has the ability Super Luck for this next agenda.
They include the Murkrow line, the Pidove line, or Absol. When you make your
way to the factory, you will be surprised to find out it has been renamed the
Blacksteam Shelter, a place for the homeless people in the city. It’s a good thing,
really. The old factory was really just polluting the lake.

The dumpster outside the shelter has a hidden Ultra Ball. Go inside the shelter.
From the entrance, go west and south round the bend. Go west almost all the way.
When you see a door to your north just before the couch, go north and enter it.
You will end up at the sleeping area where a lot of Street Rats are spending their
time. You’ll also see this guy.

The guy in red wandering around there is a chronic gambler. He’ll ask you to
make him a bet. Say ‘Yes’, and he’ll ask you to choose between ‘Heads’ or
‘Tails’. If you guessed correctly, he will give you $1000. If you guess wrongly,
you will give him $1000. The trick here is to guess correctly five times in a row.
If your lead Pokemon has the Super Luck ability, your guesses are guaranteed to
be correct all the time. If you don’t have a Pokemon with that ability, you’re just
going to have to save scum it. After the fifth win, he will run out of money to give
you. Instead, he will give you TM27: Return for the price of all the money you
won from him.
Get out of the room afterwards. Make your way back to the entrance. From the
entrance, go west past the children running in circles. Then go north up the stairs
to the second floor. Go south all the way here, then go west and north round the
bend. Go all the way north in the room to see a familiar magenta – haired guy
perusing the bookshelves. This is Randall, the homeless guy whose Klefki helped
us a lot when we were rescuing Luna in Subseven Sanctum all that time ago. Talk
to him.

He'll be glad to see us alive and well after all this time. He’s been living well in
the shelter, thanks to the books there. However, he misses his old home.
Unfortunately, he lost the key to his house and the locksmith refused to make a
duplicate since he doesn’t have an ID to prove he owned the house. His old
missing key had his ID, though. That’s the reason he had the Klefki in the first
place, since the Pokemon had a habit of picking up keys. It might pick up his
housekey someday.

Fortunately, we found his ‘R’ Key. This also means he doesn’t need the Klefki
anymore. Since he thought it might be boring for the Klefki to be with someone
who doesn’t travel around anymore, he will give us the Level 60 Klefki. My
advice is to keep the Klefki in your party, since it is holding an important item for
our next sidequest.

Starting The Dark Materials Sidequest

If you have the Klefki in your party, you will notice that it’s holding an item. The
item is a Sanctum Key. There’s only one place in the game with that name. Fly to
Lapis Ward and make your way to the 7 th Street. You will notice something funny
if you go inside the elevator connecting 7 th Street and Lapis Ward. The elevator
guy, whose job is to press the elevator for you, will not do that for you anymore.
Instead he will stand in the middle of the elevator. You can talk to him, but this
will trigger another sidequest that will not finish until after we battle Adrienn
though. I think we might as well do it after battling them.
For now, from the 7th Street entrance, make your way to the building across the
Move Tutors of the street. The entrance should be somewhere in the eastern
portion of the street.

Go in the entrance to the Beryl Wall. Go north and west across the long hallway
and you will see a depression in the wall to the south after the steps leading down.

If you go south here, you will come out behind a bookcase in someone’s empty
house. The house is actually located in Peridot Ward, outside of the desert
entrance. If you step out of the house and re – enter afterwards, the bookcase will
actually seal the secret entrance. In order to reopen it, you have to watch all the
channels of the TV from top to bottom. From the secret entrance above, go west
and south to enter the Subseven Sanctum.

Once inside, walk south all the way, past the altar, down the stairs to the labyrinth
where we literally have to play hide – and – seek from the cultists to rescue Luna
from way back when. At the stairs, go west all the way, then south. Somewhere in
the middle, you will see a depression in the wall. Back when we rescued Luna, the
room here is locked. We can now open it with the Sanctum Key. Do so and enter
the room.
Inside this room are 3 EXP. Candy XLs and one Dark Material. This new item
is actually the first out of three. However, we can only find the first two for now.
The last one cannot be found until our second – to – last badge. There are also
three books scattered here:
a) An untitled book – Elias’ diary on how he came to be a worshipper of
Arceus. He was born blind, until Solaris bestowed him the Emerald
Brooch, which upon his receipt causes him to be able to see again. It
seems that his family and Solaris’ family are bound to each other in a
master – servant relationship which goes back to the founding of Reborn
village. Solaris’ family’s duty is to protect and enshrine a meteor which
first fell in Reborn. This same meteor is the one that Arceus arrived in.
Elias’ family has sworn to serve Solaris’ family, to protect them. This
book also goes into detail about Solaris, his childhood, and how he came
to be the man he is today. He was a rebellious child in his early years. He
never wanted his family’s legacy of guarding an old monument (like
father, like son). Elias felt the same way. Why should he spend his life in
the service of a god that made him blind? As a blind, and therefore,
worthless servant, the early years of their relationship was distant. Elias’
father never allowed him to show himself in front of Solaris. However,
Solaris, in a show of rebellion, decided to befriend Elias. Elias returned
this friendship with his complete and unwavering loyalty to Solaris. At
this time, they were not loyal servants of Arceus yet. They prefer battling
then serving Arceus. In a cruel twist of fate, both of Solaris’ parents were
murdered by someone who wanted to steal the four keys, which were
sealed with the meteor. Solaris did avenge his parents, bludgeoning the
murderer to death. In doing so, he gained an information from the
assailant: the four keys hold god – like power. Solaris did not believe this
at first, and he continued to bludgeon the assailant’s body until morning,
shouting “Why?” the entire time to the corpse. Solaris became the rigid
and inflexible man we know today, and Elias followed his friend, however
faithless he himself might be at the time. It wasn’t until years later when
Solaris confronted Elias on his faithlessness that everything became
revealed to Elias, literally. Solaris entrusted the Emerald key to Elias,
who, after sleeping with it next to him for one day, can suddenly see for
the first time in his life. Now he is worried for both Luna and Taka. He
only wants what’s best for them both. He ends the story with a call to
worship Arceus and thanks us for doing so.

b) Personnel Roster – Vol. 1: a list of Meteor agent codenames and their

corresponding full names. Elias Hazel – Pirx, Lukah Hazel – Alnitak,
Taube Alcantara – Polaris, Phoenix Alcantara – No name, did not bother,
Mintaka Alcantara – May he live up to his name one day. There are at
least three names there which sounds vaguely familiar there. All will be
 revealed much, much later.

c) The third book is basically a manual for a Pokemon Reborn inspired

“Dungeons and Dragons” game, with a v3ry f4mili4r writing style.

One last this to note here is the arrangement of Arceus heads along the western
wall. From north to south, the arrangement of colours is green, red, purple,
yellow, blue, and white. Leave the room and sanctum afterwards.
The second Dark Material can be found at Iolia Valley. Let’s go there now. Fly to
the Grand Stairway and go north through the Grand Gate, which is wide open.
Catch a ride with the wild bucking Tauros to the other end of Route 1. Go south to
the Vanhanen Labyrinth. Go east to see a tree at the northeastern corner that
marks the entrance to Iolia Valley.

Once inside, follow the path through the crystal cavern and the dark crystal cavern
into the valley itself. Make your way east onto the water and ascend the waterfall
to the north. Go north at the top of the waterfall and get onto the land on the
eastern side. There’s a hidden Nugget on the flower here. Interact with the red
crystal afterwards and smash the red wall. Go into the cave there afterwards.

Go north into the cave and interact with the purple crystal. In this new portion of
the cave, you will find the second Dark Material. Go back and activate the
purple crystal and get out of the cave. Descend the waterfall afterwards and get
onto the eastern side of the valley. Go south past the bridge here. Smash the green
crystal and keep going. At the end, use the blue bridge to cross to the western
side. Keep going south and smash the green crystal again. Use the blue bridge to
cross to the eastern side afterwards. Go south and smash another green crystal
here. You will see a waterfall to your west. Get on the water and descend the
waterfall. Interact with the glowing green crystal to your west and re – ascend the
waterfall. Go to the western patch of land. Smash the green crystal here. This was
actually a bush earlier. Get the TM89: U – Turn.

Into the Sauna: Exploring Chrysolia Springs (First Puzzle)

Ever since we got back to Neo – Reborn City, we have done nothing to progress
the story. I promise you, this will be the last sidequest before we actually do
something about the story. Go to Spinel Town and walk out of there to the
Chrysolia Woods. Bring a Pokemon in your party that knows the move Defog.
From the entrance to Spinel Town, go south, west past the Posh Trainer and north
past the Ranger into Chrysolia Springs. Enjoy the music, we’re going to be here a
while. Surf north into the water. Get off on the land there. This whole area is one
huge Strength puzzle. Start here:
Push the strength boulder all the way north. Walk north afterwards to see a pointy
stone on the ground with a hidden Common Candy. Walk east past the steps and
go north along the path. You will see a boulder and two geysers. Push the boulder
one tile north and three tiles east right on top of one geyser. The other geyser will
suddenly shoot up higher. Make your way to the other geyser by surfing north and
east in the spring and step on the geyser. It will catapult you up the cliff to the
north. The rock nearby hides a Red Shard.
Go west from there, following the zig – zagging path. Go south to a rock hiding
an X Defend. From there, you should see a boulder in front of a hole. Push the
boulder west into the hole. Make your way to the Pokeball there to the north. It
holds a Red Card. Go back south to the hole and jump down it afterwards.
You will be in Chrysolia Springs B1F, north of the boulder you just pushed down.
All the puzzles down here (four of them) will involve this boulder somewhat.
Before anything, go north from the boulder down the two flights of steps and you
will find an EXP. Candy XL. Go back to the boulder north afterwards and push
the boulder:
a) Four times east
b) Four times north
c) Five times east to the edge of the spring
d) Make your way around the stalagmite and push the boulder once north.

Surf on the spring east and north behind another boulder. Push this boulder north
once to the edge of the spring north. Go east and north. Surf on the spring here
east. Get the hidden Water Gem on the rock. Push the boulder back south once.
Get off onto the land here and surf the spring to the west. Follow the small spring
west and get off onto the land south of it. Push the boulder to your south all the
way south to the edge of another spring. Surf on the spring to your east. Go east
and south there. Get off on the land and go east. Surf on the spring here and go
north into the one tile where you can push the boulder from.
You can see two geysers there right? Our goal is to push the boulder on top of the
smaller geyser on the right. Push the boulder:
a) East
b) Get in the northeastern spring and push the boulder south one tile
c) Get in the southwestern spring and push the boulder two tiles east
d) Get in the northeastern spring and push the boulder two tiles south
e) Push the boulder west on top of the small spring

The geyser on the right will shoot higher. We can step on it to be catapulted to the
next floor. I recommend that you save on this next floor. More boulder puzzles
are coming and if you screw them up, resetting them will be no easy matter.
We’ll be at Chrysolia Springs 1F again. Go follow the path northwest down the
stairs. Surf on the water and go west and south onto the land to get the hidden
item on the rock, a Dusk Ball. Surf back in the water and go north. Push the
boulder there all the way north. Go back south and weave your way between the
rocks to these two boulders:

Push the boulder I’m facing to the west once. Go east afterwards and south into
the spring. Push the other boulder west also. That takes care of these two
boulders. In the same picture is also two boulders to the east right? Surf in the
water until you’re standing here:

Push the boulder I’m facing south ONCE. Go east and push the other boulder
south once. You will now be standing to the east of the first boulder. Push the
boulder west FIVE times. Get in the southern spring and go west behind the
boulder. Push it north to the stalagmite.

Go to the northern spring and push the boulder west once.

Push the boulder all the way north to the rock. Go east and surf in the northern
spring. Surf north on the land and push the boulder between the two geysers north
once to the wall. Next, go here.

Push the boulder twice west. Go back to the southern spring and surf to the steps
south. Make your way around the cliff to the steps going down north. Surf on the
water and push this boulder twice north.

Get on land and push the boulder east onto the geyser. The other geyser will now
shoot up. Surf on the northern spring onto the geyser and it will catapult you to
the ledge above it. There is a hole here. Jump down it.
You will be back in Chrysolia Spring B1F, but on a ledge. Go to the entrance of
the cave to your north. Once you enter the Chrysolia Spring Sauna, the screen
will be blurry with steam and a message will read: “Thick steam fills the sauna”.
Get into a battle with wild Pokemon here and use Defog. Once you win, the steam
will clear, allowing you to see better.

Go up the steps to the north. Follow the eastern path to get the Jolly Mint. Go
west and follow the path to the stairs leading to the next ledge. The items on the
western upper ledge are a Big Nugget and a hidden EXP. Candy XL. The item
on the eastern upper ledge is a Red Flute. Get out of the sauna afterwards.

Into the Sauna: Exploring Chrysolia Springs (Second Puzzle)

From the sauna entrance, go west all the way and south over the ledge. Go west a
bit and south and we’ll be back at the boulder that started the first puzzle. This
time push the boulder west five times. Push it south down the TWO flights of
steps (seven times south).
From the picture, push the boulder east three times. Push it south once into the
corner where it will not block the way. Go east afterwards to get the hidden Big
Pearl on the rock. After that, go to the spring where the boulder was and surf in
the water to the boulder’s west. Push it TWICE to the east. Push the boulder three
times south. In the middle spring of the three, surf in the water until you’re east of
the boulder.

Push the boulder west once. Get into the upper left spring and push the boulder
south twice. Surf in the lower left spring and push the boulder east once. Go into
the middle spring and push the boulder south once. Get into the lower left spring
and push the boulder east once. Go into the middle spring and push the boulder
south three times.

The boulder we’ve been pushing is the southern one below. From the middle
spring, position yourself as in the picture. Push the boulder to your east one tile
east. The left geyser will suddenly shoot up, preventing you from approaching the
boulder from that angle anymore. However, pushing the boulder east will allow us
to approach the southern, more important boulder from another angle. Using the
upper right spring, surf south of it to the lower right spring.

Go south and west to the boulder below.

Push the boulder there to the west once. Get into the spring south of it afterwards
and get the hidden item there, a Flame Plate, the tenth Plate obtainable in-game.
Push the boulder north ONCE afterwards.
From the position above, push the boulder five times west. Get in the spring on
the upper left in the picture and push the boulder south onto the small spring.

Once done, the other geyser will shoot upwards even higher. Step on it to be
catapulted onto the next floor.
You’ll be at Chrysolia Springs 1F. Surf north across the water here. Get onto the
small patch of land there and get in this position.
Push the boulder three times north from this position. Make your way around the
right rock and push the boulder four times west. Get in the spring to your north
and surf to the north of the boulder. Push it south five times.

Get into the south spring and push the boulder east twice. It will be in the zig –
zagging path. Get in the water and push the boulder south once. Get in the water
and push the boulder east once. Get in the water again and push the boulder south
once. Get in the water and push the boulder east once. Get in the water and push
the boulder south once. The end result is it should be out of the zig – zagging path
by now.
From the position above, push the boulder east three times. Push it north once
next to the rock. From the water, push the boulder east once. You can also get the
hidden item now, an Awakening. From the spring in the southeast, push the
boulder north twice. Use the middle spring in the diagonal above and go around
the rock to push the boulder onto one of the geysers.

Use the spring to your south to get to the other geyser. You will be catapulted
onto the ledge to the east. From there, go south to another sauna.
Once again, in the sauna, your vision will be obscured by thick steam. Get into
battle here and use Defog. The steam will clear afterwards.
As you can see, this room involves a ledge puzzle of some sort. If you can’t see
your way through, then tough luck. I accidentally jumped the ledge to my east
whilst I was running around looking for a battle. From the position in the picture:
a) Go east and jump the ledge there south.
b) Jump another ledge south to get an EXP. Candy XL
c) Jump the ledge west to get a hidden Fire Gem on a rock
d) Jump the ledge north
e) Jump the ledge west
f) Jump the ledge south
g) Go west and jump a tiny ledge north
h) Go west and jump another tiny ledge north
i) Go up the stairs north and get the Adamant Mint
j) Go east to the mining rock above.
k) Jump the ledge south to get the TM in the picture, TM61: Will – O –
Wisp
It’s time to leave the room. Jump:
a) South down the ledge
b) South down the easternmost ledge
c) South down the ledge
d) West down the ledge
e) North down the ledge
f) West down the ledge
g) South down the ledge
h) Go east a bit and jump north
i) Jump straight north down the ledge
j) Jump east of the small ledge and go out the door
Jump down the ledge west and surf west on the water. Get on the land south a bit
and jump down the ledge west.
Push the boulder north to the stalagmite. Go up the steps north and jump down the
hole. You will land north of the starting boulder.

Into the Sauna: Exploring Chrysolia Springs (Third Puzzle)

Push the starting boulder south once. Push it west six times. Push it south five
times down the two flights of steps.

Push it west five times until it can’t move west anymore. Go clockwise around the
boulder, surfing if you have to, until you are on its northern side.
Push the boulder:
a) South once
b) Get on the water and push it west once.
c) Get on the water and push it south twice.
d) Get on the water and push it west once.
e) Get on the water and push it south three times.
f) Get on the water and push it east once.
g) Get on the water and push it south onto the geyser.

Go north and west to get to the other spring, which has suddenly shot upwards.
You will be catapulted onto a ledge to the east. Go down the steps south and go
east into the water. DO NOT DO ANYTHING TO THE BOULDER YET. Go
south out of the water and west onto another spring. Surf west to get the hidden
Super Potion. Get onto the land there and go north and west. You should be
standing on the western side of the boulder.

Push the boulder east twice. Go into the small spring north and push the boulder
south from there four times. Get back in the spring and push the boulder east once
onto the geyser. The other geyser will shoot upwards so high that you can catapult
yourself to the next floor on it.
On this floor, go north onto the water and go all the way north until you see a
boulder. Make your way around it so that you are standing to its north.

Here’s the pushing sequence for the boulder:

a) Push it south once.
b) Get in the water and go around the boulder. Push it east once.
c) Push the boulder four times south.
d) Push it west once into the corner.
e) Push the boulder south once.
f) Push it thrice west until it is next to a large rock.
g) Get in the water and push it north TWICE.
h) Get in the water and push it west
i) Push the boulder west until the wall. Get the hidden item on the rock
nearby, a Blue Shard.
j) Push it south until the edge of a spring.
k) Go clockwise in the water and push the boulder east SEVEN times.
l) Get in the water and push it thrice south.
m) Push it west six times until the edge of the spring.
n) Make your way clockwise until you’re north of the boulder and push it
south thrice.
 o) Push the boulder east five times.
p) Make your way clockwise into the water and push the boulder south three
times.
q) From the water, push the boulder west to the geyser.

Make your way anticlockwise to reach the other geyser by surfing on the water.

Surf to the geyser to be catapulted to the ledge with the hole on it. Jump down the
hole. To your west is a hidden Red Shard. Go inside the sauna to the south
afterwards.
As usual, get into a battle in the sauna and use Defog to clear the steam.
This sauna has another boulder puzzle. The objective is to move the two boulders
to the northeast and northwest geyser. The items there are a Modest Mint and a
hidden Elixir.

Starting from the top of the two boulders, get into the water and push it:
a) West once
b) Get into the water and push it north twice.
c) Push it west once
d) Get into the water and push it north onto the geyser.

For the other boulder:

a) Get in the water and push it north twice.
b) Push it east to the wall
c) Get in the water and push it north to the geyser.

The remaining geyser will catapult us onto the next level. This new room has an
EXP. Candy XL and TM50: Overheat. Go down the other hole.
Get out of the sauna and jump the ledge east. Surf east in the water and go east on
the land until you see two flights of steps. Go north up the two flights of steps to
the starting boulder.

Into the Sauna: Exploring Chrysolia Springs (Final Puzzle)

At last, the final puzzle of the Springs. Push the starting boulder five times west.
Push it four times north. Push it west thrice.
Once the boulder is here, leave it. Go east and south down one flight of steps. Go
west and surf north in the spring. Go onto the land and you will be standing to the
south of the boulder above. Push it five times north onto the geyser. Go back
south and west. You will see some steps north leading to the water (can be seen
left of picture above). Surf on the water and go east and south to the steps.

Go up the steps and you will be on the boulder’s west side this time. Push the
boulder east twice. Push the boulder THREE times north. Surf in the right spring
and go to the east side of the boulder. Push it west three times. Get in the spring
south of you and push the boulder north four times. Surf in the spring to your
right to get the hidden Elixir on the rock across it.

Go the east side of the boulder from the water and push it west three times. Surf
west onto land and go to the spring south of you. Surf south in it to get to the
steps. Surf in the large spring here and go west and north to get a hidden Rock
Gem on the western wall. Make your way to this spring.

Surf across the spring to get the hidden item to the west there, a Green Shard.
Make your way east to be on the north side of the boulder. Push it south three
times. Go east and south afterwards. Surf the spring south and go down the steps
to the large spring. Go west and north to be on the east side of the boulder.

Push the boulder west until it can’t move anymore. Go back west and down the
steps. Surf on the large spring north and west up the steps. Get in the water to this
position.

Push the boulder south four times to the cliff’s edge. Go back south and east down
the steps. Surf in the large spring to these steps.
From there push the boulder west twice. Get into the spring north and push the
boulder south to the geyser. Since the other geyser shoots upwards, you can’t
cross it to get to the boulder. Go back to the stairs above and surf east and south to
the steps. Make your way to the west spring and surf in it to the one tile to its
north.

Push the boulder one tile east. The geyser will get lower again, allowing you to
cross it this time. Get on it to the boulder’s north side. Push the boulder south
until it hits a rock. Get into the spring west and push the boulder one tile east. Get
back on land and push the boulder two tiles south. You cannot access the boulder
from anywhere now. This means you have to go around to the large spring again
and go up the steps so that you will end up at the east side of the boulder.
Surf in the spring here to go to the west side of the boulder. Push the boulder east
twice. Make your way around to the large spring again and this time, surf and
make your way to the north side of the boulder.

From the above position, push the boulder south ONCE. Make your way
CAREFULLY to the spring west of the boulder. Surf in it to push the boulder east
into the corner.
Make your way to the north of the boulder by surfing in the water. Push it south
once. Push the boulder east three times onto the geyser. Surf onto the water north
and go down the steps to the large spring.

Go west and north up the steps. Go around and follow the path to the spring
above. Surf in the water to the south side of the boulder. Push the boulder north
three times.
Go to the spring to the west until you are on the west side of the boulder.
Push the boulder east three times past the geyser. Surf on the spring to your south
and push the boulder once to the north. lastly, push the boulder once to the east
onto the geyser.

Step on the highest geyser to be catapulted to the next upper floor.

In Chrysolia Springs 1F, surf to the spring north of you and get on land there.
There is a rock to your west hiding a Water Gem. Go back north passing the
winding path up the steps to a boulder there. CAREFULLY go around it to its east
side. If you’re not careful, you might accidentally jump over the ledge east.
Push the boulder west twice. Push it south three times down the steps and into the
corner. Surf on the water to the boulder’s east. Push it west once. Push the boulder
south twice. Get on the water and push the boulder east once. Get on the water
and push the boulder south to the end. Go back north and surf in the spring west.
Go south and make your way around until you are on the east side of the boulder.

Push the boulder west three times. Surf in the spring below and make your way
around until you’re on the southern side of the boulder.
Push the boulder north three times. From there, surf on the water and push the
boulder to the west ONCE. After that, from the same spring, push the boulder
south once.

The rock should now be in the position above. From there, push it west once, and
south once into the corner.
Push the boulder west TWICE by getting on the water. Lastly, push it north once
onto the geyser. Surf in the spring and make your way around to the high geyser.
You will be catapulted onto the ledge there. Go clockwise around the ledge to the
sauna in the north. Battle a wild Pokemon in here and use Defog. The steam will
clear afterwards.

This sauna has no puzzles fortunately. There is an EXP. Candy XL, a Timid
Mint and a Cameruptite, the Mega Stone for Camerupt and the twelfth Mega
Stone available to us.

The Plot Thickens: Raiding Devon Corp with Friends

Get out of Chrysolia Springs using an Escape Rope. The only other time we have to
return here is when the main – game is complete. Now is the perfect time to move the
story along. Go see Ame in the Grand Hall. This time, when she asks you a question,
say Yes.

She will tell us that Bennett, Bug – type creeper extraordinaire has just been accepted
into the Elite Four. Ame is still suspicious on the specifics behind Laura’s resignation,
since the letter she submitted is unquestionably hers. Ame would like our help with
something, but before she tells us what it is, she would like us to gather three people:
Victoria, DJ Arclight, and Adrienn.
Arclight can be found outside the Nightclub. Talk to him and he will leave to see Ame.
Adrienn can be found outside their Gym in Coral Ward. Go talk to them amidst the
throng of people there. They’re absolutely busy dealing with the various problems
faced by the citizens and have amassed a huge following of volunteers to help. Once
the volunteers have left, they will greet you. After you tell them Ame came looking for
them, they will leave. The last person, Victoria will actually be in Beryl Cemetery, by
Kiki’s grave.

Fly to Beryl Ward. Go west and north from the Beryl Ward Pokemon Center. Go up the
stairs. You will bump into invisible Pokemon along the way, but there’s nothing we can
do about it for now. Go up to the Beryl Gym and go west from there. There is a Purple
Shard hidden on the stone along the north wall of the cliff there. Go further west to see
a hidden HP Up in front of the rock there. Turn south down the steps there and avoid
the Pokemon there. Talk to Victoria.

She is still grieving Kiki after all this time. She doesn’t think that she can fill her shoes
as mentor of Apophyll Academy, which is only still standing today thanks to Kiki’s
sacrifice. She decided to do something that Kiki didn’t do, which is to involve
Apophyll Academy in the growth and renewal of Reborn City. She still thinks she is an
inadequate successor even after all her effort. She will thank us one last time, and
continues to have a moment of silence in front of Kiki’s grave. Leave her and go back
to the Grand Hall.
Talk to Ame. Adrienn is also already there. Arclight is already waiting at the place.
Victoria comes rushing in after us. According to Ame, Team Meteor still has one base
left in Reborn City: Devon Corp. Victoria and Adrienn knew about this long before,
due to their suspicions. It’s confirmed once Ame called Mr. Stone himself, the
President of Devon Corp from Hoenn region.

There is no Reborn branch of Devon Corp. Team Meteor appropriated the name of the
company for their own use. Ame drops another bomb: Lin has also made her base
there, which is serious enough to warrant Ame’s personal intervention. Ame drops one
last bomb: She’s the Champion of Reborn region. Our friendly League Manager is
also the Champion.

The plan to raid Devon is this: We will split into two teams. Ame and Adrienn will go
through the front, whereas us, Victoria, and Arclight will go under the building
basement through the Railnet entrance. This pincer will meet in the middle and tackle
the upper floors together. Once done, they will leave. Fly to the Obsidia Ward
Pokemon Center. The Devon Corp building is right in front of it. Don’t go there
though. Instead go west from the Pokemon Center and north into the house. There are
some steps in this house leading down to the Railnet. This was where we fought the
Klinklang and saved the Litleo so long ago.
Go north and pick up the hidden Red Shard on the rock in front of the doorway to
Yureyu here. The rock in front of the Yureyu entrance has a hidden Red Shard as well.
Go into the entrance and turn east into a deeper section of the Railnet. This was where
we did the Railnet Puzzle with the Orphanage Gang so long ago. Go east and turn south
into the first bend you see. Go south there and turn west into the first bend you see. Go
west all the way into the wall. This is the part of the Railnet where we met the woman’s
boyfriend so long ago. Go west along the rail to see… an Absol. Yes, the Absol.
Something’s about to go down.
Go west and turn north following the railtrack to see Victoria and Arclight waiting for
us. Try to go up the steps and Arc will talk to you. Say ‘Yes’ if he asks if you’re ready.

When Arclight asks if you’re ready to start the Devon operation:

Yes = +1 Victoria
No = -1 Victoria, -1 Arclight

Go west up the steps and be engaged in a Double Battle right off the bat. Either
Victoria or Arclight will be our partner for the first battle.

Your battle partner when you first enter Devon’s basement:

Victoria = +1 Victoria (if her point total is two or more higher than Arc’s)
Arc = +1 Arc
After the battle, Victoria will summon her Incineroar to tear down the locked gate.
Why can’t we do that? Go south through the gate and east up the steps following Arc
and Victoria. Once upstairs, Arc mentions that both Ame and Adrienn should be
finished with the front of the store by now. However, there is still no sign of them. Arc
will go on up to check for them will Victoria will act as a lookout. We will have to
check the storefront. Go south out the door to the storefront. Outside, we will meet a
few incapacitated Meteors and something glinting on the ground in front of the counter.
Pick it up to see it’s a Radio Transceiver. Go back to the back of the store to see
Victoria has disappeared. Go east up the stairs.
Thankfully, she is alright up here. She just finished a battle with Arc when we stepped
beyond the stairs. The Radio Transceiver is undoubtedly Ame’s, as confirmed by Arc,
meaning we’ve lost all contact with them now. There is a floor – tile puzzle in this
room. As demonstrated by Arc, stepping on a bright – colored tile will shock you with
1
electricity. If you get shocked, all your Pokemon will receive damage, whereas
16
1
Pokemon weak to Electric types will receive damage. This also means Ground – type
8
Pokemon in your party will receive no damage. In order to get through, Arc will act as
mission control. He will change the tile color on our signal. The trick here is to step
only on the pale – colored tiles. There are three colors: yellow, red, and blue. We have
to make it to the other end by stepping on the right tiles. Victoria will observe from one
end, and will only complete the puzzle after us. This means we’re alone in doing this
puzzle thankfully.
Start here:

a) Change the panel to blue. Walk north two tiles.

b) Change the panel to red. Walk north one tile. Walk west TWO tiles.
c) Change the panel to yellow. Go north until the end of the puzzle.

Go through the doorway and prepare for a battle.

After the battle, start from the middle tile next to Victoria.
a) Change the panel to blue. Follow the tile south.
b) Change the panel to red. Follow the tile west.
c) Change the panel to blue. Follow the tiled path.
d) Change the panel to yellow. Follow the tiled path BUT stop on the middle tile.
e) Change the panel to red. Follow the tiled path.
f) Change the panel to yellow. Follow the tiled path.
g) Change the panel to red. Follow the tiled path.
h) Change the panel to yellow. Follow the tiled path.
i) Change the panel to red. Follow the tiled path.
j) Change the panel to blue. Follow the tiled path.
k) Change the panel to yellow. Follow the tiled path north.
l) Change the panel to blue. Follow the tiled path north.
m) Change the panel to yellow. Step on the first yellow tile only.
n) Change the panel to red. Step on the two tiles east only.
o) Change the panel to blue. Step one tile north to the end.

Prepare for a Double Battle. Before the battle, the male orderly purposely mentions
Kiki, pushing Victoria’s berserk button. After being warned, the orderly mentions Kiki
again after the battle, prompting Victoria to literally beat him up.
In the next room, Victoria and us will be trapped by the walls literally closing in on us.
Victoria will trigger the trap by walking on one of the colored panels. She will use her
Incineroar to hold the wall while we slip through the stairs north since the south exit is
sealed. Once upstairs, Arc will inquire on our well – being. He admits that the plan is
falling apart. There is another tile puzzle on this floor.
a) Change to yellow. Step on the first tile only.
b) Change to red. Follow the tiled path.
c) Change to blue. Follow the tiled path.
d) Change to yellow. Follow the tiled path.
e) Change to blue. Follow the tiled path.
f) Change to red. Follow the tiled path.
g) Change to blue. Follow the tiled path.
h) Change to yellow. Follow the path west to the Meteor.

From the grunt.

a) Change to red. Follow the tiled path
b) Change to yellow. Follow the tiled path south to the Meteor. Walk north behind
him to the last tile that is normal.
c) Change to blue. Follow the tiled path.
d) Change to yellow. Follow the tiled path.
e) Change to red. Follow the tiled path.
f) Change to yellow. Follow the tiled path.
g) Change to blue. Follow the tiled path.
h) Change to red. Follow the tiled path.
i) Change to blue. Follow the tiled path.
j) Change to yellow. Follow the tiled path to the Orderly.

After the battle, go up the stairs to the north. Arc will reach us on the Transceiver and
tell us that he’s been found by her. Go south into the room. When we walk west into
the colored tile, we will receive a shock, and black out.

The Plot Swerves: Survival at Devon Corp (?)

When we come to, we will be in a small room with a PC and a healing machine. Use it
if you need it since there’s a huge battle coming up. By the way, the question mark in
the title means that not even the game is sure whether we’re still at Devon Corp, or
somewhere else. Once done, go east into a room with a cage open. Step into the cage.
Victoria will step into a cage opposite ours. You will be thrown into a battle with
Victoria, orchestrated by none other than Lin herself. The loser will be punished,
severely, she adds. It seems Lin is also a bona fide sadist, as she enjoys pitting friends
against one another. Do your best to defeat Victoria, who has grown by leaps and
bounds since we last battled her. One neat thing about this fight is the re – appearance
of Kiki’s battle theme, ‘Inner Peace’. Despite Victoria feeling the contrary, it seems
that she is well on her way to fill in Kiki’s footsteps. After the battle, Victoria’s cage
will be shocked by electricity and our cage will be opened. The exit north will also be
opened. Go through it.
Once we step into this room, we will be confronted with a direction tile puzzle and a
colored tile puzzle. The Transceiver will turn back on. It seems that the colored tiles are
still connected to it, allowing us to change the color of the panels without Arc.
To start the puzzle:
1. Interact with the green screen to change the direction of the tiles. Step onto the
tile to your west to the pale blue panel.
2. Go north and west to the green screen to change the direction of the tiles. Go all
the way east. Before you step on the tile, change it into red first.
3. You will end up back at the first green screen. Interact with to reverse the tiles
to your west, allowing you to walk safely across it.
4. Walk across the second set of yellow tiles west. Walk to the tiles pointing
upwards to the pale red tile. Walk north to the next pale red tile. Change the tile
color to blue and walk north.
5. Change the tile to yellow and slide east. Change it to red and slide east again.
Slide north and the tile will bring you somewhere northeast.
6. Change the tile back to yellow and slide north. Go east and south to see a green
screen. Interact with it to reverse the tiles.
7. Change the tile to red and slide south afterwards. Change to yellow and slide
west. Change to red and slide west. Change to yellow and slide west.
8. Change to blue and slide west. Go north and west to the green screen. Interact
with it to reverse the tiles. Slide south afterwards.
9. Down here, go west and change the tiles to yellow. Slide west and be pushed
north afterwards. Go north past the tile and west and north some more on the
normal tiles. You will eventually see a diamond puzzle. Start here:

10. Change the tile to blue. Go west around to the north vertex again. Change the
tile to yellow and step on it. Change the tile to red and you will be at the west
vertex of the second diamond.
11. Change the tile to blue and slide south. Change the tile to red and go south to
the directional puzzle. Make your way around to the picture above again.
 12. Change the tile to yellow and step on the north vertex. Change the tile blue and
slide to the west vertex. Again, make your way west and around to the north
vertex.
13. Change the tile to yellow and step on the north vertex. Change the tile to blue
and step on the east vertex. From here, change the tile to blue and step on the
north vertex.
14. Go north and east to the final diamond. Change the tile to red and step on the
north vertex. Change the tile to yellow and slide onto the west vertex.
15. Change the tile to blue and slide west onto the north vertex of the second
diamond. Go around to the third diamond again.
16. Change the tile to red and step onto the north vertex. Change the tile to yellow
and slide to the east vertex, ending the puzzle.

Go north from there and east to the doorway. There is a door north. Enter it, heal and
arrange your party, and step east through the door.
This time there is another open cage for us. Step east into it and we’ll come face – to –
face with Arc. He was forced to fight Adrienn before in the level below, but they
refused to fight him, causing them to be punished by the floor of their cage heating up
and Arc to advance. Arc will ask us a question: to fight or to refuse?

When Arclight asks if you’ll fight or refuse:

Fight = +1 Victoria, +1 Arc
Refuse = +2 Adrienn, -1 Victoria, -1 Arc

I want the relationship points with Adrienn, so I refused.

Arc will still challenge us to fight. Fittingly for a Nightclub owner, all his Pokemon are
either Electric – types (Luxray, Jolteon, Mega – Ampharos, Raichu) or sound – based
(Noivern, Exploud). After his loss, Arclight will fall through a trapdoor in his cage. Go
into the room north.
There’s a similar puzzle in this room. Start here.

From there:
1. Change the tile blue and step north to the normal tiles. Change the tile red and
step on the north vertex of the diamond. Change the tile blue and slide to the
north vertex of the diamond. Go east and interact with the green screen to
reverse the tiles.
2. Go back to the north vertex and change the tile red. Slide to the east vertex. Go
south and east to the tiles, making it push you further east. You will see a
second diamond. Change the tile yellow and step on the north vertex. Change
the tile blue and slide to the west vertex.
3. Go south and east to the sliding puzzle. Change the tile yellow again. Follow
the path north and change the tile blue. Go north and east and slide east again
on the arrows. You will be back at the second diamond again.
4. Change the tile yellow and step onto the north vertex. Slide to the east vertex
this time. Change the tile yellow and slide east. Slide east again and you will go
north to a yellow tile. Change the tile red and slide west. Slide west again and
you will get to the item if you face north. It’s the PULSE – Dex read – out for
PULSE 01: Magnezone. Yes, we are about to have a boss battle soon with
ZEL.
5. Change the tile blue and step west. Change the tile yellow and step west. You
will be pushed southwards onto the north vertex of the second diamond. Change
the tile blue and slide to the west vertex. Go south and west to the arrows.
6. Change the tile yellow again. Follow the path north and change the tile blue. Go
north and east and slide east again on the arrows. You will be back at the
second diamond again. Change the tile yellow and step onto the north vertex.
Slide to the east vertex this time. Change the tile yellow and slide east. We will
be back to the same path that we used to get the PULSE – Dex earlier.
7. This time, change the tile blue and slide south to end up at the north vertex of a
third diamond puzzle. Change the tile to red and slide to the west vertex. Go
north and change the tile to blue. Step back onto the north vertex. Change the
tile back to red.
8. Change the tile blue and go the long line starting at the corner of the room. Step
on the pale blue tile. Change the tile yellow and step north to the next tile.
Change the tile blue and step north. Change the tile red and step north. Change
the tile blue and step north. Change the tile yellow and slide west.
9. You will be at the west vertex of a fourth diamond. Change the tile blue and
slide to the south vertex. Change the tile yellow and slide west. Slide south to
the second diamond. Yes, we are going to cycle through the second and third
diamonds again. To avoid repetition, I will just assume that you are already at
the fourth diamond. The fourth diamond should look like this by the time you
stepped on its east vertex.
10. Slide onto the north vertex here. Interact with the screen to reverse the direction
of the arrows. From there, go to the north vertex and slide to the east vertex
again. Change the tile blue and slide south. Change the tile yellow and slide
west. Slide south again to end up at the north vertex of the second diamond
again. Cycle through the second and third diamonds again.
11. The path changes here:

From there, step onto the blue tile. Change to yellow and slide north. Change to
blue and slide north. Change to red and slide north. Change to blue and slide
north. Lastly, slide north to the pale – blue tile at the end.

12. From the pale blue tile, go north, all the way west, and then south to the green
screen. Interact with it to reverse the tiles. Once done, make your way back to
the pale blue tile just now. Change the tile red and slide south. Change to the
blue tile and walk west. Change to the yellow tile and slide west to the east
vertex of fourth diamond.
13. From here, change the tile blue and go south. Change the tile yellow and go
west. Slide west and the tiles will carry you north. Follow the path with the
normal tiles north, then WEST. There should be a green screen here. Power
 something down by interacting with it. Go south to see another green screen.
Interact with it to reverse the tiles. Go south and be pushed west by the reversed
tiles. Go north and east to the stairs. Save here.
In this room, you will be blocked by a cage while Ame throws down with Lin. Ame has
an Alolan Ninetales, her favorite if I’m not mistaken. Lin has her Hydreigon. From the
sound of it, the Hydreigon survived a freaking Moonblast. Hydreigon will defeat the
Alolan Ninetales with a Flash Cannon. Hydreigon ends the battle on Lin’s orders, by
eating Ame’s head. The results are not pretty. Really, Reborn’s Champion and beacon
of hope, decapitated.

Lin leaves afterwards, giving us one last look before going up the steps north. Our cage
will open, so chase after her. If you interact with Ame’s body afterwards, it is stated
that her Alolan Ninetales have been taken by Lin.
In this room is the last puzzle. Start here. Unlike the last few puzzles, this one is
actually fun to play with.

1. Change the tile blue and step on the tile north. Change the tile red and slide
north. Slide north to the next tile. Go north and east to the tile before the colored
tile. Change the color to yellow and step south on it. Change the tile blue and
slide south. Change the tile red and slide west. Change the tile yellow and move
to the pale yellow tile. Go east and interact with the green screen to reverse the
tile.
2. Change the tile blue and go to the arrow directly south of you to the blue tile.
Change the tile red and slide east. Just go south here onto the normal tiles and
go west into the diamond.
This is the fun part. There’s a Light Shard nearby, the last one in the building. Be
careful from here on out. I would take it at the last minute though. I’ll tell you just
before we leave the area.

1. Go all the way east and interact with the green screen to reverse the tiles. You
can now cross the tile to the second green screen, since the arrow is reversed.
Do so and interact with it to reverse the tiles. Move back to the first green
 screen and reverse the tiles again.
2. Step onto the tiles moving west now. Go back and do it again. Did you see why
I call it fun? Do it one more time. You should end up at the third green screen
now. Interact with the green screen to reverse the tiles. Go west into the sliding
tiles and watch the fun.
3. You should be back at the first diamond. Go east and slide again on the sliding
tiles west. You should be at the third green screen again. Slide west but this
time you will actually reach the fourth diamond before going back to the first
diamond.
4. Change the tiles to blue now. You will slide past the fourth diamond to a pale
blue tile in the middle. Slide west again to the fifth diamond and down to the
first diamond.
5. Take the Light Shard now if you haven’t. Go east and slide again to the first
diamond and slide back past the fifth diamond to the fourth green screen.
Interact with it to reverse the tiles. Go south to the tile pointing to the blue tile.
On the blue tile, slide east. Go north, west and north to the final green screen.
Interact with it to reverse the tiles. Once the tiles are reversed, go west and be
pushed north to the final pale blue tile. There is a green screen before the
entrance north. Interact with it to power the tiles in the room down.

Save your game. Step through the entrance.

In this room, we will find ZEL. They will be panicking over some security breach
which caused the PULSE Magnezone in the room to be irreparably corrupt. However,
all the other PULSEs, including two new ones called PULSE – 2 and Arc – PULSE
have been safely relocated elsewhere. While the three personalities are fighting each
other, Zero has the gall to blame Lin for causing the damage, since she was the one
who called the hero brigade (us) in there in the first place. Eve is the mediating
personality. Zero, in his paranoia, blames us for trying to destroy his beloved PULSE
Magnezone as well. They will finally notice us. Lumi will ask whether we are trying to
destroy everything here. Say No.

When ZEL asks if you’ve come to destroy everything:

Yes = -1 Eve, -1 Lumi
No = +1 Eve, +1 Lumi

Zero will accuse us of lying. Eve will quiet him down and remind him that Lin requests
that we (the player) cannot be harmed.
After we win, Eve will say to Lumi that she will always love her, no matter what
happens afterwards. It’s their defeat quote. The PULSE Magnezone will explode
afterwards, leaving the room in almost complete darkness. ZEL will wake up,
muttering how quiet things are. Zel will shout angrily at the PULSE, and shouting for
Lumi and Eve to say something. They did not reply it seems, prompting Zero to mutter
repeatedly that he’s alone. He also feels empty. With one final muttering saying he
needs to go to Agate City, he will leave the room through another door. Follow him.
In this room, the final puzzle room earlier, go to the green screen outside the door to
reverse the tiles. Follow the tiles west and go west into another room. In this room are
three rectangles on the wall. Interact with a green screen next to the leftmost rectangle,
and our friends from our earlier journey: Arc, Victoria, and Adrienn will tumble out of
the rectangles. The western exit will also be unlocked. Adrienn seems fine, though. The
other two, not so much. Arclight lost an eye as his penalty for losing. We will also
drop the news to Adrienn that Ame is gone. The heart of Reborn is dead. Upon hearing
this, Victoria’s survivor guilt over losing Kiki and Ame comes out in full force again.
She literally punched the wall. Victoria wonders why Lin left them alive. Adrienn
theorizes so that she could send a message. Adrienn consoles her, saying she cannot
blame herself for the mistakes of her past. It seems that Cal’s betrayal still pains her
too.

Adrienn then mentions that they have been living with guilt too. If they didn’t get stuck
and frozen under the Grand Gates in the first place, then Reborn City might still be the
place they once knew. But they know that the City now, as it is, is still a wonderful
place, and it can be even better. They asked Victoria to help them make Reborn better.
Victoria says she is tired of trying to follow a dead woman’s footsteps. Adrienn
responds that all of us should be making the city better. For now, they should get out of
the place. Adrienn carries the injured Arc on their back, and with one last look from
Victoria, they will leave the place through the western exit.

Step out into North Obsidia Ward. It turns out that the building is the one north of
The Spyce. What actually happened to Ame and Adrienn is this: When they were at the
storefront, the Meteors gave resistance as expected. After they were dealt with swiftly,
the exits sealed and Ame and Adrienn were incapacitated by some kind of a gas trap.
Victoria was knocked out by Meteors after we left her between the walls earlier. The
Meteors then transported everyone to the building near The Spyce.

Victoria finally decided to do something about the city, and to not follow Kiki’s
footsteps anymore. They (and us) finally have a city that’s worth protecting, and we’ve
come so far to get here. Adrienn agrees, and their first order of business is to get Arc
some medical care. Then they will check the ownership records of the building at the
Grand Hall, as well as lead a search party to raid the entire building. Victoria leaves for
the Grand Hall to help. Adrienn mentions that they will expect us at their Gym later,
since there are one or two favors they would like to ask from us.

Miles to See Before We Sleep: Getting the Silvon Scope

Don’t see Adrienn yet. We have to take care of two things first. The first
one can be done straight away. Go south and east from there to the Silph
Co. headquarters. Don’t worry, they’re legit, although a tad unscrupulous.
Step inside the building to see a representative talking to a civilian. We will
step aside to let the civilian pass. The representative will sigh, since that’s
apparently the sixth civilian complaint that they have received that week.

Talk to her and she will introduce herself as Silph Co.’s distribution
management attendant. She is willing to hear ideas from us, but not another
complaint regarding the Kecleon situation. It seems that a swarm of
Kecleon have been running out of Rhodocrine Jungle and into Beryl Ward
(we know) causing blockages everywhere. Something seems to chase them
out of the jungle, apparently. People, harangued by this problem, looks to
Devon Corp., for their Devon Scope, which can render invisible Pokemon
visible, but strangely, they’re not selling any (we know).

So, they turned to Silph Co. for another product, the Silph Scope. She will
ask us whether we’re about to do the same thing. I was honest and said Yes.
She didn’t know what to do, since the Silph Scope wasn’t built for invisible
Pokemon, but Ghost – type Pokemon. She will request our help, both with
dealing the thing chasing Kecleon out of the jungle (legal) and also to find a
model of an old Devon Scope from Devon Corp. and bring it back to her so
that she could make a hybrid scope out of it (slightly less legal). She even
mentions to us to not mention her name if we ever get caught.
Leave Silph Co. and go back to Devon Corp from the storefront. Make
sure you have a Ground – type Pokemon in your party. Go to the back
room and go upstairs. Remember the first tile puzzle we did earlier? It’s
now gone haywire. The tiles change periodically on its own and we can’t
change it like we used to. If you’re patient then go ahead and try this thing.
If, like me, you’re impatient, just run across it, getting shocked the whole
way. Your Pokemon will sustain damage, but they won’t totally faint or
black out. They will always be left with 1 HP minimum. Your Ground –
types, however, will take it like a boss. Run all the way north across the
tiles and into the next room.
Run all the way across this room, too. We will end up at the room Victoria
is trapped in earlier. There are no shocking puzzles here. Run north into the
next room. Run all the way across this room too. When you reach the next
room, though, heal up your Pokemon. There is a Street Rat to the south that
will challenge you to a battle. Go east after the battle. This was the room
we were shocked until unconsciousness earlier. We can walk past the tile
now without getting shocked. There are three items waiting for us there: a
Devon Scope Model, an Electric Memory (the twelfth memory obtainable
in the game) and TM81: X – Scissor. Get out of there and across all the tile
puzzles again.
Go see the woman with the overly long job title in Silph Co. again and you
will hand the Devon Scope Model over to her. She will tinker with in front
of you and give you the Silvon Scope on the spot as thanks for finding that
model for her in the first place.

A Father’s Memento: Corey’s Last Words

Let’s do someone else a favor first. Someone who passed when we were
just a fledgling Trainer with only two badges under our belt. Fly to Beryl
Ward. From the Pokemon Center, go west and north to the Beryl Gym. Go
inside the secret room that we opened way, way early into the game. Do
you remember when we caught Corey’s Skuntank in Citrine Mountain? It
has the Silver Card Key Item behind it. We’re going to use it now.
Inside the secret room, there should be a Card Scanner on the wall in front
of the right bedroom. Interact with it to scan the Silver Card. You will hear
a sound, and Corey’s bed inside the room will swing to reveal another
secret room. Corey sure loves his secrets. Even his secret room has a secret
room.
Inside this room you can find a Data Chip and 4 EV Boosters. You can
also read a diary on the table. Inside it is Corey’s last words to Heather,
written quite possibly not long before he passed. In it, he was about to
reveal to her that he joined Team Meteor, and the reason he did so in the
first place. It was to chase after the man who killed his wife, Elena. The
man who laced Elena’s IV pack in the hospital room after she gave birth to
Heather was none other than Sirius himself. This is confirmed when Corey
mentions that the man’s eye was bleeding from the syringe that he impaled
into it. This diary was supposed to be given to Heather when she reached
adulthood. Upon that time, Corey would infiltrate Team Meteor together
with her, as it was her right as her mother’s daughter to do so.

It's details like these that give depth to this game.

Revisiting the Underroot, Stopping a Bully

What the hell is chasing out all the Kecleon from Rhodocrine Jungle to
begin with? Well, we’re about to find out. Make your way to the Underroot
in Rhodocrine Jungle. From Beryl Pokemart, go south past the Street Rat
that gave you the Magnetic Lure earlier. After that, go west all the way past
the new shop, the Emporium. If you’re curious, its owner is the Reborn
City Inspector and his trusty Torkoal. They see all types of Incenses there.
Since we already have the full set, I don’t think we need to buy one
anymore.
The entrance to Rhodocrine Jungle should be directly west of the
Emporium. From there, make your way west and north up the steps. The
Kecleons sure are annoying, which is why I’m glad we’re doing this
sidequest. Go west and north up another set of steps. Jump down the pit
into the Underroot.
You will land in an open cage. From the cage, go south down the steps.
Follow the path around to the next steps north. Go up the steps and follow
the path until you reach some steps south leading down. Go west from there
and down the steps leading south. Keep following the flight of steps
downwards until you’re at the edge of the water where you met Corey’s
Skrelp earlier in the game.
Once there, you won’t really be at the water’s edge, just near it. Go west
and north, carefully making your way through the gaps in the cliff. You
will eventually be in the middle of two lakes, and a mining rock can be
seen nearby.

Surf north into the water here and go north all the way. You will see a small
patch of land with a Blastoisinite on it. It’s our thirteenth Mega Stone.
From the item, surf west and north to a Waterfall. Ascend this large
waterfall.
Once you reach all the way to the top, you can see a rock hiding a Rock
Gem to your east on the small patch of land. Surf west and get onto the
land there. There will be some steps south leading down. When you try to
progress down the steps, you will be blocked by something. Save your
game here. Interact with the invisible thing. There will be a HUGE swarm
of Kecleon in front of you. This is our first Pokemon Gang battle in a long
while isn’t it? You will fight a total of 12 Kecleons. After you finished
battling those Poke Refugees, a green Kecleon will jump down the cliff
behind you. It will try to run away from something, which turned out to be
a Level 81 Purple Kecleon. The purple Kecleon will actually throw the
green Kecleon across the lake (Seismic Toss maybe?). It will then
arrogantly challenge you. Wipe the floor with him.

After the battle, we can proceed south down the steps and west to see a
cage.

There’s a Treecko in it! Open the cage and it will join you out of gratitude.
This is the thirteenth starter we can get for our ‘Starter Sidequest’. Just to
keep track, there’s twenty – one altogether. There is a hidden item there, a
Max Repel. Descend the waterfall, go up the cliffs and make and climb the
flight of steps on the right side of the waterfall. Eventually you can find a
path leading to the left side of the waterfall.

Here you will find a cage, with TM33: Reflect inside it. Its door is
connected to the lever freeing Treecko. You can only get this TM once you
saved Treecko.

Go back to the right side of the waterfall and climb the stairs up. You will
eventually find an exit along the north wall to Rhodocrine Jungle.
 Revisiting the Beryl Library
Now that we’ve cleared the invisible nuisance problem, we can finally
revisit the Beryl Library. If you visited this place before the Kecleon bully
event, you will find that some paths in the Library will be blocked. There
might be blockages after the event is done, but there seems to be less of
them in Beryl Ward than before. The Library is located near the Emporium.
Go all the way south from the Emporium. On the stone west of the Library
is a hidden Poison Gem. If you go west of the Emporium from the stone,
there is a stone there with a hidden Green Shard.
Go inside the Library and talk to our old friend the Gothitelle. There’s a
Street Rat on the northeast corner of the second floor here that will give
you the password ‘monowoke’. The woke mode is a reference to someone
literally bashing this game for it’s wokeness by including people of the
LGBTQ community. The devs included the mode as a Take That to the
person. Great choice in making his avatar a Street Rat. Playing this mode
allows you to only use genderless Pokemon I think. Your starter will be a
Porygon.
There are two rooms to the north of the lower floor in the library. Go inside
the left room first. This room might seem to hold nothing, but check out the
colored books on the shelves. Interact with them in this order: green, red,
purple, yellow, blue, and white. If this seems familiar to you, it’s the exact
order of the colored Arceus heads we found while looking for the first Dark
Material in the Subseven Sanctum.

If done correctly, the left bookcase will move to the side to reveal a secret
entrance. Go in it. There are two items in here. A Catching Charm:
Amethyst, which increases the odds that your catch will be a critical catch
if your lead Pokemon holds it. A critical catch is a rare event where the
Pokeball only shakes once before the Pokemon is captured. A normal catch
is when the Pokeball shakes three times. The other item is TM30: Shadow
Ball.

Read the book here, “Destiny’s End”, for some lore. It’s complicated, but
in a nutshell, it tells the story of how Arceus came to create everything in
this universe, and how it retroactively created the way for it to arrive on
Earth. All events seem to be heading towards some unknown end, as if
predetermined. Ominous, right? Get out of the room and the Library. The
other room contains nothing but a jumpy guy.
 In the Spirit of Charity: Finding Volunteers for Adrienn
For the next sidequest, fly to the Coral Ward and go to Adrienn’s Gym.
Talk to them. They have two favors to ask from you. The first favor is:
Battle them and promise them we’ll be the new Champion in Ame’s place
(Sob!).

When Adrienn asks if you’ll be champion:

Yes = +1 Adrienn
No = -2 Adrienn

Say Yes (obviously). The second favor is more complicated. They are
actually a bit swamped since the rapid development of the city has left
some projects understaffed. They would like us to travel around the city to
find people who are willing to volunteer. Five would be good enough. Ten
would be better. We’re gonna one – up them. Let’s find fifteen. Accept
their request by saying Yes first.

If you accept Adrienn’s request to find volunteers:

10-14 volunteers = +1 Adrienn
All 15 volunteers = +2 Adrienn
The first volunteer is a woman in the tunnel connecting Coral Ward and
Obsidia Ward. Just walk out of Coral Ward north to the tunnel.

For the second one, go to Glamazonia Salon building in Obsidia Ward and
walk north along the pathway to its right side. If you keep walking north,
you will eventually see this girl.
The third volunteer is in the Onyx Arcade. He’s the Hotshot wandering
around aimlessly there.

The fourth volunteer can be found by walking straight south from the
Sweet Kiss Candy Shop. He will be looking over the view at the path where
the bend turns east to the Obsidia Slums.
The fifth volunteer can be found inside the Obsidia Alleyway. If you forgot
where it is, go to the Grand Stairway. Just as you’re about to enter it from
the Obsidia Ward, go south all the way. It’s the same place where we found
the Plusle and Minun in the early days. She will be on the east side of the
alleyway.

The hidden item there is a Revive.

The sixth volunteer can be found in the middle of the Grand Stairway. He’s
the Techie.
Talk to him.
The seventh volunteer can be found in Lapis Ward, wandering around the
garden across the Pokemart.

Since they love wandering around so much, you might need to look for
them. They can sometimes be obscured by the tree.
The eighth volunteer is this Salesman here in Lower Peridot Ward. Just go
all the way west from the Grand Hall, as if you’re heading to Grandview
Station.
The ninth volunteer is a Punk Girl that can be found in South Peridot Alley.
If you can’t remember, just turn east down Spitrail Street. You can find the
alley just before you enter under the Opal Bridge. It’s the same place where
we found the Tynamo.

There are three hidden items in this alley: a Dark Gem between a rock and
a trash can (not in picture), a Red Shard next to me, and a Flying Gem
next to the girl.
The tenth volunteer can be found inside the house east of the same alley.
It’s the same house where we got the Kricketot from so long ago.
The eleventh volunteer can be found in the Blacksteam Shelter. Enter the
place and turn south down the first corner you see from the entrance. Go
west all the way. You’ll find the Street Rat lounging on the sofa. By the
way, when passing by the Pokemart, I found a hidden Green Shard
between the Mart and the house next to it.

The twelfth volunteer is a woman who lives in Jasper Ward. Go west past
the large Police Station into the first apartment you can enter.
The thirteenth volunteer is a woman looking over Beryl Bridge.

The fourteenth volunteer is a Bug Catcher who’s watching the view west of
the Beryl Gym.
The fifteenth (and last) volunteer is a young child in the Beryl Library.

Go back and see Adrienn at the Gym afterwards. They will give you the
Wise Glasses, Ability Capsule, and a Star Piece as a thank you gift. Take
your place at the arena and talk to them if you’re ready. The climax of this
long chapter is coming next.

Battling Adrienn
Strategy:
At long last, we are ready to battle them. They specialize in Double Battles.
The arena is initially filled with Misty Terrain. The crux of this battle is
their Whimsicott. With its Prankster ability, it can summon Tailwind with
priority, blowing the Mist away and changing it to the Fairy Tale Field.
Both fields are vastly different with what you can and cannot do, so read up
on both fields first if you’re not sure. They also have a Mawile and a
Granbull, both with the Intimidate ability. This means that your physical
attackers are at a huge disadvantage here. What’s worse, the Granbull is
wearing an Assault vest, increasing its Sp. Def. by a factor of 1.5.

Upon our victory, we will be awarded with the Amaranth Badge, our
fourteenth official Reborn League badge. All Pokemon up to Level 85 will
obey us without question. Our TM reward is of course TM99: Dazzling
Gleam. By the way, the amaranth is a flower thought to symbolize
immortality in ancient Greece, perfect coming from a Gym Leader who
was frozen in time. They will be counting on us to take care of Team
Meteor from now on, since they and Victoria will be staying behind in
Reborn City to administer it now that Ame is gone. One piece of important
news: Grandview Station is finally reopened and back in business, baby!
That means we can finally travel out into the vast desert beyond Reborn.
 From Adrienn to Titania: Reborn City’s Renovation Projects
Now that we have four badges left to collect, I don’t need to introduce you
to any remaining Gym Leaders anymore. We’ve met all of them by now.
Go back to the Grand Hall first. Once there, go to the main counter and you
will see three guys (a pair of twins and a Nerd) standing side by side. Talk
to the left twin and he will tell you about three Reborn renovation projects
which are awaiting funding (ahem):
1) Rebuilding the Obsidia Slums into a low – cost housing project,
complete with a community garden and a resource center for job –
hunting (Affordable Living in Obsidia).
2) Rebuilding the Underground Railnet System and an inter – city
subway system (Railnet Reconstruction).
3) Restarting the Pokemon Reintroduction Project by building a
Nature Center at Azurine Island (Azurine Nature Center).

Talk to the middle guy and he will ask us to donate to any one of the three
projects above. Each of these projects will have its set of rewards and
sidequests. You can also only donate to one project after every Gym Leader
from Adrienn onwards. This means that your second project can only be
donated to after battling Titania and the final project can only be donated to
after fighting the 16th Gym Leader. You can also do them in any order you
wish, not necessarily the order stated above. In this guide, I will do the
Affordable Living in Obsidia first, followed by the Azurine Nature Center,
and the Railnet Reconstruction last.

For Glory, Baby! The Gang Job Application Sidequest

Go talk to the twin in the middle and donate to the Affordable Living in
Obsidia project for an amount of $60 000.

Fund the first Restoration project:

+1 Adrienn

If you don’t do that, then this next sidequest cannot be done. As the sole
donor of one of the reconstruction projects, we will now be given access to
the administration office of Reborn City, downstairs from the counter in the
Grand Hall. Go downstairs and see what else is there. Talk to Victoria, who
is getting bored with her desk – job, and has to literally consume coffee by
the gallon to stay awake.
Talk to Victoria in the Grand Hall basement:
+1 Victoria

From Victoria, go west and north to an entrance located between two potted
plants. This is actually Ame’s former office. Go behind the desk and
interact with it. You will find a secret switch. Say Yes when asked to press
it. The bookcase behind you will swing open to reveal a secret room. Go in
it to be greeted by the greatest sight this game has to offer so far: a room
full of Alolan Vulpixes and Ninetales. Unfortunately, you can’t take any of
them with you, but you can interact with them. There is also a Lopunnite
in the room, our fourteenth Mega Stone.

Leave the room and go south of the office. There are two rooms here. Go
inside the left one first. This room is weird. Go south and there is a small
bend to the north. The item on the table are actually 2 EV Boosters. The
other room is empty, save for a security camera, a table and some chairs. In
previous versions of this game, this room is explicitly shown to be an…
interrogation room. That kind of interrogation. Leave it and go to the right
southern room now. There are three items here: an Adamant Mint, 3 EXP.
Candy XLs, and a Modest Mint.
To start the sidequest, go to 7th Street. If you have completed all the gang –
related sidequests so far , you can find our gang leader Maxwell standing
east of the guy pacing madly up and down the street. The last gang –
related sidequest that you should have done is battling Aqua Mastermind
Archie in one of the Street Rat hideouts in the same street. Once you win,
you should receive a TM from him.

Talk to him and he will tell you that he’s been looking for you. Team
Magma has done a lot in our absence, and in the process, Maxwell finally
found the thing he’s been searching for: a legacy to call his own. With that,
he decided to do something else, disbanding the Magma Gang. He has
decided to go legit and build the city with his own hands. The city wasn’t
the pit of despair he once knew, and he acknowledges that he has to grow
with it.

He will ask us for one last favor: to help our other team members gain the
skills and confidence they need to be productive members of society. That
will also include him of course. He tried talking to the others about it, but
they refused to listen to him. So now it’s up to us to talk to each and every
one of them to ask what they want to do in life. This is one of my favorite
sidequests by the way.
There’s four of them, excluding Maxwell himself. One is in the elevator,
Kriz. He has self – esteem issues, including difficulty in adulting. He wants
to get paid to eat, or sleep. The next gang member is Break, the Blast
Powder salesman southeast of Maxwell. His talent is synthesizing
chemicals, apparently. He’s interested in a job that will allow him to brew
chemicals of questionable legality. The next gang member is Nihil. He can
be found by going north of Break, standing near the Street Rat selling
miscellaneous items. He wants to work somewhere cool. The last member
is Darm, standing across the two Move Tutors in the street. He wants a job
where he can put his physical strength to good use. But he doesn’t want to
work construction though. He wants to break stuff, not make them.
Let’s help them out. For Kriz, who loves to eat, go to The Spyce Restaurant
in North Obsidia. Fly to the Nightclub and enter the restaurant. On the
south side of the counter you can see some documents. Interact with it and
get the Spyce Application.

For Break, the drug vendor extraordinaire, go to Madame Meganium’s

Magic Medicine Market between the Silph Co. and the Obsidia Department
Store. There are a stack of documents on the counter. Get the Medicine
Application here.

For Nihil, the cool man, fly to the Nightclub. There will be a girl wandering
around outside the place. She was one of the applicants for a job in the
place, but she was rejected. Now she has a lot of application forms leftover.
Talk to her to get the Nightclub Application.

For Darm, the muscle, fly to Agate Circus. You will land in front of Big
Top. East of Big Top is a salesman and a clown standing under a stall with
a stack of forms between them. Get the Circus Application here.
Go back to each of the members, and don’t just talk to them. You have to
stand in front of each gang member and open the Items pocket of your bag,
find the appropriate application and press Use on each of them.

Once done, talk to Maxwell again. He will thank you for helping everyone
else get a job. Now, he wants a personal favour from you. He wants his
own job, where he can make a difference. This was why I did this sidequest
after battling Adrienn and paying for the Affordable Living in Obsidia
Project. You can help the other four members before battling Adrienn, but
not Maxwell. By the way, there is something else you can grab here. Go to
the building with the healing machine with the water flowing in it. The
building should be near one of the Move Tutors on the street. Inside, at the
northwestern corner, you can find a hole that you can climb down.

Climb down this hole all the way down the long ladder. You will be in a
room near the Water Treatment Center, judging from the music. Inside
here, you will find the Black Flute. By the way, the room south of this one
does lead directly to the Water Treatment Center.

Go to the South Obsidia Low Income Community Estate (SOLICE)

building now. This was where the entrance to Obsidia Slums was near the
Byxbysion Wasteland before the renovation. You will see that the place is
completely revamped, with a Berry Farm right outside it. On the left bush
right outside the door is a hidden Pokesnax. Go inside and talk to the Nerd
behind the counter. Upon recognizing that we are the founder and donor of
this project, he will give us the GUM Key, which is crucial for our next
sidequest. He will also mention how the place is looking for volunteers. Get
the SOLICE Application next to him on the counter.

Go see Maxwell and use the final application on him. He will be very
interested in it, and leaves to apply for the job. As thanks for being a part of
his gang, and his friend, he will give us an Oshawott, the fourteenth starter
for our Starter Sidequest. As a bonus, the Oshawott is also holding a
Choice Band. You can fly to each place and visit your friends. By the way,
Madame Meganium’s shop now sells the Blast Powder as well.

Helping Sandy, Annoying Adrienn (Part One)

Our next sidequest can only be done if you paid for the SOLICE project.
Go to the SOLICE building again. You might have seen a dark – haired
woman outside the building. Meet Sandy, the Pokemon rights activist. She
is also the Reborn League’s Ground – type reserve leader, taking over
Terra’s spot. Let’s be absolutely clear about something: She is also
absolutely batshit insane. Apparently, it must be a requirement for all
Ground – type specialists in Reborn. We’re going to help her. If you’re not
convinced about how crazy she is, she was mentioned much earlier in the
game. We’ve met her roommate. Sandy wants to convert the house into a
platform for streaming. Her roommate consented since she thought it was
for online streaming. She diverted an entire stream into the house, causing
it to flow through their living room. Their house used to be one of the
houses south of the stairs leading to Lapis Ward, but it’s not there anymore.

Talk to her and say Yes. Groan inwardly as you wonder what the hell did
you just drag yourself into. She will ask you to sign a petition for
environmental causes (those poor Wingulls). However, she already has a
lot of signatures. What grinds her gears is that she thinks the folks at the
Grand Hall are not doing anything about it. That’s why she’s taking matters
into her own hands. Say Yes if she asks you to back her up.
Her first order of business is in Malchous Forest. The deforestation caused
by the construction work in the area is driving out the wild Pokemon in
droves (according to her). She will then disappear. Go to Malchous Forest
through the Jasper Ward entrance. Be ready for a tough Double Battle with
Sandy as your partner.

You will see her here, west of the entrance (if you go from the entrance
past the Police Station. There are multiple entrances into the forest,
remember?). Save your game and talk to Sandy. She will nervously
confront the workers there. She will also challenge them to a Battle. This
battle is surprisingly tough. Even though Sandy put up a good fight, the
Forest Field greatly favors the Hardhats’ Pokemons. Particularly difficult to
take down are their two Level 100 Farfetch’d. They have Leaf Blade,
which is further strengthened by the field, and Sandy’s Pokemons are
mostly Ground – types.

After the battle, the other Hardhat that we didn’t battle will call Adrienn to
the scene. Adrienn of course will recognize us and Sandy. Adrienn will tell
Sandy not to harass the workers, most of whom are in it for the money.
Besides, most of the trees here are leftovers from the PULSE – Tangrowth
incident and are not even native to the place. Adrienn will ask the workers
to rest for a while and for us to keep an eye on Sandy.

Battle with Sandy at Malchous Forest:

-1 Adrienn

A necessary evil I must say. Sandy will admit that she is hasty, and marks it
as a partial success.
Her next order of business is to install an alternate water filter in the Opal
Grid of the Water Treatment Center. The chemicals that are used to clean
the lake are themselves harmful to the Pokemon in the lake. Replacing the
filter will take care of this, according to Sandy. Fly to the Fiore Mansion.
Go inside.

The mansion is still in disarray from the battle with Solaris last time. You
can surf down the steps south to find two interesting things. Julia can be
seen chilling like it’s her own house, and a Vaporeon can be seen nearby
doing the same, complete with shades. Meet Cirrus, Amaria’s Vaporeon
and one that you can pet if you talk to it. Cirrus is the third Eevee – lution
that you can pet for your ‘Petting Eevee – lutions’ Sidequest. It’s only
available until you complete the main story, so pet it now.

Get out of the Mansion and go down all the steps. Make your way west to
the Celestinine Cascade and descend the waterfall. Enter the Water
Treatment Center. Sandy isn’t in this room and we’re not going to see her
yet. Go south a bit and surf on the water to your east. Surf north and east
into the next grid, the Central Obsidia Water Grid. Go east through the two
– way gate and keep going east until you see a grey door to your north. This
is the GUM Room, where we’re going to use our GUM Key. Open it and
step inside. You will find bits and pieces of pipes lying around. We’re
going to connect the pipes by pushing them in their proper places, but we
have to do it carefully so that we ourselves can get out of the room to turn it
on.

Go to the barrel to your north without pushing any pipes to get a hidden
Ether.

Helping Sandy, Annoying Adrienn (Part One)

Get out of the Mansion and go down all the steps. Make your way west to
the Celestinine Cascade and descend the waterfall. Enter the Water
Treatment Center. Sandy isn’t in this room and we’re not going to see her
yet. Go south a bit and surf on the water to your east. Surf north and east
into the next grid, the Central Obsidia Water Grid. Go east through the two
– way gate and keep going east until you see a grey door to your north. This
is the GUM Room, where we’re going to use our GUM Key. Open it and
step inside. You will find bits and pieces of pipes lying around. We’re
going to connect the pipes by pushing them in their proper places, but we
have to do it carefully so that we ourselves can get out of the room to turn it
on.
Go to the barrel to your north without pushing any pipes to get a hidden
Ether. Push the piece east of you east one tile into its spot. Go out south
and push the piece there north to its spot, closing off the entire barrel.

From the spot above and without pushing any pieces, go north and all the
way east. Then go south, east and north until you are in this position.

I got in through the gap in the northeast. Push the piece west of you into its
spot all the way west. Then push the piece south of you all the way south.
The hidden item there is a Dusk Ball.
Push this piece in the picture south into its spot.

Get into the position in the picture next.

Push the piece to your left all the way west into the FAR spot. Then push
the piece on your right into the other spot.

It should look like the picture above.

Get into this position next.
There are two spots visible there south. Push this piece to the LOWEST
spot seen in the picture.

There should be a way for you to get in this spot without pushing any
pieces. Do so and get the hidden item on the barrel there, which are 5 EXP.
Candy XLs.
Go out through the gap from the barrel and push the piece to your east three
times.
Go clockwise from the gap to your north and make your way to the right
side of the piece that you pushed. Push that piece all the way west to close
the barrel with the WXP. Candies earlier.
Make your way to this piece next.

Push it all the way south into its spot.

Make your way to this piece next.
Push it west into its spot.
From there, make your way to this piece next.

Push it west into its spot.

Make your way out here through the gap south of that piece.
Make your way here and push the piece down into the gap south.

From there, go east and north. Push this piece north twice to move it out of
position.
This creates a gap for you to loop around later. Loop into the path south
and push the piece there to the south.

After pushing that piece south, you should be able to go west and into this
gap.
As you can see there, there are two pieces on the eastern side. Push the
southern piece south into the gap.
From the position above, go into this gap.

Push the piece I’m facing in the picture west into the gap all the way west.
The gap is further west, so it’s not in the picture above.
Go into this gap next.
Make your way east, south through the gap in the picture and anticlockwise
around to the piece to the north just as in the picture below.

Push the piece there to the south.

Push the piece in the picture below west into the further gap.
Push the piece to here twice to the east to move it out of position. This
allows you to be inside the loop.

Push this piece here west to the far gap into its place.

Push this piece west back into its position.

Push this piece west to the far gap into its position.

Push this piece west to its final position.

Push this piece to the east twice out of position so that you can reach the
green panel there later.

Go south into this gap and follow the path to come out to the final piece on
the southwestern portion of this puzzle.

Push this piece to your north in its final position.

Push this piece twice to the east so that you can slip through the gap. Don’t
worry, you can push it back into position later.

Go east through this path and it will allow you to push that piece back into
its original position later.
This path will allow you to push the piece back into position.

Make your way to this piece here and push it south into its final position.

Push this piece south to its final position and slip through the gap in the
east.

Push these two final pieces into their position and interact with the green
screen to get a Goomy of your own. The TM there is TM84: Poison Jab.

To get out of this room is easy. Just push this piece twice to the west and
interact with the pipe hole on the northern wall. You will be transported
straight to the entrance and the puzzle will be unscrambled again. As you
jump into the hole, the Mario sound effect can be heard.
 Helping Sandy, Annoying Adrienn (Part Two)
Get out of the GUM Room back into the Central Obsidia Water Grid. Go
back west all the way into the North Obsidia Water Grid. Surf north on to
the water, then west and south. Get onto the platform here and go west into
the Opal Water Grid.
This is the room where we battled the PULSE Swalot earlier. You can also
find Sandy here. Talk to her. She will remove the old filter and install a
new one. Halfway throughout the installation, she will say that something
will block the filter. Prepare for a Pokemon Horde battle, with six shiny
Gulpins involved. Sandy will not join you since she will still be holding the
filters in her hands. After the battle, Sandy will quickly install the new one.

Adrienn will run to the place and see… us again. They must be exasperated
by now. Reborn’s future Champion is a rabble – rouser.

Help Sandy install the filter in the Water Treatment Center:

-1 Adrienn

Another necessary evil. Sandy will vehemently deny that she was doing
something to the water filter, even when she was caught with the old filter
right in her hands by Adrienn. Sandy is also a terrible liar and a criminal
accomplice. She mentioned that the disturbance reported by the workers is
caused by a gaggle (nice collective noun) of Gulpin in the filter, which she
shouldn’t have known since she said she didn’t open it.

Adrienn knew about the sketchiness of the chemicals used by the filter, but
since the filter was funded by someone who is more concerned with saving
money rather than saving the environment, they had no choice but to allow
the usage of the filter. The new filter Sandy installed might be cleaner, but
the filter was obtained in a less than legal manner, thus muddying the
waters even further (pun intended). Adrienn is willing to overlook this
matter, if we promise not to pull off a stunt like this anymore and to dispose
of the old filter discreetly.
Sandy’s final order of business would be trying to eradicate the problem at
its source by going to the Grand Hall. She doesn’t like the sound of that
someone, a corporate ambassador, trying to pull some financial strings in
order to save money. Let’s go to the Grand Hall next.
Go to the administration section of the Grand Hall (Victoria and Adrienn’s
office) and go to the eastern wall. There are three rooms there. Go inside
the bottom – most one. By the way, the Alolan Vulpixes we released from
Ame’s room can now be seen frolicking around the place happily. Inside
the bottom – most room, there is a door to the north down the hallway. Go
inside and Sandy will be waiting for you. Pray to whatever deity you
believe in and talk to her. She will look through the documents and find the
name of the ambassador, Ignosia Craudburry. The wretched old woman is
of course rich enough to fund all these projects, but stingy enough to not
care about the environment. Sandy will jump on the table and inspect the
pipes running through the room. In a stunt she has repeated at least once
before, she will flood the room. She will ask us whether it’s a good idea or
not, and the options will both be Yes. The entire corridor will be flooded,
and we can leave the corridor. Right outside is Adrienn waiting for us,
having heard the noise of flowing water. They just had two words for her:
“Please leave”. Adrienn must be beyond exasperated by now. Adrienn will
leave afterwards. Before Sandy leaves, she will give us a prize: a
Waterium – Z, the Water – type Z – crystal which changes all damaging
Water – type moves to the Z – move Hydro Vortex. This is why we put up
with her batshit insanity, for a Z – Crystal. She will even comment on the
irony of why the reserve Ground – type leader would have the Water – type
Z – Crystal.
Thus ends our adventure with her. We will see her again. Please worry.

The Three – Card Monte: The Chase is On!

This next sidequest is the continuation of our ‘Stolen Mystery Pokemon’.
Fly to Jasper Ward and go to the Police Station. Talk to the Police Chief
behind the counter. They will greet us like an old friend and tell us that the
police force is back and fully operational. They will then tell us some
information on Corin – Rouge, who the last time we saw literally jumped
down a building to steal our mystery Pokemon. Here’s the thing though:
although the police have been keeping track of him, there were too many
reports of him all over Reborn City, and they all conflict one another.

In fact, there are three different places where he was last purported to be
seen: The Malchous Forest Park, on a small island on Azurine Lake, and at
Sunset Circle around Peridot Ward. The Chief would like our help to lead
the operation to help capture him.
First, fly to Jasper Ward. Go west all the way until you enter the Malchous
Forest Park. Go west and up the steps until you reach the Berry Farm there.
From the path leading north into the Berry Farm, go south and you will see
some steps leading down. Go down the steps and you will see Corin –
Rouge hiding behind the trees to the east. It turns out he’s not the real Corin
– Rouge, he's just disguising himself as one. Battle him, and he will give
you a hint where the real one is.

After the battle, he will tell you that the real Corin – Rouge can be found
buried in a pocket of peonies.
Fly to Coral Ward next. From the second pier from the north, surf west
until the music changes. You can find Corin – Rouge standing on an island
to your north.
After flirting relentlessly with me on the view that I’m providing him with
my sculpted body, he will reveal that he is also NOT the real Corin –
Rouge. Battle him to find out where the real one is. After the battle, where
he will obviously be turned on, he will tell us that the real one can be found
where Trainers fight.
Fly to Peridot Ward. Go west to the rails from the Pokemon Center. Go all
the way north, almost to the desert entrance.

You will find Corin – Rouge number three standing on the northern wall of
a fountain. There will also be two youngsters nearby. This must be Sunset
Circle. Battle him. He is also not the real Corin – Rouge.

After the battle, he will give you a final hint. The real person can be found
where mists settle.
Since we have visited all three already, let’s look back at the clues: a place
with peonies, mists, and where Trainers fight. There’s only one place where
all three exists: the Coral Ward Gym. Let’s go there now. If you go north of
the gym, on the platform where Adrienn was during our gym battle, you
can find a hidden item amongst the peonies on the wall. It’s a Heart Scale.
Check the left side of this place afterwards, amongst the pink peonies.

A person will pop out if you interact with it. This is the real Corin – Rouge!
Not! He will, however give you a clue after you battle him. He said that one
of the three we met before is already the real Corin Rouge. But which one?
The answer is in his name: Casanova Carmen. If you notice, all of the
Casanovas that we met have names that start with the letter C, but never the
same name. There is another Casanova Carmen earlier, the one in Sunset
Circle.
Go talk to him again. Twice. He will finally drop the act and he will
finally… make his getaway on a passing train. All that work, for nothing.
Go back to the police station afterwards. Talk to the Police Chief to inform
him of what went down.

Since Corin – Rouge is now outside of the city, then the Reborn City Police
Department has no jurisdiction to chase him anymore. This means two
things: he can’t con his way in the city anymore, but that he can come back
after laying low for a while. The Chief will entrust us with the job of
chasing Corin in the Tourmaline Desert north of the city. To help us make
our way through the thick Sandstorm in the desert, he will give us Safety
Goggles, which is also an in – battle item which protects the Pokemon
holding it from powder – based status moves.

The Old Friend and the Sea (of Sand)

There really is nothing else we can do anymore in the city. This leaves us
free to finally visit the reopened Grandview Station. Go to the Grand Hall
and go west all the way. Interact with the green screen here to access the
(free) ticket to our next destination. Be careful though. Once you purchased
the ticket, you can’t come back here. This isn’t like Agate Circus, where
you really can’t come back, but the law of narrative causality will punish
you severely for coming back to the city. Please, please, please buy a
truckload of Max Repels.
Buy the ticket and enjoy the ride. You will automatically leave the moment
you make it past the turnstile. Make sure your Pokemon are ready for a
tough battle afterwards. Arrange your party first. Then the music changes to
something familiar. It’s the very first music we heard when starting the
game, aptly named ‘Tourmaline’.
Welcome to Tourmaline Desert. We’re going to be here a while. Enjoy
the music. As soon as the train drops us off, we’ll find our Prince
Charmless waiting for us behind a coconut tree to the north. Enter stage
right, Taka. He will apologize to us, since he has to stop us from advancing
any further through the desert. If not, then he has really outlived his
usefulness with Team Meteor, and they will force him to tender his final
resignation. Ace, as he informed us, has been missing since the Water
Treatment Center event. He will challenge us to a battle right then.
Strategy:

After we win, Taka will really seem dejected. He can’t return yet again
because of his failure. He also has nowhere else to return to since Team
Meteor is the only place he knew to call home. Just as he was about to
leave, he seems to realize something. WE have always won on our battles
with Team Meteor. He will ask whether we will always keep winning:

*When Taka asks if you’ll keep winning:

No = +1 Taka

He will then propose something: He wants to tag along with us on our

journey, and he will ask our permission.

*When Taka asks if he can come with you:

No = -3 Taka

This, everyone, is the eighth major event which will determine what ending
we will get. It is also the penultimate major event. Every major domino will
fall into place in the main story after this. All sequences of events after this
will come as a direct consequence of this event. To get the Good Ending,
you need to allow Taka to tag along with you as you journey across the
vast desert. Do so and you will not be alone throughout this entire journey.
You will also be healed after every battle. Also, all wild encounters will be
Double Battles, so in order to catch wild Pokemon, make sure one of them
faints first.
We also need to talk about the desert. It is a HUGE area, and I mean,
HUGE. It can be divided into five parts:
a) The Greater Desert
b) The Mirage Tower
c) The Sugiline Ruins
d) The Teknite Cave and Ridge
e) The 1R253 Scrapyard

That is coincidentally the order that we are going to explore them in. If
you’re not comfortable with Taka following you around, you can just go to
the last place to drop him off and continue the exploration alone. Please
don’t do that. Taka is a great traveling companion. He will provide
excellent commentary on each new place. Also, don’t try to go back to the
city when he is with you.

*Leave the desert while Taka is partnered with you:

-2 Taka

Also, it will be difficult for me to pinpoint exact locations of hidden items

in the place. The desert is vast and there are large stretches of land that has
no reference points whatsoever. I will try to describe the general location as
best as possible though.

Exploring The Greater Desert

Go west of the platform where we met Taka. Talk to him while we travel
across this desert.

Talk to Taka while at Greater Desert: +1

Sometimes he will also ask whether we hate his father, just like in the
picture below.

*When speaking to Taka, if he asks if you hate his father:

No = +1 Taka
Also, that place you’re seeing in the picture is a mini – jumping puzzle with
a lot of coconut trees. They’re not coconut trees. They’re Alolan
Exeggutors. You can catch one here if you like. Taka won’t join you in a
battle with them. He already has one remember?

Battle or catch the three Alolan Exeggutors here. You need to get them out
of the way in order to access the jumping puzzle more easily. Strangely,
Taka will be surprised by their presence.
You also need to clear out the Alolan Exeggutor that’s blocking the stairs
there.
Make your way south of the tree cliff and jump on the three platforms there
to get to the plain with the TM on it. It’s TM72: Volt Switch. Taka will
comment on why can Pokemon learn moves from TM discs in the first
place. Well, he’s not the only one who ever wondered about that before.
Go back the way you came and go south a bit. You will come across a huge
brick structure. It’s actually a part of Beryl Wall, separating the Beryl Ward
from the desert.

Go to its western area and you will find a Focus Sash. Taka will comment
on whether someone dropped it from Beryl Ward.
Go back to the platform with Exeggutors and this time go north from them.
You will find two stones with hidden items on them.
The left rock has a Magical Seed and the right rock has a Salt – Water
Taffy.
If you keep going north from those two stones, you will find pink flowers
blooming in the desert.

There are actually three other spots in the desert where you can find those
flowers. They usually mark the spot where certain Mirages can randomly
appear. Our goal is to find EXACTLY THREE of them, no more, no less.
Since they are random, it’s not known where a mirage will appear, although
only one of the four spots will have a mirage on them at any given time.
Slightly north of those flowers is a rock hiding a Cotton Candy.
Going north a from the rock will allow you to found a mound of rock.
There’s a Tauros skull nearby with a hidden Blast Powder on it.
North of that mound of rock is another mound of rock with an item on it.
There’s a mini jumping puzzle that you have to solve to get to the item.

The item is a Stone Plate, the eleventh plate obtainable in-game. The
hidden item on the rock there is a Rock Gem.
If you go east of the rock mound, you will find train tracks. They are
disjointed in some places, and fairly complete in other places.
The Hiker there is a single Battle. Go challenge him.
Just walk north following the train tracks. You will eventually meet a rock
on the right side of the tracks hiding an Awakening. On the left side should
be a stalagmite. Walk further north to find a hidden Blue Shard along the
left side of the tracks. On the right side is a cactus and a train cart. This is a
landmark, meaning you’re very close to entering the Scrapyard.

The track will veer west. Just as it turns west, there is a rock on the right
side hiding a Red Shard. Follow the tracks west and north again. You will
find a hidden Pokesnax right there on the tracks.

At this bend in the tracks, go off the rails to the west. The hidden item there
is a Stardust.

There is a Fairy Gem hidden on the rock here.

Go north from there and you will find a rock between two stalagmites
hiding a Common Candy. Go west along that rock and you will find a
small path that leads west.

The rock there hides a Super Potion That path to the south there leads to a
hiker who is hiding behind a stalagmite. Be very careful with this Hiker. He
only has one Pokemon, a Level 1 Aron. That might be laughable, but the
Aron has the ability Sturdy, is holding a Shell Bell, and knows the move
Endeavor, which makes the HP of the target the same as its user. Sturdy
means in cannot be knocked out in one hit. It will always have 1 HP left. It
will then use Endeavor, bringing down your high – levelled Pokemon to 1
HP. The permanent Sandstorm weather in the desert will finish off your
Pokemon if it’s not immune to it. Since Shell Bell gives a portion of the
damage done by the holder as HP to the user, the Aron will have its HP
fully restored, allowing it to repeat the strategy again. Entire teams that are
unaware have been eliminated by this thing.
 There are many strategies to deal with it:
a) Use a Pokemon with the ability Mold Breaker, which ignores
Sturdy.
b) Burn the Aron, or Leech Seed it to gradually wear down its HP. Its
part Steel – typing gives it immunity to Poison.
c) Change the weather so Sandstorm wouldn’t kill your team.
d) Use multi – hit moves such as Bullet Seed, Beat Up or Tail Slap.
This one’s my favorite method.

Why bother with fighting this Hiker? Go south after you win against him
and you will find TM08: Bulk Up. That’s why.

Finding the Mirage Tower

That about covers all the important items in the Greater Desert area. Our next order
of business is to find three Mirage Spots in the Desert.
To make this much easier, I have put up the map of the entire Tourmaline Desert on
the previous page. Full credit to the map goes to Vinnie aka NineIcyTails. Dude,
I’m a huge fan of yours. This walkthrough was partially inspired by you. If you
want me to take down the map, I will do it.

However, the map isn’t up – to – date and there are some very minor spoiler alerts
though. I’m sure you can see where the Mirages are supposed to appear. They are
actually oases in the desert. REMEMBER: Find three only.
With this being said, we should make our way to the Mirage Tower area without it
appearing at least once. There are some good items that we can collect there even
when the tower did not appear.
From the hiker with the annoying Aron, we should get back on the rails. From the
rails, go back south a bit to an area where there are less train carts than usual. Go
east as far as you can. Also go north a bit at a time. If you look at the map, the
Mirage Tower is supposed to be on the northeast area of the desert. You will find a
few more hidden items along the way. However, you will also notice some weird
tiles and symbols along the ground.

An example of some weird symbols on the ground.

An example of some weird tiles on the ground. These are indicators that the Mirage
Tower is nearby and you’re going in the right direction. Once you begin to see these
weird obelisks on the ground, you’re really, really close.

At the very end of this journey, you will see a large spot with four gray pools of
water, which Taka will comment as undrinkable (thanks dude). Really.

This is the place where the Mirage Tower should appear if you find three Mirages.
If the Mirage Tower hasn’t appeared yet, you can find TM36: Sludge Bomb here.
My advice is, visit this place before looking for the Mirage Tower. There are three
hidden items nearby: a Telluric Seed to the west, a Rare Bone to the south, and a
Pearl to the east.
I found my first Mirage Spot by going south of the Mirage Tower, almost all the
way to the Beryl Wall border.
One of the cons of having Taka following you is that you can’t surf on any water
you found, since a Surfing Pokemon can only fit one person on it’s back, kinda like
Jack, Rose, and the door.

At every Mirage Spot, there should be a Light Shard for you to heal your Pokemon.
Take it even if you don’t need healing anyway. An encounter with a Mirage is only
counted when you interact with a Light Shard, so even if you met all four Mirage
Spots, it still only counts as three if you only touch three Light Shards. The Mirage
will disappear if you interact with a Light Shard, so take all the hidden items there
first before you interact with one.
Go along the Beryl Wall, and you might find these weird items lying on the ground.

They are all Pokeballs, including the hidden item. If you haven’t figured it out yet,
they were the late Corey’s Pokeballs. We’re standing at the spot where he jumped
down from the Beryl Wall. He must have thrown his Pokeballs here when he
released all his Pokemon.
If you travel north along the eastern wall of the desert, you might eventually find a
huge hole in the desert wall like this. This is the entrance to the Sugiline Ruins. We
are going here with Taka eventually, after the Mirage Tower, so keep it in mind.

If you follow the rails in the desert north for quite some time, but goes northwest off
the rails afterwards, you might find a cave into the mountains here. Just don’t go to
far north or you might end up going to the Scrapyard. This is the entrance to the
Teknite Cave and Ridge. We will go here after we explore the Sugiline Ruins.
I found my second Mirage Spot by going south from the rails. Once you’re no
longer seeing stalagmites on the ground, go west and south. Touch the Light Shard
to indicate you have been here. Remember, they appear at random. Be patient.
Thankfully, they don’t appear once a day.
I finally found my third Mirage Spot!

It’s west of the train platform, where we first got off the train. Touch the Light
Shard there and we can finally visit the Mirage Tower in its glory.

A bit of a note about the last and fourth Mirage Spot. Sometimes, you won’t find a
Light Shard on it. Instead you will find an Ace Trainer. Battle Ace Trainer Erebus,
and he will disappear afterwards with the Mirage Spot. He is the Light Shard for
that particular Mirage. I didn’t find him while playing this file, but I found him in
my other one. In Greek mythology, Erebus is the gate to the Underworld, Hades.
Ladies, gents, and enbies! Introducing, the Mirage Tower!
Yes, the murky gray water from earlier is now transformed into four clear blue
pools of water. There is an entrance into the tower right there in the picture. The
path leading to this tower, while still filled with weird obelisks, tiles, and symbols,
are also patched with grass. Since Taka is with us, we can’t yet surf on the water.
Don’t worry about that. Pick up the hidden Pokeball and the hidden Custap Berry
there on the bush to the left of the entrance.

Exploring the Mirage Tower (Part One)

Once we enter, a cutscene will happen where Taka will mention that he
thinks he has been here before. This place is single – handedly the most
beautiful place in the game so far, about as beautiful as Iolia Valley,
IMHO. The killer background music is appropriately named ‘Mirage’ in the
Jukebox.
You will see some kind of symmetrical mechanism on the floor ahead of
you. Ignore that for the time being and go to the north wall instead. This is
where having Taka follow you comes in handy. Your job is to interact with
every single tile on the north wall. Every. Single. One. Use Rock Smash on
it. Doing this will crack the tiles. On the very last tile that you smash, you
will find an entrance that will lead you to the basement of the Mirage
Tower.

Your Pokemon will receive damage for every tile you crack. To easily heal
up your Pokemon, get into a Double Battle with wild Pokemon. Run. Taka
will heal all your Pokemon back to full health. You can start and end on
any tile you like. I like to do the sides first so that the last tile I crack will
be in the middle.
Talk to Taka in the Mirage Tower: +1

Go down the hole. This is Mirage Tower B1F. The full map for this
section is fully credited to Vinnie aka NineIcyTails.

It is quite dark here in the basement, so use Flash if you haven’t already.
Follow the path that was laid in the map. Go west of the ladder you came
down from to get a hidden Super Potion on a rock. Go south from the
ladder to get a hidden Purple Shard. There might be some spider webs
blocking your path, so choose another because you can’t get rid of it. At the
southern corner on the left dead end is a hidden Cotton Candy. At the dead
end on the western corner is a rock with a hidden Ghost Gem. The dead
end at the northwestern corner has a hidden Great Ball.

If you followed the path laid out on the map carefully, at the end you will
find a Mimikyu! My favorite Ghost – type in the game. It is the only
Mimikyu in the game, so interact with it and catch it. This critter is a staple
of my Trick Room team. Kudos to the dev team for making this place. It’s a
nice homage to the Mirage Island from the Gen 3 games, with a far less
silly requirement for entering it. I find it highly appropriate for a Pokemon
with the ability Disguise to be caught in a place named the Mirage Tower.

After the battle, Taka will ask what the hell were we battling just now. He
can’t see the Mimikyu, only we can. The skull the Mimikyu was playing
with has an Elemental Seed. The item there is a Poison Memory, the
thirteenth memory available in the game. If you go east following the path
from the Mimikyu, there is a hidden Heart Scale on the rock near the dead
end. Retrace your steps afterwards, go back to the ladder and back into
Mirage Tower proper. The funny thing is, after we climbed the ladder back
up, we won’t end up in front of the smashed entrance. In fact, we’ll end up
all the way at the entrance of Mirage Tower 1F.

Exploring the Mirage Tower (Part Two)

It’s time to go up the tower itself. We can now turn our way to the puzzle
in front of us. As you can see, the puzzles mirror each other literally. The
left-hand side is the one that we can move around and experiment with. The
right-hand side, the one that was blocked off, will follow the movements of
the left-hand side. If you look closely, at both sides there is a special spot
on the floor where the glass has more sheen than the other. The goal of the
puzzle on this, and nearly every floor of the Mirage Tower is to move the
piece such that the pieces of both sides end up at that special shiny tile.
To start, push the piece thrice north and twice east. The screen will
shimmer, and a stair will suddenly appear leading upwards to the next
floor.

Go up the steps north into the door and you will end up along a stairway
where space seems distorted somehow. Taka will mention that the
architecture of the place seems familiar, almost like the Citadel which is his
family’s base of operations. He comes to the only logical conclusion, that
his ancestors must have built the Mirage Tower as well.

Go along the stairs. You will find a similar puzzle. You know the goal, but
be careful. If you look closely, the left and right isn’t exactly symmetrical
anymore.

To start, push the piece:

a) North twice
b) West twice
c) South four times. The left piece will not move, but the right piece
will.
d) East twice onto the spot.

A stair will appear to the north.

Climb up the stairs and go through the entrance. Then you will be back to
the same place (not really, space is distorted here, something Taka will
wonder about). Climb down the stairs to a new puzzle.
Push the piece:
a) East five times.
b) South twice.
c) West twice.
d) South twice.
e) East twice.
f) South once.
g) West five times. This will move the right piece.
h) South once onto the spot.

A stair leading upwards will appear to the east. Enter the doorway to find
some stairs leading down to the next puzzle. The degree of distortion in the
tower will get worse as we ascend higher, as noted by Taka.
The puzzle in this room, Mirage Tower 4F, is as follows. Push the movable
piece:
a) South three times.
b) East once.
c) North once to move the right piece.
d) East twice.
e) North once.
f) East twice.
g) South twice to move the right piece.
h) West once.
i) South twice.
j) East once onto the spot.

The new stairs leading upwards is actually up the same steps to the west.
Only this time, there are some steps branching north of the steps. Go north
up the branching steps. After you made it through the doorway, there will
be some long steps going down through another doorway down west. After
we made it through the steps, Taka will comment whether we skipped an
entire floor altogether. Follow the steps there downwards to the west and it
will curve downwards to the east.
This is Mirage Tower 6F, which means Taka is correct. To do the puzzle in
this room, push the piece:
a) East five times
b) South three times
c) East twice
d) South three times
e) East twice
f) West twice
g) North once
h) West thrice
 i) South once
j) East three times
k) West once onto the spots
Once the puzzle is complete, you will hear the sound of shattering glass. A
door will open on the north wall.
This is Mirage Tower 5F. Taka will rightly comment how confusing this is.
To do this puzzle, push the right piece:
a) West four times
b) South thrice
c) North once
d) East four times
e) South four times
f) West thrice
g) North four times. You can see the piece on the left moving.
h) West once.
i) North four times.
j) South twice into their spots.

A brand-new set of steps will appear to the north. Ascend them.

In the new room, Taka will comment that it looks like a mirror funhouse
which he can never go to as a kid. Well… yeah. That sounds lonely. Follow
the twists and turns of the stair case until it leads to a doorway. Enter a
doorway only to end up… outside the Mirage Tower. Don’t fret. Taka was
wrong this time. This is another mirage. Just go south all the way. All the
patches of grass will turn into white tiles slowly until there is a specific
path south which will lead you to a doorway.
Enter the doorway and you will finally reach the final floor of the Mirage
Tower. There are three prizes waiting for you here. To the left is a
Normalium – Z, the Normal – type Z – crystal which changes all
damaging Normal – type moves to the Z – move Breakneck Blitz. To the
right is a TM04: Calm Mind. At the center is a pedestal with a sword in it.
Approach it, and interact with it. Taka will finally remember some
important family history. The Tower was built by his ancestors. His father
took him here once while he was very young. Solaris tells him that the
Alcantaras built the tower to face a threat which came with the Meteor that
Arceus arrived in: Giratina, the Distortion Pokemon. It appeared in Reborn
at the same time as Arceus did. The Alcantaras, who swore to protect the
Meteor, built this tower as a training ground to prepare them to fight
Giratina. In order to do that, they must be mentally strong enough to
withstand its distortion power, hence the weird architecture of the tower,
which is similar to that of the Distortion World from the Gen 4 games.
After Giratina’s defeat, it became a tradition among the Alcantaras to climb
to the top of the tower, where a prize will await them. The sword in the
pedestal is a Honedge. In fact, it is the only Honedge in the game. Taka
will ask us to collect it, since he thinks it suits us more than him.

This ends our adventure in the Mirage Tower. Leave the place by going
through the door south. We will magically be transported to the outside of
the tower. Our next place together with Taka is the Sugiline Ruins. Go
there now. From the train platform, go north along the eastern wall of the
desert. You should meet the mouth of the Sugiline Cave there.

Chasing a Dragon: The Sugiline Cave and Ruins

Here’s the mouth of the Sugiline Cave if you’re wondering.

The music is great as usual, courtesy of Reborn’s composer, GlitchXCity.

Shout out to her for all of my favorite tracks. That includes this one, named
‘Pearl’ in the Jukebox.
Once inside, you will quickly discover that this place is a huge pit of
sinkholes. If you get too close to one, you will be pulled under to the next
lower floor. For now, make your way to the sinkhole in the west.

Talk to Taka in the Sugiline Cave: +1

The hidden item there is an X. Sp. Atk. Jump down the sinkhole
afterwards.
Taka will comment that we did that on purpose (we did). He will take dibs
on the left side of the cave (aite roomie). Go up the ladder to the northwest.
Once up there, you can find a hidden Elemental Seed on a flower. From
the flower, go west and south. You will find a hidden Great Ball on a rock.
Hug the eastern wall and continue your way south. You will see a sinkhole
at a corner to the north. Go jump down it.

You will land on a platform. Go up the ladder to your east.

On this level, go south first to get the hidden Super Repel. Be careful not
to get too close to the sinkhole. Go north next to get the Draco Plate, the
twelfth Plate obtainable in-game. Drop down the sinkhole to the south
afterwards. Drop down another sinkhole there afterwards to the entrance
again. Taka will wonder how we end up near the entrance again, and be
slightly disappointed at the thought of not being roomies with us.
Go down the sinkhole to the west again and climb same ladder again. This
time, go west and pick up the hidden Red Shard on the rock again. Go
along the western wall and there will be a sinkhole. Go down that sinkhole.

You will end up on a rocky ledge. Follow the path north along the ledge. At
the end is a ladder. Climb up that ladder. Right in front of you in the sand is
a hidden X Speed. If you travel north a bit, then east you will find a cactus
in the middle of four sinkholes.
Be careful when getting that hidden Dark Gem. Go down the northwest
sinkhole. You will land on a platform. There is a hidden Red Shard on a
cactus to your north. Go east and get the hidden Super Potion. Go up the
ladder there afterwards. Go south to get a hidden Purple Shard behind a
bush. Go east and you will see some kind of entrance to your east. Enter it.
Welcome to the Sugiline Ruins. Taka will mention that he knows the
place, and asks us to take a closer look. Over to the southeast corner is an
Arceus statue. Interact with it to find a switch. Say Yes to press it… and
nothing happens. Taka will mention that there is a second switch
somewhere. He remembers doing it with his father. Get out of the ruins and
go down the ladder. After that, go west and south down a sinkhole.

We will end up back at the entrance. Go west from there to get a hidden
Pop – Rocks on a large stone. Go north from the stone to get a hidden Blue
Shard. Go east and go down the sinkhole at the corner. You will land on
top of a platform. Go to the northeast corner, PAST the sinkhole. There will
be a ladder at the corner. Ascend the ladder.
On this level, go east to a bush hiding an Elemental Seed. Go past the
sinkhole to your north. You will see a bush surrounded by pink flowers.
Get the hidden Elemental Seed on that bush too. Be careful though, the
pink flowers can’t be stepped on, so you have to go around the bush to get
the item. Go west of the bush to get a hidden Pokesnax behind a large
stone, as below. If you don’t have any in your bag, I suggest you grab this.
We’re gonna need it soon.

Go back to the bush. North of the bush are two sinkholes. Go PAST both of
them. You will see another sinkhole near a hidden item further north.

Grab the hidden Green Shard here and go down the sinkhole to your
EAST.
You will land on a platform. On the rock to your left is a hidden Ice Heal.
Carefully make your way southwest past any sinkholes. You will see a
ladder. Ascend the ladder.
Up the ladder is another room with an Arceus statue. Press the switch on
the Arceus statue here too. The room will shake, and the gate in the center
will be unlocked.
Go back down the ladder. In the next room, go east and down the nearest
sinkhole south. We will, once again, be at the entrance. This time, we want
to go north. Go down the sinkhole north between two cacti. You will land
on a platform. There is a rock to your east hiding a Blue Shard. Go north
past the sinkhole and there will be a rock hiding a Great Ball nearby. You
will see some steps leading north. Just before the steps, to the left is a
hidden Common Candy. Go up the steps.
Follow the path here. There is a hidden Genius Wing buried in the sand
there. Go up the steps to see the same weird symbols adorning the Mirage
Tower nearby. There is a dragon statue to the left and a hidden EXP Candy
XL on it. There is also an entrance to the north next to the statue. Before
you step in, make sure you have an Ice – type Pokemon, or a Pokemon with
an Ice – type move as a lead. Go in the entrance.
Upon entering, Taka will finally remember that when he was young, his
father took him there once. This room is full of Garchomp statues. Once
you walk north a bit, you will find that they can move (thanks for the
heads up, Taka. Really). If you are in their line of sight, you will get into a
battle with them. Turn off your speed – up. Each statue is a Level 75
Garchomp. You cannot catch them, so please don’t even try. Keep going
north of the room and try to avoid as many statues as possible. The good
thing about the statues is that they do not regenerate. Once a statue is gone,
they stay gone. You will eventually find an exit out of the room north. I
managed to fight only four Garchomps… is a sentence I’d hope to never
write again ever. We’ve really come a long way haven’t we? Last time, we
can barely make it past one Garchomp.
Outside the room, Taka will lampshade the nervousness we feel while
making a run for it out of the room. He forgot about it. It was a trial made
by the Alcantara family (who else?). In this room, keep going north. You
will notice that there are no sinkholes here. Not for long. I suggest we walk
around the room and pick up as many of the hidden items as we possibly
can first. There is a hidden Blast Powder on a rock to the west. There is a
hidden Red Shard behind a railing to the west. There is Ultra Ball
somewhere to the northwest. Go north once you’re done and you will see a
Light Shard (unnecessary if Taka is with us), an Arceus statue and TM71:
Stone Edge. There is a switch on the Arceus statue. Flip it and sinkholes
will suddenly appear in the room. Taka will mention that the TM might
belong to his father and was intended for him to use, but he will sadly
mention that he will never live up to Solaris’ corrupted legacy. So we
should use it instead. Go south and west to THIS SINKHOLE:

This bears repeating: REMEMBER the location of this sinkhole. There

should be a bush, a tile, and an obelisk near it. The bush has a hidden item,
an Elemental Seed near it. Go down the sinkhole afterwards.
We will land somewhere near a basin and Taka will mention that this was
where his father met his Gible. Taka finally remembered why he went there
with his father: to catch him his own Gible. Taka refused his own Gible at
the time, further proof that he wants to distance himself from his legacy.
However, should we want our own Gible, he will support us. We just have
to leave an offering in the basin in front of us. Interact with the basin to
leave some Pokesnax.
Don’t get too excited, we need to get an important item in this room first.
Go west from the basin and grab the Green Shard hidden on the rock. Go
west a bit more and south. You will find a Medichamite, the Mega Stone
for Medicham and our fifteenth Mega Stone.

Go south from there and east to a sinkhole. Drop down it and end up right
back at the entrance. Yes, we do have to repeat the whole nine yards again
(plus the Garchomp statue room). Good luck. I will assume that you made
it past the Garchomp statue room in the section below.
Make your way to the SAME SINKHOLE that you dropped down earlier.
It’s the hole near the bush, tile, and obelisk. Save if you’re unsure. Do this
right and you will get to battle and catch your own Level 30 Gible. It’s the
only one in the game, so do it right.
After we caught it, Taka will thank us. Because he didn’t want it, he’s
afraid that the Pokemon and the legacy of this place will be forgotten
altogether. So, he will ask us to consider that Gible as a gift from him
(Thank you). He gave us his history, so that he will no longer have to walk
in its shadow.
That ends our exploration of the Sugiline Cave and Ruins. Get out of there
through the sinkhole south of the Medichamite and south out of the cave
altogether. Our next place of exploration is the Teknite Cave and Ridge.

A Mountain with a View: The Teknite Cave and Ridge

From the Sugiline Cave, make your way to the train platform west. We’ll
use that as a reference point to get to Teknite Ridge. It’s north of there and
along the rails. You will almost go to the Scrapyard, but not quite. There
will be train carts nearby. Go northwest off the rails, into the rocky
structures and keep doing it until you see this:
This is the entrance to Teknite Cave, our second – to – last place of
exploration in the Desert with Taka. To fully explore this place with him,
you should have a Pokemon that knows the moves Power Gem, Tailwind,
and Earthquake in your party. This is where the ‘freeremotepc’ password is
most useful. I chose Carbink, Dragonite and Krookodile as my Pokemon
for those moves. They can also hold their own in a fight with wild
Pokemon, should I meet any.
Inside the cave is a small rock hiding a Tamato Berry. Taka will ask
whether we will eat the Tamato Berry or not. Go up the steps north and
through the entrance in the wall.

Talk to Taka in the Teknite Ridge: +1

We will then enter a larger cavern and the game will give you a message:
“The stones seem to shimmer with light”. Taka will mention how… normal
it looks like. Well, get into a Double Battle with wild Pokemon and use the
move Power Gem in battle.
This is the ‘before Power Gem’ picture. Get the hidden item on the rock
first, a Magical Seed. While in battle, Power Gem will change the field
from the Cave Field to the Crystal Cavern field. If successful, after the
battle you will get the message: “Crystals scattered everywhere!”. The cave
will change to this.

That is the ‘after Power Gem’ picture. Taka will think that we might have
given him some ‘Rare Candies’. The hidden item will disappear once we
change the place, so that’s why I wanted to get it first. Interact with the
glowing red crystal and a Smashable red wall will appear on the north wall.
The other two items are a Dawn Stone and the Field Note for the
Mountain Field. We are literally two Field Notes away from completing
the whole Field Note collection. Go through the door you just smashed
through.
Taka will ask whether we always punch things that get in our way. I
answered No, and he’s not sure whether he can believe that.
In the next room, you will receive the same message as above. So just use
Power Gem again. Follow the path along the ledge anticlockwise and down
the stairs south. The rock just before the stairs have a hidden Purple Shard
on it. Once you used Power Gem, interact with the glowing green crystal on
the ledge down the stairs. The rock blocking the center will turn into a
green Smashable crystal, allowing you to go up the stairs north. This set of
stairs will also have a crystal on it. Run along this narrow ground and get
into battle with wild Pokemon.

The crystal above can’t be interacted with. Use Earthquake in battle to

change the field back into an ordinary Cave in the overworld. The stairs
will be unblocked. Go up the stairs and use Power Gem again in battle. Just
don’t go down the stairs.
If you do it right, you will be here, near the red crystal. Interact with it, and
a Smashable wall will appear to the north. Smash through the wall and
enter.
In this room, you will end up at a small area whose entrance is blocked by
a rock. Go into battle and use Power Gem again in battle. Do it right, and
you’ll get this:

Interact with the green crystal, and the rock will turn into a Smashable
crystal. Smash the crystal and move forward. Go up the steps to the north
and BEFORE you go up the second flight of steps north, get into a battle
and use Earthquake here. The field will change back into an ordinary Cave
field and the crystal to the southwest will shatter. Follow that path to the
end. There will be a hidden Mental Herb on the rock before an entrance to
the south. Enter the doorway afterwards.
You will actually end up on a cliff in the first chamber of Teknite Cave.
There is another entrance to the west and a hidden Synthetic Seed on a
rock at the edge of the cliff. Enter the doorway afterwards.
This next room has an actual waterfall in it.

Taka will be in disbelief about this and say that he can’t swim. So we can’t
get the hidden item on the rock there. Get into battle here and use Power
Gem. Once done, go down the steps south and interact with a glowing blue
crystal here. You will create a blue bridge that will go across the waterfall.

Cross the bridge to the western side and climb up the steps. Follow the path
there to get the hidden item, a Magical Seed. Go back north and up the
steps through a doorway. In this new area is a rock with a hidden Blue
Shard, some mining rocks and a Buginium – Z, the Bug – type Z – crystal
that will change all damaging Bug – type moves into the Z – move Savage
Spin – Out. Taka was right, this road leads to a dead end. Go back into the
cave and cross the bridge to the east side and out the doorway. Go back out
through another doorway northeast into the room with a lot of ledges again.
Go up the second flight of steps and get the hidden Iron on the rock. Go up
the third flight of steps. This ledge actually has two exits: one can be seen
when you climb the steps, the northwest one. The other exit can be
accessed by walking east along the narrow path. We’re taking the obvious
exit northwest first. There is a hidden Potion on the rock before the exit.
This is the Teknite Ridge. Go up the steps to the north and you will find
massive stone columns with Strength boulders on some of them. Yep,
we’re doing a jumping and Strength puzzle. Start here:

Go:
a) West two tiles
b) South one tile
c) West one tile
d) South to the next platform in front of a boulder. Push the boulder
south.
e) Take the boulder’s spot and jump west
f) North one tile
g) East, north, and west to another platform
h) West one tile and south one tile to the north side of another boulder.
Push it south but don’t take its place.
i) Instead, go west and stand on the north side of another boulder.
Push the boulder south straight down the column. Take its place.
j) Go west and jump a platform. Go north, east, and north twice to
another platform.
k) Go west to stand on the west side of a boulder. Push it west and take
its place. Go north to another platform.
l) Go west and jump three platforms. Go north, west, south and west
to another platform.
m) Jump once more to reach another ridge. Jump down the ledge to
your south.

Go down the two flights of steps. There is a hidden Relic Copper to the
ledge south. If you decide to grab it, you can just follow the jumping stones
anticlockwise, going east, north, and west back to this place. I did. It’s your
choice really. Go into the entrance to your west afterwards.
This is Teknite Cave 4F. Follow the path west and go up the stairs north.
There is a hidden Paralyze Heal at the end of this path, south of the stairs.
Go up the stairs afterwards and out of the cave.
This is another part of the Teknite Ridge. There are three hidden items in
front of you arranged in a diagonal pattern: an Escape Rope in a crater, a
Green Shard on a rock, and a Roseli Berry on a flower. Go west between
the trees from the flower to get a hidden Potion. Go north from the Potion
between the rocks to get 3 EXP. Candy XLs on a flower.
Go back to the clearing near the entrance and make your way northeast of
the ridge. You will find a stair leading north and a rock with a hidden
Quick Ball on it. Go up the steps north and follow the path west. You will
find TM75: Swords Dance here. After you pick up the TM, Taka will say
that this is about as far as we can go and the view up there is beautiful, and
he’s glad to be able to see it with us. He thinks that if he can run over the
horizon, then maybe, just maybe we can learn to be happy. This is one of
the best things about traveling with him.
Go west from the TM and we can start a jumping puzzle. Start here:

Follow these steps:

a) Go south one tile
b) Make a loop here. Go west, south, east, and north and west to
another platform.
c) Go west until you can’t anymore.
d) Go north one platform
e) Go west two platforms.
f) Go south one platform.
g) Go west to the ridge and the item

The item there is a Mawilite, the Mega Stone for Mawile and our sixteenth
Mega Stone. Taka will wonder what that Mega Stone is doing all the way
out here. He will say that that he’s glad we’re all the way out here with him
too. Go up the steps north to get the Nugget. There’s a Rock Climb spot
nearby which we can’t do anything about right now. So leave this place and
go alllll the way back to the place where the path splits in the Teknite Cave.
You will know that it’s the right place when the message: “The stones seem
to shimmer with light appears”. Go east from there, along the path and go
up the steps north. There is a hidden Burn Heal here. Step outside the
entrance north.
Upon stepping out, you will receive a message: “A shifting draft winds
through the peaks”. That’s your clue to get into battle and use Tailwind.

Upon successfully using Tailwind, you will receive this message. Taka will
mention how windy it suddenly is, that he thinks we can be blown across
the mountain. He’s right. We can.
Go up all those steps north. and to the jumping puzzle. There are three
paths on top of the mountain here. Pick the north path first. Follow these
steps:
a) Go east until you can’t anymore. Go north and walk east on the
mountain path there. Jump the platform going south.
b) Make a loop here (south, west, north, east). On this platform, jump
south all the way:
 c) Then go west four tiles.
d) Go south two tiles.
e) Go west three tiles to the nest with the item here. Marvel at the
effect of the Tailwind we just used. We can jump long distances
because of it.

The item here is a Pidgeotite, the Mega Stone for Pidgeot and our
seventeenth Mega Stone. Taka is actually having fun jumping across the
platforms.
From the nest:
a) Move three platforms east
b) Move north until the large platform
c) Go north across all the platforms until you are on the mountain side.

There is a hidden Leppa Berry east of the mountain ledge, on the patch of
grass. Go north up THREE flights of steps. On the third flight, do not go up
to the summit. Instead, walk east to the start of another jumping puzzle.
Follow these steps:
a) Jump east (very highly) one platform.
b) Go south, west, and south
c) Jump two platforms east, including one platform which is very far
from the other.
d) Go north all the way until you’re on the mountainside.

Go east and north up the steps. Go west onto a jumping platform. Go north
onto the next level of the mountain. Go west onto another jumping
platform. Go north to jump highly to another platform. Go east to another
smaller mountainside, filled with stone columns. Go east along the
mountainside, following the path there.

After you squeezed east past the narrow path there, you will come to the
place above.
These are ledges, which you can jump down from if you go south from
them. Only go south past ONE of them. Go east from there afterwards to
another jumping puzzle.
At the jumping puzzle, jump east onto a platform, then north. Then go
along the path west and onto another jumping puzzle. Jump west onto a
platform, then north, west, north, east, north, and east. The wind will help
you make these impossible jumps. There on the summit you will see a nest
with an Egg inside. This is our very own Rowlet Egg. This Rowlet is the
fifteenth starter that we can get for our Starter Sidequest. Taka will wonder
on the ethics of taking the Egg, but knowing the precarious situation the
Egg is in, and with no parent in sight, it’s a good thing that we are there to
take care of it. Taka will draw a parallel between the Egg’s situation and his
own, and thanks us for taking care of him.
Backtrack your way down the mountain to the large central platform
leading to it just now.

From this platform:

a) Go south onto another platform.
b) Go west three platforms
c) Go north one platform
d) Go west one platform
e) Go north one platform to the mountainside.

Walk west along the mountainside and go south down the steps. Go east to
the corner here for another jumping puzzle.
Follow these steps:
a) Jump south one platform.
b) East two platforms
c) South to the empty nest.
d) South one platform
e) East two platforms
f) South to the item

That item is an Ice Memory, the fourteenth memory accessible in the

game.
Go back to the empty nest and jump all the platforms west this time. Go
north one platform and west two platforms. Go south two platforms. Go
west two platforms and north to the large platform.

From this platform, go north all the way until you reach the mountainside.
Go up TWO flights of steps to the north. Go west to a small jumping
puzzle. Jump west about two platforms, then south one platform. Go west
one platform, Go north one platform. Go west two platforms. Go north to
the mountainside. Go west here onto another jumping puzzle. Ignore the
stairs to the north. It leads nowhere. Jump west one platform. Jump north
two platforms. Go east one platform. Go north three platforms. Go east to
the mountainside. There are two ledges south of here as well. Just jump
down ONE OF THEM. Go east after doing that to a short jumping puzzle.
Go east one platform and north to the mountainside. We are almost at the
summit. Go west and north up the stairs to see a mining rock and a PP
Max. Taka will comment that he thinks he can see half the world from this
summit.
This ends our adventure at the Teknite Cave and Ridge for now. We will
return here once we get Rock Climb. From the summit, make your way
back into the cave. You will know it’s the right place if you receive a
message stating: “The stones seem to shimmer with light”. From there,
backtrack your way to the entrance of Teknite Ridge. We are going to do
one puzzle before we get to the Scrapyard.

The Tourmaline Desert Train Puzzle

From the train platform where we got off onto the desert, need to go north
along the rails. At one point, you will see a stalagmite to the east, and a
train cart.

If you go east off the rails here, we will meet a bunch of train carts. One of
them will have steps leading into the cart. Go in them. This is the starting
point for our puzzle.
Go inside the train cart to the east. This is 7R099 Scrap. Once inside, Taka
will feel nostalgic, since he spent a lot of time in dusty concrete rooms
when he was younger. It seems that the train carts are also connected to one
another. Go north into the next train cart. Go west and north into the next
train cart. Go out through the east exit in the next train cart. Once outside,
Taka will ask whether we’re out her explicitly for a Gym Battle. He then
wonders whether there is an actual Gym out here in this Charlie Foxtrot.
Go east a bit to the edge of a cliff. Then make your way south and you will
see a train with green windows sitting on tracks that lead east.

Enter the train from the north and you will be prompted to drive it. Say
Yes. You will drive it east, hitting a train cart that was blocking the way
there, moving it out of the way. Taka will of course comment on our crazy
driving upon stepping outside. Make your way north along the edge of a
cliff and you will see an inverted train cart with some stairs on it. Go inside
the train cart. This is 4R182 Scrap. Go up the steps west and into a room.
If you’re wondering why the chairs are weird, the train cart is inverted
remember? Go west in this room and into a hole north. Just walk all the
way north across this room and the next one. In the third room, there will
be some steps going east. Take it to go outside.
Once outside, go east and north to the tracks. You will find a train with a
Smashable rock in front of it. Smash the rock.

Go back into 4R182 Scrap and backtrack your way through the entire train
to the ladder that you came in with. Go back outside. Go back south, west,
and north around the pit with the Alolan Exeggutor in the middle. Go north
past the pit and you will find this rock, our reference point.

The item there is a Max Repel and the train with the green windows is the
train with the rock we just smashed earlier. We can only access its entrance
from this side, hence the backtracking. Go inside the northern entrance and
drive it east. You will crash into another train, pushing it out of the way.
Taka’s comments make me think he’s secretly suicidal.
Once we step out of that train, go east and south around it. Then go east and
jump down a ledge. You should see another ledge to your east, jump down
it as well. Go south and east around the large rock and keep going east past
the railway until you see a bunch of overturned train carts. Go south from
them and jump down another ledge south. You will see some train tracks.
Go east along them to see a train with a Smashable rock in front of it.
Smash the rock. Don’t board the train yet though.

Go back west and you will eventually see a ledge to the south. Jump down
it and another ledge to the south again. Go west to the rails and go north
along the rails here. You will see a train with some steps. Don’t go in it
either.

Instead go west along the rails here until you are in the middle of a
crossroads near a cactus.
Go south here and there is a train with a Smashable rock in front of it.
Smash the rock. Go back to the middle of the crossroads and go west to
another crossroads. South of this crossroads is also a train with a smashable
rock in front of it. Smash the rock. From the rock, go back to the middle
and all the way east until you meet a train that you can enter.
Drive this train north until it hits another train.

Get out of the train and go north and west past some upside – down carts.
Jump the west ledge and follow the rail south to the crossroads. At the
crossroads, go east to the next crossroads and go south. You will see a train
with some steps into it. DON’T GO INSIDE THIS TRAIN. Instead, go
west from it around the pit until you’re on its western side. There is a
drivable train there. Take it all the way north.
Once you exit the train, go back south and past the crossroads until you see
a pit with an item in it. Go west from there off the rails and you will see this
drivable train in the picture below. It’s actually west of the train in the
picture above.

Take that train and drive it north. It will literally go up a mound. There are
two items on the mound. Be careful not to jump down the ledge to your
south by accident.
The two items there are a Max Repel and a Steel Memory, the fifteenth
memory accessible in the game. Only two memories remain and you can
turn your Silvally into a mini – Arceus.
Jump down the mound by going down the three ledges to the south until
you’re back on the rails. From there, go west, north, and east to see a train
with a Smashable rock in front of it.

You won’t be able to access the train from its western side here, so go
around it anticlockwise and enter it from its eastern side instead. Drive the
train west. It will crash into an overturned train and move it out of the way,
clearing the rail there.
Once you exit the train, go east until you meet a train cart, but don’t go in
it. Go south from there along the rail until you meet a crossroad. Go east
from the crossroad until you meet another crossroad. Go east from that
crossroad until you meet another train that you can enter. Enter the train.
This is 7R099 Scrap. Inside this train, go south into another compartment.
Go west up the ladder and out of the train. Go south from the train and east
across the rail. Travel off the rails until you meet another set leading north.
Follow the rails north into another train. This is also 7R099 Scrap. Inside
the train, go north out of the train. Go east off the rails until you meet a
rocky mountain. Travel north along the narrow path with the mountain to
your east. You will finally meet a train with green windows.

Go inside this train and drive it west along the stretch of the rail. Once
you’re outside the train, go south into this train and drive it north further
into the 1R253 Scrapyard.

Once we reached the deeper part of the Scrapyard, talk to Taka.

Talk to Taka while at the 1R253 Scrapyard: +1

He wants to get off of our wild ride, he says. Sheesh. There should be a
stone nearby hiding a Dire Hit. South of the stone is a drivable train. Enter
it and drive it west. After the short drive, go west and up the rails north
onto a small rocky mountain. At the top, go east and jump down the ledge
south. Go jump down three ledges to the east until you’re back on the
ground. There is a rock nearby hiding a Synthetic Seed. Follow the
winding path east between the train carts until you reach this train.

Drive that train south. Once outside, go south and west along the path there
until you reach a crossroads. Go south to another crossroads and east to
another train.

It’s the train east of this picture. Drive it west. Once outside, go north, west,
and south back to the previous train. It can now move further south a bit.
Jump the ledge west to get the Big Mushroom.
In the picture above is the train that you just rode to the left. Make your
way around it to its east side. Enter the train to your east. This is where the
puzzle ends.

Making New Friends (and Becoming Official) at the Scrapyard

The train cart you just entered is the 4R182 Scrap. Just go allll the way
north of this long train (about six or seven train carts length, there are no
items along the way). In the last cart, there will be an entrance to the east.
Get out of there and you will be greeted by Europa, the Scrapyard local.
The entire place is a sanctuary for travelers in the Tourmaline Desert. She
heard all the crashing we made while entering the place, and thought it was
just the local Steelix thrashing its way again. Taka will deny that any
Steelix is involved.

She mentions that train crashing is practically a local pastime there. She
will introduce herself, and asks if we’re looking for a place to rest. There
are other people there, too. Some fleeing abusive relationships, and others
just looking for peace. Taka will jump at Europa’s offer of sanctuary and
leave us. We’ll finally be alone for the first time since arriving at the desert.
Go east from where we met Europa and north to a pot, where we can find a
hidden Purple Shard. Go east from there to find a Max Repel and a
hidden Common Candy near a mountain wall. From the items, go back
west and south to the center of the Scrapyard. You will recognize it from
the Pokeball design on the floor.
East of there is a very familiar face. We’ll deal with him later. Go south
past the Pokeball and west to get a hidden Pokeball. East of the Pokeball is
a train cart you can enter.

Enter it and go east through two train carts. In the last cart, go out the exit
south. Go east through the winding path here. There is a stone with a
hidden X Sp. Atk nearby. Make your way east again. There is a stone with
a hidden X Speed there. This is where the path actually splits.
The path north of the picture actually leads to Titania’s gym, but we’re not
going there for now. We actually want to go south first. Follow the south
path east. Once you go east enough, we’ll actually get an item, an Amulet
Coin.

Leave the place and actually go west this time. Not the west we just came
through, but west along the rails. Follow the rails all the way west. There
should be a rock hiding a Green Shard to the north. Once you reach the
end of the rails, there should be a drivable train to your north. Go inside the
train and drive it south. The train should stop inside a pit containing two
items.
The items are a Star Piece and an EXP. Candy XL. Climb out of the pit
using the rail to the north and walk out of there with the rail east. Jump
down the eastern ledge and go north to a crossroads. Go west to another
crossroads and go north from there. Go all the way north across this long
stretch of rail to get our last important item, TM19: Roost.

We can FLY back to the Scrapyard now. Please do so. Flying to the
Scrapyard will land us in front of the makeshift Pokemon Center of the
place. Heal up, and prepare for a battle. We have a bone to pick with Corin
– Rouge, who has taken fugitive there. Just go south of the healing spot to
meet him. Talk to him and he will challenge you to a battle. Do keep in
mind that he also stole our Mystery Pokemon. He will tell us his life story.
He came into Reborn region via a train when a malfunction happened. He
lost everything. Many people around him died, but he did his best to help
the other unlucky survivors. They were maimed in the accident, and
couldn’t move very far. He created this Scrapyard to help those survivors,
and began stealing to help himself and those others to continue surviving.
Since then, the Scrapyard has been a place that welcomes fugitives, sinners,
and survivors. Some left, while others don’t. It’s his survival instinct that
led to him stealing our Pokemon. What kind of an excuse is that, anyway?
He will challenge us afterwards, in order to protect this place he called
home.

By the way, that Mystery Pokemon that he stole from us? The one we spent
almost fifteen Gyms worth of time chasing? It’s a Level 5 Magikarp.
Corin – Rouge will be so dismayed by this revelation, that he will decide to
just turn himself in. He will abandon the Magikarp in the desert, so we can
have it. It’s his loss. Can you imagine what a Moxie Gyarados can do in the
right circumstances? This ends the single longest sidequest in the entire
game.

After the battle, go all the way north to a train cart that has some potted
flowers outside of it. If you notice just now, our healing spot only has the
healing machine, but no PC. This cart has one. Go in and change to
whatever Pokemon you want. Inside here is also a former orderly of
Sigmund from the Orphanage. Her name is Stephanie aka Stephoscope.
Speak to her. She will say that she knows us, since we have battled before.
She said that Team Meteor recruited her when the Doctor left the
Orphanage after our raid. She refused to join them, but were threatened, so
she left and fled here in the Desert. She has since been researching on ways
to grow food effectively under the harsh desert climate, but all her efforts
have failed since there is no reliable source of water to be found in the
desert. She also refuses to return to the city since Team Meteor is still
active there.
Talk to her again, and she will ask whether we have traveled around the
desert and whether we’ve found a reliable source of water around. We did.
The waterfall in one of the caves at Teknite remember? She will thank us
for our information and will give us a Houndoominite, the Mega Stone for
Houndoom and our eighteenth Mega Stone. Rack em up, baby.
Get out of Stephanie’s place and go south a bit. To the west is a train cart
that you can enter that has a chair in front of it. There is a TV in here in
case you need information from any of the channels.
Go south from there to the Pokeball – designed floor. South from there you
can find Europa and Taka standing outside one of the train carts. Talk to
Taka and he will go in. Don’t go in yet. Talk to Europa first, and she will
ask you a question:

*After arriving to Train Town, if you speak to Europa and she asks if Taka
is your boyfriend:
Yes = +1 Taka

It’s official, folks. Go inside and Taka will look around and take a nap on
one of the couches. It’s time to rest. There’s a long day tomorrow ahead of
us.

Returning to the Mirage Tower

Don’t fret about the title of the section. There’s a much easier way to return
to the tower without meeting the condition of finding three Mirage Spots.
Assuming you’re in Taka’s cart, go west from there to see Europa tending
to some plants. North of her is a cart that you can enter. Inside this cart you
can find Alduous, or Al for short. He’s Europa’s husband.
Inside this room is also a teleporter diamond. Step on it and we can return
to Mirage Tower 1F. Now with Taka no longer following us, we can surf
on the water. I’m not sure whether this diamond appears only after you
completed the Mirage Tower sidequest, since I always completed the
puzzles with Taka before arriving to this place, affectionately called by Al
as Train Town.
Step on the diamond and go outside the Mirage Tower. Surf east into the
pool and onto the land. There is a bush here hiding a Full Restore. Surf
back on the water and go north into the next pool. Get on land here. There’s
a bush with a hidden Dusk Stone on it. Stand directly behind the tower
until your entire sprite is covered by it. Then walk north. The camera will
suddenly shift upwards, as if your character is ascending some steps behind
the tower.

Do that correctly and you will end up here. Follow the zig zagging path
west until you meet some sand. Walk south across the sand and you will
meet some Alolan Exeggutors masquerading as palm trees. There’s a
hidden Stardust somewhere in the sand. Walk west to see a Lemonade
Stand. You can literally buy Lemonade here. That’s not all.
The stand owner has a pettable Leafeon! Interact with it to pet it. This is
the fourth Eevee – lution that you can pet for your Petting Eevee – lutions
sidequest. It is only accessible when the Mirage Tower appears, and only
until you completed the main – story. Pet it now. The hidden item there is a
Blue Shard. Get ready for a battle and arrange your party. It’s not with the
owner, no. But with the potted plant in the vase next to the stand, a Level
100 Alolan Exeggutor. After the battle, check the now empty pot to get
your own Dragonium – Z, the Dragon – type Z – crystal that changes all
damaging Dragon – type moves into the Z – move Devastating Drake.

Go back to the tower and at the center, surf west across the southwestern
pool. There is a hidden Star Piece on the bush there. Go back into the
Mirage Tower afterwards and step on the diamond to go back to Train
Town.

Love and Loss in the Realm of the Fairies

The climax of this chapter is descending upon us. Go into a train cart south
of Europa. Inside this cart, go west past two carts and south out the final
cart. Go east through all the overturned train carts until the path splits.
We’ve been here before, haven’t we? The path south leads to the Amulet
Coin. Take the north path this time.
Keep going east along the path until you see a train cart with steps to your
north. This is 1R108 Scrap. Enter the train cart. Follow these steps:
a) Go east
b) Go north.
c) Go east
d) Go north
e) Go north
f) Go north
g) Go north
h) Go up the steps to the door north.
i) Go north to enter a library.
j) Go east out of the library.
k) Notice that the view outside the window has changed. Go east.
l) Go east and north out the door.
m) Go north past all the bookshelves.
n) Go east and north outside the door.

You will find out that you just climbed out of a wishing well. This realm is
dreamlike, and has a fairytale quality to it. Its name is Once Upon a
Somewhere. The killer music is entitled ‘Somewhere’ in the Jukebox.
The realm defies logic a bit. You can literally lose yourselves in here. You
can catch wild Pokemon in the grass. To get through this realm, just keep
walking in the northeastern direction. This realm stretches indefinitely.
Walk northeast long enough, and you will eventually meet steps that leads
right into the clouds.
Go up the stairs to the next area. You will notice that up here, snow is
falling. Reach the platform. Go west up the next platform. On the bush is a
hidden Green Shard. Go north up the next set of steps to see a literal castle
in the air. There is a hidden Sitrus Berry on the rock in front of the castle.
Enter the castle.
The castle is named Castle at Wit’s End. There are knights there. Read the
story on the pedestal there. It’s a feminist interpretation of the damsel in
distress trope, ala Angela Carter. Proceed north and be challenged by the
knight there. Has both a Mawile and an Escavalier. How appropriate. Go
north and be prepared to go into a Double Battle with two knights. They
have a Nidoking an Nidoqueen, appropriate for a Fairytale Field battle.
After the battle, go north to see… Lin standing on top of the balcony. She
followed us all the way across the desert it seems. If she’s here, then it
means Taka is also in danger. She will welcome us from atop a balcony, ala
Juliet. To her left and right are two archways respectively. She thanks us
for bringing Taka all the way here. She implies that she has Taka now. She
invites us to a game of cat and mouse, and tells us to watch our back. She
then leaves.
If you have followed all the eight choices presented by this guide so far, the
door to the right will be opened for you. If not, the left one will. This is one
of the dominos set in stone for us once all the pieces are in motion. The
story will split into two paths, named after the legendary beast that awaits
us at the end of our journey. Read the story on the pedestal. It tells you of
monsters often seen in fairytales. Enter the right door after. We have a dude
in distress to save.
Go north and east. The third knight amongst the four will challenge you.
Go east into the next room full of knights. The third knight will also
challenge you. Go into the next room east, also with knights in them. In this
room, the first knight will challenge you to a battle. After the battle, walk
east and the knight will attack you. It turns out that it’s Lin in the suit of
armor. If you notice, she has an Alolan Ninetales (most probably stolen
from Ame) and her name was Rylin. You will black out and wake up on a
bed in a tower. This place is the Tower Corybantia. This place is also a
logic – defying loop. To get out of this loop, read the story on the pedestal
and go downstairs. Rinse and repeat for each room downstairs.
You will eventually meet a room with books stacked in front of the
window, as in the picture. Climb atop the books out of the window. The
story is a continuation of the princess classic story, trapped in a tower.
The outside of the tower is called Once Upon a Waste of Time (really).
You might think that this is a dead end. You can actually climb on top of
the ivy here to reach the upper level of the tower. Just stand in front of an
ivy and walk north.

On this upper level, move east to the lower ivy and south to walk on the
balcony. Climb the next ivy up the tower. On this next level, move west
first and walk along to the back of the tower. There, you will find the Field
Note for the Dragon’s Den.
This is our penultimate Field Note by the way. We’re going to have to wait
a bit to complete our Field Note collection.
After that, climb on the ivy and slide east. On the east side of the tower are
golden steps leading upwards. In the middle of it, someone will call our
name. It’s Taka. He will call out to us from the level above, glad to see us.
In disjointed words, he will tell us that he saw Lin after he woke up, and
chased her all the way here because he didn’t want her to… he trailed off,
apologizing repeatedly. Maybe he didn’t want her to hurt us? He will keep
saying that he never wanted any of this to happen, and he’ll try to find a
way to us. He asks us to wait. Carry on forward.

We will meet Titania as we go up the stairs. She has been waiting for us,
apparently. She has been waiting to battle us, while cussing us out for
bringing Taka and Lin as well. She will then ask whether we trust her:

When Titania asks if you trust her:

Yes (point total 0 or higher) = +1 Titania
Yes (point total below 0) = -1 Titania
No (point total 0 or higher) = -1 Titania
No (point total below 0) = +4 Titania (maxes at 0)

We should accrue enough positive relationship points with her by now to

say Yes. She will thank us disbelief, and jumps on the ladder near ours to
give us the Sapphire Bracelets. She says to hold on to it for a while. She
then goes upwards on the ladder and says this will be over soon, ominously.
Carry on up our own ladder. Enter the cave there afterwards.
The name of this cave is The Belly of the Beast, an appropriate name
really. Walk east in the Belly, and read the story on the pedestal. There’s a
hidden Super Potion on the rock to the east. This chamber is literally full
of magma. Any battles here will have the Dragon’s Den field effect, which
we just collected just now. Read up on it please. Walk north to another
story on the pedestal. Here the path splits into three. Go west first and walk
north to the end. There is a Dragon Fang here. The path east has a hidden
Ultra Potion. Go to the central path. Save before doing so.

You will find the literal beast in this belly here. If the right door was open
to you earlier, you will fight a Level 90 Reshiram, the dragon of truth.
This path is known as the Reshiram path. If the left door was open to you
earlier, you will fight a Level 90 Zekrom, the dragon of ideals. That path is
known as the Zekrom path.

Strategy:
Coming soon

After the battle, the dragon will disappear. Heal up your Pokemon. Go
north along the central path. The rock on the left path hides a Health Wing.
Go north afterwards and read the story on the pedestal. Collectively, the
story tells of a princess stuck in a tower guarded by a dragon. Not only is
she stuck there, but she has to wait for a knight in shining armor to save
her. In truth, there is another person who can slay the dragon: the princess
herself. The dragon did a stupid mistake is turning its back to her.

There is a hidden Revive on a Tauros skull to the north. Continue north

along the path. There is a rock to the east that is hiding a Lava Cookie. We
will eventually come face-to-face with the real beast in the Belly: Lin in a
suit of armor. She will ask whether we can face her in battle. Reply Yes.
Before she can respond, Titania will appear behind her and stab her. She
laughs in relief as Lin falls to the ground, and kicks the helmet off. It’s
Taka. Titania stabbed Taka, who was wearing the suit of armor. Lin
will then appear to the south, congratulating Titania on her ‘victory’.
Without waiting for an invitation, Titania charges forward, Aegislash in full
swing. A moment later, she falls to the ground, easily disarmed by Lin. Lin
drags Titania by the hair to the edge of a cliff, hanging her over the magma
below. Lin went on full sadist and taunts Titania the whole way.

Our character then tries to save her, and Lin threatens to let Titania go if we
continue forward. Remember the Aegislash, who fell out of Titania’s hand?
Titania summons it while hanging off the cliff, and it stabs Lin from the
back. She committed the same mistake she accused Titania of making.
Hypocrite. Titania calls for our aid to save her from the edge, which we
answered. She then pulls Aegislash from out of Lin’s back, and stabs again.
There’s no kill like overkill, they say.
Titania then goes over to Taka. She apologizes for her mistake, and weakly
tries to justify it, saying he shouldn’t have come here. Titania turns her
back, says she feels shitty, and tells us to follow her. Talk to Taka, who’s
lying on the ground. He’s surprisingly still alive, and tells us not to worry,
and that this is fine. Carry on, wayward son. Go north and up the stairs to
our arena, the Never After.

Battling Titania
After that horrifying ordeal, let’s close this chapter. We will come out of a
wishing well into Never After, a perpetually snowing place. This means
that in battle, Hail is permanently active. There’s a Light Shard nearby if
your Pokemon needs healing. As we challenge her, she will comment that
all that transpired today is Lin’s fault, not hers. However weakly she tries to
assuage her own guilt, it still shows. She comments that Amaria is lucky to
be able to forget everything. Her words are more subdued and hesitant as
she tells us that our battle will put the badge and the bracelets at stake.

A brief note: This entire episode is strangely fitting of Titania’s character.

A recluse who loves classical literature, Titania is also the name of the
queen of the fairies from Shakespeare’s ‘A Midsummer’s Night’s Dream’.
Like this Titania, that Titania is also defiant, with a temper to match.
Another nice touch is her last name, Andersen. Is it any wonder she shares
her name with the great Danish storyteller, Hans Christian Andersen?

Strategy:
She fights in the Fairytale Field, and we’ve been there before with Adrienn.
Her lead is an Alolan Sandslash with Slush Rush. Uh – oh. Yep. Change
the weather ASAP if you want an easier time with it. If not, it will outspeed
all your Pokemon to hell and back.

After our victory, she will award us with the Alloy Badge, our sixteenth
official Reborn League badge. With it, all Pokemon up to Level 90 will
listen to us. Our TM reward is TM91: Flash Cannon. Our victory is short
– lived however, as we are interrupted by Lin. She really has nine lives
hasn’t she? Titania will be beyond shocked by this point.

Her objective is but one, to Titania’s surprise: Lin wants us to leave with
the Sapphire Bracelets in hand. This definitely arouses Titania’s suspicions
towards us. She accuses us of secretly being in cahoots with Lin (Excuse
me?). Lin is perfectly happy to add to her mounting suspicion. Lin
reiterates her condition: We will keep the Bracelets, while Amaria
continues to live.

Lin taunts Titania, saying that maybe Titania secretly wants Amaria to die
so she can be free. Lin leaves, leaving Titania with her guilt toward Taka’s
death. She really is shaken up with his death, isn’t she? Honestly when this
episode came out, I felt the same. I mean, we did just spend a lot of time
with Taka, and this path really brings out the best in his character. I thought
this was the bad ending before Episode 19 came out. She will leave, but not
before warning us to not betray her or harm Amaria in any way. She will
tend to Taka’s body downstairs and promises to meet us at the Fiore
Mansion.

From Titania to Amaria: Building the Azurine Nature Center

To kick off this new chapter, after Titania leaves, read the final page of the
story on the last pedestal. Jump down the wishing well north of the pedestal
afterwards. Jump from its north side.
In the new room, just walk west and the music will change to Tourmaline
again. Walk west all the way through the cart and you will end up in the
healing room. There is a guy here now, Bouffalant Bill. He’s the Pokemart
of the Scrapyard. Talk to him if you need any items (Potions, Repels,
Pokeballs). He will be surprised if you were to meet him from the east side.
You can access him as soon as Taka sleeps in the cart.
Fly to the Grand Hall, and talk to the Reborn Reconstruction Project
Manager behind the counter again. This time, we’re going to donate to the
Azurine Nature Center Project. Do that, and he will ask you to donate
$80000 to cover the project.

Complete a second Restoration project:

+1 Adrienn

Once done, we cannot fly straight there I’m afraid. We have to surf there
from Coral Ward or Apophyll Beach. I chose the former. Surf east from
one of the piers in Coral Ward and turn south near one of the swimmers.
You will land here.
That right there is a Foongus, so leave it. On the bush north of the Foongus
is a hidden Big Mushroom. Surf on the water there and go east to a small
island. There’s another Foongus there and a hidden Big Mushroom on that
rock.

Go back to the large island afterwards and surf north of there. You will find
another large island that has two Pokeballs. On the bush next to the
headbutt tree, which is only accessible from the water is a Common
Candy.
One of the balls is a Big Mushroom, the other is a Foongus.
Go north of the item to find a tree. Cut it down, and follow the path east
and cut another tree there. Ignore the Foongus there. There is a headbutt
tree nearby and a bush with a hidden Full Heal there. Jump down the ledge
south. There is a bush nearby hiding a Blue Shard. Walk on the dead
Lotads all the way north until you reach an island with a Foongus in sight.
Go east to find two trees: a Headbutt tree and a Cut tree. Cut the three and
make your way east and south of this island. This island has Rangers on it
now. Yay! He will not challenge you to a battle, though. Of the three
Pokeballs there, the only one that is actually an item is the one here:

I already took it, a Big Mushroom. Go west of that island onto more dead
Lotads and to another island. The island has a rock with a Big Mushroom
and another Foongus. Jump down the southern ledge to see an Amoonguss.
Walk south and on top of the arcing lilypads to another section of the
island. There should be another Foongus here.
Go west and to the lily pads and go west to some trees arranged in a
crescent shape.
That hidden item there is a Big Mushroom as well. Go anticlockwise
around the crescent onto the lily pads to your south. Follow them to reach
another island west.
That item right there is a Foongus. Interact with it to move it out of your
way.

Travel on the lily pads to your south to access the bush with the hidden Big
Mushrooms there. Go west past the large puddle and onto the lily pads to
the next island. There is a rock there with a Big Mushroom. I suspect the
devs added all these mushrooms for the Spyce Delivery Sidequest, in case
we sold all our earlier Big Mushrooms for money.
If you go west on this new island, you can meet a Techie. He will mention
that we can catch Pinsir and Heracross here. They are also less
competitive with each other here than in the Aventurine Woods, so no
Honey is needed. At the southern end of the island is a bush with a Big
Mushroom. Go east from this southern end to a lily pad trail to another
part of the island. Finally, surf on the water here to the east to visit the
newly – opened Azurine Nature Center.
If, like me, you made this trip during the day, you will find a Ranger
standing outside the Nature Center. He will request a Carnivine from you in
return for an Egg.

Didn’t I tell you to catch one back when Jasper Ward was a mess a long
time ago? Give it to him now and you will receive a Chimchar Egg! This
makes Chimchar the sixteenth starter that we can get for our Starter
Sidequest.
Go inside the Nature Center now. In this new Nature Center, go and heal up
at the healing machine at the northeast corner of this room.
Congratulations, we can now Fly here! Near the healing machine is a Toxic
Plate, the thirteenth Plate obtainable in-game. Also, the Ranger nearby will
give you the ‘weathermod’ password. Standing near the left bookcase is a
Ranger who will tell you how to evolve Shelmet and Karrablast to
Accelgor and Escavalier respectively. In mainstream games, they need to
be traded mutually with another Trainer to evolve. In this game, you need
to just use a Link Stone on them, provided that both of them are in your
party. By the way, you can see two cute Bulbasaurs in an enclosure to the
south in this room.

Go up the stairs afterwards. There are 5 EXP. Candy XLs waiting for you
on the table. One EV Booster can be found near the bookcase. Near the
Techie is a Max Ether. That’s it for the Nature Center for now. There is a
sidequest coming up here in just a bit. Fly to the Nightclub first.

A Really Short Visit to the Nightclub

Go inside and you will find Arc’s Jolteon waiting for you to the right of the
(closed) Club’s entrance.
Interact with it to pet it. It is the fifth Eevee – lution that we can pet for our
‘Petting Eevee – lutions’ Sidequest. It is available from after you battle
Titania to the end of the main story, so pet it now.

The Azurine Breeding Sidequest

Fly to the Grand Hall and go downstairs now. Go south and east until you
see three entrances. In the first room from the top is a corridor leading
downstairs. This is the Reborn Pokemon Re – introduction Project
(RPRP) Office. Go inside the door to the north. There is a Techie facing
the PC here that you can talk to. Talk to him and he will thank you for
funding the Azurine Nature Center. He has also received word that the
Center itself is waiting on a few new samples of Pokemon, and if we have
the time, he asks us to visit it to help them out.
Fly to the Center. You have to talk to the Techie first to trigger this
sidequest. Just going to the Center without talking to him does nothing. A
funny dialogue will happen if you helped Sandy before doing this quest.
Talk to Adrienn in the Grand Hall office, and they will admit that Sandy
did something good by destroying the office in the flood, but they would
die before admitting that to her face.

If you did it right, you can see this woman in the Nature Center. She wasn’t
here before.
Talk to her and she will tell you that she has heard you’ll be coming round.
It turns out they plan to re – introduce two Pokemon in the area: Pansage
and Fomantis. To that end, they will need us to catch two Lurantis, one of
each gender and two Simisage, one of each gender. To help us out, she
will give us two Leaf Stones. Fomantis evolves into Lurantis starting from
Level 34, but only during the day. Pansage evolves into Simisage using a
Leaf Stone. If you did not catch any earlier, you can find wild Lurantis in
the Malchous Forest Park at any time and wild Pansage at the same place
anytime, or the Rhodocrine Jungle but only in the morning and during the
day.

If you’re like me, you would have caught two Fomantis and two Pansage a
long time ago. Evolve them and give them, one at a time to the lady. Once
you’re done, she will thank us and mentions that the Techie at the Grand
Hall has something to give us. Don’t go back to the City yet.

As an added bonus, you can run around the patches of grass in this area
now to encounter Bulbasaur in the wild! The lady who was watching the
enclosure with the Bulbasaurs earlier are now watching over the Simisage.
This means the Bulbasaurs are released into the wild already. Catch a
Bulbasaur here as the seventeenth starter for our ‘Starter Sidequest’.
Go back to the Grand Hall and talk to the Techie who started this sidequest
again. He will give you the Grassium – Z, the Grass – type Z – Crystal
which changes any damaging Grass – type move into the Z – move Bloom
Doom. This ends all our sidequests for the Nature Center. Fly to the Fiore
Mansion for our next battle.
 A Woman’s Paranoia, Another Woman’s Resolve
Enter the Fiore Mansion. Inside the mansion, you can either surf in the
water or hop across all the furniture to the entrance of the Gym on the north
side of the mansion. Talk to Julia chilling here still for a Captain Obvious
tip (use Electric – type attacks) and pet Cirrus the Vaporeon if you haven’t.
Enter the entrance to Fiore Gym.
Surf in the pool to your north and Dive under. This Gym is really larger
underwater than it is on the surface. Very fitting for a Water Gym. Once
under, go out the entrance to the south. You will end up in a large hallway
with corridors tinted a navy-blue color. Just go all the way south here to
another hallway, this time tinted in lavender. Go south, east, and north all
the way to a smaller room, and surface in this small room. You will end up
in a pool north of the previous one, on a higher elevation. Get on the small
patch of land to the east and climb up on the steps north.
Surf into the pool here and Dive under. In this small room, it looks like a
dead end. However, swim east a bit and north. There is an entrance there
that you can actually access.

This will lead you to a hallway that’s tinted turquoise blue. Follow the path
south, east, and north to another hallway. In this new hallway, just follow
the path north, west, and south to the next small room. Surface on this small
room.

Go up the stairs north to see two waterfalls. Ascend the one on your right.
Dive under the pool here. In this room, go out of the room to your north.
Go north along this large room and surface somewhere in the middle of the
room. The silvery tiles indicate surfacing spots by the way.
As soon as you surface, a cutscene happens. It seems to have taken earlier,
before we were even here. Lin is here, and she’s talking to Amaria. She
really has a way of needling into other people’s head, does she? Amaria fell
for her words, hook, line, and sinker, as we shall see. This is the Fiore
Arena, the main arena of the Gym, where our battle will take place.

Talk to Amaria, who is facing away from us. Amy will not be surprised to
see us, but she will ask for Tania. She will accusingly ask whether Tania
sent us ahead, alone (why the accusatory tone, I wonder?). Amy said that
she should have the guts to face her instead of sending us. Until she does
get here, Amy will go for a swim, and swim she does, underwater. Thus
begins the exceedingly annoying of cat – and – mouse, where we have to
find Amaria throughout the underwater portion of the Gym more than once.
To start the search, go south of the arena. You will see a teleporter
diamond. This baby can transport us all the way to the intercom at the front
of the Gym. Do it. From the entrance, surf in the pool to your north again.
Dive under and get out of the small room using the southern door. This
time, while underwater, go east and north to a small room. Surface in this
small room to end up in a pool to the right of the entrance. Take the hidden
Full Restore on the flower south of the pool. Go back in the pool and go to
the land east. Climb the steps leading to the next pool. Surf in the water and
Dive under.
Go out of this small room through the east exit. Follow the path east, north
and west out of the corridor to another small room. Surface in this small
room. In the pool above, get onto the land northwest and surf into the next
pool. Go east here to get a hidden Ultra Potion. Dive under afterwards.
In this new room, get out through the northern entrance. Follow this
cerulean – tinted path north, east, south all the way (ignoring the split west)
to a new corridor. In the new corridor, follow the path as it winds south,
east, north, west, and north a bit. You will find her swimming down here.
Talk to her and she will get pretty peeved that we decided to follow her.
She will also question why we have the Sapphire Bracelets with us in the
first place. She said that those belong to her, and we have no right to them.
She thought she lost them in the first place. She will ask us to give it back,
only to be met with silence. She will ask us about the fragility of human
beings, and how drowning is a horrible way to die. She will ask us why
we’re here instead of Tania. This woman’s grip on reality is about as
tenuous as my patience with this entire plotline. She will snap out of her
paranoia momentarily and leaves us to another portion of the gym. Here we
go again.
From there, backtrack south, east, north, west, and north out of the corridor
into the previous one. In this corridor, go north and turn west as soon as
you see a corridor. Go west all the way into a small room. Surface here.
West of this pool is a patch of grass with a hidden Ability Capsule on it.
Ascend the waterfall to the north afterwards. Dive under in this pool.
Go east out of the room and into a corridor. In the corridor, go east and
south. Turn east as soon as you see a corridor. Go east to a split in the
corridor and take the southern path. Go east and follow this winding path to
see Amaria swimming along the north – south corridor.
Talk to her and she will call us a stalker. Really pot? Really? This kettle is
here because Tania sent me to check up on you. She will mention that only
the Gym should be accessible to us. The area down there is her personal
area with Tania. She will then blame Tania for all that she’s been through.
What’s worse, she knows that Tania doesn’t love her, and never has, no
matter how hard she tried. Ah – ha, so she does remember after all. She will
tell us to leave her be, and disappears.. again.
Starting from the spot in the picture above, surf north and turn west. Follow
the winding path again and at the split, go west first. Go south and go west
as soon as you can. Go north along this corridor.

You will find a room with an item.

Take the Slowbronite and rejoice. This is the Mega Stone for Slowbro, and
our nineteenth Mega Stone.
Go south out of the room and east along the corridor. At the split this time,
go south and into the next corridor. Go south along this new corridor, and
follow the path west. At the split, go south and follow the winding path
west all the way to the wall. Go north and west until you see a path leading
north. Go north up that path and west to see Amaria not moving around in a
small enclosure here.

Talk to her and she will say we don’t know how to stop, just like her. She
will swim east, as if to leave again. She will ask us (rhetorically) whether
Titania is going to leave her. That, everyone, was what Lin came to tell her
earlier. About their impending break – up. She will blame us, the unwilling
(and certainly unwitting) instigator of doom. She will ask whether we want
to know a secret:

*When Amaria asks if you want to know a secret:

No = -1 Amaria

Trying to establish good relationship points with this woman is like trying
to use a straw to suck out water from a sinking ship. Say Yes. She will
refuse to tell us, and she doesn’t need to. After all, dead men can’t tell tales.
With that, she swims out of the enclosure and seals us in, leaving us to
drown. She even has a cover story ready, that conniving two – faced…
woman. Look, I get it. She’s sick. Then, go get help. Don’t murder
someone. We really can’t do anything. Use speed – up and wander around
down here like a madman. We will eventually black out and wake up to the
sound of Amy and Tania arguing.

Amy will vehemently deny that she knew we were down there, which
Tania accuses her of lying. Amy says sorry, but she really didn’t know
(really?), and Tania counters by saying the walls of the enclosure can’t be
closed from unless someone closes them. Amy saw us wake up, saying how
‘thankful’ she is. It seems Tania was the one who saved us.

Tania will reiterate herself to Amy one more time: Stop lying. This
devolved into another argument with Amy saying Tania also once tried to
kill us. Tania counters by saying she was busy fighting Team Meteor to
keep everyone alive. Amy justifies herself further by saying she’s been
trying to keep herself alive (by putting everyone else out of her misery).
She tells Tania to stay, to no avail. Tania is set on leaving Amy, and leaves
through the southern door. Amy turns her back on us, apologizes, and tells
us that she will be waiting in the arena. Go out the southern door and talk to
Tania on the balcony. After the stunt Amy pulls, she’s so done with her.
She’s washing her hands off Amy, and leaves the mansion for good.
Before fighting Amaria in the arena though, there was something I forgot to
do. From the mansion balcony, fly to Calcenon City. Talk to Hardy, who
will be standing near the fountain north of the Calcenon City southern
checkpoint. He will tell us that a girl with a Salamence dropped by with
Shelly earlier. When Shelly heard the twins were missing, she stormed out
of Calcenon and asked Hardy to come with her to look for the twins. Since
Hardy can’t, Cain went with her instead. This surprised Hardy, who saw
Shelly as someone more timid than that. Oh, Hardy. You have no idea
mate. The bad news is, Shelly has been gone with Cain to look for the twins
for a long time now, and hasn’t come back.

Talk to Hardy in Calcenon:

+1 Hardy

Anyway, go back to Fiore Mansion. It’s time to get our revenge.

Battling Amaria
Fly back to Fiore Mansion and this time, heal up and arrange your party.
Step into the gym and on the teleporter diamond straight into the arena. Go
north and talk to Amaria. She will say that we think she’s just looking for
attention. No, you need professional help. Fast. This… woman has another
trick up her sleeve. In an effort to show professionalism, she will offer us
two choices: to battle her in Singles or Doubles. But… Of course, there’s a
but. She never promised to honor our choice. So, pick the opposite of how
you want to battle her. If you want to battle her as a ‘Singles’ battle (like
her current relationship status), pick ‘Doubles’ when she gives you the
choice. Vice – versa for Doubles.

Strategy:
Her ace Lapras, Deliverance is much higher levelled this time around.
When sending out her last Pokemon, she will tell us to drown. No, you
first.

*When Amaria tells you to drown:

-3 Amaria
Upon our victory, she will give us the Torrent Badge, our sixteenth
official Reborn League badge. It will enable us to use Rock Climb out of
battle, which is great but we haven’t got the machine yet. Our TM reward is
TM55: Scald. She will disappear, setting us free from the burden of her
misery.

Amaria to Hardy: Reconstructing the Railnet

Step on the teleporter to the entrance. Just as we were leaving, Julia will
storm into the gym, telling us that Florinia has news for us all the way from
Calcenon City. Rini will also need our help, as soon as we are able to. Julia
tried to tell Titania, but she doesn’t know where she is at the moment. After
relaying the news to us, she will leave the gym… and go back to sleep
outside.
Before we get on with the story, return to the Grand Hall first. We’re going
to do the final renovation project. Talk to the guy behind the counter to
donate $100 000 to fund the project. It’s the most expensive, which is why
I left it for last.

Complete the final Restoration project:

+1 Adrienn

The good thing about this project is that there really isn’t much we need to
do. Fly to Obsidia Ward and make your way to the Devon Corp building
through the front door. Go inside to see the storefront still in disarray after
all this time. Go behind the store to the door north. In the room, go west
down the stairs. Go through the door Victoria’s Incineroar busted through
earlier to see that the basement railnet entrance to the building has been
sealed. The good news is we can now get the item to the right of all the
boxes.

That item is a Steelixite, the Mega Stone for Steelix and our twentieth
Mega Stone. Get out of the building afterwards.
From there, go west and south to the house with the railnet entrance leading
down, where we once chased the Litleo and fought the Klinklang for it.
Step inside and marvel at the result of the Railnet Reconstruction project. It
has turned into an impressive railway station. This is the Goldenrod
Station. Interact with the green screen to see a list of other unfamiliar
station names. Pick to go to Shantyport Station first.
The Shantyport Station is actually at the Coral Ward. Talk to the
construction worker named Orlon sitting there and he will trade you a
Togepi Egg in return for a Probopass. Do it. It’s the only way to get Togepi
and its entire evolutionary line in this game. I caught one some time ago at
the Desert while smashing rocks for the train puzzle.
Leave the station and go to Kingsbury Station next. Here is a Punk Girl
that will give you the Weakness Policy when you talk to her.
Our final stop is at Sunset Station, which stops at Sunset Circle in Peridot
Ward. Go south along the rail all the way to Spitrail Street. Go east down
the street until you’re under the Opal Bridge. Go east all the way past the
pier down here until you’re at a place where a Pokemon Ranger can be
seen. Walk east carefully to avoid the shadows on the ground. They’re
actually Woobats colonies which you can catch and battle. Go north up to
the counter and there will be two items for you collect.

They are an Iron Plate, the fourteenth Plate obtainable in-game, and an
Assault Vest respectively. Excellent items, both of them are.
There aren’t any noteworthy things at the other stations. The Ivyline Station
stops at the Onyx Ward, directly under the Onyx Trainer School. The
Heatherhill Station stops at the Jasper Ward. Finally, the Peony Station
stops at Lapis Ward.

Return to the Wasteland: Helping Out the (Future) Byxbysion Ward

There is one final sidequest connected to the Railnet. Return to the Grand
Hall and talk to this Techie right here.

He will tell you that things have been smooth – sailing since the Railnet
was rebuilt, with one exception. They haven’t been able to repair the
railway system extending to Byxbysion Wasteland. They are looking into
changing it into its own ward soon, but they need to be able to move in and
out of there easily first. There are a swarm of angry Pokemon in the area
that refuses to move no matter what. Since Adrienn speaks highly of our
skill, the Techie wants us to help take care of the problem. There is a
certain locked door in the Wasteland that the Techie will leave open. Then
we can go and deal with the Pokemon. Enter the Wasteland from its main
entrance near the SOLICE building. Bring along a strong Grass – type
Pokemon that knows Grassy Terrain. I used a Roserade.
From the entrance of the Wasteland, go east up the roof – like structure and
jump down the ledge to the south. Go south past the archway and slide
down the steel beam to the east. Enter the building with the four flights of
steps and climb your way to the top. Exit the door to the north. Jump down
the ledge to the north, and keep going north. Smash the rock and go north
and enter the Wasteland Wall. Go west here up the stairs and out the door
south. Follow the winding path and you will see this door:

Enter the door here. We’ve been here once before, but back then the door is
locked. It’s left open by the Techie we talked to before. Inside this room is
a hidden Telluric Seed on the crate to the right in the southern part of the
room and a hidden EXP Candy XL on the trash can to the left. Go down to
the Byxbysion Railnet using the stairs to your west.
Down here, to the west, you can see an Aron and two Lairons. Actually,
there’s more of them. A literal swarm of refugee Arons, Lairons, and
Aggrons are down there. If you approach them, they will challenge you.
You deserve it, by the way, since you’re there to uproot them from the only
home they’ve ever know, all in the name of progress. This battle is actually
harder than it looks. The refugees will fight you in Single battles, and all of
them (Arons and Lairons) will know the move Earthquake. Each of them
also has the ability Sturdy. The predominant Field Effect here is the Cave
field. If a Pokemon uses Earthquake twice in the Cave field, the ceiling will
crumble and faint all active Pokemon in battle except if you have abilities
Sturdy, Battle Armor, or Shell Armor. Do you see the problem here? It has
Sturdy, which means it will always survive one hit to use Earthquake. Each
of the Lairons and Arons will actually hold a Custap Berry, allowing it to
attack first if its HP is low. You have to fight six Pokemon. If you come
here without any strategy, there is a very high chance that you will knock
out all your high – levelled Pokemon.

Roserade can change all this by temporarily mitigating the Cave field into
Grassy Terrain. To break Sturdy without allowing them to eat their Custap
Berries, my Roserade also knows Leech Seed. Grassy Terrain halves the
power of Earthquake and you can make it last longer by having Roserade
hold an Amplifield Rock. Once you fight the Pokemon swarm however,
you’re not free yet.

You will have to fight six Level 75 Aggrons in Double Battles. The good
news is they will not have Sturdy. The bad news is at least one of them will
hold Telluric Seed, which boosts its already insane Defense in the Cave
field by two stages on switch – in. At least two of them will hold the
Rockium – Z, allowing it to use the Z – move Continental Crush in battle.
The weird thing is, they don’t seem bound by normal battle rules. They can
use Z – Crystals even without having a trainer and they can use Z – moves
more than once in a single battle. We can’t. Grassy Terrain and Amplifield
Rock will help you a lot here.
Once the battle is over, the family will run off and move elsewhere. There
is a hidden Ultra Ball on the rock to the south.

To help you get over your feeling of being a monster for displacing the
Aggron family, there is a hidden Max Repel right there and an Aggronite,
the Mega Stone for Aggron and our twenty – first Mega Stone. Thankfully,
none of the wild Aggrons can use this in our battle just now.
Get out of there and go see the Techie in the Grand Hall. As thanks for
doing his dirty work for him, he will give us a Firium – Z, the Z – Crystal
that will change all damaging Fire – type moves into the Z – move Inferno
Overdrive.
With this, we have completed all three of Reborn City’s renovation
projects. Go talk to the man behind the counter one last time, and as thanks
for funding all three projects, he will give us an Absolite, the Mega Stone
for Absol and our twenty – second Mega Stone.

Picking Sides and Climbing Rocks: To Calcenon City

Fly to Calcenon City first to move the story. Go inside the house behind the
fountain, the one along the purple street. Inside, we will find Hardy and
Florinia thick in the middle of an argument. Hardy will be happy to see us,
and tells Florinia to inform us of the good news she just found: they know
the actual broadcast location of the sleeping waves hitting Agate City. It’s
nearby actually, in Route 4. Side note: Hardy referring to Florinia as a bird
and she resenting the remark made me snort. More importantly, they’re at
odds with what to do now. Florinia thinks it’s dangerous to continue
looking for Laura, Cain, Shelly, the twins, Saphira, and Charlotte since it’s
already thinning the resistance at Calcenon City. Hardy, ever the impulsive
one, couldn’t sit still while the string of disappearances continues to
happen. They will then ask you for the swing vote, should we stay or
should we go now?

When Hardy says you need to go looking for the base/others:

Yes = +1 Hardy, -1 Florinia
No = +1 Florinia, -1 Hardy

I agree with Florinia for this one. Besides, help can come from the most
unlikely of places, as we shall soon see. Only Florinia and Hardy were left
at Calcenon before we came, and Titania makes her sudden appearance as
soon as the sentence left Hardy’s mouth. Hardy will be surprised to see his
sister there. Rini even more so, if she can emote her feelings I guess.
Titania apparently had already had it up to here of Rini’s robotic stoicism
that she tells her to knock it off. If Rini is scared of losing more people, she
should just come right out and say it instead of hiding behind statistics and
rationalizing her fear by calculating the risks involved. Rini vehemently
denies being scared of losing her friends, causing Tania to get in her face.

Rini’s behavior, says Tania, is another pleasant reminder of how much she
screwed up all the relationships in her life, referring to the noodle incident
between them before. If Rini’s goal is to remind her of that, she’s doing a
good job at it, prompting an uneasy silence in the room. Tania then
proposes a plan, Hardy and us will go save Agate City, while Tania stays in
Calcenon with Rini to buff up the defenses of the weakened city. Besides,
they might do some catching up in the meantime, which Rini uneasily
denies will happen. Hardy will tell us to go see him on the east side of
Route 4 and leaves the room.

If you talk to Titania, she will say that she will try to help salvage what’s
left of her friendship with Rini and maybe remind her of her humanity
again. After all, she thinks she should have left Amy a long time ago
instead of letting it come to this. Rini, likewise, is willing to try to reopen
her old wounds to heal them. Beneath all that jargon is still a sister who
feels responsible for her (idiot) brother’s face – heel turn. Between the
sorority sisters, here’s their ranking in the order of how I like their
characters:
a) Titania for being a strong character (literally and figuratively) and
who is willing to take steps to change herself for the better.
b) Florinia for being willing to admit that even stoicism and rationality
still does not prepare one for the unpredictability of life, with all its
sadness, and maybe someday, joy.
c) Julia, for being a surprisingly deep character beneath all her
childishness. We’ll see why later.
z) Amaria for being unwilling to acknowledge that maybe she needs
professional help to deal with her illness. Instead, she chooses to
drag everyone down in her misery and blames everyone for it. I
battle depression too, and I can say that this is a bad way for anyone
to deal with their disease.

Leave the house for now, and go out of Calcenon City through the eastern
checkpoint. Surprise, surprise. Look who it is: Charlotte and Saphira, who
seems tired (or injured). Talk to Charlotte. She will say that she set Saphira
on fire earlier, and asks us whether we believe her:

In Calcenon Checkpoint, when you talk to Charlotte and she asks if you
believe her:
Yes (if total is above 0) = +1 Charlotte
Yes (if total is 0 or below) = -1 Charlotte
No (if total is above 0) = -1 Charlotte
No (if total is 0 or below) = +1 Charlotte

We have enough positive relationship points with her by now to say Yes.
Charlotte will laugh it off, saying she would never hurt her sisters. The
truth is, Charlotte found Saphira in that condition in the LCCC. She’s
injured (self – inflicted by accident) but alive. She managed to grab a lock
of Laura’s hair, cut straight from Laura’s head, which means that Laura
must have been captured. Team Meteor left it in the LCCC as bait for
Saphira. Charlotte asks us whether we are going to take the bait and go
wreck Team Meteor for her behalf since she can’t leave Saphira injured.

In Calcenon Checkpoint, when you talk to Charlotte and she asks if you’re
going to go beat Meteor:
Yes = +1 Charlotte

Say Yes. She will tell us to help make her dream of turning life into a
horror movie for Team Meteor come true.
Leave the checkpoint and go east to Route 4. If you go east, you will see a
Pokemon Ranger. Go south from them to see this on the eastern cliff wall.

Talk to Hardy, who is standing near the Rock Climb spot there. We will tell
him that Charlotte and Saphira are safe and sound, alleviating his worry a
bit. Since we already beat Amy, he will give us the final TMX machine,
TMX09: Rock Climb. We can also already use it. He will leave
afterwards, promising to take back his city and his girl from Team Meteor’s
clutches. While we would love to help him, we have some exploring to do
first elsewhere in Reborn now that we have Rock Climb.

Hunting Expedition with Rock Climb

Ever since we’ve started the game, we’ve seen a lot of Rock Climb spots
that we can’t do anything about. Let’s change that. To start with this, fly to
Apophyll Academy. From there, go south and west out of the academy and
take the path leading up to Pyrous Mountain. As you follow the winding
path, you will find this:

Descend the cliff here and take the TM52: Focus Blast sitting there.
Next, fly to Beryl Ward. Bring a Pokemon in your party that knows the
move Dark Pulse. Go north to the Beryl Gym but don’t enter. Make your
way west instead as if you’re going to Beryl Cemetery. Before you get
there, there will be some steps leading north. Go up those steps, smash the
rocks blocking your way east and enter the Beryl Cave, the same place
where we met Corey’s Nidorina and did the Shiftry Gang encounter below.
Follow the path south and west. Eventually, you will see this:

Ascend the spot there and follow the path east. At the end is another spot
you can ascend, so do that. The stone on this level hides a Red Shard.
Enter the cave to your north. This is Beryl Cave 2F. In this room is a
hidden Hard Stone and three mining rocks. Climb the spot to your north
(it’s very long) to suddenly end up at Teknite Ridge. Go north and pick up
the hidden Green Shard there. Make your way north to the winding trees
to get the hidden Energy Powder on the yellow flower there. Keep going
north afterwards and get the hidden Dusk Ball on an obscured rock to the
east. There’s a hidden Common Candy on the tree to the north. Keep
going north to see a few ledges. You can’t jump down them, but you can go
through the small gaps on them. Just keep your eyes peeled. The yellow
flower there hides a Calcium.

Go inside the cave to the north. You will receive a message saying: The
crystals light flicker dimly. There is a hidden Heart Scale on the first
crystal in the cave. Get into battle with wild Pokemon here and use Dark
Pulse in battle. Do so and you will get this:

There will be a cracked part on the northern wall of the cave. Use Rock
Smash on it to create a door. Enter the door afterwards. You will end up in
this room, with cocoons inside them.
The hidden item west of the rock is an Ability Capsule. The item in the
Pokeball is a Catching Charm: Ruby. Just like the Amethyst one we got
earlier, this charm also increases the chance of getting a critical catch. The
hidden item on the crystal is a Fire Stone. Save your game, and go north.
One of the cocoons will break, and you will come face – to – face with a
Level 100 Volcarona. Battle it, since you can’t catch it. After the battle,
get your Pokeballs ready and interact with the cocoon on the right side. It
will break and a Level 55 Larvesta will come out and battle you. Catch it.
It’s the only Larvesta available in the game.
Our next quest will involve going to Azurine Island. Fly to Azurine Nature
Center and surf west to a small patch of land there. Cut the tree here, and
take the lily pads west. Go north and east on this large island past the
Techie here. On the lily pad path without the Foongus in front of it, go in
the middle and surf north to the next lily pad path. Here:
Go north to the next lily pad path, like I’m doing in the picture. Go west,
and interact with the Amoonguss there to get rid of it. After that, you can
actually go west behind the trees here.

Walk west all the way across this winding path until you see a Rock Climb
spot. Ascend it. Up there, go north and east until you’re hidden behind a
tree. Press A to interact when you can’t move east anymore.

You will find the Poisonium – Z here. This Z – crystal will change all
damaging Poison – type moves into the Z – move Acid Downpour.
Our next quest will involve the Celestinine Mountain. Go to it from its
North Aventurine Woods entrance. Fly to the Route 1 Nature Center. Go
east and challenge the Bouffalant there. Take the Tauros east until you are
here:
If you have trouble getting here due to tall grass, know that you can bypass
them by going through the North Aventurine Woods itself. From the
picture, go north into the woods and jump the ledge east. Go north and
jump another ledge north. Follow the path as it turns west and south. Jump
across another ledge south to the tall grass. Dismount here and walk west
through the tall grass. Go north to Celestinine Mountain B2F. Go north up
the stairs to the ice puzzle. Start here:

Follow these steps:

a) Slide north
b) Slide east
c) Slide south
d) Slide east
e) Slide south
f) Slide east

You will end up on the Icy Rock. Walk here to start the next step of our
journey.

Follow these steps:

a) Slide west
b) Slide north
c) Slide east
d) Slide north

Done correctly, you should end up here.

Ascend this Rock Climb spot. Surf on the water in front of you. Go west
and you will meet some steps leading down to the west. Go down the steps
to meet a boulder sitting in the middle of the cross – shaped ice, like this.
Push the boulder west (that’s all you can do anyway). Go back up the stairs,
to the Rock Climb spot, and descend it. From down there, do the ice puzzle
so that you will end up to the western stairs. To that end, slide:
a. South
b. West
c. South
d. East to the rock
e. South to the rock
f. West
g. South
h. East
i. North
j. West
k. South
l. West
m. North to the rock
n. West to the stairs

Go down the stairs and take the path north. Go up the stairs to your east as
soon as you see it. Slide north across the ice here. Follow the path to the
end to see this.
The item there is a Life Orb. Any Pokemon that holds it in battle will get
the power of all their damaging moves increased, at the cost of recoil
damage. To mitigate this, have a Pokemon with the abilities Sheer Force or
Magic Guard hold it. Use an Escape Rope to leave the place afterwards.
There is another place that we can travel to. After this, we will be busy with
hunting for pseudo – legendaries. Fly to Agate Circus and go to Route 2
from the western exit and up the elevator. Outside the Checkpoint, go up
the steps to the north and go all the way north to see a Rock Climb spot.

Climb up this spot and grab the 5 EXP. Candies XL there.

From there, go back down the steps south and go south past the opened
metal gate there. Go all the way west along this stretch of land to the
western wall, and you will see this Rock Climb spot:
It actually is a shortcut that leads straight to Ametrine City.
Next, fly to Fiore Mansion and go down all the steps there to the southern
end of Route 1. Just before the very last set of steps leading down to the
Crustles themselves, you can turn east to see this Rock Climb spot:

You can ascend here to get some Rage Powder from the red flowers. There
are also green flowers here if you ever need Sleep Powder. More
importantly, up here is also the location for TM28: Leech Life. After that,
you can descend the spot and go down the stairs to the south. Go east while
you’re down there.

You will meet the Crustle here which is reposing in front of a small cave.
Interact with it while holding the Rage Powder in your Powder Vial, and it
will be startled and go inside. This cave is the only place in the game where
you can catch Salandit. I actually did this much, much earlier, right after
fighting Charlotte. You can find a Mega Stone inside as well. Check the
section for more info. Now that you can Rock Climb, your life will be so
much easier. You can just climb the spot to the east to access the cliff to the
next Crustle. When I did this earlier, I actually had to replace the Crustle
that ran off into the cave.
Our next item, and our last one before the pseudo – legendary hunt (I
promise) is all the way to Route 3. Fly to Calcenon City and go out through
the eastern checkpoint. Once outside, make your way all the way south
until the edge of the cliff, then go west and you will enter Route 3,
signalled by the transition into epic music.

Make your way west here and climb down the spot there. Instead of going
down that spot, make your way north and west and walk along the northern
wall of the cliff there. Our destination is not this bridge, but the next one
actually. Go west past the only intact bridge in the route and you will see
this.

Descend from that spot and go west. You will see a cave with a rock hiding
a Synthetic Seed in front of it. Go inside the cave and up the stairs north.
There’s a rock there hiding a Full Restore. Follow the path and go up the
steps east to find a Dragon Fang. Follow the path around to the north and
you can find TM53: Energy Ball waiting for you. This is the best Special
Grass – type move IMHO.

Descending the Longest Waterfall: Finding Dratini

The next four sections will focus on the hunt for the pseudo – legendaries.
According to the Bulbapedia website, the pseudo – legendaries are a
fanmade term referring to any Pokemon with a three – stage evolutionary
line, having a base stat total of 600 for its final stage of evolution, and a
total experience of 1 250 000 by the time it reaches Level 100. The
Pokemon that falls into this category are:
a) Dratini → Dragonair → Dragonite
b) Larvitar → Pupitar → Tyranitar
c) Beldum → Metang → Metagross
d) Bagon → Shelgon → Salamence
e) Gible → Gabite → Garchomp
f) Deino → Zweilous → Hydreigon
g) Goomy → Sliggoo → Goodra
h) Jangmo – o → Hakamo – o → Kommo – o

As you can see, we’ve caught three of them so far in our quest (Beldum,
Goomy, and Gible).
If you did not activate the ‘earlydratini’ password way, way earlier in the
game, this is your only way to catch a Dratini. Go to Ametrine mountain
using the Route 3 entrance. The fastest way to get there is to fly to
Calcenon City, and exit the southern checkpoint down the large set of steps,
the one that we funded earlier when it was destroyed by the PULSE
Clawitzer. Just go west to enter the mountain.
Inside, go west and down the steps. Surf the water here and ascend the
waterfall to your north. You will reach Ametrine Mountain 3F. Surf north
and get onto the land here. Go up the steps north and slide north across the
ice to the next steps. Go up these steps and go west. You will see another
ice puzzle. Be careful with this one. One wrong move and you have to redo
everything.

Start here and slide:

a) South
b) West
c) North

You will end up here:

Surf north on the water here and ascend the waterfall there to Ametrine
Mountain 4F.

Surf all the way north of the waterfall to this spot:

Also be careful here. One wrong move, back to the start we go. From here,
slide:
a) West
b) South
c) East
d) North

Do it right and you will reach this Rock Climb spot:

By the way, we have been to this area before. Back then, all we can do is
get an Escape Rope. Now we have Rock Climb, we can ascend it and you
can get a hidden Blue Shard on an ice rock here. Go up the ladder north
afterwards to Ametrine Mountain 5F. There is a large ice puzzle nearby as
soon as you get here. Slide:
a) West to the rock
 b) South
c) East
d) North
e) West
f) South
g) East
h) North to the rock
i) East
j) North
k) East
l) South
m) West
n) North
o) West
p) South to the stairs

Go south to the water. Grab the hidden Paralyze Heal on the rock here and
descend what could possibly be the longest waterfall in the entire game,
spanning from Ametrine Mountain 5F to Ametrine Mountain B4F.

Down here, you will meet a three – forked piece of land to the south.

The path to the west leads to a hidden Antidote, 4 EXP. Candy XLs, and a
mining rock. The path east leads to a hidden Burn Heal, a Jolly Mint and a
mining rock. The path south leads to an Icium – Z, the Ice – type Z –
Crystal that changes all damaging Ice – type moves into the Z – move
Subzero Slammer. Use your Super Rod here and fish in the water and you
can encounter a Dratini.
 I met this one on my second try. Catch one of your own and leave the place
with an Escape Rope.

Descending the Tanzan Mountain: Finding Larvitar

Prepare a lower – level Pokemon that knows the move Earthquake. A good level
would be Level 40 or so. Fly to Belrose Manse. Surf south on the water and go
west as soon as you land and some trees. We’ve been here before. This was
where we caught our own Drilbur.

Go inside now. Go up the stairs to the north and you will end up here.
Descend the Rock Climb spot. Upon reaching the Tanzan Depths, you will
receive a message saying that the ground is unstable. Before doing anything, go
south and east down the steps leading southwards. Go south to find a rock with a
hidden Super Repel. Go east to find a hidden Escape Rope near two mining
rocks. Go north from there to find some hidden Pokesnax. To the east is a rock
with a hidden Pokesnax. The last four items should be in this picture:

The item there is an EXP Candy XL. The three hidden items there, in clockwise
order are a Great Ball, a Stardust and a Purple Shard. The reason I bothered
with collecting all these items now is when we get into a battle with wild
Pokemon and use Earthquake TWICE in battle, the level above ground here will
be destroyed and we will actually sink lower into the level below. This will also
destroy all the items here. So mine your heart out on the rocks here as well. You
can recognize the unstable ground by the weird diagonal patterns you see on the
ground here.
Once you successfully used Earthquake twice in battle against a single
Pokemon, you will get this message. The ground will collapse inwards, and your
lead Pokemon will faint as well unless it has Sturdy, Battle Armor, or Shell
Armor. In its place, the unstable ground will have a Rock Climb spot. Descend
it.

This is the reason I specifically mentioned a lower level Pokemon with

Earthquake. If it’s too high – levelled, it will knock out the opposing Pokemon
in one hit, rendering this event impossible.

Down here, you will see this:

Hey there, little fella! The hidden item there is a Green Shard. Interact with the
green crystal afterwards and the white rock to the right of the Larvitar will
change into a green rock. The Larvitar will eat it and run off. However, we can
now go up the steps north since the rock is no longer blocking our way. The rock
to the south has a hidden Awakening. You can go into the cave to your north,
but there really is nothing else we can do here. Instead, leave the place with an
Escape Rope. Surf on the water east and south to Tanzan Mountain proper.
Enter the mountain and go south down one flight of steps. Take the east path at
the split and go north up the steps and through the entrance north. In this new
area, follow the path. We’ve been here before. This was the former Meteor Base
at Tanzan Mountain. Go inside this door.

This is another portion of the Tanzan Depths, where Laura and us met and
battled the gigantic Steelix when we were teleported by the PULSE Abra before.
Follow the path all the way down the steps to enter the next area. In this next
area, go west and north up the first fork you meet. When the path splits, turn
west. The path will split again, so go north this time. You will meet a chasm
with a metal bar running across it. Cross the metal bar and enter the cave here.

We’ve also been here much earlier. This is the room where we can get an Up –
Grade to evolve Porygon into Porygon2. Climb the spot there.

Aerial view map of the Tanzan Depths Larvitar Puzzle (from the Reborn Wiki)

The red arrow there shows the spot we just climbed up just now. As you can see,
there are three rooms in here that we can go to: one in the east, one in the
northeast and the other to the west. Apparently, you only need to visit one of
them. Causing the collapse of one room will make the other two caves tumble
down as well. I picked to go to the eastern one. From where you are now, go
north and get the Tiny Mushroom hidden on the rock there. Go west and pick
up the Muscle Band nearby. Continue west up the steps and pick up the hidden
EXP. Candy XL on the rock to the south. There is also a hidden Awakening
there. Go west until you see some steps to the south. Before the steps is a rock
hiding a Tiny Mushroom. Go south down the steps and pick up the hidden
Carbos there. Then go east up the steps, into the cave in the south. You will end
up in this room.

There is a hidden Dawn Stone on the rock south of this room. Get into battle
and use Earthquake twice here.

The ground will collapse, turning the room into a gaping chasm. Get out of
there.
This time, go down the steps east and go up the steps north. Go north to meet a
cave with a similar layout. This cave has a rock in front of it hiding a Blue
Shard. From here, go west through the narrow path and you will meet a
Pokemon Ranger. He will challenge you to a battle. Be careful, he has a full
team of six Pokemon (Lucario, Weavile, Galvantula, Tyranitar, Spiritomb, and
Greninja). Beat him and you can go north.
The hidden item behind the Ranger is a Tiny Mushroom. The other items are a
Big Nugget to the north and a Kangaskhanite, the Mega Stone for Kangaskhan
and our twenty – third Mega Stone. From the Ranger, backtrack east and go
down the steps west. Go west to get a hidden Red Shard. Go further west to get
a Green Shard near a mound. North of the mound is a Rock Memory, the
penultimate Memory for Silvally. Next to the memory is a hidden Tiny
Mushroom. Go up the steps west and go south to get an Escape Rope hidden
on a rock. How appropriate, use it to leave the place and make our way back to
the cave west of the Tanzan Cove just now to the place where we met the
Larvitar.

After descending two Rock Climb spots, you should be here:

Enter the cave in the picture there.

If you go inside this room earlier, you can find the Larvitar standing on a
platform full of stones in front of you. There was nothing we could do. Thanks
to our earlier effort, now there is something we can do.
You will see a platform in front here with four glowing crystals arranged in a
cruciform shape. This is our next puzzle actually. Interacting with the crystals
will determine which rock gets changed into green crystals nearest to the
Larvitar. The Larvitar will eat the rock, clearing the path of the rocks while
moving it into the place of the crystal it just ate.

The objective is to get the Larvitar to eat as many rocks as possible, while
making sure it can move and also clearing out a path in the room so that we and
the Larvitar can go into the next room. So, it’s simple:
a) Don’t get the Larvitar stuck
b) Clear out the rocks so that we can get the items scattered around

Interact with the:

a) Northern crystal three times.

To make the puzzle more easily solvable, sometimes the camera will pan
towards the Larvitar to show you where it is at any given moment. This is
actually a stroke of genius on the dev team’s part. In this case, the Larvitar will
jump north three steps, having eaten three stones.

b) Eastern crystal two times.

c) Southern crystal once
d) Eastern crystal three times
e) Northern crystal once
f) Eastern crystal once. This clears the path to the Pokeball there.
g) Western crystal once.
h) Southern crystal once. The Larvitar should be visible by now.
i) Eastern crystal three times.
j) Southern crystal two times.
k) Eastern crystal once
Afterwards the Larvitar will jump over the ledge into another room.

From the platform, go to the stairs east of you. The two Pokeballs there are now
accessible to you. The left one contains a Jolly Mint and the right one contains a
Timid Mint. Go into the cave north of the stairs and enter the second puzzle
room.
In the second puzzle room, interact with the:
a) East crystal once
b) North crystal four times
c) East crystal three times
d) South crystal once
e) West crystal once
f) East crystal once
g) South crystal once
h) East crystal once
i) West crystal four times
j) North crystal two times
k) East crystal three times
l) South crystal once
m) East crystal two times
n) South crystal once
o) West crystal once
p) South crystal two times
q) West crystal once
r) South crystal once
s) North crystal once
t) East crystal once
u) South crystal twice

The Larvitar will jump the ledge to the next room. The items accessible to you
now are the following:

There is a Nugget on the left and a Modest Mint on the right. The last item (not
pictured) to the south is a Focus Sash.
Go north afterwards to the third and last puzzle room. Interact with the:
a) West crystal once
b) North crystal twice
c) East crystal once
d) North crystal twice
e) West crystal once
f) South crystal once
g) North crystal once
h) East crystal once
i) South crystal once
j) East crystal once
k) North crystal twice
l) East crystal three times
m) North crystal twice
n) East crystal three times
o) South crystal three times
p) West crystal once
q) South crystal once
r) North crystal once
s) East crystal once
t) South crystal twice
u) West crystal once
v) South crystal once
w) East crystal once

Once done, the Larvitar will go into the last room with no puzzles. Before we
catch it, go up the stairs east to collect the items first. The nearest item to the
stairs is an Amplifield Rock, the item accessible by the stairs going south is an
Adamant Mint, the last items all the way to the northwest wall are 4 Glitter
Balls, Reborn – exclusive items that will cause any wild Pokemon to be caught
with it to turn Shiny! To get Glitter Balls reliably, we will have to wait until the
main story is over. Go into the cave that the Larvitar went into near the stairs
just now.
As promised, there are no more puzzles in this room. To catch the Larvitar, who
is now frustrated that the rock in front of it is not turning green, interact with it.
It will battle you. Remember, this is the only Larvitar in the entire game, so
catch it.

If you’re done, collect the hidden 3 EXP. Candy XLs on the rock there, the
hidden Dark Gem there, and the Rockium – Z there, the Z – crystal that
changes any damaging Rock – type move into the Z – move Continental Crush.
Leave the room with an Escape Rope afterwards.

Returning to Teknite Ridge: Finding Jangmo – o

To find our next pseudo – legendary, go to the Tourmaline Desert via train
from the Grandview Station. From the drop – off platform, make your way
all the way north following the rail. As you go further north, you will find
the train carts signalling your proximity to the Scrapyard. Go northwest off
the rails until you finally found the entrance to Teknite Ridge.
FYI, this isn’t a copy – and – paste photo from the Teknite Ridge section.
We’re alone in this picture, aren’t we? Go north into the Teknite Cave.
Since we already explored this place before, there’s not much to do here
now. Just go north into the caves until you reach the place where the path
splits southwest and north. Go southwest into the place with the waterfall.

We can surf into the water here to get the hidden Repel. We didn’t miss out
much then.
Get out of this cave and the next one to go up the two flights of stairs north.
From where the path splits, take the left path and go out into Teknite Ridge.
Go up the steps north and onto the jumping puzzle. From here:
a) Go west two platforms
b) Jump south to the next platform
c) Go west one tile
d) Go south two tiles to stand north of the boulder. Push the boulder
 south.
e) Jump west two platforms
f) Go north one platform
g) Go east and north along that platform
h) Go west two platforms
i) Go south one platform. Push the boulder south
j) Go west two platforms to stand north of another boulder. Push it
straight down south.
k) Go south to where the boulder was and jump west two platforms.
l) Jump north one platform.
m) Go east one platform.
n) Jump north two platforms.
o) Go east and push the boulder east. Take its place.
p) Go north two platforms.
q) Jump west three platforms.
r) Go north one platform.
s) Go west one platform.
t) Go south one platform.
u) Go west two platforms to reach the next ridge.

Jump south over the ledge and go down the two flights of steps there. Go
west into the cave. Inside the cave, go all the way west and up the stairs
north. Follow the path and up the two flights of stairs out of the cave.

On this ridge, go east and north between the trees and disjointed platforms
until you see some stairs going up north. Go up those stairs. Go west all the
way until you see some yellow flowers. Step on it to start the jumping
puzzle. From there, jump:
a) South one platform.
b) Jump west, south, east, and north, making a loop.
c) Jump west three platforms.
d) Jump north one platform.
e) Jump west two platforms.
f) Jump south one platform.
g) Jump west one platform onto another ridge.

Go west along this ridge and north up the stairs.

Rock Climb up this spot and the next one. Up here, you’ll see this:

The hidden item on the rock is an Ability Capsule. That object right there
is a Jangmo – o Egg! It’s the only way for you to get a Jangmo – o in this
game, so raise it with care. This view must be even more beautiful than the
one we saw with Taka earlier, since it seems to be the highest spot on the
ridge. Oh well.

Finding the Final Dark Material: Summoning Deino

We actually started this quest a long time ago. We found two Dark
Materials after returning to Neo – Reborn City. With Rock Climb, we can
find the last Dark Material. Make sure you also have a Soul Candle in your
bag. Go to the end of Route 1, just before the entrance to the Vanhanen
Labyrinth. Use the wild Tauros accessible through the Grand Gates to make
it easier for you.
Go east all the way to the cliff overlooking the Iolia Valley and you’ll see
this:

Rock Climb down here to reach Iolia Valley straight away. Go north out
the door and follow the path there. In this cave, there is a teleporter
diamond that should take you straight to Luna’s Gym. Interact with the
purple crystal up north to go to Luna’s arena. Go north to where you once
battled her to see this:

I once told you to keep this place in mind as we were exploring Iolia
Valley. See the Rock Climb spots there. Climb up either one of them. Go
north and interact with the purple crystal there. You will be in a small room
with the final Dark Material. Collect it and get out of the valley. Fly to
Lapis Ward next. Make your way to 7th Street. If you go north and east into
the building here, this is the Helix Fossil cult headquarters. If you have no
Dome Fossils AND at least one Helix Fossil in your bag, the cult member
in the house will talk to you and ask you to give him a Pidgeot this time
around. In return, he will give you a choice of either the Sail Fossil or a Jaw
Fossil. Last time, before the restoration, they wanted a Farfetch’d.
From there, make your way east and south all the way to a doorless
building. Go east of there past the Move Tutors and south, where you’ll see
a Street Rat standing next to a building with a door. Enter the building to
Beryl Wall. Inside the wall, go west all the way up and down the stairs.
Enter south to the Subseven Sanctum. Go south until you see the altar
where Luna was almost sacrificed all those times ago. Save your game.
With all three Dark Materials and a Soul Candle in your bag, you can
interact with the altar from its southern side to summon your own Level 30
Deino, Summoning a Deino will use up all three Dark Materials and
they’re the only ones you can find in the entire game. This means that this
is your one and only chance to catch your very own Deino and its entire
line.

After you catch it, notice how the background music changes to the one in
Shade’s gym? Get out of that place and go back to Lapis Ward. Fly to
Calcenon City next.

Exploring (The Rest of) Route 4: A G(h)astly Experience

This next section will involve the capture of one of the OG powerhouses of
Gen 1, at least the baby version of it. Looks like our final pseudo –
legendary Pokemon will have to wait after this one. Go to the eastern side
of Route 4, to the place where you met Hardy and where he gave you the
TMX machine for Rock Climb. When we first explored Route 4 on our
way to Calcenon City (after Aya got kidnapped), I told you that unlike the
other three routes in the game, Route 4 is short. Hah! This is Reborn. Route
4 is actually a sprawling cluster of mountains. To see how big it really is,
we need Rock Climb, which we now have. Also, to get all the items in this
route, you will need two terrain – changing moves, either:
a) Eruption, Fire Pledge, Flame Burst, Heat Wave, Incinerate, Inferno
Overdrive, Lava Plume, or Searing Shot
b) Blizzard or Subzero Slammer

This means you need to get both the Firium – Z and the Icium – Z already.
Climb up the spot where we met Hardy. Walk somewhat east of the
winding path between the trees. Collect the hidden Guard Spec. there.
There’s also a rock hiding a Red Shard to the north of the place. East of
the rock is a Hiker who will challenge you in battle. North of the mountain
is a hidden Heart Scale where the grass has no snow on it. Go east all the
way from there to see another Rock Climb spot. A rock nearby hides a
Green Shard. Climb up it to the next part of the mountain.
Walk east up this part and you will see two Rock Climb spots: one to the
north and the other to the east.

Go up the northern path first. There is a hidden Telluric Seed on the patch
of grass here. Go north and ascend the Rock Climb spot on the western
wall.

On this new ledge, follow the path south to get a hidden Max Repel. Go
north and be challenged by a Ranger. Go north past the ranger after the
battle to see this.
The hidden item there is a Red Shard. Go north to be challenged by the
Ace Trainer there. Her team is tough, so be careful (Alolan Ninetales,
Azumarill, Metagross, and Flygon). Go north past her to get a hidden
Escape Rope on a tree. Go back to the Ranger and descend the Rock Climb
spot to the west near her. There is a hidden Synthetic Seed on this plateau.
Climb up the next Rock Climb spot to your west. There is a stone hiding a
Green Shard here.

The item there is a Full Restore.

Backtrack to the Ranger and Ace Trainer. Go to the Ace Trainer and she
can be seen standing next to a Rock Climb spot leading west. Ascend it and
you will receive a message: A chill spreads through the air. That’s your
clue to get into battle with wild Pokemon and use the Ice – type moves
mentioned above. By the way, all the way west at the edge is a hidden
Super Potion. If done successfully, the overworld changes to this.
The massif will freeze over, creating the icy Rock Climb spot there. Climb
it. By the way, I caught a Hypno and a Chansey while wondering around
here. I also met a Winter – form Sawsbuck here. Up on that next massif is
an Ice Stone.
Backtrack to the Ace Trainer earlier. Go south and go back down the spot
to your east. Go north here and descend the spot there to be back at the
massif where there are two Rock Climb spots earlier. By the way, this is the
only place in the game where you can catch a Wigglytuff. Go up the
eastern Rock Climb spot this time. Go east and get the hidden Red – Hots
on the tree. You will also see a waterfall. There’s a jumping puzzle here.
Start here:

Jump:
 a) North
b) Go east
c) Jump south three platforms to the southern plateau.

Go east to see a rock hiding an X. Sp. Def to your south. I also met an
Autumn – form Sawsbuck and a Shroomish here. I just caught the
Shroomish by the way. The Grass – monotypers must be squeeing right
now. Go north to the tree seen in the southeast corner of the picture there.

Jump onto the platform north and east of you from here:

You will end up at the platform with the stairs. Surf into the water from
here (the only place you can surf is from any platform with stairs) and
make your way north between the gaps. You will see a Rock Climb spot
going up at the western wall. Ascend it. Up here is a tree hiding a
Pokesnax and an Ice Stone to the west. Go back down into the water
afterwards and go south, east past the platform with stairs and east past this
platform:
Go north all the way from there and west to the waterfall to your north.
Ascend the waterfall.
Upon ascending, you will receive a message asking you to use Blizzard
again in battle. Grab the Revive sitting there all by itself first. Do it and you
will get this:

Climb the icy spot to your west afterwards. Up here, you will see a
building. Grab the hidden Stardust in front of it first. Enter the building
afterwards.
This is the Mechanic Shed. It seems abandoned. Also, get your Pokeballs
ready. In here, you can find TM73: Thunder Wave. Arrange your party to.
Do you see the two disconnected wires in front of me in this picture? You
can interact with them, and they will be connected. The gate to your north
will open up to reveal a Level 90 BreloomBot named CL:4R1 – C3. This
isn’t your normal Breloom. It’s specifically female, with a Steel/ Fighting
dual typing. It has the Technician ability, hits like a truck and is fast. It has
the moves Spore to turn your Pokemon into sleeping ducks, Shift Gear to
further increase its Speed and Attack to obscene levels, and Magnet Bomb,
which, since you’re fighting in the Factory Field, has a secondary Electric –
typing. Also, Magnet Bomb is boosted by Technician, STAB, and the
Factory Field for a power of 270. It’s gonna hurt.

I lost three high – levelled Pokemon to this thing. To mitigate its Speed, I
used a Prankster Klefki to Switcheroo its Muscle Band away and give it
Lagging Tail. This renders its Shift Gear partially useless. I then used my
Incineroar to give it a Flare Blitz Inferno Overdrive. It still didn’t die after
that. It took an Earthquake from my Krookodile to kill it.
Once the battle is over, it turns out that the robot is just that, a robot. Piloted
by a very mischievous Gastly. Interact with it. Here’s the thing, it wants to
play cat and mouse with you. If you approach it, it will run around the
BreloomBot. Keep chasing it. At some point, its running patterns will grow
more erratic and it will levitate like mad to all parts of the room. Chase it
and interact with it when it runs into you. Just be patient, alright? It will be
a Level 40 Gastly, the only one in the game.

The Dragon with a Dream: Helping Bagon

Finally! Our last pseudo – legendary! I’m going to start this quest from the
Mechanic Shed. Leave the Shed and descend the spot to the east. Go east
and surf in the water. Descend the waterfall and make your way to the
platform with the steps again.
From here, go west and south to the plateau again. Go west and start the
jumping puzzle there:
a) Go west across two platforms
b) Go north one platform
c) Go east two platforms
d) Go north one platform
e) Go east two platforms
f) Go north one platform
g) Go east one platform
h) Go north one platform
i) Go west, north and east across three platforms.
j) Go south one platform until you reach the island in the middle.

Walk to the eastern side of the island to get the hidden Magical Seed there.
Start the next jumping puzzle here.

Jump:
a) One platform north
b) Two platforms east
c) One platform south
d) Two platforms east to reach the eastern plateau

Get the hidden Ice Gem on the tree there, and climb the Rock Climb spot
to the east.
Upon your ascent, you will receive a message saying: the snow slushes
quietly underfoot. That’s your clue to get into battle and use any of the Fire
– type moves I listed at the beginning of this section. Go north first to get
the hidden Purple Shard there. Do so, and the overworld terrain changes
to this:
The snowpack will melt away and you will be left with this. By the way, by
doing this and walking around the patches of wild grass here is the only
way in the game you can catch your own Scyther. Good luck! Make your
way to the platform with the steps, located east of this plateau, and start the
jumping puzzle from there. Jump:
a) West two platforms
b) Jump north one platform
c) Go east one platform
d) Go north one platform
e) Go west one platform
f) Go north one platform to enter the cave there
Once you enter the cave there, you will receive a message saying a dripping
sound echoes throughout the cave. This cave is full of fully – evolved Ice -
type Pokemon, so whip out your Magnetic Lure to do your thing. The
message is also a clue for you to use the Fire – type moves listed while in
battle with wild Pokemon. Do it right, and the icy basin will thaw out to
give you this:
Walk clockwise around this ledge and at 12 ‘o’ clock, you will meet some
steps going down. Go down the stairs and surf in the water south. Grab the
Heracronite there, the Mega Stone for Heracross and our twenty – fourth
Mega Stone. Nearby, on the rock to the east is a hidden Focus Sash. Surf
back north to the stairs and go up it to continue walking clockwise. Once
you make it almost the whole way around, you will meet a dead end. Don’t
fret.

You see the direction I’m facing? Just walk east all the way here and you’ll
end up at the upper ledge. There’s a secret staircase obscured by the large
rock there.
Up on the new ledge, walk around it ANTICLOCKWISE first. At the end,
you will see a rock with a hidden 3 EXP. Candy XLs. Walk clockwise
around it afterwards and you will notice something: you are actually
ascending this mountain this way. It might not be apparent, but you are.
After the third ledge, you will start to see ledges with gaps between them,
like this:

You can go up them to the next ledge. Continue finding these gaps while
heading upwards. At the very top, there will be no more ledges. Instead,
there will be a door out of there at the very south.

Instead of going south, go west first. Follow the narrow path as it turns
clockwise to the end to get a hidden Big Nugget near a rock. Go back
anticlcockwise and go south out of this cave.
Outside here is a hidden Purple Shard in a patch of grass. Go east to see
two things: a hidden Nugget in a patch of grass and a Bagon sleeping
(passed out?) on the grass near the platform with steps.
Talk to it and it will twitch on the ground. It will jerk itself awake and run
up the platform with steps and jump off it. It will do this repeatedly until it
passes out again. Talk to it again. You will find out that it is actually trying
to learn how to Fly. The game will ask whether you want to show Bagon
how to Fly. Say Yes. It will jump up and down happily and the game will
prompt that it did learn how to Fly from you. It will jump on the platform
again and over the cliff this time… only to plummet straight down. Go
back inside the cave and make your way down the ledges with gaps and
anticlockwise down the ledges (don’t forget the secret staircase near the
large rock, otherwise you will just end up going round and round) until you
reach the cave exit. Go out of the cave.
Backtrack your way across the jumping puzzle to the platform with steps.
Go west and down the Rock Climb ledge. At the waterfall, backtrack your
way to the central island and walk to its south. Start the jumping puzzle
here:
From there, jump south two platforms, east three platforms and south once
until you’re at the southeast portion of the plateau. Once there, make your
way south by walking clockwise around the two trees and get the hidden
Ice Heal there. Go west from there afterwards to find a hidden Salt –
Water Taffy on a pile of snow. Go east all the way through the trees
afterwards and you will be challenged by a Black Belt. Go south from him
to get a hidden Hyper Potion. Go east to the edge of the cliff after that and
descend the Rock Climb spot there.
Down here, you will meet a snow – covered massif that has a visible bump
on it.

Use a Fire – type move to melt the snow here. Once done, you will get this:

That item there is a Lycanium – Z, the Z – crystal that changes any of the
three Lycanroc’s Stone Edge into the Z – move Splintered Stormshards. Go
back up the rocky ledge afterwards. Go west past the black belt and turn
south. There’s a Rock Climb spot you can descend here. Make your way
east of the path through the trees and you will be challenged by a Hiker. Go
east past the Hiker and follow the path as it gently turns south. There is a
hidden Chesto Berry on the snow pile here and a Rock Climb spot to the
south. Descend it.
Upon descending, you will be greeted with a message that tells you to use
Blizzard in battle again. There is also a hidden Escape Rope on the rock to
the south. Do it and the terrain will change overworld to this:

Walk east of the now – snowy mountain to find a Rock Climb spot made of
ice. Ascend it onto the next massif. Up here, you will find three things.

There is an oddly – familiar imprint buried in the snow, a hidden Liechi

Berry and an Ultra Potion. Get into a battle and use a move to melt the
snow. Once the snowpack thaws out, the imprint is actually the Bagon who
jumped down earlier. It was unconscious due to the fall it took just now.
Talk to it and the game will ask whether you would be willing to use a
Revive on it. Do it and it will wake up. It will be very happy to see you, and
it will also have a splitting headache. To close things off, it will follow you
out of gratitude! Accept it, it’s the only one of its evolutionary line that you
can find in the game.

This ends our hunt for all the pseudo – legendaries across all seven
generations of Pokemon in this game. When I played this episode (E19) for
the first time, I really felt a sense of approaching finality when this
happened. The pseudo – legendaries were but a dream when we arrived at
Grandview Station at the beginning of the game, but now we have them all.

Finishing up Route 4: Approaching the Glass Workstation

After the Bagon incident, go back south and down the Rock Climb spot
west. Go west and climb up the spot on the spot on the northern wall.
Follow the path northwest to the Hiker again and go southwest of him
between the trees now. You will see a Casanova here.
Go to the east first to get the hidden Big Pearl there and go west afterwards
to battle the Casanova. Go west of the literally lost Casanova and descend
the Rock Climb spot there. You will see the third and last waterfall of this
area.
There are three waterfalls in this area actually:
a. The first one is between Route 4 and Calcenon City, the first one
we meet when entering the city. We didn’t really explore it yet.
b. The second one is right in the middle of Route 4 itself, the one
where we got all the items just now.
c. This third one connects Route 4 with Agate City.

Start the jumping puzzle from here:

Follow these steps:

a. Jump south two platforms.
b. Go east.
c. Jump south. Walk east and north.
d. Jump south and walk to the end of the platform.
 e. Jump west one platform.
f. Jump south one platform.
g. Go east all the way to the eastern plateau of this place.

Go south to battle the Ace Trainer there. Go south again to see another
jumping puzzle.
a. Go west across three platforms.
b. Go north one platform
c. Go west one platform and walk south
d. Go west one platform
e. Go south to be on the southern plateau of the waterfall.

Walk west to get the hidden Elemental Seed on the tree there. Go north to
start yet another jumping puzzle.
a. Jump north one platform and walk west.
b. Jump west one platform and walk north.
c. Jump west one platform.
d. Jump south to end up at the western plateau of the waterfall.

Go west a bit to see what looks like long pane of glass on the ground. Go
south to the rock to get the hidden Ultra Ball. Go north all the way to the
end and turn east to get to the last jumping puzzle. Go east all the way to
the trees to start the jumping puzzle from the north side of the waterfall.
a. Jump north to the platform, walk north and east.
b. Jump south to the next platform. Walk south.
c. Jump west to the next platform and to the small island in the
middle of this waterfall.

On this island, walk south to the patch of grass there and start the jumping
puzzle here.
a. Jump south one platform.
b. Jump east to the platform with steps.
c. Surf in the water here to the east.
d. Go north and west to enter the gap between the trees in the island
here.

Get the hidden Heart Scale and Max Elixir here. Backtrack your way
through all the jumping puzzles to the place where you can see the glass
panes on the floor just now.
You should be here:
Walk west all the way past the gap between the trees seen in the picture.
You should be here:

On your way here, you might have caught a glimpse of Hardy. That
building right there is our next destination and the climax of this chapter
actually. For now, we have one last item to collect. Ascend the Rock Climb
spot there. Up here, walk west and south between the gaps in the trees. You
can actually see a Hiker nearby. This is actually the first cliff we climbed
when entering Route 4. At the end of the path south, you can actually find
this:
That item right there is a Mimikium – Z, the Z – crystal that will change
Mimikyu’s Play Rough into the Z – move Let’s Snuggle Forever. If you
have been keeping track, this is actually the penultimate Pokemon –
specific Z – crystal that we have obtained. There’s one more that we can
get much, much later. By the way, all Legendary – Pokemon related Z –
Crystals and Mega Stones can only be obtained once the main story is
done.
Backtrack to the glass pane in the picture just now and go north and east to
see Hardy. Before talking to him, go southwest to collect two hidden items:

The hidden item to my southeast near the rock is a Moon Stone. The other
item to my northwest is a Rawst Berry. Now go and talk to Hardy.
 Aiding and Abetting the Two Eevee – lutions: Raiding the Glass
Workstation
A reminder to my fellow Rebornians here. Once you talk to Hardy, you will
begin one of the most grueling episodes in the entire game, one that will
only be finished after a horrendously difficult Reborn – style gauntlet even
more challenging than the one at Fiore Mansion AND a PULSE –
Pokemon battle. From the title, you can also gather that we will meet two
other Eevee – lutions, continuing our Petting Eevee – lutions sidequest.
We’ve met and petted five so far: Flareon, Umbreon, Vaporeon, Leafeon,
and Jolteon. Three to go, yeah?
Talk to Hardy. He will say the first smart thing he’s ever said throughout
this game: There’s something going on in the building since the glass
we’ve seen is warm enough to melt the snow. He’s known for quite some
time that there is an old glass factory north of Agate, but he didn’t think
much about it then. He also found it weird, since the glass factory was
supposedly shut down. He’s gonna ask you to make a $2000 bet that there’s
a way down there inside the Glass Workstation. Game on:

Agree to a bet with Hardy:

+1 Hardy

Enter the Glass Workstation now. Hardy will look around the place for a
way in and wander around of his own accord. Do the same. Eventually,
Hardy will wander to the western side and say he’s got nothing. He will go
outside to check again. Follow him. Talk to him as he stares at the wall. He
will propose we remove a metal sheet that is blocking something on the
wall. Go stand on its left side and interact with it. Make sure you face
Hardy while doing it.

Once the metal sheet topples, the words ‘DEVON’ will be written on the
wall. With this, our suspicions will be confirmed. There’s no way this sham
of a corporation has anything to do with producing real glass inside. Since
there is no entrance to be found, Hardy acknowledges that he loses the bet
and gives us $2000.
He will then ask his Gigalith to stomp on the glass panes… to no avail.
There is a shattering sound somewhere, but NONE of the other glass panes
visible to us are actually broken. Sounds familiar, doesn’t it? He will recall
his Gigalith to check on the shattering sound. Go to the east side of the
Workstation to see this:
Talk to Hardy. He will get very suspicious as to why only this small pane
of glass is broken out of all the others. Plus, there’s a ladder leading
directly downwards into the hole there. Hardy will climb down it, against
his better judgment. The Absol wouldn’t do anything. It will just stand
there, as if warning us to NOT go down there. Sorry, but the law of
narrative causality compels me to.
Once we go into the hole, descend the long ladder there. This looks more
like an elevator shaft. Talk to Hardy. He will try to wrench the top of the
elevator open, and once he can’t, he will stomp on it a few times. A
snapping sound is heard and Hardy will climb down into the elevator.
Follow after him.
Hardy will check the elevator buttons. There are only two floors on this
place. He will then tell us to find Team Meteor to put an end to all this at
once. Another voice then enters the conversation, calling us bugs moving
towards a flame. After a lengthy exposition of why moths actually move
towards a flame, Bennett will make an appearance.

He will greet us cordially, affably even. Then he asks us whether we

remember his promise, last time when we battled him in Luna’s gym.

When Bennett asks if you remember his promise:

To be stronger than anyone = -1 Bennett
To make things different = +2 Bennett
No = +1 Bennett

I picked to make things different. He will respect our acknowledgment of

him and notices that we have the Sapphire Bracelets, just like Lin said he
would. Hardy will ask us whether we know Bennett, and he himself will
reply that not even he knew himself back then. He will also retort to Hardy
that he is also a tool for being predictable.

Hardy is puzzled by this, and Bennett will counter with an explanation.

Breaking the glass to get into a place? Please, he’s not his mother (He got
that right). A heavy Gigalith couldn’t break glass? That’s because the panes
aren’t covered with glass, they’re made of Ariados silk, which is way, way
more resilient than glass (arachnophobia incoming). Hardy takes offense at
Bennett calling his Gigalith weak, and proceeds to challenge him to a
battle. Bennett backs down, since he knows he can’t win even though he’s
now an Elite Four member (congratulations /s), especially against a Gym –
leader and us, the golden child.

With that, he reiterates that he’s not there to stop us, just to make sure we
fall into the trap that he set. He will then leave, stating that it’s a shame that
reality doesn’t have a sleep clause. The room dims, and we fall asleep due
to some sleeping agent, probably the same one affecting Agate City. The
screen goes black, and a crashing sound is heard.

The room brightens again, and we are awake once again. If you go back up
the shaft, you will notice something unusual: one of the cables have
snapped, and this might be the cause of the crash that jerked us awake.
Another thing, the snapped cable is covered in something blue, like ice.
Hmmm… We have observation powers too. Climb up the long ladder we
descended here with, and midway, we will find one of the vents to the left
has opened. Go left through it. Out here, we will see a Glaceon in the duct!
Try and approach it, and it will actually run south, while making the most
beautiful sound in all of Pokemon. Follow it.
Out here, we will be in the Glass Workstation proper. You will see the
Glaceon to the east. Interact with it and follow it along the corridor. You
will see it again along the eastern corridor just before a gap in the corridor.
Interact with it and it will use Frost Breath to seal the gap, creating a bridge
you can safely cross. Go round the corridor now and you will see the
Glaceon along the north corridor. Go north and interact with it and it will
jump down the containers there to the ground floor. It will wait for you in
front of a channel of molten glass. Go down the stairs and interact the
Glaceon. It will use Frost Breath to cool some of the glass down to form a
bridge that you can cross and it will continue on north. Just then, we will
hear of a scuffle between some Team Meteor mooks (who else, really?) and
the Glaceon, ending with the Glaceon being captured and crying out in
distress. The mooks will then put it in the server room.
Go north to see a Meteor Knight. Talk to him and he will… run away into a
room west. You can try to give chase, but you will find that the room is
locked. No matter. Go south and west from there to this area:
See the large glass area behind me? Interact with it and use Rock Smash on
it. Who needs doors when you can smash glass? Prepare for a battle and go
inside the door you just created afterwards. Two Meteors are inside with
the Glaceon. One Meteor will ask her teammate, Geoff, to battle you while
she deals with the Glaceon. After we win, Glaceon will literally freeze the
other Meteor member (hah!) and Geoff will just give up. The Glaceon will
run to us happily and will follow us. Talk to it, and you will be asked to pet
it:

Please say Yes.

Pet Glaceon?:
Yes = +2 Lumi
No = -3 Lumi

This makes Glaceon the sixth Eevee – lution that we can pet for our Petting
Eevee – lutions sidequest. Also, this is the only time in the game where we
can pet it. One chance. If you screw this up, not only will you not get
another chance, but the game will shame you for saying No all the way up
to the postgame. It can also use Heal Bell outside of battle, which will
come in handy later.

Go east in the room and interact with the computer panel there to unlock
the east door. If you ever need to heal up or change your Pokemon from the
PC. Go south from the east door you just unlocked, cross the glass bridge
and go all the way south until you meet a door in the southern wall:

In here is a room with a healing machine and a PC. This room is accessible
only up to a certain point during this raid, but don’t worry, there are Light
Shards later.
Go back to the smashed window and go south this time. Use the Glaceon to
create a glass bridge and cross it south. Go west and north and create
another glass bridge. Don’t cross north there for now, since the way is
blocked by stacks of glass. Instead, continue west all the way until a
container blocks you. Create a glass bridge in the channel there and cross it
north. Go west past the stacks of glass and create a glass bridge again and
cross it south. Go west here and create another glass bridge and cross it
north. Go north all the way until you see a door here:
Interact with the door and the Glaceon will call out to something inside. An
Espeon will answer its call. The Meteor mooks will tell the Espeon to shut
it, and will ask another Meteor to catch the Glaceon waiting outside. A
Meteor will come out, be surprised to see that we’re not a Glaceon and ask
us whether has anyone ever told us we’re not a Glaceon before? I said No,
and he challenges me. For his defeat quote, he will tell us that we are the
last thing he ever wanted to see when he opens the door, cementing our
status as Team Meteor’s bogeyman.

After the battle, the Meteor will go back in and lock the door. The Glaceon
still wants to save her fellow Espeon, so we have no choice. Go back south
across the glass, east and north across another glass. We will see some
stacks of glass outside the window to the north.

Approach it and the screen will turn purple, accompanied by the sound of
the Espeon. It will use its Telekinesis to push the glass stacks south,
allowing us access to smash the glass. Do it. Go inside afterwards to be
challenged by a Meteor mook. Talk to the mook we just battled, and he will
tell you that the key to Espeon’s cage is in another room. Smart move.
Imagine putting a key within telekinesis distance of a caged Psychic – type
Pokemon.
Talk to the Espeon in the cage, and the Meteor will add that the key to the
cage is in the south side of the facility. Go to the left side of the room to
unlock the west door. Go out through the smashed window south and go
west. If you noticed, the glass door that Espeon moved for us cannot be
moved back into place, thus sealing us out of the healing room. Instead, go
east and north to a ladder going up to B1F. If you go up the ladder, you will
notice that the Glaceon will stay behind. This means that we can’t go
through any corridors with gaps in them yet. Just go up the ladder and west
all the way to the end. Go south all the way to the end to see a PC. If you
can’t heal your Pokemon, it’s fine. Just put it inside the PC and take it out
again, it will automatically be healed. Go east past the PC and turn north
when you see the corridor leading there. Go down the ladder here and go
west all the way until you see a door to the south of the building. You
should also be able to see the PC on the upper floor here. Go into the door
and you will see a Meteor mook in there. Battle them.

After the battle, the Meteor will mention that another key is needed to get
into the atrium as his defeat quote. Get the Cage Key to his right. Get out
of the room and backtrack your way east and up the ladder. Once up there,
go clockwise back to the ladder with the Glaceon. Bring it back to the room
with the Espeon with you and unlock the cage. The Espeon will follow you,
with a cry of triumph from the Glaceon. It will then wait outside. The
Meteor mook will mention that there is a PULSE in the facility, to the
consternation of his teammate. He will also mention that Espeon has the
ability to move glass around.

Once the Espeon follows you around, talk to it and you will be asked to pet
it. Do not screw this up as well, you get one chance to do it.
Pet Espeon?:
Yes = +1 Eve
No = -1 Eve

Say Yes and it will be the seventh Eevee – lution that we will pet in the
game for our Petting Eevee – lutions sidequest. We won’t meet the final
one, Sylveon, until much later. If Glaceon can create ice bridges and use
Heal Bell, the Espeon can move glass stacks around and use Future Sight.
Just interact with any glass stack and press the direction you want to move
them in when the screen turns purple. Future Sight will give you a clue as
to what to do next, though it’s quite vague to be honest.

Another thing about the two of them is that only one can follow you at a
time. The other one will wait at any place big enough for you to access
them. For future ease of access, tell the Espeon to wait here.
Talk to it while facing it like this and you will be given the option to ask it
to wait here. Do it and go and fetch the Glaceon. Talk to the Espeon again
and the Glaceon will wait at the Espeon’s place while Espeon follows you.
This is for ease – of – access. Do it right and this happens.

Go to the glass stack there and move it north. Go east and south across the
bridge there afterwards. From there, go east all the way to the second glass
bridge leading north and cross it. Go east again to a glass bridge and cross
it to the south. Go south to the ladder and turn west and go all the way
there. You will see this.

Move this stack north, go west and get the Sablenite there, the Mega Stone
for Sableye and our twenty – fifth Mega Stone. From the Sablenite, go back
east and north to the glass bridge and cross it. Go west to see another glass
bridge to the south. Cross it and move the stack blocking it south.
From there, go west and see another glass bridge leading north. Cross it and
you will see two panes of glass, one horizontal and the other vertical. Move
the horizontal one to the west. This will create a gap which allows you to
access the glass window to the north. Smash it and prepare for a Double
Battle with two Techies. Go north in this room to interact with the green
screen. This will enable elevator access and unlocks the ground floor
entrance.

Go back north out of the room and cross the glass bridge again. Go west
this time and stand here:

Move the glass panel there north. Go west through the gap and push the
glass stack west. There’s a tiny gap there for you to access the next stack
south. Push it south. Go east out through the gap and move into this
position:
Push this glass panel you moved earlier back north. Go west all the way
through this gap and enter the same room in the south where you got
Espeon’s key from.

In this room are huge glass stacks artfully stacked. Get in this position:

Follow these steps:

a) Move the stack west. Move through the gap and face the northern
stack.
b) Move the stack west. Move through the gap and face the southern
stack.
c) Move the stack west. Move through the gap and face the northern
stack.
d) Move the stack west. Move through the gap and face the southern
stack.
 e) This is the final stack. Move it west.

Do this right and you will gain access to the TM29: Psychic at the back of
the room there. Move your way like you did just now through the stacks,
but in reverse. Get out of the room afterwards.
Outside the room, go east all the way until the final glass stack before the
ladder:

Move this stack south. Go through the gap north and go to the glass stack
north in the picture. Stand to its east and move it south. Go west through
the gap there and cross the glass bridge north. Go west and you should see
the Glaceon waiting for you there.

While still with the Espeon, move the glass stack the Glaceon was looking
at to the south.
You can now access the east side of this room. Go east and north to another
big window. Smash it and go inside. Battle the Meteor here first.

The three items here are a Timid Mint, PP All and 3 EXP. Candy XLs.
Go back out of the room and west to the Glaceon. Switch Espeon for
Glaceon and bring it south across the bridge. Go west and north across
another glass bridge. Go all the way north here to the elevator. Glaceon and
Espeon can’t climb ladders, but they can ride elevators.

Go up to B1F. Once outside, go east along the corridor, past the corridor
leading north and the ladder leading downstairs. Use the Glaceon to seal the
gap, allowing you to collect this at the end of the corridor.

It’s the PULSE – Dex readout for PULSE 08: Hypno. It’s a Dark –
Psychic type with the No Guard ability, which means nothing can escape its
Hypnosis. By the way, this explains what happened to Agate City. Also, it
couldn’t be any other Pokemon could it? You must have found quite a few
Hypno yourself while exploring Route 4. Go back west afterwards and go
north up the corridor. Use Glaceon to seal the corridor and go north.
There’s a room to the west, but Espeon would be more useful there instead
of Glaceon. Once you’re all the way north, walk east and ask Glaceon to
seal the corridor as well. Go south down this corridor and into the room to
the east. In this room are three beds. One is unoccupied, the one to the far
north is occupied by Evelynn Seijaya, the Espeon’s original owner and one
– third of ZEL. Interact with the green screen to open the pod, and out
comes Noel, one half of the twins! Talk to him and use Heal Bell to wake
Noel up.

Wake Noel with Heal Bell:

+1 Noel

Noel will wake up and ask why did we wake him up, since his sister’s
usually the one with all the answers. He will then go back to sleep. Go to
the middle of the three pods to see that its occupant is Lumina Seijaya, the
Glaceon’s original owner and the other third of ZEL. Open the pod to find
Anna, Noel’s sister and the other half of the missing twins. Talk to her to
wake her up with Heal Bell as well. As soon as she wakes up, she will be
very happy that we made it there, but does an about – face and mutters that
the ‘boy with the broken wing wasn’t supposed to…’ something. It seems
she knows a lot more about Taka’s death than she should. She will tell us
not to worry and just do our thing, and goes back to sleep afterwards. In
this room to the north are two items.
The items are 3 EXP Candy XLs and a Meteor Card. Leave the room, go
back north, west and south to the split path. Go west to the elevator and go
all the way west, south and east to see another unsealed corridor. Seal this
corridor and walk east and south into the room here. In this room is a
Meteor. Battle him.

Read the book on the table afterwards. It’s Volume 3 of the Team Meteor
Personnel Roster.
a) Caitlyn Fisher – Eclipse
b) Andrew Grafmaeker – Aster
c) Terra Pierce – Titawin
d) Zero – Vega
e) Lumina Seijaya – Deneb
f) Evelynn Seijaya – Altair

What’s interesting about this is Vega and Altair are the constellations given
the name ‘The Cowherd’ and ‘The Weaver’ in eastern mythology. They
literally are the OG star – crossed lovers. The weaver was a goddess who
fell in love with a simple human cowherd. Of course, they couldn’t be
together and she was imprisoned on the moon. However, once a year, a
group of magpies will take pity on these separated lovers and arrange
themselves to form a bridge so that they can meet each other halfway,
making them star – crossed. This forms the origin of the Tanabata Festival
on the 7th of July every year in Japan.

Get the 3 EXP Candy XLs and the EV Tuner in the room and leave.
Make our way back to the elevator and take it down to B2F. Get the Espeon
now, and use it to move this glass stack north.

Change back to Glaceon. Go east through the gap and cross the bridge
south. Ask Glaceon to wait here.

Get the Espeon back and cross the bridge south with it. Tell it to move this
glass stack north.

Once moved, walk around through the gaps of the glass stacks to the ladder
in the picture. Tell the Espeon to wait in the corner in the picture below and
go and fetch the Glaceon.
Switch the Glaceon with the Espeon and go west. Move the glass stack here
to the north. Get the Glaceon and go west past the gap created by the
moved stack just now. Create a glass bridge with the molten glass there and
get the Espeon again. With the Espeon, move north across the glass bridge,
go east and move the glass stack north. Go east again and move the glass
stack south. Go east through the gap and move the stack east. The gap
should now lead you to a Mega Stone, Gyaradosite, our twenty – sixth
Mega Stone.

Go back north through the gaps and west and south across the glass bridge.
Go east after that and move the glass stack north. Go east again and move
the glass stack behind Glaceon to the north. Go east and south to enter a
room here. This room has a Meteor. Battle them.

On the table are 2 EV Boosters. Leave afterwards and go south and west.
Move this glass stack south.

Go through the gap and move the glass stack west. Go around the gap and
move east. Move the glass stack south. Tell Espeon to wait here while you
go and fetch Glaceon. In the picture, have already fetched Glaceon

Go east all the way with Glaceon and cross the molten bridge north. Go
east here and into the elevator north. In here, you will find Hardy sleeping.
Talk to him with Glaceon tailing you and use Heal Bell twice on him.

Wake Hardy twice with Heal Bell in the elevator:

+1 Hardy
The first time, he will wake up and ask why are there five of us and a herd
of Glaceon following us. He will tell us of his dream about an Eevee –
lution king and a machine. He will fall asleep midway through, so use Heal
Bell again. He will then continue his story. The Eevee king was a huge
Dragon – type Eevee which apparently fought Hardy, us, and all the other
Eevee – lutions. It turns out that the Eevee – King was the one that
summoned them there in the first place. It wanted us to fight it all along. He
will fall asleep again afterwards. Don’t bother trying a third time. He will
just ask us to stop chiming and go back to sleep.
Leave the elevator afterwards. Go back to the Espeon and switch. Go west
and move the glass stack south. Go west through the gap and north across
the glass bridge.

Ask the Espeon to wait here.

Fetch the Glaceon and switch with the Espeon. Cross the glass bridge south
and move the glass stack south. Go west through the gap and north across
the glass bridge. Go north all the way to bring Espeon into the elevator to
B1F. From the elevator, go east and north as soon as you are able to. Enter
the room to the west here with Espeon.

Go into the gap here and face north. Follow these steps:
a) Move the stack east.
b) Face west and move the stack north into the gap.
c) Face south and move the stack west into the gap.
d) Move south and push this stack south.

Go into this gap:

a) Move the stack I’m facing east.

b) Move the east stack north.

You should now be able to get the Reborn Ball there, this game’s version
of the Master Ball with guaranteed catch rate. To get out, do everything in
reverse:
a) Move the west stack south.
b) Move the north stack west.
c) Go north and west into the gap and face south, you should face the
stack in b).
d) Move that stack east
e) Move the west stack south
f) Move the north stack west to clear the exit.

Go back south and west to the elevator and take the both of you back down
to B2F. Go back to south, west, and north to the Glaceon. Don’t switch
them. Go east past the Glaceon and south across the glass bridge. Go east
and turn north as soon as you can across the glass bridge. You will end up
here.

Interact with the glass stack I’m facing and move it south. Backtrack to the
Glaceon and move the glass stack to its east (pictured below) southwards.
Go east through the gap created and east past the smashed window to this
glass pane.

Push it east all the way. Go north between the created gap and move the
glass stack east.
Leave the Espeon in this gap and fetch the Glaceon. Bring the Glaceon
north of here, to the gap between the machine and the boxes. Go north to
see another channel of molten glass. After that, switch the Glaceon for the
Espeon and get into this gap.

Move the stack I’m facing to the east. Move the stack to my east north.
This will create a gap on your right. Switch back to the Glaceon and go east
and north under the broken corridor there in the picture. Go north and
create another glass bridge.

Switch back to Espeon and cross the glass bridge you just created. Once
crossed, move the stack to the east. Get into the gap and push the other
stack west.
Interact with this panel to open the atrium door. You will use the Meteor
Card to unlock it. Once done, go south and cross the bridge again. Get into
this gap again:

Move the stack north. Get into the gap near the Glaceon and push the stack
east. Go north through the newly created gap. There should be a glass
bridge here created by Glaceon earlier. Cross it and get the 5 EXP Candy
XLs here. Get the Light Shard, you’re gonna need it for what comes next.
Push the last stack east and you will gain access to the atrium. Say goodbye
to the Glaceon and Espeon for helping you navigate this place. Save your
game, arrange your party and step through the atrium door.

The Glass Workstation Gauntlet

As you step through the atrium, you will see Zero, PULSE Hypno and
Bennett. The Glaceon and Espeon will follow you from behind. And
disappear in a room west. Zero will interject as if he’s been looking for
them. Also, Laura is on the east side of this room, strapped unconscious to
a table.

It turns out that losing Eve and Lumi took a hard toll on Zero, who is
speaking as if he still had them in his body. He referred to Glaceon and
Espeon as our Pokemon and accuses us of stealing them. He also thinks it’s
our fault that he lost both Eve and Lumi. Bennett tries to hold back what’s
left of Zero’s sanity. Bennett the creep will somehow tell us that we have
always been privileged enough to taste nothing but victory (if only he knew
how many times I’ve lost), and attributes it to our Pokemon (Hey, I started
with one Pokemon! One.) and friends (if only he knew who I’ve lost). He
intends to test the limits of both our Pokemon and friendship by
commanding us to battle our mind – controlled friends. This gauntlet is
scary and more challenging for two reasons. There will be three battles in
total: One Double Battle with six – on – twelve, one Single Battle with six
– on – six, and another Double Battle with six – on – twelve.

The other reason is that any fainted Pokemon will remain fainted, but any
injured but conscious Pokemon will be restored, both in PPs and HPs.
When this infamous gauntlet was first released, it was so difficult that the
early testers asked Ame to nerf it. You can now quicksave between any of
the three battles but last time it was just continuous with no chance of
saving in between. The earliest releases don’t even have healing between
battles. Rebornians like you and me have taken great pleasure (and pain) in
setting even more difficult conditions to win this gauntlet. The most
extreme one I’ve seen is one Rebornian winning the whole gauntlet with
TWO Pokemon: a Drought Ninetales and a Mega Charizard X.

First up is Shelly and Cain. One is a former Gym Leader, while the other is
a Gym Leader. Cain leads off with an Alolan Marowak holding a Thick
Club, and Shelly with a Ribombee named Anna. Ribombee holds a Babiri
Berry, so don’t try to hit it with a Steel – type. It will also always set up
Sticky Web to screw up your lightning bruisers on the first turn. In doing
this Gauntlet, I took a leaf out of a Trainer on YouTube with a Japanese
username: an Extreme Evoboost team. My leads are an Eevee holding an
Eevium – Z and an Intimidate Incineroar. On the first turn, I will Fake Out
the Ribombee, denying its first – turn Sticky Web. Thankfully it has Sweet
Veil and not Shield Dust. I will activate my Extreme Evoboost and Baton
Pass it to my Moxie Krookodile. I will use Parting Shot on the Alolan
Marowak, further weakening its Attack. I will then switch to my Telepathy
Gardevoir, who knows Psych Up. My Krookodile will Protect after that,
allowing the Gardevoir to copy its stat changes. Its pretty much a massacre
after that. My Krookodile also knows Power Trip, crucial to this strategy
and also Beat Up to break any Focus Sashes. Krookodile also holds a Shell
Bell while my Gardevoir holds a Wise Glasses. My Gardevoir knows
Draining Kiss and Stored Power, also crucial to this set.

The second battle of the gauntlet ends after the first one. Bennett will ask
Zero to turn the PULSE Hypno on us, controlling our mind. Therefore, we
can’t determine who our opponent is. Their sprite will be replaced by
question marks. They have a lead Weavile with Icicle Crash. I actually had
to reset sometimes since my Eevee will flinch from this move, failing my
Extreme Evoboost strategy. I will Baton Pass to my Krookodile again, and
Earthquake my way to victory. The Weavile might present a problem since
it holds a Focus Sash. Not to worry though, I have a Shell Bell, remember?
It guarantees me healing after each turn.

The third battle of the gauntlet is another Double Battle. This time, our
opponents have a lead Alolan Ninetales and a Clefable. The Alolan
Ninetales will always set up Hail and Aurora Veil and the Clefable is used
to spread status around with Thunder Wave. I won with the Krookodile and
Gardevoir combo again, as described above. Gardevoir can sometimes get
unlucky and haxxed with Thunder Wave paralysis though. During the
second and third battles, you can see disjointed dialogue between and after
them. Judging from the Pokemon used in the second and third gauntlets,
you can even tell who our opponents actually are.

Other strategies besides the two I’ve mentioned above (although I don’t
recommend the two Pokemon thing, if only because of what comes
afterwards), Klinklang seems to be a popular sweeper. Not only can it set
up to insane levels with Shift Gear, but its effect is doubled in the Factory
Field. Its ability (Plus or Minus) and the effect of its move Gear Up is
doubled by the terrain and the power of its signature Gear Grind is doubled
in the terrain. Have it hold a Synthetic Seed while the field is a Short –
Circuit field and you can get rid of one of its weaknesses with Magnet Rise.
Other team members can be Technician Roserade with Hidden Power Fire
and Giga Drain.

Another popular strategy seems to be Trick Room Mega Camerupt. Its slow
speed guarantees that you will always outspeed all your Pokemon once
Trick Room is up. An excellent Trick Room partner is Mimikyu. With its
Disguise ability and an Amplifield Rock, you can always guarantee a Trick
Room will be set up. I personally have never tried a Trick Room strategy
for this gauntlet, but I know enough of Mimikyu’s ability and its potential
as a Trick – Room setter to use it to single – handedly beat the third Elite
Four Member. Another good Trick Room setter is Sturdy Carbink.

With all this said, strategize! You really can’t win this fight going into it
without some semblance of strategy. Good luck.

Embraced by the Void: A Journey through Limbo

After this daunting gauntlet, we can hear the sounds of the PULSE Hypno
and other trippy sound effects, even though all this happens with a black
background. Once we regained consciousness, we will be in a place filled
with stars literally. This is, as we will find out later, a void of some kind.
We will journey through this place and meet with almost all the people
we’ve met before. This place also provides a window into their innermost
secrets, allowing us to appreciate the characters better. Kudos to the dev
team for including this episode in the game. By the way, since this is
Reborn, don’t expect to walk out of here without at least one difficult
battle.
Follow the starry platform southeast and clockwise to the west. The stars
are your guide through this place, follow them and you’ll be fine. They’re
hard to see sometimes, though.
Please grab the Light Shard there. You’re going to regret it midway through
the journey if you don’t. From the place with the Light Shard, go south
along this lengthy path. You will meet this guy:

He is the station master that we met on our first trip to the region that will
forever change our lives. He’s the one typing out our ticket details. Talk to
him and he will repeat his dialogue verbatim. He will also disappear
afterwards.
Go east and hear the train leaving, as it did in the intro. As you go further
east, void – Ame will appear and push you south, saving your life as
shattering glass is heard. This creates a path of stars to the south. If you go
east from here, you will see all the other protagonists in the game that is not
your character with their backs turned towards you. They did not survive
the train explosion remember?
Go south to meet void – Julia, the second major character you meet in the
game. Talk to her and she will ask you your very first relationship points
question. Answer Yes. She will answer that it’s the only thing we can do
anyway, implying destiny might be playing a role here.

She will disappear afterwards.

If you follow the path, you will meet void – Victoria. She will repeat her
first dialogue to us verbatim, with one major exception: She will introduce
herself as Kiki. This seems to be a representation of her survivor’s guilt
after Kiki’s passing. She will also say that Ame asked her to bring us in for
salvation (her original dialogue says registration).
It seems that she views us as Reborn’s messiah archetype of some kind.
She will go north and disappear. Follow her north and through the long
path winding northwest.
Go west afterwards, and south. We will see the Starter’s table. I still have
my starter with me, so this is all nostalgic. Choose the same starter you did
at the start.

Once it’s done, an explosion happens and the screen turns red. The whole
place will disappear. Go back north, east, and southeast. In the middle, you
will find that there is another fork with a familiar face there.
This is the actual Cain, not the void version of him, apparently. He’s stuck
here in the same place as us.
Talk to him, and he will say that we’re cute (his first dialogue and
establishing character moment all in one). He will then reveal he’s the
actual Cain by telling us that he’s glad to see us in this place. He’s been
wandering around this place for quite some time and is starting to get
worried. He will ask us to stick together with him, which wouldn’t be
difficult since there’s only one path. He will then walk straight east, which
we couldn’t do as the only path available to us is northeast. It seems that
the void is experienced differently for everyone.
Follow the path northeast again to see Julia again. This is the moment when
I begin to like Julia’s character. She will repeat her pre – Gym battle
dialogue here. The difference is that she will ask us to ignore the superlame
reality junk, and also her dialogue that she needs more banners, streamers,
and ways to cover up the persisting revelation that the best years of her life
(at the OTS) is already behind her and everything goes downhill from here
on out. Her last piece of dialogue is the most intriguing: She wouldn’t go
easy on us just because we’re the one he chose. Who this he is, I don’t have
any idea back when I first played this episode. Just make sure that you’re
not high when you’re playing this part, alright?

As reflected by her Gym title, Cheer Captain, she also took it figuratively
and thinks it’s her responsibility to keep her three friends together. As crazy
as she is, she might just be the most normal out of the four sorority sisters.
As such, she might just be a Stepford Smiler this whole time. That’s not
childishness, it’s a coping mechanism.
After Julia disappears, go north, west, and north to meet void – Fern. He
will repeat his dialogue in OTS to us verbatim (when we were there to
challenge Florinia). With one exception:
He will admit his inferiority – superiority complex. Also:

He will acknowledge our strength. Something the real Fern could never do.
He will leave and disappear afterwards, not without leaving a metal gate up
that will prevent us from going in his direction (how fitting, since we’re not
traitors). Go back south and east. Once you go east enough, a new fork will
appear. Take the eastern fork and follow the path north to a figure – 8 path.
We will meet void – Florinia.
We will endure a protracted silence with her, and only two words: Please
notice. There really is more to her than the Flo – bot we met in early –
game. Something happened that turned her into who she is today. Once she
disappears, go north. Follow the long path east to see void – Corey falling
from Beryl Bridge. Poor man. No peace for him, not even in limbo.
Follow the path south to see this:

Void – Shelly and void – Cal looking out there, just as they looking down
on us from Lapis Ward during early game. We can’t interact with them so
move on south. What follows is a sequence of events by both void forms
imitating what happens when Cal lashes out at Shelly in the Orphanage,
culminating in void – Shelly running east away from void – Cal past you.

We will also see this:

The two sides of Cal: his hot – tempered, impulsive self, and his repentant,
more even – tempered self.
As the path turns west, we will see this:

Blakes. A lot of Blakes. Follow the path as it turns south to see this:
Blake pushing Cal down a cliff of some kind. Cal will run off, probably
imitating their fallout. You will see Blake, Cal and Shelly on separate
platforms as you go south, reflecting their estrangement. Go east and south
afterwards.
Heather’s voice can be heard as you walk south, reflecting the time she
spent in Sigmund’s care. What do you know, Sigmund is there as well, with
his electroconvulsive treatment. Heather’s threats become more
pronounced as you walk through the place in a zig – zagging pattern. We
will be shocked as we walk south, but thankfully, our party is unharmed.
The path will wind westwards, and we will see Anna.

Talk to her. She will say that it really was us, and that our light shines
brightest of all in the darkness. She would also say that we should never
stop shining, no matter what happens, and that someone ahead should open
a path for us. She will pose us a rhetorical question: if two people were to
make two contradictory wishes, which wish would win? She would say that
we will just have to find out in the end. She will then jump down,
alarmingly.
Continue the path west to see this:

Don’t recognize who any of those people are? That’s Sigmund middle left.
We’ve seen that woman before, when we did the Rotom event. Before
Rotom appeared, we are treated to a screen where we see major characters
(Corey and Sigmund) losing their loved ones. The woman Corey was
chasing should be Elena and the woman Sigmund lost must be Lizzie.
Laura did mention that he heard Sigmund talking to a hallucination of
Lizzie once. Who Lizzie was and what was her relation to Sigmund will be
revealed much, much later.
Leave that place and go west and north until you meet Cain again.
Apparently, he thought he lost us soon after his journey began. He did meet
a past version of us that ignored him. He will tell us to stick close to him
and veers off our path to the west. Follow the long path north until you see
three – way split. Go north to the central path. You will meet void – Kiki.
Talk to her and she will welcome us once again. Whereas in life she is all
about inner peace, in the void she is all about fury. Her fury will be cut
short as she disappears. Did you know that when she was a Gym Leader,
winning against her would award you the Fury Badge?

Go north and be surprised (Damn the jump scare) at Solaris’ Garchomp

decapitating you. Kiki will return behind you and lament that it’s unfair that
her life is cut short. She will rage against her fate that made her have some
kind of auto – immune disorder (her body killing itself), that despite
surviving an abusive family, climbing through the ranks through the
Reborn League, and sacrificing her entire life to build Apophyll Academy,
she dies a horrible death at the end. The music changes at this scene,
reflecting her inner turmoil and chaos. Follow the path north, east, and
north to see Cain’s entire family arguing (Well, Lana and her husband are
arguing, Aya watches and Cain is closing his ears).

Talk to void – Aya. It shows her parents arguing and her father leaving. She
promises to clean her room and not complain again, if only they would love
each other again. Walk further north past that scene to see another scene
involving the family.

I’m not sure what’s going on here to be honest, but it seems that Tez (Cain
and Aya’s stepfather) is hitting Aya? I don’t even know what’s going on in
the left scene. Probably Cain hooking up with various men? Continue north
and west to see a scene of Cain walking out on Aya. Talk to void – Aya and
she will say that Cain leaving her is just what she deserves, indicating her
guilt at her failure to stand up to her brother when he came out. This scene
is surrounded by six people, including Corey himself. She also feels
burdened about carrying the mantle of the Poison Gym – Leader after
Corey passed and Cain left. Walk west past the scene and southwest to see
the real Cain looking east.

Talk to him and he tells us that the place is tiring him. Well, we literally are
taking a walk down memory lane. He’s also seen some things about us
(probably about a certain person’s death maybe?) so he knows we’ve also
seen some things about him. He honestly would rather forget all about it,
and that’s why he ran away from home, only to realize he’s been running
around in circles. He will ask whether we know what to do in the future. I
said No.

Speak to Cain in the void, when he asks if you know what you’re doing in
the future:
+1 Cain

I can’t even figure out what to eat tomorrow. He would admit that his
flirtatious behavior and romantic insecurity stems from not being certain
about his own future. After all, a little harmless fun isn’t a sign of lifelong
commitment is it? He hopes to belong someday, either to a place or a
person. But right now, he knows that he’s his own biggest problem. Cain
will tell us to go on ahead without him, and he resolves to not run away
from the place. Go south.
If you go south enough, you will find void – Sigmund surrounded by
apparitions of Lizzy. Talk to him and he will repeat his dialogue to you at
Belrose Manse verbatim. This time, the thing he lost wasn’t the children of
the Orphanage, but Lizzy. The apparitions then disappear.
Go further south to see this:

It’s void – Corey surrounded by his own apparitions and one of Sirius,
while he is on his wife’s deathbed. Talk to void – Sirius, who is cursing a
woman and her husband twice over. If I have to guess, he might be talking
about Caroline and Monty Belrose, who we know whose deaths are caused
by him. He will begin to talk about history again, and how it was always
written by the winners.

Go south, west, and south from there to meet void – Lin. She will repeat
her sadistic dialogue at the Devon Corp., the one right before we fought
Victoria. She will then disappear.
Go south, southwest, and south to see void – Carey looking after Heather,
probably after what happened with Lin at Rhodocrine Jungle. Keep going
south to see many, many rows of Elias to your left and right. If you keep
going south, you will see Radomus and Luna ahead of you. Interact with
void – Radomus, and you will see the scene on the day when Luna adopted
Radomus as her father. The two void – characters will run north past you. If
you go south and west after that scene, you will see this woman to your
south.

Talk to her, and she will tell you a story about a belt of meteors sweeping
across the universe. One of those meteors decided to stray off the path and
goes further than any meteor has ever been. The meteor flew millions of
miles across the universe to find a little planet she liked, and decided to
settle down there. However, upon entering the planet’s atmosphere, its
thickness caused the meteor to burn up into a shooting star, which the
people of the planet noticed. All the people made a wish on the fallen star,
and for once in their lives, felt hope. The meteor, however, burned out,
slowly reducing itself to dust. Before she fades away, she did not regret
coming to this planet, because she touched so many lives in the process.

Just then, void – Radomus appears. Talk to him, and he will longingly say
that the woman can be a meteorite instead of a meteor. Meteorites don’t
burn away into dust. Meteors do. He will then disappear.
Go back west and go south this time. You will see Radomus gazing
longingly to the east, while a Ralts stands behind him.
Go south and you will see the same scene, but instead of a Ralts, now we
have a Kirlia. Lastly, the same scene is repeated with the Gossip Gardevoir.
Go west to see a row of Radomuses with a row of Gardevoirs, the same
scene repeating itself over and over. Have you figured out who the woman
with the story is yet? She’s Zina Vanhanen, Radomus’ long-lost wife. His
eccentric behavior has been his way of grieving over his loss. Go north
from there, and west to see Serra, Bennett, Radomus, Luna, Elias,
Gardevoir, and strangely, Anna and Noel.
Go east and north from there to see Solaris facing Taka, and Luna facing
Elias, with Taka and Luna standing back – to – back. Generational conflicts
suck, don’t they? Innocent people always get hurt.
As you continue north, a disembodied voice who speaks with all lowercase
will laugh at you. They will say that it’s funny we’ve gone this far and yet
we don’t know who our real allies are. In a meta way, they are addressing
us, the player. They will ask questions like have we ever wondered how we
can go this far, and did we think we can do it alone. Arrange your party.
You’re about to have the single difficult battle after this. Walk north to
meet the PULSE Hypno.
This Pokemon is your first battle in one of the new arenas in the game, the
Starlight Arena. Read up on it and the PULSE info for Hypno before you
start. It has high defenses and the ability No Guard, which ensures
Hypnosis always connects. It also has Dream Eater, which receives STAB.
It also knows Dark Pulse and has Dark/ Psychic Typing, ensuring that it
receives STAB as well. Also, it has Calm Mind to boost its already stellar
defenses. Furthermore, it has a Calm nature, which boosts its Special
Defense while lowering its Attack. Its ability might be its own undoing,
since No Guard also means all your attacks will hit it. Its low speed means
you can put it to sleep before it can do the same to you, so fight Hypnosis
with Hypnosis.

Back in E18 when the void episode was released (in fact, that was the name
of the episode, Void – Kissed), we never actually fought the PULSE
Hypno. Imagine my surprise when I (re)played E19 for the first time. I
came into this battle blind, and I almost got blacked out. I used Eevee to
Yawn it. It retaliates with a Hypnosis. Once I’m asleep, it faints my Eevee
with Dream Eater. I switch to my Krookodile, while the Hypno falls asleep.
I used Beat Up, which is boosted by the Starlight Arena, and hits 5 times
due to my Eevee fainting. After a second Beat Up, it faints.
After the battle, go north and take the central path, right behind the PULSE
machine north. It will curve northeast so follow it. You will see this:

This is a representation of Serra, torn in half exactly with no lower body.

She seems to think of herself as a broken old doll remember?

Her son, on the other hand, is surrounded by Elias, representing how their
destinies became intertwined, culminating in him becoming an Elite Four
member at his behest.

This is void – Luna, representing her desire to fill in the gaps in both
Radomus and Serra’s life by becoming their daughter. I have no idea who
that is in front of Serra. Follow the path here and you will meet the actual
Gossip Gardevoir. Talk to her to find out that she thinks she’s dead already
in the void, and she’s glad to do it for Radomus’ sake. All the love
Gardevoir felt for him throughout the story is merely a reflection of
Radomus’ own longing for his lost wife. Gardevoirs are attuned to their
Trainer’s feelings remember? But this sacrifice that she made, dying for
him, is done out of her own volition. Talk to her again, and she mentions
that she would like to sleep now.
Go north and west to meet a green – haired, slightly chubby girl that you
won’t recognize at the center of a circular path. She then transforms into
Terra.
I wonder what happened to change her into the Terra we knew today. Go
around the glitchy pieces anticlockwise like in the picture and go west to
see Titania and Amaria. The waterfall episode will repeat, with Amaria
jumping off the path south. Talk to Titania and she will say that it’s better
this way, but we don’t get to decide that.
Go south down the path that Amaria fell. We will suddenly be greeted by
Taka. He’s always wanted to be able to fight like us, and asks us not to
forget him. We won’t. It’s a promise. Continue following the path west and
north to see a blue – haired Cal. Talk to him and Blake will suddenly
appear and push him down the path. Continue north to see the two brothers
to the east.

This seems to be an episode from their childhood. They were punished by

their father, who is by all means an abusive man, to stand outside in the
cold (their hometown was Ametrine City remember?) This explains how
Blake became the man he is, since he thinks it’s better for him to be
abusive rather than the abused.

Go north from the brothers and we’ll be at a circular platform. In a blink –

and – you’ll – miss – it scene, we can see Shade in the center of the
platform. Go east to another circular platform, we can see a glimpse of a
short – haired woman in a red – and – black suit in the center of the circle.
Follow the winding path all the way south to see a reenactment of Ame
being eaten by Hydreigon, becoming headless and slumping to the ground.
Adrienn, Victoria and Arclight will also be there, defeated by us.
Go south all the way to see ZEL. Talk to them and they will disappear, to
be replaced by a blue – haired woman and lavender – haired woman
running in opposite directions. Keep going south to see a repeat of Taka in
a suit of armor being stabbed by Aegislash from behind. Follow the path
east until we’re suddenly stopped in our tracks by someone saying enough.

Luna, the actual Luna will come from a starlit path south and will greet us
warmly. She says it’s been a while since we saw each other. She thinks we
have spent too long in the void. She will say that this is her home now, and
she will step aside to let us pass through the path south. Take it. Once we
take the path south, a bright flash of light will blind us, followed by a
sound. We’ll be back in the Glass Workstation.

The Aftermath of the Void: The Full Story

The first person to greet us in the real world is surprisingly Elias. He will
remark that it’s unbelievable that we made it out alive. Serra will also be
there, along with an unconscious Shelly. It turns out that Elias is actually
Radomus in disguise. He will address Serra as Miss Voclain, and tell her
that with our appearance, not all is lost in the void after all. Radomus will
change into a Nurse Joy outfit (Nurse Rajoymus) and will attempt to do
some damage control.

Serra, who remarks about all that she has lost, will get into an argument
with Radomus about how lightly he’s taking all this loss. It seems they
have lost someone important to both of them in the void: Luna. She thinks
Radomus isn’t upset over losing her. He replies that he has been losing all
the important women in his life for a very long time now. Serra was the one
who saved Shelly from being sucked into the void.
The full story of how Radomus, Serra, and Luna came to be there is given
by Radomus. Luna informed him that she has been contacted to go to the
Glass Workstation by a “friend”. Radomus, as he is, is suspicious about the
nature of this place, and escorted her along with Gardevoir. He even bought
his Ash Ketchum hat (the right hat for the right job, remember?) along. It
seems that Luna took the liberty of contacting Serra to come there as well.

It seems that the one who arranged this family reunion is none other than
Gardevoir herself, the sly thing. Serra says she needs to find Bennett, who
she knows is there. And the mysterious friend who informed Luna is Shade
themselves. They might be creepy, but they are trustworthy. Serra, using
her expertise in Ice – type Pokemon, deduces that the damage to the broken
elevator shaft is recently done by an Ice – type move. They got into the
place through the elevator that we activated earlier, and went into the
atrium where they saw us being mind – controlled by Bennett, Zero, and
the PULSE Hypno.

We were hypnotized into giving the Sapphire Bracelets to Bennett’s

Volcarona. Seeing this, Serra becomes outraged. Bennett is of course
surprised to see her there, and tells her to leave. She refuses, on account of
her son joining a terrorist organization. She does compliment him on his
new hairstyle though. She might be a mother, but she was a former model,
too. Bennett corrects her by saying that Meteor is a religious organization,
not a terrorist one. Serra fails to see the difference and tells him to come
home. Bennett says he didn’t join them, he’s just doing jobs for them until
he's repaid his dues to Elias for making him an Elite Four member: a
distinction without a difference, I’d say. Serra promises to make him pay
his dues by grounding him for life, and Bennett refuses to come home.

The lights seem to have dimmed for a moment there, something Bennett
notices and asks Zero about. Radomus then asks us that Bennett might not
be a child anymore, but is he really an adult. He retorts by replying that
he’s not the one with the ridiculous mask on. Bennett then greets everyone
there, asking Serra why her new boyfriend is weirder than her last, and
apologizing to Luna, telling her he is no longer the man she once knew
(He’s right, he graduated from creep to terrorist). There is another dip in the
lights of the room, causing Bennett to ask Zero whether the PULSE Hypno
is using too much power.

Zero replies that the machine is fine, it just keeps cycling the power. The
PULSE Hypno is still hypnotizing us, so Zero says it will still be fine to use
us to beat Luna, Radomus, and Serra in battle. This answers all that Luna
needs to know. Zero, who is really off the deep end at this point, ignores
Bennett’s orders to just subdue those three newcomers and uses us to battle
them. Luna steps up first, explaining our second gauntlet battle. Bennett
seems reluctant to let her battle us, but she shuts him down by saying that
since he has changed and picked his side, she will not spare him since he is
now her enemy (You go, girl). She wants the three of them to battle us
together so that we can be freed from the Hypnosis.

Once she lost, Radomus invites Serra to join him in a double battle against
us, our third gauntlet. To even the playing field, Bennett tosses us Full
Restores so we can heal our Pokemon from fighting Luna. Once we won,
Zero once again descends into madness and gloats over his victory over the
three Gym Leaders (Excuse me?). Bennett shuts him down by saying he
shouldn’t be proud of this, since telling us to battle all of them was
unnecessary. With the psychoanalytical skills he inherited from his mother,
Bennett will point out that Zero only took pleasure in controlling us since
he himself lacked bodily autonomy for so long, being joined to Lumi and
Eve. Bennett will point out that the right thing to do, instead of jeopardizing
the PULSE Hypno’s security in a gauntlet, is to put Luna, Radomus, and
Serra to sleep.

He will accuse Zero of still clinging to Eve and Lumi precisely because he
was incompetent on his own in the first place. Serra interjected by asking is
that what Elias has been teaching him, to which he replied that he himself
feels that he is still unfit to be an Elite Four member, and has taken steps to
study and better himself. Serra replied that for all his supposed self –
improvement, he is still a terrorist. Bennett reiterates that he is only paying
his debts to Elias, not being a terrorist. Radomus counters by saying that the
ends do not justify the means. Bennett is still adamant that the three of them
be put to sleep. Gardevoir, or course, will not allow any harm to come to
her beloved Radomus.

She steps forward, intent on destroying the PULSE Hypno with all her
power. Radomus tells her she need not be so dramatic, and she doesn’t need
to do all this. However, Gardevoir can see no other way, with us being
literally impossible to defeat. She then drops her origin story: she made a
promise to Zina before she passed to make sure Radomus lives on. The
Ralts she once was is a final gift from Zina to her husband. Radomus was
shocked to hear this. Bennett tries to assure Gardevoir that Radomus won’t
be harmed, which Gardevoir angrily scoffs at.

With her rage at its peak, she begins to summon a black hole (read
Gardevoir’s Pokedex entry if you have one, it’s canon). Bennett tells Zero
to let Cain go and control Gardevoir instead. With her last words being a
confession of undying love to her master, she summons a black hole that
sucks us into the void, beginning our journey earlier. As the screen turns
black and with prose so purple you can literally taste it through your PC
screen, Luna bids Radomus and Serra goodbye as she willingly steps into
the void to carve out her own path there. She’s finally free.
In the aftermath of the black hole, Zero loses all control and becomes
incoherent. He and Bennett are stuck on opposite sides of the room, with a
gaping chasm in the middle of it now. Zero shouts at Bennett as to how to
move on from here, to which Bennett replies that Zero should report to
Labradorra City. Once Zero leaves, assured by Bennett that Lin won’t be
mad since they now have the Sapphire Bracelets, Bennett goes to check on
his mother. He apologizes to Gardevoir and asks his mother where Luna is.
He got the shock of his life when she told him that Luna stepped into the
black hole of her own accord.

Radomus, who has lost both Gardevoir and Luna, asks Bennett is this what
he has hoped for. Bennett blames Radomus for losing control of Gardevoir.
Radomus counters by disguising himself into Elias, saying that this is the
man that Bennett listens to. He replies that he doesnn’t respect Elias or his
beliefs, but they are just using each other. Laura becomes conscious at that
moment and moves away from the table to Bennett, who decides to
abandon Team Meteor. They will conclude that he is now a casualty of
what happened there, and proceeds to find and destroy the surveillance
footage there.

He promises Serra that he is done with Meteor, but is still not coming
home. He regrets that it costs him both Gardevoir and Luna for this to
happen. Radomus makes a salient point: Zero will report that Bennett
survives the incident, and since he has already left, Bennett resolves to stop
him. As he tries to do so, Laura makes her presence known. Bennett
apologizes to Laura for everything, and gives her the Sapphire Bracelets.
He tries to leave again, and Laura offers to help him.

He then tells her the truth about her termination from the Elite Four: Elias
created her notice of termination, and hypnotized her into handwriting a
letter of resignation, allowing Bennett to take the coveted spot. Laura still
offers to help even after hearing this bomb from him, saying that he might
have been her enemy, and has made some mistakes, some of them directly
affecting her, it doesn’t mean that he has to be defined by it. She has two
sisters who aren’t perfect either. Bennett seems resigned to accept her help,
and explains the situation with Zero. She replies that if the weather is
sunny, her Pokemon can outspeed anything (Ooh, someone on her team has
Chlorophyll). Bennett then resolves to meet up with her after destroying all
the surveillance footage, and offers to bring food for her as well. They then
leave together for Labradorra.

Serra then laments all the loss in the Workstation, as Shade, unexpectedly
brings us out of the black hole, bringing us to where we are now.
In the present, the now awake Anna and Noel bursts into the room, happy
to see us alive. Anna will then be surprised to see Serra there, saying she
has cracks all over her skin. She becomes puzzled by their presence there,
to which Noel replies they’re there because of Nostra. Nostra put both of
them to sleep so that the PULSE Hypno couldn’t hypnotize them.

Anna then says that they are there for Radomus too, who has been silent
throughout all this. It turns out that Anna and Noel (or Fantasia and Painter)
are his children with Zina. Nomos and Nostra were his gifts for them. He
literally cries from the happiness of seeing them again as a triumphant
reprise of Chrysolia region’s music plays in the background.

Anna knew all along of course, and tells him that their reunion is only
possible this way. Radomus apologizes for sending them to the orphanage
and changing their names. He had too since Team Meteor is after him since
he stole the Four Keystones from their possession, all because of a tip – off
saying that these objects are dangerous if they stayed in Team Meteor’s
hand. He is the traveling merchant that sold these four objects.

After he stole them in their original forms, he had a close friend who was a
jeweler fashion them into jewelry, their current forms. Due to the jeweler’s
failure in controlling the energy inside the Keystones, one of them broke in
half, creating the Sapphire Bracelets. As thanks for his great work, he gave
the jeweler one of the keystones (the Emerald Brooch) while he sold the
others. He specifically sought out strong Trainers who could defend the
Keystones should Team Meteor try to steal them. The Sapphire Bracelets
went to Caroline and Monty, who chose it to match their eldest daughter’s
name, the Ruby Ring went to Corey, who was looking for an engagement
ring, and the Amethyst Pendant he gave to his beloved Zina.

After that, the man he was is dead. Radomus specifically asks our
forgiveness for deceiving us. He wasn’t rich from playing chess. He
became rich from selling the Keystones, and stealing from Team Meteor’s
treasury. Well, he might not be a literal Chessmaster, but metaphorically,
he’s the biggest chessmaster of all. He drove the entire plot to what it is
today. He bought Vanhanen Castle for his wife. He then apologizes to the
twins for abandoning them.

Team Meteor found out who he was, and what he did, causing him to leave
the twins in the orphanage. He then gives Anna her mother’s Amethyst
Pendant back. Noel then takes offense at this, asking Radomus why he
chose to give her the pendant, instead of him. He knows that Anna has
always been the special one, but why is it always her? Anna then gives
Noel the pendant, and he sulks, saying it doesn’t matter, since he can’t even
hear Nomos when it speaks. Anna has known about it all this while, and
she says that Noel will understand everything sooner or later. Anytime
Noel wants to hold the pendant, just come and ask her for it.

Radomus backtracks at Noel’s offense, justifying that since it once

belonged to their mother, the pendant will suit Anna better. Serra then
interrupts this reunion, saying that it’s strange that they act as if they know
they will see each other again. Anna says she has always known this would
happen, but since Radomus will be lonely without his children in the
meantime, she asks her friend Shade to lead Luna to Radomus, becoming
his daughter in the process. Serra then asks whether Shade asked Luna to
be her daughter as well, to which Anna replies that she had no hand in that.
Luna and/or Shade did that willingly. Serra then asks again whether Luna
stepped into the black hole willingly or because Anna planned it. Anna was
shocked at this revelation.

After some wise words trading back and forth between Anna and Serra,
Serra finally resolves to stop looking at herself in the mirror and sees for
herself how things can really be, instead of just its reflection. She also
understands that Luna was never meant to leave her side, or Bennett for
that matter. Just then, this revelation upon revelation was interrupted by
two new characters, ones we’ve met in the void, but not in real life, a
lavender – haired girl and a blue – haired one. Introducing, for real this
time, Evelynn and Lumina Seijaya.

Anna will be very happy to see them again. Lumi will give a brief
explanation of their weird entanglement with Zero, and Eve will explain
that she was the brains behind all the PULSE Pokemon. She worked with
Team Meteor under the condition that Lumi (and her own) original body
will be preserved cryogenically. Since then, Eve has been slowly trying to
work out a way to get their consciousnesses back into their own bodies.
Anna helped them by making herself and Noel trade places with Lumi and
Eve, preventing Team Meteor from becoming suspicious of their bodies’
absence. That explains the pods we found the twins in earlier. They were
also the ones who asked their respective Espeon and Glaceon to help us
reach this place. What, you thought those two just appeared out of thin air?

Lumi will thank us for taking care of Glaceon. Eve then thinks that what
happened in the atrium could’ve gone better, since she knew beforehand
that Zero would try and use the PULSE Hypno to control us. They tried to
stop it by cutting off the power supply to the Hypno, but the place has a
built-in auto – reboot function. This explains the frequent power cycles
during the episode just now.

They hoped that by doing this, we might just gain enough willpower to
break through the hypnosis, to no avail. Anna assures her it wasn’t their
fault, and pities Cain, who lost all control over himself from the time he
came here to the time he fell into the black hole. Anna thinks that since we
can come back, Cain eventually will too. Radomus then says it would be
the perfect time to leave the place. Lumi asks whether she and her sister can
join them. Anna says that not only they can, but they have too. Everyone
will be waiting at Calcenon for them. Eve says she has extra information
regarding all the remaining PULSEs, which makes sense since SHE
CREATED THEM.

Anna then wakes Shelly up, who asks for Cain. Finally, they will all
remember Hardy, who is still sound asleep in the elevator all this while and
refuses to wake up even with Glaceon’s Heal Bell (we know). Radomus
promises to carry him himself should he still chooses to sleep.

Anna will then ask us whether we want to leave with them. Please say Yes,
and you will be transported to Calcenon City straight away.

At Calcenon City: New Friendships and New Information

At Calcenon City, you will be at the eastern entrance. Go south and west to
see Shelly standing in front of the first building along the purple road. Talk
to her.You need to talk to her here to trigger another relationship point
event. You will miss out on it if you don’t talk to her.
She feels guilty for losing Cain when they went to look for Anna and Noel.
She also apologizes to us for fighting us under the effects of mind control
(No biggie, really). She will then try to find someone else to talk to so that
she can assuage her guilt.
You will find Shelly inside the building west of the fountain along the
purple street, trying to talk to Titania. Really, Serra is out there and you
chose Titania to talk to?

*Talk to Shelly when she is speaking to Titania in Calcenon before Agate

(must talk to Shelly outside first):
+1 Shelly

Titania, being Titania really has no patience for Shelly’s insecurities. After
a few back – and – forth of Shelly apologizing and Titania imposing her
will (it’s like watching a puppy and a pitbull, really), Titania will actually
try to be understanding and empathetic. She will ask what Shelly is
apologizing for. Titania, for once in her life probably, will give some solid
advice on Shelly on how to be more assertive: Never assume that you are a
nuisance to people, unless you’re told by other people that. If you want to
say something to someone, just say it. Don’t waste time apologizing
unnecessarily.

Talk to Titania next. Shelly will finally spit it out and say that since Titania
and her share a love of books, then maybe they can be friends. That’s
sweet, really. Titania has a friend. Of course, in true fashion, she will not
promise anything, but I think she considers herself as Shelly’s friend from
now on.
*Talk to Titania when Shelly is speaking to her in Calcenon before Agate
(must talk to Shelly outside first):
+1 Titania

Go to the Pokemon Center, and you will see Eve standing in front of it.
Talk to her, and she will tell you about ZEL. As time went on, Zero became
increasingly ostracized by the inner circle of Team Meteor (Gee, we
wonder why?). She will also tell you about the four PULSE systems:

Ask Eve about all of the PULSEs:

+1 Eve

a) PULSE – Mime:
Its function was to protect and capture a large area (read:
Labradorra City). It was originally intended to capture both
Calcenon and Labradorra, but Eve managed to introduce some
“technological limitations” (read: sabotage) it to include only one of
the cities. She can’t sabotage it further while sharing Zero’s body.
Although we shut down Calcenon’s power grid in the LCCC, it
doesn’t deter the PULSE – Mime since it depends on Labradorra’s
power grid. The PULSE – Mime, like its original iteration, has
formidable defenses, but also has offensive power at close – range,
though maybe not as powerful. The only way to pass through the
barrier at Labradorra – Calcenon border is through the inside, so it
must be through authorized personnel, which even Eve and Lumi
can’t qualify.

b) PULSE – Clawitzer
This PULSE functions as living artillery, which deadly long – range
capabilities. Combined with the PULSE – Mime, they would have
been the ultimate expression in offense and defense. Again, Eve
managed to reduce its power through sabotage. The explosions first
seen in Calcenon City were merely target practice. Unlike the
Mime, Clawitzer is dependent on Calcenon’s power grid, which
means that it will remain inoperational unless the LCCC is
recaptured by Meteor. The Clawitzer itself is still alive, but
suffering, and she advises us to put it out of its misery.

c) PULSE2
This system is mass – produced and is portable. When making this,
Eve is granted permission to prioritize the safety of the Pokemon
involved, at the cost of greatly reducing its power. As such, it will
also not mutate the Pokemon, unlike normal PULSEs, but it can be
 used on any Pokemon. Its effects are twofold: all PULSE2 Pokemon
have maximum EVs on all stats: 252. Normally, a Pokemon can
have a total of 510 EVs scattered across its six stats, but PULSE2
negates this limitation. Secondly, it will suppress the Pokemon’s
free-will, allowing Team Meteor to use stolen Pokemon in battle.
All the Team Meteor mooks that we fight after this will have
PULSE2 Pokemon (Gulp!).

d) Arc – PULSE
This project, which remains thankfully incomplete, combines the
best of PULSE2 and the original PULSEs. It is designed for a
specific Pokemon, Arceus. This means that if Team Meteor can
catch an Arceus and fit it with this machine, it will have all its EVs
boosted to 252 across the six stats. The nature of this machine then
requires two things that Team Meteor lacks as of now: a real-life
Arceus and a unique energy source to power it. That is their purpose
of putting Agate City to sleep to begin with: the unique energy
source to power this PULSE can be found there. That was also the
original function of PULSE Hypno, to allow Team Meteor free
reign to search Agate City for the power source. Its mind control
capabilities were only added later. She is highly skeptical that such
a power source can be found there though.
Return to the house with Titania and Shelly inside to see that Florinia has
been waiting for us. She has received word from Ciel that Agate City is
rousing from its slumber. In response, Team Meteor has begun trying to
invade Agate City. Ciel and Samson are helping them to resist, but they are
heavily outnumbered, and is thus asking our help. Florinia is unsure about
this, and thinks it’s a trap. Once again, Titania is having none of this
objectivity bullshit and Shelly agrees to help those two. Titania then
reluctantly wakes Hardy up, who is still sleeping (Really, all the way from
the Glass Workstation?).

Tania wakes him up using Wake – Up Slap. This time, he’s dreaming about
a giant metal Lugia. Upon hearing that Agate City is awake and is under
attack from Team Meteor, he rushes out without saying another word.
Everyone will then leave, with Florinia expecting to see us at Agate City.

Cleaning up Before the Showdown: Three Forgotten Items

Being an idiot, I realized that I forgot three important items. Thankfully,
they’re quite close to each other. Fly to Beryl Ward and enter the
Rhodocrine Jungle through the exit west of the Emporium, where the
Inspector and his Torkoal sells all those incenses. Inside the jungle, go west
and north up the stairs. Keep going west until you see a campfire pit next to
a building. This was where the Team Meteor mooks were camping when
we went for the final PULSE Tangrowth hunt before. Go north up two
flights of steps and keep going north. Pass under the wooden bridge
overhead and go up another flight of steps.

Turn west pass the tree roots until you see an old Gentleman between the
trees. Go north from him up the stairs. Go west past the trees and up
another flight of steps. You should see an abandoned building to your
south. Just keep going west until you see that the trees have yellow ones
interspersed amongst them. Keep going west until the trees have turned all
yellow. You should also pass a wooden trap with three levers surrounding
it. Turn north here and go up all the steps to the north. You should end up
in front of a cage.

During the early game, if you did not manage to sneak in front of the
Meteor mooks by the campfire or you fall into the Nuzleaf pit into the
Underroot, you will be locked in this cage. Pull the lever there and get the
item, a Dread Plate, the fifteenth Plate obtainable in-game.
For the second item, fly back to Beryl Ward and go east all across the Beryl
Bridge to the Abandoned Power Plant. You will see a Techie wandering
outside here.
Talk to him twice. The first time you talk to him, he will say that he’s there
to figure out how to include the Abandoned Power Plant into the Reborn
Restoration Project. He can’t really access the entire building since the
back-room generator is locked. Since Yureyu Co. doesn’t exist anymore
and nobody at the Grand Hall kept a spare key, he can’t go back there. Talk
to him again and we’ll flash him the Yureyu Key. He will finally go back
and tell the Grand Hall that he can get in there now, and gives us the Zap
Plate, the sixteenth Plate obtainable in-game, which he found while
digging around in there.
The last item can be collected at the Lower Peridot Ward. Go to the garden
between the 3rd and 4th Street. It should be located somewhere north of
Grandview Station. If you go there on a clear day, you will see this guy:

Not only will he appear on a clear day (or night) only, but you must have
helped the same Hiker before the restoration. He’s the Hiker asking for a
place to stay after we fought Julia. He gave us an Onix in return for finding
him a place to rent. Also, you must have completed the Affordable Living
Project in South Obsidia to make him appear. Talk to him, and he will give
us a Choice Specs. This item boosts the Sp. Att of any Pokemon that holds
it by 50%, at the cost of not allowing it to pick any other moves besides the
first one it uses in battle. This should be the second Choice item we can get.

This pay it forward thing is really paying us back in spades hasn’t it?
Aren’t you glad you helped him all those times ago?
There are only seventeen Plates available in-game since Arceus is by
default a Normal – type Pokemon. The last Plate, the Earth Plate,
unfortunately, can’t be found scattered in Reborn. The only way to get it is
to mine for it in the mining rocks instead. Happy mining!

Coincidentally, the only Memory that we still haven’t obtained for Silvally
is the Ground Memory. This will not be true soon, though.

Showdown at Agate City

The fastest way to reach Agate City is by going through the Grand Gate via
the Grand Stairway. Take a wild Tauros to the eastern end of Route 1. Go
north from there to reach the Agate City checkpoint. Before the gate, you
can find many Agate citizens, including a young child wanting to beat
Team Meteor up and someone who woke up and escaped from there in
time. Many other citizens are still trapped inside though. Once you reached
the city, the music will change to Saphira’s theme music, fit for the
showdown that’s about to happen.
Walk north across the bridge to see Titania fighting with an Empoleon from
a Meteor mook, while an Agate citizen cheers her on. Don’t talk to her.

*Talk to Titania in Agate when she is busy fighting:

-1 Titania
Go north up the stairs there. You can see Florinia engaging in a Double
Battle with her Cradily and Ferrothorn against an Alakazam and a Golurk.

Go up the stairs to engage in our first battle. Remember, PULSE2s abound.

Go north and fight another Meteor. The Pokemart is straight north past the
Meteor. Go back south and east to fight another Meteor. After the battle, go
up the stairs east to fight a New World cultist. After this fight, you will see
a Light Shard to the east. Take it, you’re about to have a major boss battle
coming right up.

Go north afterwards, and you will see an awful scene. Ciel and Samson
have been apprehended by Meteors. Lin and Solaris stand gloating to the
north while Sirius and Orderly John stands before a kneeling and tied up
Ciel and Samson. Lin will leave, saying that the other Meteors can take
care of us. Hardy takes offense at her nonchalance and demeans him by
calling him a fly. She then commands Solaris to see to our silence. Looks
like the hunter now has become the hunted. Two New World Orderlies will
challenge you and Hardy to a twelve – on – twelve Double Battle. Hardy’s
team will provide you a glimpse of what we’ll be fighting at the close of
this chapter.

After this battle, Solaris himself will challenge us to a battle using the exact
team that he uses in Fiore Mansion. The only difference is that all his
Pokemon are PULSE2s, including his dreaded Garchomp, who is also now
holding a Garchompite, allowing it to evolve to Mega Garchomp. Orderly
John offers to battle us again, and is quickly shot down by Solaris, who
called him a hindrance before. He wants to battle us alone, something he
has always wanted to do for a long time. Unlike Sirius, he is a true noble
demon. But a demon is still a demon nonetheless. He will admit his respect
for us as an individual due to our skill. He even mentions that we are not
that different from him during his younger years, since we both have
resolve, initiative, and skill. No wonder Taka likes us.

His defeat quote is noteworthy: Children cry because they don’t

understand, adults cry because they do. Sirius wastes no time in gloating
over Solaris’ defeat, saying that he has lost his edge. Excuse me, you were
never even half the man that Solaris is. He will then continue to rub salt
over the wound of his defeat by dropping another bomb in Solaris’
direction: Taka is dead, and we were one of his last living witnesses.

We are also witnessing a coup d’état in motion. Solaris asks Sirius to

explain himself. When Solaris reminds Sirius of his position as Commander
of Team Meteor, Sirius counters by saying that his loyalists are all gone,
and he’s surrounded by Sirius’ loyalists now. Sirius mocks Solaris and his
goal of protecting the Old Reborn, and also his hypocrisy in recruiting new
members under the guise of making a new world. Solaris edges away to the
north as Sirius spews all this vitriol, and makes a break for it to parts
unknown. How the mighty have fallen, indeed.

Sirius mentions that while what Solaris did was cowardly, it was the only
move he can do. Sirius then runs off to pursue Solaris, allowing us to set
Ciel and Samson free from their captivity. Upon being set free, Samson
punches his captor unconscious, while Ciel does the same to hers, without
the unconscious part. The three of them will engage in Single Battles with
the New World orderlies, while Samson asks us to give Lin a knuckle
sandwich on our behalf. He punched her once before, and apparently, and
she’s harder than steel according to him. Off we go to chase the she – devil.
Go east afterwards across the bridge. Grab the Light Shard since it’s
impossible for us to escape unscathed from that battle with Solaris. Go
north to fight a Meteor Ace, who is facing an orderly slumped to the ground
nearby near the Rock Climb spot. After hypocritically saying that when
will we have enough, they will say to leave them alone since they’re
actually tending to the injured orderly.
Go south from there and west down the stairs. South of the stairs is a
mother comforting her scared child. When will we have enough? When no
children will cry anymore, scared out of their minds. North of Titania, who
is now fighting a Heracross is a stretch of water. A scared woman west of
Titania says that she just saw a green – haired woman walking on the water.
Lin is definitely NOT HUMAN. Surf north on it under the bridge, and
ascend the waterfall. Above here, get off onto the land west of the water
and go to the end. There’s a rock there hiding a Stardust. Get back on the
water and ascend the waterfall north. Up on this waterfall, go west all the
way to reach another waterfall. Surf into the water and west onto the land
and go west all the way to get a hidden Quick Ball. Descend the waterfall
south afterwards.

Dive down the spot there.

Down here, go east to get a Silk Scarf hidden on a rock. Go back west and
south and go along a narrow underwater corridor. To the left, on a rock is a
hidden Potion. Go south all the way to the end. Go east next to get a hidden
Ether down there. Go east all the way, ignoring the path north for the time
being, to a large clearing. At its mouth is a hidden Potion and to the
northeast is a hidden Quick Claw. Go back west and enter the path north
this time. There is a rock with a hidden Pokeball there. Keep going north
down that path. Go east to get a hidden Ultra Ball.
Go north and you will see this. Enter the cave there. Lin will greet us. She
can speak underwater. She will also be down there alone, as in, not riding a
Dive Pokemon, unlike us.

Down here we will see a familiar symbol carved on the seafloor, the
Reborn symbol. Our presence here can only mean one thing: Solaris has
been defeated and Team Meteor is on the verge of losing Agate City.
Again, Eve was right all along. There never was any such rumored power
source. What can possibly be strong enough to power a machine designed
to control the God of Pokemon? She then bursts out laughing over the
futility of Team Meteor’s actions. All that work, eventually for nothing.

She will then turn and address us, asking isn’t it funny how easily people
break? People can pretend to wear masks of stone, or have hearts of crystal,
or souls of steel, yet all this can be taken away once we take just one thing
in their lives: their love, even their pens (a reference to Laura, perhaps?).
Humans actually have nothing and only a God can create something out of
nothing. With a literal deus ex machina, this woman – deity then creates the
rumored power source out of thin air, and proceeds to drag it out of the
room and presumably, to the surface.

We will wisely give her a wide berth, moving out of her way. We will now
be able to see all the hidden items in this room. There is a hidden Super
Potion near the southwest spoke of the symbol. West of the left tree is a
hidden Lucky Egg. Get out of the room now and backtrack east to the
clearing where we found the hidden items earlier. Surface here.
Once above, the music resumes. The shows not over yet. Go east and
ascend the waterfall north. Ascend another waterfall north. To the right side
you can see this.

That item right there is a Pinsirite, the Mega Stone for Pinsir and our
twenty – seventh Mega Stone. From here, fly to Agate City and land at the
Pokemon Center. We can do that now. Go east and up the stairs to see a
confrontation between Shelly, Ciel, and Samson with Lin and her
Hydreigon, who was just leaving with the power source.

Ciel and Samson demands Lin give whatever that stone is behind her. Lin
treats them as basically subhumans, belittling human things such as
morality. Her philosophy centers on power, absolute power. Lin then
summons a very familiar Gardevoir, who proceeds to create a black hole.
Just as Ciel was about to be sucked into the black hole, Samson pushes her
out of the way, causing him to fall victim to it instead. Ciel was shocked at
his actions.

She then runs away, grieving over the loss of Samson. She then blames
herself for not letting the people she cares about know how much she cares
for them, until it’s too late. Shelly was frozen in fear and shock over this,
clearly reliving the trauma she faced over losing Cain to the same black
hole. She will then turn to us for comfort. Talk to her, and she will tell us
that Samson and Ciel only confronted Lin at her behest. If she were to
confront Lin alone, then none of this would’ve happened. Hardy then
comes to comfort her, saying it’s not her fault. If she didn’t ask for Samson
or Ciel’s help, she would’ve been sucked by the black hole instead.

To help ease her guilt, Hardy suggests that she go and help Titania round
up the defeated Meteors in and around the city, so that the police force
could lock them up. Even he has to admit that Titania and Shelly hit it off,
and can be great friends. After Shelly leaves, Hardy will say that he doesn’t
need to tell us what to do next, since he’s been gearing to fight us since the
day he saw our battle with Aya. After the battle, he wants us to follow him
to Calcenon, and finally to Labradorra to get Aya back.

Meeting the People of Agate City

While we can continue to explore the now awakening city, fly to Agate
Circus first to check on Ciel.
She can be found here at the amphitheatre. Talk to her. She will ask you to
forgive her. She now realizes that beneath her talk of being a star at the
Circus, she knows that she is nothing but a country girl who’s in way over
her head. Her family growing up is as broken as anybody else’s. When the
Circus came to town one day, she and her cousin went and snuck away to
see it. The absolute noise and chaos made her sick for a week. She loved
the performers, but most of all, she loved the audience.

That was when she fell in love with performing, and thought that with such
adoration from fans, a performer could never be lonely. She thought that
her carelessness pushed her cousin away, but the others, her friends, never
minded her self-assumed imperfections. Now that they’re gone, she thinks
it’s time for her to pack her bags and go back to her farm village
hometown.

Talk to Ciel at the circus after the Agate raid is over, if the player refused to
give Blake the Ruby Ring:
+1 Ciel, +1 Ace

Fly back to Agate City. It’s time to meet its people. Directly west of the
Pokemon Center is a house that has a rather lengthy sidequest attached to it.
So we’ll leave it for now and continue west up the stairs. The house in front
of the place where we confronted Lin has a woman named Bee living in it.
She also has a sidequest involving the number of Pokemon we’ve caught as
dictated by our Pokedex. For every 100 Pokemon we have in our Pokedex,
she will copy the data down and give us a reward in return.

Bee’s Catch’em All Sidequest Rewards

Number of Pokemon Reward
100 Galladite (my twenty – eighth Mega Stone)
 200 Froakie (my eighteenth Starter)
300 TM13: Ice Beam
400 Scizorite (my twenty – ninth Mega Stone)
500 Electrium – Z
600 Groundium – Z
700 Blazikenite
731 Poipole

Her quest stops at 731 since it is the total number of Pokemon in Gen 1 to
Gen 7, minus the legendaries and the Ultra Beasts, which technically are
not Pokemon. I plan to finish it as soon as postgame begins. I have actually
passed the 400 Pokemon mark when I first met her.

As you can see, the sidequest is worth completing for the rewards alone.
It’s the only way to complete your TM collection with the best Ice – type
move in the game, the Starter sidequest, the non – legendary Mega Stone
collection, and the Z – crystal collection. Happy hunting!

The next place we can go to is actually north of Bee’s house, to the Rock
Climb spot where the injured orderly was before. Climb up the spot now.
Surf on the water east of it, and ascend the waterfall north. Ascend two
more waterfalls. There, you can get off the land west and get the hidden
Ability Capsule there. Get back on the water there and ascend the last
waterfall, ending up in Route 4. There’s a hidden Health Wing on the rock
near the mouth of the waterfall there. Go east on the land to get the
Ground Memory there! Congratulations! Our Memory collection is
complete! We can now have a Silvally that we can turn into any possible
type. Get back in the water and surf north a bit, and get off on the western
land there. There’s a rock with a hidden X Sp. Def. there. If you get back
on the water and ascend the waterfall north, you will only end up near the
jumping puzzle at the Glass Workstation. By the way, the patch of grass
here is the only place in the entire game where you can catch a wild Marill.

This thing with Huge Power is broken. No wonder we can only catch it
now.
Fly back to Agate City and go west from there this time. Go past the stairs
leading north and into the first house you see there. In this house is a
sleeping Hiker. Talk to him to wake him up. He will be startled, and said
that he must have dozed off. We will tell him it’s been quite some time
since he last woke up. He will say that he promised to meet up with a friend
to go hiking with him in Route 4, but since it’s been too long, his friend
probably thinks they’re being stood up. He will then leave for Route 4
alone.

Fly to Calcenon City and head east out of there all the way to the Rock
Climb spot that we first met Hardy at. Climb east up the spot and walk
northeast past until you see a Hiker. It’s not him. Go east from him until
you see a Rock Climb spot. Ascend it. Walk east through this plateau until
you see two Rock Climb spots. Take the eastern one. You will be at a
waterfall that is in the middle of Route 4, where we once met the Bagon.
Start the jumping puzzle from here:
Jump south. Walk east and south and jump south all the way to the plateau.
Hiker Karim will be here:

Talk to him and he will comment on how beautiful the view is, even
without his friend. He will recognize us as the one who woke him up
before. Since we already meet him here as well, he will challenge us to a
battle. Say Yes if you’re ready. His team is surprisingly okay, tougher than
all the Hikers in the mainstream games (then again, this is Reborn.
Everything is tougher here). After the battle, he will let out all his Pokemon
on the mountainside to enjoy the view there, as you can see here:
This is a mini – game of sorts involving these Pokemon and Hiker Karim
himself.
a) Talk to Hiker Karim. He will say that all his Pokemon are friendly,
and we can go greet them. He will also give us 5 Pokesnax.
b) Talk to him again. He will say that his Throh has gotten a lot
stronger lately, and feels that it deserves a new Black Belt. Since we
have one in our bag, Karim will ask us for it. Say Yes. He will
address his Throh, who is happy to have it. The Throh will come
and stand next to him. In return, Karim will give us a Fist Plate.
Same effect as a Black Belt, but better.
c) Talk to the Altaria next. It will sing peacefully. Give some
Pokesnax to it when asked by the game.
d) Talk to the Golem next. Give some Pokesnax to it. It will be so
happy at your gift that it will start rolling left and right across the
mountain.
e) It will accidentally hit the Kommo – o, startling it from its sleep.
The Kommo – o will pick a fight with the Throh, who will Circle
Throw the Kommo – o to the west. This causes the Kommo – o to
hit the Rhyperior, knocking it over the edge of the cliff. The Hiker
will be startled by this chain of events that he will call out to the
Rhyperior below. While being knocked down the cliff however, the
Rhyperior will accidentally create a Rock Climb spot there.
The Hiker will reprimand all his Pokemon, apologize to us for their
rowdiness, pack up, and leave. We can go down the Rock Climb spot
Rhyperior created now. Go west and surf in the water. Descend another
waterfall here. On the east bank of the waterfall, we can find this:

The hidden item there is an Ultra Potion. The other two items are a Big
Nugget and a Sceptilite, our thirtieth Mega Stone and the Mega Stone for
Sceptile. Surf west to the other bank to find a hidden Blue Shard here.
Wait, don’t go yet! In the patch of grass in the picture above, we can find
and catch Snivy’s entire evolutionary line here! Catch a Snivy as our
nineteenth Starter for the Starter Sidequest. Use a Magnetic Lure to help
you out.
Once done, go back to Agate City. At the Pokemon Center, go west past
Hiker Karim’s house. Go north and collect a hidden Purple Shard on a
rock to the east. Go back west and north. There is a building there.

Enter it. If you’ve completed the entire Magma Gang Application Sidequest
like me, then you can talk to a lady named Valerie in this building near the
bookshelves. Remember when I told you to catch a Basculin at Tanzan
Cove a long, long time ago? She wants to trade a Pokemon for one. She
will give you a Litten for your trade. This makes Litten our twentieth
starter for our Starter Sidequest.

Murmina’s Sidequest: The Final Starter

If you have been following this guide diligently, you will realize that we
are one starter away from completing the entire set. Then, and only then,
would it be prudent for us to begin the Starter Sidequest, or actually, the
Starter Egg Sidequest in full swing. Didn’t I tell you to get the incubator in
the daycare before? It will make the Egg part of this sidequest easier.
Fly to Calcenon City and go out through the southern checkpoint. At the
large steps, go into the same room where we got the Magmarizer and
Electirizer before. Go south down two flights of steps, go east, and then go
north up the steps into a small cave here.

This lady, named Murmina should be here now. Talk to her, and she will be
startled to see you there. She will then challenge you with a very strong
team (Lapras, Metagross, Gengar, Ninetales, and Steelix, who can Mega
Evolve), so be prepared. After the battle, she will be scared of you. She
seems to fear what happened to Agate City as well. Fly back to Calcenon
City and go to the Gym.

If, also like me, you have opened Caroline Belrose’s secret room earlier
when Charlotte was there, it should also remain open now.

Go inside it to the north all the way to the back room. Murmina should be
inside this room now. Talk to her. She will of course be surprised to see us
there, since the room was a secret known only to Caroline and her closest
friends. She will suspect we are a Meteor agent (thanks lady, really) and
demand us to show something that Caroline has to prove that we knew her.
A memento perhaps.

We did collect something like that a long, long time ago. Remember the
Family Picture key item that we collected from Belrose Manse a long, long
time ago? That’s it. Talk to her again. She will ask us for it, as a tragic
keepsake from her friend. Give it to her. We never knew Caroline anyway.
Just her daughters. It turns out that Murmina was one of her close friends,
and knew Charlotte has been blaming herself for Caroline’s death.
However, she knew the truth. A man has been watching the family, stalking
them before the fire incident. Murmina tried to warn them, and she even
battled Sirius, but in the end, she failed. She thought she might be the next
person on Sirius’ hitlist.

When she heard Team Meteor was invading Agate, she ran for her life as
fast as she could. This room used to be her and Caroline’s escape room.
Before she passed, she also has a private PC storage system here. Murmina
happens to know the password. She will activate the system and give you
one of the Eggs from her breeding project, a Torchic Egg. This sad story
closes the first, and most difficult part of our Starter Egg Sidequest. We
now have the full set. She will request us to leave her alone there, so honor
her request.

Sarena’s Sidequest: The Magic Squares Puzzle

We won’t begin the Starter’s Egg sidequest yet. There’s something else we
need to do first. It has nothing to do with the Starters, but it is the single
hardest puzzle in the game so far. We need to complete it anyway to get 5
important items.
Begin by flying into Agate City and entering the house east of the Pokemon
Center. Inside this house is a green – haired woman, Sarena. She will be
startled when we come in, since she’s too busy trying something on the PC
and couldn’t hear us. She is the property manager of Agate City. She knows
who we are, and we did for the city, and is thankful to us for it. She will ask
if we care about the problem she is facing with the PC. Say Yes.

She will explain that she’s a newbie to the job. She took over from the last
property manager, who had an accident in Reborn City before the
renovation. She has been checking all the prior documentations by her
predecessor, and only this house we’re in seems to be missing its
documentation. She came to check the house out, not knowing anything
about its owner, whether they are dead or alive, or is the house back on the
market. The house was in disarray when she got there.

She thought she could poke around the PC to know whose house it belongs
to, but the thing requires a six – digit password to work. She has been brute
– forcing it to no avail. The only clue she has is the Meteor logo at the
bottom of the screen. After what happened at Agate, she wants to steer
clear of all things Meteor – related. However, seeing us with the Meteor
Card from the Glass Workstation, she has an idea. Find another place
where that could be used, and tell her if we find anything.

It turns out that there is such a place. Go to the Nightclub and south down
the stairs. Go all the way east afterwards to go back into the back door of
the building where Lin held her sadistic games with us and our friends. You
will see the three rectangles on the northern wall where the three of them
were held before, when they lost their battles with us.

See the computer behind me? Interact with it and you can scan your Meteor
ID on it. A sound is heard as all three rectangles on the wall swing open to
reveal a chute leading down somewhere. Jump down any of them.
You will land in a room where it looks like somebody died there. Go south
into the room to meet two three by three panels, with three computer
screens between them. Only the middle one is turned on, so interact with it.
This will kick – off the most difficult puzzle in the game so far, one that
requires mental acuity. Welcome to the Magic Squares Puzzle.
The objective of this puzzle sounds simple on paper: arrange the numbers
of the 3 ×3 grid so that the rows, columns, diagonal, and off – diagonal
sum up to 15. If I recall correctly, there are three possible initial state
configurations of the puzzle, dependent on who got kidnapped back at the
Belrose mansion all that time ago. I’ve played three different times, all of
which Saphira was kidnapped, and I got the same board.

The three PCs in the middle of the two grids are controls. The left one
allows you to move each one of the columns of the left grid either up or
down. The middle on allows you to move all the rows of both grids left or
right (they’re connected by rows only, cycling through the sequence of
numbers). The right one allows you to move each one of the columns of the
right grid either up or down.

For this section, I invite you to read the guide written by Reborn Forum
user Thiazzi in 2019. Thanks to them, I finished this puzzle in 30 minutes,
and just for fun, I did not even save afterwards and repeated this entire
puzzle. I solved it within the same timeframe. It’s actually fun, once you
get the hang of it.

Initial State:
6 2 9 4 7 5
1 3 4 8 2 9
5 7 8 3 1 6

Final State:

4 3 8 8 1 6
9 5 1 3 5 7
2 7 6 4 9 2

Once we are done, we can finally claim these 3 rewards, and what rewards
they are. From left to right in the picture, we have a:
a) Darkinium – Z, the Z – crystal that changes all damaging Dark –
type moves into the Z – move Black Hole Eclipse.
b) TM24: Thunderbolt, the best Special Electric – type move in the
game.
c) Gardevoirite, the Mega Stone for Gardevoir and our thirty – first
Mega Stone. I’ve been waiting for this.

Not only that, we got what Sarena was looking for, a six – digit numeric
password. If you see the screens now from left to right, you can see that for
each column, a number is specifically white in color, while the rest are red.
The numbers in white are 139749. Get out of there and go back to Sarena in
Agate City.
Talk to Sarena and input the password. Once she put the password in, one
of the machines in the room will actually swing forward to reveal a secret
room. She will go in first. Follow after her.

Talk to her and she will crack a joke about how the secret room just raised
the property value of the house. There should’ve been a permit for this kind
of thing, but she will just assume the previous property manager lost it. She
then found something written on one of the machines(?) on the table. A
diary of some kind:

Someone had been tricked into doing something by someone, and the
tricked person resolves to fix whatever it is, and it also sounds like they lost
things, since they vow to get them all back.

This person is also an avid historian. They keep mentioning that history
was in their hands before they lost it. Figure out who the owner of the
house is yet? It’s Sirius. Radomus tricked him, who was apparently the
jeweler who fashioned those four Keystones, by not telling him the true
nature and power behind those Keystones. He must have thought they were
just ordinary gems before. That’s why he became the Sirius we knew today:
He will get those four Keystones back, by whatever means necessary, even
the sword. Meeting someone as violent as Lin was just a bonus.

Sarena, reading all this from the pieces of paper scattered around the house,
decides to wipe away all records of the previous occupant. Since he sounds
like a madman, it would affect the market value of the house. She will
appreciate us for what we have done, and will give us our next item our of
gratitude: the Department Store Sticker: Manectric. This allows us to
access the eleventh floor of the Obsidia Department Store. Only one sticker
left to collect.
The final reward from this sidequest is this:

That item is the Manectite, the Mega Stone for Manectric and our thirty –
second Mega Stone. That ends this sidequest.

Meeting Kanaya: The Starter Eggs Sidequest

Now its time to do the sidequest that we have actually started since Azurine
Island with finding Chikorita: the Starter Egg Sidequest. Fly to the Grand
Hall and go downstairs to the administration section. Go west to see three
room entrances on the western wall. Go into the middle entrance. Go down
this corridor and enter the north door. This is the Starter Pokemon
Storage Room. Go inside to meet this woman. Her name is Kanaya. Talk
to her and she will know who we are. She is originally from the Hoenn
region, and was there at Ame’s behest before she passed. Ever since the
Restoration, new trainers have been coming in from other regions at an
unprecedented rate. Therefore, the entire region is experiencing a Starter
Pokemon shortage. That’s where our help is needed: she would need the
Eggs of all the 21 starters across all seven generations. One Egg from each
starter would do. For every three eggs we give her, she will give us a
reward.
I know some of our starters come in Egg form already, but my advice is
hatch them. That’s where the Incubator at the Daycare comes in handy. It
allows you to hatch an Egg or wait for one without the steps requirement
normally associated with it. Like I said earlier, gender is irrelevant, since
we can use the Ditto we got from the Blacksteam Factory Raid as the other
parent. Ditto is genderless, and is the only member of the Ditto Egg Group.
This allows it to breed with all other Pokemon, with the exception of Ultra
Beasts and Legendaries.
Once I hatched all the Eggs using the incubator, I arranged the starters by
generation and the traditional Grass – Fire – Water arrangement. Here they
are, the culmination of all our hard work:
By the way, I did this at the Daycare PC. Next, I sent them, one at a time, to
the Daycare Lady with Ditto still in custody. This way, I can get the eggs
quickly. The results of this are shown in the picture below. I feel proud of
myself at this moment. We’re literally a Poke – conservationist. Once done,
go back to Kanaya. There is a PC in her room. Give the eggs to her one at a
time.

Every time you give her an Egg, she will ask what type of Egg is it (Grass,
Fire, Water). She loves Fire – types, is okay with Grass – types, but hates
Water – types. Read her comment on every Starter Pokemon for a good
laugh. For every set of three Eggs, she will give you these in order

a) Reset Disc – HP
b) Reset Disc – Attack
c) Reset Disc – Defense
d) Reset Disc – Special Attack
e) Reset Disc – Special Defense
f) Reset Disc – Speed
g) TM26: Earthquake, the single best Ground – type move in the
game, natch.
h) Psychium – Z, the Psychic – type Z – crystal that changes all
damaging Psychic – type moves into the move Shattered Psyche.
i) Garchompite, the Mega Stone for Garchomp, and our thirty – third
Mega Stone.
The last three rewards are given together once the last Egg is handed to her.
She will thank us for helping her help Ame. Once done, I can make the
following conclusions about Kanaya. While Fire is generally her favorite
type, she does like Treecko. She has a (probably female) Blaziken named
Valkyrie. She also has a friend back in Hoenn who loves Piplup. She’s not
so excited when receiving the Chimchar Egg, on account of having a
Blaziken probably. She is ophidiophobic, which means she doesn’t like
Snivy at all. She’s literally disgusted with Oshawott, due to its Water-
typing. Out of all the Fire – types, she doesn’t really like Tepig, as she
doesn’t like pigs, generally. The only Water – type she does like is Froakie.
She literally invoked the Lord’s name when she saw the Popplio egg
(Ouch!).

Battling Hardy
It’s time to bring this chapter to a close. Fly to Agate City. From the
Pokemon Center, go west across the bridge. Go north up the stairs, then go
west up the stairs. Go north all the way until you meet a long flight of
stairs. The Gym is right there at the top. The rock to the right of the Gym
has a hidden Everstone. Enter it to be greeted with the familiar Gym
music.
As you would expect from a Rock Gym, the puzzle in this Gym involves
Rock Climb. Go west up the stairs. The rock here has a hidden Hyper
Potion on it. Go north and climb up the Rock Climb spot there. You will
here Rock music (pun intended) as you climb up it. As explained by the
rocker up here, on the right side of the Gym are tuners, basically gemstones
that you can push in order to play certain notes. Each tuner is basically a
musical scale ranging from low G to high G, one octave. The goal is to get
it to play a certain song, which the guy will let you hear.
Battle the first guitarist (what other Gym Trainers would you expect to find
here? Miners? Nah, this is Reborn.) just east of the guide guy. As for the
gym puzzle, follow these steps:
a) From the guitarist above, push the first tuner one square to A.
b) Push the second tuner downstairs one square to A.
c) Leave the third tuner downstairs at G.
d) Push the fourth tuner downstairs to squares to B
e) Battle the second guitarist downstairs here.
f) Push the fifth tuner downstairs two squares to B.
g) Push the sixth tuner downstairs all the way to high G at the end.
h) Push the seventh tuner downstairs five squares all the way to E.
i) Push the final tuner downstairs three squares to C.
j) Battle the final guitarist.
After that, go downstairs and get the hidden Rock Gem on a rock to the
east here. Go back west and climb up the Rock Climb spot. Don’t use speed
up to enjoy the effect. That song you just heard is the intro riff of Jimi
Hendrix’s Purple Haze. There’s even a counter – riff just before the Gym
door opens. Very, very appropriate. Our boy Hardy knows his stuff. Go
north and step into the Agate Arena.

Strategy:
Hardy fights in Double Battles, and contrary to what you might believe,
Speed is the name of the game here. With the exception of his Gigalith, all
five of his Pokemon are speedy. Grass – types are at a huge disadvantage
here since two of his Pokemon are part – Flying types (Archeops and Mega
Aerodactyl). If it wasn’t for its Defeatist ability, Archeops will be beyond
broken. His Gigalith holds a Smooth Rock and has the Sand Stream ability,
so Special Attackers beware, since all Rock – type Pokemon will receive a
50% boost to their Sp. Def. stat in the Sandstorm. His Rampardos holds a
Choice Scarf, boosting its Speed by 50%.

Why is speed important? You will be fighting Hardy in the Rocky Field.
His Pokemon will flinch you to hell and back with STAB and field –
boosted Rock Slide, and if you flinch, you will receive additional chip
damage from the field.

For our victory, we will receive our official seventeenth Reborn – League
badge, the Geode Badge. A geode is a secondary rock formed by
sedimentary and volcanic rocks, and it usually has gemstones within it.
With the badge, all Pokemon up to Level 95 will obey us completely. Of
course, our TM reward is TM80: Rock Slide.

With that, Hardy will be set to get his girl back from Team Meteor’s
clutches. He will leave to Calcenon City, and expects to see us there.

Hardy to Saphira: Redemption and Preparation at Calcenon City

The final showdown at Labradorra City is close at hand. Heal up at Agate
Pokemon Center and fly to Calcenon City to prepare. Talk to Hardy, who is
standing by the barrier at the Calcenon – Labradorra border. He will ask
whether we’ll be ready to kick some Meteor ass:

When Hardy asks if you’re as ready to fight Meteor as he is:

Yes = +1 Hardy
No = -1 Hardy
Say Yes.
The scene will then shift to Laura and Saphira, who can be scene carrying
an unconscious Zero on her back and dragging a reluctant Bennett along.
Bennett will protest weakly at this, saying he didn’t have to be dragged in
the first place since he will follow her voluntarily. Saphira refuses to take
any chances and Laura will beg with her elder sister to not do that to
Bennett, since he’s not a bad person anymore. Saphira then retorts
sarcastically, saying that’s why Bennett has been with Team Meteor all this
while.

Saphira will literally put Zero in a crumpled heap to the ground. Then she
bares her fangs to Bennett. Bennett tells her to quit manhandling a
compliant captive to ensure his continued compliance. Saphira then
threatens to torture Zero unless Bennett starts telling her what she wants to
hear. Bennett says that wouldn’t work since Zero is no longer his comrade,
so torturing him wouldn’t make Bennett divulge anything. In fact, it would
be better for Saphira to torture Laura instead, since that will make him talk.
That was really the wrong thing to say, and it earns him a well – deserved
slap across the face.

Hardy and Laura had to actually stop Saphira there, and Saphira reiterates
that she would never harm her sisters. Bennett says that she didn’t think
twice about harming someone else, to which Saphira states that loyalty is a
foreign concept to him. Bennett counters by saying that discretion is a
foreign concept to her, and it earns him another slap to the face. At this,
Laura actually stepped in between Saphira and Bennett. Saphira tells her to
move out of the way.

Laura refuses, and Saphira asks her what he did to earn such clemency from
her. Laura answers that respect and mercy can be given freely, and Saphira
counters that that is what the enemies are counting on. Saphira knows that
Laura has always been the most innocent one between the three of them,
but now it’s just turned into naivete. Laura then counters by saying that she
believes people are worth believing in. Saphira sarcastically tells Laura that
they should be friends with Sigmund next.

Laura, being Laura, tells Saphira that not everyone is like Sigmund. Also,
she reminds her that Sigmund probably thinks he is doing what he thinks is
best for his wards, in his own misguided way. At this, Saphira bursts out in
uncontrollable anger, repulsed by Laura’s words. Laura tries to console her,
but she recoils at her touch, saying that Sigmund deserves no sympathy for
what he did to the three of them. She then literally leans into the barrier,
causing her to get an electric shock. This triggers some deeply unpleasant
memories for her, causing her to repeatedly yell “Please stop.” Hardy has to
ask if she is okay.

Laura then consoles the traumatized Saphira, who can’t even speak now.
She then tells Hardy that it isn’t her place to tell them why her sister is like
that. Bennett counters that it isn’t such a great loss, really. Laura apologizes
for how Saphira has been treating him. Then Laura brings Saphira away for
her to recover.
Lumi and Eve came by next, shocked to see Zero there. Lumi then asks
Bennett why Zero is there and unconscious to boot, to which Bennett
replies that Zero just got a face full of Sleep Powder to prevent him from
reaching Labradorra. Hardy then asks the real question: Where did Eve and
Lumi wander off to? They replied that they have been around training their
team of Pokemon. Eve then asks pointedly to Bennett. Is he here for good?
He replies yes, but if people won’t believe him, then at least believe that
he’s here for Laura’s sake.

To make good on his promise, Bennett has an offer. He has clearance to go

over the barrier. He will use Zero as a Trojan Horse and claim to bring Zero
in after rescuing him from the Glass Workstation. Once inside, he will cut
off the power to the PULSE – Mime, allowing the barrier to be lowered and
for us to storm the city. Eve does have reservations to this plan, as will
Hardy. Also, we are working at a timeframe here, since the whole gambit
will unravel once Zero wakes up. Any measure of trust towards Bennett is
running low for the time being. Hardy will ask us the million – dollar
question: Should we trust Bennett?

When asked if you trust Bennett:

Yes = +2 Bennett, +2 Laura, +1 Eve, -2 Saphira
No = +2 Saphira, -2 Bennett, -1 Laura

I said Yes. Poor guy deserves a break. Bennett will thank us for giving him
the chance to prove his allegiance. Eve will wonder how Zero is doing,
since he really has nowhere to turn to but Team Meteor. Lumi will then ask
her whether she misses sharing Zero’s thoughts. After some hesitation, Eve
will say she doesn’t know, while Lumi will come out right saying that she
does miss Zero. Just then, another character can be seen arriving to the
scene.

Cal will see everyone there, and wonders if he is interrupting something.

Lumi will greet him and ask him when did his hair turn blue, to which he
answers, do I know you? Good question, by the way. The Seijaya sisters
will introduce themselves to him, to his further confusion. He will ask to
see Shelly, since Heather has a message for her. Hardy says she and most of
the others are down at Reborn City to lock up most of the Meteors caught
in the Agate showdown. Cal will say that this is a bad day to be a Meteor,
to which Bennett quips that this might even be the last day to be a Meteor.

Just then, Sensei Victoria arrives, straight from the Grand Hall. She will
greet Cal, surprised to see him there. Everyone, including you will turn to
face her. Cal will say it’s been a long time since he last saw her, to which
she replies it hasn’t been long enough. Cal will stupidly ask what brings her
there. She will say that it’s nice to be able to get out of her desk once in a
while, while also having to shoulder the responsibility of being the Sensei
of Apophyll Academy after Cal got Kiki killed, no biggie.

Hardy, who is beyond confused again, will ask did he miss something? He
missed a lot, which Victoria will recap for us. Cal realizes that there is
nothing he can do to atone for Kiki’s death. Cal then counters with saying
that he did sabotage the PULSE – Camerupt, which Victoria refuses to
believe. Eve actually backs him up, leading Victoria to ask who she is. She
will answer that she is the creator of all the PULSEs. Victoria is happy that
she gets to solve not one, but two problems at Calcenon today.

Eve will accept whatever punishment that Victoria sees fit for her, but
asserts her right to explain. After the PULSE – Camerupt incident, ZEL
inspected the damage done to the PULSE. While Magmortar did destroy
the machine, it was sabotaged way beforehand since the coolant system has
been removed, causing it to overheat on powering up, rendering it useless
from the start. The Camerupt itself seems to have disappeared after the
incident. Cal kept it, as he shows to the group.

Well, what about Kiki’s Medicham then? It’s still dead from being dropped
in the lava. Cal then withdraws his final card: Kiki’s Medicham, which has
become a part of his team since the incident. It survived since the coolant
from the PULSE, which Cal removed and threw into the Pyrous Mountain
lava pit, actually lowered the surface temperature of the lava. That, coupled
with the Medicham’s own resilience allowed it to survive being thrown into
the lava, allowing Cal to rescue it after everyone has left afterwards.

Shocked by this, Victoria leaves, saying she needs to be alone for now.
After commenting on the awkwardness of the situation, Hardy explains the
plan to Cal. He decides to join the final showdown, since he knows Victoria
will be hungry for Solaris’ blood once the barrier is lowered, and he wants
to look after her to prevent her from crossing the moral event horizon.
Since emotions are at an all – time high, Bennett decides that this is a bad
time to storm the city. He will ask us to prepare as well as we can and come
talk to him there again when we’re ready.
After that protracted episode where some things are finally brought out, we
can go north and east along the red road. You will see Noel standing in
front of a house, still sad from being slighted by his father. Talk to him. He
will ask you whether families are something you decide or feel:

Talk to Noel in Calcenon, when he asks if family is something you decide

or feel:
Decide = +1 Noel
Feel = -1 Noel

After that, we can go south and east along the purple road to see Julia and
Amaria. Ignore Amy and talk to Julia. She will comment on how the place
has turned into a television show, and demands to see the writers and
director. She also leans on the fourth wall by saying that she almost has no
screentime compared to the other characters. She will say that her character
is included to lighten the serious tone of the other characters. She then asks
us to say something funny, our options being only Yes and No. Say Yes,
and a literal laugh track is heard. She will comment that we are a natural at
this.

Talk to Julia in Calcenon, when she asks if this is a tv show:

+1 Julia

*Talk to Amaria in Calcenon, when she mentions Julia’s love life:

-1 Julia

Next, talk to Cal, who is standing northwest of Hardy near the bench. He
will say that maybe he should have made himself clearer when we talked
back in Obsidia a long, long time ago. However, back then the Camerupt
was still unwell with a fever from the PULSE (Jeez, just how hot is the
PULSE machine that it gave a Fire – type Pokemon a fever?) and the
Medicham was still recovering. He didn’t want to get ahead of himself by
saying that both Pokemon survived when he wasn’t sure that they would.
He thanks us again for willing to listen to him, even back then and hopes
that Victoria will eventually forgive him, or herself, and maybe then he will
forgive himself, too. Enter

Talk to Cal in Calcenon:

+1 Cal

Next, enter the house Julia and Amy are standing in front of. Inside, you
can find the three Belrose sisters, hot in confrontation over Bennett’s
allegiance and heel – face turn. Talk to Saphira and she will tell us to stay
out of this. Talk to Laura, who is still trying to calm Saphira down. Lastly,
talk to Charlotte, who will tell us what great timing we have. She asks us to
enjoy the civil war happening in front of us right now. Saphira replies that
this isn’t a war, and she shouldn’t even have to do this, since her sisters are
her only allies. Saphira will flat out call Laura a traitor for defending
Bennett, but Laura still stands by her choice. Saphira says that he has had a
lifetime of chances to make things right, and still made the wrong one.
Laura replies that Bennett is barely older than her, that’s not a lifetime.

Saphira then gives up and tells Laura to do whatever she wishes with
Bennett, since she’s over it. Charlotte then quips that she doesn’t look like
she’s over it. Saphira isn’t referring to Bennett, but she’s done talking to
Laura about him. She then asks who started all this, to which Charlotte
replies she did, by setting the house on fire. If only we could talk. Laura
and Saphira then assures Charlotte that they never blamed her, not even
once. Saphira wouldn’t even allow Charlotte to blame herself, causing
Charlotte to quip that she doesn’t even have a right to do that.

Saphira can never forgive Sigmund for what he did to any of her sisters,
and especially for what he did to her. What Charlotte did was an accident,
and she was a kid. Sigmund was an adult who knew what he was doing to
them, or the other kids of the Orphanage for that matter. She makes it her
personal mission to end him, and his abuse. Laura then says, isn’t that just
continuing the cycle of abuse in return? Saphira then replies that it’s this
kind of thinking that allows abuse to continue. Men like Sigmund will
never change. Laura then says while she is thankful for Saphira’s protection
and guidance throughout their lives, shouldn’t she and Charlotte be able to
decide for herself what’s good for them, no matter how naïve it might seem
to her? Laura then brings us into this matter, saying that even we can decide
for ourselves whether to forgive or hurt our abusers.

Talk to Charlotte, when you are asked if violence is a valid answer to

abuse:
Yes = +1 Saphira, -1 Laura
No = +1 Laura, -1 Saphira
Cancel out = +1 Charlotte

I answered Yes. I trusted Bennett earlier, so I’m going with Saphira on this
one. Some abusers just don’t know when to quit. Saphira then leaves,
saying she doesn’t need anyone’s approval and telling her sisters to stay out
of it, saying she will take care of everything else, including Sigmund’s
funeral.
Now, go and prepare. Catch anything you think you need, buy anything you
need, including healing items. Once we talk to Bennett, the story will move
you forward so fast that you’ll be in Victory Road before you know it.

The Great Showdown at Labradorra City (Part One)

Talk to Bennett. He will ask whether we’re ready. Say Yes, and he will
approve, saying that we’re the golden child and all. Bennett will carry Zero
and just walk straight through the barrier. The screen fades to black, and
then almost every major character will stand waiting in front of the barrier.
Charlotte will lampshade on how long has it been now since Bennett left.
Hardy will reply that it’s been too long. Lumi will worry that something
has happened to Bennett, and Saphira will say that we’ve been played by
Bennett. Laura will stand by him, as she was always wont to do, and
Saphira will reiterate her point: People will always hurt other people if they
are given the chance, which is why all they have is each other. Saphira then
repeats her promise, that Team Meteor will never hurt other people again.
Radomus, of all people, will ask that has she always been this way.

She answers yes, since she understood what a crapsack world this is.
Radomus counters what about before then, before she understood things
about the world. She counters that back then, she was naïve and innocent.
Radomus, in his own way, then says that since Saphira changed from when
she was a child, why wouldn’t she give other people a chance to change,
too. Her cynicism cannot fill the void inside her now, and when Saphira
reasons that his life is different from hers, so much so that it allows him
idealism, Radomus says that the best moves require us to work with others
and patience. Just as he said this, the barrier comes down, and Radomus,
being the Gallade in shining armor that he is, is the first to step through to
Labradorra City.

The music then changes, to one fit for a showdown. Laura then tells her
sister gently, that Bennett was telling the truth. Saphira is beyond anxious
to keep her appointment with the Doctor, and Laura chases her to protect
Bennett from her wrath. Hardy leaves next for his girl. Lumi, who is
worried about Zero, will be asking Eve to go with her. Eve chooses to go to
the two PULSEs, since she will try to unravel what she could about the two
remaining PULSEs in there from here. She then tells Lumi to go save Zero
herself, and won’t hold her hand this time, since she won’t always be with
her all the time. Lumi agrees, and goes off to save her friend. The two
sisters will do something they cannot do before: divide – and – conquer.
Julia leaves next, hyped up to give support while Amaria follows her.
Before stepping through, she addresses us directly, saying she looks
forward to fighting alongside us this time. Charlotte then goes next, and
makes no promises about setting buildings on fire. The last two to leave are
Victoria, who leaves with a meaningful silence, seeing nothing but Solaris
in front of her. Cal, the dogged guy, chases after her. Noel and us are the
last people standing at this point. He tells us to go ahead, since he feels he’s
not needed there. Poor guy.
You guys, dear readers. You have no idea how proud I feel when I first
stepped through to Labradorra City. I’ve waited two years for it to happen.
I survived a pandemic to see it.

Go ahead and get the hidden Potion at the blue – green junction to the
north. The roads here mirror Calcenon, being literal sister cities, with a blue
and a green road running through it. While walking, you might feel some
shaking and hear some explosions. The PULSE Clawitzer, it seems, is
awake. To the north, see Julia and her Electrode fighting a Seismitoad. Go
west to the Pokemon Center. There is a hidden Health Wing there. You
can also see Hardy and his Gigalith fighting a Flygon. If you go inside the
Pokemon Center, you will meet a Techie instead of Nurse Joy, who fled the
city way, way earlier. He will grudgingly heal your Pokemon. Go south
from the Pokemon Center and west to get a hidden Nugget on a barrel.
There’s a Meteor Ace nearby.
All, and I mean, ALL Meteor mooks in the city has PULSE2 Pokemon, so
be prepared to take some hurt. Go west from the Meteor to get a hidden
Purple Shard. You can see Victoria and her Incineroar fighting a Bibarel
to the west. Go south and east from there, to a house behind the first Meteor
you just fought.

Enter this house to see a green screen that you can interact with. It will
request a four – digit numeric password. There are two passwords you can
enter. The first one is 2368. Once done, the left of the two cases will turn
green. Interact with it to open it and you will receive the Swampertite, the
Mega Stone for Swampert and our thirty – fourth Mega Stone.

The second password is 3862. This time, the right case will turn green.
Interact with it to receive a Pokeball with a Level 75 Sylveon inside. Leave
the house afterwards.

The Final Department Store Sticker and the Three Great TMs
The Sylveon that we received is pretty special. I don’t know if I was just
lucky, but mine was Shiny. Check it if it’s in your PC or your team, and
you will see that it’s holding an item, a Ribbon Collar. Get it from him,
and it will be placed under the Key Items section of your bag. Read the
details on it. It will say “Willowreed and Crystal, 2”.

I have to interrupt the showdown first to complete this quest. It’s my

favorite one of all the Department Sticker sidequest, and it’s also the final
one. Fly to Jasper Ward.
Go south from the Jasper Pokemon Center and enter the first building with
a door to the left. Talk to the green – haired woman behind the counter and
she will open the gate to let you go upstairs to apartment 2. Step into the
apartment to talk to a… Gardevoir. Don’t worry, she’s not the Gardevoir,
but she belongs to the mistress of the apartment. She’s not actually talking
to you, but using Telepathy to interact with you. She must have left the
door unlocked whilst cleaning, and asks us to leave.

We will tell her about the collar we found. She recognizes who it belongs
to, and asks us whether she is safe. She sure is. She knows this too, since
she read our memories. She then apologizes for it. As an apology, she is
willing to share some memories with us, to show why the Sylveon doesn’t
belong in the house in the first place.

Flashback time: The Gardevoir’s original trainer, Barrie originally bought

the Sylveon here, back then an Eevee, as a gift for his daughter Edie in the
first place. While the Gardevoir disagrees with the notion of Pokemon
ownership in the first place, she digresses. Back then, the Eevee was named
Scarborough. Edie, who was a young child, was so excited to have her own
Eevee. Lottie, the mother of the house, was the one who presented the
Eevee to Edie. When Edie was told that Eevee was named Scarborough,
she said it was ugly. But, Lottie said that its original owner named it that,
and it would be rude to change it.
Since then, Edie and Eevee became inseparable. Edie, as an owner was
attentive, but neglectful. She only saw Scarborough as she wants to see her,
not as what the Pokemon wanted to be. Edie would forget to feed her until
sundown, ignoring its gender calling her a him, and changing her name to
Scarlett on a whim. She has also already decided that Scarlett will evolve
into a Sylveon, just like Barrie and his Eevee. Lottie would gently hint that
Eevee would need to receive affection to be a Sylveon.

The scene then shifts to Scarborough’s POV. It was watching a TV show of

Eevee – lutions one day and commented that the Pokemon looks like it. She
realizes that she has so many choices to evolve into, but Edie only only
wants her to be a Sylveon, and nothing else. The POV then changes into a
dream sequence, and we see what the void would look like through
Scarborough’s eyes. She is walking down a lane of stars with Eevee –
lutions standing on the side.

The first one was a Flareon, who was warm and cuddly enough to hug.
Then, she meets a Jolteon, whose fur can shock people when it defends
itself. Then, there’s a Vaporeon, who will be literally made of water,
causing her not to be scared of Edie forgetting to give her a drink again. If
she ever gets scared of Edie, she could just dissolve into water and hide.

Leafeon is next, and she envies how it could roam freely through any
forest. Glaceon is next, which she also envies since Ice – types are elegant
and powerful, commanding respect in every room it walks into. Next is
Umbreon, who melds with the night, and who she thinks is the coolest of
the eight Eevee – lutions. She actually did a double – take here to ask
herself: Does she want to marry an Umbreon, or be one? The one after that
is Espeon, who can see the future, protect itself with telekinesis, and glows
in sunlight. It seems to have made its mind actually, it wants to be an
Espeon.

However, since Edie is set on wanting a Sylveon, she feels like she has no
choice in the matter. Edie’s arrival awakes Eevee from her dream. Edie will
look for her father, who isn’t home yet, and wonders if he had another
challenger. Edie recoils in disgust at the TV show, which is discussing
Espeon. It tells Scarborough to look at a Sylveon doll, telling her to evolve
into that.

This actually broke Scarborough, who evolves into Sylveon so that Edie
will finally love her enough to take care of her and not forget to feed her.
Even Lottie is surprised at her evolution. Everything should have been a
happily ever – after after that, but the PULSE Tangrowth attack on Jasper
Ward happened.

In a sequence of events told in dialogue, the PULEe attack destroyed

Barrie, Edie, and Lottie’s home. Scarborough fled the scene, apparently,
not going with Edie and Barrie. Lottie remains trapped in Jasper Ward.
Barrie promises to go back to Jasper Ward for Lottie, but as luck would
have it, their escape leads to their downfall, since Barrie and Edie both
perished in the attack. As Gardevoir sadly recounted, Lottie was the sole
survivor of the attack on the family. Most of Barrie’s Pokemon were stolen
or disposed of by Team Meteor, which is why she was surprised to hear
that Scarborough survived.
As the story ends, Lottie’s voice can be heard calling for Gardevoir from
the back, asking if someone else is there. Gardevoir tells us to see Lottie to
show her what we have found, and tells us once again, Scarborough doesn’t
belong here. Go see Lottie. Losing her husband and daughter literally took
the life out of her, and she apologizes for not being a better hostess to us.

We will give her the Ribbon Collar, the last memento from her daughter
Edie. She will thank us for going all the way here to give her this. In return,
she will give us the final Department Store Sticker: Eevee. She will ask
whether Scarborough is well, so give the lady her due and say Yes. This is
really not the ending I hoped this quest would take, really. With it, we can
now access the topmost floor of the Obsidia Department Store, the
Penthouse. Here is the entire collection, as seen on the membership card.

As a sidenote here, I think the late Barrie was Adrienn’s successor as the
Fairy – gym Leader when they got frozen in time under the Grand Gate.
Edie mentions he had a challenger and he had a Sylveon. The Gardevoir we
talked to was his, and we knew he had an Azumarill, which he used during
the attack on the ward. Even his name fits, Barrie, as in J.M Barrie, author
of Peter Pan. After the incident, there is one last item we can collect in the
same apartment, go up all the way to the top floor. Outside apartment
number 7 is this:

The item there is a Fairium – Z, the Z – crystal which changes all

damaging Fairy – type moves to the Z – move Twinkle Tackle.
Next, go to the Obsidia Department Store and take the elevator all the way
to the penthouse. In here, at the west counter is a woman who will
maximize your Pokemon’s friendship with a massage for $5000. The north
counter sells all the best items such as the Focus Sash, Life Orb, Leftovers,
and Leppa Berry. There is also a healing machine and a PC here. Go to the
vending machine first and buy one each of Lemonade, Fresh Water, and
Soda Pop. Talk to the Rich Child inside and he will say he’s thirsty.

a) Give him a Fresh Water when he asks for it. In return, you will get
TM25: Thunder
b) Talk to him again and he will ask for a Lemonade. Give it to him
and you will get TM14: Blizzard
c) Talk to him one last time and he will ask for a Soda Pop. Give it to
him and you will get TM38: Fire Blast
This ends the sidequest. If you check your list of TMs now, there is only
one TM left to get, the second one. You know how we’re going to get that
one.

The Great Showdown at Labradorra City (Part Two)

Fly back to the Labradorra Pokemon Center, since we can do that now. Go
east, south, and west from there to go between Victoria and Incineroar to
the north. Go west from there to challenge the Meteor Ace. After the battle,
go north to see Saphira on her Dragonite confronting Lin. Saphira boasts
that this time will be different, to which Lin makes her eat her own words
and knocks her off the Dragonite. As Saphira lies on the ground, Lin mocks
her on how alone is, was, and has always been. Just then, an unknown
voice from the side asks Heather to use Air Slash. This knocks Lin by
surprise, and Shelly, the blooming wallflower runs to Saphira and asks if
she is okay.

Saphira calls her ‘that girl’, to which Shelly replies, she is not just ‘that
girl’, she is Shelly, Reborn’s Bug – type Gym Leader. Learn her name.
Saphira, impressed, addresses her by name and thanks her. Titania, Shelly’s
friend, comes close behind, acting as reinforcement with Florinia and Serra.

Lin gives her breaking speech of numbers, tactics, and friends will not help,
only to be countered by the women of Reborn in return. Serra then turns to
address us. She knows the women have no chance of beating Lin, but
they’re just stalling for time so we can defeat PULSE Clawitzer. She will
then block us from interfering in the battle.
Go back south to see Victoria and the Meteor’s battle has ended, allowing
us to go west up the stairs. We can see Charlotte and her Ninetales fighting
a Stoutland there. Go into the house north for now.
Walk north inside this house to be challenged by two Meteor Aces. We
won’t be alone, as Victoria will be our partner in the battle. She steps in and
tells us to step aside. She’s not a slouch in this battle, since her lead
Mienshao took care of three Pokemon with High Jimp Kicks before
succumbing to Life Orb recoil damage. Once the battle is done, one of the
grunts will admit that that his heart is not in the battle, since they’re
keeping one of their own locked up there. The other grunt will say that it’s
not a great loss if he gets out anyway. Victoria will ask who is it that they
locked up in there, and they will say to see for herself. She goes ahead and
chillingly mutters “You”.
Figure out who it is yet? Go north to see her. Talk to her, and you can see a
heavily – bandaged Solaris lying on a table inside. Frustrated by the cage
blocking her, Victoria will say that she needs to get inside. As if answering
her prayers, the cage door suddenly bursts open. She goes in and takes a
look at the extent of Solaris’ injuries, regretting that she wasn’t the one who
inflicted them,

Solaris jerks awake, making Victoria relieved that she didn’t have to finish
off a sleeping opponent since it’s dishonorable. Solaris than stands up,
asking whether Victoria is the judge of his crimes. Not crimes, say Victoria,
just one crime. Victoria then asks Solaris if he remembers her, and he
replies by saying he couldn’t even see her clearly. It seems Sirius (or Lin)
took his eye.

Victoria introduces herself Inigo – Montoya style, prompting Solaris to

remember her, saying that the yapping pup has finally grown some teeth.
Just as Victoria was about to give Solaris a pre – mortem one liner, Cal
steps in. Victoria lashes out at him, daring him to stop her from having her
vengeance. He said he wouldn’t stop her, but he will ask her a question: Is
this what Kiki would want?

After much hesitation, and some screaming, Victoria concedes that this
wouldn’t be what Kiki would want, a murderous, vengeful Sensei for
Apophyll and Reborn. After breaking down, Cal leads Victoria outside,
leaving us alone with Taka’s father. That’s all he is now, a father to a dead
son. He then commends Cal, in his own way. He then asks us:

*When Solaris asks if you want him dead too:

Yes = +1 Victoria, -1 Cal
No = +1 Cal, -1 Victoria

I said No, since I told Taka the same the same thing when he asks whether I
hate his father. Solaris then in a roundabout manner says Thank You, and
says that what we wished won’t be true for long. After Team Meteor is
done with Labradorra, they plan to move north to Victory Road. He is a
marked man, and his days are numbered. With that, he leaves for Victory
Road, intent on taking down as many Meteors himself before he meets his
Creator. Noble demon, through and through.
Go back outside this house. You will see Charlotte has disappeared. Go
down the steps west, and you can see two hidden items there: a Max
Potion on the bench north and a Full Heal on the barrel south. Go west to
challenge another Meteor Ace. Go west from her and grab the Light Shard
south. A barrel there has a hidden Blue Shard. Go north to another barrel
hiding a Burn Heal.
So now, we actually have to go and look for Noel. The last time we saw
him, he’s at Calcenon City. Don’t go back there. Instead, fly to the
Labradorra Pokemon Center. Go west and north, there’s a barrel with a
hidden Max Repel there. Go north into the house with the lamp post in
front of it. Noel is in here, actually waiting for us. Talk to him. He will
actually make sure we get the PULSE readout for PULSE10: Clawitzer.

Obtain the PULSE Clawitzer notes before defeating it:

+1 Eve
Get out of there and go west all the way past the last female Meteor Ace
you battled. Go north and a cutscene will happen. Laura and Bennett will
come out of a building to your south and Laura will say, “What the hell is
that thing?” Bennett will say that he will explain to her later, but as long as
that thing is locked… He trails off as he was confronted by a Latin –
speaking Elias. His dialogue translates roughly to: “Injury that adds insult
to injury. If I do not keep his commandments by sharing it with the
unbelievers, then I am not one who loves God”. Once a preacher, always a
preacher. He will ask Bennett with whom do his loyalties lie. Bennett, who
has no time for his sermons asks him to draw his own conclusions. Elias
tells him he can’t give an answer to that. If Elias thinks Bennett is going to
bow down to him, he thought wrong, says Bennett. Elias responds that
nothing can disappoint him anymore, since he does not see any shepherds
in the city, merely howling lunatics. Bennett pointedly asks Elias is he one
of those lunatics. Elias responds by saying that he is a ram merely bleating
for its master.

Bennett, with enough acid to melt through metal, will ask Elias whether
something happened to his boyfriend (Solaris). Elias will disregard his
insolence during these dark times, and tells Bennett that Solaris was
overthrown, captured and has now disappeared. As Bennett turns to leave at
this news, Elias reminds him of the debt of gratitude he owed him for his
current position. Bennett counters there is no such gratitude as they were
both well aware that they were just using each other. He then drops a bomb
in Elias’ direction: Luna is gone, she stepped into a black hole at the Glass
Workstation of her own accord. Bennett tells him, if he wants to look for
someone to blame, he can blame Lin or Solaris for her demise, he doesn’t
care. With finality, Bennett tells him that their arrangement is over, and
leaves with Laura.

As Elias stood there, stunned at this news, he will finally say the most
heretical thing he has ever said in the entire game: Much is lost and little is
gained under the eyes of the Lord. With one last Latin verse, “God will not
be present unless the knot is worthy of being avenged”, he will say that a
common enemy is decided: Lin herself. With that, he leaves for vengeance.
He is, during these dire moments, also a father who loves his daughter,
even if his love is misguided.

After the cutscene, go west and enter the house here. If you see the blond –
haired man to your north, know that the man is more cowardly than any
Wimpod alive. You can approach him through the left or the right, but he
will always run out of the house the through the opposite way. There’s no
stopping him from running with his tail between his legs. There is a
machine to the north that you can press to get a PP Up. Get it and get out of
there.
Continue north between the house and the fountain and you will be
confronted by two Meteors for a Double Battle, with very powerful teams.
Luckily, Amaria makes good on her promise to battle alongside us, and she
asks whether we trust her. Say Yes to just make her feel better. Our
relationship with her is irreparably broken at this point anyway (in this
path, at least), so just say Yes.

After the battle, Amy will say that it’s not so bad, battling alongside each
other. Then she will leave to catch up with the others, saying that we
wouldn’t want to hang around her so long (Projecting much, Amy?).
On the barrel behind the left Meteor is a hidden Revive. On the bench to
the north is a hidden Ice Heal. If you go west, you can see Cal and his
Camerupt battling a Kantonian Golem. Go inside the house behind the
bench. Heal up your Pokemon.
Inside the house, you can see four screens to your north. As you go east,
passing them each, they will light up with the colors blue, green, purple,
and red. From the red screen, go south and west between the boxes, then go
north. Go west past six screens, which will glow white. The fifth screen
will have Lin’s face on it. Go south to get into a Double Battle with the last
two Techies still working for Team Meteor: Deryl and Naoman. They have
been with Meteor since the Blacksteam Factory Raid, IIRC. They’re in it
for the science they said. Grab the Light Shard to your south after the
battle. Notice that the two screens on their side have also turned on as well
to white writing. Step south through the door.
Go south, west, and north to the next room, and the screen will turn on. In
this next room, do the same. The screen will turn on to reveal our face in
red background. Now save again. The PULSE Clawitzer awaits us. Read up
on it since you have its notes in the PULSE Dex.
Zero will be up there, doing what he always does, being the PULSE’s
handler. A beam from the Clawitzer narrowly misses us. Noel will actually
come and see us up there, surprised to see the PULSE. Clawitzer then fires
a beam right at Noel as Radomus arrives up the ladder. A miracle happens
when Nomos, Noel’s Cleffa doll, actually comes alive (probably at Shade’s
behest, he’s there too) and takes the full brunt of the beam, destroying itself
and saving Noel’s life.

Radomus asks his son whether he’s okay, which he replies he is. He
wonders what happened to Nomos. Zero will curse the Clawitzer for being
stopped by a doll, calling it worthless. Two New World Cultists will climb
up the ladder, and while Radomus and Noel keeps them busy, we are tasked
with fighting Zero, who has a full team of Dark – type Pokemon and the
PULSE Clawitzer in his team.
After his defeat, Zero will then wonder why he isn’t good enough? He truly
is broken at this point. Radomus and Noel has successfully defeated the
cultists (Come on, two Gym Leaders? Against two mooks?). Radomus will
ask Noel if he is okay. He’s okay, but confused. Not about Nomos, but
about his own father. Radomus, ever the chessmaster, takes this opportunity
to convince his son to give him a chance to be his father. There are many
things we can’t explain in this world, be it a sentient Cleffa doll or the love
of a father for his son. But, as he says, they can explore it together. Noel
accepts.

Lumi then comes up, looking for her friend Zero. The first thing the angel
asks Zero is if he is okay, and did Meteor do anything to him. Zero doesn’t
deserve her really. Zero tells her he has been stripped of everything by the
Meteors, but Lumi says it doesn’t matter, as long as he’s safe. Zero tells her
that Lin will eliminate him if he failed again. That’s why she’s here in the
first place, to escape with him while others are keeping Lin occupied. As
Lumi leads Zero away, Radomus asks him a question: One of the cultists
mentioned Arceus “growing”, Zero mentioned the Arc – PULSE weakly,
then Lumi interjects. The Arc – PULSE can accelerate the growth of an
underdeveloped Pokemon, allowing it to mature into its power quickly.
Then Lumi and Zero leaves, hopefully to safety.

Radomus then invites Noel to leave. Before leaving, Noel finally concedes
that his sister was right: Just because something can’t be seen, doesn’t
mean it isn’t there. He then wonders what else he is missing, and resolves
to find out someday. Our boy, all grown up.
Get out of that building, following Noel and Radomus. On the way down,
you might see some numbers on the screen. They’re the same numbers we
activated the machines with earlier. From left to right, it reads 2368, and in
reverse 8632. Once outside, go east past the Pokemart and you will hear
Cal asking us for help to deal with something.

Sigmund, the coward is being apprehended by Cal as he was trying to make

a break for it out of Labradorra. Saphira caught wind of this and wants his
blood on her hands, literally. Serra, seeing that Saphira is out of her mind
with rage, actually stood between her and Sigmund.
Saphira will snarl at Serra, asking her to move out of the way. Serra, bless
her glass heart, actually tried to mediate the situation, but Saphira just
wouldn’t be reasoned with. Sigmund will shout to keep Saphira away from
him, no doubt scared for his life at the moment. Serra does her best acting
as a human shield for that waste of oxygen. In no doubt an ironic echo to
her childhood years at the Orphanage, Saphira will repeat the things she
said while under Sigmund’s care. Keep him away from me, No, please,
stop. If no one helped her then, nobody should help him now. Sigmund will
weakly state that it’s all for treatment’s sake. As Saphira approaches Serra
to deliver the final blow, Lin makes her appearance.

With one blow, she strikes Saphira to the ground. She then torments her,
saying that she should stand up straight, but bow before her master. As
Saphira lies unconscious, thrown by Lin against the wall, Lin will approach
Sigmund, telling Saphira to share. She will then take Sigmund somewhere
else, and tells him not to worry, but he might feel “a little shock” (there’s a
deadly euphemism if I ever heard one). As the screen once again shows the
scene, us, Serra, and Cal will check on Saphira against the wall. Cal asks
whether she will be fine, to which Serra reluctantly answers yes, only to
pointedly ask Cal the absurdity of asking a former model as to whether
someone injured will be fine or not. Cal drops the subject and asks us to go
west, since that’s where Lin went with Sigmund. Also, if you go west of the
Pokemart, past Cal after this incident, you will see this:
It's our dear friend the Absol, warner of impending doom. Can you guess
whose doom it is warning you this time?

The Doctor Will See You Now: Finding and Battling PULSE Mime
Go back to Cal afterwards. Go south past him until you see the stairs going
east. Go west until you see a gap going south between two buildings.

That hidden item there is a Dire Hit. Go inside the house to see Eve
hammering away at the computer. Talk to her, and she will ask whether
we’re off to fight PULSE Mime already. She will then say that the PULSE
notes aren’t ready yet, since the machine she’s working with went haywire.
She will then tell you that the PULSE Mime has one weakness: Fairy –
type attacks. It also has stellar defenses, like the original Mr. Mime, and
damaging it by conventional means is impossible. Have you figured out its
ability yet? It’s Wonder Guard. Being only weak to Fairy – type moves
mean its type is Dark/ Ghost, just like Sableye and Spiritomb.

Speak to Eve about PULSE-09 in Labradorra or gain the notes before

defeating it:
+1 Eve
Leave the house, go west, north, and west to see that the building with the
locked door there has been busted open, along with the windows. As you
try to enter the building, Lin will come out and mutter her most horrifying
line in the entire game: “The Doctor will see you now”. She will then
stride confidently to the north. Don’t go in yet. Go north to the building
where we met Sigmund earlier, when he ran out. Inside, to the north, you
will see something glinting underneath the metal pipes. Pick up the hidden
Orphanage Key.

Now go inside the building Lin came out of. This building is the
Labradorra section of the LCCC. Go north to see the screen glow red. Go
west down the long ladder. Climb down the long ladder and grab the Light
Shard if you need healing.
This place is dark, even when Flash is used, so take your time. I’ll try my
best to guide you through it. The lights will flash intermittently, allowing
you to see where you’re going. The road here is simple actually. There is a
central hallway with corridors alternating south and north. Each corridor
has a linear path, albeit a winding one through it. Go east all the way until
you see the first corridor north.
Go north here and the path will split west and east. Go down the western
path until you hit the wall. Then go north to see a barrel hiding an Elixir.
Go back north and east, and take the eastern path with the gears this time.
Along that corridor and scattered in the room to the east are a total of seven
hidden Fairy Gems. Pray that you have a Fairy – type move user in your
party. Go back west and south to the central hallway.
At the central hallway, go east and south down the path here.

Just before the boxes south, there is a path leading west. Go down it. Go
south and east and get the hidden Revive on the box there. Go south, east a
bit, and south down another hallway. If you can’t see it, there should be a
horizontal pipe overhead. Go south and east here to get another hidden
Max Repel. Go back east and south out of that small hallway, and this time
go east to another room. There is a rock hiding a HP Up there, and a
computer with an orange screen. Interact with it and put in a Data Chip
(you should have at least one in your bag, right?). From this room, go west,
north, west north, east and north back to the central hallway. Go west and
go back to the first branch north, where you found the seven Fairy Gems
earlier.

This computer, which was off earlier, should now turn green. Interact with
it. You will see that gate L – C of the LCCC has been unlocked, complete
with sound effects.
Go back to the central hallway. Go east until you see two branches, one to
the north and one to the south. Go to the north and get a hidden Oran
Berry near the machine there. Backtrack and go down the south hallway
now. Go east and south past the boxes. Go east again, and this time keep
going east until the wall. This is the opened L – C gate just now. Step
through it to access a new part of LCCC, thankfully a brightly lit one.

Go east and north. Climb up the long ladder and you will be in this room in
Calcenon City, judging from the music.
The item behind me is the Charizardite Y, the thirty – fifth Mega Stone
accessible to us in the game. Interact with the computer to the northwest to
unlock the gate up here, allowing us easy access to Calcenon City from
Labradorra City. Go back down the long ladder, and go west back into the
labyrinth. Go west all the way and go north back to the central hallway. Go
east this time.
Near the machine is an almost – invisible hallway leading east.

Just follow this winding hallway. Sometimes you really can’t see what’s
ahead, and you might hit a wall. Just go west. You will eventually reach
here.
The hidden item there is an Ultra Potion. Go east from there and pick up
the hidden Friend Ball. Go east and down the narrow hallway north to
this… sight greeting you. It ain’t pretty.

Save your game. Being the second – last PULSE that you will fight, it will
be difficult.
Strategy:
Marvel at the abomination that is PULSE 09: Mr. Mime. The thing
doesn’t even look like Mr. Mime anymore. Like I mentioned before, it has
the Wonder Guard ability, which coupled with its Dark/ Ghost typing,
renders any damaging move except Fairy ones moot. It still can be statused
though, so Toxic away.
What makes this fight difficult is that it also controls the now-dead
Sigmund’s Pokemon, turning this fight into a Double Battle of six – on –
six. What’s more, the PULSE Mime knows the move Entrainment, which it
will use at the earliest convenience. It will give its partners in battle the
Wonder Guard ability as well. Sigmund’s Pokemon, as you have fought
them before, are no slouch offensively. With Wonder Guard and half of
them being Electric – types, you better hope you have a Ground – type in
your party., which doesn’t work with Rotom – Freeze due to its Levitate
ability.

In order to bypass this, get any Pokemon with the Mold Breaker ability
(Rampardos, Excadrill, Hawlucha, Mega Ampharos). They can still hit the
PULSE normally. I myself prefer misdirection, since my Amoonguss
knows Rage Powder. It will use Entrainment on my Amoonguss instead,
giving it Wonder Guard. Its partner Aromatisse knows Psychic, so it can
still harm my Amoonguss, though.

The only trouble I encountered with this strategy is when Alakazam comes
out. It will Mega Evolve, and having the Trace ability once it does that, it
will Trace my Amoonguss’ Wonder Guard. It took two hits of Darkest
Lariat from my Incineroar for it to go down. The rest of the team will fall to
my Mega Gardevoir’s Stored Power boosted by Extreme Evoboost. Mime
himself fell to Pixilate Hyper Voice.
Once defeated, the abomination will finally disappear, leaving us with the
grisly sight of Sigmund’s corpse hooked to the PULSE machine. PULSE
Mime is sentient enough to unhook itself from the machine and operate
independently of it. Its name in the battle, if you noticed, is Master Mime.
As in, Puppetmaster. Get out of there back to the central hallway. Go all the
way west, leave up the stairs and don’t look back.
Once you stepped outside, notice that there are no explosions or battles
anymore. Go east and south to the building Eve was in earlier. Inside, you
will find the PULSE readout for PULSE 09: Mr. Mime that Eve must
have left for us.
Get out of the building, and go east. Just before the steps leading east, go
north instead to meet Amaria. You can find her standing outside a red
building, the Labradorra Gym. Talk to Amaria, and she will say that we
took too long, since all the Meteors have been driven out of the city (Gee,
why don’t you try fighting a humanoid abomination?). The other Gym
Leaders and major characters were still chasing other members of Team
Meteor, who are retreating north to Victory Road by going straight through
the Gym.

She will ask us to go ahead, and she’ll be right behind us. After a pause, she
will say that we should do whatever we need to do now. What sounded like
a warning and a threat all at once from her is actually sage advice.

ONCE YOU ENTER THE LABRADORRA GYM, YOU WILL BE SEMI

– LOCKED OUT OF ANYWHERE ELSE. You can change Pokemon, you
can heal them, but you can’t train them, and you can’t buy important
healing items barring a Fresh Water, a Lemonade, and a Soda Pop. Heed
Amy’s advice, go buy your Revives, Cotton Candies, Leppa Berries, and
anything else you think you might need now. The great showdown at
Labradorra is over. We did it.

One Last Item at the Orphanage

Just to help you relax before the upcoming storm, we can actually get one
last item with the Orphanage Key we got earlier. Fly to Lapis Ward.
Interact with the Orphanage door to unlock it with the Orphanage Key.
Once inside the now abandoned building, climb all the stairs all the way to
the top room, where Heather was held during our raid at the Orphanage all
that time ago. Inside that room, you will find this:

That item there is an Alakazite, the Mega Stone for the Psychic – type
powerhouse Alakazam and our thirty – sixth Mega Stone. Leave the place
now and prepare for the Labradorra Gym.

The Labradorra Tournament (of B00ty)

Return to Labradorra City and enter the Gym. Once inside, Amaria will
follow us from behind and go off doing her own thing. Hardy, upon seeing
us, will ask us whether we’ve seen his girl. Even he couldn’t find her after
beating all the Meteors in Labradorra. Lumi, Eve, and Zero are also there,
with Lumi asking did Eve find anything. Eve replies in the negative,
making Lumi wonder how such a large building, one specifically built to
host tournaments, has no doors. Lumi will also commend Shelly for her
courage in facing down Lin. Shelly will downplay her own courage, as
usual. She says that she just acted strong so no one would worry about her
anymore, to which Lumi replies that’s exactly what courage is.

Zero has heard that Sirius and Lin had designs on this place, but since he
got demoted, he has no idea what their plans were. Saphira will address us
directly, to Cal’s chagrin. It seems that she’s awake now. She will ask us
where Sigmund is. In fewer words than ever, we might have told her what
happened. Saphira will look so disappointed, and more enraged than she
could possibly have been. We will try to calm her down, (or rather, Call
will try), while she screams down our neck. Saphira will disregard
everything Cal said with more venom than a cobra, decrying that morality
is even worse than malice. She will attempt to find Sigmund herself, and
leaves.

At least, she tries to. When she tries to walk out the door, she finds that it
has disappeared, locking us inside the Gym. A voice overhead will answer:
“Oh, that old thing?” and the music will stop. They will say that they
deleted the door. As everyone wonders who the disembodied voice is,
Victoria wanders into the scene.

A remix of the Agate Circus theme plays in the background as Terra greets
us with her familiar “RAWR”. Guess who’s back, bitches? She’s back, in
digital form at least, complete with accompanying vuvuzuelas. Serra is also
there. Terra will tell us that she is the building now, turning it into her
entire playground. Serra quickly wants out, and is quickly shut down by
some double entendre. Saphira punches the wall in frustration, to no avail.

Terra says, in very convoluted terms, that we should pair up with another
person, and fight one another in a tournament style battle. The winners will
advance, while the losers will… she avoids answering this like the plague.
Victoria, still traumatized by what happened at the Devonyx building,
wants no part of this. Terra will say that ‘nothing’ will happen to the losers
of each round. If someone refuses to battle, then nobody else can battle, so
nobody gets to go out and chase the fleeing Team Meteor.

In fact, she will pair us off herself. There are 17 people there, as Eve
helpfully points out. Terra will say that there are only 16, since Zero
doesn’t count. He will have to stay behind no matter what, as punishment
for living up to his name. The pairs for the first round of the Labradorra
tournament are, in Double Battle style:
a) Titania and Florinia vs. Amaria and Julia
b) Victoria and Shelly vs. Saphira and Charlotte
c) Hardy and Radomus vs. Serra and Noel
d) Us and Cal vs. Eve and Lumi

Victoria will ask are we really gonna do this, to which Saphira replies
there’s no better way. She will then leave. Victoria is very reluctant to
proceed as you can see. While Eve understands her reluctance, she still
thinks this is the best course of action, since half of them will proceed after
each round. There may be a way to bring everyone out of here safely from
the other side. As everyone resolves to finally try their best, they will leave,
leaving us with Victoria. Talk to her:

Talk to Victoria at the tournament, when she asks if you also think this is
wrong:
Yes = +1 Victoria
No = -1 Victoria

I said Yes. It is wrong, but what choice do we have? At first, she wants to
stay there and refuse the fight, since her reason for being there, Solaris, has
disappeared. But then, she realizes if she stays there, she will just hold up
everyone’s efforts to stop Team Meteor. After a moment of self –
awareness and clarity, she will say that she will fight, not because Team
Meteor wants her to, but because everybody else wants to. She shouldn’t
get in everybody’s way just because she thinks it’s the right thing to do,
that’s not what Kiki would’ve wanted. That’s self – righteousness. She then
leaves, more spirited than ever. Nice to see character development from one
of our rivals at least.
Go east to see Noel facing the wall to the south. Talk to him:
Talk to Noel at the tournament, when he talks about words having smells:
+1 Noel

Looks like he has synesthesia.

On the west side of the arena, ignore Titania, like don’t talk to her at all.
*Talk to Titania at the tournament twice:
-1 Titania.

Talk to Radomus now. He will say that each of us only sees the path that
we’re destined to take. He wishes us luck, and tells us we don’t need any.
He then walks straight into the wall south. We can see our door right there
to the north. Go ahead and take it. Go north across this long path to meet
Cal at the end. There is a PC and a healing machine nearby. Go east and
step into the arena to begin the match. We will then be treated to the stories
of the three other combatants.

The four sorority sisters (Julia, Amaria, Florinia, Titania):

Julia will be excited to see all four of them back together again. Amy will
say she looks forward to fighting with them again. Titania will somehow
look the other way, as Terra announces the sorority sister showdown. The
verbal spar begins as Terra calls Amy a ‘wannabe Ophelia’, to which she
says it’s inaccurate. Titania, however, says it fits her to a T. Once again,
Amy defends her actions, saying that she has been trying to keep herself
alive, to which Tania tells her to act like it. Tania then accuses Amy of
putting a false front in front of groups, but they both know what’s
underneath all the façade. She then accuses Amy of not being able to take
care of herself, so instead she pushes that burden onto other people, all the
while using her emotional pain to control others.
Julia has had enough of this, and tells Tania to lay off Amy. Florinia, for
once, agrees with Tania, to Julia’s shock. Julia then asks her why is she
taking her side, when she’s the reason she became that way in the first
place. Florinia says that even though Tania is the reason she became
emotionless, that doesn’t mean rationality and stoicism is wrong. Tania
then says she takes full responsibility for causing Florinia to be that way.
She says that unlike some people, she does know when to take
responsibility for the famage she caused.

This prompts Amy to point out, what about her? Tania then answers, would
she be better if Tania had done differently? Tania calls Amaria out on
having a persecution complex. Terra then interrupts the argument, saying
it’s time to pick the field they will be battling in. Since things are heating
up so well, the only field that is right for this situation is the Superheated
Field. Julia, surprisingly, tries to be the voice of reason for once, asking
why do they have to fight each other. She says they’re friends, right? Why
don’t they just talk this out? Titania shoots her down, saying that while
staying positive makes everything pretty, it’s a convenient way to ignore
the real issues at hand.

Tania also says that that ‘positive attitude’ is also the reason why Amy is a
Stepford Smiler. Amy interjects, saying that she is capable of feeling
happy. Tania then spits back, if she herself doesn’t believe that, why should
Tania believe it? Tania then has another advice to Julia: Don’t presume to
meddle with other people’s relationships when she can’t even commit to a
single boyfriend. Since she’s always busy with boys all the time, she
doesn’t even realize that it’s always just been the three of them left behind.
The four – sister dream team she always imagined them to be, doesn’t exist.
They were just playing along with her dream team fantasy since she’s the
least emotionally mature out of them all. Julia turns away then, clearly
stinging from Tania’s words.

Amy steps up to defend Julia, saying that it’s not fair to her, since Rini
wasn’t involved either. It’s just between the two of them. Tania then
reminds Amy that Rini was too involved in the beginning, or did she
conveniently forget that? Julia then enters the scene again, saying that even
if Tania was right, does this mean they can’t fight to make things right
again? I love her for this, actually. She’s the most caring one of the group.
Tania is tired of fighting, as she has been for years. Florinia says that
fighting is now futile. Julie is adamant about keeping them all together as
friends, and Amy finally admits that all the girls are still important to her,
and agrees with Julie. With a swing of her Aegislash, Tania reiterates her
intention to leave, and the showdown begins.
The Belrose sisters, the Sensei and the wallflower (Saphira, Charlotte,
Victoria and Shelly):
Terra announces the second leg of the tournament, starting with Victoria,
calling her kinder than a Chansey, grieving like a Cubone, and a larger
roadblock than a Snorlax (to her confusion and our chuckle). She calls
Shelly a bootleg Bugsy, her own brother no less, prompting her to ask is
she always so mean. Saphira tells her that Terra is trying to get under their
skin, and to ignore her. Terra then introduces Saphira as ‘anger
management’, and Charlotte as the MacDonald triad (an indicator of serial
killer behavior, bed wetting, fire – setting, and cruelty to animals),
prompting Charlotte to reply that she’s only two out of three, and only if
Sigmund is an animal. The chosen arena is the Swamp Field. Saphira then
addresses Shelly directly, saying that no matter if they are allies or not,
Saphira is going all out. Shelly replies that she will show Saphira that her
name is worth remembering, and that she too, will do the same. Shelly then
tells Victoria that her friends, who have helped her along the way, are
counting on her, so she will do her best too. Victoria is reminded of Kiki
for that, leading to a nice bonding moment between them. While Charlotte
is happy for this, she says that she will still burn them to a crisp, since
destruction is beauty. With that, their showdown begins.

The blended family and the rockstar (Radomus, Noel, Serra, and Hardy):
Terra introduces Hardy as strum and dumber, and Radomus as the one, the
lonely. Then she introduces Serra as Mrs. Died at 30, and Noel as Anna
version 0.3. Radomus then tells Noel to not listen to her, and calls him
Painter by mistake (his real name). Serra then asks Radomus, how did she
end up with his son. Terra then answers that she mismatched them on
purpose, to shake things up and prevent character development (Haha, what
fourth wall?). The chosen arena for this is, to Serra’s pleasant surprise, the
Mirror Arena, her very own field. The reason for Terra’s generosity is
because their name shares four letters. Radomus has one advice for his son,
fight with all his might. Noel says it would be better if he loses, since the
winning team would have to go on to fight Meteor, which he thinks is
better suited to Radomus and Hardy. Serra agrees with his assessment here.

Hardy, for one, has his girl to save, so losing won’t be an option. Serra,
who has given up before the battle begins, receives some sage words from
Dadomus. With a promise to show her that a battle should only be won
with an opponent who bothers to try, their battle begins.

Us, Cal and the Seijaya sisters:

Terra introduces us as the walking plot armor and Cal as Blake Whitaker.
Eve was introduced as the mass murderer and Lumi as her motive (dark,
really). Eve explains to Lumi about why they are called those things, and
also points out that Terra’s words ring hollow since she is a Meteor
member herself. She realizes that Lumi and her are but stepping stones to
others in the place. Terra promises to punish any battler who is losing on
purpose, prompting Eve and Lumi to say that they’re rooting for us, but is
still going to try their best. The field chosen for our battle is the Inverse
Field, a field we’ve never really fought on before. On it, all type strengths
and resistances are inverted. For example, normally Fire – types are strong
against Ice – types, but here, Ice – type moves are super effective against
Fire – types instead. This makes our teammate Cal a disadvantage against
Lumi, a trainer of Ice – types.

Another thing, Lumi is the one with the most advantages here. Ice – types
in general are weak against a lot of types, but strong only against a few.
Reverse that, and Ice – types become one of the best types to fight with on
this field, effective against a lot of types and weak to only a few. Cal’s AI
in this battle is disappointing. He keeps on using less effective Fire attacks
on Lumi’s Ice – types, and his only useful Pokemon, Kommo – o, is
hindered by the fact that Dragon – types are weak to a lot of other types on
the Inverse Field.

After the battle, the two ladies will congratulate us on our victory, being
good sports that they are. Terra will interrupt our camaraderie by making
the women flicker. SHE LITERALLY BROKE THE FOURTH WALL BY
ERASING THEIR CHARACTER FILES, rendering their character mere
husks of themselves. That’s the penalty for losing this tournament, to have
your existence in the game deleted. After the battle, you will see a path
which suddenly appears to the north, allowing us to progress to the next leg
of the tournament. Cal leaves ahead of us. Follow him. Go north, west and
north past the long hallway to the next room, where we see the winners of
the other legs.
Charlotte will say that she can’t find anything over there either, indicating
that she and Saphira won their battle first and has been looking for a way
out before us. Charlotte knew all along we were going to win, and Saphira
asks us whether did anything happen to the Seijaya sisters afterwards.
Hardy bursts in afterwards, indicating that he and Radomus won, asking did
you see what happens to the losers. In fact, the deletion is so complete, that
even when referring to the losing characters, their names are replaced by
random symbols in the dialogue box. For example, Serra became S#*r.
Hardy feels guilty for taking the fight too seriously, to which Saphira
replies that he had no other options. In fact, the only thing they could do is
win, since refusal to fight might just cause all their characters to be deleted.

Hardy and Saphira came almost came to blows with each other, with
Charlotte backing her sister up. Hardy is adamant about saving Aya, while
Charlotte and Saphira is more focused on eradicating Meteor, which
Charlotte say she and her sister are more than capable of doing by
themselves. Titania and Florinia comes in next, the final winners of the first
leg of the tournament.

After a few more catty words exchanged between Titania and Charlotte,
and a vocabulary malaproper thanks to Terra, the battles of the next leg are
announced: we will be fighting our partners from the first leg:
a) Radomus vs. Hardy
b) Charlotte vs. Saphira
c) Florinia vs. Titania
d) Cal vs. us

Charlotte has already resigned to her fate of losing against her sister, and
reminds us that it’s the fate that awaits everyone unlucky enough to fight
her. Terra then devolves into telling her own version of Lt. Surge and Nanu
fanfic (talk about a crackfic). Titania has had enough at her insanity and
leaves for her next battle. As the fanfiction reading gets more and more…
weird, everybody leaves, making us thankful that Shelly lost the first round.
Talk to Cal, who’s waiting for us near the table to the west. He knows that
he can’t win against us, and thanks us for being a great partner. He makes
us promise to battle Blake if we saw him, and promises to finish our
business if he ends up winning.

*Talk to Cal after beating Lumi and Eve, if the player is male:
+1 Cal
Talk to Charlotte, who knows just how fucked she is. She then leaves, after
telling us it’s been nice knowing us.
Go to the east all the way, where our door will be. Again, ignore Titania
brooding over there. Go north through our door. Go north along the
hallway, heal your team, and use the PC if you need it. Follow the winding
path west to the next arena, and enter.
Radomus vs. Hardy:
Terra introduces Radomus as a money – launderer so effective that people
call him up for dry – cleaning (lol) and refers to his history as shadier than
Shade. Hardy is introduced as an eight-track singer a one-track mind,
referring to his determination to save Aya. Hardy reminds Radomus not to
go soft on him, and Radomus has no intention to, as he is a father with his
children’s lives at stake. Hardy encourages Radomus to not dwell on his
colorful past anymore, and their resilience to move forward despite their
past is what makes them human. Radomus thanks Hardy for his words, and
says that he is not as dumb as his chosen type, as Terra states. Their chosen
field is the Water Surface field, ala Amaria’s Gym, complete with rain.

Charlotte vs. Saphira:

Saphira tells Terra that she wants a forfeit, meaning that Charlotte will
automatically win. Terra refuses to have none of that self-sacrificing,
sisterly altruism. Saphira then counters that her refusing to accept the
forfeit is because it directly contradicts the rules that she set for the
tournament, or herself. Terra takes offense at this, saying that she doesn’t
need to follow the rules to the letter, as she’s not Florinia. She then changes
the rules, saying that if Saphira forfeits, Charlotte will be punished, and
vice-versa. Saphira still refuses, causing Charlotte to intervene and beg her
sister to fight her, since Saphira is the one with the highest chance of
winning the tournament. If Charlotte wins, she will face us, who she
already lost to once and Hardy, a Rock – type leader with a distinct
advantage against her type. This causes Saphira to fall silent, and the match
begins on the Rainbow field.

Florinia vs. Titania:

These two are not one for emotions, as they agreed to start the match
straight away, prompting Terra to proclaim her admiration (and attraction?)
to Titania. Their match will be on the Short – Circuit Field. Florinia, in a
roundabout way, will say that since Titania is higher-ranked than her in the
League, the result of the match will be unknown. Titania promises not to let
their shared past get in the way, and tells Rini to stop speaking that way,
since no one likes it. It’s like she’s throwing a temper tantrum. Florinia
denies this, as throwing a tantrum goes against her ‘no emotions’ policy.

Titania will finally address the situation between them: It turns out that
during their school days, Amy would spend a lot of time with Rini, making
Rini her emotional sponge and causing Rini to feel miserable all the time
trying to help Amy battle her depression. Rini, in turn, would unload to
Tania. Tania, realizing this is an unhealthy situation for Rini to be in,
confided to Rini that she is actually sick of being friends with Rini, since
her repeated confidences of Amy’s depressive bouts are causing her
emotional pressure. So, Rini shut herself down emotionally as a result.
What Tania meant to do was she hoped that Rini would stop spending so
much time with Amy, thus allowing Amy to deal with her own problems
and allowing Rini to be happier. Instead, she shuts down, and Tania became
Amy’s go-to place for emotional support, causing the problems they’re
facing today. Tania takes full responsibility for this, telling Rini that she
should’ve come clean to Rini. Tania then gives Rini until the end of the
battle to drop the robotic behavior, and the sisterly battle begins with Tania
determined to let the past die.
Cal vs. us:
Terra introduces Cal as ‘the flaming fist of child abuse’ and us as ‘save
scum McGee’. Cal thanks us again for everything, and tells us he didn’t
know anything about us, but feels that the world will be in good hands even
if he loses. With that, Terra tells both of us to kiss, and starts reading the Lt.
Surge and Nanu fanfic again, with us as the characters this time. The arena
chosen for us is the Dragon’s Den, implicitly benefiting Cal and his Fire-
types. With that, our battle with Reborn Cal begins, the best man Cal could
be yet.

His lead is his Magmortar, who holds an Elemental Seed, which activates
in the field with an increase in its Sp. Atk and a Flash Fire 1.5 times boost.
After we win, Cal gracefully accepts his defeat, since he (and Terra) saw it
from a mile away. He tells us that he’s counting on us, and trails off as his
character is deleted. Terra tells us that there’s no time for talking, as there
are more battles to be fought. It’s how we like it right? Is she addressing us
the character, or us the player?
Go north to the new path after the battle, ignoring the flickering Cal for
now. Go north and west, and north at the split. This arena must be huuuuge.
Enter the new room to greet Hardy, who won by the skin of his teeth
against Radomus. Saphira came in next, predictably winning against
Charlotte. Saphira’s silence to Hardy’s greeting tells more than words could
say. Saphira is ready for the next round to begin, as Hardy says we should
wait for Titania. Florinia enters the scene, surprising everyone, especially
Hardy. Terra then intervenes as Hardy accidentally riles Saphira up by
mentioning the now – erased Charlotte. In her mind, we are already erased
as well. She is anxious to fight Hardy, who she correctly surmises is her
next opponent. Terra then toys with everyone, delaying the announcement
of the next leg of fights in the tournament. She even causes the screen to
pan to complete darkness. By the time the screen comes to, we are already
transported to the next healing machine and PC, with the door to our next
fight nearby. Terra demonstrates her power to warp reality by causing the
hallway to our fight with Rini to appear, disappear, and be studded with
diamonds. Go west along the hallway to the arena.
Hardy vs. Saphira:
The two top Gym leaders in the league. They continue to disagree with
each other’s philosophy: Hardy with his nonchalance over Titania’s defeat
at Florinia’s hand, and Saphira for her devil-may-care attitude over anyone
else but her sisters. Saphira actually loses her will to fight, since Terra says
that nothing can be done to bring those erased back to life, including
Charlotte. This causes Terra to backpedal and say otherwise, that there is a
way for those erased to come back. At this confirmation, Saphira gains
willpower again. She promises to win on any field, including the one that
Terra chooses to favor Hardy, his Rocky Field. Saphira mentions that this is
perfect for her too, prompting confusion from Hardy. Saphira then says that
Terra does this on purpose, not so that our numbers will be thinned out to
chase the Meteors as Hardy thought, but for another purpose. She then says,
if what Hardy thought was true, Terra could just freeze everyone in the
Gym without ever having to make us jump hoops with this tournament in
the first place.

This makes Hardy do a double-take, and asks Saphira what Terra would
want. Saphira then says at first she thought that Terra wants a specific
person to win this tournament, and for that person to be her. However,
since Terra set the field to favor Hardy, she could safely rule out that
possibility as well. Which leaves only one conclusion, which she refuses to
divulge to Hardy since he will lose anyway. Hardy takes offense at this,
since he’s only one rank below her, and the field favors him. Saphira then
reiterates: she can win on any field.

Us vs. Florinia:
Terra will intentionally forget Florinia’s name, and refers to us as the Reset
button smasher. Rini will be anxious to begin as well, prompting Terra to
get even more annoyed and imitate Rini’s robotic speech by having the
Microsoft Sam voice clip playing in the background. Since she insists on
being robotic, our chosen arena is the Glitch Field. Rini, with her long
sesquipedalian speech, will announce her analysis: We will win against her.

After our victory, Rini will ask us to proceed, saying that she has managed
to hack into Terra’s program and created a backup to interfere with her.
Terra will not understand this due to the way she talks, and interrupt her.
Terra will tell us that we are her favorite person, since we are the opposite
of Rini: we never say anything, and us winning means Terra gets to shut
Rini up. With that, a new path opens north to us, and we can proceed. Go
north, west, and north at the split to the next room, where, sure enough, we
see Saphira’s face on the tournament board. She will see us then,
commending us.
Saphira then makes a request directly to Terra, to make the arena for the
next fight her Gym, the Labradorra Gym. Yes, our final fight in here is a
Gym Battle. Terra would refuse at first, since she doesn’t take orders from
anyone. Saphira then says don’t do it because of her, do it because it makes
things more interesting. That is Terra’s entire reason for doing this in the
first place, not to break them, or to reduce their numbers, or to favor
someone to win: But for entertainment.

Saphira correctly figures this out, that Terra is doing this to amuse herself
or someone else. To shake things up, she proposes a Gym Battle. If we win,
we get our last badge, and she gets to even the playing field with her home
field advantage. Since the stakes are also raised, this makes it more
interesting. It’s a win-win-win situation for everyone involved. Terra
couldn’t find a flaw with her logic, and accepts Saphira’s offer, but does
not grant her the rank of Master (a Star Wars reference). Terra makes a
hallway appear to our right, and Saphira disappears to the left side, saying
she will be waiting.

Guarding the Treasure at the Final Gym

The hallway to the right leads to the PC and healing machine, which I
really, strongly, recommend you go do first. Once the challenge starts, you
can’t leave, not without incurring penalty to yourself. Afterwards, go down
the western hallway where you will be greeted by Saphira’s theme music,
“Majesty”, on entry.
Go west and talk to Saphira at the intercom. Saphira will then show you the
best thing about her gym: the mute button, allowing her to mute Terra. It
was built so that the arena, which was built specifically to host
tournaments, will also host private Gym Battles. This functionality allows
challengers to battle the Gym leader undisturbed. Saphira then leaves to the
top of the gym.
This gym, which is two real – life years in the making, is perfect for a
Dragon – type battle. It is a huge Dragon’s Den, complete with gold
scattered all over the place (dragons in myths are treasure hoarders and
guardians). There are also magma all over the place. Before seeing Saphira,
familiarize yourself with the Gym layout first, you’ll thank me later. You
can actually walk across the piles of gold there to get to the next ledge. The
magma is crossable by walking on top of the stone columns there. Go up
the middle step from the bottom of the Gym and go east to get a hidden
Quick Ball on a rock.

The rock on the top eastern pile of gold here has a hidden Heart Scale.
The rock on the western side of the gym has a hidden PP Max.

From there, go down the pile of gold south and up the larger pile north. Go
east to meet our objective for the Gym challenge.

Our objective is to protect this treasure chest, just like a dragon would. A
myriad of wild Pokemon and Gym Trainers (knights, what else?) will
actually try to steal it, and their approach and direction will be signalled by
the appearance of red exclamation marks. Stay vigilant. One thief in
particular, a Magneton, will try to attract the chest from across the magma
pool, which means you have to travel all across the gym to this mound to
fight it and prevent it from stealing the chest. Once defeated, the chest will
be back at its original place, but since you are across from the chest, you
will have to scramble back to the place. To get back quickly, see below.
Make sure you turn off your speed-up for the entire duration of this
challenge. Save scum if you have to.

Give up on the challenge to protect the chest:

-1 Saphira

Lose the chest during the challenge:

-1 Saphira

You can leave the place if you had enough once you start, but the above
penalties apply. Terra will actually let you leave the Gym altogether to
restock your items. Since Saphira gets one on her, she also decides to level
the playing field by making us free to leave, without Saphira’s knowledge.
The stone column to my east is actually skippable, and will lead you
straight to the chest if you follow the path east and go up north.

To start the challenge, interact with the chest. Saphira will ask you:

When Saphira asks what your most precious thing is:

Family = +2 Saphira
Friends = +1 Saphira
Money = -2 Saphira
Legacy = -1 Saphira
Nothing = -3 Saphira (if you say yes after, the sequence can be repeated,
but the points for “Nothing” only apply once)

Pick Family, but:

If you selected Family as your most precious thing then answer “yes” then
“you”:
-1 Saphira

The order of attacks might be different for most people, but this is who I
got:
a) Mandibuzz
b) Two Ambipoms
c) Knight Dan
d) Charizard
e) Blaziken, going at it super-speed
f) Tyrantrum
g) Another Mandibuzz
h) Knight Frey
i) Magneton
j) Two Druddigons
k) Another Tyrantrum
l) A very fast Zoroark (be careful)
m) Knight Edgard
n) An Aerodactyl
o) Another Aerodactyl
p) A Flygon
q) A Garchomp, rushing at it from the front
r) Knight Kalezis
s) An Aerodactyl
t) A Flygon
u) A Druddigon
v) A Charizard
w) Our final challenge, the Giant Steelix that we once fought in Tanzan
Depths

The last one there was a nice surprise. Looks like it became Saphira’s
guardian and pet. After the final challenge, the Gym will shake, and a literal
waterfall of magma will appear in the background. On top of the hill north
of the chest is a Light Shard. Grab it to heal. I bet those Leppa berries I told
you to buy in bulk actually came in handy, huh? Go north here next.
Go up the pile of gold there and jump across all eleven stone columns
across the magma to Saphira, who is waiting for us. Go west to talk to
Saphira. Once we’re ready, go east and stand at the platform. This is it, our
final Gym battle.

Battling Saphira
Before you start, think back to the first time you fought a Gym Leader,
Julia. This is our last one. It’s a monumental achievement indeed. Give
yourself a pat in the back.
Strategy:
Saphira’s team is hyper – offensive. Her lead is the fastest non – legendary
Dragon – type Pokemon, Noivern. I had to actually use my Klefki to trade
it my Lagging Tail to screw it up.

After her inevitable defeat, she will be despondent, saying that she has
failed her family, who was counting on her. She will tell us of a few things
she learned growing up as an orphan: the world is corrupt, no one is on
your side, no one is going to listen. She thinks it's funny, this last one, since
all our character ever does is sit there and listen. She will be angry at us for
playing God with our Pokemon, and think that every problem could be
solved just by battling any Pokemon thrown out at us. That’s very meta of
her. Is she addressing the character, or us? She will then admit that since
we said the Doctor is dead, we have robbed her of her last chance at getting
revenge. She has always said that protecting her sisters are her primary
motivation, but even she has to admit that she was just using that as an
excuse. Her sole purpose in life is revenge against Sigmund, to be the one
who wrings the life out of him. Then, and only then, does she feel she can
regain the control that she lost while staying at the Orphanage under his
custody. Suddenly, I feel like thanking Lin for killing that man. Saphira
then knows that with her defeat now, she is truly powerless, as she has
always been. It seems that while Sigmund is torturing her, he will fall into a
trance – like state and repeat the name “Lizzy” over and over. Our badge
and TM are in the chest below, and knowing that Terra was listening the
whole time, she tells Terra to put her to sleep. With that, she begins to
flicker.

Our pyrrhic victory against Saphira, the final Gym Leader will award us
with the Treasure Badge, the eighteenth and final official Reborn League
badge. With it, every Pokemon up to Level 100 will listen to our command
without disobeying. We will also receive the final TM of the game, TM02:
Dragon Claw.

Saphira to the Endgame: The Blank Slate Battle for Freedom

Our journey’s not over yet, since Terra is still on the loose in the building.
However, I’m just posting this here for remembrance:

There it is, the fruits of our hard – earned labor. Eighteen badges, everyone.
Congratulations.
Leave the gym the same way we come in. If you didn’t blink, you will notice
that the north walls of the Gym are lined with Rini’s face. Just before the end
of the western hallway, Rini will materialize in the real world, causing the
place to glitch a few times. She will greet us, causing a surprise cry from
Terra over the intercom. Florinia will disappear south somewhere afterwards.
Very funny dialogue will occur between Terra and her arch – enemy
afterwards, with her asking what she is doing, and with Rini refusing to give
Terra the time of day. Go east afterwards and heal up at the healing machine.
Prepare for another battle afterwards.

After healing, go west to see Rini tinkering away at the northern wall here:
I actually didn’t know where she was the first time I played this episode,
causing me to panic and search for her throughout the huge Gym. Talk to her
to find her still arguing with Terra (it’s funny, really). Rini will do something
and a computer terminal with an orange screen will somehow appear from
the wall.

Terra will get really mad at this and will delete Rini again, sending her to the
Recycle Bin. Rini will somehow manage to appear in the real world again,
proving to Terra who the real queen of technology is in this game. In fact,
this was the moment in the game (and her victory over Titania) that cemented
her status as my favorite of the four sisters (a two-way tie with Tania herself).

This cycle of deletion and reappearance will repeat itself twice more, until
Florinia takes the time to explain how this is possible. Even Terra is
interested to hear this. This building is an example of digital architecture. As
such, all the structures present in the building are actually three-dimensional
holograms. People interacting with the objects can touch and feel them
because of touch sensors installed in the place, creating localized changes in
air pressure.

The digital nature of the building allows the host to change anything inside
the place, from the layout of the hallways to what the participants can or
cannot see. Controlling air pressure also allows the host to ‘delete’ a
participant, or to simulate deletion. Actually, no harm is done to the
participants, but they can’t see of speak since the digital controls impeded
their ability to do so.

Terra is grudgingly impressed at Rini for figuring out her gimmick, but it still
doesn’t explain how she managed to avoid it. As Rini had begun to explain
after our match with her, she managed to discover a program allows her the
same privileges as Terra, which someone (who?) gave her access to via an
emergency terminal. Rini, in turn, uses it as a delayed failsafe mechanism:
after a few moments, it allows her to bypass any symptoms of pseudo-
deletion, allowing her to rematerialize in the real world.

Terra, knowing that such a program exists, can now attempt to delete the
program first, before deleting Rini, maybe permanently. Terra actually found
it in a folder called C://Documents, and managed to delete it and Rini, but
Rini came back. Rini then revealed her trump card: She created her own
second program which will restore the first program should someone delete
it. In fact, Terra figured out that Rini wrote a virus just to counteract Terra.
Lemme tell ya, my respect for Rini shot so high at this point that she even
exceeded Tania in my eyes as the best sorority sister. She did all this in the
time it took for her to be glitched out of existence.

What Rini did is so impressive that she earned 2 relationship points from
Terra, along with a healthy dose of villain respect. Terra then leaves to look
for the second program to try and destroy it. Rini, knowing this will happen,
tells us that she will need our help shortly. She is trying to construct a digital
body to trap Terra in the real world, where hopefully we can incapacitate her
by beating her in battle. Get ready.

Terra somehow managed to find and delete the second program, which gets
promptly restored by Rini. She then applies the same protection to us,
ensuring that Terra cannot delete us. Terra then deleted Rini again, and she
comes back yet again, proving that Terra is her bitch. She then manages to
pull Terra in the real world, ala the Red Queen program from the Resident
Evil movies probably.

Rini requests our assistance then, to keep Terra distracted while she tries to
restore the other glitched contestants of the tournament. Terra then tries to
delete us, which doesn’t take due to Rini’s protection.

Note: Digital architecture does exist, although not to the extent as shown in
this game.
This next battle is unique in so many ways. It will happen in the Glitch Field,
but before it happens, Terra, who you will be fighting, WILL DELETE ALL
THE FONTS IN THE GAME. Or rather, all the fonts in the game will be
replaced with blanks throughout the entire duration of the battle. This also
extends if you try to save-reset the game during this time. Even the fonts at
the front of the game are replaced by blanks.

This means that all your Pokemon names, all your Pokemon moves, their
summary, even the names of the items in your bag, will disappear. Your
saving grace in this battle is that, the sprites of your Pokemon, and the sprites
of your items will still be there, allowing you to recognize them by their
pictures.

If you have trouble remembering the exact moves your Pokemon has, I
would suggest that you write them down before the battle and refer to it
throughout the entire battle. Terra’s team is similar to the one we fought in
her Gym Battle, with Eviolite Chansey, Porygon – Z and Donphan replacing
Nidoking, Palossand, and Hippowdon.
After the battle, the glitched arena will return to its usual state. Our fonts will
also be restored (thank God). Terra will address someone who’s definitely
isn’t in the room, asking them is this what they wanted all along when they
set this up. It might seem fun, Terra said, but was her defeat what they
wanted? Terra knew the person she was talking to won’t respond, because
they never do. They never even smiled, while they used to laugh so much
back when they first met. Terra then wished that wherever we are, she hoped
that she was able to make our game better. What a meta moment. She also
asks us to not forget her. I promise not to. She’s better than a certain azure –
haired woman at least. With that, she disappears, seemingly for good this
time. Rini told us that Terra chose to delete herself, and unlike what Rini had
in mind, this seems to be genuine.

Rini then tells us the reason Terra failed to delete all the programs is that she
wrote another program which randomizes the location of the components of
the program. This means that while Terra managed to find and delete some
components, she failed to find the whole program, allowing it to be restored
each time. Rini closes her battle with Terra with a poignant message: Terra,
who loves chaos and randomness so much, is beaten at her own game by a
woman who is robotic, using chaos to screw with her.
Rini then opens up a door west and north to our next destination, Victory
Road. She says she will join us as soon as she frees the others from their
glitched state. She reminds us to stay as vigilant and effective as we always
are, and for the first time in the entire game and thus completing her
character development, she wishes us a sincere Good Luck.

Tying Up Loose Ends

As we step north out of the Labradorra Gym into Victory Road, we will be
greeted by our former father – in… I mean, the former leader of Team
Meteor, Solaris. We might be expecting another battle, but he himself will
tell us to stand down, or at least that’s what we thought. He actually tried to
pull a Kiki on us, and tells his Garchomp to decapitate us. What a
surprising turn of events when Lin was the person who pushed us out of the
way. She literally was the one holding the Garchomp’s claws, not her
Pokemon, but her.

The screen then fades to black as Lin and Solaris dukes it out, with Solaris
promising to teach Lin a lesson for her comeuppance. As the super-
effective damage sound is heard, and the sound of Garchomp’s roar, the
screen once again turns to the snowy road connecting Labradorra City and
Victory Road. Go west from here to see this:

A New World cultist is trying their best to use their Sylveon’s Heal Bell to
heal Solaris, who is on the verge of death it seems. The Sylveon right there,
ladies and gentlemen, is the last Eevee – lution that you can pet for the
Petting Eevee – lutions sidequest. Pet it. Go north afterwards and up three
flights of steps. The path will then split east into a Pokemon Center,
traditionally marking the entrance to Victory Road in the mainstream
games.
Enter this Pokemon Center and you will meet a Hiker that functions as the
Pokemart of this Center. You can finally buy Full Restores here. Just a tip:
buy a lot of Max Repels for Victory Road. Another person there is our
person of interest. Meet Azer.
Azer will give us a job, in return for delicious, delicious rewards of course.
He’s a cleaner who was supposed to clean Victory Road, but not cleaning it
of litter or debris. He’s a spirit-hunter, and Victory Road has its fair share
of Wandering Spirits. They literally are the ghosts of Reborn Region’s
previous champions, and there are 25 of them scattered throughout the
place. It's not that they couldn’t rest in peace. It’s just that the crystals
scattered in Victory Road somehow manages to capture after – images of
their presence and power as they once passed through the place.

Azer has met places like these before, but he couldn’t do it for Victory
Road because who can fight 25 Reborn Champions? Which is what we
need to do to subdue them. To help us do our job, he will give us the Spirit
Tracker, allowing us to detect the presence, but not the exact location of
all 25 spirits. It will also tell us how many spirits we have subdued. He will
also warn us, the spirits presence can distort the space in Victory Road,
which means that they can be fighting us in any arena of their choice.

Rewards for Azer’s Wandering Spirit Sidequest

No. of spirits battled Rewards
5 Choice Specs and Steelium – Z
10 Choice Band and Flyinium – Z
15 Choice Scarf and Fightinium – Z
20 Assault Vest and Focus Sash
25 Catching Charm: Emerald, Life
Orb, Leftovers and EXP. All (but
only if we did not do the Missing
Furniture Sidequest in Spinel
Town)
As you can see, battling at least 15 spirits will help us complete our Z –
crystal collection. The rest can only be done by completing Bee’s
Sidequest.
There’s one last thing we can do before we enter Victory Road. Fly to
Spinel Town and see the Posh who started the Petting Eeveelutions
Sidequest. She will somehow know we managed to pet all eight Eevee –
lutions and will give us the Choice Scarf as our reward.

You can watch the TV here for some information on Saphira, particularly
the Interviews channel. Saphira inherited her affinity for Dragon – types
from the previous Dragon Gym Leader, her father, Montague Belrose. His
greatest rival back in the day was none other than Caroline Flambairn. They
first met when they were stationed as Gym Leaders of adjacent cities.
Caroline, being the Fire Gym Leader, was as hot – tempered as her type.
Being competitive, she decides not to be outdone by him in performance as
Gym Leader, and decides to challenge Montague directly. She lost to him
over and over again, despite challenging Montague daily over the course of
a few months. Caroline finally earned her victory one day, but to
everyone’s surprise, Caroline returned to Montague’s gym again the next
day! It seems they became official not long after and culminated in the
family that we knew today. And that kids, is how I met your mother.

The (Victory) Road to Hell: The Prelude

Be warned, stock up before you get here, especially with Max Repels. If
not, you’re going to regret it. The length of the place itself necessitates me
to actually divide it into a few sections. Fly to the Victory Road Pokemon
Center and go west and north to this entrance.
Enter it to hear the Victory Road theme music, appropriately titled
“Triumph” in the Jukebox.
Go east to get the hidden Hyper Potion south of the rock upon entering.
Go back west and climb up north up three flights of steps. There is a large
rock to the west hiding a HP Up. Two flights of steps from there is a
hidden Big Nugget on the eastern side. Go north to enter the next part.
Your avatar will flicker with a sound effect upon entering, indicating the
presence of a Wandering Spirit nearby. You can’t fight them yet, though.
Just go north up two flights of steps until you find a set of steps leading up
to the east. Go up all of them to see this:

There are many such mechanisms scattered throughout Victory Road. The
goal is to push a boulder on top of a square, causing a gate to open
somewhere. Push that boulder east onto the square.
Upon doing that, someone will yell at us to watch out, and an icicle will
drop at us from above. It seems that at the far east, Blake is commanding
his Alolan Sandslash to use Icicle Crash on us. Fern, Sirius, and Aya are
also there. These three are our primary antagonists in Victory Road. From
now onwards, icicles will periodically drop at us from above. A few
seconds before it hits, we can see the cross-hair pattern, a huge red X inside
a circle. Therefore we can evade it in time, just don’t get hit in tight spots.
Be careful since they can also hit you while you are doing puzzles. If you
screw up any puzzle in here, especially Strength boulder puzzles, there’s no
easy way to reset it, so save periodically.
Lin apparently set them up there so that we can’t get any further in Victory
Road. Fern is still in denial over our skill all this while, after eighteen
badges later, calling everything we’ve done a fluke. Blake and Fern really
hated each other, having Sirius become their unwilling mediator. As Blake
prepares to hit us with another Icicle Crash, Saphira comes flying on her
Dragonite to our rescue, accompanied by her theme music. Seeing Saphira,
Sirius turns tail and brings Aya as hostage again. Fern also leaves us, still in
denial over everything. Blake is left to stop us alone, to his chagrin. Saphira
then tells us to find a way around the northeast exit of Victory Road, while
she goes to distract Blake. He can still drop icicles on us though, which will
damage all Pokemon in our party, so be on our guard. The golden paths,
like the one in the boulder picture, will show us the path forward.
Go back west down the stairs, and north to the now-opened gate. Step
through this new room.

The First Gem Logic Puzzle (Three Categories)

In this room you will flicker on entering, indicating a Wandering Spirit
nearby. Blake can’t target you from here. This is Victory Road 2F. Go up
the steps west and north to meet the first logic puzzle in this place.

Interact with the machine to your north and Cal will come along and help
you out. Cal will help us to extract data from the machine. This logic
puzzle involves us reading clues that Cal extracted, pushing the blocks
around to fit the category. I will just give the answers here.

Red 2 3 4
Blue 4 2 1
Green 3 4 3
Purple 1 1 2

Ask Cal to check our solutions afterwards, which should work. Go east past
the third category to get a hidden Ice Gem. Go south down one flight of
steps. Before you go down the second steps past the unlocked gate, you
should make a clockwise turn on the ledge there. Once you reached the
southern ledge, there is a rock hiding a Blue Shard. Continue walking east
past the item to meet the first Wandering Spirit, Diana.

Wandering Spirit Diana

Holy Field Singles
Rotom-
Alakazam Serperior Weavile Dragonite Scizor
Wash
Magical Magical Assault
Life Orb Leftovers Life Orb
Seed Seed Vest
Magic
Levitate Contrary Pressure Multiscale Technician
Guard
Modest Modest Timid Jolly Adamant Adamant

Dragon Swords
Hydro Pump Psychic Leaf Storm Taunt
Claw Dance
Dragon Extreme Bullet
Thunderbolt Focus Blast Ice Punch
Pulse Speed Punch
Will-o-Wisp Shadow HP Fire Night Fire Punch Bug Bite
 Ball Slash
Quick
HP Ice Energy Ball Knock Off Low Kick Rock Slide
Attack

I am very much indebted to Ngoc Nguyen and Torre for their guide to
finding the Wandering Spirits and the respective movesets of their teams.
All Pokemon in each Spirit’s team will be Level 95. By the way, don’t
worry about healing if you choose to battle them. Once defeated, they will
disappear and heal your Pokemon, thus acting as Light Shards themselves.
Each spirit will echo their motivations in life when you begin your fight,
and they will give you advice as their defeat quote.

Starting quote: All I need is the power to be able to protect my friends.

Ending quote: So long as I have the strength to do that, I don’t care if I’m
weaker than everyone else in the world.
Once done, go back around to the unlocked gate and go west and south
down the steps. There is a hidden X Sp. Atk nearby on a rock. Get out of
the room south afterwards.

The First Cart Puzzle

In this new room, travel south as Blake begins to attack you once again.
Once there, go east and go past the stairs to your south leading down.
Instead, go to the stairs north leading up first. Follow the path west and
north. Then go up the two flights of steps there, including the long one.
Follow the path to find the second Wandering Spirit, Jonathan.

Wandering Spirit Jonathan

 Big Top Doubles
Rotom
Togekiss Chandelure Talonflame Conkeldurr Porygon2
Wash
Synthetic Synthetic Iapapa
Flame Orb Wiki Berry Eviolite
Seed Seed Berry
Serene
Flame Body Gale Wings Guts Levitate Trace
Grace
Modest Modest Brave Brave Quiet Relaxed

Shadow Mach
Air Slash Brave Bird Hydro Pump Recover
Ball Punch
Dazzling Swords Drain
Heat Wave Thunderbolt Trick Room
Gleam Dance Punch
Heat
Trick Room Flare Blitz Knock Off Will-O-Wisp Blizzard
Wave
Quick
Defog HP Ice Rock Slide HP Grass Thunderbolt
Guard

Starting quote: If there’s nothing you can do about it, laugh at it.
Ending quote: Make a joke. Because laughing is better than feeling bad,
and it’s a great way to say ‘fuck you’ to all your problems.
Once done, go all the way downstairs, and this time, take the southern path
down the stairs and go east along the path. Then take another set of steps
leading down south.

You will meet carts like these:

They will sometimes be filled with rocks, sometimes they will be empty.
The objective is simple: Interact with them to slide them along the rails. If
they are filled with rocks, once they reach the edge of a bare cliff, they will
spill these rocks to the cliff’s edge, creating a new Rock Climb spot. Our
character cannot cross over these rails ourselves, except at certain spots like
the blank tiles shown in the southwest corner in the picture above.
To start this puzzle, follow these steps:
a) Interact with the cart in the picture.
b) Go downstairs to the south and cross over the rail south at the blank
tile.
c) Pull the lever there to switch the direction of the rails.
d) From there, cross over the blank tiles to the west.
e) Go around the rails clockwise and pull the lever there to switch the
direction of the rails.
f) Go back around to the stone – filled cart and interact with it to
create a Rock Climb spot at the western face of the cliff.
g) From the Rock Climb spot, pull the nearest visible lever again.
h) Interact with the now empty cart. You will jump in it and be
transported with the cart south of the area.

Get out of there using the southern entrance.

The Cart and Strength Puzzle

You will reach Victory Road B1F, where you are safe from Blake for the
time being. Take the cart nearest to you to the west, where you will receive
the longest ride in a mine cart yet to the north. Go south afterwards down
two flights of steps, and take this mine cart.
After that, go north up the steps, go east and pull the lever. Go back down
the steps and take the same mine cart further south.
You will end up at this place:

Take the cart with the rail leading west. Once you landed, pull the nearest
lever to you and ride the same cart you just came out from. You will end up
going further north. Go east and south and then east, following the path
until you see another lever. Pull the lever. Backtrack to the cart and take it
back south. Pull the lever again and take the same cart. You should be back
to the place in the picture above. This time, take the cart to your east, whose
path was changed by the lever earlier.
If done correctly, you should be here:
Take the mine cart to your south. You should end up here:

There are two paths here: either north or south. Go north first. There will be
two blank tiles leading north, as you can see there in the picture. Go north
across any one, and climb the yellow Rock Climb spot there. Did anyone
notice that the crystals in this cavern are gold in color? Perfect for the
golden child. Go west along the path up the Rock Climb spot to meet your
third Wandering Spirit, Lexi.
 Wandering Spirit Lexi
Rainbow Field Singles
Politoed Lapras Scizor Dragonite Jolteon Amoonguss
Damp Choice
Leftovers Focus Sash Leftovers Black Sludge
Rock Specs
Drizzle Hydration Technician Multiscale Volt Absorb Regenerator
Bold Careful Adamant Quiet Timid Bold

Bullet
Scald Waterfall Hurricane Thunderbolt Spore
Punch
Protect Curse Bug Bite Superpower Volt Switch Giga Drain
Avalanch Swords Rage
Encore Thunder Shadow Ball
e Dance Powder
Ice Beam Rest Roost Roost HP Ice HP Ground

Starting quote: The challenges I’ve overcome…The places we’ve seen

through this journey…
Ending quote: My dream has become a reality.

From Lexi, backtrack to the split in the path as pictured above, the one with
the two carts. This time, take the lower of the two carts. It will lead you east
where you can see a Rock Climb path to your east.
Climb up it and go down the stairs south. Push the Strength boulder there
seventeen times to the west until it looks like this:

Push it north six times to this spot.

Push the boulder west three times. Push it north three times. Push it west
once. Push it north three times. It should now be directly south of the rail.
Push it east until it becomes directly east of the gold crystals there.

We can’t go push the boulder over the blank tile in the rail. Instead, we
have to go north across the left blank tile and loop around to the right blank
tile so that we will be to the north of the boulder. Push the boulder ONCE
to the south. Push the boulder four times east. Push the boulder four times
north. It should now be directly south of a black stone. Push the boulder
three times east and once to the north on top of the square.
Go north to the unlocked gate up the stairs. Go east and pull the lever there.
Once done, go back down the stairs, go south and west. You should see a
single empty cart there. Ride it north and pull the nearby lever. Ride the
same cart back to its original place west. Go clockwise around the large
rock and follow the path east and north. Go up the stairs through the opened
gate north. Go east and pull the lever there. Go back to the same cart and
ride it north again.

This time, you will see a stair to the north. Go up there and ride the cart to
the west. You will be carried north. Go east and north up the stairs to see a
Strength boulder.

Push it north twice up the stairs and against the large rock. You should then
be here.
Go west and south along the path here. Follow the path anticlockwise
around the small hill there. When you’re at the southern portion of the
small hill, climb up the Rock Climb spot. Follow the path clockwise and
you will be at the top of the small hill.

That item there is the Tyranitarite, the Mega Stone for the monster
Tyranitar and the thirty – seventh Mega Stone that we can obtain. The
hidden item there is a Green Shard, which is what Larvitars love to eat,
coincidentally.
Backtrack your way down the hill and go back to the stairs with the
Strength boulder just now. Go south down the stairs and take the cart back
south. Go down the stairs south and take the cart there back west. Go
around the large stone clockwise and go east and north through the opened
gate again. Pull the lever there. Take the cart north again. Pull the lever
there. Take the cart back west. Go around to the opened gate north again
and pull the lever there. Go back and take the same cart. This time the cart
will go north. Go up the stairs and take the cart leading west. If you did this
correctly, the cart will go south.

Take the western cart west. Pull the lever there and take the same cart
north. Go east a bit, south, and then east to the lever and pull it to the left.
Go back to the cart and ride it south. Pull the lever there to the right and
take the same cart. You will end up in the same place as the previous
picture. This time, take the east cart north. Go up the stairs north and pull
the lever to the left. Go back down stairs and take the cart north. Go up the
two flights of steps and go east. If you do this correctly, you will end up
here:
Go and stand on the east side of the boulder and push it eleven times to the
west. It should be in line with the steps to the south. Just when you try to
push it west, you will be greeted with the familiar greeting, wrecking ball.
Our favorite Fire – type Gym Leader is here to help out, at Saphira’s
behest.

According to Meteor intel, they have collapsed all the routes which lead
deeper into Victory Road, except for one right behind their encampment.

It gives the Meteors a high vantage point to see any incoming attacks, and
be able to attack anyone below them. Saphira, being a flyer, is injured at the
moment, and needs time to heal. However, Charlotte has a plan. The
platform above is only supported by a single column. The red boxes
surrounding Charlotte are explosives. Also, according to her, the four
Keystones that we have been chasing through the entire game originated
from this mine. She will prepare the explosives while we find a way out of
there. She then leaves, promising to make Julia proud (Gulp!).

Before we were interrupted, push the boulder eleven steps west, one step
north, six steps east, and one step north onto the square there, unlocking the
next gate north.
If done right, you should now be here:

Go up north and pull the lever there. Go back down the stairs, through the
gate, and take the empty cart north. You should now reach the north
entrance, ready to leave Victory Road B1F.

The 25 Boulder Puzzle

Upon entering, you should be able to detect a Wandering Spirit. Go south
down four flights of steps and you should be at the west side of a boulder.
Push it one square east and go south down the steps. Push the next boulder
you see south on step. It will be blocked by a Smashable rock.

Go west and south down the steps. Then go east and smash the rock to the
north, allowing you to go up the steps and push the boulder north one
square. Once done, go east and south down the steps. I have to pause so
that I won’t get hit by Blake.
As you can see, my team for the Victory Road is an Extreme Evoboost
team.
Go west and south to begin the 25 Strength Boulder Puzzle. Follow these
steps:
a) Push the middle boulder south once
b) Push the left boulder west once
c) Move into the gap west and south. Push the boulder south once
d) Go west into the gap. Push the west boulder once and the south
boulder once
e) Backtrack to the beginning, and this time push the right boulder east
once
f) Move into the gap east and south. Push the boulder east once
g) Move into the gap east and south. Push the boulder south once
h) Move into the gap south and west. Push the boulder south once
i) Move into the gap south and west. Push the boulder south once
j) Move into the gap south and west. Push the boulder west once
k) Move into the gap west and south. Push the boulder south once
l) Move into the gap south and east. Push the north boulder once and
the east boulder once.
m) Go east. Push the boulder there north once.
n) Push the middle of the three boulders east so that its directly next to
the white crystal.
o) Go east, and push the boulder south.
p) Go south, and push the boulder east twice. This creates a gap for
you, as seen in the picture.
q) Go east and south without pushing any boulders.
r) Push the boulder west on top of the square. This will unlock the
gate.
Push the boulder directly north of the unlocked gate to the east, so that you
can pass through. DO NOT PUSH IT SOUTH.

Follow the path south to the end and go east. Push the boulder east to the
square. Go north afterwards, then east and south to another newly-opened
gate. Down the steps, push the boulder west one square. Go south, west and
north to the cart.

The rock near the cart has a hidden Ultra Potion. Take the cart as it loops
north, and pull the lever there to the left. Take the cart again, and this time
it should go to the south.
There should be a Rock Climb spot to your east. Take it:
Go all the way east up there and you should see a Rock Climb spot the
north. Up there is our fourth Wandering Spirit, Fezz.

Wandering Spirit Fezz

Swamp Singles
Politoed Swampert Ludicolo Aegislash Conkeldurr Noivern
Damp Telluric Telluric
Swampertite Leftovers Flame Orb
Rock Seed Seed
Swift Stance
Drizzle Torrent Guts Telepathy
Swim Change
Bold Jolly Modest Adamant Adamant Timid

Swords Mach
Surf Ice Punch Surf Hurricane
Dance Punch
 Giga Shadow Drain
Psychic Waterfall Super Fang
Drain Sneak Punch
Stomp
Protect Ice Beam Iron Head Knock Off Boomburst
Tantrum
Focus King’s
Icy Wind Protect Rock Slide Taunt
Blast Shield

Starting quote: When you’re on the moon, everything lands the same.
Ending quote: That’s the dark side for you.
After fighting him, go back down south, west, and climb down west. Go
south out of this room. Follow the path north all the way to the end. You
will enter another room.

The Four Mine Cart Puzzles: Three Wandering Spirits

Upon entering, we will detect another Wandering Spirit. There’s actually
three here. Charlotte will come meet us, saying that she just finished
priming the explosives. There are four minecarts in the room, with tracks
leading north, south, east and west respectively. There is a puzzle
associated with each room, so we’re in here for the long run. Our goal for
each puzzle is the same, change the rail tracks so that the minecart with
explosives (red boxes) will slam into the column, destabilizing it. Charlotte
passes that duty to us as she takes a rest.
Let’s find the Wandering Spirits first, shall we? From Charlotte, go east up
three flights of steps. Once done, go north up the flight of steps here and
follow the path west to get these:

That item there is a hidden Calcium. Go back east and up the steps north.
Go west to see some rail tracks. Loop north of the tracks to see these Rock
Climb spots:
Go west and climb up the spot. Climb the second spot west and get the
hidden Swift Wing on the rock there. From the rock, go west and north and
climb up the Rock Climb spot there. Go east and climb the spot north.

You should now be here. Cross the blank tile to your north and climb the
spot to the north. Go east and climb the spot to your north. Go west across
the rail using the blank tile and climb the spot west. Go north and west,
cross the blank tile there to go north and climb the spot north. You should
now be on top of a blue cliff.
The hidden item there is a Heart Scale. Go west to battle the fifth
Wandering Spirit, Trevor.

Wandering Spirit Trevor

Rainbow Field Singles
Rotom
Dragonite Infernape Serperior Starmie Honchkrow
Wash
Magical Choice Magical
Life Orb Life Orb Life Orb
Seed Band Seed
Levitate Multiscale Blaze Contrary Analytic Moxie
Modest Adamant Naive Timid Timid Jolly

Heat Leaf Sucker

Hydro Pump Rock Slide Ice Beam
Wave Storm Punch
Dragon Dragon
Thunderbolt Rock Slide Hydro Pump Heat Wave
Claw Pulse
Close
Rain Dance Fire Punch HP Fire Thunderbolt Brave Bird
Combat
Extreme Sunny
Pain Split Fake Out Rapid Spin Superpower
Speed Day

Starting quote: Life is a gamble. Whether we win or lose, it is based on

sheer luck. Black and white… It’s all the same.

Ending quote: I believe in a world of gray, and I will not stop until I reach
it.

From Trevor, go west and climb back down. Go south and east across the
two blank tiles. Climb down south, go west and climb down south again.
Go south across the rail and go west all the way along this winding path.
Climb down all four of the Rock Climb spots until the bottom. Go here:

The item on top of the cliff there is a Kommonium – Z, the Z – crystal

which changes Kommo – o’s Clanging Scales into the move Clangorous
Soulblaze. This should be the final Pokemon – specific Z – crystal that you
can get in the main – story. The others are all obtained post – game, and are
legendary related. From there, climb all four spots again. Go east all the
way, and climb down the spot there. Go west and climb down the spot
there. Go south and climb down the two spots west. You should now be at
the rail again.
For the second Wandering Spirit in this area, go east from the rail to see
another Rock Climb spot.

Climb it all four of it east. At the top, cross the rail to the north. Go north
and climb up the spot there. Cross the rail north and climb up another spot
on the blue cliff there. There should be a rock there with a hidden Blue
Shard. Go east then to climb a spot there north. Climb another spot there.
You should now see this:

That is our sixth Wandering Spirit, Cloud.

Wandering Spirit Cloud

Underwater Singles
Politoed Tentacruel Ferrothorn Ludicolo Kabutops Salamence
Damp Black Elemental
Leftovers Life Orb Assault Vest
Rock Sludge Seed
Swift
Drizzle Rain Dish Iron Barbs Swift Swim Moxie
Swim
Bold Bold Sassy Modest Adamant Adamant

Stealth
Scald Scald Surf Rock Slide Rock Slide
Rock
Sludge Power Giga
Toxic Stone Edge Outrage
Bomb Whip Drain
Haze Protect Gyro Ball Ice Beam Waterfall Fly
Focus Superpowe
Ice Beam Rapid Spin Leech Seed Earthquake
Blast r

Starting quote: Prepare to get one of your three daily servings of FRUIT!
Ending quote: Delicious.
To find the last Wandering Spirit, climb down south across all four ledges.
Go south across the rail and climb down south. Go south across the rail and
west down the Rock Climb spots. You should be back at the rail leading
down the chasm. Go east past the large rock and south down one flight of
steps. Go east here and around the ledge until you see some spiky crystal
formations next to a Rock Climb spot. Go east up the spot and go further
east past a small chasm. Go north to see another Rock Climb spot and east
up it. Up here, go north and west to see a Rock Climb spot south. Go down
it. Go south across the rail and you will see this:

Go west up the spot and battle our seventh Wandering Spirit, Kamina.

Wandering Spirit Kamina

Chess Field Singles
Alakazam Honchkrow Porygon-Z Machamp Volcarona Garchomp
Assault Synthetic Choice
Life Orb Life Orb King’s Rock
Vest Seed Scarf
Magic
Moxie Adaptability No Guard Swarm Rough Skin
Guard
Modest Adamant Timid Adamant Timid Jolly

Quiver
Psyshock Brave Bird Tri Attack Stone Edge Earthquake
Dance
Focus Dynamic
Superpower Discharge Heat Wave Outrage
Blast Punch
Shadow Sucker
Dark Pulse Payback Bug Buzz Poison Jab
Ball Punch
Bullet
HP Ice Taunt HP Fighting Giga Drain Iron Head
Punch

Starting quote: None

Ending quote: None

That would be our final Wandering Spirit for now. We can concentrate on
the four mine cart puzzles. From Kamina, go back down east, and north
across the rail. Climb up north, go east until you see this Mining Rock.

Mine it twice using Blast Powder (you should have some in your bag).
Once the rock disappears, climb the spot east. Go north and follow the path
west. Go north up two Rock Climb spots, and east past the rail. Climb the
spot north, go east and climb north again. Go west and climb down the spot
south. Go east and climb down another spot. You will see this:

That item there is a PP All. Backtrack to where you mined the rock just
now, and this time, go south. Climb down west, go south and west. Keep
going west past the small chasm and climb down the spot west. Go north
and west back to the stairs. Go up the stairs to your north. Go east and
northeast to see four carts arranged in four cardinal directions.
Each of these carts represent a puzzle, each of which we will have to solve
for Charlotte’s explosion gambit to work.

The Four Mine Cart Puzzles: South

Ride the south cart. You will be dropped down a small chasm, and Blake
can attack you here. From your landing spot, go north and east to see this
Strenght boulder.

Follow these steps:

a) Push it west twice to the rock.
b) Push it north once.
c) Push it west three times.
d) Push it north four times between the gap and against the large rock.
e) Go west and take the cart there.
 f) Go south of the cart and position yourself here.

g) Push the rock three times west.

h) Loop around the rock north. Do not push the rock further west. Push
it north onto the square to unlock a gate.
i) Take the cart back west and south.
j) From the cart, go east and north through the gate and west to pull
the lever there to the left.
k) Go back to the cart. You will be dropped down another chasm.
This is Victory Road B1F. Blake can’t attack you here. From where you
land, you should see a boulder to your south. Ignore it, and go through the
gate to its south instead. You should see a line of such open gates all
through the south. The cart with the explosives should be past the last gate
to the south.

Pull the lever nearest to you to the right first. Then loop around the mine
cart clockwise to the newly opened gate there. Go north to see a smashable
rock. Go west and push the boulder there west into the gap, allowing you to
move north. Do so and follow the path west and north. Go east across the
rail by using the blank tiles. Go south and east to pull the lever right,
opening the gate there. Backtrack to the opened gate and go south past it.
Go east and south, pushing the boulder there twice to the south. This gives
you more wiggle room, allowing you to move more freely and allowing
you to exit later on. If done correctly, this is what it should look like.

Loop around the boulder south and go back to the cart with the explosives.
Go back north and past the two gates, each time pulling the lever to the left.
This will create a path for the cart to travel north and west to the column.

Push this lever and the one north of it to the left. Doing so will also lock the
gates, so you cannot go back south. Push this boulder to the north once
when you’re going out through the second gate. This allows you access to
the Rock Climb spot.
From the boulder, go west and loop around the tracks to this lever. Pull it to
the left to switch the tracks.

Once done, follow the path west and north. Cross the blank tiles to the
other side of the tracks. Go south, west, and south between the gap of the
white crystal and the large rock. Go east to be at this lever:
Push the lever right to switch the tracks. Go around the boulder south to the
explosive mine cart. Push this lever to the left:

This should complete the tracks. Interact with the mine cart, and it will hit
the central column with a satisfying BOOM.
Once done, open the gate by pushing the lever left. Go around the place in a
clockwise direction to here:
Go up the spot there and go south to get the hidden Electric Gem on the
cart of rocks there. Jump the ledge south. Go south down the steps, and
west down another two sets of steps. Jump the ledge west and get the
hidden Purple Shard on the rock there. Jump one last ledge west, and
down another set of steps. Follow the long, winding path north all the way
to Charlotte again.

The Four Mine Cart Puzzles: East

Go to this place, now with three mine carts left.

Take the east one now.

You should be in this room.

Take the cart nearest to you west. Take the second cart north. Ignore the
lever and go east. Push the boulder there east three times to the square.
Take the previous cart back east. You should be near the lever here.

Pull it to the left. Take the cart nearest to you north. There should be a rock
– laden cart near you. Interact with it to move it. Take the previous cart
back south. Go to the left cart to take it back north. You should see this:
The laden cart should be to your north. Pull the lever to the right. Then go
west, north, and east around the chasm. There is a hidden Max Repel
before the cart. Interact with the laden cart now and you will create a Rock
Climb spot down the chasm. Go around the chasm to its east, and go down
there.
You should land in this room.

Blake couldn’t attack you here. The objective in this room is simple. The
rails form a spiral, and the mine cart is at the center. However, one part of
the rail needs to be switched to complete it. There are no levers, but there is
a square for it. The square is located at the center of the spiral too.
However, the boulder that is needed for the square to be activated is there,
all the way out of the spiral. In order to move the boulder to the center, you
can only push the boulder across the blank tiles in the rails.
Go to the west side of the boulder. Push it east all the way until in hits a
rock.

Push it south once, and east THREE times.

Push it south all the way to the end.

Push it west all the way until the end.

Push it north all the way until the end.

Go east on the first blank tile there. Go south to the second blank tile. Go
east to the inner part of the spiral. Go out through the tile north. Go north
and west across the tile there. Go south and you should be here.
Push the boulder one tile east. Push it all the way north.

Loop clockwise to the west side of the boulder. Push it all the way east.
Loop anticlockwise to the north side of the boulder. Push it south one tile.
Push the boulder east to the rock.

Loop anticlockwise using the inner spiral to be on the south side of the
boulder. Push it one tile north. Push the boulder all the way east again.
Loop clockwise using the outer spiral to be on the north side of the boulder.
Push it all the way south.

Loop clockwise to the north to be on the east side of the boulder. Push it
west one tile. Push it south until it hits a rock.
Loop clockwise around the boulder to be on its west side by standing on the
blank tile. Push the boulder east once. Push the boulder south to the corner.

Go north and loop around to the outside of the spiral to be on the east side
of the boulder. Push it west until it hits a rock.
Loop around by going east clockwise to be on the south side of the boulder.
Push it north twice until the gold streak on the floor. It wouldn’t be able to
move north safter that.

Loop around clockwise into the inner spiral to be on the east side of the
boulder. Push it west once. Push it to the north until it hits a white crystal.
Loop clockwise to the outer spiral by going north so that you will be on the
west side of the boulder. Push it west until it reaches the rail.

Loop around clockwise by going clockwise to the south to be on the west

side of the boulder. Push the boulder east until it hits the white crystal.
Loop around clockwise by going west to be on the north side of the
boulder. Push it down south once. Push it east until it hits a white crystal.

Loop around to the north of the boulder by going clockwise starting from
the west. Push the boulder to the south TWICE. Go stand on its west side.
Push the boulder east once. Push it south until it hits a white crystal. Loop
around to the east side of the boulder by going north to the outside spiral.

Push the boulder west until it hits the small chasm. Loop around clockwise
using the center of the spiral to stand on the north side of the boulder.
Push the boulder south once. Push the boulder west until the corner. Using
the entrance to my west, go anticlockwise to end up on the south side of the
boulder. Push it north until it hits the rail.

This should be your end result.

After pushing the boulder north, loop clockwise by going south. Push the
boulder west to the rail. We’re nearly there.

Last but not least, push the boulder down south. Interact with the cart for a
well – deserved BOOM. To leave the place, go all the way out to the
outermost part of the spiral and go to its southwest corner.
Follow the path to the southwest there in the picture. Jump south two
ledges, go down the steps south, and go west until the end, going down the
steps and jumping all the ledges. Go north all the way to the end to see
Charlotte again.

The Four Mine Cart Puzzles: West

Go back to this place, two down, two to go.

Take the west cart and enjoy the longest mine cart ride yet. You will be
dropped into a chasm and end up in this room, a field full of rocks and
crystals with gaps between them.
From there, go east to see a boulder. Our objective is to push the boulder
onto a square located somewhere southwest of the room. We can only push
the boulder through the gaps, and must make sure we don’t trap ourselves.
Blake can attack you, as seen in the picture.

Follow these steps:

a) Start here on the east side of the boulder.

b) Push the boulder four times west to the white crystal.

c) Push the boulder two times north
d) Push the boulder once west to the rock
e) Push the boulder north once
f) Push the boulder four times west so that it is now at the gap
between two rocks
g) Push it south twice to the middle of three rocks
h) Push it all the way west to a white crystal
i) Push it south twice
 j) Push it west once
k) Push it south three times to a rock
l) Push it east once
m) Push it south twice. There is a Rock Climb spot nearby to the south.
Climb down it to get a hidden Blue Shard.
n) Go back up and push the boulder east three times
o) Push it north once
p) Push it east four times
q) Push it south once onto the square

The gate to the south will be unlocked. Go through it and take the mine
cart to the east into the chasm.
In the chasm, you will land here:

The cart with the explosives (not pictured) will be to your north. The target
column is actually to the far north. The only way to get there is to connect
the rails so that the cart can travel anticlockwise to the target column.
However, the levers here are unusual. They not only switch the directions
of the rails, but they also open and close gates at the same time, blocking or
allowing access to other levers.
Push this lever to the right and interact with the cart.
Pull the same lever back to the left. Go south from there and pull the lever
to the right, like the picture below.

Interact with the cart and it will end up to the south. Go east of the cart
through the open gate to the south.
Pull the lever to my east to the left. Go out and go to the lever near the cart.
Pull it left and the cart will slide east. This is the result.

You will now stand in the middle of everything. First, pull the southwest
lever to the right. Then pull the northeast lever to the right. Lastly pull the
southeast lever to the right. Interact with the cart and it should slide to the
northeast.
Pull the southeast lever to the left first. Then pull the northwest lever to the
right. Lastly, pull the northeast lever to the left. Interact with the mine cart
and it will go to the northwest.

Pull the northeast lever to the right. Pull the northwest lever to the left.
Interact with the mine car, and it will go further northwest. This is the
result.
Pull the lever to your southwest to the right. Go north through the newly-
opened gate. Follow the path there anticlockwise by going south all the way
around until you reach this lever. Pull it right.

Go all the way back around clockwise until you see this lever. Pull it to the
right.
Interact with the mine cart and it will slam to the central column with a
satisfying BOOM. To leave, just make your way anticlockwise around the
rail until you reach the west side of this cliff.

Climb west down it, jump the western ledge, and go north all the way to
meet Charlotte again.

The Four Mine Cart Puzzles: North

Finally, this is the last of ‘em. Go take the north cart now.
You will end up dropped in a place almost in front of Blake. There are two
squares on the west side of this room, and two boulders to be placed on top
of them. The first boulder should be near you to the west.

Follow these steps:

a) Push the boulder south once.
b) Loop around to the east side of the boulder, and push it west twice
to the white crystal.
c) Push it north once.
d) Push it west twice
e) Push it south twice.
f) Push it west FIVE times.
g) Push it south twice.
h) Loop around clockwise to the south east side of the boulder. Push it
once west to the square.
The second boulder is just in front of Blake.

Be careful not to accidentally jump south over the ledge.

Follow these steps:
a) Push the boulder all the way west to the white crystal.
b) Push it north twice.
c) Loop around anticlockwise to the east side of the boulder. Push it
east onto the square.

Go down the middle path and the gate should now be opened. Cross north
through it and climb down the chasm.
You will land as in the picture above. Ignore the cart, but go east above it to
turn the lever there to the left. Take the cart to your east north.

Once the cart transports you up here, interact with the pile of rocks near the
cart to fill it with rocks.
Go west afterwards and climb the spot south down. Go to this lever and
pull it to the right.

Climb back up to the laden cart and push it down this new path. It will
create a new Rock Climb spot down south. Go back down to the spot in the
picture. Cross the blank tile to the east to see the new path here.
Take the cart back up, along with you in it. Fill it with rocks again. Go
down the Rock Climb spot south. Go east and pull the lever to the left
again. Go across the blank tile east and climb down the spot south. Go west
and pull the lever here to the left. Backtrack all the way to the leaden cart to
push it down here. This will create a new Rock Climb path to the south.

This is the new path created.

Send the cart back up to the rock pile along with you in it. Fill it up with
rocks again. Go down all the Rock Climb paths without changing any
levers. You should be here by now.

Pull the lever to the right and backtrack to the rock – laden cart. Push it
down and it will create one last Rock Climb path necessary for you to reach
the mine cart containing the explosives.
Climb down this path south and interact with the mine cart there to send it
hurtling to the column with a BOOM. With that, the four mine cart puzzle
is finally done.

The Aftermath of the Collapse

The collapse of the column will be accompanied by an explosion so strong
that it will black out the screen. We’ll be fine, though. Just go west from
the rail down the Rock Climb spot there. Jump the ledge west. Go south all
the way this time. We will be in the same room as the 25 – Boulder Puzzle.
Take the mine cart to our north.
Go south, west, north, and east to this Rock Climb spot:
Climb east up the two spots and continue east. We will see Charlotte.

Hardy comes and joins us soon after. Of course, the first person he looks
for is Aya, who Charlotte says is probably under another heap of rubble.
Hardy says he can feel that Aya is closer than ever, as he rushes headlong
for her. Charlotte then leaves to look for Saphira.
Go up east and go south to get the hidden Purple Shard on the rock. Go
east up the spot again. Go down the two spots and keep going east to the
next set of cliffs. Go up the steps there. There should be a Light Shard
nearby, grab it. Go up the three flights of steps east and into the cave.

Fern’s Cowardice: The Sniping Attack

Upon entering this place, the surrounding rock should get darker and there
should be lit lamp posts nearby. You will sense a Wandering Spirit nearby
but they are inaccessible for now. Go west up the stairs and go north.
An arrow will come out of nowhere to try and shoot you. Fern will be at the
far east, with Sirius and Aya. His Decidueye will be the cause of your pain
this time. Unlike Blake, Fern’s arrows are faster, but they also have a
smaller area – of – effect.
It looks like Lin told them to leave us unharmed, but of course they
disobeyed her. Aya tried to defend us, earning her a slap from the coward
Sirius. Sirius and Fern are as much at each other’s throats now as they are
united in their hatred against us.
Just run north past that all that until you reach another cave. Enter it.

The Second Gem Logic Puzzle (Four Categories)

This room is the second gem logic puzzle that we will have to solve. Go
north up the steps and get the hidden Max Potion here. Hardy will help us
this time. Talk to him first near the machine.

Red 3 4 1 4
Blue 1 1 4 1
Green 2 3 3 2
Purple 4 2 2 3

The rock east of the last gem square has a hidden Green Shard. Ask Hardy
to check our solutions afterwards, which should work. Hardy will leave us
soon afterwards. The opened gate should be south of the last gem square. A
rock to the east should have a Muscle Wing on it. Go south out of the exit.

Trapping Ourselves In, Unexpected Help

Here, Fern will snipe you again. Go south and east to see some stairs going
south. Go down it. Put yourself in this position.
Go down this stair and up the other one. Push the boulder north into the gap
to move it out of the way. Smash the rock east and go there.
Go down the stairs in the picture and smash the rock here. Go east and push
the boulder east out of the way.

Go down the steps south go east. Push the boulder south out of the way. Go
down the steps south. You will be at another set of steps. Go south down it
and up the steps north. Push the boulder north out of the way.
You should now be here.
Go west from there. Go past the first steps leading north and you should be
here.

Push the boulder north onto the top square. Go back down and west to the
steps you just went by. Go up those steps and north through the newly
opened gate. From there go west to the steps leading south. Smash the rock
blocking your way. Push the boulder twice so that it rests on top of the
stairs.
Go west and north through the newly – opened gate. Go west to the boulder
in the picture. If you go south following the path before the boulder, you
will find a hidden X Sp. Def. Go back to the boulder and push it west all
the way. Go to its north side and push it south down the steps.

Continue pushing it south until you can’t. Push it east all the way from
there, as shown in this picture.
Push the boulder south all the way from its north. Push it east all the way to
the end. It won’t be able to move after that. Go north from there. In this
picture, the boulder we just pushed is on the left.

Make your way to the partially hidden boulder on the right. Push it south
twice so that it’s out of the way. Go east and south and end up like this.
The hidden item there is an Ultra Potion. Go west and north across the
opened gate. You will see this boulder. Push it west TWICE to end up like
this picture.

Push it south once and west all the way to the square. This will close the
gate nearby. What we have been doing is to just trap ourselves in, as Fern
set us up for it. Fern laughs at our stupidity for this, and as he promises to
make us dance for him, a sudden voice comes and Titania hurtles herself on
a mine cart and grabs us out of there, over a chasm and into a pit below.
 Inside the Gold Chamber Again: Busting Into the Four Chambers
Titania will ask whether we are fine afterwards. The entrance to the north in
this pit will actually lead to the gold chamber again. Upon entering, we will
detect a Wandering Spirit. Go north and west down the three flights of
steps. There is a hidden Red – Hots on the gold stalagmite nearby. Go back
up one flight of steps and go north and east to speak to Titania.
She will tell us that this is the most complicated mining railway system in
the world (Preach!). There are no obvious exits, so we have to make our
own using the explosives located to the far north. Since we just put up with
this bullshit before, she will tell us to find a way to those explosives while
she uses Aegislash to find the point of weakness there to blow us out of
there.
Go east of there to find a hidden Fire Gem. Go back to the cart and take it
north and west.

Take this cart south next. Before that though, climb the spot north and grab
the hidden Red Shard there.
Make your way to this rock and smash it. Take the cart back north
afterwards.

Take this cart east and south next.

From there, go east and north and take this cart.

You will end up here.

Get the hidden Red Shard on the west side of the rock here. Go south to
the boulder there afterwards. Push it south twice, east once, north once, east
three times, south once, east once, south twice, and lastly, west once onto
the square to open a gate.

Go east from the boulder and pull the lever there to the left. Go back west
and go past the boulder (don’t hit it by mistake). Go north across the tile
and go here.
Here, go east across three patterned tiles, and north across two patterned
tiles. You should be here.

If you go west, you can find a hidden PP Up on a gold rock. Go east

afterwards and change the lever in the picture to the left. After that, go back
south two tiles and west three tiles. Take the cart there back east.
Go south and west and take the cart there back north and west.
Once there, take this cart. It should carry you to a pile of rubble. Interact
with the rubble to fill the cart. Send the cart back to the place in the picture
below.

Go west and climb down the spot south. You should see the rock – laden
cart nearby to the south.
Take this cart south now. Go east and pull the lever there to the right.
Go back west and take the cart north.

Interact with the rock – laden cart now. It will wander off and spill its
contents somewhere, creating a new Rock Climb path somewhere and will
not come back.
Take this cart next.
Go east and north and take this cart.

Go north and east across three patterned tiles. Go north across two
patterned tiles. You will see this to the north.
That was our rock – laden cart earlier, and the new Rock Climb spot is
there. Climb it to get the red explosive box. Titania will commend us on
our good work. She will find the weakest point to create an exit at,
somewhere east of our current position. There’s a Wandering Spirit there,
as you can see. She will help us load the explosives into the cart and prime
it for us. Climb down the place and interact with the mine cart.

Change the lever here to the right.

Go back west, and south across two tiles. Go west across three tiles. Take
the cart there east. Go north and west, but ignore the cart for now. Instead
go north here.
Go north across three patterned tiles and pull the lever there to the right. Go
back south and take the cart there north and east. Change this lever here to
the left.

Take the cart back west and south. Go north across three patterned tiles
again and change the lever back to the left. Go back south and take the cart.
It should now go north and west. Interact with the explosive – laden cart to
hear it go boom.
Take this cart back again.
Go north across three patterned tiles to switch the lever back to the right.
Go back south to get the cart again.

Go north a bit to meet our eighth Wandering Spirit, Leo.

Wandering Spirit Leo

Chess Field Doubles
Slowking Staraptor Escavalier Tangrowth Eelektross Hydreigon
Choice King’s Synthetic Muscle Choice
Leftovers
Band Rock Seed Band Specs
Regenerato
Reckless Overcoat Regenerator Levitate Levitate
r
 Modest Adamant Adamant Brave Timid Timid

Swords Earth
Ice Beam Brave Bird HP Fire Coil
Dance Power
Double-
Scald Pursuit Brick Break Dragon Tail Heat Wave
Edge
Close Drain
Trick Room Megahorn Rock Slide Dark Pulse
Combat Punch
Thunder Draco
Psychic U-turn Knock Off Power Whip
Punch Meteor

Starting quote: I’m a lucky lion.

Ending quote: And now, I’m gonna eat.
From Leo, go south, west, and north across a patterned tile. The exit is up
north. Once we stepped through, we will meet Titania. Hardy will burst in,
The Andersen siblings will argue on the priority of the mission, with Hardy
dead set on saving Aya while Titania wants to target Lin first. After the
argument and forcing us to take sides, which thankfully we don’t have to
do since the only way to go is to literally move forward, so let’s do so.

Opening the Four Chambers

Our next order of business is to go west from the board which gives you the
layout of the entire room.

You should be here. Climb down this spot. Go south and climb down
another spot. Go west to climb another lengthier spot. Follow the path
north. Just before the Rock Climb spot west is another hidden Max Repel.
Climb the spot west and go north to see and entrance decorated with
sapphires. This is the Sapphire Antechamber.

Inside, you will detect a Wandering Spirit. There’s one here. Go west down
the Rock Climb spot and get the hidden Chewing Gum nearby. Go down
the blue spot to the west. Go past the platform with the crystal here and go
west. Climb the spot west there, and another spot west. Climb the final two
gold spots west, and go south to see our ninth Wandering Spirit, Savage.
This is the Savage that the gentleman in the Beryl Ward told us about.
Looks like he got what he wanted. He became a Reborn Champion.

Wandering Spirit Savage

 Water Surface Doubles
Politoed Lapras Ludicolo Seismitoad Kingdra Gorebyss
Damp Elemental Choice White
Life Orb Leftovers
Rock Seed Specs Herb
Swift Swift
Drizzle Hydration Swift Swim Sniper
Swim Swim
Bold Careful Modest Modest Adamant Modest

Sludge Dragon
Scald Waterfall Surf Surf
Wave Dance
Giga Earth
Protect Curse Substitute Ice Beam
Drain Power
Shell
Encore Avalanche Ice Beam Surf Waterfall
Smash
Focus
Ice Beam Rest Focus Blast Outrage HP Electric
Blast

Starting quote: None

Ending quote: haha!! Hahahahahahahahaha!!

Yep, that’s definitely him, complete with mad laughter upon defeat.
Backtrack down all the Rock Climb spots and go to the platform with the
crystal.

Interact with the white crystal there. This will open the Sapphire Chamber,
one of the four final puzzles in Victory Road. Once done, go south down
the Rock Climb spot. Go south to see an ice sliding puzzle. This is a
prelude for what is to come, since the Sapphire Chamber is one huge ice
cavern with a sliding puzzle.

Only the white tiles can be stepped on, and it will stop you from sliding.
From the position in the picture:
a) Go south to the wall
b) Go west to the ice
c) Go north to the wall
d) Go east to the ice rock
e) Go south to the tile
f) Go west
g) Go south to the tile in front of the Rock Climb spot

Climb up the spot and go east to grab a hidden Cheri Berry. Go south
down the spot to see a blue and green crystal in front of a cave entrance.
Enter the Emerald Antechamber.
Go east up the green Rock Climb spot and go north. There is a hidden
Green Shard on a green crystal here. Go east up the Rock Climb spot and
go north to see a platform with a crystal on it. Get the hidden Cotton
Candy in front of the platform and climb up on it. Interact with the crystal
here to open the Emerald Chamber.
Go back down afterwards and you will see that the bush in front of the
Rock Climb spot to the east has turned into a green crystal. Smash it and
climb north up the ledge. Go north up another ledge and enter the Gold
Chamber once again. Upon entry, to the west is a hidden Hyper Potion. Go
east from the entrance to see a Rock Climb spot leading down east. This
will lead to a Strength puzzle.

Follow these steps:

a) Loop anticlockwise around the boulder to its north and push it south
once.
b) Push it east three times
c) Push it north twice
d) Push it east twice.
 e) Push it north once
f) Push it east twice onto the square

One of the gates to the east will open.

Go west afterwards and climb the spot north. Jump the ledge north and
climb the spot north. Go east and follow the path southeast. Go north from
there and loop to the west to get a hidden Elemental Seed. Backtrack south
and climb down the spot there. Go south and climb the spot east. Follow
the narrow path north. At the end, climb the spot east. Go north and enter
the Ruby Antechamber.

Go north and climb down east. Go east and climb down it again. You will
see this platform.

Climb up on it and interact with the crystal there. This will unlock the Ruby
Chamber and the Rock Climb spot will switch to the east side. The Ruby
Chamber is a magma – filled room filled with these crystals. Go down the
east side and go east. Climb down the spot there. Climb down the three
other Rock Climb spots to the south until you are in front of a room with a
single Amethyst Crystal on it. South of there is the entrance to the
Amethyst Antechamber. There is a hidden Zinc in front of a rock to the
west side, just before the entrance.
Enter the antechamber, walk south and climb the spot east. Go south and
climb the spot west. Go south again and climb the spot east. Go south until
you meet this platform.

Go north up it, interact with the crystal and the message will say that
nothing happened. The hidden item there is a Fairy Gem. Don’t worry
about it. Climb down from there and go west. Climb up the two ledges
west, and go north into the gold chamber once again.
Go north in here and climb down the spot west. You will see another
boulder puzzle. Stand here:
Follow these steps:
a) Push the boulder west once
b) Loop anticlockwise until you’re on the south side of the boulder.
Push it north twice.
c) Push it west twice until the square. This will unlock the second gate.
After that, go east and climb out of the depression. The hidden item nearby
is a Swift Wing. Jump the north ledge, go north and climb the spot there.
Follow the path southwest and west. Go south through the now opened
gates and you will see this.

Push both east and west levers to open the gates, allowing you easy access
to this place in the future. Go west and climb the spot there up. Keep going
west to climb two more ledges. Go south and out of the Gold Chamber.
This part is done.
 Climbing Charous Mountain: The Long Road Uphill
Go north and up the Rock Climb spot there. Follow the long path north, and
you will notice that the surrounding crystals have changed to ivory. Just
before the spot north, there is a hidden Ultra Ball. Climb the spot north
afterwards. Go east and climb the spot north. Go east past the large gear,
and go all the way east. Climb the spot north, and go east. There is a hidden
Heart Scale at the end. Climb the spot north and go west past the large
gear afterwards. Go north up the long(er) Rock Climb spot. To your north
should be a rock hiding a Star Piece. Go west and climb the spot north. Go
west all the way and climb the spot north here. Go west first to get a hidden
Max Elixir. There should be an entrance here to the north. Enter it.
Upon entering, you should be able to detect the presence of Wandering
Spirits. Follow the path west and go up the Rock Climb spot leading east.
Climb up five more spots north. There should be a hidden Red Shard here.
Climb the last ledge here and enter the entrance there. You might have
noticed something unnaturally blue if you go to the western side of the
screen.
Welcome to Charous Mountain proper. The beginning of the end
approaches. According to the Wiki, this place is named after charoite, a rare
violet mineral found only in Siberia. Climb north and east up the Rock
Climb spots to see Hardy and Radomus. Hardy will be glad to see Radomus
got out of Labradorra as well, calling him old man. While Radomus insists
that he is still young at heart, he has to admit that the mountain itself
reminds him of how old he is. He’s still there since he is out of breath.

This statement confounds Hardy since Radomus’ Pokemon should help him
climb the mountain. Radomus replies by saying not many Psychic – type
Pokemon learns Rock Climb. Hardy will promise to help carry Radomus, in
a nice callback to the Glass Workstation incident. Both of them have no
idea where they are, but we do. Since all three of us are considered off – the
– grid, this gives us the element of surprise to attack the surrounding
Meteors. To that end, Radomus has an idea.

There is a huge stalactite hanging above the Meteor encampment, the

unnaturally blue structure we saw outside just now. Radomus plans to make
them meet. Hardy is opposed to this, since it will put Aya in danger too.
Radomus admits that this is true, and wishes Gardevoir was there to
teleport Aya out. Hardy tells him to travel on upward first to see what can
be done, and he’ll carry Radomus along. Both of them leaves afterwards.
Go east and up the spot north. Go north and up the long spot here. Go east
and north up the spot there. Go west and north up the spot there. Go east
and north up the blue cliff here. Go east to get a hidden Ice Heal. Go east
and up north to the long spot here. Go west all the way and climb north.
You can see Titania up here. Go west and climb north one last time. Go
 east to meet Titania.
She will lament that there is a dead end here, only to be surprised when
someone tells her to move out of the way. Saphira will come atop her
Dragonite, crashing into the wall in front of us, accidentally making an
entrance there. Saphira will exit the place, and ask whether we were unhurt.
Apparently, she has just received a surprise attack from Sirius, slamming
her into the cave wall. Saphira will then continue her strike on Sirius,
leaving us and Titania to enter the newly – created entrance.
Go north inside this room to find a hidden Magical Seed on a rock. Titania
will be found to the east, overlooking the cliff. She will comment on how
there is always something blocking our way. We know.

The Third Gem Logic Puzzle (Five Categories)

Titania will help us this time. Near the beginning of the puzzle is a hidden
Max Elixir near the mound of rock. Talk to her first near the machine to
see the clues.

Red 3 1 3 2 4
Blue 1 2 2 3 1
Green 4 3 1 1 2
Purple 2 4 4 4 3

Ask Titania to check our solutions afterwards, which should work. Go

south from the last square and down the steps south. Go east from there to
get a hidden Purple Shard on a rock. Go west from the rock to a newly –
opened gate. Go south through it and go east to the stairs. Go south down
the stairs and out of the room.

The Three Wandering Spirits

Upon exiting, you will find that there are Wandering Spirits in this room, the same
as the one earlier. We can now look for them. Go west and get the hidden
Elemental Seed. Descend the spot south. Descend three more spots south and the
path will split. You can either go east along the path or descend the Rock Climb
path south. Descend the spot first. Down here on the rock is a hidden Calcium.
Descend two more spots from there afterwards to see our tenth Wandering Spirit,
Owen.
 Wandering Spirit Owen
Desert Field Doubles
Rhyperior Ninetales Leafeon Chandelure Charizard Sawsbuck
Telluric
Leftovers Air Balloon Life Orb Choice Scarf Choice Band
Seed
Solid Rock Drought Chlorophyll Flame Body Solar Power Chlorophyll
Adamant Timid Adamant Modest Timid Adamant

Stealth
Role Play Synthesis Shadow Ball Dragon Pulse Return
Rock
Stone Edge Heat Wave Dig Heat Wave Solar Beam Wild Charge
Ice Punch Solar Beam Return Overheat Air Slash Jump Kick
Earthquake Dark Pulse Leaf Blade Energy Ball Heat Wave Horn Leech

Starting quote: I made myself promise.

Ending quote: I don’t EVER break my promises.

From Owen, climb back up the spots to the split in the path again. Take the path
east this time. Go up the Rock Climb path north. Climb up three more spots. Go
east and climb up two more spots north. Go east and climb down the long spot
there. Climb down east again to a small square, and climb up north. Go east and
climb up north. Here we will meet our eleventh Wandering Spirit, Duster.
 Wandering Spirit Duster
Big Top Singles
Conkeldurr Slowbro Chandelure Amoonguss Tyranitar Gliscor
Weakness Synthetic Assault
Flame Orb Black Sludge Toxic Orb
Policy Seed Vest
Regenerato Sand
Guts Regenerator Flame Body Poison Heal
r Stream
Adamant Bold Modest Bold Adamant Jolly

Mach Swords
Scald Shadow Ball Spore Fire Punch
Punch Dance
Drain
Psyshock Heat Wave Giga Drain Ice Punch Earthquake
Punch
Bulk Up Ice Beam Overheat Clear Smog Rock Slide Ice Fang
Rock Slide Slack Off Energy Ball HP Fire Earthquake Protect

Starting quote: I have my whole team to thank for bringing me this far.
Ending quote: Hopefully we can pull through for whatever’s next.
From Duster, climb back down south to the three Rock Climb spots to the small
square. Climb back up west. You will be here.
Follow the path there southwest to the end. Climb down south. Go west and climb
down south. Go east onto the Max Ether hidden on a rock there. Go further east
from there and climb up north. Follow the path and climb down east. Climb east
up two spots. Go south and keep going to walk out onto Charous Path. Go west
and climb up north. Go west and climb up the longer spot north. Go north and
climb up the very long path north here. Go west and climb down south. Go west
and climb up north. Go west and you will be here.

Go down the southern Rock Climb spot first. Go east all the way to get a hidden
Ultra Potion near the pointed ice rock. Go back west and climb down south. Go
west all the way afterwards to meet the twelfth Wandering Spirit, Jonah.
 Wandering Spirit Jonah
Fairy Tale Doubles
Noivern Chandelure Porygon2 Azumarill Aegislash Malamar
Magical Sitrus Fightinium-
Magical Seed Eviolite Leftovers
Seed Berry Z
Huge Stance
Infiltrator Flame Body Trace Contrary
Power Change
Timid Quiet Relaxed Brave Brave Brave

Sacred
Boomburst Shadow Ball Recover Belly Drum Trick Room
Sword
Dragon Pulse Heat Wave Trick Room Aqua Jet King’s Shield Night Slash
Shadow
Flamethrower HP Fighting Blizzard Play Rough Psycho Cut
Sneak
Air Cutter Energy Ball Thunderbolt Brick Break Rock Slide Superpower

Starting quote: All that matters is that you pick Pokemon that you enjoy playing.
Ending quote: Win or lose, it’s how you use their strengths.

From Jonah, backtrack up the Rock Climb spots to the place with the two Rock
Climb spots in the earlier picture. Once there, take the northern spot this time and
climb up it. Go east and climb north. Go west and climb down south. Go west,
then climb up north and down south the small plateau there. Go west to get a
hidden Ultra Ball. Continue west and climb down south at the end. Go west and
enter the cave north here.
 The Fourth Gem Logic Puzzle (Six Categories)
Upon entering, you will detect a Wandering Spirit. Go west first and walk
to the end to get a hidden X Attack to the west of a rock. Backtrack and
continue north into the cave. Go west down the steps and you will be here:

You can actually go east from here and north. Follow the path west on the
machines until you see this split:

Go north along the split to see a Rock Climb path north. Climb it and go
east up another spot. meet our thirteenth Wandering Spirit, Zippo.
 Wandering Spirit Zippo
Icy Field Singles
Gengar Dragonite Starmie Jolteon Weavile Scizor
Elemental Choice Elemental Elemental Choice Choice
Seed Band Seed Seed Band Band
Cursed
Multiscale Analytic Volt Absorb Pressure Technician
Body
Timid Adamant Timid Timid Jolly Adamant

Night
Icy Wind Earthquake Psychic Thunderbolt U-turn
Slash
Ice Bullet
Shadow Ball Outrage Surf Signal Beam
Shard Punch
Ice
Focus Blast Fire Punch Thunderbolt Shadow Ball Superpower
Punch
Extreme Brick
Thunderbolt Rapid Spin HP Ice Pursuit
Speed Break

Starting quote: You there! Pick your head up and hold it high!
Ending quote: When everything seems lost and you’re at the end of the
road, I want you to remind yourself, to never give up, and never stop
fighting.

The item near Zippo is a Gengarite, the Mega Stone for Gengar and our
thirty – eighth Mega Stone.
Backtrack to the entrance just now and this time, go north to the path with
the gear to meet our fourth gem logic puzzle. Radomus will help us this
time. Talk to him to get the clues.

Red 1 3 1 2 2 1
Blue 4 4 3 4 4 2
Green 2 1 2 3 1 3
Purple 3 2 4 1 3 4

Ask Radomus to check our solutions afterwards, which should work. He

will be very impressed with our work. You can actually get him to help you
solve it, at a cost to your relationship points with him. He will then go and
fetch Hardy, and he will leave soon afterwards. This is the last gem logic
puzzle in the main-game.

Solve the fourth logic gate yourself (the NG+ white shard also counts):
+1 Radomus, otherwise -1 Radomus

From the second puzzle, go south. Go east near the gear to find a hidden
Max Revive. Go south afterwards and go west down the two flights of
steps. Go south down the steps and out of the room.

The Great Stalactite Drop

Once outside, you will sense another Wandering Spirit. For now though, go
west to see the unnaturally blue stalactite. Keep going west to the end.
Climb down the spot south. Go east and climb down south again. Go east
this time to see Radomus and Hardy standing at the edge of a cliff. Talk to
Hardy.

He still feels guilty for trying to execute the plan, as Aya is still held
hostage down there. The camera pans to Fern and his Decidueye, with
Sirius and his Tyrantrum down there. Radomus tries to assuage Hardy’s
conscience by saying that they’ve made arrangements with Aya, and now
all they have to do is wait. Hardy says he doesn’t mind killing Sirius, to
which Radomus responds that even Sirius has people who would hesitate to
end him, referencing their shared past. He even alluded to being dear
friends with him once upon a time.

It seems that Fern and Sirius are waiting for Saphira, as when she comes
flying by, Sirius commands his Tyrantrum to intercept her flight, causing
her to crash. Hardy takes this as their cue, and asks Gigalith to bring down
the stalactite. A huge explosion is heard, as the screen fades to black. Hardy
then recalls Gigalith. It seems that the plan worked, since the dropped
stalactite split everyone up. Saphira and Aya can be seen slipping away,
with Sirius hot on their tail. The falling stalactite also makes the way
traversable now, allowing us to reach the end of Victory Road.

However, Fern is left unaccounted for, causing Hardy to feel guilty for all
this. He then leaves us with Radomus to go check on Aya. Before Radomus
leaves, he regretted not telling Hardy that Fern’s death is his fault, since the
plan was originally his. What’s one more life compared to the many lost by
his other gambits?
Go west now and climb up north. Go west again and climb down south.
The path will split here to this.

Go west and up the northern path first. Go up another ledge north and go
west to see a hidden Synthetic Seed on a rock. Then go west to meet our
fourteenth Wandering Spirit, Quinn.
 Wandering Spirit Quinn
Inverse Field Singles
Gengar Sceptile Porygon2 Dragonite Slowbro Infernape
Magical Magical Weakness
Focus Sash Eviolite Life Orb
Seed Seed Policy
Cursed
Unburden Trace Multiscale Regenerator Blaze
Body
Timid Adamant Calm Adamant Bold Naive

Dragon Heat
Icy Wind Acrobatics Toxic Scald
Claw Wave
Dragon
Shadow Ball Leaf Blade Thunderbolt Psychic Rock Slide
Dance
Thunder Mach
Focus Blast Rock Slide Ice Beam Rock Slide
Wave Punch
Swords Extreme
Thunderbolt Recover Slack Off Fake Out
Dance Speed

Starting quote: I never thought I’d make it here… I guess I’m not so
worthless after all.
Ending quote: Listen up! The most important thing isn’t power, it isn’t
courage, and it isn’t even having friends! The only thing that matters is that
you can rely on ME.

The Aftermath of the Drop

From Quinn, go east and climb down the four Rock Climb spots to the
south. After the last Rock Climb spot, you should directly be in front of a
cave entrance. Don’t go in there yet, but go south down five flights of steps.
You will see this.

Climb up one Rock Climb spot to the east first, then go south and west to
get the hidden Dusk Ball. Go back east and climb down the spot south. Go
east all the way and cross the rail using the patterned tile. Near the gear you
will meet our fifteenth Wandering Spirit, Troy.

Wandering Spirit Troy

Mountain Doubles
Rotom-W Dragonite Serperior Scizor Alakazam Infernape
 Telluric Telluric
Wiki Berry Life Orb Flying Gem Life Orb
Seed Seed
Magic
Levitate Multiscale Contrary Technician Blaze
Guard
Modest Adamant Timid Adamant Modest Naive

Hydro Leaf Bullet

Rock Slide Psyshock Heat Wave
Pump Storm Punch
Dragon Dragon Focus
Thunderbolt U-turn Rock Slide
Claw Pulse Blast
Shadow Close
Will-o-Wisp Fire Punch HP Fire Superpower
Ball Combat
Extreme
HP Ice Sunny Day Acrobatics HP Ice Fake Out
Speed

Starting quote: Um…I won?

Ending quote: Oh…

The hidden item on the rock east of Troy is a Magical Seed.

From Troy, go back west all the way past the cave to the Rock Climb spot
leading north. Climb up and go north. Go east and climb up the spot there.
Go north and up the two flights of steps, past the opened gate. If you didn’t
notice, this was where we actually trapped ourselves before Titania saved
us earlier.

Go east and follow the winding path there. You should be here without
having to push any boulders now.

Go out of there by going east and north to see this ledge.

Again, no boulder pushing necessary. The blue rocks scattered about there
is courtesy of our stalactite drop earlier. Climb up all the spots eastwards.
Go east, south, and west between the rocks and get the hidden Muscle
Wing on the rock to the east. Climb up the two flights of steps east and out
into Charous Path.

Walking The Path of Champions

This snowy path is the final path leading up to the summit of Charous
Mountain. Fair warning, though, we have five puzzles left to do. Only ONE
is optional, the rest are necessary. Along this path, you will see many lamp
posts scattered about. Go east up three flights of steps and keep going east
until the end. There will be a split in the path, as can be seen here.

Go down the southern Rock Climb path first. Go south down the next one
too. From there, keep going east all the way to the end to see this:

That item right there is the Metagrossite, the Mega Stone for the pseudo –
legendary Metagross, and the thirty – ninth Mega Stone we can get. By the
way, there are three non – legendary Mega Stones that we haven’t collected
at this point. They are the Blazikenite (obtained by catching 700 Pokemon
in Bee’s Sidequest), the Lucarionite and the Salamencite. The last two will
be obtained afterwards. The Lucarionite can only be obtained by doing the
optional puzzle I mentioned before, while the Salamencite is obtained from
doing one of the compulsory puzzles.
From the Metagrossite, backtrack your way to the stairs in the picture
above. Ascend it now. After going up two flights of steps, go west all the
way to get a hidden Synthetic Seed. Go back east all the way and go up the
stairs. Go up another set of stairs to get a hidden Pokesnax behind a rock to
the north. Continue east afterwards. Just as we were waling past a narrow
ledge with a Rock Climb path leading north, a loud sound, akin to an
avalanche, can be heard tumbling down. Just then, a Chatot comes and
drags us out of the way. It will parrot the last command given to it: Save
Charlie (my trainer name). Even when he’s gone, Taka still finds a way to
save us. Chatot will decide to follow us.
Keep going east after that and up the final set of steps. There’s a hidden
Purple Shard on the large rock to the west, when going up the first set of
steps. Go east afterwards to enter the summit of Charous Mountain.

The Magma – and – Ice Chamber

Once you enter the room, you will detect a Wandering Spirit. You can even
catch a glimpse of him up there on the ledge. Go north up two sets of steps
adorned by lamp posts. Get the hidden Iron there. Climb up two more steps
north. At the top of the fifth flight of steps is a hidden Full Restore. Go
east from there to see this path:

Go south all the way along this long, meandering path. This is the optional
puzzle that I spoke of earlier. You will meet our sixteenth Wandering
Spirit, King.

Wandering Spirit King

Desert Singles
Gengar Lucario Weavile Excadrill Tyranitar Togekiss
Telluric Choice Telluric
Focus Sash Focus Sash Life Orb
Seed Band Seed
 Cursed Serene
Justified Pressure Sand Rush Sand Stream
Body Grace
Timid Adamant Jolly Adamant Jolly Timid

Extreme Swords Dragon

Shadow Ball Pursuit Air Slash
Speed Dance Dance
Aura
Thunderbolt Crunch Ice Shard Earthquake Crunch
Sphere
Swords
Focus Blast Ice Punch Brick Break Earthquake Nasty Plot
Dance
Close Thunder
HP Fire Low Kick Rock Slide Roost
Combat Punch

Starting quote: Finally, after a lot of challenges, we discover that there are
still a few more.
Ending quote: Right~
From King, go back north a bit and climb the path east. Go north in this
Magma – Ice Chamber to detect a Wandering Spirit nearby. In fact, you
can see him.

Go down the stairs south first to do the ice puzzle there. From the stairs:
a) Slide south to the crystals.
b) Slide east to the wall.
c) Slide north
d) Slide west to the rock.
e) Slide south to the wall
f) Slide east to the rock
g) Slide south to the wall
 h) Slide east
i) Slide north
j) Slide east
k) Slide south
l) Slide east
m) Slide north into the long pathway
n) Slide east
o) Slide north
p) Slide west
q) Slide north
r) Slide west to the pointed rock
s) Slide south
t) Slide west
u) Slide north
v) Slide west
w) Slide north
x) Slide east
y) Slide south to an ice pile
z) Slide west to another ice pile
aa) Slide south to a glowing crystal

Interact with this crystal to create a bridge on the far eastern side of the
chamber. Go back to the stairs to your north. Follow these steps:
a) Slide north
b) Slide east
c) Slide south
d) Slide west to an ice rock
e) Slide south
f) Slide east
g) Slide south
h) Slide west
i) Slide south
j) Slide west
k) Slide north
l) Slide west
m) Slide south
n) Slide west
o) Slide north
p) Slide west
q) Slide north
r) Slide east to the stairs again

You should now go north up the stairs along this path.

Go north and get the hidden Burn Heal there. Follow the path north and
east to a rock with a hidden Fairy Gem. Go south until you see a path
going up a platform to the east. Go up the platform to get 3 Glitter Balls
there.

Interact with this crystal. It will create a red Rock Climb spot to the east.
Go down there and cross the blue bridge east. Go clockwise to the south
and you will be here.

Go down these steps, but only to get a hidden item. There is no way you
can actually continue along this path. With that being said:
a) Slide south
b) Slide east
c) Slide north
d) Slide east

You will get a hidden Ice Heal. That’s it. Go back to the steps. This time,
push the Strength boulder in the picture down south. Then, go back to the
blue bridge, go across it to the platform and interact with the red crystal
again.
Go down the steps west, and continue west along the narrow path. Then go
south to another red spot.
Go east down this spot, and since you pushed the boulder out of the way
earlier, you can now go north and east along this path. Go north to this spot.

Go east down to this spot. Slide:

a) East
b) North
c) West
d) North
e) West
f) North
g) West
h) North
i) West to the pointed rock
j) North
k) West
l) South
 m) West to the crystal.

Interact with it and it will create a blue bridge for you to cross to the
Wandering Spirit earlier. Slide back to the Rock Climb spot above. Go
south and east again to the Rock Climb spot near the boulder just now and
climb back up west. Go north, west and east to end up near the entrance
again. You should see this now:

That right there is our seventeenth Wandering Spirit, Franz.

Wandering Spirit Franz

Chess Field Doubles
Serperior Bisharp Druddigon Reuniclus Chandelure Escavalier
Focus Synthetic Synthetic
Light Clay King’s Rock King’s Rock
Sash Seed Seed
Magic
Contrary Defiant Sheer Force Flame Body Overcoat
Guard
Timid Adamant Adamant Quiet Modest Brave

Leaf Stealth Swords

Outrage Trick Room Shadow Ball
Storm Rock Dance
Dragon
Dual Chop Fire Punch Psychic Heat Wave Iron Head
Pulse
Sucker
Reflect Rock Slide Energy Ball Trick Room Megahorn
Punch
Light Swords Thunder
Focus Blast Memento Pursuit
Screen Dance Punch
Starting quote: Love is that which enables choice. Love is always stronger
than fear.
Ending quote: Always choose on the basis of love.

Get the Lucarionite next to him after you win. It’s the Mega Stone for
Lucario and the fortieth Mega Stone in our collection.

The Thousand – Year – Old Door

Get out from the chamber afterwards. Go south and climb down the spot
there. Go north all the way to the end until you see the steps with the lamp
post again. Go north from there up another set of steps. West of it is a
hidden Rare Candy. Go up the steps to see a weird mechanism with seven
slots in them. Ignore the Light Shard for now, since Franz just healed us
earlier. This is the exit to Victory Road.

Step on the square to your south and Florinia will come and greet us. She’s
back! She has succeeded in releasing all Labradorra Tournament
participants, and has come to make good on her promise to help us. All the
quarter finalists onwards are in fact here in Victory Road! We’ve seen a
few of them right? All those who lost earlier are back in Calcenon City. All
that is left is to dismantle Team Meteor. She will help us to do that to the
best of her capacity. Firstly, she brought along a Remote PC with her,
allowing us to switch our Pokemon when necessary. Secondly, she will
help us to get out of here.

The device in the room has no instructions. However, she knows the
mechanism well. To get out, we need to:
1) Collect twelve stars from four remaining cave systems in Victory
 Road. If you didn’t know: they are 3 Ruby Stars, 3 Sapphire Stars, 3
Amethyst Stars, and 3 Emerald Stars, each found in their respective
chambers.
2) Talk to Florinia to narrow down the possible twelve stars to deduce
their order in the matching seven slots. The order is randomly
generated for each playthrough, since there are 12 choices for 7
slots, there are 3 991 680 possible combinations.

She will then do something to the wall. This gives us a teleporter diamond
which will teleport us to the central Gold Chamber. Notice how the golden
child is always helped in the Gold Chambers? Go south to the teleporter
diamond here.

Step on it. This Gold Chamber that we just arrived at is the same one that
connects all four Gem Chambers to it. I think they can be done in any order
but I’ve always done it in this order:
a) Ruby Chamber
b) Sapphire Chamber
c) Amethyst Chamber
d) Emerald Chamber

Without further ado, go west and see three Light Shards ahead of you,
which should give you a clue that there are three major battles ahead of us,
one for each of the three antagonists. Go east and south down the Rock
Climb spot there. Go south and up the spot there east. Go north all the way
and there will be another Rock Climb spot to the east. Go north to see an
entrance there.

The Ruby Chamber: The Seal of Pain

Step forth into the Ruby Chamber. Go north and east down the spot there.
Go east and climb down the red spot. Go up this platform.

Interact with the red crystal there. Go down the west spot now, and go north.
This was blocked way, way earlier by a spiked ruby barrier. Go down the
spot east. Grab the hidden Tiny Mushroom nearby. Go east and climb down
another red spot. Go north to enter the chamber proper. Upon entering, you
will detect Wandering Spirits. There are two in this chamber. Go east down
the two red spots.

Go east and south east to be here.

Go east down and then up the Rock Climb spots. Then go north until you see
a boulder to your west. Push it north into the corner and you won’t have to
worry about it ever again. Get the hidden HP Up nearby. After that, go here:
Go down this spot and interact with the crystal. Go back up the same way and
there should be a new spot here.

Go east down this spot. Go east and around the magma pool anticlockwise so
that you will be here.
Climb up the spot north there and interact with the crystal. The left spot will
teleport to the right. So climb north up it now. Climb north up one more spot
and go west to interact with another crystal. The second climb spot on the
right will now move to the left. Go east and jump down the ledge south.
Jump down another ledge south and you’ll be back in the picture above.
Interact with the crystal again. You should get this result.

Go down from that spot and climb up the two spots on the left side. Go west
and clockwise around the magma pool to see this:
Climb up the spot north and interact with the crystal in the picture. The spot
will shift to the right side of the crystal, preventing you from going down
there. Instead, go west and jump the two ledges south. Go east past the
boulder there back to this place.

Go east down the spot around the first magma pool. Go up the two spots left
of the crystals to end up here.
Go north up this spot and east down another spot. Go north and west to see
another spot going down east. Go down it. You can see a Wandering Spirit
nearby. You should be here:

Interact with both left and right white crystals. It will create these two paths
here.
Go down one and up the other. Interact with this crystal again.

You should now have this path here.

Go west up here. Go along this path to see a Rock Climb spot to the east. Go
down it and push the boulder to the south twice to move it out of the way.
This will let you move more easily.

Go north from the place in the picture and go down the spot east. Go north
and interact with the white crystal there. The Rock Climb spot will disappear,
so jump south down the ledge instead. Continue south and go up the spot
west. Interact with the crystal to your west, go back down the spot east, and
go up this spot instead:
Once you go up that spot, go north from the boulder and up the northernmost
spot to the west.

Go north up there and another spot west. Follow the path along the cliff,
ignoring the Rock Climb spot west to see our eighteenth Wandering Spirit,
Godot.
 Wandering Spirit Godot
Burning Field Singles
Typhlosion Feraligatr Espeon Sableye Lucario Haxorus
Elemental Elemental Elemental Muscle
Life Orb Leftovers
Seed Seed Seed Band
Sheer Mold
Flash Fire Synchronize Prankster Justified
Force Breaker
Timid Adamant Modest Impish Adamant Adamant

Dragon Extreme
Heat Wave Psychic Toxic Dual Chop
Dance Speed
Confuse Dragon
HP Rock Waterfall Shadow Ball Ice Punch
Ray Dance
Swords
Focus Blast Crunch HP Fire Detect Earthquake
Dance
Close
Eruption Ice Fang Toxic Taunt Night Slash
Combat

Starting quote: Everyone has a song to play. Mine goes a little like this…
Ending quote: And that’s the show.
From Godot, backtrack to the north until you find this:
Go west up the spot and interact with the crystal north. Go south and jump all
three ledges there to be right back at the beginning. Make your way around
the first and second magma pool again, and climbing up all the Rock Climb
ledges until you are here:

That Rock Climb spot wasn’t there before. Go west up the ledge above. Go
south and climb the next spot west. Go north, following the path around until
you see a path leading down to your south. Interact with this crystal next.
Go back east and climb the spot north. Go back south and climb down this
spot.

Go north from there and climb down this spot.

Go east from there to interact with this crystal.

The Rock Climb spot will shift to the west. Climb down it south. Interact
with the crystal to your east now, and the Rock Climb spot will shift to the
west. Climb down it. Go east down here to get a hidden Dragon Gem. Go
back west to interact with the crystal from its southern side. Climb up the
shifted spot east. Go north to interact with the upper crystal on its western
side. Climb the shifted spot to the east now. Go north up the ledge and go
east to get a hidden Escape Rope on a rock. From the item, go south and
climb down this spot to the west.
Make your way to the west side of the boulder and push it east onto the
square. Go back south through the newly – opened gate and interact with the
crystal there. There will be a new Rock Climb spot here.

Go down the next one to the west. Interact with the crystal to your south. Go
south and climb the spot west. Interact with the crystal to the south there. Go
back down the spot east. Go north AND interact with the crystal here. Go
north and climb the spot east. Go south and climb another spot east. Interact
with the crystal here:
This picture was taken AFTER I interacted with it. Climb the spot there and
another spot further east up there. Go south and interact with this crystal.

The spot to your north should shift to the south now. Go north all the way
along the ledge. There should be a ledge you can jump south downwards.
Climb south down the spot. Go south past the boulder. Go west down the
spot. Go south to the end. Climb up east. Interact with the crystal there to
shift the spot south. This should be your end result.
Climb the two spots east, as seen in the picture. Up here, go north all the way.
Near a spiked crystal structure, you can get a hidden Purple Shard. At the
end of the path, there is a Rock Climb path north. Go up it to see a cave
entrance to your north. Wait, there is still one more Wandering Spirit! Go
east and south and climb east up a higher ledge. Go south along this long and
narrow ledge. Climb down west, and you will see our nineteenth Wandering
Spirit, Allan.

Wandering Spirit Allan

Psychic Terrain Singles
Ninetales Chandelure Gardevoir Milotic Lilligant Mismagius
Magical Magical
Magical Seed Leftovers Focus Sash Focus Sash
Seed Seed
 Marvel
Drought Flame Body Telepathy Chlorophyll Levitate
Scale
Timid Modest Modest Bold Modest Timid

Shadow
Nasty Plot Calm Mind Rest Giga Drain Nasty Plot
Ball
Sleep Quiver
Substitute Heat Wave Thunderbolt Thunderbolt
Talk Dance
Flamethrowe Dragon Sleep
Pain Split Psychic Shadow Ball
r Tail Powder
Will-O-
Solar Beam Focus Blast Scald HP Rock HP Fighting
Wisp

Starting quote: Pro.

Ending quote: Cuz pro.

From Allan, backtrack north to this cave entrance.

Enter, and save. Go down two Rock Climb spots to see Charlotte, Hardy, and
Titania in the distance. Climb down the last one. Sirius the coward is literally
hanging Aya over the edge of the cliff. Charlotte proposes that Hardy let her
go, to which he disagrees angrily. Charlotte is angry that Sirius has too much
power over Hardy, calling him too weak to do anything. Aya defends Hardy,
of course. Titania agrees with Charlotte, to which Sirius taunts Hardy over
his predicament.

Titania thinks her younger brother is thinking with the wrong head when it
comes to Aya, to which Charlotte agrees and admits that she likes Titania and
her common sense. Titania then rips into Hardy, saying that Hardy didn’t
come here for Aya. He came here for himself, since as a man he always feels
the need to rescue the damsel to prove his manliness. That at the end of the
day, Aya is nothing but a trophy to his achievements for being the hero.

Sirius, while amused at our dilemma, finally tells Charlotte the truth,
gloatingly. It was he who set fire to the Belrose Manse, thus killing Caroline
and Monty. She really didn’t figure out after all this time, and Sirius had the
gall to admit how good he was at covering his tracks. Charlotte, stunned at
this revelation, tells Sirius the two words he deserved to hear after all this
time: Fuck you. Charlotte then leaves.

Titania then tells Aya, that she is the one who has the power to save herself,
instead of being a helpless prisoner and damsel. Hardy and Aya is practically
unison in their confusion. Aya then stammers, and suddenly she drops
unconscious on the cliff floor. Titania then asks Sirius, how long did he keep
her down here in this red – hot chamber without any water. Titania comments
what an idiot Sirius is for failing to provide his hostage with water to at least
keep her alive. With his leverage and human shield gone, Titania now has no
further reason to NOT kill Sirius, but she prefers to let us have all the
excitement. Let’s kill this bastard.

After his defeat, he will ramble about the regret he feels by not being able to
rewrite all the mistakes of his own past. He then asks how he could live with
the weight of all his sins. Saphira (surprise!) replies she doesn’t expect him to
live, and pushes him down the lava, together with his Pokemon. Her last
words to him are, live by fire, die by them too. He then melts, erased from
Reborn’s history forever.

Titania congratulates Saphira for surviving her tumble. She replies that while
she may be down, she’s never out. She’s glad to be able to avenge her
parents, at least. Then she leaves to console Charlotte. Hardy then rescues
Aya over the cliff and brings her to safety. She wakes up soon after,
prompting Hardy to try and find water for her. Aya maintains that she’s fine,
and Titania admits that she was just faking her collapse.

Hardy, all in all, was glad that she’s fine, though he is miffed about Aya and
Titania’s ruse. His panic helped fool Sirius as well. Hardy, while glad that
Aya is okay, finally admits that her sister’s words hold some truth to it. Aya
said that it’s fine, really. It really shows that he does care for her, and one of
the few to actually care for her despite all that she is and everything she went
through. She thanks him for that, at least, despite not being able to save her.
She then, hesitantly asks them to become official. Hardy is over the moon at
this, while Titania doesn’t really approve. Hardy then asserts that it’s their
right to do what they want, and what they want is each other. Titania then
tells Aya that she will keep in touch, to Aya’s chagrin. She then leaves.
Hardy and Aya thanks us for everything, and leaves.
In this now empty chamber, there are three items left to collect. Go east
anticlockwise around the platform to the side where Sirius was before. Climb
the spot north of the cliff. Go west and climb up another spot to get the first
Ruby Star.

Go back down south and go east. Climb up the spot north to get the second
Ruby Star.

Go back down the spot and go south this time. Climb up the spot east and
continue south to get a hidden Big Nugget and the third Ruby Star.
Don’t worry about getting out of here. Go back down the spot west. Go west
and go down the spot south to the central platform. Go clockwise back
around the place to where we were when we fought the bastard and see this.

Step on this teleporter diamond to go back to the Gold Chamber. One down,
three to go. That diamond is permanent by the way. If we ever need to return
to the Ruby Chamber, just step on it.

The Sapphire Chamber: The Seal of Love

From the teleporter diamond, go south, west, and south until you see a
Rock Climb spot to the south. Climb down it. Go west up the spot there.
Follow the narrow path north and climb up west. To your north is the
entrance to the Sapphire Chamber.

Enter it. Go west down the two Rock Climb spots and you will be at the
central platform. Go north and to the left you can get a hidden Max Ether.
Go to the right afterwards and climb down the spot west. Go west and
climb down another spot. Go west and north to enter the Sapphire Chamber
proper.
Upon entering, you will detect a Wandering Spirit. There’s only one here.
Go north and climb the spot down west. Go north again and do the same
thing. Go west all the way to the end and activate the crystal there.
Backtrack east and south to be here:

By activating the crystals, you will create a stone tile which will provide
braking points to prevent you from sliding on the ice. This chamber
consists of three ice – sliding puzzles with increasing size and difficulty,
with the third and largest one being the biggest ice puzzle in the game bar
none.
For the first one, follow these steps:
a) Climb down west onto a stone tile.
b) Slide west
c) Slide south
d) Slide west

Climb up the spots to go to the next puzzle west. There is a hidden Magical
Seed just before the ledge going down west.

For the next one, follow these steps:

a) Climb down west onto a stone tile.
b) Slide north
c) Slide west
d) Slide south
e) Slide east
f) Slide north and east
g) Slide south and east to the wall
h) Slide north and west
i) Slide south and west
j) South to a stone tile

You should be here.

Climb up west and activate the crystal to the west. This will create a stone
tile to the north. Don’t go down yet. Instead go east, following the narrow
path of the cliff. This is actually a Rock Climb spot.
Climb east on the cliff there and follow the path. Climb up the spot leading
west higher up the cliff. Follow the path south and east to see our twentieth
Wandering Spirit, Josh.

Wandering Spirit Josh

Big Top Singles
Aerodactyl Espeon Sceptile Carracosta Scrafty Volcarona
Synthetic
Focus Sash Leftovers White Herb Leftovers Wiki Berry
Seed
Magic
Pressure Overgrow Solid Rock Moxie Swarm
Bounce
Jolly Timid Adamant Adamant Careful Timid

Stealth Shell Drain

Psychic Leaf Blade Bug Buzz
Rock Smash Punch
Swords Quiver
Taunt Calm Mind Stone Edge Bulk Up
Dance Dance
HP Fiery
Stone Edge Dragon Claw Aqua Jet Payback
Fighting Dance
Earthquake Wish Earthquake Earthquake Ice Punch Hurricane

Starting quote: I’m thinking.

Ending quote: I promise I’m thinking.

Go back to the crystal you activated earlier, and back onto the stone tile at
the ice puzzle. Follow these steps:
a) Slide east
b) Slide north
 c) Slide east
d) Slide south to the beginning tile.

From the beginning tile, follow these steps:

a) Slide west
b) Slide north to a stone tile. Climb up the spot and activate the crystal
there.
c) Slide south
d) Slide east to the beginning tile again.

Once more, from the beginning tile:

a) Slide north
b) Slide west
c) Slide south
d) Slide east to the stone tile
e) Slide north
f) Slide west to the stone tile and climb the spot north.
Once on the cliff, go east and you will see a hidden Blue Shard on a spiky
crystal formation to the north. Continue east and north. Climb down the
two ledges west to start the final ice puzzle. From the beginning tile:
a) Slide west
b) Slide north
c) Slide west to a stone tile
d) Slide south and east
e) Slide south and east again
f) Slide north and west to a stone tile. Climb up west and activate the
crystal there.

Climb back down the platform, from there, follow these steps:
a) Slide east and south
b) Slide west and north
c) Slide west and north again to a stone tile
d) Slide east and south
e) Slide east to the beginning tile
From the beginning tile, once again:
a) Slide west and north
b) Slide west to a stone tile
c) Slide north and west
d) Slide north and west again
e) Slide north and west to get out of the narrow bend
f) Slide south to an ice rock
g) Slide east to a stone tile
h) Slide north and west to an ice rock
 i) Slide north and west
j) Slide south and west to a Rock Climb spot leading west. Go up
there to activate the crystal. This will create a stone tile to the south.

Climb down from there. From that stone tile:

a) Slide south and east
b) Slide north to a stone tile
c) Slide east to a rock
d) Slide south to a stone tile. Climb the spot leading east and activate
the crystal there. This will create a new stone tile nearby.

Go back down the spot and from the stone tile:

a) Slide north and east
b) Slide south and west to a wall
c) Slide north and east
d) Slide north to a pointed rock
e) Slide east into the narrow bend
f) Slide south and east
g) Slide south and east again
h) Slide south to the stone tile, and east from it
i) Slide south and east to the beginning tile
From the beginning tile:
a) Slide north and west to end up near a pointed rock
b) Slide south and west
c) Slide north to a stone tile
d) Slide east and north to an ice rock
e) Slide west to the very far end
f) Slide north and east
g) Slide south to a pointed rock
h) Slide west
i) Slide north and east to a stone tile. Climb up the platform to activate
a crystal and to get a hidden Elemental Seed. This will create a
stone tile to the south.

From there, climb back down and from the stone tile:
a) Slide west and south
b) Slide east and north
c) Slide west and north
d) Slide west and south to an ice rock
e) Slide east and south
f) Slide west and north
g) Slide east and north to a pointed rock
h) Slide east into the narrow bend
 i) Slide south and east
j) Slide south and east again
k) Slide south onto a stone tile, and east from it
l) Slide south and east back to the beginning tile

From the beginning tile, we have one more crystal to activate. To do so:
a) Slide north and west
b) Slide south and west
c) Slide north to a stone tile
d) Slide west to another stone tile
e) Slide north to an ice rock
f) Slide west to a pointed rock
g) Slide north to an ice rock
h) Slide west
i) Slide south to a stone tile. Climb the spot west to activate the final
crystal.

From there, make your way back to the beginning tile. To do so:
a) From the stone tile, slide east.
b) Slide south and west to the stone tile.
c) Slide south and east
d) Slide south to the beginning tile.

Let’s finish this puzzle. From the beginning tile:

a) Slide north and west
b) Slide south and west
c) Slide north to a stone tile
d) Slide west to another stone tile
e) Slide north to an ice rock
f) Slide west to a pointed rock
g) Slide south and east to an ice rock
h) Slide north and east
i) Slide south to an ice rock
j) Slide west
k) Slide south and east to a stone tile
l) Slide north and east to a stone tile. Climb the spot north.

We’re finally done. Follow the path east and north. Climb down the spot
west. Go south to get a hidden Guard Spec. Go north and climb down the
spot west. Enter the chamber north and save.
Climb down the two spots west, and go north to see Blake and Cal finishing
a battle. Cal won. Blake continues to taunt his little brother, saying his
victory is finally achieved with a team full of type advantages against his
Ice – types. Cal refuses to be riled up, and requests that Blake let Team
Meteor go, and follow him home.

Blake refuses, invoking their late father. According to him, no one tells him
what to do. Cal again is uninterested in Blake’s whining, and says he will
be outside to bring the prodigal son back home once he’s done having a fit.
Cal will do it by force if necessary. Blake taunts him again, but this time,
Cal turns and leaves. A Light Shard appears out of nowhere next to Blake,
just in time for him to challenge us. He takes it and asks whether we are
going to stop him:

When Blake asks if you’re gonna get in his way:

Yes = -1 Blake
No = +1 Blake

I said No. He said it’s real nice of us, but he doesn’t trust us. He will
challenge us to a battle. After we win, he will lament that Lin promised him
assistance, to which none is provided. He’s not stupid. He knew Lin
wouldn’t provide any. He was just sent there to buy her more time for the
Arc – PULSE machine. He knows that she intends to win alone, but sunken
cost is a funny thing. He then says that even though we probably hate him
now, he wants us to win against her, before they end him. For now, he will
let Cal drag him home. He leaves afterwards.
From where we battled Blake, go west down the spot to the central
platform in the room.

The hidden item there is a Heart Scale. Go down the southwest spot first.
Climb down three more spots to get your first Sapphire Star.
Go to the eastern spot next. There’s a hidden Protein there. Climb down
the last spot to get the second Sapphire Star.

Go to the northern spot next. This is the third and last Sapphire Star.
Once you’re done, make your way back to the central platform. Go south
and climb east to see a teleporter diamond, blue in color.

Step on it to go back to the Gold Chamber. Take a Light Shard to heal up.

The Amethyst Chamber: The Seal of the Beyond

From the blue teleporter diamond, go south, east, and south until you see a
Rock Climb spot down south. Go south and climb the spot east. Go north
along this narrow ledge to the end, and climb east up the spot. Enter north
to the Ruby Chamber again.
In here, go north and climb down the two spots east. Once at the lower
ground, go to this platform.
Climb east up it and interact with the crystal. This will shift the Rock Climb
spot to the east. Climb down east. Go south and east from there to climb
down east to another spot. Go south down three Rock Climb spots. You
will notice that the rubies are gone, and the surrounding crystals are
amethyst. Go south into the Amethyst Chamber.

The hidden item there is a Telluric Seed. Go south and up the spot east. Go
south and climb the spot west. Go south again and climb the final spot east.
Ignore the platform with the crystal and just keep going south. Climb down
the spot south. Go east to find a hidden Max Ether. Go south down the
final Rock Climb spot and south into the chamber proper.
Once inside, you will detect a Wandering Spirit. Go down south to get the
hidden Calcium on the rock. Please save.
Once you go south down another Rock Climb spot, you can see Radomus
and Gardevoir to the far east of the chamber. Radomus will be at the foot of
a cliff, while Gardevoir will be at the top of a cliff. Radomus pleads with
Gardevoir to come home with him, calling him moondrop and other names.
It seems that Gardevoir has lost her ability to speak English, since she can
only make Pokemon noises like any other normal Gardevoir. Gardevoir
slowly descends the cliff to Radomus, and was just about to calm down
when Radomus mentions Zina’s name. This angers Gardevoir, who pushes
him away and summons a void, sucking Radomus inside. While we were
stunned by all this, Gardevoir teleports above us and causes the void to
chase us. Thus begins the shadow chase.

The objective is simple enough on paper: don’t get caught by Gardevoir’s

void as she chases you around the room with it. Make your way downwards
deeper into the room to reach the innermost chamber of the room to collect
the Amethyst stars. However, the void is deceivingly fast. In addition to the
rocks scattered randomly in the room, your way down is blocked by
amethyst crystals. In order to thwart Gardevoir, there are certain white
crystals around the room. Lure the void onto the white crystals, and they
will shatter. This will stun Gardevoir for a while, and also shatters any
amethyst crystals blocking our way. I cannot provide any screenshots, but I
can tell you what to do generally. I had to watch a video to do this since the
mad scramble to the finish line basically gave me tunnel vision syndrome:
a) Run east all the way and lure to the void to a white crystal. This will
make the amethyst crystal in front of the Rock Climb spot shatter.
b) Go east down the spot.
c) Go further east and lure the void to another white crystal. This will
clear another Rock Climb spot to the south.
d) Go west all the way and south down the Rock Climb spot.
e) Continue west and go south to another Rock Climb spot.
f) Go east to see the next crystal which will stun Gardevoir is in the
middle of the room. Once she’s stunned, go east down the spot.
g) Go east all the way to the end and down the Rock Climb spot south.
h) Go west all the way and south down the Rock Climb spot.
i) Go west and south to see another crystal that will stun Gardevoir.
Hide in the corner to ensure the void will hit the crystal.
j) Go east and lure the void to the final crystal. The amethyst in front
of the spot will shatter and allows you to go south down it. Go east
down the final two ledges, and south into the chamber.

If you do get sucked into the void, Luna’s voice can be heard and she will
bring you out of the void to try again.
Once you reach the chamber, you can actually go out again to see that
Gardevoir is gone. Do so now, since we have a few items to collect and a
Wandering Spirit to battle. Climb the two ledges to the west and the single
ledge to the north. You should be here.
Go all the way west first. Climb the spot north and go west. You should be
here.

Follow the path east through the gap here. At the end, climb the spot east.
Go east, south and west to a Rock Climb spot. Climb it up west. Go west
around the spiked crystal and keep going west. At the end is another path
leading up west. Go up there and walk north to see our twenty – first
Wandering Spirit, Ikaru.
 Wandering Spirit Ikaru
Psychic Terrain Singles
Bronzong Alakazam Weavile Mismagius Dragonite Carracosta
Magical
Leftovers Life Orb Focus Sash Leftovers White Herb
Seed
Magic
Levitate Pressure Levitate Multiscale Sturdy
Guard
Sassy Modest Jolly Timid Jolly Adamant

Stealth Dragon Shell

Psychic Aerial Ace Nasty Plot
Rock Dance Smash
Dragon
Toxic Focus Blast Ice Punch Thunderbolt Stone Edge
Claw
Shadow Night
Gyro Ball Shadow Ball Fire Punch Waterfall
Ball Slash
Light
Energy Ball Low Kick HP Fighting Roost Earthquake
Screen

Starting quote: No one is as lucky as us.

Ending quote: We’re not at the end, but, oh! We’ve already won.

Backtrack all the way out of this path to the gap earlier.
Go north and east from the gap and climb up north the Rock Climb ledge.
Go east and south to a rock with a hidden Carbos. Go east all the way to
the end and climb up the spot to the north. Go west and you will see two
Rock Climb spots, one to the west and the other to the north. Take the north
one. Go east all the way and climb up north. Go east all the way and climb
north again. Go west to see a hidden Protein near a rock. Go west and
north from there to climb a spot going west. Go west and north from there
to see this Rock Climb spot.

Climb up north and up the next one too. Go east all the way and climb the
next two spots north as well. You will see this:
That item there is a Salamencite, the Mega Stone for Salamence and our
forty – first Mega Stone. With this, our Mega Stone collection for the main-
game is complete! Most of you would be missing only one, the Blazikenite.
This can only be obtained once you captured 700 Pokemon in Bee’s
sidequest. The other Mega Stones are for legendaries, and can only be
obtained post-game.
Once obtained, go down all the Rock Climb spots nearby to reach the
chamber with the stars again. Just keep going down all the Rock Climb
spots you find and you’ll reach the room.
Once inside, go south and east down the spot. Go east and south down
another spot. Go east to find a hidden PP Up. Go south and east down
another spot. Go east again to come down another spot south. Go east and
south down to the central platform of the room. Go south one more time
and the Rock Climb spots will split to the east and west. Go down to the
west three spots to find the first Amethyst Star.
The hidden item there is a Max Revive. Climb back up three spots east and
go down east two ledges. The Rock Climb path will split here, one to the
north and one to the south. Go up the northern one first. There is a hidden
Elemental Seed nearby. Go north all the way to the end to get the second
Amethyst Star. There is a hidden Hyper Potion on the rock before the
star.

Go back south all the way and go down the southern spot this time.

The third and last Amethyst Star awaits you there.

 From there, go up one spot north, two spots east, and two spots north. Go
east to climb one last spot north. Here you will meet a purple teleporter
diamond.

Step on it to go back to the Gold Chamber.

The Emerald Chamber: The Seal of Faith

From the blue teleporter diamonds, go south, west, and south all the way until
you meet a Rock Climb spot. Go south down it and west up the next one. Go
north along this narrow one and west up the next one. Go north and enter the
Sapphire Chamber afterwards.
Climb down the two ledges west afterwards to reach the central platform. Go
south down the spot and south to reach the ice puzzle. Slide:
a) North
b) West
 c) South
d) East
e) North to the stone tile
f) West
g) South to the stone tile

Climb the spot west there and walk south. Climb down the spot south to see
some emeralds to your south. Step forth into the Emerald Chamber.

Go east from the picture and climb up the spot there. Go south and east up
another spot. Go south past the central platform and south down the spot there.
Go south down another spot and go east to get a hidden Max Elixir on a rock.
Go south and west down the last Rock Climb spot and enter the cave south.
You can detect Wandering Spirits as soon as you walk into this room. There
are three of them here. Go east to find a hidden Repel on a crystal. Go west
down the ledge to find a hidden Ultra Ball on a rock. Go east following the
path here.
Climb the long Rock Climb spot to the east there. Go north and down the spot
west. Activate the crystal there first. Go back to the rock in the picture and go
north. Save. The puzzle in this room is simple enough on paper. But (there’s
always a but, this is Reborn) Fern is here, with his Decidueye. He will impede
your progress every step of the way. It will shoot arrows in your direction. The
trajectory of the arrow is a straight line, and its approach will be signalled by a
red beam and a sound. The arrow, if it hits you, will not only damage all the
Pokemon in your party, but it will also drag you south to the wall of the room.

Another thing to note here is that there are certain cliff walls here which have
mosses on them. You can go up them, just like you would any other path. The
objective of this puzzle is for you to activate crystals on the north side of the
room. This will change the bush stacks there into emeralds. If Decidueye’s
arrows hit them, it will bounce and hit Decidueye back. Once Decidueye
receives three arrows. Fern will retreat.
Climb the spot west and activate the crystal there. The game will begin then.
Smash the crystal west and run all the way west of the room. Go into the first
gap from the west and north there, go west and climb up the mossy wall. Push
the strength boulder all the way north to the spiky crystal. Backtrack south and
go into the gap. Run north past the boulder and the spiky crystal, but enter the
northern gap of the crystal and go around to the eastern side of the boulder.
Push it east out onto the gap leading north.
By using the gap in the cliff south, run south and go east and north into the
same gap as the boulder. Do this right and you will be on the south side of the
boulder. Carefully push the boulder north onto the square, which will unlock a
gate.
Run back out south and go east. Run north into the next path you see. A gate
should open to the south here. Go through the gate and pull the lever there.
Both gates on top of the cliff to the left of the one you’re in should now be
open, allowing you to run all the way north through it. At the end of the cliff is
a bush stack, a crystal, and a lever. Pull the lever first. Interact with the crystal
and change the bush stack to emeralds. Decidueye will try to hit you with an
arrow, but will hit itself instead.

After a cutscene where your hatred at Fern will increase exponentially, run
back south and west. You will see a boulder here. Carefully make your way to
its west side and push it east SIX times. Push it north once and continue
pushing it east until it hits a rock. Push it north once, and push it SIX times east
again.

It should be like the one in the picture. Push it south to the wall. Backtrack
south first to go on the cliff to your left. Run north on this cliff and pull the
lever there. Run back south to the boulder and push it west into the gap. Push it
south. There should be a gate here that is now opened since you pulled the
lever just now. Push the boulder all the way north to the wall. Push it east onto
the square.
Run back south and go up the cliff to your left again. Pull the lever again, and
this will cause another gate to open. Go back south. Go west to this gap.

Run north all the way here. A gate should be open. Pull the lever here. Run
back south. On the cliff directly to your left, both gates on it should be opened.
Run up the cliff north and activate the crystal there. Once Decidueye hits itself
again, pull the lever nearby. Run south down the cliff. Run west afterwards up
this cliff. It’s the longest cliff there.

Go north and pull the lever there. Run south afterwards and go directly into the
path to your east. Run north all the way in that path and pull another lever
there. Run back south out of that path and go up the cliff directly east of that
path, as shown here.
All three gates here should be opened now. Go north and interact with the
crystal there. Decidueye will hit itself one last time, causing Fern to give up,
calling us a monster. He will recall Decidueye and leave, allowing us to collect
the Emerald Stars and battle the three Wandering Spirits. Go south first to get a
Light Shard, if you haven’t used it already during the ordeal just now.
Go all the way west of the Light Shard to get a hidden Genius Wing. Go to the
westernmost cliff in the room.

Go north here and smash the emerald there. This will allow you to go further
north and up a Rock Climb spot to the west. Go north to meet your twenty -
second Wandering Spirit, Nate.
 Wandering Spirit Nate
Desert Singles
Tyranitar Gengar Lucario Excadrill Garchomp Serperior
Telluric Telluric
Telluric Seed Life Orb Telluric Seed Life Orb
Seed Seed
Sand Stream Cursed Body Justified Sand Rush Rough Skin Contrary
Jolly Timid Modest Adamant Jolly Timid

Dragon Vacuum Swords Leaf

Shadow Ball Earthquake
Dance Wave Dance Storm
Stealth Rock Thunderbolt Dark Pulse Earthquake Dragon Claw Glare
Destiny
Earthquake Nasty Plot X-Scissor Fire Fang HP Fire
Bond
Thunder Aura Swords Dragon
HP Fire Rock Slide
Punch Sphere Dance Tail

Starting quote: You can’t always get what you want.

Ending quote: But if you try, sometimes you might just find that you get what
you need~

From Nate, go back south and climb down the ledge east. Go down the mossy
wall south. Go east until you see a path with orange markings on the floor,
along with red markings that look like bloodstains. Go north along it and go
west to a mossy wall.
Go north up it and go east. Go south to a bush to get a hidden Grass Gem. Go
east all the way to this wall.

Go east up this hidden Rock Climb spot. Follow the orange line south. There
will be a Rock Climb path for you to the east. Go up it to meet our twenty –
third Wandering Spirit, Taro.
 Wandering Spirit Taro
Ashen Beach Singles
Tyranitar Mamoswine Excadrill Cradily Omastar Golurk
Assault Telluric Telluric
Choice Band Leftovers Telluric Seed
Vest Seed Seed
Sand Storm Shell
Thick Fat Sand Rush No Guard
Stream Drain Armor
Adamant Adamant Adamant Calm Timid Adamant

Swords Shell
Crunch Icicle Crash Stockpile Rock Polish
Dance Smash
Dynamic
Rock Slide Earthquake Earthquake Toxic HP Fire
Punch
Earthquake Ice Shard X-Scissor Energy Ball Ice Beam Earthquake
Ancient Shadow
Ice Punch Rock Slide Rock Slide Scald
Power Punch

Starting quote: Reborn was an easier puzzle than I had anticipated.

Ending quote: Perhaps this ‘X – League’ can provide me a worthy challenge.
From Taro, go back west down the spot and north through the narrow path.
Climb back west down the Rock Climb spot. Go west and you will see a mossy
wall to your north.
Go north up the two mossy walls to enter the chamber with the stars.
Once you enter the room, you can detect a Wandering Spirit. Go south down
the mossy wall and get the hidden Max Repel here. Go south down another
mossy cliff, and keep going south. You will eventually get to the central
platform of this chamber.

The hidden item there is a Magical Seed. Go south first down the mossy path.
Then go west and down the Rock Climb spot west.
Climb up this path east. Climb the last two paths east to see a crystal. Interact
with it. This will change a bush on top of a cliff to the west to emeralds. Climb
back down the spots and make your way back to the central platform. Go up
this mossy path to the left of bush, northwest from the central platform.

Just climb north up here until you reach the emerald you transformed earlier.
Up here should be our twenty – fourth Wandering Spirit, Tenshi.
 Wandering Spirit Tenshi
Grassy Terrain Singles
Metagros
Serperior Jolteon Haxorus Ninetales Salamence
s
Assault Elemental Choice Elemental Elemental
Life Orb
Vest Seed Specs Seed Seed
Mold
Clear Body Contrary Volt Absorb Drought Moxie
Breaker
Brave Timid Timid Adamant Timid Jolly

Meteor Leaf
Thunderbolt Outrage Solarbeam Dragon Dance
Mash Storm
Bullet Dragon
HP Ice Volt Switch Hypnosis Dragon Claw
Punch Dance
Leech Earthquak
Grass Knot Shadow Ball Flamethrower Earthquake
Seed e
Psychic Substitute HP Ice Brick Break Psyshock Flamethrower

Starting quote: Yay, I can get the fuck out of here now!
Ending quote: Bye!
With that done, we can collect all the Emerald Stars. Go down from there to
the central platform and go south down the mossy path. Go west down the
same path you took to the crystal earlier. This time, go down to the west
another Rock Climb spot. Go north all the way down here to get your first
Emerald Star.
The hidden item there is a Green Shard.
Go back north and up the two ledges east. Go east all the way to another Rock
Climb spot going east. Go east and north to see another Rock Climb spot.
Climb down it to get the second Emerald Star.

Go back up the two ledges west. Go south down the mossy cliff and south and
west down the Rock Climb spot. This will lead you to your third and last
Emerald Star.
Go back up to the east and up north along the mossy wall to the central
platform. There should be a teleporter diamond there now.

Step on it to go back to the Gold Chamber.

Opening the Thousand – Year – Old Door

With all four Gem Chambers completed, you should have this in the Gold
Chamber. Marvel at the fruits of your hard work.
Step on the western teleporter diamond to go back to the thousand – year –
old door with Florinia inside. You should have a total of twelve stars now.
You can talk to Florinia to receive further instructions on what to do with
the twelve stars, but her sesquipedalian loquaciousness makes it difficult to
understand. I’ll try to simplify it for you. Look at the picture below.

There are seven lamps on each side of the door. Each corresponds to a slot
in the machine. There are no easy ways to figure out the combination as a
whole, but the correct one for each slot is easy to figure out. Try out a
random star for one slot, and step on the square. If you are correct, then
both lamps in symmetric positions will light up, one orange and one
white. This is actually a subtle callback to Serra’s mirror puzzle, where
reflection symmetry plays a role. I can’t tell you what the correct
combination is, but I can tell you which slot corresponds to which pair of
lights.

6 2 2 6
5 1 4 4 1 5
3 7 7 3

The picture below is what I mean when I say symmetric positions. This
means my first slot has the correct star.

Once you have all fourteen lamps lit, the door will disappear. Save, you
know who we’re going to battle next. Let’s give him an ass – whooping
he’ll never forget. If you need to switch Pokemon, talk to Florinia, who has
a Remote PC with her.

Exiting Hell: Kicking Fern’s Ass

Go north through the open door. Go up the stairs north and go east to get a
hidden Full Heal. Go up the steps to grab the Light Shard if you need it.
I’m fine though, since I battled the Wandering Spirits earlier. Climb up the
steps north and turn east.
Fern will call us, taunting our hard – earned efforts to get this far. He will
say we’re basically born lucky (tell that to my pre – Julia team), and a
cheater. He will ask what right do we have to go that far. Disregarding the
Herculean effort it took to journey this far, he can eat his own words and
fuck off. Florinia will arrive, trying to talk some sense into her brother.

After his well – deserved defeat, he will weakly say it should have been
him. This is actually a callback to Miss Direction, the oracle from Jasper
Ward and her prophecy. In the original timeline, the hero of the Reborn
region was supposed to be him, but he failed in those timelines,
necessitating our arrival. When Fern is about to punch us, Rini will call him
again, gently, like a good big sister he didn’t deserve. Fern will turn on her
instead, calling her a broken doll. She will counter that she is not a doll, nor
is she a robot (I love her, really).

She will say that she has feelings, and admits that she’s been running from
them. She also admits that it will take time, and treatment for her to be able
to experience them fully again. Fern counters that he does care, and Rini
will say that it’s best for him to stand down for now.
Like the ingrate that he is, Fern will say that everyone, including his own
sister, is against him. Rini denies this. Fern counters that she never cared
back then, and we had the gall to snatch his place. Fern will say that maybe,
if he is the one who manages to finish the league, then people would
actually care about him. OMG, bitch. Your sister cares. Open up your heart,
damn it.

He will say that their parents didn’t care about him, would never smile at
him, would give Rini credit for everything good and blame him for
everything bad. If he just wanted love and respect, shouldn’t there be better
ways to get them? I mean, really.

He will tell us that he wasn’t the leader of his group either. But he learned
to take control by force. He would then feel lonely as the leader, since now
his underlings are scared of him. That’s why he joined Lin’s crusade in the
first place, since he believes she can create a world that is worth smiling
about.
Titania will then arrive, announcing her presence by telling Fern to shut up.
She basically tore him a new one by saying that Fern never did anything
worth it for people to smile about. Fern counters that he has done a lot of
things, but Titania rebuffs it by saying most of them were selfish. He never
went his way out to help someone (like we did with those many, many,
many sidequests). Fern then says why should he be the one to help all those
people, thus exposing his true self (Seriously, does this guy listen to
himself when he talks?). Fern thinks this is unfair.

Titania will then counter by saying fairness is normalized entitlement, only

for Lin to pipe up offscreen, agreeing with her. Lin appears afterwards,
saying that this world is inherently unfair. In a torrent of nihilism, Lin will
say that men are born without self – restraint, women are always needing to
be rescued all the time, and children are not necessarily loved.
Fern will be glad to see Lin, believing that she is on his side. He will join
her side, literally. Lin will continue her tirade, saying that this is the world
Arceus created from its own free will. She therefore refuses to accept this
world, thus explaining the driving force behind her New World ideology.
With wisdom that she thinks both Arceus and other humans lacked, she
resolves to create a world where fairness exists for real.

Titania, seeing the flaw in her argument, will ask who decides what’s fair
or not in this New World. Fern chimes in by saying that they will have that
power. Rini, proving that she has regained some sense of humor, will say
that Fern doesn’t have what it takes to do that. Titania will counter that Lin
doesn’t actually want fairness, she wants privilege and control. Fern, seeing
his argument falling apart, will say that is it wrong to want those things.

Titania will point out that this world is unfair, because what is meat to one
person is viewed as poison for another. However, we do not have the right
to assume that our opinion is the correct one, solely because it’s ours. Lin
will say that to be able to impose your opinion as the correct one is power.
Titania, who’s on a roll now, will say that is exactly what tyranny is. Fern,
now out of arguments, will say that they’re doing this for everyone, not just
for themselves, proving himself as a hypocrite of the highest order. Fern
will then counter Titania pointing out this hypocrisy by saying that no one
can stop them. Rini then points out that we just defeated him in battle (with
only one Pokemon no less). Fern will say that it doesn’t matter. What
matters is that he’s on top, and therefore unreachable.

Titania proceeds to prove him wrong by literally pummeling him to the

ground. Just as Tania moves in to deliver the killing blow, Rini stops her,
by calling her full name, the only time she ever does so in this game so far.
Looks like Tania decked him square on the face, and as he crouches down
tending his injured face, Tania gloatingly asks him where his power is now.

Fern calls weakly to Lin for help as Tania continues to mock him. Lin
shoots Fern down, in cold blood. Lin then leaves. As Fern sits on the floor
to Victory Road, hopelessly and utterly defeated while getting what he
deserves, Tania turns to leave. She tells Rini sorry, but not really for hitting
her brother. The reason Tania was up there in the first place was to check
on Rini. She promises to talk to her later, and leaves.

Rini then checks on Fern and his injuries. Fern, the narcissist, worries about
the scratch to his face. Rini remains adamant that Fern will come with her,
even if she has to drag him out of there herself. Fern replies that he has no
reason to stay, since Lin abandoned him and Meteor’s gone to shit anyway.
She will leave the rest to us, to which Fern chimes in, asking us to give one
to Lin from us.

Rini reprimands Fern, saying his bitterness over Lin’s abandonment does
not make him any less guilty. She will then leave us alone there, after
biding us farewell.
There is one last thing we can do here. Go east from those stairs where the
confrontation happened, to this gap near the lamp post.

Go west all the way following this path, behind the gears and south to the
twenty – fifth and final Wandering Spirit, Saya. The hidden item there is an
Ultra Potion. Grab the Light Shard first since we fought Fern earlier.
 Wandering Spirit Saya
Glitch Field Doubles
Gengar Empoleon Ditto Chandelure Tyranitar Haxorus
Synthetic Choice Synthetic Muscle
Life Orb Assault Vest
Seed Scarf Seed Band
Sand Mold
Cursed Body Torrent Imposter Flame Body
Stream Breaker
Timid Modest Modest Modest Adamant Adamant

Psychic Aqua Jet Transform Psychic Earthquake Poison Jab

Dragon
Thunderbolt Scald Heat Wave Stone Edge
Dance
Energy Ball Blizzard HP Ice Superpower Earthquake
Grass
HP Fire Energy Ball Crunch Brick Break
Knot

Starting quote: Look how far I’ve gotten. Look at all the friends I’ve
made…
Ending quote: It was all worth the journey.

Charous Mountain and Charous Hall: Preparing for the Elite Four
Once Saya is defeated, we finally released all twenty – five Wandering
Spirits. You can check this by looking at your Spirit Tracker. Backtrack to
the lamp post earlier. Go east past the lamp post, and south. You will see
some steps to the west. Go up it and go west. There is a hidden Blue Shard
there. Go south out of Victory Road, and into Charous Mountain.
Go east and south there, down two flights of steps adorned by lamp posts.
Keep going south down the second flight of steps between the gap of trees.
There should be a humongous Charizard statue to the south. You will see
this:
That item right there folks, is the final Field Note readout in this game: the
New World Field. Grab it to complete your collection at last and go back
north through the gap. Go east from there to the end to see steps to your
north. Go up them to see this:

Enter the Charous Pokemon Center to the left first. In there, you will see
three personnel. Go heal up in there. The guy to the left is the Pokemart of
this place. Stock up on your items here, including Full Restores. Talk to
the female personnel on the right. She will give you tips for the Elite Four,
supposedly. She will be very surprised to see someone up here at last, since
no challenger has been there in a very long time. She will resent us for
making her do her job, since she took the job in the first place because she
thought no one will ever make it up there.
She will refuse to give us any tips. Talk to her again, and she will
grudgingly tell you this: Each Elite Four member specializes in two types,
and they will be fought in a fixed order.
You can now fly back to the Victory Road Pokemon Center to see Azer and
collect your rewards. When you’re ready, step into Charous Hall.
The hall itself is a long one, stretching to the north. The music in here
sounds otherworldly, and is the culmination of our long and hard work.
This rings true especially for those who have been with Reborn since day
one. Even I couldn’t claim that honor. Each of these halls are a call back to
all eighteen Gym Leaders that we have fought throughout the entire game.
Julia Wilde: Electric – type

Florinia Sevilla : Grass – type

Shelly Citra: Bug – type

Shade: Ghost – type

Aya LaRue: Poison – type

Serra Voclain: Ice – type

Noel/ Painter Vanhanen: Normal – type

His original arena must have been inside the Orphanage.
Radomus Vanhanen: Psychic – type

Luna Vanhanen – Voclain: Dark – type

Samson Alvarez: Fighting – type

Charlotte Belrose: Fire – type

Terra Pierce: Ground – type

Ciel Featherstone: Flying – type

Adrienn Flores: Fairy – type

Titania Andersen: Steel – type

Amaria Fiore: Water – type

Hardy Andersen: Rock – type

Saphira Belrose: Dragon – type

After the literal walk down memory lane, save your game. Continue north
through an archway marked with the four-colored X, the symbol of Reborn
that we know and love. Step through the door and walk through the long
hallway to be catapulted to our first battle.

Battling the Wind Maiden: Heather Molinar

Our first Elite Four battle is with none other than its youngest member,
Heather Molinar. She specializes in both Flying and Poison types. She
leads the battle with a Crobat. Not just any Crobat, but the Crobat, her late
father’s ace Pokemon. No wonder we couldn’t find it like the five others.
You will battle her in a Single Battle at the Mountain Field.
She will be happy to see us there, but complains how long it took for us to
get there. She admits that throughout the time we’ve known her, she has
been a brat. She’s really grateful for our help at Ametrine and the
orphanage. She acknowledges that Shelly and us have always done our best
to help her, even though she doesn’t deserve it. She’s not used to people
being nice to her, on account of the late Corey’s upbringing. She found his
secret journal, the one we read when we used the Silver Card in his gym.
She is finally starting to understand the kind of man he was, a flawed but
ultimately kind man. She thanks us again, getting flustered as she did so,
sounding like her wallflower best friend. She then gets right down to
business, challenging us to battle. With her catchphrase: “Salamence, it’s
take – off time!”, the first battle of the Elite Four begins. This is another
example of GlitchXCity’s crowning achievement, the Elite Four battle
theme, appropriately called ‘Elite’ in the jukebox.

Strategy:
The Crobat will always lead with Tailwind, which doubles all the speed of
her Pokemon and will also activate the Strong Winds weather effect on the
terrain. It will also last five turns on the Mountain Field. All her Pokemon
are already fast, so you will be at a disadvantage already. Use this to your
advantage by setting up yourself on the first turn. Just don’t use screens
since it has the Infiltrator ability, nullifying the effect of screens. The
Crobat’s main weakness is its frailty, so take it down quicky.

Her next Pokemon depends on your Pokemon. I got unlucky and she
summons her ace Salamence, which can and will Mega Evolve on the first
turn. It also has the Intimidate ability pre – Mega Evolution, so physical
attackers beware. After Mega Evolution, its ability Aerilate will change all
its Normal – type moves into Flying type and receiving a 20% power boost,
up to 50% when Strong Winds are active, which will cause Return to hurt
like hell. It will sweep your team if you’re not careful.

If you have a Fire – type, her next Pokemon should be Gyarados. It has
Moxie, so do not let it faint your Pokemon. Thunder will never miss on the
Mountain field, so use it to your advantage. Bear in mind that if Strong
Winds are active, it will only be twice as effective on Gyarados, instead of
four times as effective. Like the Salamence before, it will also have Stone
Edge, which gains a 50% power boost on the Mountain. Pray that it misses.
It also knows Ice Fang, Waterfall, and Earthquake.

Her fourth Pokemon is Archeops. This Pokemon would be so broken if it

weren’t for its ability, Defeatist. It functions as a second Tailwind setter
once Crobat croaks. It holds a Flying Gem, which boosts its Acrobatics to
obscene levels, to a power of 371.25 if my calculations are correct (STAB
+ Flying Gem + holding no item + Strong Winds). Like its teammates, it
also knows Stone Edge and Earthquake.

Her next Pokemon is taken straight from her father’s book, a Gengar. Did
you think that it will gain no advantage from this field? You thought
wrong. It knows the move Icy Wind, which in addition to lowering your
Pokemon’s speed by one stage per use, will gain a 50% power boost on the
Mountain field, amping up its power to 82.5. Ominous Wind also gains this
effect, when coupled with STAB, will give it a power of 135. That’s not
even getting into it being able to (however small the chance) increase all
five of its stats by one stage.

Her final Pokemon is a Nidoking, which is not as impressive as the others,

but hurts just the same. It has the Sheer Force ability, which nullifies all the
secondary effects of its moves, but increases its power by 30%. A fine trade
– off if you ask me. It knows Thunder, which never misses on the
Mountain. It also knows Rock Slide, Sludge Wave, and Earth Power. All of
its moves have secondary effects, which benefits from Sheer Force.

Use her speed against her. Use Trick Room to make your slower Pokemon
move faster. Also, set up Stealth Rocks. None of the Pokemon on her team
can get rid of it, and four of her team members are weak to it. In addition,
Stealth Rocks damage aren’t affected by Strong Winds.

After our victory, she will literally growl in frustration. She actually
expected this outcome. She tells us not to be too confident, since she’s just
the first in line. Also, she will lend us her Ruby Ring, telling us we’ll need
it soon. She tells us that she will want it back eventually, and not to lose it
in the process. With that, she leaves and a bridge will appear, connecting us
to the next arena. The background music playing here is the same music
playing over the background when Corey committed suicide, did you
notice?

Battling the Tag Team: Bennett Voclain and Laura Belrose

Really minor spoiler alert up there. Go north across the bridge and follow
the path there to a white door at the end. In this dark area, you can faintly
make out a garden. Go north and east up the stairs. Note: you can actually
surf in the pond here. Walk through the winding stairway, where you can
see flowers growing about the place. You will finally reach an archway
leading north, filled with all sorts of flowers. Rain will begin to fall,
signaling that the arena will have active rain throughout the battle. This
battle, as you can expect, takes place in the complicated Flower Garden
Arena. The music has also changed into the theme music for the Chrysolia
region.
In a break from the mainstream games, this will be a double battle against
two Trainers. This is the compromise they reached after discussion with
each other. Since the Elite Four members specialize in two types and battle
with six Pokemon in a team, they compromised by having three Pokemon
each, with Bennett specializing in Bug – types and Laura specializing in
Grass – types. Technically, they did not break any rules.

Upon entering the garden, Laura will greet us first. Like Heather, she
believes that this encounter has long been waited for. She will thank us for
the great moments, however few, that she has shared while working
together with us. She also thanks us for waking her from PULSE Hypno
and everything else we’ve done for the Belrose sisters.

Bennett will jump down from the ledge north, commending us on our
arrival there. These two really have the nature lover theme going for them,
going so far as using them as metaphors for how colorful their lives have
been. After talking about the necessity of adapting to one’s surroundings
like insects and continuing to grow through every stage of our lives, they
will challenge us to a battle.

Strategy:
Their leads are Whimsicott and Galvantula, both of which holds Synthetic
Seeds. This boosts their Def. and Sp. Def. by one stage from the get – go,
as well as making the complex Flower Garden field grow by one stage each
at the start of the battle. This means the battle starts at Level 3 of the
Flower Garden field. At each level increase of the Flower Garden field, up
to Level 5, Grass – type and Bug – type attacks will experience a boost
according to an increasing multiplier. Also, since rain is always active on
the field, don’t bother burning it down unless you change the weather.

Rain also benefits both of their Pokemon. In addition to lowering the power
of Fire – type moves, Galvantula has Thunder while Whimsicott knows
Hurricane, which never misses in the rain. The Galvantula will always use
Spider Web on the first turn, lowering the speed of all your Pokemon on
switch – in. it knows Bug Buzz, which at Level 3 gains an increase in
power by 80% at Level 3 of Flower Garden, thanks to its Swarm ability.
Also, all the benefits of earlier levels are retained at the upper levels of
Flower Garden field. This means that Bug Buzz receives a further power
boost of 50%. Coupled with STAB, Bug Buzz will have a power of 324.
The Whimsicott knows Nature Power, which changes into Growth in the
field from Levels 1 to 4, and Petal Blizzard at max level. Growth effects are
doubled in the field, giving it a free Swords Dance and Nasty Plot per use.
To make things even more difficult for you, it also has Prankster, which
means Nature Power always goes first. Dazzling Gleam hits both your
Pokemon at once, and coupled with STAB, which will hurt.

Their next pair are Venusaur and Leavanny. Bennett’s Leavanny has
Chlorophyll, which is always active in the field, even in the rain. If your
Pokemon is close to fainting, it will kill you with Fell Stinger, boosting its
own attack by 3 stages afterwards. In this field, it also has a power of 112.5
(STAB + Flower Garden boost). It also has Knock Off, which will cripple
your item – dependent Pokemon. Laura’s Venusaur holds the Grassium –
Z, which means it will use Bloom Doom at the earliest time possible, which
will grow the field by one stage further. Its ability, Overgrow, will activate
at 66% of its HP instead of the usual 33% at Level 3 or higher. At Level 4,
all Grass – type weaknesses are nullified. Furthermore, at max level,
Venusaur’s Sleep Powder will hit both opposing Pokemon at once.

Their last pair are their respective aces. Laura’s Lilligant has Chlorophyll,
which will almost always be active at the point it comes out. It also has
Sleep Powder, Growth to further grow the field, and Giga Drain to heal
itself. Bennett’s Volcarona has Swarm, which is also always active at this
point. It knows Fiery Dance, Hurricane, Bug Buzz, and Quiver Dance.
Unlike other Fire – type moves, Fiery Dance won’t burn down the field.

Judging from the complexity of the interplay of abilities, effects, and moves
in this field, your best bet would be to change the terrain to something else.
One way is to use Sunny Day on the field on switch – in. This, coupled
with the rain, will change the terrain to the Rainbow field, nullifying the
Flower Garden field for just a while. You can choose to focus on one
Pokemon at a time, which, depending on your team composition, will or
will not work to you advantage. Whatever you do, do not let the field grow
to its maximum level, or else you will lose. Use Heat Wave if you can,
which will stunt the growth of the field, and will hit all their Pokemon
super – effectively.

After the battle, Bennett will ask us if we know what apolysis means. In
entomology, It refers to the separation of the cuticle from the epidermis in
arthropods (from Wikipedia). More importantly, it comes from the Greek
word meaning absolution, which I think, is the more pertinent meaning here
when it comes to Bennett. Say Yes.

When Bennett asks if you know what “Apolysis” is:

Yes = +1 Bennett

He will be impressed by us, and both of them will tell us to continue

struggling, and therefore, growing, at the same time. Both of them will then
give us both halves of the Sapphire Bracelets, telling us we were better
guardians of it than they were. Then, with a last message from Bennett to
give the next member of the Elite Four a bashing, they will bid us farewell.
If you talk to Laura, you will find that the flowers there are wisterias. Go
north to meet the next member of the Elite Four.

Battling the Agent: Elias Hazel

Go up the stairs through the white door. In this dark room, it is impossible
to make heads or tails about which direction you’re supposed to go. Just go
straight. You will arrive at a grand cathedral – like structure, complete with
spires. Just go up the long steps and you will reach a room with levitating
platforms, one to the left and one to the right. It will zoom in the north –
south direction, so just wait for it to come to you and step on it. Step north
once it reaches the other side to see a similar platform. Climb the steps
north afterwards to battle Elias. His title, Agent, is surprisingly appropriate.
Not only is he a Team Meteor agent, but he is also a believer of Arceus, and
thus, an agent of Arceus as well. He specializes in the Dragon and Normal
types.
He will greet us in Latin, telling us that we have descended down the rabbit
hole. This is a subtle callback to Luna, with her team full of Alice in
Wonderland references. Like father, like daughter. He will somehow
commend us on our ongoing perseverance through monster and madness
alike, and tells us not to think of him as the latter. With the demise of
Solaris, Elias is no longer a Meteor agent. In very advanced Latin, he will
tell us that any man can make a mistake, but only a fool keeps making the
same one.

His sole loyalty now lies with the Lord, not mortals, and especially not Lin.
He is not so blind as to think that Lin has anyone else’s interests at heart
except her own. He also understands that if anyone can fight Lin, it’s us. He
calls us ‘blessed with power’, and admits that he first heard about it when
we won against Solaris atop Pyrous Mountain. Therefore, he will entrust us
with his mission to avenge Solaris. He will also wager something else in
our battle: the Emerald Brooch. Armed with his conviction, he will
challenge us to a battle.
Strategy:
Believe it or not, it’s his lead Noivern that will be his most annoying
Pokemon. It’s blistering Speed almost always guarantees that it will attack
first. I had my Klefki Switcheroo a Lagging Tail on it to cripple its speed. It
also knows Boomburst and Psychic, both of which are boosted by the field.
Dual Screens will fail against it, considering its Infiltrator ability. So will
Substitute unfortunately. Fairy – type attacks will be your best bet here,
since it will also be boosted by the Holy Field.

His Kommo – o will come out next. It has the Kommonium – Z, which
allows it to use the most broken Z – move in Gen 7. Do not let it do so, or it
will sweep. It will try to kill your Fairy – types with Poison Jab.

His next Pokemon is his infamous Ditto. If you set up against the first two
Pokemon earlier, beware. Its Imposter ability will let it Transform into you
on switch in, copying your stat changes. Since it is also holding the Choice
Scarf, chances are it will outspeed you while sweeping you with your own
moves. I had to set up a Substitute while fighting the Noivern to prevent
this from happening.

His fourth Pokemon is his Dragonite, which can revenge – kill your
Pokemon with priority Extremespeed. It also has Multiscale, which reduces
the damage it receives on switch – in, when its HP is full.

His fifth Pokemon is a Drampa, which has nothing much to write about
really. It has high Sp. Att. and its move Nature Power changes into
Judgment in the field, which when boosted by the field and STAB, will
give it a 225-power move. If you can kill it in one hit, please do so. It holds
the Kiwi Berry, which will restore half of its max. HP when it drops to 25%
or lower. This, coupled with its ability Berserk, which boosts its Sp. Att. by
one stage if its HP drops to half or lower, means that it can boost its already
high Sp. Att. twice.

His ace is, surprisingly, a Kangaskhan, which can Mega Evolve. This might
reflect his fatherly bond with Luna, who he clearly cares about. After Mega
Evolution, it will have the Parental Bond ability, causing all of its attacks to
hit twice, but the second hit will cause half the damage of the first hit. This
means that it will break Sturdy or Focus Sash users, not to mention
rendering most Substitute users useless. Be very careful with its Power Up
Punch move. It might be weak, but it increases Kangaskhan’s attack stat by
one stage, which when coupled with Parental Bond, will increase its Attack
stat twice per use.
Elias is the Elite Four member which gave me the most trouble actually.
I’m a setup sweeper, and his Ditto foiled my attempts often. Even if I
managed to survive Ditto, his Dragonite will revenge – kill me with priority
field-boosted Extremespeed.

After our victory, he will be graceful about his defeat. He will give us the
Emerald Brooch as promised. His final words to us are a blessing for our
future, which he believes only the Lord knows. He only hopes that Luna is
safe at the end of our destiny as well. Once a father, always a father.

Battling the Starcrosser: Anna/ Fantasia Vanhanen

Go up the stairs through the white door. Go north atop the bookshelves and
west across the wooden beam. Hop west across the bookshelves, and north
to see a room strewn with candles and dolls. There are a lot of Cleffa dolls
here really. Go east until the end past a row of gears, and north again up a
very long staircase leading up.
Anna will be very happy to see us here. As you can gather by the theme of
the area and Anna’s trainer title, she will be fought in the Starlight Arena, a
la PULSE Hypno. She apologizes for going AWOL amidst all the chaos,
but she just has a lot of things to do. Still, she’s glad we made it here. We
were the one Nostra chose to save Reborn after all, explaining our golden
child status.

She will then tell us the full story. Reborn, the region, is basically stuck in a
time loop. Everything, and she means everything, from Corey’s death, the
conflict with Team Meteor, to the events between the four sorority sisters,
and Kiki, all of it has happened before. However, in previous timelines, all
this would happen much faster. We were supposed to die alongside Ame in
the train. Since she exists within the timeline, she doesn’t know what the
full story is. She only knows what Nostra told her. As a last-ditch attempt
to save the world, Anna made a wish on her sleeping star. However, a wish
that strong has consequences. Nostra, for one, couldn’t have a corporeal
body anymore. That’s why she became the doll. Another person was also
involved in all this, a boy who had to sacrifice his body to pay for the toll
of rewinding time and history to that extent.

That wish brought her to us. She told Ame to not intervene in our arduous
journey through Reborn, so that we may have the strength to persevere and
set right what once went wrong. She then apologizes for how inconvenient
all this must be for us. She just wanted us to be strong enough to defeat Lin,
which no one has been able to do in any timeline before. She calls us a
pawn that has reached the end of the board (like father, like daughter) and
she will challenge us as the final stage for our promotion as king. She
specializes in the Fairy and Psychic types.

She leads with an Alolan Ninetales, who has the Snow Cloak ability. It will
always lead by setting up an Aurora Veil, which doesn’t need to be used in
conjunction with Hail since you will be fighting her at the Starlight Arena.
In addition, it also holds the Light Clay, prolonging the duration of Aurora
Veil to eight turns. It also has Aurora Beam, which is boosted in the field to
146.25 power, and Moonblast, which is boosted in the field to 180 power.

Her next Pokemon is Metagross, which can and will Mega Evolve. Its
Meteor Mash is boosted in the field, which is further boosted by STAB to
202.5 power. It also has Bullet Punch for priority, Zen Headbutt for STAB,
and Earthquake just because.

Her third Pokemon is Starmie. Its ability, Illuminate, will boost its Sp. Att.
by one stage on switch-in. It also holds a Magical Seed, which will further
boost its Sp. Att. on switch in. Coupled with its blistering Speed, this makes
Starmie the glass cannon of Anna’s team.

Her next Pokemon is Sylveon. It has stellar (pun intended, so much)

Special Defense, and also the move Swift and the ability Pixilate. In
addition to never missing, Swift also hits like a truck thanks to Pixilate
changing it to Fairy – type, and the field doubling its base power. This adds
up to a move with 187.2 base power.

Her fifth Pokemon is a Gardevoir wearing a snazzy gown. It knows

Psychic, Moonblast, Focus Blast, and Signal Beam. It hits hard, that’s
about it.

Her ace is of course a Jirachi, which she will always summon last. It has
Flash Cannon, Wish, Psychic, and Cosmic Power.

After the battle, she will ask Nostra to rest. She will thank us for playing
the game with her (So meta!). Anna will then admit that all of this is her
fault, and Lin isn’t who she seems to be. When she was at the orphanage,
she would play games with all the kids there. Her favorite, where she would
be the best, is chess (of course). No one could challenge her at the game…
except one girl, Lin. In the end, what started as a competition turned into a
rivalry.

One day, Anna won a game unexpectedly, even after Lin had the earlier
advantage. Lin snapped, causing the Doctor to get angry. Lin was taken
away afterwards, and was never seen again. She heard rumors of Lin
escaping afterwards, but she couldn’t be sure, since she never saw it happen
and Sigmund didn’t talk about it.

Not long after, the Lin we know appeared, but Anna had no doubt that this
was the same Lin that she once knew. She wonders whether Lin still saw all
this as a game. She knew that she was stupid for letting their rivalry get this
far. With a final word, she gives us the Amethyst Pendant and tells us to
go ahead and win, and to end this rivalry once and for all.

Battling the Meteor Champion: Lin

Go north up the stairs afterwards. This is it folks. The moment we’ve been
waiting for. With all four Keystones in our possessions, we will finally
battle the main villain of the game, and hopefully, end her tyranny once and
for all.
Once we walked through the white door, walk north again to finally meet
Lin in her arena. She won’t be surprised to see us. The final PULSE
machine is completed, according to her. The door to the New World has
been opened, and we will live to see it, or die trying. There are no further
words necessary, since we have waited long enough, Her team will consist
of an Alolan Ninetales (stolen from Ame), a Conkeldurr (stolen from
Samson, no doubt), Gardevoir (stolen from Radomus), Garchomp (stolen
from Solaris), Delphox (stolen from Ace), and… PULSE Abra. She will
feign surprise at such a disappointing final Pokemon, so much so that her
defeat quote will tell the PULSE Abra that it actually has one final task
before sleeping forever.

She will tell us to not enjoy our short-lived victory too soon and turns her
back on us. She will then tell PULSE Abra, who was in the arena behind
her all along to take both of us somewhere.

Using the Four Keystones: The Door Underneath Reborn

That somewhere turns out to be the main door underneath the Grand
Stairway, where we first met Solaris. She will shove us roughly in front of
it.
Lin will mention that it is stupid for us to come to her with all four
keystones, and for all of our friends to entrust them to us in the first place.
With the four Keystones, the door will now be open.

We will actually try to escape and back away from it, but to no avail. We
will be pulled inside by an unseen force. She will then mention that all this
would have been ended a long time ago if that person (probably Eve) had
done their job by completing the machine correctly. However, she finds it
ironic that since they can actually complete the machine themselves now,
they no longer want to. Apparently for her, wanting is often better than
having. Who is the ‘they’ that she is speaking of? We’ll find out soon
enough.

She will beckon us to follow her. Apparently, the door connects to a

hitherto unknown section of the Grand Stairway, and by extension, the
Citae Arc d’Astrae. Somewhere from the front as we were walking north,
Lin will say that they have known what they are, since all villains are self –
righteous, and will die in the name of self – interest.
Walk north to a door in front. The music will change to the Citae Arc
d’Astrae’s theme. In fact, that’s exactly where we are. What is unusual this
time around is the fact that the place will sometimes flicker to show a black
background, like a new universe being born somewhere. Lin will mention
that even though we have questions, and we deserve answers, the fact that
we are the player character whose dialogue is as empty as our memories,
we will get no answers.
Walk north through this door.

As we walk in, the background will flicker again. Lin, contrary to her
earlier words, will explain to us anyway. It’s true, she does have the power
of a God. However, that God is but a child. As time passes, the child God
(baby Arceus) grows, getting more powerful, and so does her powers.
However, their growth is not fast enough, it seems.
Walk north to these four doors.
As you can see, only one door is accessible to you. Enter the Emerald door.
Step north onto a teleporter as the background flickers again. In this room
is a puzzle. Lin will tell us that everyone knows that absolute power
corrupts absolutely. Any man who thinks himself the exception to this rule
only proves the rule. She said that everyone’s hearts are dark, and tells us to
remember it.
This room features the light – dark puzzle that we encountered before in the
Ruby Tower. This time it involves the Oddish evolutionary line.

You can read all the clues on the statue if you want, but the answer is in
Lin’s earlier words. All are dark. All four of the statues are lying. Once
done, the teleporter to the north will light up. Step on it. As we enter the
room, Lin will mention that villains are the easiest to rally against, although
everyone are corrupt. A girl’s parent (her own, probably) is also the same.
After all, her father is seen as having absolute authority over her.

But nobody ever cares for the girl. Not many do, and those who do, not by
much. Nobody ever truly helps. Walk east to the center of the room, and
north to an open door there. In this new room, the background will flicker
again.

Go northwest into the Sapphire Tower, the only door accessible to us in

fact. In the tower, Lin reminds us again that she knows who she is, and they
know what they are. They are the mother that murders her child. This is a
broken world, this world is crying, and they are the world. I don’t know
about you, but her words have very deep meaning, as you will discover.
Step north through the blue teleporter to be transported to another room.
This new room is full of the eight Eevee – lutions.
There are no clues this time, only statements. There are no options, only
truths. Clockwise from northwest.
Flareon: World should remake.
Espeon: World is competition.
Umbreon: World is destruction.
Leafeon: World is mistake.
Glaceon: World is attack.
Sylveon: World is unloved.
Vaporeon: World is deception.
Jolteon: World is in pain.

Once you’re done, the blue teleporter will open. Step on it. In this room,
you will see this:
That there, is the final read – out for our PULSE Dex, PULSE 11: Arceus.
Read it if you can. Go north out of the room afterwards. Go east down the
long balcony, and south to see Lin standing in front of a black portal.

By opening the door with the four Keystones, Lin actually managed to do
what she set out to do, tethering together the old world with the New. This
will have ramifications later, as we shall see. Since her work is done, she
feels that it’s time for her to go. She has created this bridge between the old
and new world. She will tell us that she burned her bridges a long time ago.

A little girl was trapped here a long time ago. Her only friend there was an
old, forgotten meteor. Inside the meteor is baby Arceus. She raised it as her
own. In return, the baby Arceus blessed her with powers. She gained reality
– warping powers. However, it also made her life boring. After all, what
fun is it when the world is literally your oyster? What fun is a game without
an opponent? She was glad to find a worthy opponent in us. We will either
win this game, or prove it meaningless. She will tell us that we will cross
into the portal, because we need to know the ending to this story. Do so, but
save first.

Into the New World

Step forth bravely into this New World.

She will invite us to the death of the old world, and the birth of a new one.
Lin says the world did not look like that before she arrived. She promises to
be the abortion in this sacred womb, and challenges us to a second battle.

After the battle, Lin will tell us to savor our victory and claim our prize,
since her life now has no meaning anymore. Just then, this happens:
Lin explodes into a million pieces, just as what Shade’s screen predicted so
long ago. A new voice, one who speaks in all lowercase letters, will call
Lin ‘my puppet’. They will laugh maniacally at our attempt to make sense
of what just happened. Breaking the fourth wall much? Our character will
literally look around for that voice, only to not figure out where it came
from.

The disembodied voice will ask us: Did we think we were really done?
They will comment on what a confusing ending this is, and what a boring
villain Lin was. I mean, what villain doesn’t talk about her motivations and
LETS you win? The story is far from over, according to the voice. After
laughing at how stupid we are for walking in the literal middle of nowhere
with no way back or out, they will say that they planned for this to happen
all along.

They will also mention that there is oxygen in this world since they want it
to be that way, and reminds us that they could kill us by turning the place
into a vacuum. But they’re not done with us yet. They want to play with us
forever. They are so happy now that she doesn’t have to keep puppeteering
that machine anymore. Have you figured out who that voice is yet? It’s Lin,
the child from the Orphanage, the same Lin who was Anna’s rival.

She created the woman Lin as a puppet in an attempt to get herself out from
there. She has been trapped there for quite some time. The seal to the door,
however, needs to be opened from the outside. So, she manipulated Team
Meteor to help her by spewing all that drivel about the New World.
However, since we opened the seal, child Lin decided that she didn’t want
to leave after all, and she’s adamant about it. This New World thing that
she didn’t mean to create, actually seems good after all. There are so many
human lives out there that she can toy with for her enjoyment.

She will then take the oxygen away from there, causing the screen to go
darker. Just when everything seems to be the end for us, another
disembodied voice will answer from within the darkness: Anna.
She will be mortified by our seeming defeat, and will say that this isn’t
what she wished for. This isn’t what everyone wished for, the hopes and
dreams of all our friends.

The screen will fade to black as the voices of our friends, their wishes for
us, permeate in the background.
1. Julia, true to her trademark rhyming cheers, will tell us that we’re
the best, and how we’ll put Team Meteor to rest.
2. Victoria, who will say that everyone is hoping for an impossible
ending, but that doesn’t mean they can’t do anything to help right?
They might weak, imperfect, and powerless, but they still can make
a difference together.
3. Florinia, who no longer addresses herself in the third person, says
that she might not yet learn how to deal with all the emotions that
come with being human, but she does recognize what she’s feeling
now: hope.
4. Amaria, who acknowledges that all things must end eventually. She
thinks she deserves an ending, but if the world burns out, then she
no longer has the possibility of being happy. She will trust us to
make sure the only thing that ends for now is Team Meteor.
5. Saphira, who says that this long fight is coming to an end. She tells
us to go for the throat, and if not enough, go for the heart.
6. Shelly, who hopes to be the best Bug – type trainer in the world
 (She already is, by the way), this world which we fought for
together.
7. Cal, who acknowledges that everything has the potential to change.
Let’s hope that this ability comes to use now.
8. Noel, who admits that he doesn’t understand many things, like love
and family and people, but he promises to figure it out someday
since the probability is there.
9. Charlotte, who calls us the wrecking ball, has absolute faith that we
will win and finish the job.
10. Aya, who acknowledges that all of them wouldn’t be there if not for
us.
11. Hardy, who chimes in by saying that since they are there, nothing
can change that, and counts on us to see to it.
12. Serra, who thinks that good things can still come from broken
pieces, a far cry from her pessimism earlier. She thinks that the only
necessary thing is the strength to move forward.
13. Luna, who tells us not to forget her. She is always close to us, in the
void. She will not let us end this way.
14. Titania, who knows us well enough by now to know that we don’t
just quit.
15. Adrienn, who addresses us as Champion, and tells us that now is
our moment to shine. They will tell us to take everything the future
has for us once and for all.
16. Ciel, calling us the buffoon, will have faith that our pig – headed
attitude will keep us alive and well. The story is far from over, so no
closing the script yet.
17. Aster, who seems surprised that our group have gotten so far. He
hopes that there is still hope for Eclipse.
18. Blake, who tells us not to lose since he just switched sides.
19. Arclight, who tells his listeners that someone out there is fighting
for the future of this world as we speak, and hopes that his listeners
gives a hand for us.
20. Heather, who still carries the weight of Corey’s death on her
shoulders. She tells us to make sure that no parents have to go
through what her parents went through again.
21. Laura, who says that life and nature are fleeting, but even the
harshest winters must end, bringing with it the hope of a new
spring.
22. Bennett, who thinks that this is the final stage of the world’s
metamorphosis, and he has faith that we will see this through to the
end.
23. Fern, who, while still calling us the loser, tells us to get it together.
Even he knows that we got this in the bag.
24. Elias, who thinks that Arceus has been manipulated by Lin for too
 long. He will ask us to bring forth the hand of righteousness down
on her.
25. Zero, who thinks he has no right to say anything, but that the only
option left is to win.
26. Eve, who thinks that we can help her erase her final mistake.
Between us and Lin, she firmly chooses to be on our side.
27. Lumi, who tells us we can do it, since the world is counting on us.

The screen then pans to Anna again, who is acting as the vessel which will
channel everyone’s wish. She knows that by doing this, she will have to
pay a price as well, which is that her corporeal body will disappear. Nostra
is too weak to act as the vessel this time around. She hopes that this wish
will grant us our victory and we can live to see everyone.
We will appear on screen again, and we will be transported by the platform .
to the original child Lin, who is there with PULSE Arceus.

She will be very surprised, and mocks the idea of overcoming the
impossible with the power of friendship. She will mock Anna, who has
now disappeared from reality after using so much power. She will reiterate
her earlier point: Friends don’t help. She will gloat that thanks to Arceus,
reality – warping comes easily to her now.

When she first found baby Arceus, even it is not that strong. Thanks to the
accelerated maturation forced by the Arc – PULSE machine, Arceus can do
whatever she tells it to do. She manipulated puppet Lin to finish the
machine and commanded PULSE Abra to teleport it down there to her.
However, she said that she didn’t make the PULSE so that Arceus could
grow quickly. Instead, she wanted it to be different. She wants puppy (her
pet name for Arceus) to be the best, not just to mature. She will justify her
actions by saying we do not know anything about her, and that adults get
away with doing shitty things all the time, so why not her? Lovers cheat,
doctors lie, parents do all manner of unspeakable things to children, so can
she.

She shouts at us and wants us to tell her why people do all those things to
her. Nobody asked her permission before hurting and abusing her. She will
ask us do we feel any pity for her yet? She tells them that everyone had
power and privilege, just not her. Especially us, just because Anna chose us
and basically gives us plot armor throughout the story, does that mean
we’re always right?

Actually, Lin tells us, she helped us to. She made sure we got all the Light
Shards we need (well, they do look like they came from Arceus), made sure
we get the critical hits, and made sure that opponents attacks miss when we
need it to. She’s telling us this so that we will give her some appreciation.
She then draws a parallel between us and the puppet Lin, an unstoppable
force who got things done when no one else could. She could’ve been
describing us.

That’s why she knows that it’s useless for us to fight her. When she loses,
we have no one else to play with, and that would make for a boring game.
She has not only been playing with us, but playing us as well. She even
breaks the fourth wall by telling us our username in the computer, and says
that we, the player, are not the real players of the game, she is. That’s why
she insists that the game shouldn’t end. BUT, since we wanted the game to
end so badly, she will end it for us, and challenges us one last time as
Mordant Urchin Lin. This, everyone, is the ninth and final major event
that will determine the ending of the game.
Now, major spoiler alert:

THIS IS THE ONLY FIGHT IN THE GAME THAT I PLAN TO LOSE.

The reason being is that I started this game planning to get what is called
the Lin Reshiram Determination Path for my third playthrough. One
surefire way to get that is to lose this fight. This path has the most amount
of plot – related material in the game, and I’ve played the other path before.
If you want to play the path where you win this fight, called the Anna
Smiles Path, you can still lose this fight. The game will then automatically
create a new save file in your folder named ‘Anna’s Wish’. You can change
that to your game file, which will take you back before the second fight
with Lin. One good reason for losing here is that we can redeem Lin in the
post – game later on, giving her the life that she never had. Another reason
is that winning against Lin here will decrease our relationship points with
Terra by 2.

If you beat Arceus as a solo fight right before the credits:

-2 Terra

So, the choice is up to you. Do what you will. After we lost, Lin will be
greatly surprised. She will say that we came all this way, went this far, only
to lose in the end, and that is remarkably stupid. Even the game will call us
out on it.

Click OK. The game will automatically shut down. Check your save folder
to see the ‘Anna’s Wish’ file is there. Change its name to ‘Game_n.rxdata’,
where n is any integer larger than your current save file so that you can play
the Anna Smiles Path if you so wish.
Reopen the game and the save file you just lost with (not Anna Smiles).
You will begin at the last place you saved, hopefully in front of the portal
leading to the New World. Go inside to battle woman Lin one last time.
She will repeat her dialogue verbatim, with the exception of the appearance
of one new Pokemon, Arceus itself. She will tell us that it has been
imprisoned under Reborn and forgotten for eons. By imbuing it with the
Arc – PULSE, which she calls the tainted stone, it will finally mature into
PULSE Arceus. She even calls it ‘child’, recalling its baby status. This will
grant her full dominion over Arceus and its powers. She will revel in her
absolute power, and challenge us with Arceus by her side.

This team is no different than the second fight in the Anna Smiles Path,
with the exception of Arceus replacing Flygon in her team. After we win, it
will play out the same way, with Lin exploding into a million pieces. The
story continues pretty much the same way as described above, complete
with us losing consciousness from lack of oxygen. The major differences
are that Lin wants us to find the real her after this, and when we find her,
we can have a sleepover together. For now though, the game continues, and
we can keep playing forever and ever and ever. Roll credits.
If you read the credits as it passes by, you will see that the name Lin
appears everywhere. They’re not the developers’ names. They are actually
really Lin, smashing the fourth wall into nothingness. As we finish the
game, the game will congratulate us for being done with it, while also
reminding us that the game is not done with us yet, maybe.
The screen fades to black afterwards. In a callback to the train explosion
which begins our journey, we will hear a voice calling for us to wake up.
The familiar, happy tune of Peridot Ward begins to play and Victoria will
be there, asking if we’re okay, much like Ame did once upon a time.

She will be thankful that we’re alive, since she just found us passed out in
front of Grandview Station. It has been a while since we last entered
Charous Hall it seems, and while we were gone, Anna kept everyone
informed. Lin is finally defeated, the puppet. The real one is still out there
somewhere, hiding in the New World. It has been crazy to deal with all
this, but everyone has been working on it together. She will ask us to meet
her at the Reborn Nightclub in North Obsidia, where, as Champion of the
Reborn Region, we can now gain access to.

Arclight became the leader of the group dealing with all this craziness.
Victoria will meet with us at the Nightclub after she’s done with the
paperwork in the Grand Hall, which probably might never be done. She
will then leave. As she leaves, she tells us that she’s glad to see us, and
thanks us yet again. The main-game is over.

Final Thoughts on the Main-Game, Where to Next?

I finally finished what I set out to do, and man, it was a great experience
throughout. It was extremely tiring for me too, so now I would like to rest
for a month before tackling the post-game. In the meantime, I will do my
best to complete Bee’s quest to catch all 731 available Pokemon, BEFORE
beginning the post-game story.

With the exception of Amy and Tania’s story, I enjoyed the game and all its
puzzles, subplots, and character development. My favorite NPCs include
Rini, Tania, Taka, Simon, and Aster. I used Waynolt’s Psychic mod, which
allows me to use Psychic out of battle to check on the relationship points of
everyone. I was quite disappointed that I only had 1 mark with Rini. I was
hoping to get more. I’m aware that more detailed guides on optimizing
relationship points do exist out there. Someday, in the distant future, maybe
I will get down on following it to get the best outcome.

My favorite puzzles so far are the Magic Squares, which is fun to do once
you get the hang of it, and the Iolia Valley puzzles. I know many more
puzzles await in the post-game, so we’ll get there when we get there.

To Ame and the crew, thank you for this journey. Consider this
walkthrough a labor of love from me. It’s not perfect, so please correct me
if there are any mistakes with the contact info provided.
Coming soon:
a) Catching Phione
b) The post – game story (Lin Reshiram Determination path)
c) Z – Cell Hunt